As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2016

Registration No. 333-
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________________________
FORM S‑1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933
_____________________________________
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
_____________________________________
Delaware
3674
33-1127317
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
3450 W. Warren Avenue
Fremont, California 94538
(510) 743-2260
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
_____________________________________
Sam Heidari
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Avenue
Fremont, California 94538
(510) 743-2260
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
_____________________________________
 
Copies to:
 
Arthur F. Schneiderman, Esq.
John T. Sheridan, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
(650) 493-9300
Tom MacMitchell, Esq.
General Counsel
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Avenue
Fremont, California 94538
(510) 743-2260
Alan F. Denenberg, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
1600 El Camino Real
Menlo Park, California 94025
(650) 752-2000
_____________________________________
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non‑accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
_____________________________________
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1)(2)
Amount of Registration Fee
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share
$100,000,000  
$10,070
(1)    Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)    Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the right to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued September 29, 2016
Shares
QUANTENNAMAINLOGOWEB.JPG
COMMON STOCK
_____________________________________
Quantenna Communications, Inc. is offering            shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $              per share.
_____________________________________
We will apply to list our common stock on the          under the symbol “QTNA”.
_____________________________________
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13.

____________________________________

PRICE $ A SHARE
____________________________________
   
Price to
Public
 
Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions  (1)
 
Proceeds to
Company
Per Share
   $
 
   $
 
   $
Total
   $
 
   $
 
   $
_______________________
(1) See “Underwriters” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.
The Securities and Exchange Commission and any state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional         shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on        , 2016.
_____________________________________
MORGAN STANLEY
BARCLAYS
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES
NEEDHAM & COMPANY
WILLIAM BLAIR
ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS
            , 2016


Table of Contents

QUANTENNAS1INSIDEFRONTCOVERV.JPG


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
_____________________________________
We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.
Through and including                     , 2016 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
 



Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Quantenna,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Quantenna Communications, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Overview
We are a leader in the design, development, and marketing of advanced high-speed wireless communication solutions enabling wireless local area networking. Our solutions are designed to deliver leading-edge Wi-Fi performance to support an increasing number of connected devices accessing a rapidly growing pool of digital content. We combine our Wi-Fi systems and software expertise with high-performance radio frequency, mixed-signal and digital semiconductor design skills to provide highly integrated solutions to our customers. Our technical expertise and focus on innovation enable us to address the increasing complexity inherent in managing Wi-Fi network access for multiple client devices with different high-bandwidth content streams, while simultaneously delivering superior network speed, broad coverage area, and high capacity and reliability. Our innovative solutions have historically addressed the telecommunications service provider market for home networking applications, including home gateways, repeaters, and set-top boxes, or STBs, but we are increasingly addressing additional end markets, with solutions for retail, outdoor, small and medium business, enterprise and consumer electronics. As a pioneer in high-performance Wi-Fi solutions with significant wireless expertise and deep industry relationships, we believe we are best positioned to serve the rapidly evolving Wi-Fi needs of customers in both our existing and future end markets. We also believe our significant engineering expertise in wireless and communications can be applied to address other markets beyond Wi-Fi.
Wi-Fi is a ubiquitous standard for wireless network connectivity, defined by the IEEE 802.11 standardization body working group, that is rapidly evolving to deliver continued performance improvements while maintaining backward compatibility. According to ABI Research, in 2015 there were approximately 2.5 billion Wi-Fi-enabled devices shipped, of which approximately 1 billion were non-mobile phone devices, and cumulatively, over 12 billion Wi-Fi-connected devices have been shipped worldwide as of the end of 2015. This rapid growth in Wi-Fi connected devices, coupled with the steadily rising volume of global Internet Protocol-based, or IP-based, traffic, such as web browsing, email, Internet audio and video, file sharing, cloud computing and online gaming, has significantly increased the performance requirements of access points that power Wi-Fi networks. Such requirements have led to the adoption of 802.11ac, the latest revision of the 802.11 standard, which offers up to a 10-fold improvement in network speeds over its predecessor. Given the limited wireless spectrum available for Wi-Fi networks and the rapidly increasing demand for Wi-Fi-enabled services, the IEEE standardization body is expected to continue to define more advanced capabilities for future revisions of the standard, such as 802.11ax. Furthermore, the 802.11 standard implementation is left to the chipset vendors, and the inherent complexity and many optional features of the standard result in trade-offs leading to wide ranging levels of Wi-Fi chipset functionality, performance, power and cost.
As the performance requirements of next generation Wi-Fi increase, a more advanced approach to the design of high-speed wireless communication products is required. We have pioneered significant enhancements to advanced features such as higher-order Multiple Input and Multiple Output, or MIMO, Multi-User MIMO, or MU-MIMO, transmit beamforming, and additional technologies to achieve superior Wi-Fi performance relative to our competition. Our competitive strengths include support of the most advanced specifications, proprietary technology architectures, and advanced software and system-level algorithms. Furthermore, we have created a cloud-based Wi-Fi analytics and monitoring platform that diagnoses and repairs network inefficiencies remotely.
Customers choose our Wi-Fi solutions to offer products with differentiated network speed, coverage area, reliability and capacity. Our solutions portfolio is currently comprised of multiple generations of our radio frequency chip and our digital baseband chip, which together support the IEEE Wi-Fi standards, including 802.11n and 802.11ac. Radio frequency chips use a combination of analog, digital and high frequency circuits to transmit and receive signals in certain frequencies, such as 2.4GHz and 5GHz for Wi-Fi. Digital baseband chips transmit and receive data to and from radio frequency chips. These chips are

- 1 -

Table of Contents

typically sold together as a chipset combined with software and system-level reference designs that constitute a highly integrated Wi-Fi solution. We maintain our product differentiation by designing and implementing a variety of innovative system architecture features, as well as advanced software system level algorithms.
According to ABI Research, the global market for Wi-Fi chipsets is expected to grow from $3.8 billion in 2016 to $5.2 billion in 2021, a CAGR of 7%. We have shipped over 80 million chips to our customers across four semiconductor process generations. Our chips consist of transistors using various advanced semiconductor fabrication technology nodes, which are measured in nanometers, or nm, to address different system requirements. We are currently in volume production in 90nm, 65nm, and 40nm, and expect to begin volume production in 28nm in early 2017. During the year ended December 27, 2015, our global original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, and original design manufacturer, or ODM, customers included Arris International plc, or Arris, ASUSTeK Computer Inc., or Asus, Sagemcom Broadband SAS, or Sagemcom, and Technicolor SA, or Technicolor. During the same period, these OEM and ODM customers supported a number of major service providers in the United States as well as internationally. For the year ended December 27, 2015 , our revenue was $83.8 million and our net loss was $7.0 million , and we had an accumulated deficit of $159.7 million as of December 27, 2015 . For the six months ended June 26, 2016 , our revenue was $57.5 million and our net loss was $1.9 million , and we had an accumulated deficit of $161.6 million as of June 26, 2016 .
Industry Background
Global growth in data traffic and the proliferation of Wi-Fi devices are driving demand for Wi-Fi connectivity. According to the Cisco 2016 Visual Networking Index report, by 2020, Wi-Fi is expected to carry approximately 55% of mobile IP traffic for devices with both cellular and Wi-Fi capabilities, while cellular is expected to carry approximately 45% of such traffic. According to ABI Research, 2.8 billion Wi-Fi-enabled devices will be shipped worldwide in 2016, and this number is expected to increase to 4.0 billion in 2021. For a large portion of these devices, including smartphones, tablets, smart home assistants, and Internet of Things, or IoT, devices, Wi-Fi is the primary connection for IP traffic.
In addition, the types of IP traffic carried over Wi-Fi are also expanding. When Wi-Fi was first introduced into homes and enterprises, the predominant applications were email and Internet access. Today, the number of applications supported over Wi-Fi has grown to also encompass voice over IP, high-definition audio, Ultra High Definition TV, cloud computing, gaming and over-the-top video, which refers to the delivery of video over the subscriber’s broadband connection without the involvement of traditional TV service providers. Industry reports forecast that Wi-Fi will become the most prevalent method to carry these applications.
To meet these demands, service providers, retail OEMs, enterprise OEMs, and consumer electronics OEMs are increasingly focused on integrating the best Wi-Fi capabilities into their products.
Service Providers . Service providers, including AT&T Inc., or AT&T, Comcast Corporation, or Comcast, Orange S.A., or Orange, and Telefonica, S.A., or Telefonica, are seeking to deploy and manage the best Wi-Fi infrastructure inside the home to enable the connectivity of a growing number of Wi-Fi devices, and to offer a richer complement of value-added services such as high-speed Internet, Ultra High Definition TV, voice over IP, home security, energy management, cloud computing and gaming. Furthermore, service providers desire to offer their customers a seamless Wi-Fi connectivity experience outside the home. They have increased investments in the deployment of Wi-Fi hotspots. These hotspots need to support sophisticated roaming and authentication with other hotspots and with customers’ home gateways.
Retail OEMs. Retail OEMs, including Asus, Belkin International, Inc., or Belkin, and Netgear, Inc., or Netgear, are focusing on higher performance Wi-Fi as consumers are increasingly motivated to invest in higher-performance Wi-Fi for their homes. As a result, retail OEMs strive to offer routers with the latest Wi-Fi technology and performance to cover customers’ homes with the fastest and most reliable speeds.
Enterprise OEMs. OEMs for enterprise networking, including Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., or Brocade, Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, and HP Inc., or HP, are seeking to meet the demands of an increasingly mobile workforce that is connecting to the network via multiple devices beyond a desktop or laptop, such as smartphones and tablets. As a result, enterprise OEMs are increasingly adopting higher performance Wi-Fi in their products to achieve higher speeds and improved wireless network capacity.

- 2 -

Table of Contents

Consumer Electronics OEMs. A more robust Wi-Fi network inside the home has led to the proliferation of connected Wi-Fi devices and has driven an increasing need for better delivery of content to those Wi-Fi-enabled devices. As a result, consumer electronics OEMs, including Apple Inc., or Apple, Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., or Samsung, and Sony Corporation, or Sony, are seeking to incorporate high-performance Wi-Fi in their products.
Industry Challenges
Designing Wi-Fi solutions to provide the highest levels of performance is imperative to addressing consumer demands, yet remains very challenging due to the following factors.
Increasing Wi-Fi Speeds. 802.11ac-based devices are up to 10 times faster than prior generation devices, sending data at gigabits per second through the wireless channel, an unpredictable medium filled with obstacles, such as walls, doors, and furniture. As a result, more advanced digital signal processing techniques, such as MIMO, MU-MIMO, and explicit transmit beamforming, are required. A device incorporating MIMO technology transmits signals using more than one antenna and receives signals using more than one antenna, which allows the device to have increased speed and range. MU-MIMO refers to an algorithm that allows multiple client devices to be served by a Wi-Fi access point simultaneously. Explicit transmit beamforming is a technique that enables gateways and access points to direct their signals toward a client rather than covering a larger area, which increases transmission efficiency and ultimately improves Wi-Fi speed, range and reliability.
Spectrum Sharing. Wi-Fi operates in a limited, unlicensed wireless spectrum, as regulated in the United States by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC. While the 5GHz spectrum used by 802.11ac is inherently wider relative to the 2.4GHz spectrum, it is not always entirely available due to regulatory constraints that vary from country to country. To reliably achieve maximum speeds with 802.11ac, some of this restricted spectrum needs to be utilized. Therefore, a method referred to as Dynamic Frequency Selection, or DFS, needs to be implemented to accurately detect when these channels are available for Wi-Fi use. Implementing efficient use of DFS channels requires complex algorithms.
Competing Traffic. The types of traffic carried by Wi-Fi are rapidly increasing as technology providers seek to enable more device connectivity and value-added services. Each type of traffic has unique quality metrics that must be met in order to create a satisfactory user experience. A comprehensive Quality of Service, or QoS, mechanism is needed to prioritize traffic types, guarantee on-time delivery of specific traffic types ahead of others, and scale to meet the increased number of Wi-Fi clients in a network.
Rapid Evolution of Industry Standards. The IEEE standardization body continually strives to improve Wi-Fi functionality and performance. All competitors in the Wi-Fi solutions market design their products according to the same IEEE Wi-Fi standards, which have become more complex as each subsequent standard includes an increasing number of specifications for both basic and optional features. While all Wi-Fi products need to incorporate all of the basic specifications under the applicable standard, competitors in the high-performance Wi-Fi solutions market distinguish themselves by the speed with which they introduce new products and the degree to which their products are able to support advanced specifications and optional features, such as explicit transmit beamforming, high-order MIMO, and MU-MIMO. Some competitors decide to only implement the mandatory specifications and leave more complex optional features out of their products.
Legacy Wi-Fi Processing Architecture. There are seven distinct layers of functions needed for one Wi-Fi device to transmit data to another under IEEE Wi-Fi standards. Layers one and two comprise the Wi-Fi protocol stack, and layers three and above are referred to as higher-layer network functions. Historically, Wi-Fi chipsets were architected such that the host central processing unit, or CPU, inside a gateway or access point handled the majority of the higher-layer network processing activity. However, as Wi-Fi speeds increase, the ability of the CPU to sustain maximum Wi-Fi data bandwidth while also performing other tasks is compromised. As a result, in order for the end product to meet its performance specifications, the Wi-Fi chipset must be capable of processing greater portions of both the Wi-Fi protocol stack and network functions.
Network Interference Management. As Wi-Fi usage increases, higher levels of network congestion will occur. While the industry’s transition to 5GHz networks temporarily helped to alleviate degradation by offering more channels, similar congestion and degradation of performance may occur over time. A Wi-Fi management system is needed to constantly monitor and optimize Wi-Fi network performance.

- 3 -

Table of Contents

Our Solution and Competitive Strengths
Our four generations of Wi-Fi solutions have been designed to achieve and maintain market leadership. Historically, in each case where we have introduced a new high performance Wi-Fi solution compliant with the 802.11 IEEE standard, we have done so well before our competitors have introduced a comparable product with the same features. This first-mover advantage has enabled us to market and monetize our solutions and capture key new customers and design wins while our competitors were still in the product development phase. This advantage has been particularly evident in the service provider market for home networking applications. Due to long design and deployment cycles, service providers may only undertake major product updates every few years. As a result, the ability to secure a service provider design win for a solution with advanced features can create a market advantage that lasts for months to years, depending on various factors, including how quickly a competitor releases a comparable product, how the performance of the competing product compares to ours, and how the timing of such release relates to the service provider’s design and deployment cycle. We believe our success in pioneering previous Wi-Fi solutions has also given us a head start in the development of next generation Wi-Fi solutions.
We strive to deliver the industry’s highest speed, broadest coverage, highest capacity, and most reliable performance through advanced software and system-level algorithms, Wi-Fi protocol processing using CPUs embedded inside our chipsets, and, more recently, the introduction of a cloud-based Wi-Fi network management system. Our solutions allow us to address the industry challenges posed by increasing Wi-Fi speeds, limited spectrum, increasing traffic, legacy Wi-Fi processing architectures and network interference management. We deliver proprietary feature set extensions beyond standard requirements, offering significant performance advantages to the user. Our innovative solutions have historically addressed the service provider market for home networking applications such as home gateways, repeaters, and set-top boxes, or STBs, and we are increasingly addressing additional end markets.
Performance Benefits We Provide to Our Customers and Service Providers
We believe our Wi-Fi solutions enable the highest overall level of Wi-Fi performance in the market relative to network speed, range, capacity and reliability. The performance benefits we provide to our customers and their target service providers are set forth below.
OEM and ODM Customers
Integrated 2.4GHz and 5GHz Solutions. Our most recent solutions include both 2.4GHz and 5GHz capabilities. This integrated solution not only enables a more streamlined design process, but also maximizes interoperability and performance.
Streamlined Integration and Faster Time to Market. Our host offload technology streamlines the integration of our chipsets into customer and reference design partner platforms. In addition, our customer engineering support team engages with our OEM and ODM customers and partners early in their design cycle, which we believe accelerates their product development and optimizes product performance.
Service Providers
Improved Subscriber Experience and Retention. Our Wi-Fi solutions are high-performance solutions, which helps create a positive subscriber experience when using Wi-Fi. Our Wi-Fi solutions also provide enhanced network performance capabilities, which enable service providers to offer their subscribers a broader range of value-added products and services such as wireless phone service, wireless set-top boxes and seamless streaming of ultra-high definition video.  By offering such premium products and services, we believe service providers are able to generate more revenue per subscriber and deliver a better subscriber experience, which contributes to improved subscriber retention.
Longer Lifecycle and Reduced Capital Investment. Devices powered with our solutions can offer the leading edge of Wi-Fi technology, and therefore have a longer lifecycle and time to obsolescence. Additionally, a high-performing Wi-Fi infrastructure results in lower network expenditures for service providers by offloading cellular data, thereby reducing the burden on the cellular network.
Fewer Service Disruptions and Lower Support Costs. Because our Wi-Fi solutions support the most advanced IEEE Wi-Fi optional specifications, they provide higher speed, greater range and better reliability than our competitors’

- 4 -

Table of Contents

products, which increases the quality of data transmission and improves Wi-Fi connectivity within a given area. We believe the high quality and reliability of our Wi-Fi solutions results in fewer service disruptions, and therefore reduces customer complaints and the need for support calls and on-site service requests.
Automated Network Management. We have a cloud-based Wi-Fi analytics and monitoring capability that can automatically detect, alert, diagnose, and fix network problems, before, during, and after an issue has occurred. Service providers who choose to deploy this capability can quickly diagnose field issues and confirm that new deployments are proceeding as planned. This capability also enables us to provide faster customer support and deployment of our solutions.
Our competitive strengths include:
Market Leadership through Support of the Most Advanced Specifications. We design Wi-Fi solutions that support the most advanced IEEE Wi-Fi optional specifications, which allow us to be a leader in terms of both performance and innovation. Today, we are the first and only company to support the full 8x8 MIMO specification of 802.11ac with our Wi-Fi solution called QSR10G, which we believe allows us to offer the highest speed as well as the farthest range. While some of our competitors may offer a wider variety of products, many of those products incorporate only basic features for low-performance applications outside our target market segments. In contrast, we focus on segments of the market where advanced features are critical for the targeted application to provide higher performance, such as whole home coverage or video delivery over Wi-Fi.
Proprietary Technology Architectures. We design proprietary technology architectures that we deliver through our high-performing chipsets. We believe our proprietary architectures are a key part of what enables us to successfully compete against our larger, more established competitors.
Advanced Software and System-Level Algorithms. We enable our innovative Wi-Fi solutions with advanced proprietary software and system-level algorithms that provide superior functionality. These algorithms include explicit transmit beamforming, MIMO, MU-MIMO, and others. We believe these algorithms are crucial to the performance and stability of products integrating our solutions.
Pure Focus on High-Performance Wi-Fi Solutions and Deep Wireless Engineering Expertise. Our research and development, engineering, manufacturing, sales, and marketing are focused solely on high-performance Wi-Fi solutions, which we believe gives us an advantage over many of our competitors who do not focus only on Wi-Fi.
Deep Relationships with Our Customers and Reference Design Partners. We have built collaborative relationships with our customers and reference design partners, many of whom are industry leaders. We believe we have a strong industry reputation for responsiveness and delivering Wi-Fi solutions that meet or exceed our customers and reference design partners’ technological requirements, as well as their overall business needs.
Our Strategy
The key components of our strategy include the following:
Continue to Deliver Wi-Fi Innovation. We intend to continue our investment in research and development to drive further innovation, including new Wi-Fi standards, and maintain a market leadership position in the Wi-Fi marketplace.
Expand Share in Service Provider Market. We intend to leverage our growing number of service provider and OEM and ODM relationships to aggressively market our solutions’ competitive advantages and increase our footprint among service providers.
Leverage Industry Partnerships to Promote Adoption of Our Solutions. We will seek to broaden and strengthen our industry partnerships to drive design wins and establish incumbency.
Address Other Wi-Fi Market Segments. We intend to leverage our existing technologies and solutions, as well as broaden our Wi-Fi solutions portfolio, to expand our presence in the retail Wi-Fi market and address other markets in order to continue to expand our customer base and provide future opportunities for revenue growth.

- 5 -

Table of Contents

Broaden Solutions Beyond Wi-Fi. We believe our existing technologies and wireless engineering expertise, as well as our industry relationships, provide us an opportunity to expand beyond the Wi-Fi market through a combination of organic investments and acquisitions.
Our Products and Technology
The typical applications that use our current solutions are:
Access Point and Gateways. These applications are at the core of wireless home networking and enterprise access. Our initial solutions supported 2-stream applications with 4x4 5GHz 802.11n, and we have continuously innovated to deliver increasing speeds, culminating in our latest 12-stream (8x8 5GHz 802.11ac and 4x4 2.4GHz and 5GHz 802.11n), 10 gigabit per-second, or Gbps, dual-band dual-concurrent offering, which allows the simultaneous (dual-concurrent) transmission of data in the 2.4GHz and 5GHz (dual-band) frequencies. A 4x4 MIMO transmission uses four antennas, and an 8x8 MIMO transmission uses eight antennas. We refer to these technologies as higher-order MIMO. Four antennas are used in the 2.4GHz band, and four or eight antennas are used in the 5GHz band.
We believe that the increasing demands on wireless home networks and enterprise applications will help drive the need for high performance access points and gateways in the marketplace, which we believe will also contribute to greater demand for high-performance Wi-Fi solutions with higher ASPs given the benefits they provide to our customers. According to ABI Research, shipments of Wi-Fi-enabled consumer and enterprise access point devices are expected to be 180 million and 13 million units, respectively, in 2016 and are expected to grow to 209 million and 22 million units, respectively, by 2021.
Clients. We provide Wi-Fi solutions for non-mobile client applications such as set-top boxes. We believe the performance advantages of our solutions will better support the latest generation of Ultra High Definition, or UHD, set-top boxes, which have higher Wi-Fi speed requirements. We believe that overall Wi-Fi penetration of set-top boxes in the marketplace is relatively low, with ABI Research forecasting that 82 million Wi-Fi-enabled set top box devices will be shipped in 2016, compared to global set-top box device shipments of 285 million during the same period.
Repeaters. In certain challenging networking environments, repeaters can be used to provide extended Wi-Fi coverage. Our repeater solutions support advanced functionality, including setup, management, and client connectivity features.
We differentiate our solutions portfolio by designing and implementing a variety of innovative system architecture features that are aimed at solving the challenges of high-performance wireless networking, including:
Increasing Wi-Fi Speeds
Transmit Beamforming. Beamforming is critical to effectively compete in the high-performance Wi-Fi market as it enables gateways and access points to direct their signals toward a client to increase transmission efficiency and improve Wi-Fi speed and range. Beamforming is an integral part of our solutions, and our engineering team includes leading system algorithm experts to address the design and implementation challenges in this field.
Advanced MIMO and MU-MIMO. MIMO technology multiplies the capacity of a wireless connection by allowing access points to transmit and receive multiple streams of data at the same time. We have experienced wireless system architects and software engineers to lead the implementation of these technologies.
Spectrum Scarcity
SuperDFS Dynamic Smart Channel Selection. SuperDFS is a set of system-level algorithms that combine RFIC, baseband, and software functions to select a particular DFS channel that has the least interference and best system capacity.
More Traffic Types
IQStream Advanced Traffic Management. IQstream is a proprietary system-level algorithm that classifies and prioritizes all types of Wi-Fi traffic in order for the most critical traffic to be delivered with the least interruption.

- 6 -

Table of Contents

Legacy Wi-Fi Processing Architecture
Host Offload. Our host offload technology not only frees up the resources of the host CPU, but also requires less software integration and optimization between our Wi-Fi chips and the host CPU during system design.
Network Management
Cloud-based Wi-Fi Management Platform. Our proprietary cloud-based platform comprises a debugging agent embedded within a product, such as an access point, which sends Wi-Fi data to an analytics engine in the cloud. This system permits remote, real-time issue identification and resolution. This cloud-based platform can scale to manage millions of Wi-Fi devices and thus provide a complete network-wide Wi-Fi management system for our customers.
Risks Affecting our Business
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
If we fail to develop and introduce new or enhanced Wi-Fi solutions to meet the requirements of our target markets on a timely basis, our ability to retain and attract customers could be impaired and our competitive position could be harmed;
The complexity of our solutions could result in unforeseen design and development delays or expenditures;
We depend on a limited number of customers and service providers for a significant portion of our revenue;
We have an accumulated deficit and have incurred net losses in the past, and we may incur net losses in the future;
We face intense competition from a number of larger and more established companies and expect competition to increase in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our market share, revenue and results of operations;
Consolidation in our industry or in a related industry that involves our customers, service providers, partners and competitors could disrupt our business;
Our customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities or delay production, which could harm our business;
We may face claims of intellectual property infringement, which could be time-consuming and costly to defend or settle and, if adversely adjudicated, could harm our business;
Our failure to adequately protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to compete effectively or defend ourselves from litigation, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition; and
A limited number of stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 3450 W. Warren Avenue, Fremont, California 94538, and our telephone number is (510) 743-2260. Our website address is www.quantenna.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only. We were incorporated in the state of Delaware in November 2005 as mySource Communications, Inc., and we changed our name to Quantenna Communications, Inc. in January 2007.
“Quantenna” and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of Quantenna Communications, Inc. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.  

- 7 -

Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company
The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as “emerging growth companies.” We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, certain requirements related to the disclosure of executive compensation in this prospectus and in our periodic reports and proxy statements and the requirement that we hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.
See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry— We are an “emerging growth company,” and our election to comply with the reduced disclosure requirements as a public company may make our common stock less attractive to investors ” for certain risks related to our status as an emerging growth company.


- 8 -

Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
Common stock offered by us
shares
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
shares
Option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us
shares
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $           million (or approximately $           million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us is exercised in full), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
Directed share program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved five percent of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, certain employees, business associates, and friends and family of our directors and officers.  The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares.  Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.
Proposed           trading symbol
“QTNA”
The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 1,298,088,306 shares of our common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , and excludes:
256,468,336 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.04 per share;
82,144,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted after June 26, 2016 , with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.17 per share;
138,888 shares of our common stock granted after June 26, 2016 ;
21,932,826 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.06 per share;

- 9 -

Table of Contents

1,937,425 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant (assuming the automatic conversion of an outstanding warrant to purchase 1,937,425 shares of our convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase 1,937,425 shares of our common stock) outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , with an exercise price of $0.15 per share;
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:
    shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2016 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering;
16,712,112 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2016 EIP (after giving effect to increases of an aggregate of 76,850,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 EIP effected after June 26, 2016, the grant of 82,144,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock after June 26, 2016, the cancellation and return of 987,594 shares of our common stock to our 2016 EIP after June 26, 2016, and the issuance of 138,888 shares of our common stock after June 26, 2016), which shares will be added to the shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Plan to the extent not granted prior to the completion of this offering, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2016 EIP; and
    shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.
Our 2016 Plan and our ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2016 Plan also provides for increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder based on awards under our 2016 EIP and 2006 Stock Plan, or our 2006 Plan, that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.
Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:
the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
a     reverse stock split of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, which will be effected prior to completion of this offering;
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 1,239,538,632 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
the automatic conversion of an outstanding warrant to purchase 1,937,425 shares of our convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase 1,937,425 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
no exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants subsequent to June 26, 2016 ; and
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us.

- 10 -

Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 and our balance sheet data as of June 26, 2016 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair statement of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the six months ended June 26, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. The following summary consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
$
66,860

 
$
83,773

 
$
36,554

 
$
57,472

Cost of revenue (1)
38,211

 
42,554

 
18,734

 
29,205

Gross profit
28,649

 
41,219

 
17,820

 
28,267

Operating expenses: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
31,283

 
35,575

 
18,443

 
21,751

Sales and marketing
5,932

 
6,644

 
3,529

 
3,399

General and administrative
4,532

 
5,212

 
2,732

 
4,555

Total operating expenses
41,747

 
47,431

 
24,704

 
29,705

Loss from operations
(13,098
)
 
(6,212
)
 
(6,884
)
 
(1,438
)
Interest expense
(481
)
 
(697
)
 
(400
)
 
(225
)
Other income (expense), net
89

 
(21
)
 
(79
)
 
(248
)
Loss before income taxes
(13,490
)
 
(6,930
)
 
(7,363
)
 
(1,911
)
Provision for income taxes
(108
)
 
(115
)
 
(37
)
 
(38
)
Net loss
$
(13,598
)
 
$
(7,045
)
 
$
(7,400
)
 
$
(1,949
)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted (2)
$
(0.41
)
 
$
(0.18
)
 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
(0.04
)
Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (2)
32,808,092

 
38,512,276

 
35,614,157

 
53,131,727

Pro forma net loss per share- basic and diluted (2)
 
 
$
(0.01
)
 
 
 
$
(0.00
)
Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic and diluted net loss per share (2)
 
 
1,253,342,652

 
 
 
1,292,670,359

________________________
(1)
Cost of revenue and operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows:


- 11 -

Table of Contents

 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
(In thousands)
Cost of revenue
$
7

 
$
9

 
$
4

 
$
6

Research and development
256

 
302

 
153

 
223

Sales and marketing
101

 
445

 
393

 
60

General and administrative
203

 
446

 
194

 
901

Total stock-based compensation expense
$
567

 
$
1,202

 
$
744

 
$
1,190

(2)
See Notes 1 and 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculation of our basic and diluted net loss per common share, pro forma net loss per common share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
 
 
As of June 26, 2016
 
 
 
Actual
 
Pro Forma (1)
 
Pro Forma as
Adjusted
(2) (3)
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
16,943

 
$
16,943

 

 
Working capital
$
31,865

 
$
31,660

 

 
Total assets
$
53,230

 
$
53,230

 

 
Total liabilities
$
24,773

 
$
24,678

 

 
Convertible preferred stock
$
184,704

 
$

 

 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
$
(156,247
)
 
$
28,552

 

________________________
(1)
The pro forma column in the balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 1,239,538,632 shares of common stock; (ii) the resulting reclassification of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital; and (iii) the obligation to pay an aggregate of $0.2 million in fees to Silicon Valley Bank under our Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, or the SVB Loan Agreement, which will become due upon the offering, as if such conversion, reclassification, and obligation had occurred on June 26, 2016 . We have made an adjustment to the pro forma accumulated deficit to reflect the impact of such fees on our net loss.
(2)
The pro forma as adjusted column in the balance sheet data table above gives effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth in the footnote above and the sale and issuance by us of         shares of common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total current assets, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $  million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total current assets, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $ million, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

- 12 -

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
If we fail to develop and introduce new or enhanced Wi-Fi solutions to meet the requirements of our target markets on a timely basis, our ability to retain and attract customers could be impaired and our competitive position could be harmed.
We are largely dependent on sales of leading-edge, high-performance Wi-Fi solutions. The markets we target with our solutions are characterized by rapidly changing technology, changing customer and service provider needs, evolving industry standards, intense competition and frequent introductions of new products. To succeed, we must effectively anticipate customer and service provider requirements and respond to these requirements on a timely basis. If we fail to develop new Wi-Fi solutions or enhancements to our existing solutions that offer increased features and performance in a cost-effective manner, or if our customers or service providers do not believe that our solutions have compelling technological advantages, our business could be adversely affected. We must also successfully manage t he transition from older solutions to new or enhanced solutions to minimize disruptions in our business. In addition, if our competitors introduce new products that outperform our solutions or provide similar performance at lower prices, we may lose market share or be required to reduce our prices. Our failure to accurately predict market needs or timely develop Wi-Fi solutions that address market needs could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The complexity of our solutions could result in unforeseen design and development delays or expenditures.
Developing our Wi-Fi solutions is expensive, complex, time-consuming and involves uncertainties. We must often make significant investments in product roadmaps, design and development far in advance of established market needs and may not be able to consistently and accurately predict what those actual needs will be in the future. Each phase in the development of our solutions presents serious risks of failure, rework or delay, any one of which could impact the timing and cost-effective development of such solutions and could jeopardize customer acceptance of the solutions. Product development efforts may last two years or longer, and require significant investments of time, third-party development costs, prototypes and sample materials, as well as sales and marketing resources and expenses, which will not be recouped if the product launch is unsuccessful. We also have limited resources and may not be able to develop alternative designs or address a variety of differing market requirements in parallel. Our failure to adequately address any such delays in a cost-effective manner could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, as is common in our industry, our Wi-Fi solutions may contain defects, errors and bugs when they are first introduced or as new versions are released. We have in the past, and may in the future, experience defects, errors and bugs. For example, in 2015, in response to a defect we identified, we were required to make a revision to one of our chips, which resulted in a four month delay in product introduction. Product defects, errors or bugs could affect the performance of our products resulting in reliability, quality or compatibility problems, and delay the development or shipments of new solutions or new versions of our solutions. As a result, our reputation may be damaged and the market adoption of our Wi-Fi solutions could be adversely affected. If any of these problems are not found until after we have commenced shipment of a new solution, we may incur significant additional development costs to redesign, recall, repair or replace the defective solution. These problems may also trigger warranty or contractual indemnity claims against us by our customers or others, and our reputation and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our solutions must also successfully operate with products from other vendors. As a result, when problems occur in a customer product in which our solution is used, it may be difficult to identify the source of these problems. The occurrence of hardware and software errors, whether or not caused by our solutions, could result in the delay or loss of market adoption of our solutions, and therefore delay our ability to recognize revenue from sales, and any necessary repairs may cause us to incur significant expenses. The occurrence of any such problems could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We depend on a limited number of customers and service providers for a significant portion of our revenue.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from a small number of OEMs and ODMs, and we anticipate that we will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. In 2014, three customers accounted for approximately 60% of our revenue. In 2015, four customers accounted for approximately 50% of our revenue. In addition, substantially all of our revenue to date has been generated by sales of our solutions to OEMs and ODMs serving the service provider market for home networking. Based on sell-through information provided to us by our OEM and ODM customers, we estimate that our two largest service providers,

- 13 -

Table of Contents

which are based in the United States, represented approximately one-half of our revenue in 2014 and approximately 40% of our revenue in 2015. The loss of a key customer or service provider, or a reduction in sales to any key customer or service provider could negatively impact our revenue, cause us to have excess or obsolete inventory, and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We have an accumulated deficit and have incurred net losses in the past, and we may incur net losses in the future.
We have incurred net losses in the past and may incur net losses in the future. For 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016 , we incurred net losses of $13.6 million , $7.0 million and $1.9 million , respectively. As of June 26, 2016 , we had an accumulated deficit of $161.6 million . Following the completion of this offering, we expect to continue to make significant investments related to the development of our Wi-Fi solutions and the expansion of our business, including investments to support our research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative functions. As a public company, we will also incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses. If our revenue growth does not exceed the growth of these anticipated expenses, we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability, and our stock price could decline.
We face intense competition from a number of larger and more established companies and expect competition to increase in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our market share, revenue and results of operations.
Many of our competitors, including Broadcom, Marvell Technology Group Ltd., or Marvell, MediaTek USA Inc., or MediaTek, and Qualcomm Incorporated, or Qualcomm, have greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do, as well as longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and more established customer relationships. In the future, we may also face competition from other new and emerging companies, including from companies in China.
Our competitors may be able to anticipate, influence or adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and standards and changes in customer and service provider requirements. Our competitors may also be able to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products, initiate or withstand substantial price competition, take advantage of acquisitions or other opportunities more readily and develop and expand their product offerings more quickly than we can. In addition, many of our larger competitors offer a broader range of products than we do, including non-Wi-Fi products. These competitors may be able to sell at lower margins, bundle additional products and features with their Wi-Fi products, or create closed platforms that discourage customers or service providers from purchasing our Wi-Fi solutions. This strategy may be particularly effective for customers and service providers who prefer the convenience of purchasing all of their Wi-Fi products from a single provider. If we are unable to maintain our competitive advantages through the delivery of superior solutions, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.
Consolidation in our industry or in a related industry that involves our customers, service providers, partners and competitors could disrupt our business.
There has been a significant amount of consolidation in our industry and related industries. Examples include consolidation among service providers, such as the acquisition of DirecTV by AT&T in 2015; consolidation involving our customers, such as the acquisition of the Cisco video business by Technicolor in 2015 and the acquisition of Pace plc, or Pace, by Arris, in 2016; consolidation involving our partners, such as the acquisition of Freescale Semiconductor by NXP Semiconductors in 2015; and consolidation involving our competitors, such as the acquisition of Broadcom by Avago Technologies in 2016.
Consolidation among our customers and service providers can create significant uncertainty regarding demand for our Wi-Fi solutions and could cause delays in the purchase of our Wi-Fi solutions or the loss of business. For example, in 2015 our two largest service providers consolidated, resulting in the cancellation of previously submitted purchase orders, which adversely impacted our revenue for several quarters. Consolidation among our competitors could adversely affect the competitive landscape and industry dynamics, including causing increased pricing pressure, intensifying the focus of our competitors on certain markets or customers that could cause us to lose market share or customers, and enabling our competitors to leverage complementary products or technologies of the combined company. Accordingly, any industry consolidation could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

- 14 -

Table of Contents

Our customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities or delay production, which could harm our business.
Our customers typically do not provide us with firm, long-term purchase commitments. Substantially all of our sales to date have been made on a purchase order basis, which permits our customers to cancel, change or delay their purchases of our solutions with little or no notice to us. As a result, our ability to accurately forecast customer demand is limited. Any such cancellation of or decrease in purchase orders subjects us to a number of risks, including unanticipated revenue shortfalls, loss of volume-based wafer rebates from our third-party foundry and excess or obsolete inventory.
We may face claims of intellectual property infringement, which could be time-consuming and costly to defend or settle and, if adversely adjudicated, could harm our business.
The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We have received communications from third parties, including non-practicing entities, alleging our infringement of their patents, and we may receive additional claims of infringement in the future. In addition, our customers and service providers may become subject to litigation or receive communications regarding alleged infringement of their products that implicate our Wi-Fi solutions. We have certain contractual obligations to defend and indemnify our customers and other third parties from damages and costs which may arise in connection with any such infringement claims. We or our customers may be required to obtain licenses for such patents, which could require us to pay royalties. Any lawsuits could subject us to significant liability for damages, invalidate our proprietary rights and harm our business and our ability to compete. Any litigation, regardless of success or merit, could cause us to incur substantial expenses, reduce our sales and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. If we receive an adverse result in any litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages, seek licenses from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, cease sale of products or licensing of our technology, expend significant resources to redesign our solutions, develop alternative technology or discontinue the use of processes requiring the relevant technology.
Our failure to adequately protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to compete effectively or defend ourselves from litigation, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property. We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements and other contractual provisions, to protect our proprietary technologies and know-how. As of June 26, 2016, we had 37 issued patents in the United States and four foreign counterpart patents issued in Taiwan. The rights granted to us may not be meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage. For example, any patent claims we make may be deemed insufficient to cover the third party’s product or technology or the patent could be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed around or be declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. The failure of any of our patents to adequately protect our technology could make it easier for our competitors to offer similar products or technologies. Our foreign patent protection is not as comprehensive as our U.S. patent protection. As a result, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property in some countries where our solutions are sold or may be sold in the future. Even if foreign patents are granted, effective enforcement in foreign countries may be challenging or may not be available. Furthermore, changes to the patent laws in the United States and other jurisdictions could also diminish the value of our patents and patent applications or narrow the scope of our patent protection.
We cannot ensure that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property or the reverse engineering of our technology. In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we rely on confidential proprietary information, including trade secrets and know-how, to develop and maintain our competitive position. Any disclosure or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate our proprietary information, thus eroding our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information in part by confidentiality agreements with our employees, contractors, customers, partners and other third parties. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information; however, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Detecting and monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property can be difficult and costly. It is possible that unauthorized use of our intellectual property may have occurred or may occur without our knowledge. Our failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could adversely impact our ability to maintain a competitive advantage in our markets, thus harming our business, results of operations and financial condition.

- 15 -

Table of Contents

We may in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation to try to protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be very expensive and time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel without resulting in a favorable outcome. Further, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to defending intellectual property infringement claims and to enforcing their intellectual property rights. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights or if third parties independently develop or gain access to our or similar technologies, our business, revenue, reputation and competitive position could be harmed.
Our use of open source software in our solutions, processes and technology may expose us to additional risks and compromise our proprietary intellectual property.
We incorporate open source software into our Wi-Fi solutions, including certain open source code governed by the GNU General Public License, Lesser GNU General Public License and Common Development and Distribution License. The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. In such event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our solutions, make our proprietary code generally available in source code form (for example, proprietary code that links to certain open source modules), re-engineer our solutions, discontinue the sale of our solutions if re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a cost-effective and timely basis, or become subject to other consequences, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may have difficulty accurately predicting our future revenue, cost of revenue, operating expense, working capital, and capital investments.
We were incorporated in 2005 and only began shipments of our Wi-Fi solutions in 2010. As a result, we have a limited operating history from which to predict future operating results. This limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving nature of the markets in which we sell our Wi-Fi solutions, substantial uncertainty concerning how these markets may develop and other factors beyond our control, limit our ability to accurately forecast our future revenue, cost of revenue, operating expense, working capital, and capital investments. Additionally, if we are unable to accurately forecast customer demand or service provider deployments in a timely manner, we may not build enough supply or maintain enough inventory, which could lead to delays in product shipments and lost sales opportunities, as well as cause our customers to identify alternative sources of supply. Alternatively, we may accumulate excess or obsolete inventory. Any of these factors could harm our margins, increase our write-offs due to product obsolescence and restrict our ability to fund our operations. If our revenue does not increase as anticipated, we could incur significant losses to the extent we are unable to decrease our expenses in a timely manner to offset any shortfall in future revenue. Any failure to accurately predict our future operating results could cause us to miss our financial projections and adversely affect the price of our common stock.
If we are unable to effectively manage any future growth, we may not be able to execute our business plan and our results of operations could suffer.
We have expanded our operations significantly since our inception in 2005 and anticipate that further expansion will be required to achieve our business objectives. For example, we grew from 219 employees as of December 28, 2014 to 274 as of June 26, 2016 , and expect our headcount to continue to grow rapidly as we scale our business. The growth and expansion of our business have placed and will continue to place a significant strain on our management, operations and financial resources. We expect that any future growth will also add complexity to, and require effective coordination throughout, our organization.
To manage any future growth effectively, we must continue to improve and expand our operating and administrative systems and controls. We may not be able to successfully implement improvements to these systems and controls in a timely or efficient manner, which could result in operating inefficiencies and could cause our costs to increase more than planned. If we are unable to effectively manage our future growth, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.
We rely on a limited number of third-party contractors and suppliers in connection with the design and manufacture of certain parts of our solutions. The failed performance or loss of any of these third parties may adversely impact our business.
We currently depend on a single foundry, Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation, or TSMC, for the supply of our mask-sets and for the fabrication of our wafers. We also depend on a limited number of sources in connection with the design, development, testing and assembly of our solutions and components thereof. We currently do not have long-term supply

- 16 -

Table of Contents

contracts with any of our third-party contractors or suppliers, and we typically negotiate pricing separately for each purchase order. Therefore, our contractors and suppliers are not obligated to perform services or supply products to us for any specific period, in any specific quantities, or at any specific price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. Sufficient capacity through our foundry or the third-party contractors we rely on for assembly and testing may not be available when we need it or at reasonable prices. In addition, we rely on intellectual property rights and software development tools from third-parties such as Cadence Design Systems, Inc., Mentor Graphics Corporation, and Synopsys, Inc., to support the design, development, simulation and verification of new solutions or enhancement to existing solutions. If licenses to such technologies are not available on commercially reasonable terms and conditions, or such products become unavailable for any other reason, and we cannot otherwise integrate such technologies, our solutions or our customers’ products could become unmarketable or obsolete, and we could lose market share. In such instances, we could also incur substantial unanticipated costs or scheduling delays to develop or acquire substitute technologies to deliver competitive products.
If we lose any of our single source or limited source contractors or suppliers, we could be required to transition to a new third party, which could increase our costs, result in delays in the manufacture and delivery of our solutions, require a redesign of our solutions to transition to alternative sources, or cause us to carry excess, obsolete or insufficient inventory. In addition, if these contractors or suppliers fail to produce and deliver our solutions according to required specifications, quantity, quality, cost and time requirements, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer.
Our results of operations are likely to vary significantly from period to period, which could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.
Our results of operations have fluctuated from period to period, and we expect such results to continue to fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control and may be difficult to predict, including:
the fluctuations in demand for high-performance Wi-Fi products in general;
the inherent complexity, length and associated unpredictability of the sales cycles for our Wi-Fi solutions;
changing market conditions and competitive dynamics of our markets, including new entrants and current and potential customer or service provider consolidation;
timing of introductions of new products by our customers and service providers and our ability to secure design wins related to such products;
changes to or inaccurate demand forecasts from our customers and service providers;
the timing and amount of purchase orders, especially from significant customers;
reductions in or cancellations of purchase orders by our customers, including with little or no notice;
changes in the mix of our sales in the service provider market versus retail, enterprise or consumer electronics end markets and among different customers;
declines in average selling prices, or ASPs, and the extent to which the impact of such declines is offset by increased sales volume or decreased manufacturing and other costs;
changes in manufacturing costs, including wafer fabrication, testing and assembly costs, manufacturing yields and product quality and reliability;
our ability to develop, introduce and ship new Wi-Fi solutions in a timely manner and anticipate future market demands that meet our customers’ requirements;
the timing and amount of tape-out costs;
timing of headcount adjustments;
volatility in our stock price, which may lead to material changes in stock compensation expense;

- 17 -

Table of Contents

our ability to derive benefits from our investments in research, development, sales, marketing, and other activities; and
general economic or political conditions in our current or future domestic and international markets.
The effects of these and other factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual results of operations. Therefore, comparing our results of operations on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.
If we fail to successfully address additional Wi-Fi markets, our revenue growth and financial condition could be harmed.
Currently, we sell most of our Wi-Fi solutions to OEMs and ODMs that target the service provider market for home networking. Our success will depend in part on our ability to expand beyond the service provider market to other Wi-Fi markets, including the enterprise and consumer electronics markets, as well as grow our market share in the retail market. These other markets have separate and unique requirements that may not be directly addressed by our current Wi-Fi solutions, including different specifications, performance requirements and product support needs. For example, our current Wi-Fi solutions may not be well suited for certain market opportunities and may require significant new functionality or features. Therefore, meeting the technical requirements and securing design wins with customers targeting these markets will require a substantial investment of our time and resources. We may also face challenges and delays in accurately understanding the specific needs of new markets, which in turn may impair our ability to develop the customer and partner relationships necessary to be successful in such markets. If any of these markets do not develop as we currently anticipate or if we are unable to penetrate them successfully, our growth opportunities could be harmed and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be negatively impacted.
If we fail to successfully leverage our engineering expertise to penetrate markets beyond Wi-Fi, our long-term revenue growth and financial condition could be harmed.
Our future growth will depend in part on our ability to leverage our engineering expertise in wireless and communications to address other markets beyond Wi-Fi. We have historically focused on high-performance Wi-Fi solutions, and may not be successful in identifying or implementing strategies to penetrate and sustain growth in new markets. If we are unable to develop solutions that are applicable beyond the Wi-Fi market, or to manage the expansion and growth of our business in such markets, our long-term revenue growth and financial condition could be harmed.
If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified and key personnel, particularly our engineering personnel, we may not be able to execute our business strategy effectively.
We believe our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract, train and retain highly skilled management, engineering and sales and marketing personnel. Each of our employees is an at-will employee. The loss of any key employees or the inability to attract, train or retain qualified personnel, particularly our engineering personnel, could harm our business. For example, if any of these individuals were to leave unexpectedly, we could face substantial difficulty in hiring qualified successors and could experience a loss in productivity during the search for any such successor and while any successor is integrated into our business and operations.
Our key engineering personnel represent a significant asset and serve as the source of our technological and product innovations. We may not be successful in attracting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of technical and engineering personnel to support our anticipated growth. The competition for qualified engineering personnel in our industry is very intense, especially in the San Francisco Bay Area, where we have a substantial presence and need for highly skilled personnel.
Changes to industry standards and government requirements relevant to our solutions and markets could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If our customers adopt new or competing industry standards with which our solutions are not compatible, our existing solutions would become less desirable and our revenue and results of operations would suffer. In addition, changes in government-imposed requirements, such as maximum power consumption regulations in Europe, can prevent our solutions from being shipped to certain countries if they do not meet such requirements.

- 18 -

Table of Contents

To compete effectively in the Wi-Fi marketplace, we rely on industry partners to enable and complement our Wi-Fi solutions.
Our Wi-Fi solutions need to be integrated with other components and products, such as broadband processors, video SOCs and network processors, to serve the service provider markets. We have developed relationships with various third-party partners who enable and enhance our ability to bring our Wi-Fi solutions to various markets. These partners can provide critical support to enable us to reach certain markets and better address customer needs, including through the development of joint reference designs, the establishment of relationships with key customers, the validation of our Wi-Fi solutions, and the creation of bundled solutions to contend with competitive offerings. For example, when our Wi-Fi solution is designed into a product that also incorporates Intel Corporation, or Intel, or Broadcom network processors, we depend on the ability of these partners to deliver their products in a timely fashion in order to meet shipping schedules. These partners may also be our competitors, which can negatively impact their willingness to collaborate with us, to support the integration of our solutions with their products, and to pursue joint sales and marketing efforts. In addition, in some cases it may be necessary to share competitively sensitive information with our partners that could enable our partners to compete more effectively against us or create uncertainty regarding ownership of intellectual property rights. If we are unable to continue to successfully develop or maintain these relationships, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our historical growth rate may not be indicative of future financial results.
You should not consider the growth rate in our revenue in recent periods as indicative of our future performance. Our revenue increased from $66.9 million in 2014 , to $83.8 million in 2015 , representing an increase of 25% . Our revenue increased from $36.6 million in the six months ended June 28, 2015 to $57.5 million , in the six months ended June 26, 2016 , representing an increase of 57% . Our revenue may be adversely impacted by various factors, including reduced demand for our Wi-Fi solutions, increased competition, a decrease in the size of our target markets, and the failure to capitalize on growth opportunities. Moreover, even if our revenue continues to increase in absolute terms, we expect that our revenue growth rate will decline over time as we mature as a public company.
We may pursue strategic acquisitions or partnerships which could require significant management attention, increase operating risk, dilute stockholder value, fail to achieve intended results, and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In the future, we may acquire other businesses, products or technologies, or partner with other businesses. To date, we have not made any acquisitions, and we do not currently have any agreements or commitments for any acquisition. Our ability to make and successfully integrate acquisitions is unproven. Even if we complete one or more acquisitions, we may not be able to strengthen our competitive position or realize the intended benefits of the acquisition in a timely manner, or at all. Any acquisitions may also be viewed negatively by our customers, financial markets or investors. In addition, any acquisitions we make could lead to difficulties in integrating technologies, products and operations from the acquired businesses and in retaining and motivating key personnel from these businesses. Acquisitions may disrupt our ongoing operations, divert management from their primary responsibilities, subject us to additional liabilities, increase our expense and adversely impact our business. Acquisitions may also reduce our cash available for operations and other uses, and could also result in an increase in amortization expense related to identifiable assets acquired, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, any of which could harm our business.
Our business is subject to disruption from hazards, natural disasters, terrorism, and political unrest, which could cause significant delays in the design, development, production or shipment of our solutions.
Our operations and those of our third-party contractors are vulnerable to interruptions caused by technical breakdowns, computer hardware and software malfunctions, software viruses, infrastructure failures, fires, earthquakes, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, wars, Internet failures and other events beyond our control. For example, our sole foundry, TSMC, is located in Taiwan, which has been subject to a number of earthquakes, which has in the past impacted, and may in the future impact, the fabrication of our solutions. In addition, a significant portion of our engineering equipment, servers, storage and networking equipment, and other office equipment is located in our offices in the seismically active San Francisco Bay Area and Taiwan. If we suffer a significant hazard or outage to these offices and equipment, our business could experience disruption, which could harm our business and negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

- 19 -

Table of Contents

The average selling prices for our Wi-Fi solutions could decrease over time, which could harm our revenue, gross margin and results of operations.
Products sold in our industry, including our Wi-Fi solutions, have often experienced a decrease in average selling prices over time. We anticipate that the average selling prices of our solutions may decrease in the future in response to competitive pricing pressures, customer expectations for price reduction, increased sales discounts, and new product introductions by our competitors. Our future results of operations may be harmed due to the decrease of our average selling prices.
Additionally, because we use a fabless semiconductor business model and rely on third-party contractors to fabricate, assemble, and test our chipset designs, we may not be able to reduce our costs as rapidly as companies that operate their own manufacturing processes, and our costs may even increase, which could also reduce our gross margins. To maintain our current gross margins or increase our gross margins in the future, we must develop and introduce on a timely basis new solutions and enhancements to existing solutions; continually reduce the costs of manufacturing our solutions; and manage transitions from one solution to another in a timely and cost-effective manner. Our failure to do so would likely cause our revenue and gross margins to decline, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our international operations expose us to additional business risks, and failure to manage these risks may adversely affect our business.
We have international operations in China, Russia, Taiwan, Australia, Japan, and parts of Europe, and we derive substantially all of our revenue from shipments delivered outside the United States, particularly in Asia. International operations are subject to inherent risks, and our future results could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including:
differing technical standards, existing or future regulatory and certification requirements and required product features and functionality;
challenges related to managing and integrating operations in new markets with different languages, cultures and political systems;
heightened risks of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain countries and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and lead to restatements of, and irregularities in, our financial statements or violations of law, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;
tariffs and trade barriers, export controls and trade and economic sanctions regulations and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our solutions in certain foreign markets, particularly in China and Russia;
difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing international operations;
difficulties associated with enforcing and protecting intellectual property rights in some countries;
requirements or preferences for in-country products, which could reduce demand for our products;
difficulties in enforcing contracts and collecting accounts receivable, which may result in longer payment cycles, especially in emerging markets;
potentially adverse tax consequences, including taxes impacting our ability to repatriate profits to the United States;
added legal compliance obligations and complexity;
public health emergencies and other disasters, such as earthquakes and tsunamis, that are more common in certain regions;
increased cost of terminating employees in some countries;
the effect of currency exchange rate fluctuations; and
political and economic instability, and terrorism.

- 20 -

Table of Contents

In 2012, we established our Russian subsidiary for research and development activities pursuant to a letter agreement with Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO” (formerly Open Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO”).  Pursuant to the letter agreement, as amended, we have obligations to periodically fund the subsidiary, and RUSNANO has certain rights regarding the governance and operation of the subsidiary.  While certain of these rights will terminate upon completion of this offering, RUSNANO will remain entitled to representation on the subsidiary’s board of directors and certain continuing rights regarding use of the subsidiary’s funds.  We may incur specified penalties under the letter agreement if we fail to meet our funding obligations, and may incur other unanticipated costs if we are required to restructure our operations in Russia.  See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreement with RUSNANO” for additional information about this arrangement.
We expect that we will continue to rely on our international operations, and our success will depend on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other associated risks. O ur failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm our international operations and adversely affect our business.
We could be subject to additional tax liabilities.
We are subject to U.S. federal, state and local income, sales and other taxes in the United States and foreign income taxes, withholding taxes and value-added and other transaction taxes in numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and our worldwide provision for taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many activities and transactions for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. In addition, our tax obligations and effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in the relevant tax, accounting and other laws, regulations, principles and interpretations, including those relating to income tax nexus, by challenges to our intercompany arrangements, valuation methodologies and transfer pricing, by recognizing tax losses or lower than anticipated earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory rates, by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, or by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. We may be audited in various jurisdictions, and such jurisdictions may challenge our intercompany structures or assess additional taxes, interest and penalties, including sales taxes and value-added taxes against us. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of any tax audits or litigation could be materially different from our historical tax provisions and accruals, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in the period or periods for which a determination is made.
Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.
We currently have a significant amount of net operating losses, or NOLs, which we expect will reduce our overall tax liability for the foreseeable future. However, our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering or any future offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance sheet, even if we attain profitability.
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention from managing our business.
As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the securities exchange on which our common stock is traded, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly, and increase demands on our administrative systems and resources. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations, and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and results of operations. We may need to hire additional employees to comply with these requirements in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

- 21 -

Table of Contents

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs, and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment will increase our general and administrative expense and result in a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations, and standards are unsuccessful, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.
As a result of becoming a public company, we will be subject to additional regulatory compliance requirements and we may not be able to implement an effective system of internal controls and accurately report our financial results on a timely basis, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and negatively impact the trading price of our common stock .
We have never operated as a public company and will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The individuals who constitute our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, and limited experience complying with the increasingly complex and changing laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance, and we may not effectively or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company. In addition, we have limited internal resources and may not be able to hire additional, qualified resources on a timely basis.
Pursuant to the Exchange Act, we will be required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. We are currently documenting and testing our internal controls in order to identify, evaluate and remediate any deficiencies in those internal controls and documenting the results of our evaluation, testing and remediation. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, as we did in preparing our 2015 consolidated financial statements, that we are unable to remediate before the end of the same fiscal year in which the material weakness is identified, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors, when required, are unable to attest to management’s report on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline.
As a public company, we will be required to disclose material changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff.
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.
During the course of the preparation of our 2015 consolidated financial statements, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as a result of a lack of sufficient qualified personnel within the finance and accounting function who possessed an appropriate level of expertise to effectively perform the following functions commensurate with our structure and financial reporting requirements: (i) identify, select and apply GAAP sufficiently to provide reasonable assurance that transactions were being appropriately recorded, and (ii) assess risk and design appropriate control activities over financial and reporting processes necessary to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements. We have taken a number of steps to remediate this material weakness, but there is no assurance that these remediation efforts will be successful. If not properly remediated, this material weakness could result in material

- 22 -

Table of Contents

misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with accounting and reporting requirements.
We also cannot be certain that other material weaknesses and control deficiencies will not be discovered in the future. In addition, if our remediation efforts are not successful or other material weaknesses or control deficiencies occur in the future, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately or on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence or delisting and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. As a result of any such failures, we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation and financial condition, or divert financial and management resources from our core business.
We are subject to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, which has suffered, and may in the future suffer, from cyclical downturns.
The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, rapid product obsolescence, price erosion, evolving standards, consolidation and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. The industry has historically experienced cyclical downturns, including during global recessions, which have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of ASPs. A significant portion of our operating expense is incurred in connection with developing our Wi-Fi solutions, securing design wins and assisting customers and service providers in the development of their product specifications in advance of anticipated sales. As a result, in the event that such sales do not ultimately materialize due to a cyclical downturn or otherwise, we may not be able to decrease our operating expense rapidly enough to offset any unanticipated shortfall in revenue. There is a risk that future downturns could negatively impact our revenue, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our results of operations and financial condition could be seriously impacted by security breaches, including cyber security incidents.
We may not be able to effectively detect, prevent and recover from security breaches, including attacks on information technology and infrastructure by hackers and viruses. Cyber-attacks could result in unauthorized parties gaining access to certain confidential business information, and could include unauthorized third parties obtaining trade secrets and proprietary information related to our solutions. For example, we offer a cloud-based Wi-Fi analytics and monitoring platform that collects certain Wi-Fi network and system data. While we utilize Amazon Web Services for this platform, which provides a number of sophisticated technical and physical controls designed to prevent unauthorized access to or disclosure of customer content, we cannot be certain that such controls will be sufficient to prevent a security breach. It can be difficult, if not impossible, to entirely prevent cyber-attacks. As these threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant resources to enhance our control environment, processes, practices and other protective measures. Despite these efforts, if we experience a cyber security incident, such incident could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Failure to comply with the terms of our loan and security agreements with a financial institution may adversely affect our working capital and financial condition.
Our SVB Loan Agreement and Mezzanine Loan Agreement contain customary covenants which could restrict our ability to operate and finance our business and operations, such as nonpayment of amounts due under the revolving line of credit or the loans, violation of the restrictive covenants, violation of other contractual provisions, or a material adverse change in our business. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and breaches of any of these covenants could result in defaults under the loan agreements. In addition, borrowings under these loan agreements are collateralized by certain of our assets, including our receivables and inventory, subject to customary exceptions and limits.
The loan agreements also contain customary events of default. Defaults, if not waived, could cause all of the outstanding indebtedness under our loan agreements to become immediately due and payable and would permit Silicon Valley Bank to exercise remedies against the collateral in which we granted Silicon Valley Bank a security interest.
If we are unable to comply with the terms of these agreements, we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all, and our assets may become subject to Silicon Valley Bank’s security interest. This could materially and adversely affect our working capital, financial condition and our ability to operate.

- 23 -

Table of Contents

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates that could negatively impact our business, operating results and financial condition.
Because a portion of our business is conducted outside of the United States, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time, as international customer mix, business practices and our international footprint evolve, and they could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.
To date, all of our revenue have been denominated in U.S. dollars; however, most of our expenses associated with our international operations are denominated in local currencies. As a result, a decline in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the value of these local currencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Conversely, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar could result in our Wi-Fi solutions being more expensive to our customers in their local currencies, and could have an adverse impact on our pricing and our business.
To date, we have not used risk management techniques to hedge the risks associated with these fluctuations. Even if we were to implement hedging strategies, not every exposure can be hedged and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign currency exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts that may vary or that may later prove to have been inaccurate. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or our failure to successfully hedge against these fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on business, operating results and financial condition.
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock
There has been no prior trading market for our common stock, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.
We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on              under the symbol “QTNA.” However, there has been no prior trading market for our common stock. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on such exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the liquidity of any trading market, your ability to sell your shares of our common stock when desired or the prices that you may obtain for your shares of our common stock.
The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.
Technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. Following the completion of this offering, the market price of our common stock may be higher or lower than the price you pay in the offering, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:
announcements of new products or technologies, commercial relationships, acquisitions or other events by us or our competitors;
changes in how customers perceive the benefits of our Wi-Fi solutions;
departures of key personnel;
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float;
sales of large blocks of our common stock;
actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our results of operations;
whether our results of operations meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors;
changes in actual or future expectations of investors or securities analysts;

- 24 -

Table of Contents

litigation involving us, our industry, or both;
regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries or both;
general economic conditions and trends;
major catastrophic events in our domestic and foreign markets; and
“flash crashes,” “freeze flashes” or other glitches that disrupt trading on the securities exchange on which we are listed.
In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, results of operations or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If securities analysts or industry analysts downgrade our stock, publish negative research or reports or fail to publish reports about our business, our competitive position could suffer, and our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will, to some extent, depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us should downgrade our stock or publish negative research or reports, cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports about our business, our competitive position could suffer, and our stock price and trading volume could decline.
Purchasers in this offering will immediately experience substantial dilution in net tangible book value.
The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $      per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock as of June 26, 2016, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering. See the section titled “Dilution” below.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales might occur, could reduce the price that our common stock might otherwise attain.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Based on the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of June 26, 2016, upon completion of this offering, we will have approximately         shares of common stock outstanding. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
Subject to certain exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriters,” we and all of our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our equity holders have agreed not to offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. When the lock-up period expires, we and our locked-up security holders will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, may release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of the lock-up, could cause our stock price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

- 25 -

Table of Contents

Based on shares outstanding as of June 26, 2016, holders of up to approximately 1,256,638,883 shares (including 17,100,251 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants that were outstanding as of June 26, 2016), or          % of our common stock after the completion of this offering, will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.
Our issuance of additional capital stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our stock incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.
We expect to issue additional capital stock in the future that will result in dilution to all other stockholders. We expect to grant equity awards to employees, directors and consultants under our stock incentive plans. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products or technologies and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition or investment. Any such issuances of additional capital stock may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock to decline.
A limited number of stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control and other matters requiring stockholder approval.
Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who owns greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately      % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 26, 2016. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, will be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, and limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.
Management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, obtain additional capital and increase our visibility in the marketplace. As of the date of this prospectus, we have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds we receive from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including headcount expansion and operating infrastructure development, research and development activities, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative activities, working capital, and capital expenditures. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion over the specific use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and might not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on investment of these net proceeds. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.
W e have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our SVB Loan Agreement and Mezzanine Loan Agreement impose restrictions on our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

- 26 -

Table of Contents

Delaware law and our corporate charter and bylaws will contain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.
O ur amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors who are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions include:
a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;
the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), which could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
the requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to the management of our business (including our classified board structure) or certain provisions of our amended and restated bylaws, which may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;
the ability of our board of directors to amend the bylaws, which may allow our board of directors to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and
advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a specified period of time.
We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our growth strategy.
We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new and enhance our existing Wi-Fi solutions, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock could decline. Furthermore, if we engage in debt financing, the holders of debt would have priority over the holders of common stock, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness. We may also be required to take other actions that would otherwise be in the interests of the debt holders and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios, any of which could harm our

- 27 -

Table of Contents

business, results of operations, and financial condition. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things:
develop new or enhance our existing Wi-Fi solutions;
expand our research and development and sales and marketing organizations;
respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements;
hire, train and retain employees;
expand our operations, in the United States or internationally; or
acquire complementary technologies, products or businesses.
Our failure to do any of these things could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are an “emerging growth company,” and our election to comply with the reduced disclosure requirements as a public company may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Exchange Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile and may decline.
In addition, the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

- 28 -

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:
our ability to design and develop Wi-Fi solutions;
our ability to attract and retain customers;
our ability to attract and maintain relationships with service providers;
our ability to maintain an adequate rate of revenue growth;
our ability to expand into new Wi-Fi market segments and additional markets;
our ability to achieve design wins;
our future financial and results of operations;
our business plan and our ability to effectively manage our growth and associated investments;
our expectations regarding our industry and potential market;
beliefs and objectives for future operations;
beliefs associated with the use of our solutions;
our ability to further penetrate our existing customer base;
our ability to further develop strategic relationships;
our expectations concerning additional purchase orders by existing customers;
our ability to maintain our competitive technological advantages against new entrants in our industry;
our ability to timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology;
our ability to innovate new solutions and bring them to market in a timely manner;
our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our brand and intellectual property;
our ability to expand internationally;
our ability to increase our revenue and our revenue growth rate;
the effects of increased competition in our market and our ability to compete effectively;
cost of revenue, including changes in costs associated with production, manufacturing and customer support;
operating expenses, including changes in research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses;
anticipated income tax rates;
costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;

- 29 -

Table of Contents

our expectations concerning relationships with third parties, including manufacturing partners;
the release of new products;
economic and industry trends or trend analysis;
the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel; and
future acquisitions of or investments in complementary companies, products or technologies.
We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

- 30 -

Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.
Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The source of these independent industry publications is provided below:
(1) ABI Research, Wi-Fi Forecast, Publication Date: June 30, 2016.
(2) Cisco 2016 Visual Networking Index, Publication Date: June 6, 2016.
(3) Dell’Oro Group Inc., Wireless LAN Five Year Forecast Report, Publication Date: July 13, 2016.
(4) ABI Research, Set-Top Boxes, Publication Date: April 29, 2016.



- 31 -

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $ million, or approximately $ million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us is exercised in full.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million increase or decrease in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders.
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time. We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds to us from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending the use of proceeds to us from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds.
 

- 32 -

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not expect to pay any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock is subject to restrictions under the terms of our SVB Loan Agreement and Mezzanine Loan Agreement. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

- 33 -

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of June 26, 2016 , as follows:
on an actual basis;
on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 1,239,538,632 shares of our common stock, (ii) the resulting reclassification of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, (iii) the obligation to pay an aggregate of $0.2 million in fees to Silicon Valley Bank under our SVB Loan Agreement, which will become due upon the offering; and (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification, obligation, filing and effectiveness had occurred on June 26, 2016 ; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the sale and issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
As of June 26, 2016
 
Actual
 
Pro Forma
 
Pro Forma As Adjusted (1)
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
16,943

 
$
16,943

 


Long-term debt, current and non-current
$
10,069

 
$
10,069

 
 
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability
300

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 1,152,481,783 shares authorized, 1,123,580,844 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
184,704

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 1,656,844,627 shares authorized, 58,549,674 shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized, 1,298,088,306 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
5

 
129

 

Additional paid-in capital
5,376

 
190,256

 

Accumulated deficit
(161,628
)
 
(161,833
)
 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
(156,247
)
 
28,552

 

Total capitalization
$
38,826

 
$
38,621

 

________________________
(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million increase or decrease in the

- 34 -

Table of Contents

number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us were exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, total capitalization and shares outstanding as of June 26, 2016 would be $  million, $  million, $  million, $ million, and , respectively.
The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns in the table above are based on 1,298,088,306 shares of our common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , and exclude the following:
256,468,336 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.04 per share;
82,144,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted after June 26, 2016 , with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.17 per share;
138,888 shares of our common stock granted after June 26, 2016 ;
21,932,826 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.06 per share;
1,937,425 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant (assuming the automatic conversion of an outstanding warrant to purchase 1,937,425 shares of our convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase 1,937,425 shares of our common stock) outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , with an exercise price of $0.15 per share;
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:
    shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2016 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering;
16,712,112 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2016 EIP (after giving effect to increases of an aggregate of 76,850,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 EIP effected after June 26, 2016, the grant of 82,144,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock after June 26, 2016, the cancellation and return of 987,594 shares of our common stock to our 2016 EIP after June 26, 2016, and the issuance of 138,888 shares of our common stock after June 26, 2016), which shares will be added to the shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Plan to the extent not granted prior to the completion of this offering, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2016 EIP; and
    shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.
Our 2016 Plan and our ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2016 Plan also provides for increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder based on awards under our 2016 EIP and 2006 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.


- 35 -

Table of Contents

DILUTION
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering represents the difference between the amount per share paid by such investors and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 26, 2016 was $27.5 million , or $0.02 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 1,239,538,632 shares of our common stock, (ii) the resulting reclassification of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, and (iii) the obligation to pay an aggregate of $0.2 million in fees to Silicon Valley Bank under our SVB Loan Agreement, which will become due upon the offering, as if such conversion, reclassification and obligation had occurred on June 26, 2016 .
After giving effect to the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 26, 2016 would have been $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:
Assumed initial public offering price per share
 
$
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 26, 2016
$
0.02

 
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering
 
 
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
 
 
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering
 
$
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $ , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering by approximately $ , assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $ per share and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering by approximately $ per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering would be approximately $ per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering would be approximately $ per share.
The following table presents, as of June 26, 2016 , after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 1,239,538,632 shares of our common stock, which conversion will occur

- 36 -

Table of Contents

immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (ii) the sale by us of      shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between the existing stockholders and the investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:
 
Shares Purchased
 
Total Consideration
 
Average Price Per Share
 
Number
 
Percent
 
Amount
(In thousands)
 
Percent
 
Existing stockholders
1,298,088,306

 

 
$
187,654

 

 
$
0.14

Investors purchasing shares in this offering

 

 

 

 

Total

 
100
%
 

 
100
%
 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by investors purchasing shares in this offering and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock were exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own approximately % and the investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering would own approximately % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering.
The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 1,298,088,306 shares of our common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , and excludes:
256,468,336 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.04 per share;
82,144,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted after June 26, 2016 , with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.17 per share;
138,888 shares of our common stock granted after June 26, 2016 ;
21,932,826 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.06 per share;
1,937,425 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant (assuming the automatic conversion of an outstanding warrant to purchase 1,937,425 shares of our convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase 1,937,425 shares of our common stock) outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , with an exercise price of $0.15 per share;
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:
    shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2016 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering;
16,712,112 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2016 EIP (after giving effect to increases of an aggregate of 76,850,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 EIP effected after June 26, 2016, the grant of 82,144,000 shares of our common stock

- 37 -

Table of Contents

issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock after June 26, 2016, the cancellation and return of 987,594 shares of our common stock to our 2016 EIP after June 26, 2016, and the issuance of 138,888 shares of our common stock after June 26, 2016), which shares will be added to the shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Plan to the extent not granted prior to the completion of this offering, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2016 EIP; and
    shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.
Our 2016 Plan and our ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2016 Plan also provides for increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder based on awards under our 2016 EIP and 2006 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.
  

- 38 -

Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 and the balance sheet data as of December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statement of operations data for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 and the balance sheet data as of June 26, 2016 have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for the six months ended June 26, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
   
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
$
66,860

 
$
83,773

 
$
36,554

 
$
57,472

Cost of revenue (1)
38,211

 
42,554

 
18,734

 
29,205

Gross profit
28,649

 
41,219

 
17,820

 
28,267

Operating expenses (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
31,283

 
35,575

 
18,443

 
21,751

Sales and marketing
5,932

 
6,644

 
3,529

 
3,399

General and administrative
4,532

 
5,212

 
2,732

 
4,555

Total operating expenses
41,747

 
47,431

 
24,704

 
29,705

Loss from operations
(13,098
)
 
(6,212
)
 
(6,884
)
 
(1,438
)
Interest expense
(481
)
 
(697
)
 
(400
)
 
(225
)
Other income (expense), net
89

 
(21
)
 
(79
)
 
(248
)
Loss before income taxes
(13,490
)
 
(6,930
)
 
(7,363
)
 
(1,911
)
Provision for income taxes
(108
)
 
(115
)
 
(37
)
 
(38
)
Net loss
$
(13,598
)
 
$
(7,045
)
 
$
(7,400
)
 
$
(1,949
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted (2)
$
(0.41
)
 
$
(0.18
)
 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
(0.04
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (2)
32,808,092

 
38,512,276

 
35,614,157

 
53,131,727

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma net loss per share- basic and diluted (2)
 
 
$
(0.01
)
 
 
 
$
(0.00
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic and diluted net loss per share (2)
 
 
1,253,342,652

 
 
 
1,292,670,359

________________________
(1)
Cost of revenue and operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

- 39 -

Table of Contents

 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
(In thousands)
Cost of revenue
$
7

 
$
9

 
$
4

 
$
6

Research and development
256

 
302

 
153

 
223

Sales and marketing
101

 
445

 
393

 
60

General and administrative
203

 
446

 
194

 
901

Total stock-based compensation expense
$
567

 
$
1,202

 
$
744

 
$
1,190

(2)
See Notes 1 and 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculation of our basic and diluted net loss per common share, pro forma net loss per common share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
   
As of
 
December 28, 2014
 
December 27, 2015
 
June 26,
2016
    
(In thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
18,320

 
$
18,850

 
$
16,943

Working capital
$
21,091

 
$
28,287

 
$
31,865

Total assets
$
43,533

 
$
46,667

 
$
53,230

Total liabilities
$
23,078

 
$
17,635

 
$
24,773

Convertible preferred stock
$
170,448

 
$
184,704

 
$
184,704

Total stockholders’ deficit
$
(149,993
)
 
$
(155,672
)
 
$
(156,247
)

- 40 -

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a leader in the design, development, and marketing of advanced high-speed wireless communication solutions enabling wireless local area networking. Our solutions are designed to deliver leading-edge Wi-Fi performance to support an increasing number of connected devices accessing a rapidly growing pool of digital content. We combine our wireless systems and software expertise with high-performance radio frequency, mixed-signal and digital semiconductor design skills to provide highly integrated solutions to our customers.
Our solutions portfolio is currently comprised of multiple generations of our radio frequency chip and our digital baseband chip, which together support the IEEE Wi-Fi standards, including 802.11n and 802.11ac. These chips are typically sold together as a chipset combined with software and system-level reference designs that constitute a highly integrated Wi-Fi solution.
We sell our Wi-Fi solutions directly to global OEMs and ODMs that serve the end markets we address. In addition, we sell our Wi-Fi solutions to third-party distributors who in turn resell to OEMs and ODMs. OEMs incorporate our solutions into their products, which are then sold to their own customers, such as service providers, retailers, enterprises, small and medium businesses, and retail consumers. To date, we have primarily addressed the service provider market for home networking applications, including home gateways, repeaters, and set-top boxes. We are increasingly addressing additional end markets, with solutions for (i) retail OEMs for home networking as well as small and medium business applications (e.g., routers and repeaters), (ii) enterprise OEMs for enterprise networking applications (e.g., access points), and (iii) consumer electronics OEMs for consumer applications, including wireless streaming of audio and video, wireless TVs, and wireless speakers. We believe the life cycles of our customers’ products can range from approximately one year to five years or more depending on the end market.
Some OEMs purchase our Wi-Fi solutions directly from us and use them in the design and manufacture (directly or through their third-party contract manufacturers) of their own products. Other OEMs utilize ODMs to design and build subsystem products incorporating our Wi-Fi solutions, which the OEMs then purchase from the ODM and incorporate into the OEM products. Accordingly, we ship our Wi-Fi solutions either directly to the OEM, its contract manufacturer, or its ODM, based on the requirements of each OEM. However, we maintain close relationships with the target OEM to monitor OEM end-market demand as the initial Wi-Fi solution design win is generally awarded by the OEM.
We derive the substantial majority of our revenue from the sale of our Wi-Fi solutions. In addition, historically we also derived a portion of our revenue from a limited number of licensing and non-recurring arrangements. These arrangements are no longer active. In the future, we may enter into new licensing arrangements on an opportunistic basis.
The following table shows percentage of our revenue by category:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
(Percentage of revenue)
Wi-Fi Solutions
90.6%
 
89.4%
 
89.1%
 
98.9%
Licensing
9.4%
 
6.8%
 
8.4%
 
0.9%
Non-recurring Arrangements
—%
 
3.8%
 
2.5%
 
0.2%

- 41 -

Table of Contents

The following table shows OEM, ODM and third-party distributor customers from which we derived 10% or more of our revenue:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
(Percentage of revenue)
Customer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technicolor SA
11%
 
15%
 
16%
 
12%
Pace plc**
*
 
14%
 
*
 
17%
Prohubs International Corp.
*
 
11%
 
14%
 
10%
Gemtek Electronics Co. Ltd.
28%
 
10%
 
12%
 
*
CyberTAN Technology, Inc.
21%
 
*
 
*
 
*
Sagemcom Broadband SAS
*
 
*
 
 *
 
14%
MitraStar Technology Corp.
*
 
*
 
 *
 
10%
________________________
*
Customer percentage of revenue was less than 10%.
**
Pace plc was acquired by Arris International plc in January 2016 .
The substantial majority of our revenue has been derived from sales to customers serving the service provider home networking market. Based on sell-through information provided to us by the majority of our OEM customers, we estimate that more than 30 service providers in various stages of product deployment are currently incorporating our Wi-Fi solutions into their products. We estimate that our two largest service providers, which are based in the United States, represented approximately one-half of our revenue in 2014 and approximately 40% of our revenue in 2015. The decrease in the percentage of revenue attributable to our two largest service providers in 2015 compared with 2014 reflects the diversification of our customer base and growth of our business.
Sales to Asia, based on ship-to destinations, accounted for 84% , 82% and 85% of our revenue in 2014 , 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016 , respectively, and we anticipate that the substantial majority of our shipments will continue to be delivered to this region. Although a large percentage of our shipments are delivered to Asia, we believe that a significant number of the products we enable with our Wi-Fi solutions, such as access points, gateways, set-top boxes and repeaters, are ultimately sold by our OEM customers to service providers in North America and Western Europe. To date, all of our revenue has been denominated in U.S. dollars.
We use a fabless semiconductor business model and rely on third-party contractors to fabricate, assemble, and test our chipset designs. We purchase silicon wafers from TSMC, our foundry partner, which are then shipped to third-party contractors who assemble and test our chipsets. Our inventory is distributed from the third-party contractors and a contracted warehouse in Taiwan. We believe this outsourced manufacturing approach gives us access to the best available process technology, reduces our capital requirements, and allows us to focus our resources on the design, development, marketing, sales, and customer integration of our Wi-Fi solutions. We typically receive purchase orders 12 to 14 weeks ahead of our customers’ desired delivery date, and we build our inventory primarily on the basis of purchase orders from our customers.
Our revenue increased from $66.9 million in 2014 to $83.8 million in 2015 , representing an increase of 25% . Our revenue increased from $36.6 million in the six months ended June 28, 2015 to $57.5 million in the six months ended June 26, 2016 , representing an increase of 57% . Our net loss was $13.6 million and $7.0 million in 2014 and 2015 , respectively. For the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , our net loss was $7.4 million and $1.9 million , respectively.
Our employee headcount has increased from 241 employees as of December 27, 2015 to 274 as of June 26, 2016 , of which 78% are engaged in research and development activities.
We intend to continue scaling our business to meet the needs of our growing customer base. Key elements of our growth strategy include continuing to deliver innovation and drive new standards, expanding our share of the service provider market for home networking, and addressing new markets, such as retail, small and medium business, and enterprise. In addition, we

- 42 -

Table of Contents

are focused on broadening our solutions portfolio to address additional market segments such as consumer electronics. We anticipate that our operating expense will increase in absolute dollars in the future as we further invest in research and development to support and enhance our solutions and a growing number of customer products, in sales and marketing to acquire new customers in both new and existing markets, and in general and administrative to support our growth. We believe these investments will contribute to our long-term growth.
Factors Affecting Our Performance
Design Wins with Existing and Prospective Service Providers
Existing and prospective service providers that we serve through our OEM and ODM customers tend to be global enterprises that are continuously working with their partners to deploy new products. We believe our Wi-Fi solutions enable service providers to differentiate their products and services and drive the next upgrade cycles in their end market to ultimately gain market share. We work closely with service providers to assist in the development of their product specifications and designs. We compete to secure service provider design wins through an extended sales cycle, which can often last six to 18 months. After a design win is achieved, we continue to work closely with the service providers to assist them and their OEMs and ODMs throughout their product development and early deployment, which can often last six to 18 months. We believe our design win performance is dependent on the investments we make in research and development and sales and marketing to bring innovative Wi-Fi solutions to our existing and new markets and develop close relationships with our customers and service providers. As a result, we expect our research and development and sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to grow our business.
Because of this extended sales cycle, our revenue is highly dependent upon the ongoing achievement of service provider design wins. We expect future revenue to depend upon sales to service providers with whom we have existing relationships as well as our ability to garner design wins with new service providers with whom we currently do not have relationships or sales. Further, because we expect revenue relating to our earlier generation solutions to decline in the future, we consider these design wins critical to our future success.
Product Life Cycle of our Customers and Service Providers; Expanding into New End Markets
In the service provider home networking market, once service providers select our Wi-Fi solutions for integration into their products, we work with our OEM and ODM customers to monitor all phases of the product life cycle, including the initial design phase, prototype production and volume production. Our service providers’ product life cycles typically range from three to five years or more, based on product features, size of subscriber base, and roll-out plans. In contrast, wireless products sold in the retail or consumer electronics end markets have shorter life cycles than those sold into the service provider home networking market. In the retail or consumer electronics markets, a wireless product typically has a product life cycle of one to two years.
Currently, the majority of our revenue is derived from sales to OEMs and ODMs serving the service provider home networking market, with relatively longer sales cycles, longer customer product development cycles and longer time to shipment, but also with longer product life cycles. However, as we expand into additional end markets, such as retail, small and medium business, enterprise or consumer electronics, we expect revenue from such markets to increase as a proportion of our revenue over time. The shorter product life cycles associated with such additional end markets typically require greater frequency of design wins, and they may also result in faster time to shipment of our Wi-Fi solutions.
Sales Volume and Customer Concentration
A typical design win can generate a wide range of sales volumes for our Wi-Fi solutions, depending on the end market demand for our customers’ products. Such demand depends on several factors, including end market size, size of the service providers, product price and features, and the ability of customers and service providers to sell their products into their end markets. As such, some design wins result in orders and significant revenue shortly after the design win is awarded and other design wins do not result in significant orders and revenue for several months or longer after the initial design win, if at all. As a result, an increase or decrease in the number of design wins we achieve on a quarterly or annual basis does not necessarily correlate to a likely increase or decrease in revenue in the same or immediately succeeding quarter or year. Nonetheless, design wins are critical to our continued sales, and we believe that the collective impact of design wins correlates to our overall revenue growth over time.

- 43 -

Table of Contents

Our customers and service providers often share their product development schedules with us, including the projected launch dates of their wireless product offerings. Once customers and service providers are in production, they generally will provide nine to 12-month forecasts of expected demand. However, they may change their purchase orders and demand forecasts at any time with limited or no prior notice.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from a small number of OEMs and ODMs, and substantially all of our revenue to date has been generated by sales of our solutions to OEMs and ODMs serving the service provider market for home networking. While we strive to expand and diversify our customer base and we expect our customer concentration to decline over time, we anticipate that sales to a limited number of customers will continue to account for a significant percentage of our revenue for the foreseeable future. In light of this customer and service provider concentration, our revenue is likely to continue to be materially impacted by the purchasing decisions of our largest customers and the service providers they serve.
Wi-Fi Solutions Pricing, Cost and Gross Margin
Our average selling price, or ASP, can vary by product mix, customer mix and end market, due to end market-specific characteristics such as supply and demand, competitive landscape, the maturation of Wi-Fi solutions launched in prior years and the launch of new Wi-Fi solutions. Our gross margin depends on a variety of factors, including the sales volume, features, price, and manufacturing costs of our Wi-Fi solutions. We make continuous investments in our solutions to enhance existing and add new features, maintain our competitiveness, minimize ASP erosion, and reduce the cost of our solutions.
As we rely on third-party contractors for the fabrication, assembly and testing of our chipsets, we work closely with these third-parties to improve the manufacturability of our chipsets, lower wafer cost, enhance yields, lower assembly and test costs, and improve quality.
In general, our latest generation solutions have higher prices compared to our prior generation solutions. As is typical in the semiconductor industry and consistent with our historical trends, we expect the ASPs of our solutions to decline as those solutions mature and unit volumes increase. These ASP declines often coincide with improvements in manufacturing yields and lower wafer, assembly and testing costs, which may offset some or all of the margin reduction that results from lower ASPs.
Components of Results of Operations
Revenue
Our revenue is generated primarily from sales of our Wi-Fi solutions to our OEM and ODM customers. In addition, we sell our Wi-Fi solutions to third-party distributors who in turn resell to OEMs and ODMs. Our Wi-Fi solutions are integrated into OEM products, such as gateways, set-top boxes, repeaters or routers, which are then sold primarily to service providers. Our sales have historically been made on the basis of purchase orders against our standard terms and conditions, rather than long-term agreements. Sales of our Wi-Fi solutions fluctuate primarily based on competition, sales volume, customer inventory and price. We expect our revenue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, such as customer product development and deployment cycles and the purchasing patterns of our customers and third-party distributors.
During 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016 , we also derived revenue from a limited number of licensing and non-recurring arrangements. These arrangements are no longer active. In the future, we may enter into new licensing arrangements on an opportunistic basis.
Cost of Revenue, Gross Margin
We utilize third-party contractors for the production of the chipsets included in our Wi-Fi solutions. Cost of revenue primarily relates to the purchase of silicon wafers from our third-party foundry, and costs associated with assembly, testing and inbound and outbound shipping of our wafers and chipsets. After we purchase wafers from our third-party foundry, we bear the manufacturing yield risk related to assembling and testing these wafers into chipsets, which can result in benefit or expense recorded in cost of revenue. Cost of revenue also includes lower of cost or market adjustments to the carrying value of inventory, scrap and inventory obsolescence, and any accruals for warranty obligations, which we record when revenue is recognized. Additionally, cost of revenue includes manufacturing overhead expense, such as personnel cost, depreciation expense, and allocated administrative costs associated with supply chain management and quality assurance activities, as well as property insurance premiums and royalty costs.

- 44 -

Table of Contents

We often negotiate price rebates from our third-party foundry on the purchase of silicon wafers upon achieving certain volume targets. Such rebates are recorded as a reduction of inventory cost and are recognized in cost of revenue as the chipsets made from such silicon wafers are sold. Because we do not have long-term, fixed supply agreements, our wafer costs are subject to changes based on the cyclical demand for semiconductors.
We calculate gross margin as revenue less cost of revenue divided by revenue. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including ASPs, sales volume, and wafer, assembly and testing costs. We believe the primary driver of our gross margin is the ASPs negotiated between us and our customers, relative to the wafer, assembly and testing costs for our Wi-Fi solutions. As each of our Wi-Fi solutions matures and sales volumes increase, we expect ASPs to decline. Historically, such ASP declines have often coincided with lower wafer, assembly and testing costs, which have offset some or all of the gross margin reduction resulting from lower ASPs. In the future, we expect our gross margin to fluctuate on a quarterly basis as a result of changes in ASPs, introductions of new Wi-Fi solutions, changes in our product and customer mix, and changes in wafer, assembly and testing costs.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses consist of research and development, or R&D, sales and marketing, or S&M, and general and administrative, or G&A, expense. Personnel costs are the largest component of operating expenses and primarily consist of compensation costs related to employees, consultants and contractors, including salaries, sales commissions, bonuses, stock-based compensation and other employee benefits. As we continue to grow our business, we expect operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars.
Research and Development. Our R&D expense consists primarily of personnel costs to support our R&D activities, including silicon design, software development and testing, and customers’ product development support and qualification. R&D expense also includes tape-out costs, which include layout services, mask sets, prototype wafers, mask set revisions, intellectual property license fees, and system qualification and testing incurred before releasing new chip designs into production. In addition, R&D expense includes design software and simulation tools licenses, depreciation expense, and allocated administrative costs. All R&D costs are expensed as incurred. We expect R&D expense to fluctuate from period to period based on the timing and amount of tape-out costs and hiring.
Sales and Marketing. Our S&M expense consists primarily of personnel costs for our S&M activities, including pre-sales support. S&M expense also includes sales-based commissions we pay to independent sales representatives, public relations costs, trade show expenses, product marketing and communication, promotional activities, travel and entertainment costs and allocated administrative costs. Our S&M expense in a given period can be particularly affected by the timing of marketing programs and hiring.
General and Administrative. Our G&A expense consists primarily of personnel costs for our administrative personnel in support of our infrastructure functions such as general management, finance, human resources, legal, facilities and information technology. G&A expense also includes professional services fees, insurance premiums, depreciation expense, and allocated administrative costs, as well as any allowance for doubtful accounts. We expect our G&A expense to increase in absolute dollars as we grow our business, support our operations as a public company, and increase our headcount.
Interest Expense
Interest expense consists primarily of interest related to outstanding debt and amortization of debt discount.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net currently consists primarily of interest income from our cash equivalent portfolio, the effect of exchange rates on our foreign currency-denominated asset and liability balances as well as changes in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrants.
Provision for Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes in the foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We maintain a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carry-forward and R&D credits.

- 45 -

Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented, in dollars and as a percentage of our revenue:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Revenue
$
66,860

 
100
 %
 
$
83,773

 
100
 %
 
$
36,554

 
100
 %
 
$
57,472

 
100
 %
Cost of revenue (1)
38,211

 
57

 
42,554

 
51

 
18,734

 
51

 
29,205

 
51

Gross profit
28,649

 
43

 
41,219

 
49

 
17,820

 
49

 
28,267

 
49

Operating expenses (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

Research and development
31,283

 
47

 
35,575

 
42

 
18,443

 
50

 
21,751

 
38

Sales and marketing
5,932

 
9

 
6,644

 
8

 
3,529

 
10

 
3,399

 
6

General and administrative
4,532

 
7

 
5,212

 
6

 
2,732

 
7

 
4,555

 
8

Total operating expenses
41,747

 
62

 
47,431

 
57

 
24,704

 
68

 
29,705

 
52

Loss from operations
(13,098
)
 
(20
)
 
(6,212
)
 
(7
)
 
(6,884
)
 
(19
)
 
(1,438
)
 
(3
)
Interest expense
(481
)
 
(1
)
 
(697
)
 
(1
)
 
(400
)
 
(1
)
 
(225
)
 

Other income (expense), net
89

 

 
(21
)
 

 
(79
)
 

 
(248
)
 

Loss before income taxes
(13,490
)
 
(20
)
 
(6,930
)
 
(8
)
 
(7,363
)
 
(20
)
 
(1,911
)
 
(3
)
Provision for income taxes
(108
)
 

 
(115
)
 

 
(37
)
 

 
(38
)
 

Net loss
$
(13,598
)
 
(20
)%
 
$
(7,045
)
 
(8
)%
 
$
(7,400
)
 
(20
)%
 
$
(1,949
)
 
(3
)%
________________________
(1)
Cost of revenue and operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
(In thousands)
Cost of revenue
$
7

 
$
9

 
$
4

 
$
6

Research and development
256

 
302

 
153

 
223

Sales and marketing
101

 
445

 
393

 
60

General and administrative
203

 
446

 
194

 
901

Total stock-based compensation expense
$
567

 
$
1,202

 
$
744

 
$
1,190


- 46 -

Table of Contents

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016
Revenue, Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
 
 
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
Change
 
% Change
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Revenue
$
36,554

 
$
57,472

 
$
20,918

 
57
%
Cost of revenue
18,734

 
29,205

 
10,471

 
56
%
Gross profit
$
17,820

 
$
28,267

 
$
10,447

 
59
%
Gross margin
48.7
%
 
49.2
%
 
0.5
%
 
 
Revenue . Revenue increased $20.9 million , or 57% , to $57.5 million in the six months ended June 26, 2016 compared to the same period of the prior year. This increase was primarily due to a $24.3 million increase in sales of our Wi-Fi solutions driven by higher sales volumes on substantially flat ASPs period to period, partially offset by a $3.4 million decrease in revenue from licensing and non-recurring arrangements that ended in January 2016. In the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , licensing revenue was $3.1 million and $0.5 million , respectively.
Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin . Cost of revenue increased $10.5 million , or 56% , to $29.2 million in the six months ended June 26, 2016 compared to the same period of the prior year, as a result of higher sales volume partially offset by lower unit cost for our Wi-Fi solutions. Gross profit increased $10.4 million , or 59% , to $28.3 million in the six months ended June 26, 2016 compared to the same period of the prior year due to the higher sales volume and lower unit cost. Gross margin increased by 50 basis points, to 49.2% in the six months ended June 26, 2016 , compared to the same period of the prior year, primarily consisting of an approximately 300 basis points gross margin increase from higher gross margin from sales of our Wi-Fi solutions, partially offset by an approximately 250 basis points of lost gross margin from the expiration of certain licensing and non-recurring arrangements. The 300 basis points from higher gross margin from Wi-Fi solutions resulted from a mix shift towards higher margin 802.11ac Wi-Fi solutions, and unit cost reductions due to more favorable pricing from our third-party contractors as a result of higher manufacturing volume.
Operating Expenses
 
Six Months Ended
 
 
 
 
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
Change
 
% Change
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
$
18,443

 
50
%
 
$
21,751

 
38
%
 
$
3,308

 
18
 %
Sales and marketing
3,529

 
10

 
3,399

 
6

 
(130
)
 
(4
)
General and administrative
2,732

 
7

 
4,555

 
8

 
1,823

 
67

Total operating expenses
$
24,704

 
67
%
 
$
29,705

 
52
%
 
$
5,001

 
20
 %
Research and Development Expense .  R&D expense increased $3.3 million , or 18% , to $21.8 million in the six months ended June 26, 2016 compared to the same period of the prior year, primarily due to a $2.1 million increase in personnel costs resulting from additional headcount to further develop and expand our solutions portfolio, and to support increased customer product development activities. R&D expense also increased due to tapeout related expenses of $1.4 million and equipment related expenses of $0.6 million to support product platforms, offset by a $1.3 million decrease in IP licensing expenses.
Sales and Marketing Expense . S&M expense decreased $0.1 million , or 4% , to $3.4 million in the six months ended June 26, 2016 compared to the same period of the prior year, due to a decrease in personnel costs, primarily from stock-based compensation expense. In the six months ended June 28, 2015 , stock-based compensation expense was $0.4 million compared to $0.1 million

- 47 -

Table of Contents

in the six months ended June 26, 2016 . The decrease was partially offset by an increase in sales commissions due to increased revenue.
General and Administrative Expense .  G&A expense increased $1.8 million , or 67% , to $4.6 million in the six months ended June 26, 2016 compared to the same period of the prior year, primarily due to an increase in stock-based compensation expense. In the six months ended June 28, 2015 , stock-based compensation expense was $0.2 million compared to $0.9 million in the six months ended June 26, 2016 , primarily related to a $0.6 million expense due to the accelerated vesting of unvested shares of common stock issued upon early exercise of a warrant. G&A expense also increased by $0.8 million for legal and consulting costs as we prepared to become a public company.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015
Revenue, Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin
 
Years Ended
 
 
 
 
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
Change
 
% Change
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Revenue
$
66,860

 
$
83,773

 
$
16,913

 
25
%
Cost of revenue
38,211

 
42,554

 
4,343

 
11
%
Gross profit
$
28,649

 
$
41,219

 
$
12,570

 
44
%
Gross margin
42.8
%
 
49.2
%
 
6.4
%
 
 
Revenue. Revenue increased $16.9 million , or 25% , to $83.8 million in 2015 compared to $66.9 million in 2014 . This increase was primarily due to a $14.3 million increase in sales of our Wi-Fi solutions driven by higher sales volumes and higher ASPs resulting from the start of shipment of our latest generation 802.11ac solution in late 2014 and related mix-shift from 802.11n to 802.11ac. The increase was also due to $3.2 million of revenue from a non-recurring arrangement, which ended in 2015, offset by a $0.5 million decrease in licensing revenue. Revenue in each of 2014 and 2015 included $6.2 million and $5.7 million, respectively, from a licensing arrangement that ended in January 2016.
Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin.   Cost of revenue increased $4.3 million , or 11% , to $42.6 million in 2015 compared to 2014 , as a result of higher sales volume, partially offset by lower unit cost. Gross profit increased $12.6 million , or 44% , to $41.2 million in 2015 compared to 2014 due to the higher sales volume and lower unit cost. Of the $12.6 million increase, $9.8 million resulted from the growth of our Wi-Fi solutions sales volume, and $2.7 million resulted from revenue from licensing and non-recurring arrangements. Gross margin improved 640 basis points to 49.2% in 2015, from 42.8% in 2014, driven by a 480 basis point increase from sales of our Wi-Fi solutions, and a 160 basis points increase from licensing and non-recurring arrangements. The 480 basis points from higher Wi-Fi solutions gross margin resulted from a more favorable customer mix, the sales of higher margin 802.11ac Wi-Fi solutions and cost reductions due to more favorable pricing from our third-party contractors as a result of higher manufacturing volume.

- 48 -

Table of Contents

Operating Expenses
 
 
Years Ended
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
% of Revenue
 
Amount
 
% of Revenue
 
Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
$
31,283

 
47
%
 
$
35,575

 
42
%
 
$
4,292

 
14
%
 
Sales and marketing
5,932

 
9

 
6,644

 
8

 
712

 
12
%
 
General and administrative
4,532

 
7

 
5,212

 
6

 
680

 
15
%
 
Total operating expenses
$
41,747

 
62
%
 
$
47,431

 
57
%
 
$
5,684

 
14
%
Research and Development Expense.   R&D expense increased $4.3 million , or 14% , to $35.6 million in 2015 , compared to 2014 , primarily due to an increase of $2.7 million in tape-out costs related to our next generation solutions, and an increase of $1.5 million in personnel costs from additional headcount to further develop and expand our solutions portfolio, and to support increased customer product development activities.
Sales and Marketing Expense.   S&M expense increased $0.7 million , or 12% , to $6.6 million in 2015 , compared to 2014 , as we increased sales headcount to drive growth, and recorded additional stock-based compensation expense. In 2015 , stock-based compensation expense was $0.4 million as compared to $0.1 million in 2014 .
General and Administrative Expense.   G&A expense increased $0.7 million , or 15% , to $5.2 million in 2015 , compared to 2014 , primarily due to an increase in personnel costs as we increased our administrative headcount to support the growth of our business.
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the six quarters in the period ended June 26, 2016 . The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair statement of this information. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any other period. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

- 49 -

Table of Contents

 
Three Months Ended
 
March 29,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
September 27,
2015
 
December 27,
2015
 
March 27,
2016
 
June 26,
2016
 
(In thousands)
Revenue
$
18,384

 
$
18,171

 
$
21,806

 
$
25,412

 
$
24,437

 
$
33,035

Cost of revenue (1)
9,831

 
8,903

 
11,395

 
12,425

 
12,534

 
16,671

Gross profit
8,553

 
9,268

 
10,411

 
12,987

 
11,903

 
16,364

Operating expenses (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
9,762

 
8,681

 
7,587

 
9,545

 
10,227

 
11,524

Sales and marketing
1,848

 
1,681

 
1,490

 
1,625

 
1,630

 
1,769

General and administrative
1,427

 
1,305

 
1,178

 
1,302

 
1,562

 
2,993

Total operating expenses
13,037

 
11,667

 
10,255

 
12,472

 
13,419

 
16,286

Income (loss) from operations
(4,484
)
 
(2,399
)
 
156

 
515

 
(1,516
)
 
78

Interest expense
(221
)
 
(179
)
 
(160
)
 
(137
)
 
(114
)
 
(111
)
Other income (expense), net
(38
)
 
(42
)
 
(28
)
 
87

 
(68
)
 
(180
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
(4,743
)
 
(2,620
)
 
(32
)
 
465

 
(1,698
)
 
(213
)
Provision for income taxes
(16
)
 
(21
)
 
(40
)
 
(38
)
 
(17
)
 
(21
)
Net income (loss)
$
(4,759
)
 
$
(2,641
)
 
$
(72
)
 
$
427

 
$
(1,715
)
 
$
(234
)
________________________
(1)
Cost of revenue and operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows :
 
Three Months Ended
 
March 29,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
September 27,
2015
 
December 27,
2015
 
March 27,
2016
 
June 26,
2016
 
(In thousands)
Cost of revenue
$
2

 
$
2

 
$
2

 
$
3

 
$
3

 
$
3

Research and development
83

 
70

 
72

 
77

 
101

 
122

Sales and marketing
197

 
196

 
26

 
26

 
30

 
30

General and administrative
92

 
102

 
113

 
139

 
170

 
731

Total stock-based compensation expense
$
374

 
$
370

 
$
213

 
$
245

 
$
304

 
$
886



- 50 -

Table of Contents

 
Three Months Ended
 
March 29,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
September 27,
2015
 
December 27,
2015
 
March 27,
2016
 
June 26,
2016
 
(Percentage of revenue)
Revenue
100.0
 %
 
100.0
 %
 
100.0
 %
 
100.0
 %
 
100.0
 %
 
100.0
 %
Cost of revenue
53.5

 
49.0

 
52.3

 
48.9

 
51.3

 
50.5

Gross profit
46.5

 
51.0

 
47.7

 
51.1

 
48.7

 
49.5

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
53.1

 
47.8

 
34.8

 
37.6

 
41.9

 
34.9

Sales and marketing
10.1

 
9.3

 
6.8

 
6.4

 
6.7

 
5.4

General and administrative
7.8

 
7.2

 
5.4

 
5.1

 
6.4

 
9.1

Total operating expenses
70.9

 
64.2

 
47.0

 
49.1

 
54.9

 
49.3

Income (loss) from operations
(24.4
)
 
(13.2
)
 
0.7

 
2.0

 
(6.2
)
 
0.2

Interest expense
(1.2
)
 
(1.0
)
 
(0.7
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(0.3
)
Other income (expense), net
(0.2
)
 
(0.2
)
 
(0.1
)
 
0.3

 
(0.3
)
 
(0.5
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
(25.8
)
 
(14.4
)
 
(0.1
)
 
1.8

 
(6.9
)
 
(0.6
)
Provision for income taxes
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.2
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
Net income (loss)
(25.9
)%
 
(14.5
)%
 
(0.3
)%
 
1.7
 %
 
(7.0
)%
 
(0.7
)%
Quarterly Revenue Trends
Our quarterly revenue was $18.4 million and $18.2 million in the three months ended March 29, 2015 and June 28, 2015 , respectively, on flat sales volume and ASPs. Quarterly revenue grew to $21.8 million , $25.4 million , $24.4 million and $33.0 million in the three months ended September 27, 2015 , December 27, 2015 , March 27, 2016 and June 26, 2016 , respectively, as a result of consecutive quarterly sales volume increases reflecting higher customer adoption of our Wi-Fi solutions, and substantially flat ASPs. Revenue in the three months ended March 27, 2016 saw a slight decline over that of the prior quarter as a result of a decrease in revenue from a licensing arrangement that ended in January 2016 and from a non-recurring arrangement that ended in December 2015.
Quarterly Gross Profit and Gross Margin Trends
Quarterly gross profit steadily increased sequentially from the three months ended March 29, 2015 , through the three months ended December 27, 2015 , primarily as a result of increasing sales volume, substantially flat ASPs and declining average unit cost over the four quarterly periods. In addition, in the three months ended June 28, 2015 and December 27, 2015 , gross profit was positively impacted by customer cancellation fees. In the three months ended March 27, 2016 , gross profit was negatively impacted by the ending of revenue from a licensing arrangement in January 2016 and from a non-recurring arrangement that ended in December 2015. In the three months ended June 26, 2016 , gross profit increased primarily as a result of increasing sales volume.
Gross margin increased to 49.5% in the three months ended June 26, 2016 from 46.5% in the three months ended March 29, 2015 , as result of product mix shift toward higher margin 802.11ac Wi-Fi solutions with flat ASPs and lower unit cost over the period. In the three months ended June 28, 2015 and December 27, 2015 , gross margin increased to approximately 51% as a result of customer cancellation fees we received in each of those quarters.
Quarterly Operating Expense Trends
Total operating expenses fluctuated during the period primarily as a result of the timing of tape-out costs, timing of sales and marketing programs, and fluctuations in headcount and stock-based compensation expense.
R&D expense fluctuated from period to period primarily due to the timing and amount of tape-out costs and hiring.

- 51 -

Table of Contents

S&M expense was stable between $1.5 million and $1.7 million a quarter, other than at $1.8 million in the three months ended March 29, 2015 and June 26, 2016 . For the three months ended March 29, 2015 , the increase in expense was primarily as a result of higher sales commission and trade show expenses, as well as stock-based compensation expense. For the three months ended June 26, 2016 , the increase was primarily as a result of higher sales commission expenses due to increased revenue.
G&A expense fluctuated from period to period primarily due to hiring and timing of professional services costs to support the growth of our business. In the three months ended June 26, 2016 , G&A expense increased primarily related to a $0.6 million expense due to the accelerated vesting of certain early exercised unvested shares. G&A expense also increased as a result of higher legal and consulting costs as we prepared to become a public company.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of June 26, 2016 , we had an accumulated deficit of $161.6 million . Since our inception in 2005, we have financed our operations through a combination of private equity financings, gross profits generated from sales and, to a lesser extent, through technology licensing and debt financing arrangements. As of December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , we had cash and cash equivalents of $18.9 million and $16.9 million , respectively.
Credit Facilities
In April 2013, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or the Lender. The agreement provided for a revolving line of credit and a term loan. The maximum amount available for borrowing under the revolving line of credit was 80% of eligible accounts receivable, not to exceed $3.5 million in the aggregate. Interest under the revolving line of credit was calculated at the greater of the prime rate plus 0.50% or 3.75% . The original maturity date of the revolving line of credit was April 26, 2015. The term loan amount was for $1.0 million , which was advanced in April 2013. The principal amount outstanding on the term loan accrued interest at a per annum rate equal to prime rate plus 0.75% , fixed at the time of funding. The term loan was payable in 36 equal monthly payments starting on May 1, 2013, with the last payment occurring on April 1, 2016.
In October 2013, we and the Lender agreed to increase the maximum amount available for borrowing under the revolving line of credit to 80% of eligible accounts receivable plus 60% of eligible customer purchase orders, not to exceed $9.5 million in the aggregate. We may request cash advances for eligible purchase orders at any time provided that our net cash balance is equal to or greater than $8.0 million and the amount of purchase order advances outstanding does not exceed $2.0 million . The effective annual interest rate for borrowing against receivables is 4.69% , and the effective annual percentage rate for borrowing against purchase order advances is 6.25% . We and the Lender also added a growth capital term loan for up to $5.0 million , of which $3.0 million was advanced on October 31, 2013, and the remaining $2.0 million was to become available to us upon the achievement of certain milestones related to revenue growth during 2013. We achieved the milestones under this agreement, but we did not borrow the remaining $2.0 million . The principal amount outstanding for the growth capital advance accrues interest at a floating per annum rate equal to prime plus 2.25% . The growth capital loan is payable monthly over a 30-month period starting on October 1, 2014, with the last payment set to occur on March 1, 2017.
On January 30, 2015, we and the Lender agreed to (i) increase the maximum amount available under the revolving line of credit to 80% of eligible accounts receivable, not to exceed $12.5 million in the aggregate, (ii) extend the maturity date of the revolving line of credit to April 26, 2016, and (iii) add a supplemental growth capital term loan for up to $3.0 million , of which $3.0 million was advanced on February 3, 2015. The effective annual interest rate for borrowing against receivables under the revolving line of credit is 4.25% if our net cash is equal to or greater than $4.0 million . If our net cash is less than $4.0 million , the effective annual percentage rate for borrowing against receivables is 6.75% . The principal amount outstanding for the supplemental growth capital loan accrues interest at a floating rate per annum equal to prime plus 1.00% . The supplemental growth capital loan is payable monthly over a 36-month period starting on August 1, 2015, with the last payment set to occur on July 1, 2018.
In May 2016, we and the Lender amended and restated the Loan and Security Agreement to (i) increase the maximum amount available under the revolving line of credit to $20.0 million , (ii) extend the maturity date of the revolving line of credit to May 17, 2018, and (iii) add a new senior term loan in the amount of $4.0 million , in addition to the growth capital term loans described above. The new senior term loan has a one-year draw down period, and the principal amount outstanding under the new senior term loan accrues interest at a floating rate per annum equal to prime plus 0.75% . The new senior term loan is payable

- 52 -

Table of Contents

monthly over a 30-month term starting on June 1, 2017, with the last payment due on November 1, 2019. We have drawn down $3.0 million under the revolving line of credit and have an undrawn balance under the revolving line of credit of $17.0 million as of June 26, 2016 .
In connection with the amendment and restatement of the Loan and Security Agreement, we entered into a subordinated secured Mezzanine Loan with the Lender for up to $10.0 million . The principal amount outstanding on the Mezzanine Loan accrues interest at a fixed rate per annum equal to 10.5% . The Mezzanine Loan has a one-year draw down period, with repayment due on May 1, 2019. In connection with the Mezzanine Loan, we issued warrants to purchase up to 6,320,000 shares of common stock, which become exercisable depending on the amounts borrowed under the Mezzanine Loan at an exercise price of $0.08 per share.
As of December 28, 2014 , December 27, 2015 , and June 26, 2016 , the aggregate outstanding balance under the Loan and Security Agreement, in each case as amended through such date, and the Mezzanine Loan was $3.2 million , $4.4 million , and $10.1 million , respectively.
The amended and restated Loan and Security Agreement, or the SVB Loan Agreement, and the Mezzanine Loan are collateralized by certain of our assets, including pledging of certain of our equity interest in our subsidiaries, receivables and inventory, subject to customary exceptions and limits. The SVB Loan Agreement and the Mezzanine Loan contain customary events of default upon the occurrence of certain events, such as nonpayment of amounts due under the revolving line of credit or the term loans, violation of restrictive covenants, violation of other contractual provisions, or a material adverse change in our business. In addition, the credit facilities prohibit the payment of cash dividends on our capital stock and also place restrictions on mergers, sales of assets, investments, incurrence of liens, incurrence of indebtedness and transactions with affiliates. As of the date of this prospectus, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants.
In accordance with the SVB Loan Agreement, upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, including a merger or an IPO, in which our aggregate proceeds are between $60.0 million and $160.0 million, we will be obligated to pay to the Lender an aggregate of $0.2 million in fees.
Based on our current operating plan, we expect that our cash on hand, together with the anticipated funds from our operations and this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next 12 months. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to be incorrect, and we could utilize our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:
the degree and rate of market adoption of our solutions, including design wins with customers and service providers;
the emergence of new competing technologies and products;
the costs of R&D activities we undertake to develop and expand our solutions portfolio;
the costs of commercialization activities, including sales, marketing and manufacturing;
the level of working capital required to support our growth; and
our need for additional personnel, information technology or other operating infrastructure to support our growth and operations as a public company.
In the event that additional capital is needed, we may not be able to raise such capital on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, results of operations, and financial condition would be adversely affected. We may also seek to raise capital opportunistically to support the anticipated growth of our business.

- 53 -

Table of Contents

Cash Flows
The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents for each of the periods presented below:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
(In thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
(17,851
)
 
$
(12,077
)
 
$
(10,867
)
 
$
(3,962
)
Investing activities
(1,257
)
 
(1,702
)
 
(358
)
 
(2,126
)
Financing activities
20,566

 
14,309

 
11,730

 
4,181

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
$
1,458

 
$
530

 
$
505

 
$
(1,907
)
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities.
Net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 26, 2016 was $4.0 million , compared to net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 28, 2015 of $10.9 million .
Net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 26, 2016 of $4.0 million was comprised of a net loss of $1.9 million , offset by non-cash expenses of $1.2 million of stock-based compensation and $0.5 million of depreciation and amortization, as well as a net cash outflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $3.8 million . The changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consist of an increase of $5.1 million in accounts receivable due to increased sales, and a decrease of $3.6 million in accounts payable due to timing of payments to our suppliers, partially offset by a $5.0 million increase in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities as a result of an increase in expenses consistent with the growth of our business.
Net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 28, 2015 of $10.9 million was comprised of a net loss of $7.4 million , partially offset by non-cash expenses, including $0.7 million of stock-based compensation and $0.5 million of depreciation and amortization, respectively, as well as a net cash outflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $4.9 million in the normal course of business. The changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a decrease of $5.0 million in accounts payable due to timing of payments to our suppliers, a $2.2 million decrease in deferred revenue as a result of recognition of revenue under a contractual arrangement, and an increase of $2.1 million in accounts receivable due to increased sales, partially offset by decreases of $3.5 million in inventory due to timing of shipments of our Wi-Fi solutions to our customers and $1.0 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets, respectively.
Net cash used in operating activities was $12.1 million and $17.9 million for 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Net cash used in operating activities for 2015 of $12.1 million was comprised of a net loss of $7.0 million , as well as a net cash outflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $7.6 million in the normal course of business, partially offset by non-cash expenses of $1.2 million of stock-based compensation and $1.0 million of depreciation and amortization. The changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consist of an increase of $5.9 million in accounts receivable due to increased sales, decreases of $4.4 million in accounts payable due to timing of payments to our suppliers and $2.2 million in deferred revenue as a result of recognition of revenue under a contractual arrangement, respectively, partially offset by a decrease of $3.4 million in inventory due to timing of shipments of Wi-Fi solutions to our customers, and an increase of $0.9 million in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities.
Net cash used in operating activities for 2014 of $17.9 million was comprised of a net loss of $13.6 million , as well as a net cash outflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $5.7 million in the normal course of business, partially offset by non-cash expenses of $0.9 million of depreciation and amortization and $0.6 million of stock-based compensation. The changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consist of a decrease of $2.7 million in deferred revenue as a result of recognition of revenue under a contractual arrangement, increases of $4.0 million in inventory as a result of production of inventory at the end of the period, $2.1 million in accounts receivable due to increased sales, and $1.6 million in prepaid expenses

- 54 -

Table of Contents

and other current assets, respectively, partially offset by increases of $3.4 million in accounts payable and $1.3 million in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities as a result of an increase in expenses consistent with the growth of our business.
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities.
Net cash used in investing activities was $2.1 million for the six months ended June 26, 2016 compared to $0.4 million for the comparable period in 2015 . Cash used in investing activities reflected $1.5 million in restricted cash related to deposits required by our foundry partner in connection with our purchase of silicon wafers, and $0.6 million related to the purchase of property and equipment.
Net cash used in investing activities was $1.7 million and $1.3 million for 2015 and 2014 , respectively, primarily due to increased purchases of equipment.
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $4.2 million for the six months ended June 26, 2016 , compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $11.7 million for the six months ended June 28, 2015 . Cash flow provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 26, 2016 primarily reflected $3.9 million in long-term debt borrowing, net of debt issuance costs, and $3.0 million from borrowing under our revolving line of credit, partially offset by repayments of outstanding long-term debt of $2.7 million .
Net cash provided by financing activities of $11.7 million for the six months ended June 28, 2015 consisted of $10.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs, and $3.0 million of long-term debt borrowing, partially offset by repayments of outstanding long-term debt of $1.3 million .
Net cash provided by financing activities was $14.3 million for 2015 , compared to $20.6 million for 2014 . Cash flow from financing activities in 2015 consisted of $14.3 million in net proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and $3.0 million of long-term debt borrowing, partially offset by repayments of outstanding long-term debt of $3.1 million . Cash flows from financing activities in 2014 consisted primarily of $21.5 million in net proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes and convertible preferred stock, partially offset by repayments of outstanding long-term debt of $1.1 million .
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 27, 2015 :
 
Total
 
Less Than
1 Year
 
1-3 Years
 
3-5 Years
 
More Than
5 Years
 
(In thousands)
Debt obligations and related interest payments and fees (1)
$
6,253

 
$
3,842

 
$
2,411

 
$

 
$

Operating lease obligations
1,712

 
717

 
995

 

 

Commitments (2)
10,800

 
3,700

 
2,200

 
4,900

 

 
$
18,765

 
$
8,259

 
$
5,606

 
$
4,900

 
$

________________________
(1)
Future interest payments were calculated using the rates applicable as of December 27, 2015 . See Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In May 2016, we amended and restated the April 2013 Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and entered into a new Mezzanine Loan Agreement to increase the total amount available for borrowing to $34.0 million . Borrowings bear interest at a fluctuating rate, as further discussed in the section titled “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” As of June 26, 2016, the debt obligations and related interest payments and fees amount to $10.8 million . As of December 27, 2015, and June 26, 2016, the aggregate outstanding balance under the Loan and Security Agreement was $4.4 million, and $10.1 million, respectively.

- 55 -

Table of Contents

(2)
In April 2012, we entered into a letter agreement with RUSNANO, one of our investors, pursuant to which we agreed, among other matters, to create a subsidiary to be incorporated in Russia and to fund such subsidiary in an aggregate amount of $20.0 million over three years. In July 2014, we amended and restated such letter agreement with RUSNANO, pursuant to which we agreed, among other matters, to operate and fund our Russian operations in an aggregate amount of $13.0 million over six annual periods beginning on December 31, 2014. The annual funding requirements in period one to period six are $2.2 million , $1.7 million , $2.0 million , $2.2 million , $2.4 million , and $2.5 million , respectively. In the event that we fail to meet our funding obligations for any period, we will be required to pay RUSNANO a penalty fee of 10% on 80% of the difference between the funding obligation and the actual funding for that period, subject to a cure period of one calendar quarter after the applicable period funding deadline. As of December 27, 2015 , we had met the minimum funding requirements. For more information about this agreement, see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreement with RUSNANO.”
Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above. As of December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , we have purchase obligations of $5.6 million and $15.4 million , respectively, that are based on outstanding purchase orders related to the fabrication of silicon wafers for which production has started. These purchase orders are cancellable at any time, provided that we are required to pay all costs incurred through the cancellation date. Historically, we have rarely canceled these agreements once production has started.
During the six months ended June 26, 2016 , there were no other significant changes to our contractual commitments and obligations.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Segment Information
We have one primary business activity and operate as one reportable segment.
JOBS Act Accounting Election
The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk. We had cash and cash equivalents of $18.3 million , $18.9 million and $16.9 million as of December 28, 2014 , December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , respectively. We manage our cash and cash equivalents portfolio for operating and working capital purposes. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in cash and short-term money market funds. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our cash equivalents portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce our future interest income. During 2014 , 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016 , the effect of a hypothetical 100 basis points increase or decrease in overall interest rates would not have had a material impact on our interest income. In addition, as of June 26, 2016 , we had $10.1 million in long-term debt (current and non-current), including accrued interest, with variable interest rate components. A hypothetical 100 basis points increase or decrease in interest rates would not have had a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk. To date, all of our revenue has been denominated in U.S. dollars. Some of our operating expenses are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Chinese Yuan Renminbi and the Russian Ruble. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our consolidated statements of operations. To date, foreign currency gains and losses have not been material to our consolidated financial statements, and we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging activities. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. During 2014 , 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016 , the effect of an immediate 10% adverse change in

- 56 -

Table of Contents

foreign exchange rates on foreign-denominated accounts as of December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 would not have had a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations.
Inflation Risk. We do not believe that inflation had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented in our consolidated financial statements.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We are currently evaluating our internal controls in order to identify, evaluate and remediate any deficiencies in those internal controls. During the course of the preparation of our 2015 consolidated financial statements, we identified a material weakness as a result of a lack of sufficient qualified personnel within the finance and accounting function who possessed an appropriate level of expertise to effectively perform the following functions commensurate with our structure and financial reporting requirements:
identify, select and apply GAAP sufficiently to provide reasonable assurance that transactions were being appropriately recorded; and
assess risk and design appropriate control activities over financial and reporting processes necessary to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements.
In response to the identified material weakness, we have taken a number of steps to remediate this material weakness and have hired a number of individuals, including additional certified public accountants, with appropriate knowledge and capacity to help fulfill our obligations to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.
The additional resources added to the finance function (i) allow separate preparation and review of reconciliations and other account analysis, (ii) enable us to develop a more structured close process, including enhancing our existing policies and procedures, to improve the completeness, timeliness and accuracy of our financial reporting, and (iii) identify and review complex or unusual transactions.
We believe that the foregoing actions will improve our internal control over financial reporting. We also believe that our planned efforts to assess risk and identify, design and implement the necessary control activities to address such risk will be effective in remediating the material weakness described above. However until the remediation steps set forth above, including training the additional resources in the finance function and potentially hiring additional qualified resources as needed, are fully completed and operate for a sufficient period of time, the material weakness described above will continue to exist.
Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Judgments and Use of Estimates
This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates. We believe that the critical accounting policies discussed below are essential to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s estimates and judgments.
Revenue Recognition
We derive the majority of our revenue from the sale of Wi-Fi solutions. Revenue is recognized net of accruals for sales returns and rebates, which is estimated based on past experience or contractual rights. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is deemed fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. These criteria are met upon shipment to customers. For sales made through distributors, revenue is recognized when title passes to the distributor upon shipment, and payment by distributors is not contingent on resale of the Wi-Fi solutions. Our sales arrangements with distributors do not allow for rights of return or price protection on unsold Wi-Fi solutions. Our policy is to classify shipping and handling costs, net of costs charged to customers, as cost of revenue.

- 57 -

Table of Contents

We also derive revenue from contracts with multiple deliverables, including a mix of intellectual property licenses, research and development services, and other non-recurring arrangements. Revenue recognition for contracts with multiple deliverables is based on the individual units of accounting determined to exist in the contract. A delivered item is considered a separate unit of accounting when (i) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (ii) if a general right of return exists, the delivery or performance of an undelivered item is considered probable and under our control. Items are considered to have a stand-alone value when they are sold separately by any vendor or when the customer could resell the item on a stand-alone basis. In addition, intellectual property deliverables are considered to have value on a stand-alone basis if the customer could use them without the remaining elements of the arrangement. When a deliverable does not meet the criteria to be considered a separate unit of accounting, it is grouped together with other deliverables that, when combined, meet the criteria, and the appropriate allocation of arrangement consideration and revenue recognition is determined.
In April 2013, we entered into an agreement consisting of intellectual property licenses and research and development services.  We concluded that the agreement consists of two deliverables, intellectual property licenses and research and development services. We determined that the two deliverables do not meet the criteria to be accounted as separate units of accounting because the intellectual property licenses do not have a value on a standalone basis from the research and development services. As a result, the intellectual property licenses and research and development services are considered one combined unit of accounting.  Revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the 33-month period the services are expected to be performed, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met.  If the estimated period over which the services are originally expected to be performed changes, the amount of revenue remaining to be recognized will be recognized over the revised remaining performance period. The agreement’s term is ten years. The agreement may be terminated by either party if (a) the other party materially breaches a material provision of the agreement unless such breach is cured during the 30 day grace period, (b) the other party materially breaches any provision of the agreement that cannot be cured, or (c) the other party makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors, files a petition in bankruptcy, is adjudged bankrupt, becomes insolvent, or is placed in the hands of a receiver. Certain payments received under the agreement are refundable if the agreement is terminated for our material breach of the agreement terms. The fees under this agreement totaled $16.5 million , of which $6.2 million , $5.7 million , $3.1 million and $0.5 million was recognized as revenue for the year ended December 28, 2014 , December 27, 2015 , and the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , respectively.
Inventory
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost to purchase or manufacture the inventory or the market value of such inventory. Cost is determined using the standard cost method which approximates the first-in first-out basis . Market value is determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value. On at least a quarterly basis, we assess the recoverability of all inventories to determine whether adjustments are required to record inventory at the lower of cost or market. Potentially excess and obsolete inventory is written off based on management’s analysis of inventory levels and estimates of future 12-month demand and market conditions. We are also entitled to receive rebates from our foundry partner on the purchase of silicon wafers upon achieving certain volume targets. Rebates from our foundry partner are recorded as a reduction of inventory cost and are recognized in cost of revenue as the chipsets made from such silicon wafers are sold to customers.
Stock-Based Compensation
We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees, directors and non-employees, based on estimated fair values recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period.
The fair value of stock-based awards issued to employees and non-employees is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. We account for stock-based awards issued to non-employees under ASC 505-50 Equity-Equity based payments to Non-Employees , and the fair value of such non-employee awards is remeasured at each quarter-end over the vesting period.

- 58 -

Table of Contents

The Black-Scholes option valuation model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions to determine the fair value of stock-based awards. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates are complex, involve a number of factors, variables, uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. The assumptions and estimates we use in the Black-Scholes option valuation model are as follows:
Fair Value of Common Stock.  Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate its fair value, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.
Risk-Free Interest Rate.   We base the risk-free interest rate on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term equivalent to that of the expected term of the option or warrant.
Expected Term. Expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Because of the limitations on the sale or transfer or our common stock as a privately held company, we do not believe our historical exercise pattern is indicative of the exercise pattern we will experience as a publicly traded company. We have consequently used the Staff Accounting Bulletin 110, or SAB 110, simplified method, to calculate the expected term, which is the average of the contractual term and vesting period. We plan to continue to use the SAB 110 simplified method until we have sufficient history as a publicly traded company.
Volatility. We determine the price volatility based on the historical volatilities of industry peers as we have no trading history for our common stock price. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the semiconductor industry with comparable characteristics, including revenue growth, operating model and working capital requirements.
Dividend Yield. The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about our anticipated dividend policy. To date, we have not declared any dividends and do not expect to declare dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we have used an expected dividend yield of zero.
In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model , we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on our actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover, and other factors. Quarterly changes in our estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in our financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than our previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements.
We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.
The fair value of the employee stock options was estimated using the following assumptions for the periods presented:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
Expected term (in years)
5.0 – 6.1
 
5.6 – 6.5
 
6.0 – 6.1
 
5.8 – 6.1
Volatility
40% – 51%
 
40% – 44%
 
42% – 44%
 
40%
Risk-free interest rate
1.5% – 1.9%
 
1.5% – 2.0%
 
1.5% – 1.6%
 
1.4% – 1.5%
Expected dividend
 
 
 

- 59 -

Table of Contents

We recorded the following stock-based compensation expense:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
(In thousands)
Cost of revenue
$
7

 
$
9

 
$
4

 
$
6

Research and development
256

 
302

 
153

 
223

Sales and marketing
101

 
445

 
393

 
60

General and administrative
203

 
446

 
194

 
901

 
$
567

 
$
1,202

 
$
744

 
$
1,190

At December 27, 2015 , unamortized compensation expense related to unvested shares of common stock issued upon the early exercise of warrants was $1.9 million . The weighted-average period over which such compensation expense will be recognized is 2.9 years .
At June 26, 2016 , unamortized compensation expense related to shares of common stock issued upon the early exercise of warrants was $1.7 million . The weighted-average period over which such compensation expense will be recognized is 2.8 years .
The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of June 26, 2016 was $                million based on the estimated fair value of our common stock of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
Common Stock Valuations
The fair value of our common stock for purposes of stock-based awards has historically been determined by our board of directors. Because there has been no public market for our common stock, and in the absence of arm’s-length transactions in our common stock with independent third parties, our board of directors has determined the fair value of our common stock with the support of independent third-party valuations prepared in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.
In the course of preparing our financial statements, we reassessed the fair value of our common stock on each grant date in light of all available information, including subsequently issued independent third-party valuations and other pertinent factors. In each case, we concluded that the fair value of our common stock, as determined by our board of directors, was appropriate.
In order to assess the fair value of our common stock, we first determined our business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Our BEV was estimated using the income approach under the discounted cash flow method, or DCF, which estimates the enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that period, which is referred to as terminal value. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate known as the weighted average cost of capital, which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, we assumed that the preferred stock would convert to common stock. Our indicated BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options, using either an option pricing method, or OPM, and/or a probability weighted method, or PWERM. These methods are described below:
Option Pricing Method (OPM) . Under the OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.
Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM) . The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

- 60 -

Table of Contents

In assessing the fair value of our common stock on each grant date, we considered numerous objectives and subjective factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
independent third-party valuations as of February 28, 2014, October 31, 2014, March 31, 2015, June 30, 2015, December 27, 2015, March 27, 2016 and June 26, 2016, all of which used the OPM method, except for the June 26, 2016 valuation which was prepared using the PWERM method;
our current and expected operating and financial performance, including our levels of available capital resources;
future revenue, free cash flow, and other capital requirements associated with such revenue;
the discount rate used in the DCF model;
the value of our tangible and intangible assets;
rights and preferences of our common stock compared to the rights and preferences of our other outstanding securities;
capital markets conditions affecting comparable public companies, as reflected in comparable companies’ market trading multiples, initial public offering valuations, comparable sales or merger transactions, and other metrics;
the illiquidity of our common stock by virtue of being a private company, and the resulting discount for lack of marketability;
recent arm’s length transactions involving our common stock;
the business risks we face;
the likelihood of achieving a particular liquidity event, such as a sale, a merger, or an initial public offering, given prevailing semiconductor industry and capital markets conditions; and
the experience of management and the members of our board of directors.
Our board of directors intends that all stock options have an exercise price per share of not less than the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. From January 1, 2015 through July 27, 2016, our board of directors granted the following options:
Grant Date
 
Number of Shares of Common Stock Underlying
Options Granted
 
Exercise Price
Per Share
 
Estimated Fair Value of
Common Stock Per
Share Used to
Determine Stock-
Based Compensation
Expense
February 5, 2015
 
1,480,000
 
$0.04
 
$0.04
March 31, 2015
 
6,821,750
 
$0.04
 
$0.04
August 5, 2015
 
6,750,000
 
$0.05
 
$0.05
September 30, 2015
 
2,417,500
 
$0.05
 
$0.05
December 3, 2015
 
26,316,500
 
$0.06
 
$0.06
February 3, 2016
 
3,398,750
 
$0.08
 
$0.08
April 6, 2016
 
5,305,000
 
$0.10
 
$0.10
May 26, 2016
 
2,985,000
 
$0.14
 
$0.14
June 30, 2016
 
27,455,000
 
$0.17
 
$0.17
July 13, 2016
 
38,390,000
 
$0.17
 
$0.17
July 27, 2016
 
16,299,000
 
$0.18
 
$0.18
In addition, on July 27, 2016, our board of directors granted fully vested stock awards consisting of 138,888 shares of our common stock.

- 61 -

Table of Contents

For grants of stock-based awards made on dates for which there was no valuation performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist, our board of directors would assess if there had been any significant changes to the business since the date of the most recent valuation and adjust the exercise price accordingly. Historically, for the majority of our grants, our board of directors determined that there had not been any significant changes and used the fair value of the common stock as of the date of the most recent, prior valuation as the exercise price for these grants. As shown in the table above, we have concluded that the fair value of our common stock, as determined by our board of directors on each grant date, was appropriate for purposes of determining our stock-based compensation expense.
In May 2016, our board of directors discontinued the 2006 Plan and approved the adoption of the 2016 EIP. The 2016 EIP permits us to grant up to 97,650,000 shares of our common stock , plus (i) those shares reserved but not issued under our 2006 Plan, as of immediately prior to the termination of the 2006 Plan, and (ii) shares subject to awards under our 2006 Plan that, on or after the termination of the 2006 Plan, expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and shares previously issued pursuant to our 2006 Plan that, on or after the termination of the 2006 Plan, are forfeited or repurchased by us (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to our 2016 EIP pursuant to (i) and (ii) is 257,534,483 shares) .
Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the grant date.
Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants Liability
Warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value upon issuance because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are redeemable at the option of the holders upon the occurrence of certain deemed liquidation events considered not solely within our control, which may therefore obligate us to transfer assets at some point in the future. The convertible preferred stock warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of “Other income (expense), net” in the consolidated statements of operations. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock, or until the convertible preferred stock can no longer trigger a deemed liquidation event. At that time, the convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to convertible preferred stock or additional paid-in-capital, as applicable. We use management judgment to estimate the fair value of these warrants, and these estimates could differ significantly in the future. The convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities will increase or decrease each period based on the fluctuations of the fair value of the underlying security. We expect the fair value of the warrants to increase leading up to this offering, but we do not expect any future charges following the completion of this offering.
Common Stock Warrants
We account for common stock warrants as equity in accordance with the accounting guidance for derivatives. The accounting guidance provides a scope exception from classifying and measuring as a financial liability a contract that would otherwise meet the definition of a derivative if the contract is both (i) indexed to the entity’s own stock and (ii) meets the requirement for classification in the stockholders’ equity (deficit) section of the balance sheet.
We determined that the common stock warrants issued in connection with the debt arrangement are required to be classified in equity. Warrants classified as equity are recorded as additional paid in capital on the consolidated balance sheet in “Stockholders’ equity (deficit)” and no further adjustments to their valuation are made.
We account for common stock warrants issued to non-employees for services under ASC 505-50. The fair value of such non-employee warrants is remeasured at each quarter-end over the vesting period. We determine the fair value of the common stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option valuation model using the stock price and other measurement assumptions as of the earlier of the date at which either (1) a commitment for performance by the counterparty has been reached; or (2) the counterparty’s performance is complete.
Income Taxes
We recognize deferred income taxes for temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. We periodically evaluate the positive and negative evidence bearing upon realizability of our deferred tax assets. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes our historical operating performance,

- 62 -

Table of Contents

reported cumulative net losses since inception and difficulty in accurately forecasting our future results, we maintained a full valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets as of December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 . We intend to maintain a full valuation allowance on the federal, state and foreign deferred tax assets until sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal of the valuation allowance.
At December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 , we had federal net operating loss carry-forwards of $145.1 million and $151.9 million , respectively, and state net operating loss carry-forwards of $109.2 million and $106.7 million , respectively. These federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards expire beginning in 2026 and 2017, respectively. At December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 , we also had federal research and development tax credit carry-forwards of $5.3 million and $6.3 million , respectively, and state research and development tax credit carry-forwards of $5.4 million and 6.3 million , respectively. The federal tax credits will expire in 2026, and the California tax credits carry forward indefinitely. Realization of these NOL and research tax credit carry-forwards depends on future income, and there is a risk that our existing carry-forwards could expire unused and be unavailable to reduce future income tax liabilities, which could impact our financial position and results of operations.
In addition, under Section 382 of the Code, our ability to utilize NOL carry-forwards or other tax attributes such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if we experience, or have experienced, an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of our stock, increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws.
No deferred tax assets have been recognized on our balance sheet related to our NOLs and tax credits, as they are fully reserved by a valuation allowance. We may have previously experienced, and may in the future experience, one or more Section 382 “ownership changes,” including in connection with our initial public offering. If so, or if we do not generate sufficient taxable income, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs and tax credits even if we achieve profitability. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs and tax credits in future years in which we have taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs and tax credits. This could adversely affect our results of operations.
We record unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities and adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the unrecognized tax benefit liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available. Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. No interest and penalties related to income taxes have been recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016 .
Contingencies and Litigation
The outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain and subject to numerous factors outside of our control. Significant judgment is required when we assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to a potential claim or legal proceeding, as well as potential ranges of probable losses, and when the outcomes of the claims or proceedings are probable and reasonably estimable. A determination of the amount of accrued liabilities required, if any, for these contingencies is made after the analysis of each matter. Because of uncertainties related to these matters, we base our estimates on the information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to pending claims and litigation, and may revise our estimates. Any revisions in the estimates of potential liabilities could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements.

- 63 -

Table of Contents

BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leader in the design, development, and marketing of advanced high-speed wireless communication solutions enabling wireless local area networking. Our solutions are designed to deliver leading-edge Wi-Fi performance to support an increasing number of connected devices accessing a rapidly growing pool of digital content. We apply our wireless systems and software expertise with high-performance radio frequency, mixed-signal and digital semiconductor design skills to provide highly integrated Wi-Fi solutions to our customers. Our technical expertise and focus on innovation enable us to address the increasing complexity inherent in managing Wi-Fi network access for multiple client devices with different high-bandwidth content streams, while simultaneously delivering superior network speed, broad coverage area, and high capacity and reliability. Our innovative solutions have historically addressed the telecommunications service provider market for home networking applications, including home gateways, repeaters, and set-top boxes, or STBs, but we are increasingly addressing additional end markets, with solutions for retail, outdoor, small and medium business, enterprise and consumer electronics. As a pioneer in high performance Wi-Fi solutions, we believe that we are well positioned to serve the rapidly evolving Wi-Fi needs of customers in both our existing and future end markets. We also believe our significant engineering expertise in wireless and communications can be applied to address other markets beyond Wi-Fi.
Wi-Fi is a ubiquitous standard for wireless network connectivity, defined by the IEEE 802.11 standardization body working group, that is rapidly evolving to deliver continued performance improvements while maintaining backward compatibility. According to ABI Research, in 2015 there were approximately 2.5 billion Wi-Fi-enabled devices shipped, of which approximately 1 billion were non-mobile phone devices, and cumulatively, over 12 billion Wi-Fi-connected devices have been shipped worldwide as of the end of 2015. The rapid growth in Wi-Fi connected devices, coupled with the steadily rising volume of global Internet Protocol-based, or IP-based, traffic, such as web browsing, email, Internet audio and video, file sharing, cloud computing and online gaming, has significantly increased the performance requirements of access points that power Wi-Fi networks. Such requirements have led to the adoption of 802.11ac, the latest revision of the 802.11 standard, which offers up to a 10-fold improvement in network speeds over its predecessor. Given the limited wireless spectrum available for Wi-Fi networks and the rapidly increasing demand for Wi-Fi-enabled services, the IEEE standardization body is expected to continue to define more advanced capabilities for future revisions of the standard, such as 802.11ax. The 802.11 standard implementation is left to the chipset vendors, and the inherent complexity and many optional features of the standard result in trade-offs leading to wide-ranging levels of Wi-Fi chipset functionality, performance, power and cost.
As the performance requirements of next generation Wi-Fi increase, a more advanced approach to the design of high-speed wireless communication products is required to address numerous challenges such as increasing Wi-Fi speeds, spectrum sharing, competing traffic, evolving standards, legacy Wi-Fi processing architecture and network interferences. We have pioneered significant enhancements to advanced features such as higher-order Multiple Input and Multiple Output, or MIMO, Multi-User MIMO, or MU-MIMO, transmit beamforming, and additional technologies to achieve superior Wi-Fi performance relative to our competition. Our competitive strengths include support of the most advanced specifications, proprietary technology architectures, and advanced software and system-level algorithms. Furthermore, we have created a cloud-based Wi-Fi analytics and monitoring platform that diagnoses and repairs network inefficiencies remotely.
Customers choose our Wi-Fi solutions to offer products with differentiated network speed, coverage area, reliability, and capacity. Our solutions portfolio is currently comprised of multiple generations of our radio frequency chip and our digital baseband chip, which together support the IEEE Wi-Fi standards, including 802.11n and 802.11ac. Radio frequency chips use a combination of analog, digital and high frequency circuits to transmit and receive signals in certain frequencies, such as 2.4GHz and 5GHz for Wi-Fi. Digital baseband chips transmit and receive data to and from radio frequency chips. These chips are typically sold together as a chipset combined with software and system-level reference designs that constitute a highly integrated Wi-Fi solution. We maintain our product differentiation by designing and implementing a variety of innovative system architecture features, as well as advanced software and system-level algorithms.
According to ABI Research, the global market for Wi-Fi chipsets is expected to grow from $3.8 billion in 2016 to $5.2 billion in 2021, a CAGR of 7%. We have shipped over 80 million chips to our customers across four semiconductor process generations. Our chips consist of transistors using various advanced semiconductor fabrication technology nodes, which are measured in nanometers, or nm, to address different system requirements. We are currently in volume production in 90nm, 65nm, and 40nm, and expect to begin volume production in 28nm in early 2017. During the year ended December 27, 2015,

- 64 -

Table of Contents

our global OEM and original design manufacturer, or ODM, customers included Arris, Asus, Sagemcom and Technicolor. During the same period, these OEM and ODM customers supported a number of major service providers in the United States as well as internationally. For the year ended December 27, 2015 , our revenue was $83.8 million and our net loss was $7.0 million , and we had an accumulated deficit of $159.7 million as of December 27, 2015 . For the six months ended June 26, 2016 , our revenue was $57.5 million and our net loss was $1.9 million , and we had an accumulated deficit of $161.6 million as of June 26, 2016 .
Industry Background
Global growth in IP data traffic and the proliferation of Wi-Fi connected devices are driving demand for more and better Wi-Fi connectivity. According to the Cisco 2016 Visual Networking Index, or VNI, report, total global IP traffic is expected to increase from approximately 73 exabytes to approximately 194 exabytes per month between 2015 and 2020, a 22% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR. The share of global IP traffic transmitted over Wi-Fi networks is forecasted to increase from 42% in 2015 to 50% by 2020, compared to wired and cellular traffic, which is forecasted to account for 34% and 16%, respectively. By 2020, Wi-Fi is also expected to carry approximately 55% of mobile IP traffic for devices with both cellular and Wi-Fi capabilities, while cellular is expected to carry approximately 45% of such traffic. According to ABI Research, 2.8 billion Wi-Fi-enabled devices will be shipped worldwide in 2016, and this number is expected to increase to 4.0 billion in 2021. For a large portion of these devices, including smartphones, tablets, smart home assistants, and Internet of Things, or IoT, devices, Wi-Fi is the primary IP connection.
In addition to the proliferation of IP traffic and Wi-Fi connected devices, the types of IP traffic carried over Wi-Fi are also expanding. When Wi-Fi was first introduced into homes and enterprises, the predominant applications were email and Internet access. Today, the number of applications supported over Wi-Fi has grown to also encompass voice over IP, high-definition audio, Ultra High Definition TV, cloud computing, gaming and over-the-top video, which refers to the delivery of video over the subscriber’s broadband connection without the involvement of traditional TV service providers. Industry reports forecast that Wi-Fi will become the most prevalent method to carry these applications. For example, the Cisco 2016 VNI report forecasts that for voice over IP, Wi-Fi is expected to grow from carrying 16% of all voice minutes in 2015 to 53% of all voice minutes by 2020, as compared to 26% for cellular and 21% for fixed line. According to Dell’Oro Group, the number of global broadband subscribers is expected to grow from 743 million in 2016 to 967 million by 2020, a CAGR of 7%.
To meet these demands, service providers, retail OEMs, enterprise OEMs, and consumer electronics OEMs are increasingly focused on integrating the best Wi-Fi capabilities into their products.
Service Providers . Service providers, including AT&T, Comcast, Orange and Telefonica, are seeking to deploy and manage the best Wi-Fi infrastructure inside the home to enable the connectivity of a growing number of Wi-Fi devices, and to offer a richer complement of value-added services such as high-speed Internet, Ultra High Definition TV, voice over IP, home security, energy management, cloud computing and gaming. To meet the connectivity and bandwidth demands of such wireless infrastructure, service providers have migrated from home gateways with single-band 2.4GHz 802.11n to the latest dual-band 2.4GHz and 5GHz solutions, which include support for the latest 802.11ac standard. The 802.11ac standard not only supports faster speeds but also allows more devices to be simultaneously connected within the home, which is a crucial requirement as the average number of connected devices per household will continue to grow rapidly. Furthermore, service providers desire to offer their customers a seamless Wi-Fi connectivity experience outside the home. They have increased investments in the deployment of Wi-Fi hotspots to support sophisticated roaming and authentication with other hotspots and with customers’ home gateways. As a result, service providers use Wi-Fi to offer a higher performance, lower cost alternative to traditional mobile cellular services.
Retail OEMs. Retail OEMs, including Asus, Belkin and Netgear, are focusing on higher performance Wi-Fi as consumers are increasingly motivated to invest in higher-performance Wi-Fi for their homes. Consumers desire high-performance Wi-Fi throughout the home to connect many devices including laptops, smartphones, tablets, TVs, gaming consoles, wireless speakers, thermostats, smoke detectors, home security and other IoT applications. As a result, retail OEMs strive to offer routers with the latest Wi-Fi technology and performance to provide customers’ homes with the fastest and most reliable speeds. Accordingly, we believe high-performance Wi-Fi routers will constitute an increasing portion of retail OEM router sales.
Enterprise OEMs. Enterprise OEMs for enterprise networking, including Brocade, Cisco and HP, are seeking to meet the demands of an increasingly mobile workforce that is connecting to the network via multiple devices beyond a

- 65 -

Table of Contents

desktop or laptop, such as smartphones and tablets. Enterprises are also seeking to optimize the costs of their networking infrastructure by adopting cost-effective wireless architecture. As a result, enterprise OEMs are increasingly adopting higher performance Wi-Fi in their products to achieve higher speeds and improved wireless network capacity. Capacity refers to the amount of data that can be supported in a given frequency or channel. 802.11ac access points can support almost three times the capacity of 802.11n access points. Higher capacity translates into a lower cost per bit, which is an important metric when tens, hundreds, or even thousands of access points are deployed in a given enterprise environment. We believe that the combination of higher capacity and lower cost per bit translates into greater enterprise demand for high-performance Wi-Fi enterprise access points.
Consumer Electronics OEMs. A more robust Wi-Fi network inside the home has enabled a proliferation of connected Wi-Fi devices and has driven an increasing need for better delivery of content to those Wi-Fi-enabled devices. As a result, consumer electronics OEMs, including Apple, Samsung and Sony, are seeking to incorporate high-performance Wi-Fi in their products. We believe high-performance Wi-Fi is becoming a differentiator in consumer purchase decisions for high-end products which deliver optimal user experience and, as a result, we believe consumer electronics device OEMs will increasingly enable devices, such as 4K Ultra High Definition TVs, over-the-top set top boxes, and gaming consoles with higher performance Wi-Fi.
Industry Challenges
Designing Wi-Fi solutions to provide the highest levels of performance is imperative to address consumer demands, yet remains very challenging due to the following factors.
Increasing Wi-Fi Speeds. 802.11ac-based devices are up to 10 times faster than prior generation devices, sending data at gigabits per second through the wireless channel, an unpredictable medium filled with obstacles, such as walls, doors, and furniture. As a result, more advanced digital signal processing techniques, such as MIMO, MU-MIMO, and explicit transmit beamforming, are required to keep up with the increasing performance requirements. A device incorporating MIMO technology transmits signals using more than one antenna and receives signals using more than one antenna, which allows the device to have increased speed and range. MU-MIMO refers to an algorithm that allows multiple client devices to be served by a Wi-Fi access point simultaneously. Explicit transmit beamforming is a technique that enables gateways and access points to direct their signals toward a client rather than covering a larger area, which increases transmission efficiency and ultimately improves Wi-Fi speed, range and reliability. Together, these techniques increase the performance level of 802.11ac solutions with improved range and more reliable connections, while serving an increased number of simultaneous users.
Spectrum Sharing. Wi-Fi operates in a limited, unlicensed wireless spectrum, as regulated in the United States by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC. While the 5GHz spectrum used by 802.11ac is inherently wider relative to the 2.4GHz spectrum, it is not always entirely available due to regulatory constraints that vary from country to country. For example, in many parts of the world, much of the 5GHz spectrum is reserved for military, weather radar, and air traffic control applications. These regulations mandate that Wi-Fi devices vacate such reserved spectrum upon detection of higher priority applications. To reliably achieve maximum speeds with 802.11ac, some of this restricted spectrum needs to be utilized. Therefore, a method referred to as Dynamic Frequency Selection, or DFS, needs to be implemented to accurately detect when these channels are available for Wi-Fi use. As bands become wider, it becomes increasingly critical for Wi-Fi applications to operate in the DFS spectrum. In the United States, in the 5GHz frequency band, there are 16 DFS channels that can be used in addition to the nine non-DFS channels. Therefore, a network that can use these DFS channels will increase total system capacity by almost three fold. Implementing efficient use of DFS channels requires complex algorithms.
Competing Traffic. The types of traffic carried by Wi-Fi are rapidly increasing as technology providers seek to enable more device connectivity and value-added services. Each type of traffic has unique quality metrics that must be met in order to create a satisfactory user experience. For example, voice and video latencies must be low to ensure that users do not perceive any gaps in performance. Internet webpage and email traffic are sporadic by nature and typically do not have strict latency guidelines. As a result, certain traffic types need to be prioritized over others. A comprehensive Quality of Service, or QoS, mechanism is needed to prioritize traffic types, guarantee on-time delivery of specific traffic types ahead of others, and scale to meet the increased number of Wi-Fi clients in a network.
Rapid Evolution of Industry Standards. The IEEE standardization body continually strives to improve Wi-Fi functionality and performance. For example, from 1997 to 2013, Wi-Fi maximum speeds increased from 1Mbps under the 802.11 standard to 6.8Gbps with the 802.11ac revision. All competitors in the Wi-Fi solutions market design their products according to the same

- 66 -

Table of Contents

IEEE Wi-Fi standards, which have become more complex as each subsequent standard includes an increasing number of specifications for both basic and optional features. While all Wi-Fi products need to incorporate all of the basic specifications under the standards, competitors in the high-performance Wi-Fi solutions market distinguish themselves by the speed with which they introduce new products and the degree to which their products are able to support advanced specifications and optional features such as explicit transmit beamforming, high-order MIMO, and MU-MIMO. This trend will continue with 802.11ax, the future revision of the 802.11 Wi-Fi standard. Some competitors decide to only implement the mandatory specifications and leave more complex optional features out of their products.
Legacy Wi-Fi Processing Architecture. There are seven distinct layers of software functions needed for one Wi-Fi device to transmit data to another under IEEE Wi-Fi standards. Layers one and two comprise the Wi-Fi protocol stack, and layers three and above are referred to as higher-layer network functions. Historically, Wi-Fi chipsets were architected such that the host CPU inside a gateway or access point handled the majority of the higher-layer network processing activity. However, as Wi-Fi speeds increase, the ability of the CPU to sustain maximum Wi-Fi data bandwidth while also performing other tasks is compromised. As a result, in order for the end product to meet its performance specifications, the Wi-Fi chipset must be capable of processing a greater proportion of both the Wi-Fi protocol stack and network functions to ensure that host CPUs have the bandwidth to operate properly.
Network Interference Management. As Wi-Fi usage increases, higher levels of network congestion will occur. This was especially common with 802.11b 2.4GHz networks, which only had three non-overlapping channels. The limited number of channels meant that there was a high likelihood that competing devices were using the same channel, thereby degrading performance. While the industry’s transition to 5GHz networks temporarily helped to alleviate such degradation by offering more channels, similar congestion and degradation of performance may occur over time. A Wi-Fi management system is needed to constantly monitor and optimize Wi-Fi network performance. Such a system would not only oversee one access point or gateway within a particular home, but would also have the capability to monitor a whole network of access points, which can comprise millions of Wi-Fi clients.
Our Solution and Competitive Strengths
Our four generations of Wi-Fi solutions have been designed to achieve and maintain market leadership. Historically, in each case where we have introduced a new high performance Wi-Fi solution compliant with the 802.11 IEEE standard, we have done so well before our competitors have introduced a comparable product with the same features. This first-mover advantage has enabled us to market and monetize our solutions and capture key new customers and design wins while our competitors were still in the product development phase. This advantage has been particularly evident in the service provider market for home networking applications. Due to long design and deployment cycles, service providers may only undertake major product updates every few years. As a result, the ability to secure a service provider design win for a solution with advanced features can create a market advantage that lasts for months to years, depending on various factors, including how quickly a competitor releases a comparable product, how the performance of the competing product compares to ours, and how the timing of such release relates to the service provider’s design and deployment cycle. We believe our success in pioneering previous Wi-Fi solutions has also given us a head start in the development of next generation Wi-Fi solutions.
We strive to deliver the industry’s highest speed, broadest coverage, highest capacity, and most reliable performance through advanced software and system-level algorithms, Wi-Fi protocol processing using embedded CPUs, and, more recently, the introduction of a cloud-based Wi-Fi network management system. Our solutions allow us to address the industry challenges posed by increasing Wi-Fi speeds, limited spectrum, increasing traffic, legacy Wi-Fi processing architectures and network interference management. We deliver proprietary feature set extensions beyond standard requirements, offering significant performance advantages to the user. Our innovative solutions have historically addressed the service provider market for home networking applications such as home gateways, repeaters, and STBs, and we are increasingly addressing additional end markets, with solutions for home networking and small and medium business applications (e.g., routers and repeaters), enterprise networking (e.g., access points), and consumer applications, including wireless streaming of audio and video, wireless TVs, and wireless speakers.
Performance Benefits We Provide to Our Customers and Service Providers
We believe our Wi-Fi solutions enable the highest overall level of Wi-Fi performance in the market relative to network speed, range, capacity and reliability. A high-performing solution results in a positive user experience and high level of satisfaction

- 67 -

Table of Contents

from customers, service providers and their subscribers. The performance benefits that we provide to our customers and their target service providers are set forth below.
OEM and ODM Customers
Integrated 2.4GHz and 5GHz Solutions. Our most recent solutions include both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz capabilities. As a result, our customers only need to design in a single chipset, instead of one for each frequency band. This integrated solution not only enables a more streamlined design process, but also maximizes interoperability and performance.
Streamlined Integration and Faster Time to Market. We have designed host offload technology, which allows the majority of Wi-Fi functions to be executed within our baseband chips. This offload software capability streamlines the integration of our chipsets into customer and reference design partner platforms. In addition, our experienced customer engineering support team engages with our OEM and ODM customers and partners early in their respective design cycles, which we believe accelerates their product development and ultimately optimizes product performance.
Service Providers
Improved Subscriber Experience and Increased Subscriber Retention. Our Wi-Fi solutions are high-performance solutions, which helps create a positive subscriber experience when using Wi-Fi. Our Wi-Fi solutions also provide enhanced network performance capabilities, which enable service providers to offer their subscribers a broader range of value-added products and services such as wireless phone service, wireless set-top boxes and seamless streaming of ultra-high definition video.  By offering such premium products and services, we believe service providers are able to generate more revenue per subscriber and deliver a better subscriber experience, which contributes to improved subscriber retention.
Longer Lifecycle and Reduced Capital Investment. Subscribers desire the most up-to-date technologies from their service providers. Devices featuring our solutions offer the leading edge of Wi-Fi technology, and therefore have a longer lifecycle and time to obsolescence. Additionally, a high-performing Wi-Fi infrastructure results in lower network expenditures for service providers by offloading cellular data, thereby reducing the burden on the cellular network.
Fewer Service Disruptions and Lower Support Costs. Because our Wi-Fi solutions support the most advanced IEEE Wi-Fi optional specifications, they provide higher speed, greater range and better reliability than our competitors’ products, which increases the quality of data transmission and improves Wi-Fi connectivity within a given area. We believe the high quality and reliability of our Wi-Fi solutions results in fewer service disruptions, and therefore reduces customer complaints and the need for support calls and on-site service requests.
Automated Network Management. We have a cloud-based Wi-Fi analytics and monitoring capability that can automatically detect, alert, diagnose, and fix network problems, before, during, and after an issue has occurred. Service providers who choose to deploy this capability can quickly diagnose field issues and confirm that new deployments are proceeding as planned, thereby enabling a better overall subscriber experience and further lowering support costs. This capability also enables us to provide faster customer support and deployment of our solutions.
Our competitive strengths include:
Market Leadership through Support of the Most Advanced Specifications. We design Wi-Fi solutions that support the most advanced IEEE Wi-Fi optional specifications, which allows us to be a leader in terms of both performance and innovation. For example, we shipped the world’s first 4x4 MIMO solution when our competitors were providing products with support for only 2x2 or 3x3 MIMO. Today, we are the first and only company to support the full 8x8 MIMO specification of 802.11ac with our QSR10G Wi-Fi solution, which we believe allows us to offer the highest speed as well as the farthest range. While some of our competitors offer a wider variety of products, many of those products incorporate only basic features for low-performance applications outside our target market segments. In contrast, we focus on segments of the market where advanced features are critical for the targeted application to provide higher performance, such as whole home coverage or video delivery over Wi-Fi.
Proprietary Technology Architectures. We design proprietary technology architectures that we deliver through our high-performing chipsets. The 802.11 standard does not dictate implementation and a significant portion of modem design is vendor discretionary. We were the first to commercially introduce several new technology architectures,

- 68 -

Table of Contents

including the first 4-stream 802.11n 4x4 chipset in 2010, the first 4x4 802.11ac chipset in 2013 and the first 802.11ac 8x8 chipset in 2015. Today, we are the only Wi-Fi solution provider to have integrated 12 chains on a single baseband chip die and eight transmit and eight receive chains on a single RFIC die as part of a 10Gbps Wi-Fi access point solution. Transmit and receive chains refer to circuitry in the RFIC responsible for transmitting and receiving data, respectively. We believe our proprietary architectures are a key part of what enables us to successfully compete against our larger, more established competitors.
Advanced Software and System-Level Algorithms. We enable our innovative Wi-Fi solutions with advanced proprietary software and system-level algorithms that provide superior functionality. For example, we were the first to commercially introduce a number of features built on the 802.11 standards, such as 4x4 MIMO, 8x8 MIMO, MU-MIMO, and 4x4 universal beamforming. We have integrated advanced digital signal processing, or DSP, algorithms in each of our baseband chips. The process of detecting and decoding the desired data from a noisy environment requires sophisticated DSP algorithms, which we have developed over the last 10 years. These algorithms include explicit transmit beamforming, MIMO, MU-MIMO, and others. We believe these algorithms are crucial to the performance and stability of products integrating our solutions.
Pure Focus on High-Performance Wi-Fi Solutions and Deep Wireless Engineering Expertise. Our research and development, engineering, manufacturing, sales, and marketing activities are focused solely on high-performance Wi-Fi solutions, which we believe gives us an advantage over many of our competitors who do not focus exclusively on Wi-Fi. We have assembled a world-class wireless engineering team comprised of over 200 engineers worldwide with demonstrated capabilities in silicon and systems engineering, software engineering and customer engineering, including more than 145 with advanced degrees in relevant fields.
Deep Relationships with Our Customers and Reference Design Partners. We have built collaborative relationships with our customers and reference design partners, many of whom are industry leaders. We believe these relationships provide us with enhanced visibility into their future requirements. We often collaborate with these leaders at the front end of the design cycle and help them architect their next-generation products. We believe we have a strong industry reputation for responsiveness and delivering Wi-Fi solutions that meet or exceed our customers and reference design partners’ technological requirements, as well as their overall business needs.
Our Strategy
The key components of our strategy include the following:
Continue to Deliver Wi-Fi Innovation. The Wi-Fi industry is constantly evolving as new technologies emerge and standards are updated. We intend to continue our investment in research and development to drive further innovation, including new Wi-Fi standards, and maintain a market leadership position in the Wi-Fi marketplace.
Expand Share in Service Provider Market. We intend to leverage our growing number of service provider and OEM and ODM relationships to aggressively market our solutions’ competitive advantages and increase our footprint among service providers. This market is characterized by long product lifecycles and stable customer engagements with greater visibility into future revenue. In addition, we intend to expand our geographic reach beyond North America and Western Europe, which are currently the predominant end markets for our Wi-Fi solutions.
Leverage Industry Partnerships to Promote Adoption of Our Solutions. We maintain partnerships with several technology industry leaders to ensure the compatibility of our solutions with other components of the end product, and to promote the adoption of our Wi-Fi solutions. We will seek to broaden and strengthen these partnerships to drive design wins and establish incumbency.
Address Other Wi-Fi Market Segments. We have addressed only a small portion of the retail Wi-Fi market opportunity and have not yet entered the small and medium business, enterprise and consumer electronics markets. We intend to leverage our existing technologies and solutions, as well as broaden our Wi-Fi solutions portfolio, to continue to expand our presence in the retail Wi-Fi market and address the small and medium business, enterprise, consumer electronics and other markets.

- 69 -

Table of Contents

Broaden Solutions Beyond Wi-Fi . We believe our existing technologies and wireless engineering expertise, as well as our deep industry relationships, provide us an opportunity to expand beyond the Wi-Fi market through a combination of organic investments and acquisitions.
Our Products and Technology
Our differentiated Wi-Fi system architecture typically consists of a radio frequency chip, or RFIC, and a digital baseband system-on-chip, or baseband SOC. The RFIC transmits and receives at a particular frequency, and the baseband SOC implements system-level algorithms to process physical layer (layer one) functions and additional logic that executes software to process 802.11 protocols from the signals received to and from the RFIC. The RFIC and baseband SOC are placed on a printed circuit board called a “reference design,” where they interact with the rest of the hardware and software system of the end product.
The typical applications that use our current solutions are:
Access Point and Gateways. These applications are at the core of wireless home networking and enterprise access. Our initial solutions supported 2-stream applications with 4x4 5GHz 802.11n, and we have continuously innovated to deliver increasing speeds, culminating in our latest 12-stream (8x8 5GHz 802.11ac and 4x4 2.4GHz and 5GHz 802.11n), 10Gbps dual-band dual-concurrent offering. Our solutions have also evolved from primarily supporting real-time video delivery over Wi-Fi to supporting voice, video, and data. We seek to extend our industry-leading position by continuing to develop solutions to support the next-generation of Wi-Fi applications. We believe that the increasing demands on wireless home networks and enterprise applications will help drive the need for high performance access points and gateways in the marketplace, which we believe will also contribute to greater demand for high-performance Wi-Fi solutions with higher ASPs given the benefits they provide to our customers.  According to ABI Research, shipments of Wi-Fi-enabled consumer and enterprise access point devices are expected to be 180 million and 13 million units, respectively, in 2016 and are expected to grow to 209 million and 22 million units, respectively, by 2021.
Clients. We provide Wi-Fi solutions for non-mobile client applications such as set-top boxes. We believe the performance advantages of our solutions will better support the latest generation of Ultra High Definition, or UHD, set-top boxes, which have higher Wi-Fi speed requirements. In addition, increased speed, range, capacity and reliability can be achieved when our client solutions are used in conjunction with our access point and gateway solutions. We believe that overall Wi-Fi penetration of set-top boxes in the marketplace is relatively low, with ABI Research forecasting that 82 million Wi-Fi-enabled set top box devices will be shipped in 2016, compared to global set-top box device shipments of 285 million during the same period.
Repeaters. In certain challenging networking environments, repeaters can be used to provide extended Wi-Fi coverage. Our repeater solutions support advanced functionality, including setup, management, and client connectivity features. We believe repeaters, along with our access point solutions, can play an important role in addressing the growing consumer demand for whole-home coverage.
We differentiate our solutions portfolio by designing and implementing a variety of innovative system architecture and software features that are aimed at solving the challenges of high-performance wireless networking, including:
Increasing Wi-Fi Speeds
Transmit Beamforming. Beamforming is critical to effectively compete in the high-performance Wi-Fi market as it enables gateways and access points to direct their signals toward a client to increase transmission efficiency and improve Wi-Fi speed and range. We were the first to apply Wi-Fi transmit beamforming technology to four antennas, and have continued to optimize it for eight antennas. Beamforming is an integral part of our solutions, and our engineering team includes leading system algorithm experts to address the design and implementation challenges in this field.
Advanced MIMO and MU-MIMO. MIMO technology multiplies the capacity of a wireless connection by allowing access points to transmit and receive multiple streams of data at the same time. MU-MIMO technology permits not only multiple streams to a single device, but also enables multiple client devices to receive multiple streams of data at the same time. When combined, these two features allow the most efficient use of a given channel by offering the highest bits per hertz. A 4x4 MIMO transmission uses four antennas, and an 8x8 MIMO transmission uses eight antennas. We refer to these technologies as higher-order MIMO. Four antennas are used in the 2.4GHz band, and four

- 70 -

Table of Contents

or eight antennas are used in the 5GHz band. We were the first to introduce MIMO and MU-MIMO for 4x4 802.11n, 4x4 802.11ac, and 8x8 802.11ac. We have experienced wireless system architects and software engineers to lead the implementation of these technologies.
Spectrum Scarcity
SuperDFS Dynamic Smart Channel Selection. SuperDFS is a set of system-level algorithms that combine RFIC, baseband, and software functions to select a particular DFS channel that has the least interference and best system capacity. Our detection mechanisms have been optimized to pass strict FCC product certification guidelines without being overly reactive in DFS frequencies.
More Traffic Types
IQStream Advanced Traffic Management. IQstream is a proprietary system-level algorithm that classifies and prioritizes all types of Wi-Fi traffic in order for the most critical traffic to be delivered with the least interruption. For example, IQStream allows the prioritization of real-time HD video or voice call transmissions over lower priority data such as email and Internet webpage access.
Legacy Wi-Fi Processing Architecture
Host Offload. We have implemented host offload technology, which allows the majority of Wi-Fi functions to be executed within our baseband chips. This not only frees up the resources of the host CPU, but also requires less software integration and optimization between our Wi-Fi chips and the host CPU during system design. This significantly decreases our customers’ product development time.
Network Management
Cloud-based Wi-Fi Management Platform. Our proprietary cloud-based platform comprises a debugging agent embedded within a product, such as an access point, which sends Wi-Fi data to an analytics engine in the cloud. This system permits remote, real-time issue identification and resolution. This allows us to deliver enhanced customer support and Wi-Fi performance. Our cloud-based platform can scale to manage millions of Wi-Fi devices and thus can provide a complete network-wide Wi-Fi management system for our customers.
We are currently shipping our second generation 4x4 802.11n and third generation 4x4 802.11ac Wi-Fi solutions in volume, as well as production samples of our fourth generation 10Gbps Wi-Fi solution. The following table shows the applications that we address and their respective end markets by chipset generation.

- 71 -

Table of Contents

Use Case
Solution
Process Node
Data Stream and Standard
Link Speed
Target End Market
Generation 2
 
 
 
 
 
Access Point / Gateway
QHS710
90nm/65nm
4x4 11n
600 Mbps
SP
Clients
QHS710
90nm/65nm
4x4 11n
600 Mbps
SP
 
 
 
 
 
 
Generation 3
 
 
 
 
 
Access Point / Gateway
QV840
90nm/40nm
4x4 11ac
1.7 Gbps
SP, R
 
QV860
90nm/40nm
4x4 11ac + 2x2 11n
1.7 Gbps + 300 Mbps
SP
Clients
QV842
40nm
4x4 DBS
1.7 Gbps
SP
 
QV922/924
40nm
2x4 DBS
0.85 Gbps (Tx) / 1.7 Gbps (Rx)
SP, CE
 
QV920
90nm/40nm
2x4 5GHz
0.85 Gbps (Tx) / 1.7 Gbps (Rx)
SP
Repeater
QV864R
90nm/40nm
4x4 5GHz + 2x2 2.4GHz
1.7 Gbps + 1.7 Gbps + 300 Mbps
SP, R
 
QV860R
90nm/40nm
4x4 5GHz + 2x2 2.4GHz
1.7 Gbps + 300 Mbps
SP
 
QV840R
90nm/40nm
4x4 5GHz
1.7 Gbps
SP
 
 
 
 
 
 
Generation 4
 
 
 
 
 
Access Point / Gateway
QSR10GU
40nm/28nm
8x8 11ac + 4x4 11n
9.6 Gbps
SP, R, E
 
QSR10GT
40nm/28nm
8x8 11ac + 2x2 11n
9.1 Gbps
SP, R, E
 
 
 
 
 
 
SP: Service Provider; R: Retail; E: Enterprise; CE: Consumer Electronics
Our Customers
We sell our Wi-Fi solutions directly to global OEMs and ODMs that serve the end markets we target. In addition, we sell our Wi-Fi solutions to third-party distributors who in turn resell to OEMs and ODMs. OEMs incorporate our Wi-Fi solutions into their products, which are then sold to their own customers, such as service providers, retailers, enterprises, small and medium businesses, and retail consumers. To date, we have primarily addressed the service provider market for home networking applications, including home gateways, repeaters, and set-top boxes. We are increasingly addressing additional end markets with solutions for (i) retail OEMs for home networking as well as small and medium business applications (e.g., routers and repeaters), (ii) enterprise OEMs for enterprise networking applications (e.g., access points), and (iii) consumer electronics OEMs for consumer applications, including wireless streaming of audio and video, wireless TVs, and wireless speakers. We believe the life cycles of our customers’ products can range from approximately one year to five years or more depending on the end market.
Some OEMs purchase our Wi-Fi solutions directly from us and use them in the design and manufacture (directly or through their third-party contract manufacturers) of their own products. Other OEMs utilize ODMs to design and build subsystem products incorporating our Wi-Fi solutions, which the OEMs then purchase from the ODM and incorporate into the OEM products. Accordingly, we ship our Wi-Fi solutions either directly to the OEM, its contract manufacturer, or its ODM, based on the requirements of each OEM. However, we maintain close relationships with the target OEM to monitor OEM end-market demand as the initial Wi-Fi solution design win is generally awarded by the OEM.
Service providers purchase the products they sell to, or subsidize for use by, their subscribers through OEMs and ODMs. We typically do not enter into formal agreements with service providers, and our relationship with service providers varies depending on the service provider’s strategy:
Service Providers Selecting Wi-Fi Technology Directly. Some service providers, typically those with large subscriber bases, require that a specific Wi-Fi solution be designed into the OEM products they purchase. As a result, although our customers are OEMs and ODMs, we maintain close relationships with these service providers since they award design wins for our Wi-Fi solutions. After a design win is achieved, we continue to work closely with the service providers to assist them and their OEMs and ODMs throughout their product development and early deployment, which can often last six to 18 months.
Service Providers Selecting OEM / ODM Products . Other service providers, typically those with smaller subscriber bases, do not require that specific Wi-Fi solutions be designed into the OEM or ODM products they purchase. As a result, the OEM or ODM is the key decision maker with respect to awarding design wins and may incorporate the

- 72 -

Table of Contents

winning design into their products for numerous service providers. We maintain close relationships with our OEM and ODM customers to secure design wins and monitor end-market demand.
The following table represents OEM, ODM and third-party distributor customers comprising 10% or more of our revenue:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
(Percentage of revenue)
Customer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technicolor SA
11%
 
15%
 
16%
 
12%
Pace plc**
*
 
14%
 
*
 
17%
Prohubs International Corp.
*
 
11%
 
14%
 
10%
Gemtek Electronics Co. Ltd.
28%
 
10%
 
12%
 
*
CyberTAN Technology, Inc.
21%
 
*
 
*
 
*
Sagemcom Broadband SAS
*
 
*
 
 *
 
14%
MitraStar Technology Corp.
*
 
*
 
 *
 
10%
________________________
*
Customer percentage of revenue was less than 10%.
**
Pace plc was acquired by Arris International plc in January 2016.
The substantial majority of our revenue has been derived from sales to customers serving the service provider home networking market. Based on sell-through information provided to us by the majority of our OEM and ODM customers, we estimate that more than 30 service providers in various stages of product deployment are currently incorporating our Wi-Fi solutions into their products. We estimate that our two largest service providers, which are based in the United States, represented approximately one-half of our revenue in 2014 and approximately 40% of our revenue in 2015 as our business grew.
Sales to Asia accounted for 84% , 82% and 85% of our revenue in 2014 , 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016 , respectively, based on ship-to destinations, and we anticipate that the substantial majority of our shipments will continue to be delivered to this region. Although a large percentage of our shipments are delivered to Asia, we believe that a significant number of the products we enable with our Wi-Fi solutions, such as access points, gateways, set-top boxes and repeaters, are ultimately sold by our OEM customers to service providers in North America and Western Europe. See Note 13 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding our operations by geographic area.
We currently derive substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our Wi-Fi solutions. During 2014, 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016, revenue from sales of our Wi-Fi solutions constituted 91%, 89% and 99% of our total revenue, respectively. In addition, during 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016 , we also derived revenue from a limited number of licensing and non-recurring arrangements, which together constituted 9%, 11% and 1% of our total revenue, respectively. These arrangements are no longer active. In the future, we may enter into new licensing arrangements on an opportunistic basis. To date, all of our revenue has been denominated in U.S. dollars.
Sales and Marketing
We sell our solutions worldwide using a combination of a direct sales force and third-party distributors. We employ direct sales teams in the United States, Europe and Asia who support our OEM and ODM customers and service providers. We have located our sales and marketing teams near our existing OEM and ODM customers and larger service providers in the United States (serving North America), France, Spain, Japan, and Taiwan (serving greater Asia). Each salesperson has specific end market expertise. We also employ field application engineers, or FAEs, typically co-located with our direct sales teams, who provide technical pre-sales support to our sales team and assistance to existing and potential customers throughout their design-in and qualification cycles. Our FAE team is organized by end markets as well as core competencies in hardware, software, and wireless systems necessary to support our customers and their target service providers.

- 73 -

Table of Contents

To supplement our direct sales team, we have contracts with several independent sales representatives and distributors in the United States, Taiwan, Korea, and China. We selected these independent representatives and distributors based on their ability to provide effective field sales, marketing communications and technical support for our Wi-Fi solutions. In the case of representatives, our customers place orders with us directly rather than with the representatives who do not maintain any inventory. In the case of distributors, our customers place orders through distributors who purchase inventory from us.
Our sales have historically been made on the basis of purchase orders rather than customer specific, long-term agreements. All of our material terms and conditions are consistent with general industry practice, but vary from customer to customer. We typically receive purchase orders 12 to 14 weeks ahead of the customer’s desired delivery date. Because industry practice allows customers to reschedule or cancel orders on relatively short notice, we believe that backlog is not a reliable indicator of our future revenue.
Our marketing team focuses on our solutions strategy and road maps, product marketing, new solution introduction processes, demand assessment and competitive analysis, marketing communication and public relations.
Manufacturing
We use a fabless semiconductor business model and rely on third-party contractors to fabricate, assemble, and test our chipset designs. We believe this outsourced manufacturing approach gives us access to the best available process technology, reduces our capital requirements, and allows us to focus our resources on the design, development, marketing, sales and customer integration of our Wi-Fi solutions. We use industry-standard complementary metal-oxide semiconductor manufacturing process technology, which enables us to produce cost-effective products and achieve high-performance. We partner with our third-party contractors to improve the efficiency of our supply chain and to secure the necessary level of manufacturing capacity. We work closely with these contractors to improve our chipset’s manufacturability, enhance yields, lower product and manufacturing costs, and improve quality. We are committed to continuous improvements in our chipset design for better manufacturability and in our third-party contractors’ manufacturing processes to achieve the high-quality, reliability, cost, and the performance metrics targets.
Wafer Fabrication, Assembly and Testing
We purchase silicon wafers from Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation, or TSMC, in Taiwan, our foundry partner, which are then shipped to third-party contractors who assemble and test our chipsets. We currently use several process nodes ranging from 90nm to 28nm. We qualify and utilize multiple TSMC facilities to ensure consistent production performance and redundancy, which is a critical component of our supply chain strategy. We currently use Advanced Semiconductor Engineering in Taiwan and Signetics Corporation in Korea for assembly and testing. All of our material terms and conditions are consistent with general industry practice, but vary from vendor to vendor. Our inventory is distributed from the third-party contractors and a contracted warehouse in Taiwan. We require our third-party contractors to have comprehensive quality manufacturing systems, certified at International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, 9000 levels.
Research and Development
We believe that our success depends on our ability to enhance our existing Wi-Fi solutions, develop new innovative solutions, and integrate additional capabilities to serve our existing and future target markets. We engage in research and development efforts in four core areas:
System-level algorithm development (core Wi-Fi algorithms and system-level integration);
Digital, mixed-signal, and RF chipset design (baseband and RFIC Wi-Fi silicon chipsets);
Software development (embedded Wi-Fi and network-level drivers); and
Reference hardware platforms (board designs for internal use and customer reference).
We also have a team of dedicated customer engineers to support our OEMs and service providers in their integration of our solutions into their products. We believe our competencies can be leveraged to broaden our solutions portfolio within and beyond the Wi-Fi market.

- 74 -

Table of Contents

Our research and development team is comprised of highly skilled engineers and technologists with extensive experience in digital, mixed signal, and RF chipset design, system level architecture, and software development. We have assembled our engineering team in the United States, Australia, China, Taiwan, and Russia. Approximately 70% of our R&D team holds advanced technical degrees.
Our research and development expense was $31.3 million , $35.6 million , and $21.8 million for 2014 , 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016 , respectively. We intend to continue to invest in research and development to support and enhance our existing Wi-Fi solutions and design and develop future product offerings.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, and contractual protections, to protect our core technology and intellectual property. As of June 26, 2016, we had 37 issued patents in the United States and four foreign counterpart patents issued in Taiwan. The issued patents in the United States expire beginning in 2026 through 2035. Our issued patents and pending patent applications relate to MIMO systems, algorithms, circuits, system level optimization and wireless network management.
In addition to our own intellectual property, we also use third-party licenses for certain technologies embedded in our Wi-Fi solutions. These are typically non-exclusive contracts provided under royalty-accruing or paid-up licenses. While we do not believe our business is dependent to any significant degree on any individual third-party license, we expect to continue to use and may license additional third-party technology for our solutions. We also invest in the latest commercially available software design and simulation tools, which enable us to leverage our intellectual property portfolio, improve time to commercialization, and deliver high-performance solutions.
We generally control access to and use of our confidential information through employing internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, consultants, customers, partners and suppliers. Our employees and consultants are required to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived or made in connection with the employment or consulting relationship. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our software, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary intellectual property.
The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. From time to time, we have received communications from other third parties, including non-practicing entities, alleging our infringement of their patents, and we may receive additional claims of infringement in the future. In addition, our customers and our customers’ customers may also receive communications regarding alleged infringement of their products that implicate our Wi-Fi solutions, which could trigger warranty and indemnity obligations from us. Any lawsuits could subject us to significant liability for damages, invalidate our proprietary rights and harm our business and our ability to compete. See the section titled “Risk Factors” for additional information.
Competition
We compete with numerous domestic and international semiconductor companies, many of which have greater financial and other resources with which to pursue design, development, manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution of their products. Our competitors include public companies with broader product lines, a larger base of customers and greater resources compared to us. We consider our primary competitors to be other companies that provide Wi-Fi products to the market, including Broadcom, Celeno Communications, Intel, Marvell, MediaTek, Qualcomm and Realtek Semiconductor Corp. We may also face competition from other new and emerging companies, including emerging companies in China.
The principal competitive factors in our market include:
performance of Wi-Fi solutions, including the ability to support advanced optional IEEE Wi-Fi specifications;
cost effectiveness of Wi-Fi solutions;
design process and time to market;
innovation and development of functionality and features not previously available in the marketplace;

- 75 -

Table of Contents

ability to anticipate requirements of customers’ and service providers’ next-generation products and applications;
ability to identify new and emerging markets, applications and technologies;
brand recognition and reputation;
strength of personnel, including software engineers and chip designers; and
customer service and support.
While most of our competitors may offer a wider variety of products, we design Wi-Fi solutions that support the most advanced optional IEEE Wi-Fi specifications. As such, we focus on high-performance Wi-Fi solutions for each of our end markets and we believe we compete favorably with respect to the factors described above.
Employees
As of June 26, 2016 , we employed a total of 274 people, comprised of 225 in research and development and in operations, and 49 in sales, marketing, and administration. We also engage temporary employees and consultants. We have never had a work stoppage, and we consider our employee relations to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor organization or subject to a collective bargaining arrangement.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters is located in Fremont, California in a facility consisting of approximately 27,000 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in September 2018. We also lease properties in Australia, China, Russia, and Taiwan which accommodate our design centers and sales support team. Based on our business requirements, the location and size of these leased properties will change from time to time. We intend to expand our existing facilities as we grow our business and add resources. We believe that additional facilities will be available on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate foreseeable expansion of our operations. We do not own any real property.
Legal Proceedings
We are currently not party to litigation that could have a material adverse affect on our business. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. The semiconductor and Wi-Fi industries are characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding infringement of intellectual property rights. Litigation is often unpredictable, costly, diverts management’s attention, and may result in an unfavorable outcome, including monetary damages or injunctive relief.

- 76 -

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of August 1, 2016:
Name
Age
Position
Executive Officers:
 
 
Sam Heidari
50
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Sean Sobers
46
Chief Financial Officer
Lionel Bonnot
49
Senior Vice President, Marketing and Business Development
David Carroll
55
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales
Non-Employee Directors:
 
 
Dmitry Akhanov
40
Director
Fahri Diner
48
Director
Edward Frank
59
Director
Edwin B. Hooper III
49
Director
Harold Hughes
70
Director
Jack Lazar
51
Director
John Scull
60
Director
Mark Stevens
56
Director
Lip-Bu Tan
56
Director
Executive Officers
Sam Heidari . Mr. Heidari has served as our Chief Executive Officer since February 2011, a member of our board of directors since March 2011 and Chairman of our board of directors since June 2016. From July 2009 to February 2011, Mr. Heidari served as our Vice President of Research and Development. From August 2006 to July 2009, Mr. Heidari served as Chief Technology Officer and Vice President of Engineering at Ikanos Communications, Inc., an advanced semiconductor products and software company. Mr. Heidari currently serves as the chairman of the board of directors of SiTune Corporation, a privately held integrated circuits company, and a member of the board of directors of several other privately held companies. Mr. Heidari holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Northeastern University and an M.S. and Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Southern California.
Mr. Heidari was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he provides as our Chief Executive Officer, as well as his extensive experience with technology companies.
Sean Sobers . Mr. Sobers has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2016. From July 2009 to June 2016, Mr. Sobers served as Corporate Vice President of Finance and Controller at Cadence Design Systems, Inc., an electronic design automation software and engineering services company. Mr. Sobers previously served as Vice President of Finance at Polycom, Inc., a unified communications and collaboration solutions company, Controller of the Software Group at EMC Corporation, a provider of information infrastructure and virtual infrastructure technologies, solutions and services, Controller at Documentum, Inc., an enterprise content management platform prior to its acquisition by EMC Corporation, and auditor at KPMG LLP, a global auditing firm. Mr. Sobers is a certified public accountant (inactive) and holds a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Southern California.
Lionel Bonnot . Mr. Bonnot has served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing and Business Development since January 2015. From January 2013 to January 2015, Mr. Bonnot served as our Senior Vice President, Business Development. From December 2007 to January 2013, Mr. Bonnot served as our Vice President of Worldwide Sales. Mr. Bonnot holds an M.S. in Computer Science from the Ecole Supérieure d’Informatique (ESI) in Paris.
David Carroll . Mr. Carroll has served as our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales since January 2016. From January 2013 to January 2016, Mr. Carroll served as our Vice President, Worldwide Sales. From December 2010 to November 2012,

- 77 -

Table of Contents

Mr. Carroll served as Senior Director, Strategic Sales and Global Account Management at Broadcom Corporation, a fabless semiconductor company. Mr. Carroll holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from San Diego State University and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California Marshall School of Business.
Non-Employee Directors
Dmitry Akhanov . Mr. Akhanov has served on our board of directors since February 2014.  Since December 2010, Mr. Akhanov has served as President and Chief Executive Officer at Rusnano USA, Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO” (formerly Open Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO”), a Russian state instrument dedicated to fostering the growth of the nanotechnology industry in Russia. From October 2007 to August 2008, Mr. Akhanov was the Head of the Russian Federal Energy Agency, which was responsible for the implementation of national energy policy and management of state-owned energy assets (oil and gas, coal and electricity industries). As the head of the Strategy Department of RAO “UES”, from June 2002 to October 2007, Mr. Akhanov was actively involved in developing and implementing strategy for the restructuring of the electricity sector of Russia, and forming a new industry structure and electricity market model. In conjunction with this, Mr. Akhanov also implemented a number of corporate projects for the separation, merger and acquisition of major energy companies in Russia. Mr. Akhanov currently serves on the boards of directors of NeoPhotonics Corporation, an optoelectronic developer and manufacturing company, and six other privately held high tech companies.  Mr. Akhanov holds a Bachelor’s Degree in economics and law and a Master’s Degree in economics from the People’s Friendship University in Russia.
Mr. Akhanov was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in strategic planning and management of complex technology projects and cross-border business operations.
Fahri Diner . Mr. Diner has served on our board of directors since July 2007. Since October 2007, Mr. Diner has served as a Managing Director at Sigma Partners, a technology venture capital firm. Mr. Diner has served as Chief Executive Officer of Plume Design, Inc., a privately held cloud-based Wi-Fi control and management software company, since December 2014. Mr. Diner also currently serves on the boards of directors of a number of privately held companies. Mr. Diner holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Florida Institute of Technology.
Mr. Diner was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his operational and management experience in the technology and venture capital industries.
Edward Frank. Mr. Frank has served on our board of directors since July 2016. Since January 2014, Mr. Frank has served as co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Cloud Parity, an early-stage voice of the customer startup. From May 2009 to October 2013, Mr. Frank served as Vice President, Macintosh Hardware Systems Engineering at Apple, Inc., a consumer technology company. Mr. Frank currently serves on the boards of directors of Analog Devices, Inc., a global semiconductor company, Cavium, Inc., a provider of highly integrated semiconductor products, and eASIC Corporation, a privately-held provider of ASIC semiconductor devices. He served as a director of Fusion-IO, Inc., a computer hardware and software systems company, from October 2013 until July 2014, when it was acquired by SanDisk Corporation, a flash data storage company. Mr. Frank holds a B.S. and M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University and a Ph.D. in Computer Science from Carnegie Mellon University.
Mr. Frank was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his understanding of the communications and hardware technology markets and his extensive executive leadership experience.
Edwin B. Hooper III . Mr. Hooper has served on our board of directors since October 2014.  Since August 2012, Mr. Hooper has served as a founder and managing partner of Centerview Capital Technology Fund (Delaware), L.P., a private investment firm. From February 1998 to July 2012, Mr. Hooper held multiple roles at Cisco Systems, Inc., a producer of networking equipment, including serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer. Mr. Hooper also currently serves on the boards of directors of a number of privately held companies.  Mr. Hooper holds a B.A. in International Affairs from the University of Colorado Boulder, and an M.B.A. from the University of Virginia Darden Graduate School of Business Administration.
Mr. Hooper was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the wireless and networking industry and because of his strategy and business expertise.
Harold Hughes . Mr. Hughes has served on our board of directors since October 2014.  From March 2014 to October 2015, Mr. Hughes has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Manutius IP, Inc., a patent solutions company.  Mr. Hughes served as

- 78 -

Table of Contents

the Chief Executive Officer and President at Rambus Inc., a semiconductor and IP products company, from January 2005 to June 2012 and served on the board of directors from June 2003 to April 2013. Mr. Hughes served on the board of directors of Planar Systems Inc., a display and digital signage technology company, from February 2014 until it was acquired by Leyard American Corporation in November 2015.  Mr. Hughes holds a B.A. in Liberal Arts from the University of Wisconsin and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan.
Mr. Hughes was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his significant business leadership experience in the semiconductor industry.
Jack Lazar. Mr. Lazar has served on our board of directors since July 2016. Since March 2016, Mr. Lazar has been an independent business and financial consultant. From January 2014 to March 2016, Mr. Lazar served as the Chief Financial Officer at GoPro, Inc., a provider of wearable and mountable capture devices. From January 2013 to January 2014, he was an independent business and financial consultant. From May 2011 to January 2013, Mr. Lazar served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and General Manager of Qualcomm Atheros, Inc., a developer of communications semiconductor solutions. From September 2003 until it was acquired by Qualcomm in May 2011, Mr. Lazar served in various positions at Atheros Communications, Inc., a provider of communications semiconductor solutions, most recently as Senior Vice President of Corporate Development, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary. Mr. Lazar has served on the board of directors of Silicon Laboratories Inc., a semiconductor company, since April 2013 and has served on the board of directors of TubeMogul, Inc., an enterprise software company for digital branding, since October 2013. Mr. Lazar is a certified public accountant (inactive) and holds a B.S. in Commerce with an emphasis in Accounting from Santa Clara University.
Mr. Lazar was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his strong financial and operational expertise gained from his experience as a technology company executive and consultant.
John Scull . Mr. Scull has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2014. Mr. Scull co-founded Southern Cross Venture Partners, a technology venture capital firm, and has served as a managing director of Southern Cross Venture Partners since August 2006. Mr. Scull currently serves on the board of directors of a number of privately held companies. Mr. Scull holds a B.B.A. in Economics from the University of Oklahoma, and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.
Mr. Scull was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital industry and service on the boards of directors of software companies.
Mark Stevens. Mr. Stevens has served on our board of directors since July 2016. Mr. Stevens has served as the managing partner of S-Cubed Capital, a private family office investment firm, since April 2012 and has served as a special limited partner of Sequoia Capital, a venture capital investment firm, since April 2012. From March 1993 to April 2012, Mr. Stevens served as a managing partner of Sequoia Capital, where he had been an associate for the preceding four years. From December 2006 to October 2012, Mr. Stevens served as a member of the board of directors of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a semiconductor technology company. Currently, Mr. Stevens serves as a director of NVIDIA Corporation, a graphics processor company. Mr. Stevens holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering, a B.A. in Economics and an M.S. degree in Computer Engineering from the University of Southern California and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.
Mr. Stevens was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital and semiconductor industries.
Lip-Bu Tan . Mr. Tan has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2015. Since 1987, Mr. Tan has served as the founder and Chairman of Walden International, an international venture capital firm. He has also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Cadence Design Systems, Inc., an electronic design automation software and engineering services company, since January 2009. Mr. Tan currently serves on the boards of directors of Cadence Design Systems, Inc., Hewlett Packard Enterprise, an information technology enterprise company, Ambarella, Inc., a developer of low-power, HD and Ultra HD video compression and image processing semiconductors, and Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, a semiconductor manufacturing company. He previously served on the board of directors of Inphi Corporation, a semiconductor corporation, from 2002 to 2012, Flextronics International Ltd. from 2003 to 2012, and SINA Corporation from 1999 to 2015. Mr. Tan holds a B.S. in physics from Nanyang University in Singapore, an M.S. in nuclear engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and an M.B.A. from the University of San Francisco.

- 79 -

Table of Contents

Mr. Tan was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive management and operational experience in the electronic design and semiconductor industries, and as a current and former board member of a number of technology companies, as well as his expertise in international operations and corporate governance.
Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers, and a code of ethics applicable to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.
Board of Directors
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors consists of 12 board seats, two of which are currently vacant. Of the 10 director s currently serving on our board of directors, nine qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of the . Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation and amended and restated voting agreement, our current directors were elected as follows:
Sam Heidari was elected as the designee of holders of our common stock;
Mark Stevens was elected as a designee of holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock;
Fahri Diner was elected as the designee of holders of our Series B convertible preferred stock;
John Scull was elected as the designee of holders of our Series C convertible preferred stock;
Dmitry Akhanov was elected as the designee of holders of our Series F-1 convertible preferred stock;
Edwin B. Hooper III was elected as the designee of holders of our Series G convertible preferred stock; and
Edward Frank, Harold Hughes, Jack Lazar and Lip-Bu Tan were elected as the mutual designees of the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class, subject to the approval of our board of directors.
Pursuant to our amended and restated voting agreement, the holders of Series A convertible preferred stock are allowed to elect one additional board member to our board of directors and the holders of Series E convertible preferred stock are allowed to elect one member to our board of directors. The provisions of our amended and restated voting agreement relating to the election of our directors will terminate and the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected will be amended and restated in connection with this offering. Mr. Akhanov plans to resign from our board of directors, effective upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. As a result, our board will be comprised of nine directors effective as of such date. After the completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his successor, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

- 80 -

Table of Contents

Classified Board of Directors
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering will provide that, upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
The Class I directors will be Edward Frank, Sam Heidari and Harold Hughes, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017;    
The Class II directors will be Fahri Diner, Ned Hooper and John Scull, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018; and    
The Class III directors will be Jack Lazar, Mark Stevens and Lip-Bu Tan, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019.
Each director’s term will continue until the election and qualification of his successor, or his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors.
This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.
Director Independence
Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that none of Messrs. Akhanov, Diner, Frank, Hooper, Hughes, Lazar, Scull, Stevens and Tan has relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of the . In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Lead Independent Director
Our board of directors intends to adopt corporate governance guidelines that will provide that one of our independent directors should serve as our Lead Independent Director at any time when our Chief Executive Officer serves as the Chairman of our board of directors or if the Chairman is not otherwise independent. Because Sam Heidari is our Chairman and is not an “independent” director as defined in the listing standards of the         , our board of directors has appointed Lip-Bu Tan to serve as our Lead Independent Director. As Lead Independent Director, Mr. Tan will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our Chairman and our independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.
Committees of Our Board of Directors
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

- 81 -

Table of Contents

Audit Committee
Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Akhanov, Hughes, Lazar and Stevens, each of whom satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the . Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our audit committee will be comprised of Messrs. Hughes, Lazar and Stevens. Mr. Hughes serves as the chair of our audit committee, qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in the rules of the SEC, and satisfies the financial sophistication requirements under the listing standards of the         . Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will, among other things, be responsible for:
selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;
helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;
discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end results of operations;
developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;
reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;
reviewing related party transactions; and
approving or, as required, pre-approving, all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.
Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the     .
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Diner, Frank, Hughes and Stevens, each of whom satisfies the requirements for independence under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the . Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our compensation committee will be comprised of Messrs. Diner, Frank and Stevens. Mr. Diner serves as the chair of our compensation committee. Each member of our compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b‑3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code. Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will, among other things, be responsible for:
reviewing, approving and determining, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;
administering our equity compensation plans;
reviewing, approving and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding incentive compensation and equity compensation plans; and
establishing and reviewing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.
Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the .

- 82 -

Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Hooper, Lazar, Scull and Tan, each of whom satisfies the requirements for independence under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the . Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the nominating and corporate governance committee will be comprised of Messrs. Hooper, Lazar and Scull. Mr. Hooper serves as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things, be responsible for:
identifying, evaluating and selecting, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;
evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;
considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;
reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;
evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and
developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.
Upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the .
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
Mr. Diner, a member of our compensation committee, is a Managing Director at Sigma Partners. In August 2014, entities affiliated with Sigma Partners purchased an aggregate of 3,694,101 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock from us at a purchase price of $0.27141 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,002,616. The sales of our Series G convertible preferred stock to entities affiliated with Sigma Partners were made in connection with our Series G convertible preferred stock financing and on substantially the same terms and conditions as all other sales of our Series G convertible preferred stock by us in such financing. Entities affiliated with Sigma Partners are also party to our investors’ rights agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and voting agreement.
In June 2016, we entered into offer letters with Messrs. Frank and Stevens, members of our compensation committee, in connection with their appointment to our board of directors. Each offer letter provides for the grant of an option to purchase 3,600,000 shares of our common stock, which options are subject to vesting over 36 months and full acceleration of vesting upon a change of control of our company. In addition, we agreed to reimburse each of the directors for reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings of our board of directors, and to indemnify each director in his capacity as a director.
See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for further description of these transactions.
Non-Employee Director Compensation
During 2015, our non-employee directors did not receive any cash, equity or other compensation for their service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

- 83 -

Table of Contents

As of December 27, 2015, Harold Hughes, one of our non-employee directors, held an option to purchase a total of 3,200,000 shares of our common stock. The shares subject to the option vest in 48 equal monthly installments commencing on October 16, 2014 and are subject to full acceleration of vesting upon a change of control of our company .
We entered into offer letters with each of Edward Frank, Jack Lazar and Mark Stevens in connection with their appointment to our board of directors in July 2016. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional information about these offer letters.
Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. During 2015, Mr. Heidari was our only employee director. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for additional information about Mr. Heidari’s compensation.
Outside Director Compensation Policy
In September 2016, our board of directors adopted our outside director compensation policy. Members of our board of directors who are not employees are eligible for compensation under our outside director compensation policy. Our outside director compensation policy is effective as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Under our outside director compensation policy, after the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service consisting of annual cash retainers and equity awards as described below. Our board of directors and our compensation committee will have the discretion to revise non-employee director compensation as they deem necessary or appropriate.
Cash Compensation . Under our outside director compensation policy, all non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their services following the completion of this offering:
$35,000 per year for service as a board member
$20,000 per year additionally for service as lead independent director of the board
$15,000 per year additionally for service as chair of the audit committee
$7,500 per year additionally for service as an audit committee member other than chair
$10,000 per year additionally for service as chair of the compensation committee
$5,000 per year additionally for service as a compensation committee member other than chair
$5,000 per year additionally for service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee
$2,500 per year additional for services as a nominating and corporate governance committee member other than chair
All cash payments to non-employee directors will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis.
Equity Compensation . Following the completion of this offering, nondiscretionary, automatic grants of restricted stock units will be made to our non-employee directors under our outside director compensation policy.
Initial Award . Each person who first becomes a non-employee director after the completion of this offering will be granted a restricted stock unit award having a grant date value equal to $270,000, or the Initial Award. The Initial Award will be granted on the date on which such person first becomes a non-employee director. The Initial Award will vest as to one-third of the shares subject to such Initial Award on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and as to one-third of the shares subject to such Initial Award on each annual anniversary of the date of grant thereafter (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to the individual’s continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date. A director who is an employee who ceases to be an employee director but who remains a director will not receive an Initial Award.
Annual Awards. On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders beginning with the first annual meeting following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director, if he or she has served as a director for at

- 84 -

Table of Contents

least the preceding six months, automatically will be granted a restricted stock unit award having a grant date value equal to $135,000, or the Annual Award. Each Annual Award will vest as to 100% of the shares subject thereto upon the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date or the day prior to our next annual meeting occurring after the grant date, subject to the individual’s continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date.
The value of all equity awards granted under our outside director compensation policy will be determined using the fair market value of the shares subject thereto or such other methodology as our board of directors or our compensation committee may determine prior to the grant of the awards becoming effective, as applicable.
Non-employee directors also are eligible to receive all types of equity awards (except incentive stock options) under our 2016 Plan, including discretionary awards not covered under our outside director compensation policy.
Our 2016 Plan, as described below under the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans,” provides that in the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2016 Plan, each outstanding equity award granted under our 2016 Plan that is held by a non-employee director will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, and with respect to awards with performance‑based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement with the director.



- 85 -

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by each individual who served as our principal executive officer at any time in 2015, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 27, 2015. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2015.
Name and Principal Position
 
Year
 
Salary ($)
 
Bonus ($)
 
Stock Awards ($)
 
Option Awards ($)(1)
 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(2)
 
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)
 
All Other Compensation ($)
 
Total ($)
Sam Heidari,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
2015
 
$300,000
 
$—
 
$—
 
$—
 
$100,000
 
$—
 
$—
 
$400,000
Lionel Bonnot,
Senior Vice President, Marketing and Business Development
 
2015
 
$250,000
 
$—
 
$—
 
$24,835
 
$70,000
 
$—
 
$—
 
$344,835
David Carroll,
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales
 
2015
 
$220,000
 
$—
 
$—
 
$9,313
 
$105,000
 
$—
 
$—
 
$334,313
________________________
(1)
The amounts disclosed represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the named executive officers during 2015 as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
(2)
The amounts included in this column represent cash incentives earned under our 2015 bonus program. See “—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” section below for more details.
Named Executive Officer Employment Agreements
Sam Heidari
We entered into an employment letter with Sam Heidari, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, dated May 19, 2009, which letter was amended on June 2, 2010 and June 1, 2012. The employment letter has no specific term and provides that Mr. Heidari is an at-will employee. Mr. Heidari’s current annual base salary is $330,000.
Mr. Heidari’s employment letter provides that if Mr. Heidari’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the employment letter) or Mr. Heidari’s employment terminates due to Mr. Heidari’s resignation for “good reason” (as defined in the employment letter), then, subject to Mr. Heidari’s timely execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in a form prescribed by us, Mr. Heidari will receive the following benefits:
A lump sum severance payment equal to six months of his then-current base salary;
The ability to exercise each of his then-outstanding and vested stock options until the earlier of (x) three years from his termination date, (y) the original term / expiration date of each option, or (z) the date required by the terms of the equity plan under which such stock option was granted; and
If the termination is without cause in connection with Mr. Heidari’s removal by us from the Chief Executive Officer position or is a resignation for good reason, 25% of the then-unvested shares subject to Mr. Heidari’s outstanding equity awards will become fully vested.
Mr. Heidari also is expected to enter into a change of control severance agreement with us under which he will be eligible to receive enhanced severance benefits in the event of an involuntary termination of his employment with us in connection with a change of control. Please see “—Change of Control Severance Agreements” below for more details.

- 86 -

Table of Contents

Lionel Bonnot
We entered into an employment letter with Lionel Bonnot, our Senior Vice President, Marketing and Business Development, dated October 30, 2007, which letter was amended on December 23, 2008, June 14, 2010, and August 31, 2012. The employment letter has no specific term and provides that Mr. Bonnot is an at-will employee. Mr. Bonnot’s current annual base salary is $260,000. Mr. Bonnot is also eligible to earn up to $70,000 in annual performance bonuses based on his achievement of certain quarterly goals and which are payable quarterly.
Mr. Bonnot’s employment letter also provides that if Mr. Bonnot’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the employment letter), but excluding any termination by reason or his death or disability, or Mr. Bonnot’s employment terminates due to Mr. Bonnot’s resignation for “good reason” (as defined in the employment letter), then, subject to Mr. Bonnot’s timely execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in a form prescribed by us, Mr. Bonnot will receive the following benefits:
A lump sum severance payment equal to six months of his then-current base salary;
A lump sum severance payment of $75,000;
50% of shares subject to any then-outstanding stock options will become fully vested; and
Any vested stock options will remain exercisable until the earlier of (x) 24 months following his termination date, (y) the original term / expiration date of each option.
Mr. Bonnot’s employment letter also provides that if Mr. Bonnot resigns from his employment at any time for any reason that does not constitute “good reason,” any vested stock options will remain exercisable until the earlier of (x) 12 months following his termination date or (y) the original term / expiration date of each option.
David Carroll
We entered into an employment letter with David Carroll, our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales, dated December 20, 2012. The employment letter has no specific term and provides that Mr. Carroll is an at-will employee. Mr. Carroll’s current base salary is $230,000. Mr. Carroll is also eligible to receive a maximum of $105,000 annually in commissions based on his achievement of certain quarterly goals and which commissions are paid quarterly.
The employment letter provides that if Mr. Carroll’s employment is terminated by us without cause, then, Mr. Carroll will receive a lump sum severance payment equal to six months of his then-current base salary.
Mr. Carroll also is expected to enter into a change of control severance agreement with us under which he will be eligible to receive enhanced severance benefits in the event of an involuntary termination of his employment with us in connection with a change of control. Please see “ Change of Control Severance Agreements” below for more details.
Change of Control Severance Agreements
We expect each of Messrs. Heidari and Carroll to enter into a change of control severance agreement with us prior to the completion of this offering. These agreements will have a five-year term from the agreement date and will renew automatically for additional, one year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of nonrenewal at least six months prior to the date of automatic renewal. Under this agreement, if, within the period beginning three months prior to and ending 12 months following a “change of control” (as such defined terms are defined in such agreement), the executive officer’s employment with us is terminated by us for reasons other than “cause” or, with respect to Mr. Heidari only, by him for “good reason”, then, subject to the affected executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in a form prescribed by us, such executive officer will receive the following benefits:
A lump sum severance payment equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary;
For Mr. Heidari only, a lump sum severance payment equal to 100% of his target bonus for the year of termination;
Company-paid premiums for continued health care coverage under COBRA for up to 12 months for the executive officer and his eligible depends or, if the Company determines that it cannot provide the COBRA premium benefits

- 87 -

Table of Contents

without potentially violating applicable laws, a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of COBRA premiums for the executive officer and his eligible dependents; and
100% of shares subject to all outstanding equity awards with time-based vesting will become fully vested, and, for any outstanding equity awards with performance-based vesting, the performance metrics will be deemed achieved at target levels.
The change of control severance agreements will control with respect to terminations of employment occurring during the period beginning on a change of control and ending 12 months following a change of control. Prior to a change of control, the severance provisions of the applicable executive officer’s employment agreement will apply in accordance with their terms. If an executive officer receives severance payment or benefits under his employment agreement and a change of control occurs during the three-month period following his termination of employment entitling him to severance payments or benefits under this agreement, the executive officer will stop receiving any severance payments or benefits under his employment agreement and the payments and benefits previously paid under that agreement will offset the corresponding payments or benefits under this agreement.
In the event any of the payments provided for under these agreements or otherwise payable to an executive officer would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code and could be subject to the related excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, such executive officer would be entitled to receive either full payment of benefits or such lesser amount which would result in no portion of the benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to him.
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
Each named executive officer was awarded quarterly bonus amounts during 2015 based on attainment of corporate objectives that were established by our compensation committee at the beginning of each fiscal quarter, with input from our management team and, in the case of our named executive officers other than Mr. Heidari, individual objectives that were established by Mr. Heidari in consultation with the applicable named executive officer at the beginning of each fiscal quarter.  The quarterly bonus amounts for Mr. Heidari were based 100% on achievement of the quarterly corporate objectives, as determined by the compensation committee.  The quarterly bonus amounts for the other named executive officers were based 30% on achievement of the quarterly corporate objectives and 70% on achievement of the quarterly individual objectives.  No named executive officer was eligible to receive greater than 100% of his quarterly target bonus amount.
The corporate objectives were comprised of key short-term and long-term goals of one or more facets of our business.  The individual objectives were comprised of key metrics designed to measure each executive officer’s functional contributions to achieving our key strategic goals or promoting other important facets of our business, and generally included one or more of the corporate objectives.   The 2015 bonus program was informally overseen and approved by the compensation committee.
Following the end of each quarter, the compensation committee, with input from our management team, reviewed the achievement of the applicable corporate objectives for that quarter and determined the percentage of the corporate objectives component for that quarter to be paid out based on achievement against those objectives.  Following the end of each quarter, Mr. Heidari reviewed the achievement of each named executive officer’s individual objectives for that quarter and determined the percentage of the individual objectives component for that quarter to be paid out based on achievement against those objectives.  The amounts in the Summary Compensation Table under the column “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” are based on the achievements under the 2015 bonus program.
Pension Benefits and Non-qualified Deferred Compensation
We do not sponsor any pension plans for our employees, and none of our named executive officers participated in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan in 2015.

- 88 -

Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Year-End
The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 27, 2015:
    
 
Option Awards
Name
 
Grant Date
 
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable (11)
 
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable
 
Option Exercise Price ($)
 
Option Expiration Date
Sam Heidari
 
07/28/2009
 
 
1,500,000

 

 

$0.05

 
07/28/2019
    
 
05/18/2010
 
 
2,523,000

 

 

$0.02

 
05/18/2020
    
 
02/01/2011
 
 
2,977,000

 

 

$0.02

 
02/01/2021
 
 
10/07/2011
 
 
5,696,332

 

 

$0.02

 
10/07/2021
 
 
06/27/2012
(1)  
 
19,111,819

 
1,737,439

 

$0.03

 
06/27/2022
 
 
08/28/2013
(2)  
 
4,062,500

 
2,437,500

 

$0.03

 
08/28/2023
 
 
12/10/2014
(3)  
 
5,182,796

 
15,548,389

 

$0.04

 
12/10/2024
Lionel Bonnot
 
01/29/2008
 
 
1,224,000

 

 

$0.06

 
01/29/2018
 
 
07/28/2009
 
 
300,000

 

 

$0.05

 
07/28/2019
 
 
05/18/2010
 
 
2,946,000

 

 

$0.02

 
05/18/2020
 
 
02/01/2011
 
 
1,730,000

 

 

$0.02

 
02/01/2021
 
 
10/07/2011
 
 
2,264,221

 

 

$0.02

 
10/07/2021
 
 
06/27/2012
(4)  
 
3,311,175

 
301,016

 

$0.03

 
06/27/2022
 
 
08/28/2013
(5)  
 
492,187

 
295,313

 

$0.03

 
08/28/2023
 
 
12/10/2014
(6)  
 
162,500

 
487,500

 

$0.04

 
12/10/2024
 
 
12/03/2015
(7)  
 

 
1,000,000

 

$0.06

 
12/03/2025
David Carroll
 
02/05/2013
(8)  
 
7,810,125

 
2,900,904

 

$0.03

 
02/05/2023
 
 
12/10/2014
(9)  
 
75,000

 
225,000

 

$0.04

 
12/10/2024
 
 
12/03/2015
(10)  
 

 
375,000

 

$0.06

 
12/03/2025
________________________
(1)
One forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares subject to the option vest monthly commencing on April 26, 2012, and one forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(2)
One forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares subject to the option vest monthly commencing on June 19, 2013, and one forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(3)
One fourth (1/4) of the shares subject to the option vested on December 10, 2015, and one forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(4)
One forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares subject to the option vest monthly commencing on April 26, 2012, and one forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(5)
One forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares subject to the option vest monthly commencing on June 19, 2013, and one forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(6)
One fourth (1/4) of the shares subject to the option vested on December 10, 2015, and one forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(7)
One fourth (1/4) of the shares subject to the option shall vest on December 3, 2016, and one forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(8)
One fourth (1/4) of the shares subject to the option vested on January 7, 2014, and one forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(9)
One fourth (1/4) of the shares subject to the option vested on December 10, 2015, and one forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(10)
One fourth (1/4) of the shares subject to the option shall vest on December 3, 2016, and one forty-eighth (1/48) of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(11)
Unless otherwise noted, shares subject to the stock option are vested in full.

- 89 -

Table of Contents

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans
2016 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve, our 2016 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2016 Plan. We expect that our 2016 Plan will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our 2016 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.
Authorized Shares . A total of shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2016 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2016 Plan also will include (i) those shares reserved but unissued under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2016 EIP, as of immediately prior to the termination of the 2016 EIP, and (ii) shares subject to awards under our 2016 EIP or 2006 Plan that, on or after the termination of the 2016 EIP, expire or terminate and shares previously issued pursuant to our 2016 EIP or 2006 Plan, as applicable, that, on or after the termination of the 2016 EIP, are forfeited or repurchased by us (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to our 2016 Plan pursuant to (i) and (ii) is shares). The number of shares available for issuance under our 2016 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2018, equal to the least of:
shares;
five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or
such other amount as our board of directors may determine.
If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited to or repurchased due to failure to vest, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under the 2016 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, only the net shares actually issued will cease to be available under the 2016 Plan and all remaining shares under stock appreciation rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2016 Plan. Shares that have actually been issued under the 2016 Plan under any award will not be returned to the 2016 Plan; provided, however, that if shares issued pursuant to awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, or performance units are repurchased or forfeited, such shares will become available for future grant under the 2016 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2016 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan.
Plan Administration . Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2016 Plan. The compensation committee of our board of directors is expected to administer our 2016 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as ‘‘performance-based compensation’’ within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more ‘‘outside directors’’ within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under our 2016 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer our 2016 Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2016 Plan, including but not limited to, the power to determine the fair market value of our common stock, select the service providers to whom awards may be granted, determine the number of shares covered by each award, approve forms of award agreements for use under the 2016 Plan, determine the terms and conditions of awards (including, but not limited to, the exercise price, the times or times at which the awards may be exercised, any vesting acceleration or waiver or forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any award or the shares relating thereto), construe and interpret the terms of our 2016 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules relating to our 2016 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to modify or amend each award, including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of awards (provided that no option or stock appreciation right will be extended past its original

- 90 -

Table of Contents

maximum term, and to allow a participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to such participant under an award). The administrator also has the authority to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price and different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash, or by which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced. The administrator’s decisions, interpretations, and other actions are final and binding on all participants.
Stock Options . Stock options may be granted under our 2016 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2016 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years. With respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the option will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. An option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.
Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding ten years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation rights agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.
Restricted Stock . Restricted stock may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.
RSUs . RSUs may be granted under our 2016 Plan. RSUs are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned restricted stock units in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.
Performance Units and Performance Shares . Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance

- 91 -

Table of Contents

goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish performance objectives or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. The administrator may set performance objectives based on the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.
Outside Directors . Our 2016 Plan provides that all outside (non-employee) directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2016 Plan. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our outside directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under our 2016 Plan. In order to provide a maximum limit on the awards that can be made to our outside directors, our 2016 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, an outside director will not be granted awards having a grant-date fair value greater than $810,000, but this limit is increased to $1,350,000 in connection with his or her initial service. The grant-date fair values will be determined according to GAAP. The maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our outside directors under our 2016 Plan in the future.
Non-Transferability of Awards . Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2016 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime. If the administrator makes an award transferrable, such award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate.
Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2016 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2016 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2016 Plan.
Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.
Merger or Change in Control . Our 2016 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our 2016 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, without a participant’s consent. The administrator is not required to treat all awards, all awards held by a participant, or all awards of the same type, similarly.
In the event that a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction, unless specifically provided for otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement with the participant. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an option or stock appreciation right is not assumed or substituted, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that such option or stock appreciation right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion and the option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.
In the event of a change in control, each outstanding equity award granted under our 2016 Plan that is held by a non-employee director will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, and with respect to awards with performance‑based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all of the shares subject to such awards will become fully exercisable, if applicable, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement with the director.
  

- 92 -

Table of Contents

Amendment; Termination . The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2016 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2016 Plan automatically will terminate in 2026, unless we terminate it sooner.
2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve, our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our ESPP will be effective on the effective date it is adopted by our board. We believe that allowing our employees to participate in our ESPP provides them with a further incentive towards ensuring our success and accomplishing our corporate goals.
Authorized Shares . A total of shares of our common stock will be available for sale under our ESPP. The number of shares of our common stock that will be available for sale under our ESPP also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2018, equal to the least of:
shares;
two percent (2)% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or
such other amount as the administrator may determine.
Plan Administration . Our board of directors, or a committee appointed by our board of directors will administer our ESPP, and have full but non-exclusive authority to interpret the terms of our ESPP and determine eligibility to participate, subject to the conditions of our ESPP, as described below. We expect our compensation committee to administer our ESPP. The administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret, and apply the terms of the ESPP, to designate separate offerings under the ESPP, to designate our subsidiaries and affiliates as participating in the ESPP, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the ESPP and to establish procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the ESPP.
Eligibility . Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. The administrator, in its discretion, may, prior to an enrollment date for all options granted on such enrollment date in an offering, determine that an employee who (i) has not completed at least two years of service (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator) since his or her last hire date, (ii) customarily works not more than 20 hours per week (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator), (iii) customarily works not more than five months per calendar year (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to disclosure requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, is or is not eligible to participate in such offering period.
However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase shares of our common stock under our ESPP if such employee:
immediately after the grant would own capital stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or
hold rights to purchase shares of our common stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of shares of our common stock for each calendar year in which such rights under our ESPP is outstanding at any time.
Offering Periods . Our ESPP includes a component that allows us to make offerings intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and a component that allows us to make offerings not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code to designated companies, as described in our ESPP. Our ESPP provides for consecutive, overlapping twelve-month offering periods. The offering periods are scheduled to start on the first trading day on or after May 15 and November 15 of each year, except for the first offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will end on the first trading day on or after November 15, 2017, and the second offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after May 15, 2017. Each offering period will include purchase

- 93 -

Table of Contents

periods, which will be the approximately six-month period commencing with one exercise date and ending with the next exercise date; provided, however, that the first exercise date under the ESPP will be the first trading day on or after May 15, 2017.
Contributions . Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions of up to twenty percent (20%) of their eligible compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of shares of our common stock during a purchase period.
Exercise of Purchase Right . Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be eighty-five percent (85%) of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. If the fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date is less than the fair market value on the first trading day of the offering period, participants will be withdrawn from the current offering period following their purchase of shares of our common stock on the purchase date and will be automatically re-enrolled in a new offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of our common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.
Non-Transferability . A participant may not transfer rights granted under our ESPP. If our compensation committee permits the transfer of rights, it may only be done by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.
Merger or Change in Control . Our ESPP provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set that will be before the date of the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.
Amendment; Termination . The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in our ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase shares of our common stock under our ESPP. Our ESPP automatically will terminate in 2036, unless we terminate it sooner.
2016 Equity Incentive Plan
In May 2016, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved, our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2016 EIP. Our 2016 EIP was most recently amended on July 27, 2016. Our 2016 EIP permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and stock appreciation rights to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. It is expected that as of one day prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the 2016 EIP will be terminated and we will not grant any additional awards under the 2016 EIP. However, the 2016 EIP will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.
Authorized Shares. As of the last time our 2016 EIP was amended, the maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under our 2016 EIP was 97,650,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) those shares reserved but not issued under our 2006 Plan, as of immediately prior to the termination of the 2006 Plan, and (ii) shares subject to awards under our 2006 Plan that, on or after the termination of the 2006 Plan, expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and shares previously issued pursuant to our 2006 Plan that, on or after the termination of the 2006 Plan, are forfeited or repurchased by us (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to our 2016 EIP pursuant to (i) and (ii) is 257,534,483 shares). As of June 26, 2016, options to purchase 2,985,000 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2016 EIP, no shares of restricted stock were outstanding under our 2016 EIP, no restricted stock units were outstanding under our 2016 EIP, and no stock appreciation rights were outstanding under our 2016 EIP. In the event that an outstanding award for any reason expires or is canceled, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such awards shall be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2016 Plan, to the extent provided under the 2016 Plan, once adopted by our board of directors and our stockholders.
Plan Administration. Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors administers our 2016 EIP. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 EIP, our administrator has the power to administer our 2016 EIP and make

- 94 -

Table of Contents

all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2016 EIP, including but not limited to, to construe and interpret the terms of the 2016 EIP, to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2016 EIP, to modify or amend each award granted under the 2016 EIP, and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2016 EIP. Our administrator also has the authority to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price and different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash, or by which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced. The administrator’s decisions, interpretations, and other actions are final and binding on all participants.
Options. Stock options may be granted under our 2016 EIP. The exercise price of options granted under our 2016 EIP must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law.
If an individual’s service terminates other than due to the participant’s death or disability, the participant may exercise his or her option within 30 days of termination or such longer period of time as provided in his or her award agreement. If an individual’s service terminates due to the participant’s death or disability, the option may be exercised within six months of termination, or such longer period of time as provided in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 EIP, the administrator determines the other terms of options.
Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2016 EIP. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right within 30 days of termination (six months if such termination was due to his or her death or disability) or such longer period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 EIP, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.
Restricted Stock. Restricted stock awards may be granted under our 2016 EIP. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2016 EIP, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions for lapse of the restriction on the shares it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to the restriction, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock as to which the restrictions have not lapsed are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.
Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units were permitted to be granted under our 2016 EIP. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 EIP, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned restricted stock units in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restricted stock units will vest.

- 95 -

Table of Contents

Non‑Transferability of Awards. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2016 EIP generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.
Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2016 EIP, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2016 EIP and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.
Merger or Change in Control. Our 2016 EIP provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2016 EIP, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, without a participant’s consent. The administrator is not required to treat all awards, all awards held by a participant, or all awards of the same type, similarly.
In the event that a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to the shares subject to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an option or stock appreciation right becomes fully vested and exercisable in connection with a change in control due to the successor corporation’s refusal to assume the award, the administrator will notify the applicable participant in writing or electronically that the award will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator, and the option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.
Amendment, Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend the 2016 EIP provided such action will not impair the existing rights of any participant. As noted above our 2016 EIP will terminate in connection with our adoption of our 2016 Plan and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.
2006 Stock Plan, as Amended
Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2006 Stock Plan, or the 2006 Plan. Our 2006 Plan was most recently amended in April 2016. Our 2006 Plan was terminated in connection with our adoption of our 2016 EIP. Our 2006 Plan allowed for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.
Authorized Shares. Our 2006 Plan was terminated in connection with the adoption of the 2016 EIP, and accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under the 2006 Plan. Our 2006 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of June 26, 2016, options to purchase 253,483,336 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under our 2006 Plan and no shares of restricted stock remained outstanding under our 2006 Plan. In the event that an outstanding option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such option or other right shall be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2016 EIP, to the extent provided under the 2016 EIP, until the 2016 EIP is terminated and then shall be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2016 Plan, to the extent provided under the 2016 Plan, once adopted by our board of directors and our stockholders.
Plan Administration. Our board of directors or a committee of our board (the administrator) administers our 2006 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2006 Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to administer our 2006 Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2006 Plan, including but not limited to, to construe and interpret the terms of the 2006 Plan, to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2006 Plan, to modify or amend each award granted under the 2006 Plan, and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2006 Plan. Our administrator also has the authority to institute an exchange program by which outstanding options may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for options of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price and different terms, options of a different type and/or cash, or by which the exercise price of an outstanding option is reduced. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the administrator are final and binding on all participants in the 2006 Plan.

- 96 -

Table of Contents

Options. Stock options were permitted to be granted under our 2006 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of options.
If an individual’s service terminates other than due to the participant’s death or disability, the participant may exercise his or her option within 30 days of termination or such longer period of time as provided in his or her award agreement. If an individual’s service terminates due to the participant’s death or disability, the participant may exercise his or her option within 6 months of termination, or such longer period of time as provided in his or her award agreement. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.
Restricted Stock. Restricted stock was permitted to be granted under our 2006 Plan. The shares may be subject to a repurchase option, whereby we may repurchase any shares that remain unvested at the time of a participant’s termination. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally had voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant or purchase without regard to the restriction, unless the administrator provided otherwise. Shares of restricted stock as to which the restrictions have not lapsed are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards.
Transferability of Awards. Unless our administrator provided otherwise, our 2006 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of awards, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2006 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2006 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award granted under our 2006 Plan.
Merger or Change in Control. Our 2006 Plan provides that, in the event that we are a party to a merger or change in control, outstanding awards may be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary thereof. In the event the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for an award, then such award will become fully vested and exercisable, including shares as to which such award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, and restrictions on restricted stock will lapse. If an award becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that the award will be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time as determined by the administrator and that the award will terminate upon the expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the administrator.
Amendment; Termination. Our board of directors may amend our 2006 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not impair a participant’s rights under outstanding awards without such participant’s written consent. As noted above, our 2006 Plan was terminated in connection with our adoption of our 2016 EIP and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.
Executive Incentive Compensation Plan
Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, our board of directors adopted our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or our Incentive Compensation Plan. Our Incentive Compensation Plan allows our compensation committee or, with respect to non-executive officer employees, the compensation committee’s delegates to provide cash incentive awards to employees selected by our compensation committee, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee.
Under our Incentive Compensation Plan, our compensation committee determines the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation, the attainment of engineering and research and development milestones, sales bookings, and design wins, business partnerships, divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings including, but not limited to, earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization and net earnings), earnings per share, net income, net profit, net

- 97 -

Table of Contents

sales, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income (or loss), operating margin, overhead or expense reduction, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital and individual or departmental objectives, including hiring, managerial and employee objectives, such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.
Our compensation committee will administer our Incentive Compensation Plan and, with respect to the participation of non-executive officer employees, has delegated certain powers and discretion to our executive officers and their delegates. The administrator of our Incentive Compensation Plan may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the discretion of the administrator. The administrator may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.
Actual awards will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the last day of the performance period and the date the actual award is paid. The compensation committee reserves the right to settle an actual award with a grant of an equity award under our then current equity compensation plan, which equity award may have such terms and conditions, including vesting, as the compensation committee determines in its sole discretion. Payment of awards occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in our Incentive Compensation Plan.
Our board of directors and our compensation committee will have the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate our Incentive Compensation Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned awards.
401(k) Plan
We offer eligible employees the opportunity to participate in a tax-qualified retirement plan, or the 401(k) plan, that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) plan as of the first day of the month following the date they meet the 401(k) plan’s eligibility requirements, and participants are able to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) plan permits us to make profit sharing contributions to eligible participants, although we have not made any such contributions to date. Effective July 1, 2016, we implemented a matching contribution program pursuant to which we match 100% of contributions up to 1% of eligible compensation for each plan participant for 2016 and up to two percent (2%) of eligible compensation for each 401(k) plan participant beginning in 2017, in each case, subject to vesting over four years from each such participant’s date of employment.


- 98 -

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2013 and each currently proposed transaction in which:
we have been or are to be a participant;
the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Series G Convertible Preferred Stock Financing
From August 2014 through August 2015, we sold an aggregate of 132,506,113 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.27141 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $35,963,484 paid in cash and through the conversion of outstanding convertible promissory notes issued between February 2014 and July 2014. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series G convertible preferred stock by related persons:
Stockholder
 
Shares of
Series G
Convertible Preferred Stock
 
Total Purchase Price
Entities Affiliated with Walden International (1)
 
29,475,702
 
$
8,000,000.28

Entities affiliated with Centerview Capital Technology (2)
 
19,159,206
 
$
5,200,000.10

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital (3)
 
14,776,410
 
$
4,010,465.44

Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO”  (4)
 
5,778,097
 
$
1,568,233.31

Entities affiliated with Sigma Partners (5)
 
3,694,101
 
$
1,002,615.95

Entities affiliated with Venrock Associates (6)
 
3,027,636
 
$
821,730.69

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures (7)
 
2,585,871
 
$
701,831.25

________________________
(1)
Affiliates of Walden International holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are China Walden Venture Investments II, L.P. and WRV II, L.P. Lip-Bu Tan, a member of our board of directors, is the founder and Chairman of Walden International.
(2)
Affiliates of Centerview Capital Technology holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Centerview Capital Technology Employee Fund, L.P., Centerview Capital Technology Fund (Delaware), L.P. and Centerview Capital Technology Fund-A (Delaware), L.P. Edwin B. Hooper III, a member of our board of directors, is founder and Managing Partner of Centerview Capital Technology.
(3)
Affiliates of Sequoia Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are SC US GF V Holdings, LTD., Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund V, L.P., Sequoia Capital XI, L.P., Sequoia Capital XI Principals Fund, LLC and Sequoia Technology Partners XI, L.P. Michael Goguen, a member of our board of directors through March 2016, was a Partner at Sequoia Capital through March 2016.
(4)
Dmitry Akhanov, a member of our board of directors, is President and Chief Executive Officer at Rusnano USA, Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO” (formerly Open Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO”).
(5)
Affiliates of Sigma Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Sigma Associates 7, L.P., Sigma Investors 7, L.P. and Sigma Partners 7, L.P. Fahri Diner, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Sigma Partners.
(6)
Affiliates of Venrock Associates holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Venrock Associates IV, L.P., Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P. and Venrock Partners, L.P. Steven Goldberg, a member of our board of directors through July 2016, is a Partner at Venrock Associates.
(7)
Affiliates of DAG Ventures holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are DAG Ventures IV - QP, L.P., DAG Ventures IV, L.P. and DAG Ventures IV-A, LLC. Nicholas Pianim, a member of our board of directors through June 2016, is a Managing Director at DAG Ventures.

- 99 -

Table of Contents

In October 2014, in connection with the Series G financing and the appointment of Edwin B. Hooper III as a member of our board of directors, we issued to Centerview Capital Technology Management, L.P. a warrant to purchase up to 14,435,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $0.001 per share and an aggregate fair value of $0.2 million, determined in accordance with the Black-Scholes option valuation model. 8,661,000 shares underlying the warrant were subject to milestone vesting, and the remaining 5,774,000 shares underlying the warrant were subject to time-based vesting over a period of four years, subject to Mr. Hooper’s continued service on our board of directors. In December 2015, the warrant was exercised with respect to all 14,435,000 shares of common stock, of which 4,330,500 shares remained subject to future vesting, and the shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the warrant were subsequently transferred to entities affiliated with Centerview Capital Technology. In June 2016, the vesting of all unvested shares issued upon early exercise of the warrant was accelerated, and no shares remain unvested as of the date of this prospectus.
Investors’ Rights Agreement
We are party to an investors’ rights agreement which provides, among other things, that certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Centerview Capital, entities affiliated with DAG Ventures, entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, entities affiliated with Sigma Partners, an entity affiliated with Southern Cross Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Venrock Associates, China Walden Venture Investments II, L.P. and Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO ,” have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.
Voting Agreement
We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Centerview Capital, entities affiliated with DAG Ventures, entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, entities affiliated with Sigma Partners, an entity affiliated with Southern Cross Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Venrock Associates, China Walden Venture Investments II, L.P. and Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO ,” have agreed as to the manner in which they will vote their shares of our capital stock on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.
Right of First Refusal
Pursuant to certain of our equity compensation plans and agreements, including entities affiliated with Centerview Capital, entities affiliated with DAG Ventures, entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, entities affiliated with Sigma Partners, an entity affiliated with Southern Cross Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Venrock Associates, China Walden Venture Investments II, L.P. and Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO,” we or our assignees have a right to purchase shares of our capital stock that certain stockholders propose to sell to other parties. This right will terminate upon completion of this offering. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock.
Purchases from Cadence Design Systems, Inc.
Lip-Bu Tan, a member of our board of directors since June 2015, is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Cadence Design Systems, Inc., or Cadence, an electronic design automation software and engineering services company. Since 2012, we have paid licensing fees for digital and analog layout tools and simulation tools from Cadence in the ordinary course of business. We incurred fees of approximately $1.1 million , $1.1 million , $1.2 million and $0.6 million under the terms of this arrangement in fiscal years 2013 , 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016 , respectively, and we expect to incur additional fees under this arrangement in the ordinary course of business following the completion of this offering.
Agreement with RUSNANO
In April 2012, we entered into a letter agreement with RUSNANO in connection with its investment in our Series F convertible preferred stock financing, pursuant to which we agreed, among other matters, to create a subsidiary to be incorporated in Russia for research and development activities and to fund such subsidiary in an aggregate amount of $20.0 million over three years. The funding requirements were $10.0 million for the first period of two years following April 16, 2012 and $10.0 million for the second period of one year following the first period. In the event that we failed to meet our funding obligations for any

- 100 -

Table of Contents

period, we were required to pay RUSNANO a penalty fee of 21% during the first period and a penalty fee of 10% during the second period on the difference between the funding obligation and the actual funding for that period, subject to a cure period of one calendar quarter after the applicable period funding deadline.
In addition, the letter agreement provided RUSNANO with observation rights for meetings of our board of directors and certain rights regarding the governance and operation of our Russian subsidiary, including representation on the board of directors of the subsidiary, involvement in monitoring the subsidiary’s use of funds and consent rights for certain corporate actions. RUSNANO’s consent was required for the subsidiary to amend its charter, including to increase or decrease its authorized capital; decide placement by the subsidiary of bonds and other issued securities; change the subsidiary’s main line of business; approve certain significant interested party transactions involving the subsidiary; approve significant acquisitions or alienations of the subsidiary’s property; approve delegation, termination or limitation of auxiliary rights and obligations of the subsidiary’s participants; approve a pledge of a share or a part of a share of a participant of the subsidiary to a third party; decide the real value of a share or a part of the share by remaining participants of the subsidiary to the creditors of the participants where the share is levied execution upon; decide the subsidiary’s payment of real value of the share or a part of the share if levied execution upon against debt of a participant of the subsidiary; decide the allocation of a share or part of a share of the subsidiary among participants of the subsidiary in proportion to their share of authorized capital in the subsidiary; decide on an offer to sell a share of the subsidiary to certain participants of the subsidiary or to third parties if the subsidiary’s share price is sold at a different price than what it was acquired for; make contributions to the subsidiary’s property; approve director compensation; and take certain other actions. The letter agreement also required consent from a supermajority of the board of directors of the subsidiary, including at least one director nominated by RUSNANO, for certain actions, including passing a proposal of voluntary liquidation of the subsidiary and appointing a liquidation commission; approving and amending the subsidiary’s business plan and quarterly budget based on the subsidiary’s finances and cash spending reports; identifying and determining the amount of inappropriate use of funds by the subsidiary; determining the use of reserved and other funds of the subsidiary; forming and liquidating branches and representative offices of the subsidiary, and approving and amending regulations for such branches; approving selection of an independent auditor and internal control procedures; approving or amending employment terms for the person acting as the sole executive body of the subsidiary, including terms of remuneration, payments, compensation and termination; approving the subsidiary’s main divisions’ maximum authorized staff and average wages based on the subsidiary’s budget; initiating or settling material judicial disputes for the subsidiary’s business, including decisions to refer the dispute to arbitration courts, executing a settlement agreement, accepting claims, and denying claims; approving transactions relating to significant acquisition or alienation of the subsidiary’s immovable property or monetary disbursements; approving transactions related to the acquisition or alienation of encumbrances on the subsidiary; approving material transactions related to extending loans, credits, and sureties securing obligations of third parties to the subsidiary; approving transactions related to the subsidiary’s acquisition or alienation of stock in other commercial organizations and terminating the participation in or decrease of shares of such other commercial organization; deciding on the use of rights attached to the stock of other legal entities held by the subsidiary including decisions on the agenda of general meetings with such organizations, appointing representatives of the subsidiary for meetings with such organizations, and proposing candidates to executives bodies of organizations where the subsidiary is a participant; deciding to encumber the stock of other legal entities held by the subsidiary; and taking certain other actions. Dmitry Akhanov, a member of our board of directors, is President and Chief Executive Officer at Rusnano USA, Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of RUSNANO.In July 2014, we amended and restated our letter agreement with RUSNANO in connection with its investment in convertible promissory notes, which subsequently converted into shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock as described above under the section titled “—Series G Convertible Preferred Stock Financing.” Pursuant to the amended and restated letter agreement, we agreed, among other matters, to operate and fund our Russian operations in an aggregate amount of $13.0 million over six annual periods beginning on December 31, 2014. The annual funding requirements in period one to period six are $2.2 million , $1.7 million , $2.0 million , $2.2 million , $2.4 million , and $2.5 million , respectively. In the event that we fail to meet our funding obligations for any period, we will be required to pay RUSNANO a penalty fee of 10% on 80% of the difference between the funding obligation and the actual funding for that period, subject to a cure period of one calendar quarter after the applicable period funding deadline. As of June 26, 2016, we had met the minimum funding requirements. The amended and restated letter agreement also provides that our funding obligations will be suspended or terminated in the event that political factors between the United States and Russia impede performance under the agreement, provided that we and RUSNANO take reasonable actions necessary to renegotiate provisions of the agreement affected by such political factors. Certain rights and obligations under the letter agreement, including the board observer and consent rights discussed above, will terminate upon completion of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering with aggregate gross proceeds to us of at least $35.0 million. After the completion of such an offering, RUSNANO will remain entitled to representation on the board of directors of the subsidiary, and we will continue to be bound by the annual funding obligations and certain governance requirements,

- 101 -

Table of Contents

including the requirements that corporate expenditures for the subsidiary be made in accordance with the quarterly budget approved by its board of directors, that the subsidiary be bound by monitoring regulations approved by RUSNANO to ensure funds are used in accordance with such budget, and that RUSNANO consent to any entry into, amendment of, or termination of subsidiary bank account agreements.
Employee Retention Plan
In February 2014, our board of directors approved an employee retention plan, which was amended in June 2015, and in which our executive officers participate. The employee retention plan established a bonus pool upon a change in control calculated based upon the net proceeds of the change in control, which bonus pool can range from zero percent of the net proceeds to five percent of the net proceeds.  If no change in control or other plan termination event occurs prior to the effectiveness of our initial public offering, the plan will terminate, and no bonuses will be payable, upon the effectiveness of our initial public offering.
Director Offer Letters
In June 2016, we entered into offer letters with each of Edward Frank, Jack Lazar and Mark Stevens in connection with their appointment to our board of directors. Each offer letter provides for the grant of an option to purchase 3,600,000 shares of our common stock, which options are subject to vesting over 36 months and full acceleration of vesting upon a change of control of our company. In addition, we agreed to reimburse each of the directors for reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings of our board of directors, and to indemnify each director in his capacity as a director.
Executive Offer Letter Agreements
We have entered into at-will offer letters with certain of our executive officers, including our named executive officers. For more information regarding the offer letters with such the named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Named Executive Officer Employment Arrangements.”
Severance and Change of Control Agreements
Prior to the completion of the offering, we intend to enter into change of control severance agreements with certain of our executive officers, including our named executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Change of Control Severance Agreements.”
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved five percent of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, certain employees, business associates, and friends and family of our directors and officers. 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
We intend to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:
any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.
Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law

- 102 -

Table of Contents

is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
In addition, we intend to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.
Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against losses arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.
Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.
The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
Prior to the completion of this offering, our audit committee will adopt a formal written policy providing that our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing “related party transactions,” which are transactions to which we are a party, in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person is defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our capital stock, in each case since the beginning of the most

- 103 -

Table of Contents

recently completed year, and any of their immediate family members. In determining whether to approve or ratify any such transaction, our audit committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, (i) whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to unaffiliated third parties under the same or similar circumstances and (ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. The policy will grant standing pre-approval of certain transactions, including (i) certain compensation arrangements of executive officers, (ii) certain director compensation arrangements, (iii) transactions with another company at which a related party’s only relationship is as a non-executive employee, director or beneficial owner of less than 10% of that company’s shares and the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the greater of $200,000 or 2% of our total annual revenue, (iv) transactions where a related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis, and (v) transactions available to all U.S. employees generally.


- 104 -

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of July 31, 2016, as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us, for:
each of our named executive officers;
each of our directors;
all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and
each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.
We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on 1,298,638,128 shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2016, which includes 1,239,538,632 shares of our common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of July 31, 2016. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on        shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming that the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase up to an additional          shares of our common stock from us. In accordance with SEC rules, we have deemed shares of our common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2016 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Quantenna Communications, Inc., 3450 W. Warren Avenue, Fremont, CA 94538.


- 105 -

Table of Contents

 
 
Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 
Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
 
Before the Offering
 
After the Offering
5% Stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital (1)
 
321,189,582

 
24.73
%
 
 
Joint Stock Company "RUSNANO" (2)
 
134,939,787

 
10.39
%
 
 
Entities affiliated with Venrock Associates (3)
 
132,664,493

 
10.22
%
 
 
Entities affiliated with Sigma Partners (4)
 
122,253,393

 
9.41
%
 
 
Entities affiliated with Southern Cross Venture Partners (5)
 
115,369,354

 
8.88
%
 
 
Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures (6)
 
108,017,193

 
8.32
%
 
 
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sam Heidari (7)
 
47,896,733

 
3.56
%
 
 
Lionel Bonnot (8)
 
13,000,630

 
*

 
 
David Carroll (9)
 
9,949,693

 
*

 
 
Philippe Morali (10)
 
6,051,067

 
*

 
 
Dmitry Akhanov
 

 

 
 
Fahri Diner (11)
 
122,253,393

 
9.41
%
 
 
Edward Frank (12)
 
3,600,000

 
*

 
 
Edwin B. Hooper III (13)
 
33,594,206

 
2.59
%
 
 
Harold Hughes (14)
 
1,933,333

 
*

 
 
Jack Lazar (15)
 
3,600,000

 
*

 
 
John Scull (16)
 
115,369,354

 
8.88
%
 
 
Mark Stevens (17)
 
3,600,000

 
*

 
 
Lip-Bu Tan (18)
 
29,475,702

 
2.27
%
 
 
All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons) (19)
 
384,273,044

 
27.87
%
 
 
________________________
*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
(1)
Consists of (i) 129,161,690 shares held by SC US GF V Holdings, Ltd. (“SC Holdings”), (ii) 6,216,358 shares held by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund V, L.P. (“SC Growth”), (iii) 162,938,137 shares held by Sequoia Capital XI, L.P. (“SC XI”), (iv) 17,726,418 shares held by Sequoia Capital XI Principals Fund, LLC (“SC XI PF”), and (v) 5,146,979 shares held by Sequoia Technology Partners XI, L.P. (“STP XI”). SC XI Management, LLC is the general partner of SC XI and STP XI, and the managing member of SC XI PF. Douglas Leone and Michael Moritz are the managing members of SC XI Management, LLC and share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by SC XI, STP XI and SC XI PF. SC Growth and Sequoia Capital USGF Principals Fund V, L.P. (“SC USGF”) together own 100% of the outstanding ordinary shares of SC Holdings. SC US (TTGP), Ltd. is the general partner of SCGF V Management, L.P., which is the general partner of each of SC Growth and SC USGF.  Roelof Botha, James J. Goetz, Patrick Grady, Douglas Leone and Michael Moritz are directors of SC US (TTGP), Ltd. and share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by SC Growth and SC Holdings. The address for each of the entities identified in this footnote is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(2)
RUSNANO is a joint stock company organized under the laws of the Russian Federation. The Russian Federation owns 100% of RUSNANO. RUSNANO is managed by Rusnano Management Company LLC, the Executive Board of which has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held directly by RUSNANO below a certain amount, and is supervised by the Board of Directors of RUSNANO, which, along with the Executive Board of Rusnano Management Company LLC, has the power to dispose of the securities held directly by RUSNANO above a certain amount. Anatoly Chubais, German Pikhoya, Oleg Kiselev, Boris Podolsky and Yury Udaltsov, as the members of the Executive Board of Rusnano Management Company LLC, and Arkadiy Dvorkovich, Anatoly Chubais, Igor Agamirzyan, Mikhail Alfimov, Oleg Fomichev, Andrey Ivanov, Denis Manturov, Vladislav Putilin, Pavel Teplukhin, Viktor Vekselberg and Ilya Yuzhanov, as the members of the board of directors of RUSNANO, may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by RUSNANO. The address of each of RUSNANO and Rusnano Management Company LLC is 10A prospect 60-letiya Oktyabrya, Moscow, Russia 117036.

- 106 -

Table of Contents

(3)
Consists of (i) 107,988,901 shares held by Venrock Associates IV, L.P., (ii) 2,653,288 shares held by Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P., and (iii) 22,022,304 shares held by Venrock Partners, L.P. (collectively, the “Venrock Entities”). The sole general partner of Venrock Associates IV, L.P. is Venrock Management IV, LLC. The sole general partner of Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P. is VEF Management IV, LLC. The sole general partner of Venrock Partners, L.P. is Venrock Partners Management, LLC. The address of each of the entities identified in this footnote is 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304.
(4)
Consists of (i) 6,977,572 shares held by Sigma Associates 7, L.P., (ii) 1,354,332 shares held by Sigma Investors 7, L.P., and (iii) 113,921,489 shares held by Sigma Partners 7, L.P. (collectively, the “Sigma Entities”). Sigma Management 7, L.L.C. is the general partner of each of the Sigma Entities. Robert E. Davoli, Fahri Diner, Lawrence G. Finch, Gregory Gretsch, John Mandile, Peter Solvik, Robert Spinner and Wade Woodson are the managing members of Sigma Management 7, L.L.C. and share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by the Sigma Entities. The address of each of the entities identified in this footnote is 2105 South Bascom Avenue, Suite 370, Campbell, California 95008.
(5)
Consists of 115,369,354 shares held by Southern Cross Venture Partners Management Pty Ltd as trustee for Southern Cross Fund No 1 Trust. Southern Cross Venture Partners Pty Ltd is the Manager of Southern Cross Fund No 1 Trust.  The managing members of Southern Cross Venture Partners Pty Ltd are John Scull, Robert Christiansen, Mark Bonnar, Gareth Dando and William Bartee. John Scull, Robert Christiansen, Mark Bonnar, Gareth Dando and William Bartee own 100% of the outstanding ordinary shares of Southern Cross Venture Partners Pty Ltd.  John Scull, Robert Christiansen, Mark Bonnar, Gareth Dando and William Bartee are the directors of Southern Cross Venture Partners Pty Ltd and share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Southern Cross Venture Partners Management Pty Ltd as trustee for Southern Cross Fund No 1 Trust. The address for each of the entities identified in this footnote is 80 Mount Street, Level 7, North Sydney, NSW, Australia, 2060.
(6)
Consists of (i) 89,568,404 shares held by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P. (“DAG IV-QP”), (ii) 9,465,677 shares held by DAG Ventures IV, L.P. (“DAG IV”), and (iii) 8,983,112 shares held by DAG Ventures IV-A, LLC (“DAG IV-A”) (collectively, the “DAG Entities”). DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC (“DAG IV LLC”) is the general partner of each of DAG IV-QP and DAG IV and is the manager of DAG IV-A. R. Thomas Goodrich and John J. Cadeddu are the managers of DAG IV LLC and share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by the DAG Entities. The address each of the entities identified in this footnote is 251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California 94301.
(7)
Consists of 47,896,733 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2016, all of which are fully vested as of such date.
(8)
Consists of 13,000,630 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2016, all of which are fully vested as of such date.
(9)
Consists of 9,949,693 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2016, all of which are fully vested as of such date.
(10)
Consists of 6,051,067 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2016, all of which are fully vested as of such date. Mr. Morali served as our Chief Financial Officer through July 2016.
(11)
Consists of the shares listed in footnote (4) above, which are held by the Sigma Entities. Mr. Diner is a managing member of Sigma Management 7, L.L.C. and shares voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by the Sigma Entities.
(12)
Consists of 3,600,000 shares held of record by Mr. Frank, of which 3,400,000 shares may be repurchased by us at the original purchase price of $0.17 within 60 days of July 31, 2016.
(13)
Consists of (i) 1,679,710 shares held by Centerview Capital Technology Employee Fund, L.P., (ii) 23,472,175 shares held by Centerview Capital Technology Fund (Delaware), L.P. and (iii) 8,442,321shares held by Centerview Capital Technology Fund-A (Delaware), L.P. (collectively, the “Centerview Entities”). Edwin B. Hooper III is a managing partner of each of the Centerview Entities and shares voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by the Centerview Entities. The address for each of the entities identified in this footnote is 64 Willow Place, Suite 101, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(14)
Consists of 1,933,333 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2016, 400,000 of which may be acquired upon early exercise, subject to a right of repurchase by us, if Mr. Hughes does not satisfy the option’s vesting requirements and 1,533,333 of which are fully vested as of July 31, 2016.
(15)
Consists of 3,600,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2016, all of which may be acquired upon early exercise, subject to a right of repurchase by us, if Mr. Lazar does not satisfy the option’s vesting requirements.
(16)
Consists of the shares listed in footnote (5) above, which are held by Southern Cross Venture Partners Management Pty Ltd as trustee for Southern Cross Fund No 1 Trust. Mr. Scull is a director of Southern Cross Venture Partners Pty Ltd and shares voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Southern Cross Venture Partners Management Pty Ltd as trustee for Southern Cross Fund No 1 Trust.

- 107 -

Table of Contents

(17)
Consists of 3,600,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2016, all of which may be acquired upon early exercise, subject to a right of repurchase by us, if Mr. Stevens does not satisfy the option’s vesting requirements.
(18)
Consists of 14,737,851 shares held by China Walden Venture Investments II, L.P. (“CWVI II”) and 14,737,851 shares held by WRV II, L.P. (“WRV II”). The general partner of CWVI II is China Walden Venture Investment II G.P., Ltd. (“CWVI II GP”).  Lip-Bu Tan and Hing Wong are members of the investment committee of CWVI II GP and share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by CWVI II. The general partner for WRV II is WRV GP II, LLC (“WRV II GP”).  Lip-Bu Tan, Michael Marks, and Nicholas Braithwaite are members of the investment committee of WRV II GP and share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by WRV II.  The address for each of the entities identified in this footnote is One California Street 28th Floor, San Francisco, California 94111.
(19)
Includes (i) 304,292,655 shares held by our current executive officers and directors as a group and (ii) 79,980,389 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2016, 7,600,000 of which may be acquired upon early exercise, subject to a right of repurchase by us, and 72,380,389 of which are fully vested as of such date.

- 108 -

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they are expected to be in effect after the completion of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.
Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,100,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of which:
1,000,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and
100,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.
As of June 26, 2016, there were 1,298,088,306 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by 152 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
Common Stock
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.
Voting Rights
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors that is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election by a plurality of the votes cast at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.
No Preemptive or Similar Rights
Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Fully Paid and Non-Assessable
All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

- 109 -

Table of Contents

Preferred Stock
After the completion of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock, or delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Options
As of June 26, 2016, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 256,468,336 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $0.04 per share, under our equity compensation plans.
Warrants
As of June 26, 2016, we had outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 23,870,251 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.07 per share, assuming the automatic conversion of an outstanding warrant to purchase 1,937,425 shares of our convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase 1,937,425 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Warrants to purchase 1,937,425 shares of our common stock are exercisable at any time on or before the third anniversary of the effective date of this offering. Warrants to purchase 450,000 shares of our common stock are exercisable at any time on or before the third month following the release of the lock up restrictions in connection with this offering. Warrants to purchase 14,150,326 shares of our common stock are exercisable at any time on or before September 10, 2018. Warrants to purchase 1,012,500 shares of our common stock are exercisable at any time on or before February 2, 2019. Warrants to purchase 1,580,000 shares of our common stock are exercisable at any time on or before May 16, 2026, and warrants to purchase up to an additional 4,740,000 shares of our common stock may become exercisable on or before May 16, 2026 depending on the amounts borrowed under the Mezzanine Loan.
Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, certain holders of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in our Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, or IRA, dated as of August 29, 2014. We and certain holders of our convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock are parties to the IRA. The registration rights set forth in the IRA will expire on the earlier of (i) five years following the completion of this offering, (ii) a change of control of the company or (iii) with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares entitled to registration rights pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period following the completion of this offering. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the underwriters have the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In addition, in connection with this offering, we expect that each stockholder that has registration rights will agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions and early release of certain holders in specified circumstances. See the section titled “Underwriters” for additional information regarding such restrictions.
Demand Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 1,256,638,883 shares of our common stock (including 17,100,251 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants that were outstanding as of June 26, 2016) will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning six months after the effective date of this offering, the holders of at least 30% of these shares then outstanding can request that we file a registration statement to register the offer and sale of their shares. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations. Such request for registration must cover securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, is greater than

- 110 -

Table of Contents

$10,000,000. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than twice in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days.
Piggyback Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 1,256,638,883 shares of our common stock (including 17,100,251 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants that were outstanding as of June 26, 2016) will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights. If we propose to register the offer and sale of shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, all holders of these shares then outstanding can request that we include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) a demand registration, (ii) a Form S-3 registration, (iii) a registration related to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization or other transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, (iv) a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities or (v) a registration on any registration form which does not permit secondary sales, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.
S-3 Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 1,256,638,883 shares of our common stock (including 17,100,251 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants that were outstanding as of June 26, 2016) will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Any holder of these shares then outstanding can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares of our common stock on a registration statement on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $1,000,000. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on a registration statement on Form S-3. However, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected one such registration within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request and such registrations have been ordered or declared effective. Additionally, if we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, may discourage takeovers, coercive of otherwise. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Delaware Law
We will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:
prior to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by directors who are also officers of the corporation and shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent,

- 111 -

Table of Contents

by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder and an “interested stockholder” as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing changes in control of our company.
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management team, including the following:
Board of Directors Vacancies . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This will make it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and will promote continuity of management.
Classified Board . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Classified Board of Directors.”
Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.
No Cumulative Voting . The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.
Directors Removed Only for Cause . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.
Amendment of Charter Provisions . Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least 66 2/3% of our then outstanding capital stock.
Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock . Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to designate and issue shares of preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated

- 112 -

Table of Contents

from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of undesignated preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is .
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”
Listing
We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the under the symbol “QTNA”.


- 113 -

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 26, 2016, a total of shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, except that any shares of our common stock purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the conditions of Rule 144 described below.
The remaining shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities will be eligible for sale in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, the provisions of our IRA described under the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the applicable conditions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, and our insider trading policy, these restricted securities will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus.
Lock-Up Agreements
We, our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which we and they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters:
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock beneficially owned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;
file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. This agreement is subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the section titled “Underwriters.”
Rule 144
Rule 144 generally provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a stockholder who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the volume limitation, manner of sale or notice conditions of Rule 144. If such stockholder has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, then such person is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with any of the conditions of Rule 144.
Rule 144 also provides that a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled

- 114 -

Table of Contents

to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of
1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal shares immediately after the completion of this offering; or
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales of our common stock made in reliance upon Rule 144 by a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days are also subject to the current public information, manner of sale and notice conditions of Rule 144.
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days may sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the current public information or holding period conditions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also provides that a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract and who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the preceding 90 days may sell such shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period condition of Rule 144. However, all stockholders who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.
Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 1,256,638,883 shares of our common stock (including 17,100,251 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant that was outstanding as of June 26, 2016) will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. The registration of these shares of our common stock under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights.
Registration Statement
After the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S‑8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to equity awards outstanding or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans. The shares of our common stock covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration statement, subject to vesting restrictions, the conditions of Rule 144 applicable to affiliates, and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.


- 115 -

Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.
This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or net investment income tax;
tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;
controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;
traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);
U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);
persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment;
persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;
persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.
If a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.
You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S., or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

- 116 -

Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined
For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any beneficial owner of our common stock other than a partnership or:
an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for U.S. federal income tax purposes);
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.
Distributions
As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock.”
Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, backup withholding and foreign accounts, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.
Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);
you are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

- 117 -

Table of Contents

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.
If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in such bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year (provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.
Federal Estate Tax
Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of such individual’s death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.
Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

- 118 -

Table of Contents

Foreign Account Tax Compliance
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our common stock, and under current transition rules, are expected to apply with respect to the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2019. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation for their investment in our common stock.
Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

- 119 -

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS
Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is acting as representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:
Name
 
Number of Shares
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
 
 
Barclays Capital Inc.
 
 
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
 
 
Needham & Company, LLC
 
 
William Blair & Company, LLC
 
 
Roth Capital Partners, LLC
 
 
Total:
 
 
The underwriters and the representative are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representative,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to         additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.
The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional     shares of common stock.
 
 
 
Total
 
Per Share
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
Public offering price
$
 
$
 
$
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us
$
 
$
 
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$
 
$
 
$
The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $    . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $        .
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

- 120 -

Table of Contents

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the      under the trading symbol “QTNA.”
We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period:
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock beneficially owned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;
file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:
transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;
the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock by a security holder to (i) an immediate family member or to a trust formed for the benefit of such security holder or an immediate family member of such security holder, (ii) as a bona fide gift or by will or intestacy, (iii) if the security holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity to (A) another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the security holder or (B) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution by the security holder to its equity holders or limited partners, or (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust, provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (b), each transferee, beneficiary, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement prior to or upon such transfer or distribution;
(i) the receipt by the security holder of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options or the vesting of restricted stock units, pursuant to an employee benefit plan disclosed in this prospectus, or (ii) the transfer of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock to us upon a vesting event of our securities (including restricted stock units) or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities on a “cashless,” “net exercise” or “net withholding” basis to cover the exercise price or tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that in the case of either (i) or (ii), any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (a) the filing relates to the circumstances described in (i) or (ii), as the case may be, (b) no shares were sold by the reporting person to any third party and (c) in the case of (i) and (ii), the shares received upon exercise of the option or vesting of the restricted stock units are subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters;
the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to us pursuant to agreements disclosed in this prospectus under which (i) such shares or other security were issued and (ii) we have the option to repurchase such shares or other security or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares or other security, provided that such shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to this clause remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement;
the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5‑1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and

- 121 -

Table of Contents

(ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the security holder or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;
the conversion or reclassification of outstanding preferred stock or other classes of our common stock into shares of our common stock in connection with the consummation of this offering, provided that such shares of common stock received upon conversion or reclassification remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement;
the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock that occurs solely by operation of law or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that the transferee signs and delivers a lock-up agreement agreeing to be bound by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement; and
the disposition by a security holder of shares of common stock purchased from us pursuant to any employee stock purchase plan described in this prospectus after completion of this offering, provided that such shares of common stock remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement.
No filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with any of the foregoing clauses, except as expressly set forth therein.
In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
Other Relationships
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or

- 122 -

Table of Contents

publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved five percent of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, certain employees, business associates, and friends and family of our directors and officers.  The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares.  Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market for the shares will develop, or that after the offering the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Selling Restrictions
Canada
The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:
(a)
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
(b)
to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

- 123 -

Table of Contents

(c)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.
United Kingdom
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
(a)
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
(b)
it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
Switzerland
The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

- 124 -

Table of Contents

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate for their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
New Zealand
The shares of common stock offered hereby have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly in New Zealand and no offering materials or advertisements have been or will be distributed in relation to any offer of shares in New Zealand, in each case other than:
(a)
to persons whose principal business is the investment of money or who, in the course of and for the purposes of their business, habitually invest money; or
(b)
to persons who in all the circumstances can properly be regarded as having been selected otherwise than as members of the public; or
(c)
to persons who are each required to pay a minimum subscription price of at least NZ$500,000 for the shares before the allotment of those shares (disregarding any amounts payable, or paid, out of money lent by the issuer or any associated person of the issuer); or
(d)
in other circumstances where there is no contravention of the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand (or any statutory modification or re-enactment of, or statutory substitution for, the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand).
Hong Kong
The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issuance, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.
Japan
No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEL, has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of common stock.
Accordingly, the shares of common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person

- 125 -

Table of Contents

resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.
For Qualified Institutional Investors, or QII
Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.
For Non-QII Investors
Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a “small number private placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
(a)
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(b)
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) the sole purpose of which is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,
securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
(a)
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(b)
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(c)
where the transfer is by operation of law;
(d)
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(e)
as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

- 126 -

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. own an interest representing less than 0.0427% of the shares of our common stock. The underwriters have been represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements as of December 27, 2015 and December 28, 2014 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 27, 2015 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.quantenna.com. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.


- 127 -

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 
Page(s)


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Quantenna Communications, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Quantenna Communications, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 27, 2015 and December 28, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 27, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
July 8, 2016


F-1

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro Forma
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
June 26, 2016
 
 
 
(see Note 1)
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
18,320

 
$
18,850

 
$
16,943

 
$
16,943

Accounts receivable
9,840

 
15,717

 
20,813

 
20,813

Inventory
10,794

 
7,407

 
7,449

 
7,449

Restricted cash
59

 

 
1,500

 
1,500

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
1,969

 
1,428

 
1,666

 
1,666

Total current assets
40,982

 
43,402

 
48,371

 
48,371

Property and equipment, net
2,309

 
3,083

 
3,548

 
3,548

Other assets
242

 
182

 
1,311

 
1,311

Total assets
$
43,533

 
$
46,667

 
$
53,230

 
$
53,230

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock, and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
10,318

 
$
5,917

 
$
3,778

 
$
3,778

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities
4,683

 
5,617

 
10,626

 
10,831

Deferred revenue
2,197

 

 

 

Long-term debt, current portion
2,693

 
3,581

 
2,102

 
2,102

Total current liabilities
19,891

 
15,115

 
16,506

 
16,711

Long-term debt
2,993

 
2,265

 
7,967

 
7,967

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability
194

 
255

 
300

 

Total liabilities
23,078

 
17,635

 
24,773

 
24,678

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,115,637,156, 1,152,481,783 and 1,152,481,783 (unaudited) shares authorized at December 28, 2014, December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016, respectively; 1,071,051,753, 1,123,580,844 and 1,123,580,844 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 28, 2014, December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016, respectively; liquidation preference of $175,874, $190,130 and $190,130 (unaudited) at December 28, 2014, December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016, respectively; no shares (unaudited) issued or outstanding pro forma at June 26, 2016
170,448

 
184,704

 
184,704

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,620,000,000, 1,656,844,627 and 1,656,844,627 (unaudited) shares authorized at December 28, 2014, December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016, respectively; 34,784,124, 55,313,400 and 58,549,674 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 28, 2014, December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016, respectively; 1,298,088,306 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding, pro forma at June 26, 2016
3

 
5

 
5

 
129

Additional paid-in capital
2,638

 
4,002

 
5,376

 
190,256

Accumulated deficit
(152,634
)
 
(159,679
)
 
(161,628
)
 
(161,833
)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
(149,993
)
 
(155,672
)
 
(156,247
)
 
$
28,552

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
$
43,533

 
$
46,667

 
$
53,230

 
$
53,230


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-2

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Revenue
$
66,860

 
$
83,773

 
$
36,554

 
$
57,472

Cost of revenue
38,211

 
42,554

 
18,734

 
29,205

Gross profit
28,649

 
41,219

 
17,820

 
28,267

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
31,283

 
35,575

 
18,443

 
21,751

Sales and marketing
5,932

 
6,644

 
3,529

 
3,399

General and administrative
4,532

 
5,212

 
2,732

 
4,555

Total operating expenses
41,747

 
47,431

 
24,704

 
29,705

Loss from operations
(13,098
)
 
(6,212
)
 
(6,884
)
 
(1,438
)
Interest expense
(481
)
 
(697
)
 
(400
)
 
(225
)
Other income (expense), net
89

 
(21
)
 
(79
)
 
(248
)
Loss before income taxes
(13,490
)
 
(6,930
)
 
(7,363
)
 
(1,911
)
Provision for income taxes
(108
)
 
(115
)
 
(37
)
 
(38
)
Net loss
$
(13,598
)
 
$
(7,045
)
 
$
(7,400
)
 
$
(1,949
)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted
$
(0.41
)
 
$
(0.18
)
 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
(0.04
)
Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share
32,808,092

 
38,512,276

 
35,614,157

 
53,131,727

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (unaudited)
 
 
$
(0.01
)
 
 
 
$
(0.00
)
Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited)
 
 
1,253,342,652

 
 
 
1,292,670,359



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-3

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
(In thousands, except share data)


 
Convertible Preferred Stock
 
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Additional Paid-In Capital
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
Total Stockholders’ Deficit
Balances at December 31, 2013
991,074,731

 
$
148,905

 
 
29,914,853

 
$
3

 
$
1,943

 
$
(139,036
)
 
$
(137,090
)
Issuance of common stock for exercise of options

 

 
 
4,869,271

 

 
128

 

 
128

Expiration of Series A preferred stock warrants

 
5

 
 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Series G convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs
79,977,022

 
21,538

 
 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
 

 

 
567

 

 
567

Net loss

 

 
 

 

 

 
(13,598
)
 
(13,598
)
Balances at December 28, 2014
1,071,051,753

 
170,448

 
 
34,784,124

 
3

 
2,638

 
(152,634
)
 
(149,993
)
Issuance of common stock for exercise of options

 

 
 
6,094,276

 
1

 
149

 

 
150

Issuance of common stock for exercise of warrants

 

 
 
14,435,000

 
1

 
13

 

 
14

Issuance of Series G convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs
52,529,091

 
14,256

 
 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
 

 

 
1,202

 

 
1,202

Net loss

 

 
 

 

 

 
(7,045
)
 
(7,045
)
Balances at December 27, 2015
1,123,580,844

 
184,704

 
 
55,313,400

 
5

 
4,002

 
(159,679
)
 
(155,672
)
Issuance of common stock for exercise of options (unaudited)

 

 
 
3,236,274

 

 
88

 

 
88

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

 

 
 

 

 
1,190

 

 
1,190

Issuance of common stock warrants (unaudited)

 

 
 

 

 
96

 

 
96

Net loss (unaudited)

 

 
 

 

 

 
(1,949
)
 
(1,949
)
Balances at June 26, 2016 (unaudited)
1,123,580,844

 
$
184,704

 
 
58,549,674

 
$
5

 
$
5,376

 
$
(161,628
)
 
$
(156,247
)


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-4

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(13,598
)
 
$
(7,045
)
 
$
(7,400
)
 
$
(1,949
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
875

 
987

 
487

 
537

Stock-based compensation expense
567

 
1,202

 
744

 
1,190

Non-cash interest expense

 
271

 
173

 
30

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants liability
(38
)
 
61

 
16

 
45

Changes in assets and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
(2,120
)
 
(5,877
)
 
(2,113
)
 
(5,096
)
Inventory
(3,967
)
 
3,387

 
3,500

 
(42
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(1,556
)
 
541

 
953

 
(42
)
Other assets
43

 
60

 
23

 
(55
)
Accounts payable
3,356

 
(4,401
)
 
(5,026
)
 
(3,589
)
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities
1,269

 
934

 
(27
)
 
5,009

Deferred revenue
(2,682
)
 
(2,197
)
 
(2,197
)
 

Net cash used in operating activities
(17,851
)
 
(12,077
)
 
(10,867
)
 
(3,962
)
Cash flows from investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of property and equipment
(1,257
)
 
(1,761
)
 
(358
)
 
(626
)
Restricted cash

 
59

 

 
(1,500
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(1,257
)
 
(1,702
)
 
(358
)
 
(2,126
)
Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
16,163

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs
5,375

 
14,256

 
9,985

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock
128

 
164

 
76

 
88

Proceeds from revolving line of credit, net of fees paid

 

 

 
2,950

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

 
3,000

 
3,000

 
3,854

Repayments of long-term debt
(1,100
)
 
(3,111
)
 
(1,331
)
 
(2,711
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
20,566

 
14,309

 
11,730

 
4,181

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
$
1,458

 
$
530

 
$
505

 
$
(1,907
)
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning of period
$
16,862

 
$
18,320

 
$
18,320

 
$
18,850

End of period
$
18,320

 
$
18,850

 
$
18,825

 
$
16,943

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid during the period
$
481

 
$
440

 
$
239

 
$
321

Income taxes paid during the period
$
23

 
$
135

 
$
72

 
$
58

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unpaid deferred offering costs
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,074


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-5

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

Issuance of convertible preferred stock upon conversion of convertible notes and accrued interest
$
16,163

 
$

 
$

 
$

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other current liabilities
$

 
$

 
$
40

 
$
376

Issuance of warrants in conjunction with the execution of debt agreement
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
96


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
1.      The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on November 28, 2005. The Company develops standards-based 802.11n and 802.11ac Wi-Fi chipsets that deliver high performance, speed, and reliability for wireless networks and devices.
Reporting Calendar
The Company’s fiscal year consists of either 52 or 53 weeks. For each year consisting of 52 weeks, the Company’s fiscal year ends on the Sunday nearest the end of December. For each year consisting of 53 weeks, the Company’s fiscal year ends on the first Sunday in January. Fiscal 2014 and 2015 each included 52 weeks and fiscal 2016 will include 53 weeks.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , the Company had completed several rounds of private equity financing with net proceeds totaling $184.7 million and $184.7 million (unaudited), respectively. The Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations for every fiscal year since inception. As of December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $18.9 million and $16.9 million (unaudited), respectively, and an accumulated deficit of $159.7 million and $161.6 million (unaudited), respectively. In May 2016, the Company amended and restated the April 2013 Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and entered into a new Mezzanine Loan Agreement to increase the total amount available for borrowing to $34.0 million (unaudited). The Company has drawn down $3.0 million under the revolving line of credit and has an undrawn balance of $17.0 million as of June 26, 2016 . There is no draw down on the Mezzanine Loan as of June 26, 2016 .
The Company has a limited operating history and its prospects are subject to risks, expenses and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in the semiconductor industry. These risks include, but are not limited to, the uncertainty of availability of additional financing, and the uncertainty of achieving future profitability. Management believes that the Company will be successful in raising additional financing from its stockholders or from other sources of capital funding, expanding operations and gaining market share. There can be no assurance that in the event the Company requires additional financing, such financing will be available on terms which are favorable or at all. Failure to generate sufficient cash flows from operations, raise additional capital or reduce certain discretionary spending could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to achieve its intended business objectives.
Use of Estimates
Preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or US GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods covered by the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the ac counts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year balances presented in the consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. For the year ended December 28, 2014, the Company has reallocated $1.7 million of facility and information technology overhead expenses from general and administrative expense, and included $1.5 million in research and development expense and $0.2 million in sales and marketing expense. These reclassifications had no effect on the previously reported net loss.

F-7

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Foreign Currency Remeasurement
The Company and its subsidiaries use the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. Foreign currency assets and liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the end-of-period exchange rates except for non-monetary assets and liabilities, which are measured at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are remeasured using an average exchange rate for the respective period, except for expenses related to non-monetary assets and liabilities, which are measured at historical exchange rates. Gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement and transactions are included in “Other income (expense), net.” For the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 and for the six months ended June 28, 2015 (unaudited) and June 26, 2016 (unaudited), foreign currency remeasurement and transactions gains and losses were immaterial.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents include liquid short-term investments with original or remaining maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase, readily convertible to known amounts of cash.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other current liabilities, approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt approximates the carrying value because the interest rate on the borrowings approximates market rates and was determined to be a Level 2 instrument. The Company also has issued certain convertible preferred stock warrants which are accounted for as liabilities at fair value. See Note 5 for further details.
Accounts Receivable and Allowances for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable is stated at invoice value less estimated allowances for returns and doubtful accounts. The Company continually monitors customer payments and maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting from its customers’ inability to make required payments. The Company considers factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, geographic related risks and economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. In cases where there are circumstances that may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, a specific allowance is recorded against amounts due, which reduces the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectible. For all periods presented, the Company concluded that no allowance for doubtful accounts was necessary.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents primarily in banks and highly rated institutional money market funds.
The Company generally requires no collateral from its customers. For the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 , three and four customers accounted for 10% or more of revenue, respectively. For the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , three and five customers accounted for 10% or more of revenue (unaudited), respectively. The following table discloses these customers’ percentage of revenue for the respective periods:

F-8

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Customer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A
11%
 
15%
 
16%
 
12%
B
*
 
14%
 
*
 
17%
C
*
 
11%
 
14%
 
10%
D
28%
 
10%
 
12%
 
*
E
21%
 
*
 
*
 
*
F
*
 
*
 
 *
 
14%
G
*
 
*
 
 *
 
10%
________________________
*
Total customer percentage of revenue was less than 10%.
At December 28, 2014 , December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 (unaudited), three customers accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivable. The following customers represented 10% or more of accounts receivable:
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Customer
 
 
 
 
 
B
*
 
17%
 
31%
A
25%
 
16%
 
13%
H
*
 
13%
 
*
E
24%
 
*
 
*
F
13%
 
*
 
19%
________________________
*
Total customer accounts receivable was less than 10%.
Restricted Cash
The Company maintained $59,000 and $1.5 million (unaudited) of restricted cash in certificate of deposit accounts at December 28, 2014 and June 26, 2016 , respectively, supporting letters of credit required for the Company’s operating lease facility and deposits required by the Company’s foundry partner in connection with its purchase of silicon wafers . There was zero restricted cash as of December 27, 2015 .
Inventory
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost to purchase or manufacture the inventory or the market value of such inventory. Cost is determined using the standard cost method which approximates the first-in first-out basis. Market value is determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value. The Company, at least quarterly, assesses the recoverability of all inventories to determine whether adjustments are required to record inventory at the lower of cost or market. Potentially excess and obsolete inventory is written off based on management’s analysis of inventory levels and estimates of future 12-month demand and market conditions. The Company is also entitled to receive rebates from its foundry partner on the purchase of silicon wafers upon achieving certain volume targets. Rebates from the Company’s foundry partner are recorded as a reduction of inventory cost and are recognized in cost of revenue as the chipsets made from such silicon wafers are sold to customers.

F-9

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
The Company purchases rights to software and intellectual property used in the development of its Wi-Fi solutions. Certain of the arrangements require payment over the life of the right to use the related software and intellectual property. The Company records the up-front fees and periodic payments in prepaid expenses and other current assets and amortizes the amount over the life of the arrangement using the straight-line method.
Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discounts
Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of new debt are capitalized and amounts paid in connection with the modification of existing debt are expensed as incurred. Capitalizable debt issuance costs paid to third parties and debt discounts paid to creditors, net of amortization, are recorded as a reduction to the long-term debt balance on the consolidated balance sheet.
Amortization expense on capitalized debt issuance costs and debt discounts related to loans with fixed payment terms is calculated using the effective interest method over the term of the associated loans. Amortization expense on capitalized debt issuance costs and debt discounts related to revolving loans are calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the revolving loan commitment, and is recorded as Interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. When debt is extinguished prior to the maturity date, any remaining associated debt issuance costs or debt discounts are expensed to Interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Computer and lab equipment
3 to 5 years
Computer software
3 years
Furniture and fixtures
3 to 5 years
Leasehold improvements
Shorter of remaining lease term or estimated useful lives of the assets
Costs of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operating expenses.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset or asset group and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss would be measured based on the discounted cash flows compared to the carrying amount attributable to the asset group. No impairment loss has been recognized for the periods presented.
Warranty
The Company provides 12-month warranty coverage on all of its Wi-Fi solutions. The warranty provides for replacement of the associated Wi-Fi solutions during the warranty period. The Company establishes a liability for estimated warranty costs at the time revenue is recognized. The warranty obligation is affected by historical failure rates and associated replacement costs. The warranty liability is included in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The warranty liability and activity for the periods presented are immaterial.

F-10

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Income Taxes
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. The Company recognizes future tax benefits, measured by enacted tax rates attributable to deductible temporary differences between financial statements and income tax bases of assets and liabilities, and net operating loss carry-forwards to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not.
The Company records a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to the accounting guidance on accounting for uncertain tax positions and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on the Company’s tax return. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company establishes these liabilities based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These liabilities are established when the Company believes that certain positions might be challenged despite the Company’s belief that the tax return positions are fully supportable. The liabilities are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of tax audits.
Revenue Recognition
The Company derives the majority of its revenue from the sale of its Wi-Fi solutions . Revenue is recognized net of accruals for sales returns and rebates, which is estimated based on past experience or contractual rights. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is deemed fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured . These criteria are met upon shipment to customers. For sales made through distributors, revenue is recognized when title passes to the distributor upon shipment, and payment by the Company’s distributors is not contingent on resale of the Wi-Fi solutions . The Company’s sales arrangements with distributors do not allow for rights of return or price protection on unsold Wi-Fi solutions. The Company’s policy is to classify shipping and handling costs, net of costs charged to customers, as cost of revenue.
The Company also derives revenue from contracts with multiple deliverables, including a mix of intellectual property licenses, research and development services, and other non-recurring arrangements . Revenue recognition for contracts with multiple deliverables is based on the individual units of accounting determined to exist in the contract. A delivered item is considered a separate unit of accounting when (i) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (ii) if a general right of return exists, the delivery or performance of an undelivered item is considered probable and under the Company’s control. Items are considered to have a stand-alone value when they are sold separately by any vendor or when the customer could resell the item on a stand-alone basis. In addition, intellectual property deliverables are considered to have value on a stand-alone basis if the customer could use them without the remaining elements of the arrangement. When a deliverable does not meet the criteria to be considered a separate unit of accounting, it is grouped together with other deliverables that, when combined, meet the criteria, and the appropriate allocation of arrangement consideration and revenue recognition is determined.
In April 2013, the Company entered into an agreement consisting of intellectual property licenses and research and development services.  The Company concluded that the agreement consists of two deliverables, intellectual property license and research and development services. The Company determined that two deliverables do not meet the criteria to be accounted as separate units of accounting because the intellectual property licenses do not have a value on a standalone basis from the research and development services. As a result, the intellectual property licenses and research and development services are considered one combined unit of accounting.  Revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the 33-month period the services are expected to be performed, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met.  If the estimated period over which the services are originally expected to be performed changes, the amount of revenue remaining to be recognized will be recognized over the revised remaining performance period. The agreement’s term is ten (10) years. The agreement may be terminated by either party if (a) the other party materially breaches a material provision of the agreement unless such breach is cured during the thirty (30) day grace period, (b) the other party materially breaches any provision of the agreement that cannot be cured, or (c) the other party makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors, files a petition in bankruptcy, is adjudged bankrupt, becomes insolvent, or is placed in the hands of a receiver. Certain payments received under the agreement are refundable if the agreement is terminated for the Company’s material breach of the agreement terms. The fees under this agreement totaled $16.5 million , of which $6.2 million , $5.7 million , $3.1 million (unaudited) and $0.5 million (unaudited) was recognized as revenue for the year ended December 28, 2014 , December 27, 2015 , and the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , respectively.

F-11

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue is comprised of billings or payments received in advance of meeting revenue recognition criteria.
Research and Development Expenses
All costs related to the research and development of the Company’s Wi-Fi solutions are expensed as incurred. Research and development (“R&D”) expense consists primarily of personnel costs for the Company’s R&D activities. R&D expense also includes costs associated with the design and development of the Company’s Wi-Fi solutions, such as mask sets, prototype wafers, prototype engineering boards, software and computer-aided design software licenses, intellectual property licenses, reference design development, development testing and evaluation, depreciation expense, and allocated administrative costs.
Operating Leases
The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the non-cancellable term of the operating lease. The difference between rent expense and rent paid is recorded as deferred rent in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
Advertising and Promotion Costs
Expenses related to advertising and promotion of products are charged to sales and marketing expense as incurred. The Company incurred immaterial advertising or promotion expenses in the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 and six months ended June 28, 2015 (unaudited) and June 26, 2016 (unaudited).
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees, directors and non-employees, based on estimated fair values recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period.
The fair value of options and warrants to purchase common stock granted to employees is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The calculation of stock-based compensation expense requires that the Company make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the Black-Scholes model, including the expected term, expected volatility of the underlying common stock, risk-free interest rate, as well as estimating future forfeitures of unvested stock options. To the extent actual forfeiture results differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates are revised.
The Company accounts for common stock warrants and options issued to non-employees under ASC 505-50 Equity-Equity based payments to Non-Employees , using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The fair value of such non-employee awards is remeasured at each quarter-end over the vesting period.
Common Stock Warrants
The Company accounts for common stock warrants as equity in accordance with the accounting guidance for derivatives. The accounting guidance provides a scope exception from classifying and measuring as a financial liability a contract that would otherwise meet the definition of a derivative if the contract is both (i) indexed to the entity’s own stock and (ii) meets the requirement for classification in the stockholders’ equity (deficit) section of the balance sheet.
The Company determined that the common stock warrants issued in connection with the debt arrangement are required to be classified in equity. Warrants classified as equity are recorded as additional paid in capital on the consolidated balance sheet in stockholders’ equity (deficit) and no further adjustments to their valuation are made.
The Company accounts for common stock warrants issued to non-employees for services under ASC 505-50. The fair value of such non-employee warrants is remeasured at each quarter-end over the vesting period. The Company determines the fair value of the common stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option valuation model using the stock price and other measurement assumptions as of the earlier of the date at which either (1) a commitment for performance by the counterparty has been reached; or (2) the counterparty’s performance is complete.

F-12

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company recorded the convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. The convertible preferred stock is recorded outside of “Stockholders’ equity (deficit)” because, in the event of certain deemed liquidation events considered not solely within the Company’s control, such as a merger, acquisition and sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, the convertible preferred stock will become redeemable at the option of the holders. The Company has not adjusted the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preferences of such shares because it is uncertain whether or when an event would occur that would obligate the Company to pay the liquidation preferences to holders of shares of convertible preferred stock. Subsequent adjustments to the carrying values to the liquidation preferences will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.
Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants Liability
Warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value upon issuance because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are redeemable at the option of the holders upon the occurrence of certain deemed liquidation events considered not solely within the Company’s control, which may therefore obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. The convertible preferred stock warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of “Other income (expense), net” in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock, or until the convertible preferred stock can no longer trigger a deemed liquidation event. At that time, the convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to convertible preferred stock or additional paid-in-capital, as applicable.
Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders
Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, stock options, warrants and convertible preferred stock are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities as the convertible preferred stock is considered a participating security. In addition, the Company considers shares issued upon the early exercise of non-vested warrants to purchase common stock to be participating securities, as the holders of these shares have a non-forfeitable right to dividends. In accordance with the two-class method, earnings allocated to these participating securities and the related number of outstanding shares of the participating securities, which include contractual participation rights in undistributed earnings, have been excluded from the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders. The Company’s participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. As such, the net loss was attributed entirely to common stockholders. Because the Company has reported a net loss in all periods presented, diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented.
Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders
In contemplation of the Company’s planned initial public offering (“IPO”), it has presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, which has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock in accordance with conversion features present in the convertible preferred stock (see Note 8 ) as of the beginning of the respective period or the date of issuance, if later. In addition, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation has been adjusted to reflect the following: (i) to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability as the warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and the related convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital immediately prior to the sale of the Company’s common stock in an IPO, and (ii) upon the effectiveness of the Company’s IPO, the Company will be obligated to pay to its lender an aggregate of $0.2 million in fees. The Company has made an adjustment to the pro forma net loss to reflect the impact of such fees.

F-13

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of the Company during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments and distributions to owners. The Company has not included a separate statement of comprehensive income (loss) as there were no transactions to report in the periods presented.
Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information
The accompanying interim consolidated financial statements as of June 26, 2016 and for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , and the related interim information contained within the notes to the consolidated financial statements, are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP and on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments which are necessary to state fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 26, 2016 , and the results of its operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 . Such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. The results for the six months ended June 26, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for fiscal 2016 , or for any future period.
Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information
The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity information in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet reflects 58,549,674 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding as of June 26, 2016 , and assumes (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 1,239,538,632 shares of the Company’s common stock, (ii) the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase shares of common stock and the resultant reclassification of the warrant liability of $0.3 million to additional paid-in capital, (iii) u pon the effectiveness of the Company’s IPO, the Company will be obligated to pay to its lender an aggregate of $0.2 million in fees. The Company has made an adjustment to accumulated deficit to reflect the impact of such fees.
Shares of common stock contemplated to be sold in the Company’s planned IPO and related net proceeds are excluded from such pro forma information.
Deferred Offering Costs
Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting and other fees and costs relating to the Company’s planned IPO are capitalized within “Other assets” on the consolidated balance sheet. The deferred offering costs will be offset against the proceeds received upon the closing of the planned IPO. In the event the planned IPO is terminated, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed within loss from operations. As of June 26, 2016 , $1.1 million (unaudited) of deferred offering costs were recorded as other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. There were no deferred offering costs incurred for the previous periods presented.
2.      Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments . ASU 2016-13 requires entities to establish an allowance for credit losses for most financial assets. Previously, GAAP was based on an incurred loss methodology for recognizing credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost and available-for sale debt securities. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting as part of its simplification initiative, which involves several aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax effects, statutory withholding requirements, forfeitures, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

F-14

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)--Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments . This ASU clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts. An entity performing the assessment under the amendments in this Update is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the four-step decision sequence. This guidance should be applied on a modified retrospective basis to existing debt instruments as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which the amendments are effective, and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (ASC 842), which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract (i.e., lessees and lessors). The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight line basis over the term of the lease, respectively. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than twelve months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of twelve months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases today. ASC 842 supersedes the previous leases standard, ASC 840 Leases . The standard is effective on January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , which addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. ASU 2016-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments in this update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial position. The standard is effective on January 1, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of ASU 2015-17 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11,  Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , which permits companies to measure inventory at the lower of cost and realizable value. ASU 2015-11 applies to all business entities and is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, “Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement,” which provides guidance for a customer’s accounting for cloud computing costs. Under ASU 2015-05, if a software cloud computing arrangement contains a software license, customers should account for the license element of the arrangement in a manner consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If the arrangement does not contain a software license, customers should account for the arrangement as a service contract. This standard may be applied either prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date, or retrospectively. ASU 2015-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015, and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2015-05 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest–Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. Under ASU No. 2015-03, debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are presented as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The adoption of ASU No. 2015-03 has been applied retrospectively to the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and resulted in an immaterial impact on the outstanding carrying value of the debt as of December 27, 2015 .
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period . ASU 2014-12 requires that a performance target that affects vesting and could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. ASU

F-15

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2014-12 is effective for the Company in its first quarter of 2016 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2014-12 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15 related to Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This update provides guidance about management’s responsibilities in evaluating an entity’s going concern uncertainties, and about the timing and content of related footnote disclosures. Under this amended guidance, an entity’s management should evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This update is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of ASU 2014-15 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date , which effectively delayed the adoption date by one year, to an effective date for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. In March, April and May 2016, the FASB issued additional updates to the new revenue standard relating to reporting revenue on a gross versus net basis, identifying performance obligations and licensing arrangements, and narrow-scope improvements and practical expedients, respectively. The effective date of this additional update is the same as that of ASU 2014-09. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
3.      Earnings Per Share
The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of the Company:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Net loss
$
(13,598
)
 
$
(7,045
)
 
$
(7,400
)
 
$
(1,949
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding
32,808,092

 
38,821,597

 
35,614,157

 
57,414,376

Less: weighted average shares subject to repurchase due to early exercise

 
(309,321
)
 

 
(4,282,649
)
Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share
32,808,092

 
38,512,276

 
35,614,157

 
53,131,727

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted
$
(0.41
)
 
$
(0.18
)
 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
(0.04
)

F-16

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding at the end of the periods have been excluded from the computation of diluted shares outstanding as the effect would have been anti-dilutive:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Convertible preferred stock (as-converted)
1,187,009,541

 
1,239,538,632

 
1,223,854,169

 
1,239,538,632

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock
13,562,425

 
13,562,425

 
13,562,425

 
1,937,425

Warrants to purchase common stock
14,435,000

 
14,150,326

 
14,435,000

 
21,932,826

Options to purchase common stock
252,318,636

 
253,117,399

 
245,972,186

 
256,468,336

Total
1,467,325,602

 
1,520,368,782

 
1,497,823,780

 
1,519,877,219

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share is computed as follows:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
(in thousands, except shares and per share data)
December 27,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted
 
 
 
Numerator:
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(7,045
)
 
$
(1,949
)
Adjust: change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants
61

 
45

Adjust: fees payable to lender associated with IPO
(205
)
 
(205
)
Pro forma net loss
$
(7,189
)
 
$
(2,109
)
 
 
 
 
Denominator:
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share
38,512,276

 
53,131,727

Adjust: assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock
1,214,830,376

 
1,239,538,632

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted net loss per share
1,253,342,652

 
1,292,670,359

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted
$
(0.01
)
 
$
(0.00
)

F-17

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4.      Balance Sheets Components
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:
(in thousands)
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Computer and lab equipment
$
5,440

 
$
7,100

 
$
8,062

Computer software
308

 
363

 
375

Furniture and fixtures
145

 
136

 
136

Leasehold improvements
218

 
218

 
218

 
6,111

 
7,817

 
8,791

Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(3,802
)
 
(4,734
)
 
(5,243
)
Property and equipment, net
$
2,309

 
$
3,083

 
$
3,548

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $0.9 million , $1.0 million , $0.5 million (unaudited) and $0.5 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 and for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , respectively.
Inventory
Inventory consisted of the following:
(in thousands)
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Raw materials
$
5,270

 
$
3,707

 
$
1,986

Work in progress
1,272

 
1,238

 
2,559

Finished goods
4,252

 
2,462

 
2,904

 
$
10,794

 
$
7,407

 
$
7,449

Accrued Liabilities and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities consisted of the following:
(in thousands)
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Accrued payroll and related benefits
$
1,425

 
$
2,243

 
$
3,535

Accrued customer rebates
1,951

 
2,501

 
4,619

Other
1,307

 
873

 
2,472

 
$
4,683

 
$
5,617

 
$
10,626

5.      Fair Value Measurements
The Company determines fair value measurements used in its consolidated financial statements based upon the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy distinguishes between (i) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from independent sources (observable inputs) and (ii) an entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs). The fair value

F-18

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

hierarchy consists of three broad levels, which gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
Level 1
Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access.
Level 2
Valuations based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3
Valuations based on inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
At December 28, 2014 , December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , highly liquid money market funds of $14.0 million , $10.0 million and $10.0 million (unaudited), respectively, were valued using Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and are included in cash equivalents.
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 categories during any of the periods presented.
The Company classifies financial instruments in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy when there is reliance on at least one significant unobservable input to the valuation model. In addition to these unobservable inputs, the valuation models for Level 3 financial instruments typically also rely on a number of inputs that are readily observable, either directly or indirectly. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability. The gains and losses presented below include changes in the fair value related to both observable and unobservable inputs. The Company’s only Level 3 financial instruments are convertible preferred stock warrants.
The following tables set forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 28, 2014 , December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 based on the three-tier fair value hierarchy :
 
Fair Value as of December 28, 2014
(in thousands)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash equivalents
$
14,012

 
$

 
$

 
$
14,012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability
$

 
$

 
$
194

 
$
194

 
Fair Value as of December 27, 2015
(in thousands)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash equivalents
$
10,014

 
$

 
$

 
$
10,014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability
$

 
$

 
$
255

 
$
255


F-19

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
Fair Value as of June 26, 2016 (unaudited)
(in thousands)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash equivalents
$
10,021

 
$

 
$

 
$
10,021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

 

 
$
300

 
$
300

(in thousands)
Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability
Fair value using Level 3 inputs
 
Balance at January 1, 2014
$
232

Addition

Change in fair value
(38
)
Balance at December 28, 2014
194

Addition

Change in fair value
61

Balance at December 27, 2015
255

Addition (unaudited)

Change in fair value (unaudited)
45

Balance at June 26, 2016 (unaudited)
$
300

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants
In connection with a $6.0 million debt agreement entered into in 2007, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 694,604 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.34552 per share to two lenders during 2007. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants of $118,000 on issuance as a debt discount, which was determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions: contractual life of seven years , volatility of 74% , risk-free interest rate of 4.5% , and no expected dividends. The Company accreted this discount to interest expense over the three-year contractual life of the debt. The warrants expired in March 2014.
Series F-1 Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants
During the Series F-1 financing in March 2012, the Company issued a convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 11,625,000 shares of Series F-1 convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. The warrants become exercisable upon the achievement of certain milestones. The milestones were not considered probable of being met and were not reached during the periods presented. As a result, no amount was recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements during the periods presented. On March 23, 2016, the convertible preferred stock warrants expired.
In addition, in October 2013, in connection with a $3.0 million finance agreement, the Company issued a convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase 1,937,425 shares of Series F-1 preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.15484 per share. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrant of $0.2 million on issuance, which was determined using the assumptions: contractual life of 10 years , volatility rate of 49.3% , risk free interest rate of 2.57% and no expected dividends .
The convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities will increase or decrease each period based on the fluctuations of the fair value of the underlying convertible preferred stock.
The Company recorded a gain of $38,000 and a loss of $61,000 within “Other income (expense), net” in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 , respectively, and a loss of $16,000 (unaudited) and $45,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , respectively, for the change in fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants.

F-20

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following assumptions were used to determine the fair value of the Series F-1 convertible preferred stock warrants issued in October 2013:
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Remaining contractual life (in years)
1.2 - 8.8
 
0.2 - 7.9
 
7.4
Volatility rate
34% - 48%
 
42% - 44%
 
41%
Risk–free interest rate
0.4% - 2.1%
 
0.2% - 2.1%
 
1.3%
Expected dividends
 
 
Common Stock Warrants
In October 2014, in connection with the Series G financing and the appointment of a member of the Company’s board of directors, the Company issued a common stock warrant to Centerview Capital Technology Management, L.P. (“Centerview”)” to purchase 14,435,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.001  per share, of which 8,661,000 become exercisable upon the achievement of certain milestones, which were achieved during 2015. The remaining 5,774,000 shares were subject to vesting over a service period of four years ending in October 2018, of which 1,443,500 vested during 2015. In December 2015, the warrant was exercised with respect to all 14,435,000 shares of common stock, of which 4,330,500 shares remained subject to future vesting. In June 2016, the Company accelerated the vesting of the remaining unvested shares of common stock issued upon early exercise of the warrant, and the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $0.6 million (unaudited) associated with this modification.
In September 2015 and in February 2016 (unaudited), in connection with a separation agreement with a former executive, the Company issued warrants to purchase 14,150,326 and 1,012,500 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $0.05 and $0.08 per share, respectively. Both warrants were fully exercisable on the grant date and expire in February 2019.
In February 2016 (unaudited), in connection with a consulting arrangement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 450,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.001 per share. The warrants are subject to a 12-month vesting term and expire in January 2018.
In May 2016 (unaudited), in connection with the Mezzanine Loan (see Note 7), the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 6,320,000 shares of common stock, of which 1,580,000 were immediately exercisable, and up to an additional 4,740,000 will become exercisable depending on the amounts borrowed under the Mezzanine Loan, at an exercise price of $0.08 per share. The fair value of vested warrants on the date of issuance was $96,000 . The warrants expire in May 2026.
For expenses recognized by the Company in connection to the common stock warrants transactions discussed above, see section “stock-based compensation for non-employees” within Note 10.
The following assumptions were used to determine the fair value of the common stock warrants:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Remaining contractual life (in years)
9.8
 
3.4 - 9.6
 
1.6 - 10.0
Volatility rate
45%
 
36% - 47%
 
37% - 44%
Risk–free interest rate
2.2%
 
0.2% - 2.5%
 
0.6% - 1.8%
Expected dividends
 
 

F-21

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 28, 2014 , warrants issued and outstanding were as follows:
 
 
Date of Issuance
 
Number of Warrants
 
Exercise Price
 
Expiration Date
 
 
Series F-1 convertible preferred stock warrants
March 2012
 
11,625,000

 
$
0.0001

 
March 2016
 
Series F-1 convertible preferred stock warrants
October 2013
 
1,937,425

 
$
0.15

 
October 2023
 
Common stock warrants
October 2014
 
14,435,000

 
$
0.001

 
October 2024
As of December 27, 2015 , warrants issued and outstanding were as follows:
 
 
Date of Issuance
 
Number of Warrants
 
Exercise Price
 
Expiration Date
 
 
Series F-1 convertible preferred stock warrants
March 2012
 
11,625,000

 
$
0.0001

 
March 2016
 
Series F-1 convertible preferred stock warrants
October 2013
 
1,937,425

 
$
0.15

 
October 2023
 
Common stock warrants
September 2015
 
14,150,326

 
$
0.05

 
February 2019
As of June 26, 2016 (unaudited), warrants issued and outstanding were as follows:
 
Date of Issuance
 
Number of Warrants
 
Exercise Price
 
Expiration Date
 
 
 
Series F-1 convertible preferred stock warrants
October 2013
 
1,937,425

 
$
0.15

 
October 2023
Common stock warrants
September 2015
 
14,150,326

 
$
0.05

 
February 2019
Common stock warrants
February 2016
 
1,012,500

 
$
0.08

 
February 2019
Common stock warrants
February 2016
 
450,000

 
$
0.001

 
January 2018
Common stock warrants
May 2016
 
6,320,000

 
$
0.08

 
May 2026
6.      Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
The Company conducts its operations using leased office facilities in various locations.
The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of December 27, 2015 :
(in thousands)
 
2016
$
717

2017
559

2018
395

2019
41

2020 and beyond

Total minimum lease payments
$
1,712


F-22

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of June 26, 2016 (unaudited):
(in thousands)
 
2016 (remaining six months)
$
423

2017
660

2018
395

2019
41

2020 and beyond

Total minimum lease payments
$
1,519

The Company leases office space under arrangements expiring through 2019. Rent expense for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 and for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 was $0.9 million , $1.0 million , $0.5 million (unaudited) and $0.6 million (unaudited), respectively.
Purchase Commitments
The Company has purchase obligations of $5.6 million and $15.4 million (unaudited) that are based on outstanding purchase orders as of December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , respectively, related to the fabrication of certain wafers for which production has started. These purchase orders are cancellable at any time, provided that the Company is required to pay all costs incurred through the cancellation date. Historically, the Company has rarely canceled these agreements once production has started. The Company did not otherwise have any outstanding non-cancellable purchase obligations as of December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 .
Indemnification
In connection with the sale of its semiconductor chip products, the Company executes standard software license agreements allowing customers to use its firmware. Under the indemnification clauses of these license agreements, the Company agrees to defend the licensee against third-party claims asserting infringement by the Company’s products of certain intellectual property rights, which may include patents, copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets, and to pay any judgments entered on such claims against the licensee. The Company has never incurred significant expense defending its licensees against third-party claims. Further, the Company has never incurred significant expense under its standard product or services performance warranties. As a result, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements at December 27, 2015 .
Commitments
In April 2012, an agreement was entered into with Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO” (formerly Open Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO”), which required the Company to form a wholly-owned subsidiary in the Russian Federation and to provide funding to the subsidiary in the three years following April 16, 2012. This wholly-owned subsidiary performs research and development activities for the Company. Funding shall mean cash transfers to the subsidiary for equity investments, reimbursements of subsidiary operating expenses and Company expenses related to the subsidiary. RUSNANO also requires participation in subsidiary financial decisions.
In July 2014, the Company entered into an amended and restated letter agreement with RUSNANO pursuant to which the Company agreed, among other matters, to operate and fund its Russian operations in an aggregate amount of $13.0 million over six annual periods beginning on December 31, 2014. The annual funding requirements in period one to period six are $2.2 million , $1.7 million , $2.0 million , $2.2 million , $2.4 million , and $2.5 million , respectively. In the event that the Company fails to meet its funding obligations for any period, it will be required to pay RUSNANO a penalty fee of 10% on 80% of the difference between the funding obligation and the actual funding for that period, subject to a cure period of one calendar quarter after the applicable period funding deadline.
As of December 27, 2015 , no penalty had been incurred, as the Company had met the minimum funding requirements.


F-23

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Legal Matters
From time to time, the Company is a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business, including intellectual property claims, labor and employment claims, breach of contract claims, and other matters. Significant judgment is required when we assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to a potential claim or legal proceeding, as well as potential ranges of probable losses, and when the outcomes of the claims or proceedings are probable and reasonably estimable. Because of uncertainties related to these matters, we base our estimates on the information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to pending claims and litigation, and may revise our estimates. Any revisions in the estimates of potential liabilities could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.
7.      Long-term Debt
Convertible Notes
In February 2014 the Company authorized the issuance of convertible notes in connection with a qualified financing to certain investors for up to $30.0 million at an interest rate of 0.5% per annum. Subsequently, the Company issued $16.2 million of convertible notes. On August 29, 2014 the Company issued a total of 59,550,362 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock at $0.27141 to convertible notes holders for the conversion of the convertible notes for the aggregate principal and accumulated interest of $16.2 million .
Finance Agreement
In October 2013, the Company entered into a finance agreement which provides for equipment funding of $3.0 million over 39 months at an annual percentage rate of 11.9% . The finance agreement is collateralized by all tangible and intangible property of the Company, excluding any intellectual property. This finance agreement was subordinated to the Loan and Security Agreement entered into in April 2013 as amended in October 2013 and in January 2015. In connection with the finance agreement, the Company issued a warrant to the lender to purchase up to 1,937,425 shares of Series F-1 convertible preferred stock at $0.15484 per share (refer to Note 5 ). As of December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 the outstanding balance under the finance agreement was $2.5 million and $1.5 million , respectively. In May 2016, in connection with the amendment and restatement of the April 2013 Loan and Security Agreement described below, the Company paid the remaining outstanding balance of $1.0 million (unaudited) under such finance agreement.
Loan and Security Agreement
In April 2013, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with its primary financial institution (“Lender”). The agreement provides for a revolving line of credit and a term loan. The maximum amount available for borrowing under the revolving line of credit was 80% of eligible accounts receivable, not to exceed $3.5 million in the aggregate. Interest under the revolving line of credit was calculated at the greater of the prime rate plus 0.50% or 3.75% . The original maturity date of the revolving line of credit was April 26, 2015. The term loan amount was for $1.0 million , which was advanced in April 2013. The principal amount outstanding on the term loan accrued interest at a per annum rate equal to prime rate plus 0.75% , fixed at the time of funding. The term loan was payable in 36 equal monthly payments starting on May 1, 2013 with the last payment occurring on April 1, 2016.
In October 2013, the Company and Lender agreed to increase the maximum amount available for borrowing under the revolving line of credit to 80% of eligible accounts receivable plus 60% of eligible customer purchase orders, not to exceed $9.5 million in the aggregate. The Company may request cash advances for eligible purchase orders at any time provided that the Company’s net cash balance is equal to or greater than $8.0 million and the amount of purchase order advances outstanding does not exceed $2.0 million . The effective annual interest rate for borrowing against receivables is 4.69% and the effective annual percentage rate for borrowing against purchase order advances is 6.25% . The Company and the Lender also added a growth capital term loan for up to $5.0 million of which $3.0 million was advanced on October 31, 2013 and the remaining $2.0 million was to become available upon the Company achieving certain milestones related to revenue growth during 2013. The milestones under this agreement were achieved by the Company but the Company did not borrow the remaining $2.0 million . The principal amount outstanding for the growth capital advance accrues interest at a floating per annum rate equal to prime

F-24

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

plus 2.25% . The growth capital loan is payable monthly over a 30-month period starting on October 1, 2014 with the last payment set to occur on March 1, 2017.
On January 30, 2015, the Company and the Lender agreed to (i) increase the maximum amount available under the revolving line of credit to 80% of eligible accounts receivable, not to exceed $12.5 million in the aggregate, (ii) extend the maturity date of the revolving line of credit to April 26, 2016, and (iii) add a supplemental growth capital term loan for up to $3.0 million of which $3.0 million was advanced on February 3, 2015. The effective annual interest rate for borrowing against receivables under the revolving line of credit is 4.25% if the Company’s net cash is equal to or greater than $4.0 million . If the Company’s net cash is less than $4.0 million , the effective annual percentage rate for borrowing against receivables is 6.75% . The principal amount outstanding for the supplemental growth capital loan accrues interest at a floating rate per annum equal to prime plus 1.00% . The supplemental growth capital loan is payable monthly over a 36-month period starting on August 1, 2015 with the last payment set to occur on July 1, 2018.
In May 2016 (unaudited), the Company and the Lender amended and restated the Loan and Security Agreement to (i) increase the maximum amount available under the revolving line of credit to $20.0 million , (ii) extend the maturity date of the revolving line of credit to May 17, 2018, and (iii) add a new senior term loan in the amount of $4.0 million , in addition to the growth capital term loans described above. The effective annual percentage rate on the revolving line of credit is between 4.25% to 5.00% depending on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. The new senior term loan has a one-year draw down period, and the principal amount outstanding under the new senior term loan accrues interest at a floating rate per annum equal to prime plus 0.75% . The new senior term loan is payable monthly over a 30-month term starting on June 1, 2017 with the last payment due on November 1, 2019. The Company has drawn down $3.0 million under the revolving line of credit and have an undrawn balance under the revolving line of credit of $17.0 million as of June 26, 2016 .
In connection with the amendment and restatement of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company concurrently entered into a subordinated secured Mezzanine Loan with the Lender for up to $10.0 million (unaudited). The principal amount outstanding on the Mezzanine Loan accrues interest at a fixed rate per annum equal to 10.5% . The Mezzanine Loan has a one-year draw down period, with repayment due on May 1, 2019. In connection with the Mezzanine Loan, the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 6,320,000 shares of common stock, of which 1,580,000 were immediately exercisable, and up to an additional 4,740,000 may become exercisable depending on the amounts borrowed under the Mezzanine Loan, at an exercise price of $0.08 per share. The fair value of vested warrants on the date of issuance was $96,000 . The Company paid $0.2 million in May 2016 to the lender as origination fees. The fair value of warrants and origination fees are accounted as debt discounts and are recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations over the term of the loan. The debt discounts related to the Mezzanine Loan is recorded in “Prepaid expense and other current assets” on the consolidated balance sheet, as the Company has not yet drawn down from the Mezzanine Loan as of June 26, 2016 .
As of December 28, 2014 , December 27, 2015 , and June 26, 2016 the aggregate outstanding balance und er the Loan and Security Agreement, in each case as amended through such date, and the Mezzanine Loan was $3.2 million , $4.4 million , and $10.1 million (unaudited), respectively.
The agreement contains usual and customary events of default upon the occurrence of certain events, such as nonpayment of amounts due under the revolving line of credit or the term loans, violation of the restrictive covenants, violation of other contractual provisions, or a material adverse change in its business. The agreement includes customary administrative covenants, including a prohibition on declaring dividends, but does not include any financial maintenance or operating related covenants.
In accordance with the Loan and Security Agreement, as amended and restated , upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, including a merger or an IPO, in which the aggregate proceeds of the Company are between $60.0 million and $160.0 million, the Company will be obligated to pay to its lender an aggregate of $0.2 million in fees.
The amended and restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “SVB Loan Agreement”), and the Mezzanine Loan are collateralized by certain of our assets, including pledges of certain of our equity interests in our subsidiaries, receivables and inventory, subject to customary exceptions and limits. The SVB Loan Agreement and the Mezzanine Loan contain customary events of default upon the occurrence of certain events, such as nonpayment of amounts due under the revolving line of credit or the term loans, violation of restrictive covenants, violation of other contractual provisions, or a material adverse change in the Company’s business. In addition, the credit facilities prohibit the payment of cash dividends on the Company’s capital stock and also place restrictions on mergers, sales of assets, investments, incurrence of liens, incurrence of indebtedness and transactions with affiliates.

F-25

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 27, 2015 , future minimum payments for the long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):
 
Long-term debt
2016
$
3,842

2017
1,729

2018
682

Total minimum payments
6,253

Less: Amount representing interest
(294
)
Less: Amount representing closing and repayment fees
(383
)
Present value of minimum payments
5,576

Less: Unamortized debt discounts
(31
)
Plus: Accretion of closing and repayment fees
301

Long-term debt, net
5,846

Less: Long-term debt, current portion
3,581

Non-current portion of long-term debt
$
2,265

As of June 26, 2016 , future minimum payments for the long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):
 
Long-term debt
 
(unaudited)
2016 (remaining six months)
$
1,248

2017
2,570

2018
5,383

2019
1,618

Total minimum payments
10,819

Less: Amount representing interest
(506
)
Less: Amount representing closing and repayment fees
(330
)
Present value of minimum payments
9,983

Less: Unamortized debt discounts
(91
)
Plus: Accretion of closing and repayment fees
177

Long-term debt, net
10,069

Less: Long-term debt, current portion
2,102

Non-current portion of long-term debt
7,967

8.      Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue up to 1,152,481,783 shares of convertible preferred stock. Under the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation, the board of directors may determine the rights, preferences and terms of the Company’s authorized shares of convertible preferred stock.
From August 2014 through December 2014, the Company issued 79,977,022 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock to new and existing investors at $0.27141 per share with gross proceeds of $21.7 million , including the conversion of notes of $16.2 million as disclosed in Note 7 .
From May 2015 through August 2015, the Company issued 52,529,091 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock to new investors at $0.27141 per share with gross proceeds of $14.3 million .

F-26

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Convertible preferred stock was as follows:
 
December 28, 2014
 
Shares Authorized
 
Shares Issued and Outstanding
 
Aggregate Liquidation Preference
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
Series A
39,193,115

 
39,193,115

 
$
13,542

Series B
41,112,100

 
41,112,100

 
15,277

Series C
43,759,958

 
43,759,958

 
19,254

Series D
218,460,217

 
218,460,217

 
17,309

Series E
267,440,814

 
267,440,814

 
29,772

Series F-1
394,670,952

 
381,108,527

 
59,013

Series G
111,000,000

 
79,977,022

 
21,707

 
1,115,637,156

 
1,071,051,753

 
$
175,874

 
As of December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 (unaudited)
 
Shares Authorized
 
Shares Issued and Outstanding
 
Aggregate Liquidation Preference
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
Series A
39,193,115

 
39,193,115

 
$
13,542

Series B
41,112,100

 
41,112,100

 
15,277

Series C
43,759,958

 
43,759,958

 
19,254

Series D
218,460,217

 
218,460,217

 
17,309

Series E
267,440,814

 
267,440,814

 
29,772

Series F-1
394,670,952

 
381,108,527

 
59,013

Series G
147,844,627

 
132,506,113

 
35,963

 
1,152,481,783

 
1,123,580,844

 
$
190,130

Significant terms of the Series A, B, C, D, E, F-1 and G convertible preferred stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”) are as follows:
Liquidation Preference
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the then outstanding shares of Series G stock are first entitled to receive the amount of $0.27141 per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends for such shares, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of the Series A stock, Series B stock, Series C stock, Series D stock, Series E stock, Series F-1 stock and common stock. Next, the holders of the then outstanding Series F-1 stock are first entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of the Series A stock, Series B stock, Series C stock, Series D stock, Series E and common stock, the amount of $0.154844675 per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends for such shares. Next, the holders of the then outstanding Series E stock are first entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of the Series A stock, Series B stock, Series C stock, Series D stock, and common stock, the amount of $0.11132 per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends for such shares. Next, the holder of the then outstanding Series D stock are first entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of the Series A stock, Series B stock, Series C stock and common stock, the amount of $0.07923 per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends for such shares. Next, the holders of the then outstanding Series C stock are first entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of the Series A stock, Series B stock and common stock, the amount of $0.44 per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends for such shares. Next, the holders of the then

F-27

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

outstanding Series B and Series A stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock, the amount of $0.3716 and $0.34552 per share, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends for such shares. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the proceeds distributed among the holders of the Series A, B, C, D, E, F-1 and G convertible preferred stock shall be insufficient to permit the full payment of the aforesaid preferential amounts to each holder within a particular Series, then the entire proceeds legally available for distribution to that Series shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A, B, C, D, E, F-1 and G convertible preferred stock, as the case may be, in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder of the Series is otherwise entitled to receive.
Upon completion of the distributions required by the above-mentioned liquidation preferences, any remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Series G convertible preferred stock, Series F-1 convertible preferred stock, Series E convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, Series C convertible preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, assuming full conversion of all such preferred stock to common stock.
Dividends
The holders of shares of Series A, B, C, D, E, F-1 and G convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock, at the applicable dividend rate of $0.02764 per annum for each share of Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.02972 per annum for each share of Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.032 per annum for each share of Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.00634 per annum for each share of Series D convertible preferred stock, $0.0089 per annum for each share of Series E convertible preferred stock, $0.01238 per annum for each share of Series F-1 convertible preferred stock and $0.021712 per annum for each share of Series G convertible preferred stock, all subject to adjustment from time to time for recapitalization, payable when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. No dividends have ever been declared.
Voting
The holder of each share of convertible preferred stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock could then be converted and, with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Company’s bylaws. As long as 12,000,000 shares of a Series of convertible preferred stock is outstanding, the holders of such shares of Series A convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to elect two of the Company’s directors. The holders of convertible Series B, C, E, F-1, and G preferred stock shall each be entitled to elect one of Company’s directors. The holders of outstanding common stock shall be entitled to elect one of the Company’s directors. The holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock, voting together as a single class, and not as separate series, and on an as converted basis, shall be entitled to elect any remaining directors of the Company, subject to the approval of the then serving members of the Company’s directors.
Conversion
The holder of each share of convertible preferred stock has the option to convert each share of convertible preferred stock into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the applicable original issue price for such series by the applicable conversion price for such series in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. Each share of convertible preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the conversion rate at the time in effect for such series of convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the earlier of (i) the sale of the Company’s common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with gross proceeds of not less than $50.0 million in the aggregate and an offering price to the public reflecting a pre-money valuation of not less than $325 million, or (ii) upon the receipt by the Company of a written request or agreement of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A, B, C, D, E, F-1 and G convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class and on an as converted basis, provided, however, that the consent of at least a majority of then outstanding shares of Series F-1 is required for shares of Series F-1 to convert in each case. In addition, the Series E will not be converted automatically pursuant to such written consent or vote without the written consent or vote of at least 68% of the then outstanding shares of Series E in connection with a liquidation event where the amount of proceeds that the Series E would receive in such liquidation event after such conversion would be less than the amount of proceeds that the Series E would receive if no such conversion had occurred.

F-28

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The conversion price of each series of convertible preferred stock, which was initially set at an amount equal to the issue price, is subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, re-capitalization and upon the occurrence of certain triggering events related to anti-dilution protection rights. In the event that a preferred stock financing should occur at a price lower than the last round, the conversion ratios of the existing preferred stock are changed to protect the ownership position of existing investors.
The following table shows as of June 26, 2016 (unaudited) the current conversion ratios and the incremental number of shares of common stock into which each Series of convertible preferred stock would convert:
 
Current Conversion Ratio
 
Convertible Preferred Stock Outstanding
 
Shares of Common Stock Issuable upon Conversion
Series A
1.89 to 1
 
39,193,115

 
73,951,529

Series B
1.93 to 1
 
41,112,100

 
79,477,912

Series C
1.98 to 1
 
43,759,958

 
86,593,520

Series D
1 to 1
 
218,460,217

 
218,460,217

Series E
1 to 1
 
267,440,814

 
267,440,814

Series F-1
1 to 1
 
381,108,527

 
381,108,527

Series G
1 to 1
 
132,506,113

 
132,506,113

 
 
 
1,123,580,844

 
1,239,538,632

Common Stock
Shares of common stock reserved for issuance are as follows:
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Conversion of Series A preferred stock
73,951,529

 
73,951,529

 
73,951,529

Conversion of Series B preferred stock
79,477,912

 
79,477,912

 
79,477,912

Conversion of Series C preferred stock
86,593,520

 
86,593,520

 
86,593,520

Conversion of Series D preferred stock
218,460,217

 
218,460,217

 
218,460,217

Conversion of Series E preferred stock
267,440,814

 
267,440,814

 
267,440,814

Conversion of Series F-1 preferred stock
381,108,527

 
381,108,527

 
381,108,527

Conversion of Series G preferred stock
79,977,022

 
132,506,113

 
132,506,113

Conversion of Series F-1 preferred stock warrants
13,562,425

 
13,562,425

 
1,937,425

Total conversion of preferred stock and warrants
1,200,571,966

 
1,253,101,057

 
1,241,476,057

Warrants to purchase common stock
14,435,000

 
14,150,326

 
21,932,826

Options outstanding
252,318,636

 
253,117,399

 
256,468,336

Options available for future grant under stock option plan
10,841,754

 
3,948,715

 
21,166,147

 
1,478,167,356

 
1,524,317,497

 
1,541,043,366

9.      Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Common Stock
The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 1,656,844,627 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to

F-29

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when and if declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of preferred stock outstanding. The Company has never declared any dividends.
10.      Stock-based Compensation
Under the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “2006 Plan”), the Company may grant options to purchase or directly issue shares of common stock to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. In 2014 and 2016, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved an increase to the shares available under the 2006 Plan of 51,710,000 and 3,004,643 shares, respectively. Options may be granted at an exercise price per share of not less than 100% of the fair market value at the date of grant. If an incentive stock option is granted to a 10% stockholder, then the purchase or exercise price per share must not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years.
In May 2016 (unaudited), the Company’s board of directors discontinued the 2006 Plan and approved the adoption of the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 EIP”). All outstanding shares under the 2006 Plan were rolled over to the 2016 EIP. Initially the 2016 EIP permitted the Company to grant up to 20,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock awards, including incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company.  In June 2016 (unaudited), the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2016 EIP was increased to 82,650,000 . All granted shares that are canceled, forfeited or expired are returned to the 2016 EIP and are available for grant in conjunction with the issuance of new equity awards. Stock options may be granted at an exercise price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at the date of grant. If a stock option is granted to a 10% stockholder, then the exercise price per share must not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the grant date.  Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over a period of four years.
Subsequent to June 26, 2016 (unaudited), the Company increased t he number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2016 EIP to 97,650,000. Subsequent to June 26, 2016 (unaudited), the Company granted additional options to purchase 82,144,000 shares of common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.17 per share.
Total stock-based compensation expense for employees and non-employees recognized in the consolidated statements of operations was as follows:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
(in thousands)
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Cost of revenue
$
7

 
$
9

 
$
4

 
$
6

Research and development
256

 
302

 
153

 
223

Sales and marketing
101

 
445

 
393

 
60

General and administrative
203

 
446

 
194

 
901

Total stock-based compensation expense
$
567

 
$
1,202

 
$
744

 
$
1,190

At December 27, 2015 , unamortized compensation expense related to unvested stock awards was approximately $1.9 million . The weighted-average period over which such compensation expense will be recognized is 2.9 years .
At June 26, 2016 (unaudited), unamortized compensation expense related to unvested stock awards was approximately $1.7 million . The weighted-average period over which such compensation expense will be recognized is 2.8 years .

F-30

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Stock Option Activity
The table below summarizes stock option activity under the 2006 Plan and 2016 EIP:
 
Number of
Shares
Available
for Issuance
 
Number of
Shares Outstanding
 
Weighted–
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted–
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(Years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
Balances at January 1, 2014
17,965,539

 
198,354,122

 
$
0.03

 
8.1
 
 
Authorized
51,710,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted (weighted–average fair value of $0.02 per share)
(78,734,093
)
 
78,734,093

 
0.04

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
(4,869,271
)
 
0.03

 
 
 
 
Canceled
19,900,308

 
(19,900,308
)
 
0.03

 
 
 
 
Balances at December 28, 2014
10,841,754

 
252,318,636

 
0.03

 
7.4
 
$
2,391

Granted (weighted–average fair value of $0.02 per share)
(43,785,750
)
 
43,785,750

 
0.05

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
(6,094,276
)
 
0.03

 
 
 
 
Canceled
36,892,711

 
(36,892,711
)
 
0.03

 
 
 
 
Balances at December 27, 2015
3,948,715

 
253,117,399

 
0.04

 
7.4
 
$
11,269

Authorized
23,804,643

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted (weighted–average fair value of $0.04 per share) (unaudited)
(11,688,750
)
 
11,688,750

 
0.10

 
 
 
 
Exercised (unaudited)
 
 
(3,236,274
)
 
0.03

 
 
 
 
Canceled (unaudited)
5,101,539

 
(5,101,539
)
 
0.04

 
 
 
 
Balances at June 26, 2016 (unaudited)
21,166,147

 
256,468,336

 
0.04

 
7.1
 
$
33,685

Options Exercisable—December 27, 2015
 
 
145,184.957

 
0.03

 
6.3
 
7,378

Options vested and expected to vest—December 27, 2015 (1)
 
 
236,513,566

 
0.03

 
7.3
 
$
10,761

Options Exercisable—June 26, 2016 (unaudited)
 
 
159,589.919

 
0.03

 
6.1
 
22,335

Options vested and expected to vest—June 26, 2016 (unaudited) (1)
 
 
241,900,933

 
$
0.04

 
7.0
 
$
32,102

________________________
(1)
Options expected to vest reflect an estimated forfeiture rate.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was $68,000 , $0.8 million , $26,000 (unaudited) and $0.1 million (unaudit ed) for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 and for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 , respectively. Upon the exercise of options, the Company issues new common stock from its authorized shares.
The aggregate fair value of options vested during the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 and for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 was $0.5 million , $1.2 million , $0.6 million (unaudited) and $1.1 million (unaudited), respectively.

F-31

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Additional information regarding options outstanding at December 27, 2015 and June 26, 2016 are as follows:
December 27, 2015
Options Outstanding
 
Options Vested
Exercise Price
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 
Weighted- Average Exercise Price
 
Number of Shares
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
$
0.02

 
49,765,556

 
4.98

 
$
2,986

 
$
0.02

 
49,765,556

 
$
2,986

$
0.03

 
85,604,442

 
6.91

 
4,280

 
$
0.03

 
67,309,969

 
3,365

$
0.04

 
76,841,901

 
8.85

 
3,074

 
$
0.04

 
21,886,474

 
875

$
0.05

 
11,182,500

 
8.28

 
335

 
$
0.05

 
2,751,458

 
83

$
0.06

 
29,723,000

 
9.05

 
594

 
$
0.06

 
3,471,500

 
69

 
 
253,117,399

 
7.43

 
$
11,269

 
 
 
145,184,957

 
$
7,378

June 26, 2016 (unaudited)
Options Outstanding
 
Options Vested
Exercise Price
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 
Weighted- Average Exercise Price
 
Number of Shares
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
$
0.02

 
46,680,556

 
4.70

 
$
7,002

 
$
0.02

 
46,680,556

 
$
7,002

$
0.03

 
84,524,442

 
6.40

 
11,833

 
$
0.03

 
75,294,000

 
10,541

$
0.04

 
74,011,588

 
8.36

 
9,622

 
$
0.04

 
31,250,322

 
4,063

$
0.05

 
10,932,500

 
7.75

 
1,312

 
$
0.05

 
2,893,541

 
347

$
0.06

 
28,630,500

 
8.51

 
3,149

 
$
0.06

 
3,471,500

 
382

$
0.08

 
3,398,750

 
9.61

 
306

 
$
0.08

 

 

$
0.10

 
5,305,000

 
9.78

 
371

 
$
0.10

 

 

$
0.14

 
2,985,000

 
9.91

 
90

 
$
0.14

 

 

 
 
256,468,336

 
7.11

 
$
33,685

 
 
 
159,589,919

 
$
22,335

Stock Options Granted to Employees and Non-Employee Directors
Stock-based compensation expense is based on the grant date fair value. The Company recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the option vesting term of four years .
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option valuation model, which requires the use of highly subjective assumptions to determine the fair value of stock-based awards. The assumptions used in the Company’s option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, the Company’s stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. The assumptions and estimates that the Company uses in the Black-Scholes model are as follows:
Fair Value of Common Stock . As the common stock is not publicly traded, the Company must estimate its fair value . The fair value of common stock was determined on a periodic basis by the Company’s board of directors, with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation firm.  The board of directors intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the estimated per share fair value of common stock underlying those options on the date of grant.

F-32

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term equivalent to that of the expected term of the options for each option group.
Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Because of the limitations on the sale or transfer of the Company’s common stock as a privately held company, the Company does not believe its historical exercise pattern is indicative of the pattern it will experience as a publicly traded company. The Company has consequently used the Staff Accounting Bulletin 110, or SAB 110, simplified method to calculate the expected term, which is the average of the contractual term and vesting period. The Company plans to continue to use the SAB 110 simplified method until it has sufficient trading history as a publicly traded company.
Volatility. The Company determines the price volatility based on the historical volatilities of industry peers as it has no trading history for its common stock price. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the semiconductor industry with comparable characteristics, including revenue growth, operating model and working capital requirements. The Company intends to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or a similar peer group of public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own common stock price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified peer companies are no longer similar, in which case other suitable peer companies whose common stock prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.
Dividend Yield. The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy. To date, the Company has not declared any dividends, and therefore the Company has used an expected dividend yield of zero.
In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes valuation model, the Company must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for its equity awards. The Company will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to the Company’s stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As the Company continues to accumulate additional data, it may have refinements to its estimates, which could materially impact the Company’s future stock-based compensation expense. The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of options granted to employees and non-employee directors during the years indicated:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Expected term (in years)
5.0 – 6.1
 
5.6 – 6.5
 
6.0 – 6.1
 
5.8 – 6.1
Volatility
40% – 51%
 
40% – 44%
 
42% – 44%
 
40%
Risk-free interest rate
1.5% – 1.9%
 
1.5% – 2.0%
 
1.5% – 1.6%
 
1.4% – 1.5%
Expected dividend
 
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation for Non-employees
Stock-based compensation expense related to stock awards granted to non-employee is recognized as the awards vest. The Company believes that the fair value of the stock-based awards granted is more reliably measurable than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of stock awards granted is calculated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Stock-based compensation expense related to awards granted to non-employees for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 and for the six months ended June 28, 2015 and June 26, 2016 was $22,000 , $0.4 million , $0.4 million (unaudited) and $0.8 million (unaudited), respectively.

F-33

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

In June 2016, the Company accelerated the vesting of the remaining unvested shares of common stock issued upon early exercise of a warrant by Centerview, and the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $0.6 million (unaudited) associated with this modification. For additional information on the Centerview common stock warrants, see the section titled “Common Stock Warrants” within Note 5.
The fair values of options and common stock warrants granted to non-employees were calculated using the following assumptions for the periods presented:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Contractual term remaining (in years)
5.0 - 10.0
 
3.4 - 10.0
 
8.8 – 10.0
 
1.6 - 9.5
Volatility
44% - 76%
 
36% - 48%
 
44% – 48%
 
37% - 47%
Risk-free interest rate
0.7% - 4.7%
 
0.2% - 2.5%
 
1.5% – 2.3%
 
0.6% - 1.8%
Expected dividend
 
 
 
11.      Income Taxes
The components of loss before income taxes were as follows:
 
Years Ended
(in thousands)
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
United States
$
(14,353
)
 
$
(7,584
)
Foreign
863

 
654

 
$
(13,490
)
 
$
(6,930
)
The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:
 
Years Ended
(in thousands)
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
State
$
2

 
$
2

Foreign
106

 
113

 
$
108

 
$
115


F-34

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The material components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of net operating loss carry-forwards and tax credit carry-forwards.
(in thousands)
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Accrual, reserve and other
$
2,170

 
$
2,129

Depreciation and amortization
(100
)
 
(159
)
Net operating loss and credits carry forwards
61,482

 
64,837

Stock based compensation
377

 
387

Total gross deferred tax assets
63,929

 
67,194

Valuation allowance
(63,929
)
 
(67,194
)
Total net deferred tax assets
$

 
$

The net valuation allowance increased by $6.5 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 , respectively.
A reconciliation of the Company’s effective tax rate to the statutory U.S. federal rate is as follows:
 
Years Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
US Federal Rate
34.0
 %
 
34.0
 %
Difference between statutory rate and foreign effective tax rate
2.2

 
1.7

Other permanent Items
5.1

 
8.7

Stock based compensation
(1.1
)
 
(2.7
)
Change in valuation allowance
(41.1
)
 
(43.4
)
 
(0.9
)%
 
(1.7
)%
The reported amount of income tax expense differs from an expected amount based on statutory rates primarily due to the Company’s valuation allowance.
As of December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 , based on the available objective evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, management has applied a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets at December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 .
At December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 , the Company has federal net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $145.1 million and $151.9 million , respectively, and state net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $109.2 million and $106.7 million , respectively. These federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards will expire beginning in 2026 and 2017, respectively. At December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 , the Company also has federal research and development tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $5.3 million and $6.3 million , respectively, and state research and development tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $5.4 million and 6.3 million , respectively. The federal tax credits begin to expire in 2026, and the California tax credits carry forward indefinitely.
Utilization of the net operating loss carry-forwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.
As of December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 , the Company had $3.7 million and $4.4 million of total unrecognized tax benefits. If the Company is able to eventually recognize these uncertain tax positions, $3.1 million and $3.6 million , respectively, of the unrecognized benefit would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company currently has a full

F-35

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets which would impact the timing of the effective tax rate benefit should any of these uncertain tax positions be favorably settled in the future. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. During the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 , the Company had immaterial amounts related to the accrual of interest and penalties.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefit amount is as follows :
(in thousands)
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
Beginning Balance
$
2,936

 
$
3,738

Current year addition
802

 
687

Ending Balance
$
3,738

 
$
4,425

The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease within 12 months of the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 .
The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various states and foreign jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s net losses, substantially all of its federal, state and foreign income tax returns since inception are still subject to audit.
The Company intends to reinvest the earnings of its non U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries because the Company intends to reinvest such earnings offshore indefinitely. As of December 28, 2014 and December 27, 2015 , there is an immaterial cumulative amount of earnings upon which U.S. income taxes have not been provided.
The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal, state, local and foreign jurisdictions, where applicable. As of December 27, 2015 , the tax years that remain subject to examination by the major tax jurisdictions under the statute of limitations is from the year 2006 forward (with limited exceptions):
 
Earliest Tax Year Subject to Examination
Jurisdiction
 
U.S. Federal
2006
California State
2006
12.      401(k) Plan
The Company adopted a 401(k) Plan that qualifies as a deferred compensation arrangement under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 401(k) Plan, participating employees may defer a portion of their pretax earnings not to exceed the maximum amount allowable. The 401(k) plan permits the Company to make matching contributions and profit sharing contributions to eligible participants, although the Company has not made any such contributions as of June 26, 2016.
13.      Segment Information and Operations by Geographic Area
The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity, and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or plans for levels or components below the consolidated level. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single reportable and operating segment structure.

F-36

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table sets forth revenue by country, based on ship-to destinations, for countries with 10% or more of revenue during any of the periods presented:
 
Years Ended
 
Six Months Ended
 
December 28,
2014
 
December 27,
2015
 
June 28,
2015
 
June 26,
2016
 
Amount
% of Revenue
 
Amount
% of Revenue
 
Amount
% of Revenue
 
Amount
% of Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
(Dollars in thousands)

China
$
43,185

65
%
 
$
45,102

54
%
 
$
16,777

46
%
 
$
34,350

60
%
Taiwan
4,925

7

 
10,169

12

 
5,767

16

 
6,962

12

Tunisia
4,039

6

 
5,414

6

 
2,770

7

 
8,001

14

United States
321


 
3,326

4

 
1,018

3

 
229


Other foreign countries
14,390

22

 
19,762

24

 
10,222

28

 
7,930

14

Total
$
66,860

100
%
 
$
83,773

100
%
 
36,554

100
%
 
$
57,472

100
%
Long-lived assets outside the U.S. are immaterial; therefore, disclosures have been limited to revenue.
14.      Related Party transactions
Purchases from Cadence Design Systems, Inc.
Lip-Bu Tan, a member of the Company’s board of directors since June 2015, is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Cadence Design Systems, Inc., or Cadence, an electronic design automation software and engineering services company. Since 2012, the Company has paid licensing fees for digital and analog layout tools and simulation tools from Cadence in the ordinary course of business. The Company incurred fees of approximately $1.1 million , $1.2 million and $0.6 million (unaudited) under the terms of this arrangement in fiscal years 2014 and 2015 and the six months ended June 26, 2016 , respectively.
Agreement with RUSNANO
Dmitry Akhanov, a member of the Company’s board of directors, is President and Chief Executive Officer at Rusnano USA, Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of RUSNANO, one of the Company’s investors. In July 2014, the Company entered into an amended and restated letter agreement with RUSNANO in connection with RUSNANO’s investment in convertible promissory notes, which subsequently converted into shares of the Company’s Series G convertible preferred stock. Pursuant to the amended and restated letter agreement, the Company agreed, among other matters, to operate and fund the Company’s Russian operations in an aggregate amount of $13.0 million over six annual periods beginning on December 31, 2014. The annual funding requirements in period one to period six are $2.2 million , $1.7 million , $2.0 million , $2.2 million , $2.4 million , and $2.5 million , respectively. In the event that the Company fails to meet its funding obligations for any period, the Company will be required to pay RUSNANO a penalty fee of 10% on 80% of the difference between the funding obligation and the actual funding for that period, subject to a cure period of one calendar quarter after the applicable period funding deadline. As of December 27, 2015 , the Company had met the minimum funding requirements.
Common stock warrants granted to Centerview
In October 2014, in connection with the Series G financing and the appointment of a member of the Company’s board of directors, the Company issued a common stock warrant to Centerview, a convertible preferred stockholder of the Company, to purchase 14,435,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.001 per share. In December 2015, the warrant was fully exercised by Centerview (see Note 5). In June 2016, the Company accelerated the vesting of the remaining unvested shares of common stock issued upon early exercise of the warrant, and the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $0.6 million (unaudited) associated with this modification.

F-37

Table of Contents
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

15.      Subsequent Events
The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events that occurred throu gh July 8, 2016, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition in these consolidated financial statements.
16.     Subsequent Events (unaudited)
The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events that occurred through August 17, 2016, the date that the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition in these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.


F-38

Table of Contents

QUANTENNAS1INSIDEBACKCOVERVE.JPG


Table of Contents



 








QUANTENNAMAINLOGOWEB.JPG



Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION .
The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon the completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.
 
Amount
to be Paid
SEC registration fee
$
10,070

FINRA filing fee
15,500

Exchange listing fee
*

Printing and engraving expenses
*

Legal fees and expenses
*

Accounting fees and expenses
*

Transfer agent and registrar fees
*

Miscellaneous expenses
*

Total
$...................*

________________________
*
To be filed by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.
On the completion of this offering, as permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.
In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of the Registrant will provide that:
The Registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the Registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the Registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.
The Registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.
The Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.
The Registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the Registrant’s board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

II-1


The rights conferred in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and the Registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees, and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.
The Registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees, and agents.
The Registrant’s policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also to provide for certain additional procedural protections. The Registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.
These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the Registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act).
The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
Since July 1, 2013, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:
Convertible Promissory Note Issuances
From February 2014 to July 2014, the Registrant sold an aggregate of $14.5 million in the principal amount of convertible promissory notes to 22 accredited investors, which were convertible into Series G convertible preferred stock .
Preferred Stock Issuances
From August 2014 through August 2015, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 132,506,113 shares of its Series G convertible preferred stock to 34 accredited investors at a purchase price of $0.27141 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $35,963,484, which was paid in cash and through the conversion of outstanding convertible promissory notes issued from February 2014 to July 2014.
Warrant Issuance
In October 2013, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase up to 1,937,425 shares of its Series F-1 Preferred Stock to one accredited investor in connection with a finance agreement at an exercise price of $0.1548446 per share.
In October 2014, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase up to 14,435,000 shares of common stock to one accredited investor in connection with the Registrant’s Series G convertible preferred stock financing and the appointment of a member of the Registrant’s board of directors at an exercise price of $0.001  per share.
In September 2015, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase up to 14,150,326 shares of its common stock to one accredited investor in connection with a separation agreement at an exercise price of $0.05 per share.
In February 2016, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase up to 450,000 shares of its common stock to one accredited investor in connection with a consulting agreement at an exercise price of $0.001 per share and warrants to purchase up to 1,012,500 shares of its common stock to one accredited investor in connection with a separation agreement at an exercise price of $0.08 per share.
In May 2016, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase up to 6,320,000 shares of its common stock to two accredited investors in connection with a loan agreement at an exercise price of $0.08 per share.

II-2


Option and Common Stock Issuances
Since July 2013, the Registrant has granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 164,945,929 shares of its common stock under its 2006 Stock Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.03 to $0.10 per share.
Since May 2016, the Registrant has granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 85,129,000 shares of its common stock under its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.14 to $0.18 per share.
Since May 2016, the Registrant has issued to consultants an aggregate of 138,888 shares of its common stock under its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan in exchange for services rendered.
Since July 2013, the Registrant has issued and sold to its officers, directors, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of 16,965,054 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of options under its 2006 Stock Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.02 to $0.06 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $482,854.31.
Since May 2016, the Registrant has issued and sold to its officers, directors, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of 3,600,000 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of options under its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan at an exercise price of $0.17 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $612,000.00.
Since July 2013, the Registrant has issued and sold to one accredited investor an aggregate of 14,435,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants at an exercise price of $0.001  per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $14,435.00.
None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The Registrant believes the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES .
(a)    Exhibits.
We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this Registration Statement.
(b)    Financial Statement Schedules.
All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS .
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities

II-3


being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Fremont, California, on the 29th day of September, 2016.

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
Sam Heidari
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Sam Heidari and Sean Sobers, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy, and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

II-5


Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
September 29,
2016
Sam Heidari
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Sean Sobers
 
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
 
September 29,
2016
Sean Sobers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Dmitry Akhanov
 
Director
 
September 29,
2016
Dmitry Akhanov
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Fahri Diner
 
Director
 
September 29,
2016
Fahri Diner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Edward Frank
 
Director
 
September 29,
2016
Edward Frank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Edwin B. Hooper III
 
Director
 
September 29,
2016
Edwin B. Hooper III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Harold Hughes
 
Director
 
September 29,
2016
Harold Hughes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Jack Lazar
 
Director
 
September 29,
2016
Jack Lazar
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John Scull
 
Director
 
September 29,
2016
John Scull
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Mark Stevens
 
Director
 
September 29,
2016
Mark Stevens
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lip-Bu Tan
 
Director
 
September 29,
2016
Lip-Bu Tan
 
 


II-6


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Number
 
Description
1.1*
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
3.2
 
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
3.3
 
Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
3.4
 
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
4.1*
 
Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.
5.1*
 
Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
10.1+
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+*
 
Quantenna Communications, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+*
 
Quantenna Communications, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.
10.4+
 
Quantenna Communications, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.5+
 
Quantenna Communications, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan and related form agreements.
10.6+
 
Quantenna Communications, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.7
 
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Preferred Stock of the Registrant issued to Eastward Fund Management, LLC, dated October 31, 2013.
10.8
 
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of the Registrant issued to Behrooz Rezvani, dated September 10, 2015.
10.9
 
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of the Registrant issued to Behrooz Rezvani, dated February 3, 2016.
10.10
 
Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of the Registrant issued to Airfide Networks, dated February 3, 2016.
10.11
 
Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated May 17, 2016.
10.12
 
Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Westriver Mezzanine Loans, dated May 17, 2016.
10.13
 
Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 17, 2016, between the Registrant, as Borrower, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Bank.
10.14
 
Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 17, 2016, between the Registrant, as Borrower, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Bank.
10.15
 
Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement, dated May 17, 2016, between the Registrant, as Pledgor, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Bank.
10.16
 
Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain holders of its capital stock, dated August 29, 2014, as amended from time to time.
10.17
 
Agreement Regarding Investment in Series F Preferred Stock Financing, dated April 16, 2012, between the Registrant and Open Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO,” as amended on July 9, 2014.
10.18+*
 
Executive Change of Control Agreement between the Registrant and Sam Heidari.
10.19+*
 
Executive Change of Control Agreement between the Registrant and Sean Sobers.
10.20+*
 
Executive Change of Control Agreement between the Registrant and David Carroll.
10.21
 
Industrial Lease between the Registrant, BTP Investors, LLC and other parties therein.
10.22
 
Landlords Consent and Agreement (Sublease) among the Registrant, JER Bayside, LLC, DCG Systems, Inc. and other parties therein.
10.23+
 
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Sam Heidari, dated May 19, 2009, and amendments thereto.
10.24+
 
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Philippe Morali, dated August 25, 2014.
10.25+
 
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Lionel Bonnot, dated October 30, 2007, and amendments thereto.
10.26+
 
Offer Letter between the Registrant and David Carroll, dated December 20, 2012.



10.27+
 
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Harold Hughes, dated October 17, 2014.
10.28+
 
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Jack Lazar, dated June 9, 2016.
10.29+
 
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Edward Frank, dated June 13, 2016.
10.30+
 
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Mark Stevens, dated June 24, 2016.
10.31+
 
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Sean Sobers, dated July 8, 2016.
10.32+*
 
Quantenna Communications, Inc. Outside Director Compensation Policy.
21.1
 
List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1
 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*
 
Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1
 
Power of Attorney (see the signature page to this Registration Statement on Form S-1).
________________________
*
To be filed by amendment.
+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.


Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Quantenna Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), certifies that:

A.    The name of the Corporation is Quantenna Communications, Inc., formerly known as mySource Communications, Inc. The Corporation's original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 28, 2005.

B.     This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation.

C.    The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Quantenna Communications, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Sam Heidari, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on August 27, 2014.




 
/s/ SAM HEIDARI
 
Sam Heidari
 
Chief Executive Officer












EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Quantenna Communications, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.


ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Two Billion Seven Hundred Thirty-Five Million Six Hundred Thirty-Seven Thousand One Hundred Fifty-Six (2,735,637,156) shares, consisting of One Billion Six Hundred Twenty Million (1,620,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and One Billion One Hundred Fifteen Million Six Hundred Thirty-Seven Thousand One Hundred Fifty-Six (1,115,637,156) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series A Preferred Stock" and shall consist of Thirty-Nine Million One Hundred Ninety-Three Thousand One Hundred Fifteen (39,193,115) shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series B Preferred Stock" and shall consist of Forty-One Million One Hundred Twelve Thousand One Hundred (41,112,100) shares. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series C Preferred Stock" and shall consist of Forty-Three Million Seven Hundred Fifty-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty-Eight (43,759,958) shares. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series D Preferred Stock" and shall consist of Two Hundred Eighteen Million Four Hundred Sixty Thousand Two Hundred Seventeen (218,460,217) shares. The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series E Preferred Stock" and shall consist of Two Hundred Sixty-Seven Million Four Hundred Forty Thousand Eight Hundred Fourteen (267,440,814) shares. The sixth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series F-1 Preferred Stock" and shall consist of Three Hundred Ninety-Four Million Six Hundred Seventy Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty-Two (394,670,952) shares. The seventh series of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series G Preferred Stock" and shall consist of One Hundred Eleven Million (111,000,000) shares.

- 2 -


ARTICLE V

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

1.
Definitions. For purposes of this ARTICLE V, the following definitions shall apply.

(a)
"Conversion Price" shall mean:

(i)
$0.18312 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock;

(ii)
$0.19222 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock;

(iii)
$0.20214 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock;

(iv)
$0.07923 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock;

(v)
$0.11132 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock;

(vi)
$0.154844675 per share for the Series F-1 Preferred Stock; and

(vii)
$0.27141 per share for the Series G Preferred Stock, in each case, subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein.

(b) "Convertible Securities" shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(c)
"Corporation" shall mean Quantenna Communications, Inc.

(d)
"Distribution" shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration
whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation (or its subsidiaries) for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, and (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of a majority of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock of the Corporation voting as separate classes.


(e)
"Dividend Rate" shall mean an annual rate of:

(i)
$0.02764 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock;

(ii)
$0.02972 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock;

- 3 -


(iii)    $0.032 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock;

(iv)    $0.00634 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock;

(v)    $0.0089 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock;

(vi)    $0.012387574 per share for the Series F-1 Preferred Stock; and

(vii)    $0.021712 per share for the Series G Preferred Stock in each case, subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein.

(f)
"Liquidation Preference" shall mean:

(i)
$0.34552 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock;

(ii)
$0.3716 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock;

(iii)
$0.40 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock;

(iv)
$0.07923 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock;

(v)
$0.11132 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock;

(vi)
$0.154844675 per share for the Series F-1 Preferred Stock; and

(vii)
$0.27141 per share for the Series G Preferred Stock in each case, subject to
adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein.

(g) "Options" shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(h)
"Original Issue Price" shall mean:

(i)
$0.34552 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock;

(ii)
$0.3716 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock;

(iii)
$0.40 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock;

(iv)
$0.07923 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock;

(v)
$0.11132 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock;

(vi)
$0.154844675 per share for the Series F-1 Preferred Stock; and

(vii)
$0.27141 per share for the Series G Preferred Stock, in each case, subject to
adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein.

- 4 -


(i) "Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F -1 Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock.

(j) "Recapitalization" shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

(k) "Series A Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Article V, Section 5(d)(i) hereof.

(l) "Series B Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Article V, Section 5(d)(ii) hereof.

(m) "Series C Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Article V, Section 5(d)(iii) hereof.

(n) "Series E Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Article V, Section 5(d)(iv) hereof.

(o) "Series F-1 Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Article V, Section 5(d)(v) hereof.

(p) "Series G Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Article V, Section 5(d)(vi) hereof.

2.     Dividends

(a) Preferred Stock . In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock until all declared dividends on the Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the Preferred Stock holders. Payment of any dividends to the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the Dividend Rates for each series of Preferred Stock. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to such dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid in any calendar year.

(b) Additional Dividends . After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends described in Section 2(a), any additional dividends (other than dividends on Common Stock payable solely in Common Stock) declared or paid in any fiscal year shall be declared or paid among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate (as defined in Section 4 hereof).

(c) Non-Cash Distributions . Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

- 5 -


(d) Consent to Certain Distributions . To the extent one or more sections of any other state corporations code setting forth minimum requirements for the corporation's retained earnings and/or net assets are applicable to this corporation's repurchase of shares of Common Stock, such code sections shall not apply, to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law, in whole or in part with respect to repurchases by this corporation of its Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants or other persons performing services for this corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which this corporation has the right to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment. In the case of any such repurchases, distributions by the corporation may be made without regard to the "preferential dividends arrears amount" or any "preferential rights amount," as such terms may be defined in such other state's corporations code.


3.
Liquidation Rights

(a)
Liquidation Preference

(i) In the event of any Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F-1 Preferred Stock or Common Stock in connection therewith by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series G Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series G Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series G Preferred Stock. If upon the Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(i), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(i).

(ii) After the holders of Series G Preferred Stock have been paid in full as specified in Section 3(a)(i) above, the holders of Series F-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Common Stock in connection therewith by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series F-1 Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series F-1 Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series F-1 Preferred Stock. If upon the Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(ii), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii).

(iii) After the holders of Series G Preferred Stock and Series F-1 Preferred Stock have been paid in full as specified in Sections 3(a)(i) and (ii) above, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation

- 6 -


to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Common Stock in connection therewith by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series E Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series E Preferred Stock. If upon the Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(iii), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(iii).

(iv) After the holders of Series G Preferred Stock , Series F-1 Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock have been paid in full as specified in Sections 3(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) above, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock in connection therewith by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series D Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series D Preferred Stock. If upon the Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(iv), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(iv).

(v) After the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, Series F-1 Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock have been paid in full as specified in Sections 3(a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock in connection therewith by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series C Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) one and one-tenth times (l.lx) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series C Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series C Preferred Stock. If upon the Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(v), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(v).

(vi) After the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, Series F-1 Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock have been paid in full as specified in Sections 3(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock in connection therewith by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series B Preferred Stock

- 7 -


or Series A Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock. If upon the Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(vi), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(vi).


(b) Remaining Assets . After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Section 3(a) above, the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, Series F-1 Preferred, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, with the shares of Series G Preferred Stock, Series F-1 Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Rate.


(c) Shares not Treated as Both Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution . To avoid double participation in the liquidation preference, shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any distribution, or series of distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the distribution, or series of distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock.


(d) Liquidation Event . For purposes of this Section 3, a "Liquidation Event" shall mean and include: (i) the merger or acquisition of the Corporation by any person or entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock solely for capital raising purposes or any merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Corporation) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions; (ii) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, including intangible assets; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary. Subject to subsection (g)(iv) below, the treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote of written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as a separate series, and on an as-converted basis).

(e) Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any Liquidation Event are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a Liquidation Event shall be valued as follows:

- 8 -


(i)    if the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the distribution; and
(ii)    if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the distribution.
In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another person or entity, the distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.
(f)      Noncompliance . In the event that the requirements of this Section 3 are not complied with in connection with any Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall either:
(i)     cause the closing of any such voluntary transaction to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 3 have been complied with; or
(ii)     cancel any such voluntary transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock under this Section 3 shall revert to and be the same as the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock existing under this Section 3 immediately prior to the date that the first notice related to any such transaction was distributed by the Corporation to such holders pursuant to Section 4(j) hereof.
(g)      Waiver of Liquidation Preference Rights . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Liquidation Preference rights may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock either before or after the event giving rise to such rights, except that:
(i)     waiver of the Liquidation Preference afforded to the Series C Preferred Stock in Section 3(a)(v) above shall require the approval of holders of sixty-six percent (66%) of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock;
(ii)     waiver of the Liquidation Preference afforded to the Series D Preferred Stock in Section 3(a)(iv) above shall require the approval of holders of sixty-six percent (66%) of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock;
(iii)     waiver of the Liquidation Preference afforded to the Series E Preferred Stock in Section 3(a)(iii) above shall require the approval of holders of sixty-eight percent (68%) of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock;
(iv)     the treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event, or the waiver of the Liquidation Preference afforded to the Series F-1 Preferred Stock in Section 3(a)(ii) above, shall require the approval of holders of sixty-eight percent (68%) of the outstanding shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock; and
(v)     the treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event, or the waiver of the Liquidation Preference afforded to the Series G Preferred Stock in

- 9 -


Section 3(a)(i) above, shall require the approval of holders of eighty five percent (85%) of the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock.
Any such waiver pursuant to this subsection (g) shall bind all current and future holders of shares of such shares of Preferred Stock.
4.      Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:
(a)      Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the "Conversion Rate" for each such series.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.
(b)      Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation's Common Stock, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $50,000,000 (a "Qualified IPO") and provided further that such Qualified IPO must involve an offering price to the public (prior to deduction of underwriters discount or other expenses) reflecting a pre-money valuation of not less than $325 million (such "pre-money valuation of the Company" being calculated by multiplying the offering price to the public by the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, assuming the conversion of all Convertible Securities and the exercise of all Options); or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an "Automatic Conversion Event"); provided , however , that:
(i)    if such Automatic Conversion Event occurs in connection with a Liquidation Event in which the proceeds to which the holders of Series E Preferred Stock would be entitled pursuant to Section 3 hereof in respect of their shares of Series E Preferred Stock would be greater than the proceeds such holders would receive if all such shares of Series E Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock shall not be so converted unless the holders of at least sixty-eight percent (68%) of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall have approved such conversion; and
(ii)    In order for the shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock to convert in an Automatic Conversion Event, the Corporation shall have received the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock.
(c)      Mechanics of Conversion . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of

- 10 -


Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, he shall either (i) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (ii) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that he elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.
(d)      Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues
(i)     Special Definition . For purposes of this Section 4(d), "Additional Shares of Common" shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Filing Date"), other than issuances or deemed issuances of:
(1)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors, employees, consultants, and other service providers of the Corporation (or any subsidiary) pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans or other employee stock incentive programs approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;
(2)    shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Filing Date;
(3)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) hereof;
(4)    shares of Common Stock issued in a bona-fide, firmly underwritten registered public offering under the Securities Act;
(5)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;


- 11 -


(6)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a debt financing or commercial leasing transaction approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;
(7)     shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for 13,562,425 shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock and any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of such shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock;
(8)     shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, sales, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;
(9)     shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by a majority of the Board of Directors; and
(10)    any security issued upon exercise of any right, option or warrant to acquire any security excluded from the definition of Additional Shares of Common pursuant to subsections (l) through (10) above.
(ii)     No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for such series of Preferred Stock.
(iii)     Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:
(1)    no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;
(2)    if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments


- 12 -


based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);
(3)    no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;
(4)     upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each Series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:
(a)     in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and
(b)     in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and
(5)     if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.
(iv)     Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common . The Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
(1)     Series A, Series B, Series C and Series E Preferred Stock. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest thousandth of a cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the


- 13 -


number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.001, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.001 or more in the aggregate.
(2)     Series D Preferred Stock. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest thousandth of a cent) determined by multiplying the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.00l , but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.001 or more in the aggregate.
(3)     Series F-1 Preferred Stock. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion Price of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest thousandth of a cent) determined by multiplying Conversion Price of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.001, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.001 or more in the aggregate.
(4)     Series G Preferred Stock. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series G Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion


- 14 -


Price of the Series G Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest thousandth of a cent) determined by multiplying Conversion Price of the Series G Preferred Stock by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price of the Series G Preferred Stock, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price of the Series G Preferred Stock shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.001, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.001 or more in the aggregate.
(5)     In the event that the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, shares of Additional Shares of Common that results in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4(d)(iv)(the "First Dilutive Issuance"), and this Corporation then issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, shares of Additional Shares of Common in a subsequent issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance that would result in further adjustment to a Conversion Price (a "Subsequent Dilutive Issuance") pursuant to the same or related instruments as the First Dilutive Issuance, then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the applicable Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced to the applicable Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.
(6)     For the purposes of this Section 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.
(v)     Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:
(1)      Cash and Property . Such consideration shall:
(a)     insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;
(b)    insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and
(c)     in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.


- 15 -


(2)     Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing
(x)    the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by
(y)    the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.
(e)     Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.
(f)     Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.
(g)      Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution . Subject to Section 3 above ("Liquidation Rights"), if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of


- 16 -


stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.
(h)      Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i)    such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.
(i)      Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of (i) the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock other than the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F-1 Preferred Stock or the Series G Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series, (ii) the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of at least sixty eight percent (68%) of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, (iii) the Conversion Price of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of at least sixty-eight percent (68%) of the outstanding shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock and (iv) the Conversion Price of the Series G Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of at least eighty five percent (85%) of the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, in each such case either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment. Any such waiver shall bind all current and future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.
(U)      Notices of Record Date . In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:
(i)     to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;
(ii)    to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or
(iii)    to voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3(d);
then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock at least 10 days' prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.
Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed.


- 17 -


The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.
(k)     Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.
5.     Voting
(a)      Restricted Class Voting . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.
(b)      No Series Voting . Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.
(c)      Preferred Stock . Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. The holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted), shall be disregarded.
(d)      Election of Directors . So long as at least 12,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) remain outstanding:
(i)    the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Corporation's Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation's stockholders for the election of directors (each, a "Series A Director");
(ii)    the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (I) member of the Corporation's Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation's stockholders for the election of directors (the "Series B Director");
(iii)    the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation's Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation's stockholders for the election of directors (the "Series C Director");


- 18 -


(iv)    the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation's Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation's stockholders for the election of directors (the " Series E Director ");
(v)    the holders of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one ( 1) member of the Corporation's Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation's stockholders for the election of directors (the " Series F-1 Director ");
(vi)    in the event the Company's Board of Directors increases the size of the Board of Directors, and designates a "Series G Director", then and thereafter the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation's Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation's stockholders for the election of directors (the " Series G Director ") and such seat may only be eliminated by amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and
(vii)    The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation's Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation's stockholders for the election of directors.
Any additional members of the Corporation's Board of Directors shall be elected by the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, which member shall be subject to the approval of the then serving members of the Corporation's Board of Directors.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override the Board of Director's action to fill such vacancy by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of the corporation's stockholders or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders. Any director may be removed during his or her term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent.
(e)     Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock . The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
(f)     Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

- 19 -


6.      Amendments and Changes
(a)     As long as 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock (calculated on an as-converted basis):
(i)    amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation;
(ii)    increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;
(iii)    authorize or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges with respect to dividends or payments upon liquidation senior to or on a parity with any series of Preferred Stock or having voting rights other than those granted to the Preferred Stock generally;
(iv)    authorize or enter into any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3(d) above;
(v)    change the authorized size of the Board of Directors;
(vi)    declare or pay any Distribution with respect to the Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation;
(vii)    redeem or repurchase any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (excluding Common Stock repurchased at cost (or, if lesser, the fair market value) upon termination of an officer, employee or director or consultant pursuant to a restricted stock purchase agreement or the exercise by the Company of contractual rights of first refusal over such shares);
(viii)    increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to any stock grant, option plan, purchase plan or other employee stock incentive program;
(ix)    file a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law; or
(x)    amend this Section 6.
(b)     As long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least sixty-eight percent (68%) of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock take any action for which the Delaware General Corporation Law otherwise requires the approval of the Series E Preferred Stock voting or consenting as a separate series.
(c)     As long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by

- 20 -


law) of the holders of at least sixty-eight percent (68%) of the outstanding shares of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock take any action for which the Delaware General Corporation Law otherwise requires the approval of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock voting or consenting as a separate series.
(d)     As long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least eighty five percent (85%) of the outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred Stock take any action for which the Delaware General Corporation Law otherwise requires the approval of the Series G Preferred Stock voting or consenting as a separate series.
7.     Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this ARTICLE V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder's address appearing on the books of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VI
The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
ARTICLE VII
Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless a stockholder demands election by written ballot at the meeting and before voting begins or unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
ARTICLE VIII
Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors that constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE IX
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, except as set forth under ARTICLE V(6)(a) above, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE X
1.    To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
2.    The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding") by reason of the fact

- 21 -


that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.
3.     Neither any amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE X, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE X, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
ARTICLE XI
Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE XII
To the extent permitted by law, the Corporation renounces any expectancy that a Covered Person offer the Corporation an opportunity to participate in an Excluded Opportunity and waives any claim that the Excluded Opportunity constitutes a corporate opportunity that should have been presented by the Covered Person to the Corporation; provided, however, that the Covered Person acts in good faith. A "Covered Person" is any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries) who is a partner, member or employee of a Fund. An "Excluded Opportunity" is any transaction or other matter that is presented to the Covered Person in his or her capacity as a partner, member or employee of a Fund (and other than in connection with his or her service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation) that may be an opportunity of interest for both the Corporation and the Fund. A "Fund" is an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is primarily in the business of investing in other entities, or an entity that manages such an entity.


- 22 -



CE R T I F I CATE O F AMEN D MEN T
O F
A MEN DED A N D R E S TA T E D CE R T IFI C AT E O F IN C ORPO R AT I ON
O F
Q U ANTENNA COMM U NI C A T IO N S , I N C.

Quant e n n a C o m mun ic a ti o ns , I nc . , a c orp or a t ion o r gan iz ed an d e xi s t in g u n d e r th e l aw s of t he S t a te o f D e l a w a r e ( t h e " C or por a ti o n " ) , h e reb y c ertifie s a s fo ll o ws :
1 .      The n a m e o f the C o r p oration is Q u ant e nna C o m mu ni c a ti on s , I nc., fo rm e rl y k n ow n a s m yS ou rc e C o m m u n i ca t i o n s, Inc . T h e C o r p o ra t i o n' s or i gi na l C e rti ficat e of I ncorp o ratio n wa s fi l ed w i th t h e S ecr e t a r y of Sta t e o f t h e S t a te of De l a w are o n N o v e m b e r 2 8 , 2 0 05 .
2 .      P urs u a n t t o Se c t i on 242 o f t he DG C L , th i s C e rt ifi c a t e o f A mend m e nt o f Amend e d a n d R es tat e d C e rt ific a t e o f In c or po r a t io n fu rt her a m end s th e p ro vi s i o n s o f t h e C o rporat i o n ' s A m e n d e d and R e s t at e d C ertificat e of In corp o rat i o n .
3 .     Pu rs u a nt t o Se c tion 24 2 of th e D G C L, t h e B o ar d o f D ir e c t or s of th e C o rp o r ati o n d ul y a dopt e d res o l u t i o n s s ett i n g fo rt h t h e t e rm s and p rov i sio n s o f t hi s C erti fi c a te of A me n d m e n t of Amended a nd Rest a te d Ce rtific a t e of Inc orpo ra t i o n , decl a r i n g th e t e r m s a nd pro v i s i o n s o f th i s C erti fic a t e of A m e n d m e n t t o b e a d v i sa b l e, and d i re c t i n g t h a t t h e te rm s and p rov i s i o ns o f t h i s Cert i fi ca t e o f Am e ndm e nt b e s ubmitt e d to a nd co n s id e r e d b y t h e sto ckhold e r s of the Cor p o ra t i o n fo r a ppro v a l.
4 .     T h e t er m s a n d pro v i s io n s o f t h i s C e rt i fi c at e o f Am e n d me nt of A m e nded a n d R e st a t e d Ce r tifi c a t e of Inc o rpora t i o n h a ve b een du l y a p p ro ve d b y w r i tt en c on s e nt o f th e r e q uir e d n umber o f s h a r e s of ou t s t a n d in g s t oc k of t he Co rp ora t i on en t i tl ed to v o t e the r e o n , in li eu of a m e et i n g and vo t e of s tock h o l d e r s , p u r s ua n t to S e c t i ons 22 8 and 2 4 2 of t h e DG C L.
5.     A rt i c l e I V o f t h e Am e n de d a nd R es t a t e d Ce rt ifi ca t e of In c o rpo ra tion o f t h e Co r p o rat i o n i s he r eb y a m en d e d t o r e a d i n it s e ntir ety a s fo ll ows :
" T h e t ota l n u m be r of s h ar es o f s t o c k t h a t t h e Co r p or a t ion s ha ll hav e au t horit y t o i ss u e i s Tw o B ill ion E i g ht Hu n dr e d N i ne Mill i o n T h re e Hundr e d T w e n t y -S i x T h o u sa nd F o u r Hu n dr e d Te n ( 2 ,809 ,3 26,410) s h a r es , c o n s i st ing of On e Bill i o n S i x H undred F i fty- S i x M i ll i o n E i g h t Hundr e d Fort y- Four T h ou s a nd Si x H u nd re d T we n ty - Seve n (1 , 6 56 , 8 44 , 6 27) s h a r es o f Com m o n St oc k , $ 0 . 000 1 p a r v a l u e pe r s h ar e, a nd O ne B i lli o n One H u ndr e d F i fty -Tw o Million Fo u r Hundr e d Ei g hty - O n e T h o u s a n d S e v e n H u n d r ed E i gh t y -T h r ee ( 1 , 1 52 , 4 8 1 ,783 ) s har es of Pre fe rred St oc k, $ 0 . 0001 p a r v a lue per s h a re . Th e fir s t se r i es of Pr efe rred S t ock s h a ll b e d es i gna ted " Ser i es A Pr eferr e d S toc k " a n d s h a ll c o n s ist of T hi rt y - Ni n e Mi ll ion On e Hund r ed Nine t y- Thr ee T h o u sa nd On e H u n d re d F i ft ee n ( 3 9 , 19 3 , 11 5 ) s h a re s . T h e s eco nd s eri es o f Pr ef er r e d S to c k s ha ll be d es i g nat e d " Se ri es B Pre f e rr ed Stoc k " a nd s h a ll c o n s i s t o f Fo rt y -O n e Mi lli o n O n e H un d r ed Tw e l ve T h o u s a nd On e H und r e d ( 4 1 , 1 1 2 ,1 00 ) s h a re s . Th e th i rd se r i e s o f Pr efe r r e d Stoc k s h a ll b e d e s i g n a t e d " Ser i es C P refe r r e d Sto ck " a n d s h a ll con s ist o f Fort y- T h r ee M illi o n S ev e n Hundr e d Fifty- N i n e Tho u s a nd Nin e Hun dr e d Fif ty - E ig h t ( 43,7 5 9 , 95 8 ) s h a r e s . Th e fourt h s eri es of P re ferr e d St oc k s ha ll b e de s i g n ate d " Se ri es D P re f erred S t ock " a nd s h a ll co n s i s t o f Two H u ndr ed E i g h tee n Mi ll io n Four




Hu n dre d Si x ty T hou sa nd Tw o Hundr ed S e vent e en (2 18 , 460 , 217 ) sh ar e s . The fifth s erie s of P re fer re d Stoc k s h a ll be d e s i g nat e d " Seri es E Preferred Stock " and sh a ll c o nsi st of Tw o Hu n dr e d Si x t y-Seve n M i lli on F o ur Hundr e d Fo rt y Th o usa n d Eig ht Hun d re d Fou r teen (2 6 7,4 40 ,81 4 ) s hare s. The si x th s erie s o f Pr ef err e d S t oc k s h all b e desig n a t e d " S erie s F-1 Preferred S tock " an d s hall co ns ist o f Three Hun d red Ni ne t y - Fo u r Milli o n S i x H und r ed S ev e nt y Th ou s a nd N in e H u nd re d Fifty-Tw o (3 9 4, 670 ,9 5 2) s h a res. T he s ev e nth se rie s of Pref e rred S toc k s hall b e d e s ig n a ted " Series G Pr e ferred Stock " a n d s h a ll co n s i s t o f On e Hu n dre d Fo rty -S e ven Million E igh t Hundre d Fo rty - Fo ur T hou s and Si x Hun d red T we nt y-Se v en ( 1 47,844 , 6 2 7) s h ar e s . "





IN WITN E SS WH E R E O F , Qu a ntenna C ommuni c ati o ns , Inc . ha s cau s ed th is C e rtifi ca te o f A mend m ent t o be s i g n e d b y S am Hei da r i , a dul y a uthori z e d o ffic e r of t he Co rp o rati o n, o n M ay 29 , 201 5 .




 
/s/ SAM HEIDARI
 
Sam Heidari, Chief Executive Officer
 
 




Exhibit 3.2

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
Quantenna Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:
A. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name of mySource Communications, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 28, 2005.
B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.
C. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
ARTICLE I
The name of the Corporation is Quantenna Communications, Inc.
ARTICLE II
The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE III
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
ARTICLE IV
4.1      Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,100,000,000 shares, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).
4.2      Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock . The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as




a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote by any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required by the express terms of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4 of this Article IV.
4.3      Common Stock .
(a)      The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or this certificate of incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ,” which term, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock), and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences, or relative participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, by any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.
(b)      Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.
(c)      In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock in respect thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

-2-


4.4      Preferred Stock .
(a)      The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions and to set forth in a certification of designations filed pursuant to the DGCL the powers, designations, preferences and relative participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including, without limitation, sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.
(b)      The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
ARTICLE V
5.1      General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
5.2      Number of Directors; Election; Term .
(a)      Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed solely by resolution of the Board of Directors.
(b)      Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, effective upon the closing date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the initial sale of shares of Common Stock in the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the

-3-


third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board of Directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned by the Board of Directors among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
(c)      Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
(d)      Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
5.3      Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause.
5.4      Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, and except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been assigned by the Board of Directors and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.
ARTICLE VI
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however , that a Bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

-4-


ARTICLE VII
7.1      No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to act by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
7.2      Special Meetings . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to call a special meeting of the holders of such series, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer of the Corporation or the president of the Corporation (in the absence of a chief executive officer of the Corporation), and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied. The Board of Directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.
7.3      Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
7.4      No Cumulative Voting . No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.
ARTICLE VIII
To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
ARTICLE IX
The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of

-5-


the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.
The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.
A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the Corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.
ARTICLE X
Except as provided in Article VIII and Article IX above, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66⅔% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX or this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).




-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Quantenna Communications, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation on this ____ day of _________ 2016.


By:         
Sam Heidari
Chief Executive Officer


-7-
Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(Formerly known as mySource Communications, Inc.)

Adopted December 15, 2005





TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
1

1.1
Place of Meetings
1

1.2
Annual Meeting
1

1.3
Special Meeting
1

1.4
Notice of Stockholders' Meetings
2

1.5
Quorum
2

1.6
Adjourned Meeting; Notice
2

1.7
Conduct of Business
2

1.8
Voting
2

1.9
Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting
3

1.10
Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents
4

1.11
Proxies
5

1.12
List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote
5

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS
5

2.1
Powers
5

2.2
Number of Directors
5

2.3
Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors
6

2.4
Resignation and Vacancies
6

2.5
Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone
7

2.6
Conduct of Business
7

2.7
Regular Meetings
7

2.8
Special Meetings; Notice
7

2.9
Quorum
8

2.10
Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting
8

2.11
Fees and Compensation of Directors
8

2.12
Removal of Directors
8

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES
8

3.1
Committees of Directors
8

3.2
Committee Minutes
9

3.3
Meetings and Actions of Committees
9

3.4
Subcommittees
9

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS
9

4.1
Officers
9

4.2
Appointment of Officers
10

4.3
Subordinate Officers
10

4.4
Removal and Resignation of Officers
10

4.5
Vacancies in Offices
10





TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
 
 
Page
4.6
Representation of Shares of Other Corporations
10
4.7
Authority and Duties of Officers
10
ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION
10
5.1
Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings
10
5.2
Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the
Company
11
5.3
Successful Defense
11
5.4
Indemnification of Others
11
5.5
Advanced Payment of Expenses
11
5.6
Limitation on Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses
12
5.7
Determination; Claim
12
5.8
Non-Exclusivity of Rights
12
5.9
Insurance
12
5.10
Survival
13
5.11
Effect of Repeal or Modification
13
5.12
Certain Definitions
13
ARTICLE VI — STOCK
13
6.1
Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares
13
6.2
Special Designation on Certificates...
14
6.3
Lost Certificates
14
6.4
Dividends
14
6.5
Stock Transfer Agreements
14
6.6
Registered Stockholders
15
6.7
Transfers
15
ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER
15
7.1
Notice of Stockholder Meetings
15
7.2
Notice by Electronic Transmission
15
7.3
Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address
16
7.4
Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful
16
7.5
Waiver of Notice
17
ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS
17
8.1
Fiscal Year
17
8.2
Seal
17
8.3
Annual Report
17
8.4
Construction; Definitions
17
ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS
17




- ii -


BYLAWS


ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1     Place of Meetings. Meetings of stockholders of Quantenna Communications, Inc. (formerly known as mySource Communications, Inc.) (the "Company") shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company's board of directors (the "Board"). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders' meetings shall be held at the Company's principal executive office.

1.2     Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company's certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3     Special Meeting. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i)    be in writing;

(ii)    specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii)    be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


- 1 -



1.4     Notice of Stockholders' Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

1.5     Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6, until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6     Adjourned Meeting; Notice. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

1.7     Conduct of Business. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1.8     Voting. The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.


- 2 -



Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

1.9      Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.


- 3 -



Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10     Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents. In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date:

(i)    in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting;

(ii)    in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board; and

(iii)    in the case of determination of stockholders for any other action, shall not be more than 60 days prior to such other action.

If no record date is fixed by the Board:

(i)    the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall, be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

(ii)    the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action of the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and


- 4 -



(iii)    the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

1.11     Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12     List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose, germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company's principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.


ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

2.1     Powers. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2     Number of Directors. The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of


- 5 -



the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director's term of office expires.

2.3     Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors. Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director's successor is elected and qualified or until such director's earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4     Resignation and Vacancies. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i)    Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii)    Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.


- 6 -



A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director's successor is elected and qualified, or until such director's earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5     Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone. The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by .the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6     Conduct of Business. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. .

2.7     Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8     Special Meetings; Notice. Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i)    delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii)    sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii)    sent by facsimile; or

(iv)    sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director's address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company's records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be


- 7 -



communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company's principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9     Quorum. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

2.10     Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11     Fees and Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12     Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director's term of office,


ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

3.1     Committees of Directors. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such



- 8 -



committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2     Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3     Meetings and Actions of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i)     section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(ii)     section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(iii)     section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(iv)     section 2.9 (Quorum);

(v)     section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(vi)     section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i)    the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii)    special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii)    notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

3.4     Subcommittees. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.


ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

4.1     Officers. The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other


- 9 -



officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2     Appointment of Officers. The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3     Subordinate Officers. The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4     Removal and Resignation of Officers. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5     Vacancies in Offices. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3.

4.6     Representation of Shares of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in.the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7     Authority and Duties of Officers. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.


ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

5.1     Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as. now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,


- 10 -



administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding") (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person, in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.

5.2      Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3      Successful Defense. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4      Indemnification of Others. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5      Advanced Payment of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in


- 11 -



advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.

5.6     Limitation on Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. Subject to the requirements in Section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be required to provide indemnification or, with respect to clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) below, advance expenses to any person pursuant to this Article V:

(i)    in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person except (i) as otherwise required by law, (ii) in specific cases if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, or (iii) as is required to be made under Section 5.7;

(ii)    in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) against such person providing for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law or common law;

(iii)    for amounts for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy or indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid; or

(iv)    if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7     Determination; Claim. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid in full within 60 days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Company, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such suit, the Company shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

5.8     Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9     Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request


- 12 -



of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10     Survival. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11     Effect of Repeal or Modification. Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

5.12     Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article V, references to the "Company" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V, references to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Company" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the Company" as referred to in this Article V.


ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1     Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares. The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or


- 13 -



registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be .stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2      Special Designation on Certificates. If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.3     Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4     Dividends. The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company's capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company's capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5     Stock Transfer Agreements. The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to


- 14 -



restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6     Registered Stockholders. The Company:

(i)    shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii)    shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii)    shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7     Transfers. Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed.


ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1     Notice of Stockholder Meetings. Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it appears on the Company's records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2     Notice by Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i)    the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii)    such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.


- 15 -



Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i)    if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii)    if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii)    if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv)    if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An "electronic transmission" means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3     Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4     Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that


- 16 -



notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5     Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.


ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

8.1     Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2     Seal. The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3     Annual Report. The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company's shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

8.4     Construction; Definitions. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term "person" includes both a corporation and a natural person.


ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.



- 17 -

Exhibit 3.4








AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(as amended on September 28, 2016 effective as of the
closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)



-i-



TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES
1
1.1
REGISTERED OFFICE
1
1.2
OTHER OFFICES
1
ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
1
2.1
PLACE OF MEETINGS
1
2.2
ANNUAL MEETING
1
2.3
SPECIAL MEETING
1
2.4
ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES
2
2.5
NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
8
2.6
QUORUM
9
2.7
ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE
9
2.8
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
9
2.9
VOTING
9
2.1
STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
10
2.11
RECORD DATES
10
2.12
PROXIES
11
2.13
LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE
11
2.14
INSPECTORS OF ELECTION
12
ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS
12
3.1
POWERS
12
3.2
NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
12
3.3
ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
13
3.4
RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES
13
3.5
PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
14
3.6
REGULAR MEETINGS
14
3.7
SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE
14
3.8
QUORUM; VOTING
14
3.9
BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
15
3.1
FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
15
3.11
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
15
ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES
16
4.1
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
16
4.2
COMMITTEE MINUTES
16
4.3
MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES
16
4.4
SUBCOMMITTEES
17
ARTICLE V - OFFICERS
17
5.1
OFFICERS
17
5.2
APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS
17
5.3
SUBORDINATE OFFICERS
18

-i-


 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
 
 
Page
5.4
REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
18
5.5
VACANCIES IN OFFICES
18
5.6
REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS
18
5.7
AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS
18
ARTICLE VI - STOCK
19
6.1
STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES
19
6.2
SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES
19
6.3
LOST CERTIFICATES
20
6.4
DIVIDENDS
20
6.5
TRANSFER OF STOCK
20
6.6
STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS
20
6.7
REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
20
ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER
21
7.1
NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
21
7.2
NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION
21
7.3
NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS
22
7.4
NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL
22
7.5
WAIVER OF NOTICE
22
ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION
23
8.1
Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings
23
8.2
Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the CORPORATION
23
8.3
Successful Defense
23
8.4
Indemnification of Others
24
8.5
Advanced Payment of Expenses
24
8.6
Limitation on Indemnification
24
8.7
Determination; Claim
25
8.8
Non-Exclusivity of Rights
25
8.9
Insurance
25
8.1
Survival
26
8.11
Effect of Repeal or Modification
26
8.12
Certain Definitions
26
ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS
27
9.1
EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS
27
9.2
FISCAL YEAR
27
9.3
SEAL
27
9.4
CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS
27
 
 
 

-ii-


 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
 
 
Page
ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS
28


-iii-



BYLAWS OF QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES
1.1      REGISTERED OFFICE
The registered office of Quantenna Communications, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.
1.2      OTHER OFFICES
The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.
ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1      PLACE OF MEETINGS
Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.
2.2      ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.
2.3      SPECIAL MEETING
(i)      A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by (A) the board of directors, (B) chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.
(ii)      The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section  2.3(ii) shall





be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.
2.4      ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES
(i)      Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”), and the regulations thereunder (or any successor rule and in any case as so amended), clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.
(a)      To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.
(b)      To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or

-2-



decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).
(c)      Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.
(ii)      Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.
(a)      To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

-3-



(b)      To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:
(1)      as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between any of the stockholder, each nominee and/or any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or relating to the nominee’s potential service on the board of directors, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and
(2)      as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).
(c)      At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).
(d)      Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact

-4-



necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
(iii)      Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.
(a)      For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to Section 2.3, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
(b)      The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.
(iv)      Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, including, with respect to business such stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting that involves a proposal that such stockholder requests to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement, the requirements of Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any right of the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.
2.5      NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided

-5-



in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.
2.6      QUORUM
The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.
If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.
2.7      ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE
When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.
2.8      CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business, and shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time, whether or not a quorum is present. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

-6-



2.9      VOTING
The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section  217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.
Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.
Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
2.10      STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of preferred stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.
2.11      RECORD DATES
In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.
If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the board of directors may fix a new

-7-



record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.
In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
2.12      PROXIES
Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.
2.13      LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE
The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
2.14      INSPECTORS OF ELECTION
Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3).

-8-



If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder's proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.
Such inspectors shall:
(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;
(ii) receive votes, ballots or consents;
(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;
(iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents;
(v) determine when the polls shall close;
(vi) determine the result;
(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders; and
(viii) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors.
The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS
3.1      POWERS
The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.
3.2      NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

-9-



3.3      ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
Except as provided in Section  3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.
In accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.
3.4      RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES
Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.
Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by stockholders. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section  211 of the DGCL.
If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section  211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

-10-



3.5      PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.
Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors or any subcommittee, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any such committee or subcommittee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
3.6      REGULAR MEETINGS
Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.
3.7      SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE
Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.
Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:
(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;
(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;
(iii) sent by facsimile; or
(iv) sent by electronic mail,
directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.
If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.
3.8      QUORUM; VOTING
At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than

-11-



announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.
The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.
3.9      BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee or subcommittee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee or subcommittee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee or subcommittee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 3.9 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.
3.10      FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.
3.11      REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.
No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.
ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES
4.1      COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
The board of directors may, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate

-12-



members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.
4.2      COMMITTEE MINUTES
Each committee and subcommittee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors, or the committee, when required.
4.3      MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES
A majority of the directors then serving on a committee or subcommittee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by the committee or subcommittee, unless the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, a resolution of the board of directors or a resolution of a committee that created the subcommittee requires a greater or lesser number, provided that in no case shall a quorum be less than 1/3 of the directors then serving on the committee or subcommittee. The vote of the majority of the members of a committee or subcommittee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee or subcommittee, unless the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, a resolution of the board of directors or a resolution of a committee that created the subcommittee requires a greater number. Meetings and actions of committees and subcommittees shall otherwise be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:
(i) Section  3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);
(ii) Section  3.6 (regular meetings);
(iii) Section  3.7 (special meetings and notice);
(iv) Section  3.8 (quorum; voting);
(v) Section  3.9 (action without a meeting); and
(vi) Section  7.5 (waiver of notice)
with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee or subcommittee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :
(i)    the time and place of regular meetings of committees and subcommittees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee or subcommittee;

-13-



(ii)    special meetings of committees and subcommittees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors or the committee or subcommittee; and
(iii)    notice of special meetings of committees and subcommittees shall also be given to all alternate members, as applicable, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee or subcommittee. The board of directors, or, in the absence of any such action by the board of directors, the committee or subcommittee, may adopt rules for the government of any committee or subcommittee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.
Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
4.4      SUBCOMMITTEES
Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.
ARTICLE V - OFFICERS
5.1      OFFICERS
The officers of the corporation shall be a chief executive officer and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a president, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
5.2      APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS
The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections  5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.
5.3      SUBORDINATE OFFICERS
The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

-14-



5.4      REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.
5.5      VACANCIES IN OFFICES
Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.
5.6      REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS
The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.
5.7      AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS
All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.
ARTICLE VI - STOCK
6.1      STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES
The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by any two authorized officers of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer,

-15-



transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.
The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.
6.2      SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES
If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.
6.3      LOST CERTIFICATES
Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.
6.4      DIVIDENDS
The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid

-16-



in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.
The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.
6.5      TRANSFER OF STOCK
Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, subject to Section 6.3 of these bylaws, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.
6.6      STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS
The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.
6.7      REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
The corporation:
(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;
(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and
(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER
7.1      NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

-17-



7.2      NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION
Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:
(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and
(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.
However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.
Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:
(i)
if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;
(ii)
if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;
(iii)
if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and
(iv)
if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.
An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164 , 296 , 311 , 312 or 324 of the DGCL.
7.3      NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS
Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions

-18-



of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.
7.4      NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL
Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.
7.5      WAIVER OF NOTICE
Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION
8.1      INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS
Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall

-19-



not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.
8.2      INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION
Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
8.3      SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE
To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
8.4      INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS
Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons as the board shall in its discretion determine the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.
8.5      ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate. The right to advancement of

-20-



expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.
8.6      LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION
Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):
(i)      for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;
(ii)      for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);
(iii)      for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);
(iv)      initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or
(v)      if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however, that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
8.7      DETERMINATION; CLAIM
If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to

-21-



an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.
8.8      NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS
The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.
8.9      INSURANCE
The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.
8.10      SURVIVAL
The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
8.11      EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION
A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.
8.12      CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its

-22-



directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.
ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS
9.1      EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS
Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
9.2      FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.
9.3      SEAL
The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.
9.4      CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS
Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

-23-



ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS
These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided , however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1 (powers), 3.2 (number of directors), 3.4 (resignation and vacancies) and 3.11 (removal of directors) of Article III, Article VIII (indemnification) and this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other bylaw). The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided , however, that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.


-24-
Exhibit 10.1

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [ ], 2016, and is between Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ ] (“ Indemnitee ”).
RECITALS
A.    Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.
B.    Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.
C.    Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.
D.    In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.
E.    This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
The parties therefore agree as follows:
1. Definitions .
(a)      A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
(i)      Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
(ii)      Change in Board Composition . During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;
(iii)      Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities




of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;
(iv)      Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
(v)      Other Events . Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.
For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(1)      Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however , that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
(2)      Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however , that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.
(b)      Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.
(c)      DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
(d)      Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
(e)      Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
(f)      Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation,

- 2-



enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.
(g)      Incumbent Directors ” means the individuals who, as of the date hereof, are directors of the Company and any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, or appointment, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination).
(h)      Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
(i)      Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.
(j)      Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.
2.      Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best

- 3-



interests of the Company and, with respect, to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
3.      Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
4.      Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
5.      Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.
6.      Additional Indemnification .
(a)      Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party, to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.
(b)      For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

- 4-



(i)      the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and
(ii)      the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.
7.      Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):
(a)      for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;
(b)      for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);
(c)      for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);
(d)      initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or
(e)      if prohibited by applicable law.
8.      Advances of Expenses . The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

- 5-



9.      Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim .
(a)      Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.
(b)      If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(c)      In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense, (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.
(d)      Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.
(e)      The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(f)      The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

- 6-



10.      Procedures upon Application for Indemnification .
(a)      To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.
(b)      Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.
(c)      In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for

- 7-



the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
(d)      The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
11.      Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
(a)      In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by such person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.
(b)      The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
(c)      For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.
(d)      Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.
12.      Remedies of Indemnitee .
(a)      Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect

- 8-



to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication in accordance with this Agreement.
(b)      Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.
(c)      To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d)      To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.
(e)      Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.
13.      Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid

- 9-



or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.
14.      Non-exclusivity . The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
15.      [ Primary Responsibility . The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by ____________________ (the “ Secondary Indemnitor ”). The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitor, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitor to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitor with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitor of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitor is an express third-party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 15.]
16.      No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
17.      Insurance . For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Company, and thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any pending indemnifiable event under this Agreement, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to cause to be maintained in effect, to the extent reasonably practicable, policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage for directors and/or officers of the Company that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that provided by the Company’s current

- 10-



policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. The Company shall provide Indemnitee with a copy of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials, and shall provide Indemnitee with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the same. Without limiting the generality or effect of the two immediately preceding sentences, the Company shall not discontinue or significantly reduce the scope or amount of coverage from one policy period to the next (i) without the prior approval thereof by a majority vote of the Incumbent Directors, even if less than a quorum, or (ii) if at the time that any such discontinuation or significant reduction in the scope or amount of coverage is proposed there are no Incumbent Directors, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance obtained by the Company, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the Company’s directors and officers most favorably insured by such policy. The Company may, but shall not be required to, create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means, including without limitation a letter of credit, to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy its obligations to indemnify and advance expenses pursuant to this Agreement.
18.      Subrogation . In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
19.      Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.
20.      Duration . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.
21.      Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company,

- 11-



by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
22.      Severability . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
23.      Enforcement . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.
24.      Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.
25.      Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
26.      Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:
(a)      if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or
(b)      if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 3450 West Warren Drive, Fremont, California 94538, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Arthur Schneiderman, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

- 12-



Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.
27.      Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
28.      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
29.      Captions . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
( signature page follows )



- 13-



The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
(Signature)
 
 
 
(Print name)
 
 
 
(Title)
 
 
 
[NAME]
 
 
 
(Signature)
 
 
 
(Address)
 
 
 
(Address)
 
 
 
(City, State and ZIPCODE)


Exhibit 10.4

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
(As amended June 30, 2016)
(As amended July 27, 2016)
1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:
to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,
to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and
to promote the success of the Company’s business.
The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.
2.     Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:
(a)    “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.
(b)      Applicable Laws ” means the legal and regulatory requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards, including but not limited to, under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.
(c)      Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.
(d)      Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(e)      Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(f)      Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i)      Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one

    


Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; provided, further, that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board also will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event shall not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (i). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or
(ii)      Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or
(iii)      Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.
For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

-2-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.
Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.
(g)      Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.
(h)      Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
(i)      Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.
(j)      Company ” means Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
(k)      Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities, in each case, within the meaning of Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act, and provided, further, that a Consultant will include only those persons to whom the issuance of Shares may be registered under Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act.
(l)      Director ” means a member of the Board.
(m)      Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.
(n)      Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

-3-


(o)      Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(p)      Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.
(q)      Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
(i)      If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or, if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
(ii)      If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or
(iii)      In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
(r)      Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(s)      Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
(t)      Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
(u)      Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).
(v)      Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.
(w)      Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of

-4-


forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.
(x)      Plan ” means this 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.
(y)      Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.
(z)      Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.
(aa)      Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(bb)      Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.
(cc)      Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.
(dd)      Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.
(ee)      Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).
3.      Stock Subject to the Plan .
(a)      Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 97,650,000 Shares, plus (i) any Shares that were reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “ 2006 Plan ”) as of immediately prior to the termination of the 2006 Plan, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2006 Plan that, upon or after the termination of the 2006 Plan, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2006 Plan that, upon or after the termination of the 2006 Plan, are forfeited or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 257,534,483 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
(b)      Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale

-5-


under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).
(c)      Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
4.      Administration of the Plan .
(a)      Procedure .
(i)      Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.
(ii)      Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.
(b)      Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:
(i)      to determine the Fair Market Value;
(ii)      to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;
(iii)      to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
(iv)      to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;
(v)      to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation

-6-


regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;
(vi)      to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;
(vii)      to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;
(viii)      to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;
(ix)      to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));
(x)      to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;
(xi)      to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;
(xii)      to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and
(xiii)      to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.
(c)      Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards and will be given the maximum deference permitted by Applicable Laws.
5.      Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
6.      Stock Options .
(a)      Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
(b)      Option Agreement . Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

-7-


(c)      Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
(d)      Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.
(e)      Option Exercise Price and Consideration .
(i)      Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).
(ii)      Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.
(iii)      Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such

-8-


other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.
(f)      Exercise of Option .
(i)      Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.
Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
(ii)      Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
(iii)      Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator,

-9-


if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
(iv)      Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
7.      Stock Appreciation Rights .
(a)      Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.
(b)      Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.
(c)      Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.
(d)      Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
(e)      Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

-10-


(f)      Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
(i)      The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times
(ii)      The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.
At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.
8.      Restricted Stock .
(a)      Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
(b)      Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.
(c)      Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.
(d)      Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.
(e)      Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.
(f)      Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.
(g)      Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

-11-


(h)      Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.
9.      Restricted Stock Units .
(a)      Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.
(b)      Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.
(c)      Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.
(d)      Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.
(e)      Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.
10.      Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A. In no event will the Company have any obligation under the terms of this Plan to reimburse a Participant for any taxes or other costs that may be imposed on Participant as a result of Section 409A.

-12-


11.      Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
12.      Limited Transferability of Awards .
(a)      Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.
(b)      Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption”), an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant, in each case, to the extent required for continued reliance on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f) or, if the Company is not relying on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption, to the extent permitted by the Plan.
13.      Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .
(a)      Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will

-13-


make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.
(b)      Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
(c)      Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.
In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, in all cases, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

-14-


For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, and unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.
14.      Tax Withholding .
(a)      Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).
(b)      Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by such methods as the Administrator shall determine, including, without limitation, (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a fair market value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to

-15-


the amount required to be withheld, or (v) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.
15.      No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the right of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.
16.      Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
17.      Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.
18.      Amendment and Termination of the Plan .
(a)      Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.
(b)      Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.
(c)      Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.
19.      Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .
(a)      Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with

-16-


Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
(b)      Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.
20.      Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.
21.      Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.
22.      Information to Participants . If and as required (i) pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act, if the Company is relying on the exemption from registration provided pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act with respect to the applicable Award, and/or (ii) pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f) of the Exchange Act, to the extent the Company is relying on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption, then during the period of reliance on the applicable exemption and in each case of (i) and (ii) until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act (if the Company is relying on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption) or Rule 701 of the Securities Act (if the Company is relying on the exemption pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act).
23.      Forfeiture Events . Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary under this Plan, an Award shall be subject to the Company's clawback policy as may be established and/or amended from time to time (the “Clawback Policy”). The Administrator may require a Participant to forfeit, return or reimburse the Company all or a portion of the Award and any amounts paid thereunder pursuant to the terms of the Clawback Policy or as necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws.

-17-


QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).
I.
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
Name:     
Address:     
The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
Date of Grant:
 
 
 
 
 
Vesting Commencement Date:
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise Price per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
Total Number of Shares Granted:
 
 
 
 
 
Total Exercise Price:
 
 
 
 
 
Type of Option:
 
 
Incentive Stock Option
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonstatutory Stock Option
 
 
 
 
Term/Expiration Date:
 
 
 
 
 
Vesting Schedule :
 
 
 
This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.



Termination Period :
This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.
II.
AGREEMENT
1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent required by the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as an NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.
2.
Exercise of Option .
(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.
(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.
No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax



purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.
3.
Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).
Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.
5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:
(a) cash;
(b) check;



(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or
(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.
6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.
7. Non-Transferability of Option .
(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.
(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.
8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.
9. Tax Obligations .
(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares



acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.
(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, a stock right (such as the Option) that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of an underlying share on the date of grant (a “discount stock right”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A stock right that is a “discount stock right” may result in (i) income recognition by the recipient of the stock right prior to the exercise of the stock right, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount stock right” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the recipient of the stock right. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.
10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.
11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.



Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

[Signature Page Follows]



PARTICIPANT
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
Signature
 
By
 
 
 
Print Name
 
Print Name
 
 
 
Title
 
Title
 
 
 
Residence Address
 
 



 
 



EXHIBIT A
2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE

Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Avenue
Fremont, CA 94538
Attention: Corporate Secretary
1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the “Company”), under and pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated [Date] (the “Option Agreement”).
2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.
3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.
5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the



Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).
(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.
(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.
(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.




6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE ISSUER’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE ISSUER OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of



this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.
10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.
 
 
Submitted by:
 
Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
Signature
 
By
 
 
 
Print Name
 
Print Name
 
 
 
 
 
Title
Address:
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Received




EXHIBIT B
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

PARTICIPANT     :    
COMPANY        :    QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
SECURITY        :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT        :    
DATE            :    
In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:
(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to



the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.
 
PARTICIPANT
 
 
 
Signature
 
 
 
Print Name
 
 
 
Date




QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT - EARLY EXERCISE
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement - Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”).
I.      NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
Name:     
Address:     
            
The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
Date of Grant:
 
 
 
 
 
Vesting Commencement Date:
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise Price per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
Total Number of Shares Granted:
 
 
 
 
 
Total Exercise Price:
 
 
 
 
 
Type of Option:
 
 
Incentive Stock Option
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonstatutory Stock Option
 
 
 
 
Term/Expiration Date:
 
 
 
 
 
Vesting Schedule :
 
 
 
This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

-1-


Termination Period :
    
This Option shall be exercisable for [three (3) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for [twelve (12) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.
II.      AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement (the “Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent required by the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as an NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.
2. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as follows:
(a) Right to Exercise .
(i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Alternatively, at the election of Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 ).
(ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.
(iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such

-2-


procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.
No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.
3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).
Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day

-3-


(or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.
5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:
(a) cash;
(b) check;
(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or
(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.
6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.
7. Non-Transferability of Option .
(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.
(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.
8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

-4-


9. Tax Obligations .
(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.
(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, a stock right (such as the Option) that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of an underlying share on the date of grant (a “discount stock right”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A stock right that is a “discount stock right” may result in (i) income recognition by the recipient of the stock right prior to the exercise of the stock right, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount stock right” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the recipient of the stock right. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.
10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.
11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACK-NOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO

-5-


NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
[Signature Page Follows]

-6-


PARTICIPANT
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
Signature
 
By
 
 
 
Print Name
 
Print Name
 
 
 
Title
 
Title
 
 
 
Residence Address
 
 



-7-


EXHIBIT A
2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Avenue
Fremont, CA 94538

Attention: Corporate Secretary
1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the “Company”), under and pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement - Early Exercise dated [Date] (the “Option Agreement”).
2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.
3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.
5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

-1-


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.
(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.
(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.
6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with

-2-


the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.
(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE ISSUER OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

-3-


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.
10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.
Submitted by:
 
Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
Signature
 
By
 
 
 
Print Name
 
Print Name
 
 
 
 
 
Title
Address:
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Received


-4-


EXHIBIT B
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

PARTICIPANT     :    
COMPANY        :    QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
SECURITY        :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT        :    
DATE            :    
In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:
(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold,

-1-


subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 
PARTICIPANT
 
 
 
Signature
 
 
 
Print Name
 
 
 
Date


-2-


EXHIBIT C-1
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between _____________________________ (the “Purchaser”) and Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the “Company”), or its assignees of rights hereunder as of __________________, ____.
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.
RECITALS
A.    Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number ____) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement - Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”) dated _______________, ____ by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase _________ of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”
B.    As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.
1. Repurchase Option .
(a) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).
(b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate

-1-


repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.
(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.
(d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.
(e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.
2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow .
(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.
(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 . The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.
(c) Neither the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.
(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all

-2-


the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.
3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties . This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.
4. Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
5. Adjustment for Stock Split . All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.
6. Notices . Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.
7. Survival of Terms . This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.
8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.

-3-


This discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the Board. The federal, state and local tax consequences to any particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.
PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.
9. Representations . Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.
[Signature page follows]

-4-



Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.
PARTICIPANT
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
Signature
 
By
 
 
 
Print Name
 
Print Name
 
 
 
 
 
Title
 
 
 
Residence Address
 
 

Dated: _________________________, ______




[Signature page to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement]




-5-


EXHIBIT C-2
ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I, __________________________, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Quantenna Communications (the “Company”), ______________________ (__________) shares of the Common Stock of Quantenna Communications, Inc., standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No. _____ herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________________ to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Company and the undersigned dated ______________, _____ (the “Agreement”).

Dated: _______________,____        Signature:____________________________________




INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.


-1-


EXHIBIT C-3
JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
_________________, ____

Corporate Secretary
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Avenue
Fremont, CA 94538

Dear _________________:
As Escrow Agent for both Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:
1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.
2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.
3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.
4. Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or

-1-


certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.
5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.
6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.
7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.
8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.
9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.
10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.
11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.
12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

-2-


13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.
14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.
15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.
16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.
17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.
PURCHASER
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
Signature
 
By
 
 
 
Print Name
 
Print Name
 
 
 
 
 
Title
 
 
 
Residence Address
 
 
ESCROW AGENT
 
 
 
 
Corporate Secretary
 
 
Dated:
 

-3-


EXHIBIT C-4
ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.
1.
The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
 
 
TAXPAYER
 
SPOUSE
NAME:
 
 
 
 
ADDRESS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TAX ID NO.:
 
 
 
 
TAXABLE YEAR:
 
 
 
 
2.
The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: __________ shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the “Company”).
3.
The date on which the property was transferred is:___________________ ,______.
4.
The property is subject to the following restrictions:
The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.
5.
The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $_________________.
6.
The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $_________________.
The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.
The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .
Dated:
 
 
,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxpayer
The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.
Dated:
 
 
,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Spouse of Taxpayer


-1-
Exhibit 10.5

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
2006 STOCK PLAN
(As amended on April 27, 2012)
(As amended on April 25, 2013)
(As amended on August 28, 2014)
(As amended on April 6, 2016)
1.     Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Restricted Stock may also be granted under the Plan.
2.      Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
(a)      Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
(b)      Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity compensation plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.
(c)      Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options or Restricted Stock.
(d)      Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(e)      Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i)      Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or;
(ii)      Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

    


(iii)      Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.
For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.
Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that shall be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.
(f)      Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.
(g)      Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
(h)      Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.
(i)      Company ” means Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
(j)      Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.
(k)      Director ” means a member of the Board.
(l)      Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
(m)      Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

-2-



(n)      Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(o)      Exchange Program ” means a program under which (a) outstanding Options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Options of the same type (which may have lower or higher exercise prices and different terms), Options of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (b) the exercise price of an outstanding Option is reduced. The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.
(p)      Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
(i)      If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
(ii)      If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported) as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or
(iii)      In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
(q)      Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
(r)      Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
(s)      Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
(t)      Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(u)      Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Award.
(v)      Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Award granted under the Plan.
(w)      Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
(x)      Plan ” means this 2006 Stock Plan.

-3-



(y)      Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 11 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.
(z)      Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Optionee evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to Shares purchased under a Restricted Stock award. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the notice of grant.
(aa)      Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(bb)      Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.
(cc)      Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 15 below.
(dd)      Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
3.      Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 274,668,141 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of an Award, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment provided in Section 15, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall equal the aggregate Share number stated in the first paragraph of this Section, plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan under this second paragraph of this Section.
4.      Administration of the Plan .
(a)      Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.
(b)      Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:
(i)      to determine the Fair Market Value;
(ii)      to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

-4-



(iii)      to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such Award granted hereunder;
(iv)      to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;
(v)      to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;
(vi)      to institute an Exchange Program;
(vii)      to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;
(viii)      to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 12;
(ix)      to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 17(c) of the Plan) including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 8 regarding Incentive Stock Options);
(x)      to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator; and
(xi)      to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan.
(c)      Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.
5.      Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Restricted Stock may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
6.      Limitations .
(a)      Incentive Stock Option Limit . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive

-5-



Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.
(b)      At-Will Employment . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.
7.      Term of Plan . Subject to stockholder approval in accordance with Section 21, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 17, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.
8.      Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.
9.      Option Exercise Price and Consideration .
(a)      Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:
(i)      In the case of an Incentive Stock Option
(A)      granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
(B)      granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
(ii)      In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
(iii)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.
(b)      Forms of Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator

-6-



(and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, (6) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.
10.      Exercise of Option .
(a)      Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, together with any applicable withholding taxes. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.
Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
(b)      Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

-7-



(c)      Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
(d)      Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following Optionee’s death, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
11.      Restricted Stock .
(a)      Rights to Purchase . Restricted Stock may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it shall offer Restricted Stock under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid (if any), and the time within which such person must accept such offer.
(b)      Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option according to terms as the Administrator determines.
(c)      Terms . The term of each Restricted Stock award shall be stated in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.
(d)      Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.
(e)      Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Restricted Stock award is purchased or otherwise issued, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a

-8-



stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Restricted Stock is purchased or otherwise issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.
12.      Tax Withholding . Prior to the delivery of any Shares pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require an Optionee to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Optionee’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof). The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, will determine in what manner it will allow an Optionee to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Optionee through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Optionee with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.
13.      Limited Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Section 16a-1(h) and Section 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively) with respect to such securities, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.
14.      Leaves of Absence .
(a)      Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, or except as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.
(b)      A Service Provider will not cease to be a Service Provider in the case of (A) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (B) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.
(c)      For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If

-9-



reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
15.      Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .
(a)      Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, shall adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator shall make such adjustments to the extent required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.
(b)      Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
(c)      Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation in a merger or Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the Award, then the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her outstanding Awards, including Shares as to which such Award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, and restrictions on all of the Optionee’s Restricted Stock will lapse. If an Award becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Award shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time as determined by the Administrator, and the Award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Award shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share subject to the Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.

-10-



16.      Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
17.      Amendment and Termination of the Plan .
(a)      Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.
(b)      Stockholder Approval . The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.
(c)      Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.
18.      Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .
(a)      Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
(b)      Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.
19.      Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
20.      Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
21.      Stockholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

-11-



22.      Information to Optionees . Beginning on the date that the aggregate number of Optionees under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide to each Optionee the information described in Rule 701 paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Optionees or by written notice to the Optionees of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Optionees agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If an Optionee does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information.


-12-



QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
2006 STOCK PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”).
I.
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
Name:
 
Address:
 
 
 
The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
Date of Grant
 
Vesting Commencement Date
 
Exercise Price per Share
$
Total Number of Shares Granted
 
Total Exercise Price
$
Type of Option:
 
 
Incentive Stock Option
 
 
 
Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:
 
 
 
Vesting Schedule :
This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
25% of the shares subject to the option shall vest twelve (12) months after the Vesting Commencement Date for such option, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to optionee continuing to be a service provider on such dates.




Termination Period :
This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Optionee’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for one (1) year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 15(c) of the Plan.
II.
AGREEMENT
1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 17(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“ NSO ”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Optionee (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.
2. Exercise of Option .
(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.
(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.



No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.
3. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
4. Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).
Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.
5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:
(a) cash;
(b) check;




(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or
(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.
6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.
7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.
8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.
9. Tax Obligations .
(a) Tax Withholding . Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee.
(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “ discount option ”) may be considered “ deferred compensation .” An Option that is a “ discount option ” may result in (i) income recognition by Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “ discount option ” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionee. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of



a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Optionee shall be solely responsible for Optionee’s costs related to such a determination.
10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.
11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
[Signature Page Follows]



OPTIONEE
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
Signature
 
By
 
 
 
Print Name
 
Print Name
 
 
 
 
 
Title
 
 
 
Residence Address
 
 





Optionee: _________
EXHIBIT A
2006 STOCK PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE

Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Drive
Fremont, CA 94538
Attention: Corporate Secretary
Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option (the “ Option ”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated _____________ (the “ Option Agreement ”).
Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.
Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.
Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).
Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the



Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).
Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.
Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.
Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.
Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee



has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “ stop transfer ” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.



Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.
Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.
Submitted by:
 
Accepted by:
OPTIONEE     
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
Signature
 
By
 
 
 
Print Name
 
Print Name
 
 
 
 
 
Title
Address:
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Received




EXHIBIT B
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

OPTIONEE             :    
COMPANY            :    QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
SECURITY            :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT OF SHARES    :    _____________________________
DATE                :    _____________________________
In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:
(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “ distribution ” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).
(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “ restricted securities ” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “ restricted securities ” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such



longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “ broker’s transaction ”, transactions directly with a “ market maker ” or “ riskless principal transactions ” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.
 
OPTIONEE
 
 
 
Signature
 
 
 
Print Name
 
 
 
Date




Exhibit 10.6


QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
1. Purposes of the Plan. The Plan is intended to increase stockholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.
2. Definitions.
(a) “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award.
(b) “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.
(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(d) “Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.
(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.
(f) “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will be the Committee administering the Plan.
(g) “Company” means Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
(h) “Disability” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Committee from time to time.
(i) “Employee” means any Executive Officer or other selected employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.
(j) “Executive Officers” shall mean members of the Company’s management team who are “officers” as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(k) “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.




(l)     “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.
(m) “Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months.
(n) “Plan” means this Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as set forth in this instrument (including any appendix hereto) and as hereafter amended from time to time.
(o) “Target Award” means the target award, at 100% of target level performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b).
(p) “Termination of Service” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of an Affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an Affiliate.
3.     Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards.
(a) Selection of Participants. The Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee or the Company, as applicable, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Performance Periods.
(b) Determination of Target Awards. The Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant. The Target Awards may be expressed as a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount or such other amount or based on such other formula as the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) determines.
(c) Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), in its sole discretion, may establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.
(d) Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool.

- 2 -


The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, in the Committee’s discretion or the Company’s discretion (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers). The Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) may determine the amount of any increase, reduction or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.
(e)     Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision
of the Plan, the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), in its sole discretion, will determine the performance goals (if any) applicable to any Target Award (or portion thereof) which may include, without limitation, (i) attainment of engineering and research and development milestones, (ii) sales bookings and design wins, (iii) business, partnerships, divestitures and acquisitions, (iv) cash flow, (v) cash position, (vi) earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), (vii) earnings per share, (viii) net income, (ix) net profit, (x) net sales, (xi) operating cash flow, (xii) operating expenses, (xiii) operating income (or loss), (xiv) operating margin, (xv) overhead or other expense reduction, (xvi) product defect measures, (xvii) product release timelines, (xviii) productivity, (xix) profit, (xx) return on assets, (xxi) return on capital, (xxii) return on equity, (xxiii) return on investment, (xxiv) return on sales, (xxv) revenue, (xxvi) revenue growth, (xxvii) sales results, (xviii) sales growth, (xxix) stock price, (xxx) time to market, (xxxi) total stockholder return, (xxxii) working capital, and (xxxiii) individual or departmental objectives, including hiring, managerial and employee objectives, peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), the performance goals may be based on generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee or the Company for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of Actual Awards under the Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee or the Company determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit, segment or Company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the Committee or the Company determines, including but not limited to, as applicable, (A) in absolute terms, (B) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (C) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (D) on a per-share basis, (E) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company and/or (F) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d). The Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) also may determine that a Target Award (or portion thereof) will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted (if at all) in the sole discretion of the Committee.
4.     Payment of Awards.
(a)     Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the
general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to


- 3 -


establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.
(b) Timing of Payment. Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period to which the Actual Award relates and after the Actual Award is approved by the Committee, but in no event later than (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month of the Fiscal Year immediately following the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Actual Award for any Performance Period is first no longer is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and (ii) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Actual Award for any Performance Period is first no longer is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), to earn an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the date the Actual Award is paid.
It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).
(c) Form of Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. The Committee reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to settle an Actual Award with a grant of an equity award under the Company’s then-current equity compensation plan, which equity award may have such terms and conditions, including vesting, as the Committee determines in its sole discretion.
(d) Payment in the Event of Death or Disability. If a Participant dies or is terminated due to his or her Disability prior to the payment of an Actual Award the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) has determined will be paid for a prior Performance Period, the Actual Award will be paid to his or her estate or to the Participant, as the case may be, subject to the Committee’s discretion, or the Company’s discretion (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), to reduce or eliminate any Actual Award otherwise payable.
5.     Plan Administration.
(a) Committee is the Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.
(b) Committee Authority. It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt


- 4 -


such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.
(c) Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and/or any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.
(d) Delegation by Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company. To the extent that under the terms of the Plan, discretion and decision making authority has been provided to “the Company” with respect to Participant other than Executive Officers, the Committee shall be deemed to have delegated such powers and discretion hereunder to the Company, and for such purposes, references to discretion and decisions of the Company shall be deemed to refer to discretion and decisions of the Executive Officers of the Company and their delegates.
6.     General Provisions.
(a) Tax Withholding. The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).
(b) No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) will not be deemed a Termination of Service. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.
(c) Participation. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.
(d) Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.
(e) Nontransferability of Awards. No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.


- 5 -


7.     Amendment, Termination, and Duration.
(a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Board and/or the Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. Except as may be set forth pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.
(b) Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date first adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Board’s and/or Committee’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter until terminated.
8.     Legal Construction.
(a) Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.
(b) Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
(c) Requirements of Law. The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
(d) Governing Law. The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.
(e) Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.
(f) Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

- 6 -
Exhibit 10.7


THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK
of
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Dated as of October 31, 2013
Void after the date specified in Section 8

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for the value received, Eastward Fund Management, LLC, or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Shares (as defined below), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchanged therefor as provided herein.

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

1. Number and Price of Shares; Vesting; Exercise Period

(a) Definition of Shares. Shares ” shall initially mean Series F-1 Preferred, and in the event all outstanding shares of Series F-1 Preferred are converted into Common Stock, Shares shall mean Common Stock, and in the event all outstanding shares of Series F-1 Preferred are exchange or converted into another class or series of capital stock. Shares shall mean such class or series of capital stock.

(b) Number of Shares. The Holder shall have the right to purchase 1,937,425 Shares, as may be adjusted hereto,

(c) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $0.154844675.

2. Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, until expiration, as described in Section 8, and this Warrant shall automatically be net exercised pursuant to Section 3(b) immediately prior to such expiration.

3. Exercise of the Warrant
(a) Exercise . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, but not for less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares at



a time. Other than in connection with the expiration of the Warrant, this Warrant may not be exercised more than once in any twelve-month period. This Warrant may be exercised in accordance with the provisions of Section 1, by:

(i) the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

(ii) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by (a) wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company; (b) surrender and cancellation of promissory notes or other instruments representing indebtedness of the Company to the Holder; or (c) a combination of (a) and (b).

(b) Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:


X
=
Y (A – B)
 
A
 
 
 
 

Where:

X
=    The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder

Y
=    The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

A
=    The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)

B
=    The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that:

(i) where a public market exists for the Company’s common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the common stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal , as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable; and

- 1 -


(ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable.

(c) Stock Certificates . The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

(d) No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

(e) Reservation of Stock; Issue Taxes . The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms and the conversion of the Shares, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its preferred stock (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes. The Company will pay when due and payable any and all stamp, original issue or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issuance of the Shares.

4. Replacement of the Warrant . Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

5.
Transfer of the Warrant

(a) Warrant Register . The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change. Upon written request, the Company shall permit the Holder or the Holder’s duly authorized attorney, during ordinary business hours, to inspect and copy or make extracts from the books showing the registered holder of the Warrants.

- 2 -


(b) Warrant Agent . The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 5(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

(c) Transferability of the Warrant . Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 6 below, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

(d) Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

(e) Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

6. Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws . By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

(a) Restrictions on Transfers . Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until (i) the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold the Warrant subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant, including, without limitation, this Section 6 and Section 10 and (ii) except for Permitted Transfers under Section 6(b), the Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at its expense, with (A) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or (B) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the Holder of such Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

- 3 -


(b) Permitted Transfers . Permitted transfers (“ Permitted Transfers ”) mean: (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership; (ii) transfers of Securities by any Holder to (A) an entity affiliated by common control (or other related entity) with such Holder, (B) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation or (C) any of its partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners; or (iii) transfers in compliance with Rule 144, as long as the Company is furnished with satisfactory evidence of compliance with such rule; provided, in the case of any such transfer, that the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition and the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant, including the representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 hereto.

(c) Investment Representation Statement . It will be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder will have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder will have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(d) Securities Law Legend . The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

(e) Market Stand -off Legend . The Shares and common stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

- 4 -


(f) Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions . The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 6.

(g) Removal of Legend . The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares (and the common stock issuable upon conversion thereof) and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

7. Adjustments . Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a) Adjustments to Exercise Price for Diluting Issues . The Holder shall be entitled to the benefit of all anti-dilution protections contained in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, and adjustments in the price and number of shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares which occur prior to the exercise of this Warrant. Such antidilution protections shall not be restated, amended or modified in any manner which affects the Holder differently than the holders of Shares without Holder’s prior written consent.

(b) Merger or Reorganization . If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(c) Reclassification of Shares . If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization, conversion of all outstanding shares of the relevant class or series (other than as would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8) or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares. Without duplication, whenever the number of Shares is adjusted pursuant to this Section 7(c), the Exercise Price also shall be adjusted.

(d) Subdivisions and Combinations . In the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock

- 5 -


dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased.

(e) No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as in effect on the date hereof, or By-Laws or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 7 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder against impairment. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not be deemed to have violated the prior sentence if it amends its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time), or the holders of Shares or other capital stock, as applicable, waive rights thereunder, in a manner that does not affect the Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrant in a manner materially different from the effect that such amendments or waivers have generally on the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the outstanding Shares.

(f) Notice of Adjustments . Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 7, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

(g) Notice. In case at any time: (1) the Company shall pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than regular cash dividends from earnings or earned surplus paid at an established rate) to the holders of the class of securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant; (2) [covered in side letter] there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, or consolidation or merger of the Company with or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation; or (3) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; then, in any one or more of such cases, the Company shall give written notice of the date on which (a) the books of the Company shall close or a record date shall be fixed for determining the shareholders entitled to such dividend, distribution or subscription right, or (b) such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up shall take place, as the case may be. Such notice shall also provide reasonable details of the proposed transaction and specify the date as of which the holders of record of the class of securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall participate in such dividend, distribution or subscription right, or shall be entitled to exchange their securities for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be. Such written notice shall be given at least 5 business days prior to the action in question and not less than 5 business days prior to the record date or the date on which the Company’s transfer books are closed in respect thereto.

- 6 -


8. Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant will expire and will no longer be exercisable upon the earlier to occur of any of the following events:

(i) Three (3) years from the date of closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act covering the offering and sale of the Company’s common stock; or

(ii) 5:00 p.m., Pacific local time, on October 31, 2023.

9. No Rights as a Stockholder . Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

10. Registration Rights. The Holder shall be entitled, with respect to the Shares, to the registration rights afforded to the other holders of Shares, all as set forth in that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of April 16, 2012 (the “ Investor Rights Agreement ”), as such agreement may be amended or restated from time to time. Except as may be otherwise provided in the Investor Rights Agreement, the right to have the Company register such securities pursuant to such agreement shall be automatically assigned to transferees or assignees of this Warrant or such securities, provided that immediately following such transfer or assignment, the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee would be subject to restrictions under the Act.

11. Market Stand-off . The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 6(d) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand -off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

- 7 -


12. Representations and Warranties of the Holder . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) No Registration . The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

(b) Investment Intent . Each Holder who is a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) represents that it is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. Each Holder who is a U.S. person represents that it has no present intention of selling, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

(c) Investment Experience . The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

(d) Speculative Nature of Investment . The Holder understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

(e) Access to Data . The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

(f) Accredited Investor . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(g) Residency . The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

(h) Restrictions on Resales . The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless

- 8 -


principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

(i) No Public Market . The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

(j) Tax Advisors . The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment.

(k) Brokers and Finders . The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

(l) Investment Representations , Warranties and Covenants by Non-United States Persons . Each Holder who is a Non-U.S. person hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) This Warrant is issued by the Company to the Holder, who is a Non-U.S. person, in reliance upon such Non-U.S. person’s representations, warranties and covenants made in this subsection (l).

(ii)    Such Non-U.S. person has been advised and acknowledges that:

(1) the Securities have not been, and when issued, will not be registered under the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state of the United States or the securities laws of any other country;

(2) in issuing and selling the Securities to such Non-U.S. person pursuant hereto, the Company is relying upon the “safe harbor” provided by Regulation S and/or on Section 4(2) under the Securities Act;

(3) it is a condition to the availability of the Regulation S “safe harbor” that the Securities not be offered or sold in the United States or to a U.S. person until the expiration of a one-year “distribution compliance period” (or a six-month “distribution compliance period,” if the issuer is a “reporting issuer,” as defined in Regulation S) following the date the Warrant is exercised (or, if exercised in compliance with Section 3(b), the date of issuance of the Warrant) (the “ Restricted Period ”); and

- 9 -


(4) notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Securities may be offered and sold by the holder thereof only if such offer and sale is made in compliance with the terms of this Warrant and either: (A) if the offer or sale is within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person (as such terms are defined in Regulation S), the securities are offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or (B) the offer and sale is outside the United States and to other than a U.S. person.

(iii) As used herein, the term “ U.S. person ” is as defined in Regulation S.

(iv) Such Non-U.S. person agrees that with respect to the Securities, until the expiration of the Restricted Period:

(1) such Non-U.S. person, its agents or its representatives have not and will not solicit offers to buy, offer for sale or sell any of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein in the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person; and

(2) such Non-U.S. person shall not engage in hedging transactions with regard to the Securities unless in compliance with the Securities Act.

The foregoing restrictions are binding upon subsequent transferees of the Securities, except for transferees pursuant to an effective registration statement. Such Non-U.S. person agrees that after the Restricted Period, the Securities may be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person only pursuant to applicable securities laws.

(v) Such Non-U.S. person has not engaged, nor is it aware that any party has engaged, and such Non-U.S. person will not engage or cause any third party to engage, in any directed selling efforts (as such term is defined in Regulation S) in the United States with respect to the Securities.

(vi) Such Non-U.S. person: (A) is domiciled and has its principal place of business outside the United States; (B) certifies it is not a U.S. person and is not acquiring the Securities for the account or benefit of any U.S. person; and (C) at the time of the issuance of the Warrant, the Non-U.S. person or persons acting on Non-U.S. person’s behalf in connection therewith will be located outside the United States.

(vii) At the time of offering to such Non-U.S. person and communication of such Non-U.S. person’s order to purchase the Securities and at the time of such Non-U.S. Person’s execution of this Warrant, the Non-U.S. person or persons acting on Non-U.S. person’s behalf in connection therewith were located outside the United States.

(viii) Such Non-U.S. person is not a “distributor” (as defined in Regulation S) or a “dealer” (as defined in the Securities Act).

(ix) Such Non-U.S. person acknowledges that the Company shall make a notation in its stock books regarding the restrictions on transfer set forth in this subsection (l) and shall transfer such shares on the books of the Company only to the extent consistent therewith.

(m) Representations by Non-United States persons . Holder hereby represents that it has satisfied as to the full observance of the laws of the Holder’s jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Securities, including (i) the legal requirements within the Holder’s jurisdiction for the purchase of the Securities, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, and (iii) any

- 10 -


governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained. The Holder’s beneficial ownership of the Securities will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Holder’s jurisdiction.

13.     Miscellaneous

(a) Amendments . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.

(b) Waivers . No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

(c) Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(i) if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(ii) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy to Arthur F. Schneiderman of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. at 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or three business days after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

(d) Governing Law . This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of such state, or of any other state.

(e) Jurisdiction and Venue . Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within Santa Clara County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

(f) Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

- 11 -


(g) Severability . If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(h) Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT. This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

(i) California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(j) Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

(k) Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant . Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

(l) Entire Agreement . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

( signature page follows )



- 12 -


The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
Sam Heidari
 
Chief Executive Officer
Address:
 
3450 W. Warren Drive
Fremont, CA 94538
 
 


AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:
 
 
 
EASTWARD FUND MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Dennis P. Cameron
 
 
 
Name: Dennis P. Cameron
 
Title: Authorized Person
 
Address:
432 Cherry St
 
 
West Newton, MA 02465
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



(Warrant to Purchase Shares Preferred Stock of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)




EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:      QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (the “ Company ”)

Attention:      Chief Executive Officer

(1)
Exercise . The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

Number of shares:
 
Type of security:
 

(2)
Method of Exercise . The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:
¨
A cash payment or cancellation of indebtedness, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.
 
 
¨
The net issue exercise provisions of Section 3(b) of the attached warrant.

(3)
Stock Certificate . Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:
¨
The undersigned
 
 
 
 
¨
Other—Name:
 
 
Address:
 
 
 
 

(4)
Unexercised Portion of the Warrant . Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:
¨
The undersigned
 
 
 
 
¨
Other—Name:
 
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
¨
Not applicable
 

(5)
Investment Intent . The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties

A-1


of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

EASTWARD FUND MANAGEMENT, LLC
( Print name of the warrant holder )
 
( Signature )
 
( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )
 
( Date )
 
( Fax number )
 
( Email address )


A-2




EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

ASSIGNOR:
EASTWARD FUND MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
 
COMPANY:
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
WARRANT:
THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK ISSUED ON __________________________, 2013 (THE “ WARRANT ”)
 
 
DATE:
_________________________

(1)
Assignment . The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

Name of Assignee:
 
Address of Assignee:
 
 
 
Number of Shares Assigned:
 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint ______________________ as attorney to make such transfer on the books of QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

(2)
Obligations of Assignee . Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (and any shares issuable upon conversion thereof) (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

(3)
Investment Intent . Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.






Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

B-1


ASSIGNOR
 
ASSIGNEE
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Print name of Assignor)
 
(Print name of Assignee)
 
 
 
(Signature of Assignor)
 
(Signature of Assignee)
 
 
 
(Print name of signatory, if applicable)
 
(Print name of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
 
(Print title of signatory, if applicable)
 
(Print title of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
 
Address:
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 


B-2
Exhibit 10.8

CORRECTED



THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE , TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.
WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
OF
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
Dated as of September 10, 2015
Void after the date specified in Section 8
THIS CERTIFIES THAT , for value received, Behrooz Rezvani, or its regi s tered a ss igns (the " Holder " ) , is entitled , subject to the provision s and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein , to purchase from Quantenna Commu n ications , Inc. , a Delaware co r porat i on (the " Company ") , Share s (a s defined below) , in the amount s, a t su c h tim es and at the price per share set forth in Section 1 . The term " Warrant " a s u s ed herein s hall include this Warrant and any wa rr ant s delivered in s ubstitution or exchange therefor as provided herein .
The follow i ng is a statement o f the rights of the Holder and the condition s to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder , by acceptance of thi s Warrant, agree s:
l.     Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period
(a) Definition of Shares . " Shares " shall mean the Company' s common stock, par v a lue $0.0001 (the " Common Stock ") .
(b) Number of Shares . Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to 14,150,326 Shares, as may be adjusted pur s uant her e to, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.
(c) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $0.05, subject to adjustment pursuant hereto (the " Exercise Price ") .
(d) Exercise Period . This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.
2.     Exercise of the Warrant .
(a) Exercise . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, but not for less than 10,000 of the Shares at a time (or such lesser number representing all remaining Shares for which the warrant is exercisable). Other than in connection with the expiration of the Warrant, this Warrant may not be exercised more than four times in any twelve-month period. This Warrant may be exercised in accordance with the provisions of Section 1, by:

- 1 -


(i) the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the "Notice of Exercise"), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and
(ii) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by (a) wire transfer or certified, cashier's or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company; (b) surrender and cancellation of promissory notes or other instruments representing indebtedness of the Company to the Holder; or (c) a combination of (a) and (b),
(b) Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:
 
X
=
Y(A-B)
 
 
A
 
Where:
X
=    The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder
Y
=    The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)
A
=    The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)
B
=    The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)
For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith;provided, however, that:
(i) where a public market exists for the Company's common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal, as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value; and
(ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the product the per share offering price to the public of the Company's initial public offering.
(c) Stock Certificates . The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the clo s e of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance wi t h its terms , and the person entitled to receive th e Shar es i ssu able upon s uch exerci se s hall be treated for a ll purp os es as the h o ld e r of record o f such Sha r e s a s of the clo s e of bu s i ness o n s uch d ate . A s p rompt ly a s r e a son abl y practic a b le on o r afte r s u c h d a te , th e C o mpan y s h a ll is s u e a nd deliv er t o t he pe rso n o r p e r so n s ent i tl e d t o r e ce i v e the sa me a

- 2 -


c ertifi cat e o r ce rt i fic at es for th at numb e r o f s h a r es is s u a bl e up on s uch e xerc i s e . I n th e e v e n t th a t the r i gh t s und e r t hi s W arra nt a r e ex er c i se d in pa rt a n d h a v e not e x pir e d , the C o mp a n y sha ll ex e c ut e an d d eliver a ne w W arrant r eflec t ing th e n u m b e r of S h ares t h at r e main s ubj ec t t o th is W arra n t.
(d) N o Fra c tional Shar e s or Scr i p . N o fract i o n a l s h ares or scr i p r ep re senting fr a c t i ona l s h a re s s h all b e is s ue d upon t he exercis e o f the r i ght s u nd e r t h i s Warrant. In li e u of s u c h fr ac t i ona l share t o w h ich t h e H o lde r w o uld otherwi s e be e ntitled , t h e Co m pa n y s h a ll ma k e a cash p ay m ent equal t o th e Ex e rc i s e P r i ce m ul tiplie d b y s u c h fracti on.
(e) Re s ervation of Sto c k . Th e C om p a ny ag re es d uring t h e t e rm t h e r i g ht s u nde r t h is W a rr a n t a r e exe r c i sa b le to t a k e a ll r easona bl e action t o r es e rv e an d k ee p a v a il ab l e fr o m i t s a uth or iz e d an d unissued sha r es of co mm o n sto ck for th e purp ose o f e ff e c tin g th e exer c ise of t h is W arr ant s u c h number of share s as s hall fro m tim e t o tim e b e s uffi cien t to e ff e c t the exerci se o f the ri g ht s under t h is W a rr a nt ; and i f a t a ny t im e t he numbe r o f a uth o ri z ed but unis s ued sh a r e s of commo n s tock s hall not be s uffi c i e nt for purpo se s o f the e xer ci se of this Warrant in accordance with i ts t e rms, without limitation of such oth e r r e medie s as m a y b e available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take s uch corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its common stock to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.
(f) Tax Obligations . The Holder agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the exercise (including net exercise) of the Warrant and any sale or transfer of the underlying Shares. The Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
3.     Replacement of the Warrant . Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss , theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation , on surrender a nd cancellation of thi s Warrant, the Compa n y at the expens e of the Holder s h all e x e cute a n d deliver , in li e u o f thi s Warrant , a new wa rr ant of like t e nor and amount.
4.     Transfer of the Warrant .
(a) Warrant Register . T h e Co m p an y sha ll mai nt a in a r e g i s t er (t h e " Warrant Register ") con ta inin g the nam e a n d ad d ress of th e Ho lder o r H o lde r s. U ntil thi s W arran t is t ra ns f erred on the Wa r rant Registe r i n accord a nce herewith, t he Co mp a ny may tr e a t th e Ho ld er a s shown on the Wa rr ant Re gi ste r a s th e a b so lut e ow ner of th is W arran t for all purposes, notwithsta n d in g an y noti c e t o the c on t r ary . A ny Ho l der of th i s W a rr a nt (o r of a n y p o rti o n of this Wa rr ant ) m a y ch ang e i ts add r ess as s ho w n o n t h e Warr a nt Re g iste r by wr i tt en no tice to the Co m p an y r e qu esting a change .
(b) Warrant Ag e nt . Th e C omp an y m a y app oi nt a n ag ent for the p u rpo s e o f main t aining the W arr a n t Re gis te r r e f e rr e d t o i n S e cti on 4 (a) , iss ui ng the S h a r es or o t her se cu r i ti es then is su a ble u p on the e x e r cise of th e rights u nd e r th i s W arrant, exchanging t hi s W arra nt , r epl ac in g this W a rr a nt o r co n duct in g r el a ted acti vi t ies .
(c) Transferability of t he Warrant . Subject t o th e p r ov is i o n s of th i s Warran t with resp e c t to compli a nce with th e S ec urities Act o f 1933, a s am e nded (t h e " Securities Act ") a nd limitation s on a ssignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 below, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the " Assignment Form " )) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

- 3 -


(d) Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct , for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof , and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register . This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or tran s fer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale , pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby .
(e) Minimum Transfer . This Warrant ma y not be transferred in part unless s uch tran s fer i s to a transferee who, pur s uant to s uch tran s fer, receive s the ri g ht to purchase at le a st 100,000 Shares hereunde r (as adjusted from time to ti m e in accordance with Section 6).
(f) Taxes . In no event shall the Comp a ny be r equired to pay any tax which may be pa ya ble in r es pec t of a ny transfer involved in the i s sue and deliv e ry o f an y certificate i n a n ame other th a n that of the Holder , and the Compan y shall no t be requir e d to issue or delive r an y s uch certi fica te unl ess a nd until th e per s on o r p e rs o n s requ es tin g the i ss ue thereo f s hall have paid to the C omp a n y the a m o unt o f s uch t ax or s h a ll have es t a bli s h e d t o the s a ti sfact i o n o f the Co mpan y th a t s u c h t ax h as b een p a id o r is not p aya ble .
5 .     Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws . B y a ccep ta nc e of thi s W a rr a nt , th e Hold e r ag ree s to compl y wi t h t he fo ll o win g :
(a) Restrictions on Transfers . T hi s W arra nt may no t b e tr an sfe rred o r a ss i gne d in wh o l e o r in p a rt w it h out th e Co mp a n y ' s pri o r w r i tte n c on s en t , an d a n y a tt em pt by Hold e r t o t ran sfe r or ass i gn any r i g h ts, dutie s o r o bli gat i o n s th at ar i se u nd er t h is Wa rr ant with o ut such permi ss ion s h a ll b e v oi d . A n y tr a n sfe r of t hi s W a rrant o r t h e S h ares (th e " Securit i es ") mu st be i n com pli a n ce w it h a ll ap plic a bl e fe der a l a nd s t a t e se curiti es l a w s . T he H older agr e es n o t to ma k e a n y sal e , as si g nm e nt , tran sfe r , pl edg e o r o th e r di s po s ition of a ll o r a n y portion o f the Se curit ies , o r a n y b e n e fici a l in teres t t h er ei n , u nl ess a nd until th e t ra n sfe re e th e re of h as a g r ee d in w rit in g fo r t h e b enefi t o f th e Com p a n y to tak e a nd hold s u c h S ec uri t i es su bj e c t t o, and t o be b o und b y , t h e t e rms a nd co ndi tio n s se t fort h in t h is W arra nt to th e sa m e ex t e nt a s i f th e tran sfe r ee w e r e t h e o ri g i na l H old er her e und e r , a nd
(i) t h e r e i s t h e n in e ffe c t a r e gis tra t i on stat ement u nder th e S ec u r ities Act cov er in g s u c h p ro pose d d i s p o s i t i o n a n d s u c h d i s po s it ion i s ma d e in ac c o r d ance wit h s uch reg i s t rat i o n s t ate m e nt , or
(ii) ( A ) s u c h H old er s h a ll hav e g iven p r ior writt e n n ot i ce to t h e Com p any of s uch H old er ' s int en tion t o m ake s uch dis p o s ition a n d s hall ha v e furni s h e d th e Co mp a ny wi t h a deta ile d des c rip t i o n o f t h e m a nn e r a nd ci rcum st an ces o f t h e prop ose d di s posi t i o n , (B) t h e tr a n sf eree s h a ll h a ve c on firmed t o t he s a tisfaction of th e Comp an y in w ritin g, sub s tantially in the form o f E x hibit A-1 , th a t t h e Sec uri t i es a r e b e i ng ac qu ire d (i ) solel y for the transferee' s own acco u n t an d not as a n omine e for an y o th er part y , (ii) for i nv es tm e nt a nd (i i i) not with a vi e w toward di s tribution o r re sal e , and sh a ll h a v e c o nfirm e d such oth er matt e rs r e l a t e d theret o a s m a y be re as onabl y r eque s ted b y t h e Co mp a n y, a nd (C) i f re aso n a bl y r e que ste d b y t h e C omp a n y, s u c h H o l d e r s h a ll h av e fu rn i s h e d t h e Co mp a n y , at th e Hold e r 's expe n se, w ith ( i) a n o pinion of c ounsel, re as on a bl y sat i sfa c t ory to th e Comp a n y , to th e e ff ec t th a t s u c h di s p os iti o n will n ot require r eg is t ra t ion o f s u c h Sec uri t i es un de r t h e S ec uri t i es A ct or ( i i) a " no ac t i o n" l e tt e r fr o m th e Securiti e s a nd Exchange Commi ss ion t o t he e ff e c t that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not re s ult in a recommendation by the staff of the Securitie s and Exchange Commis s ion that action be taken with respect thereto, whe r eupon s uch Holder s hall be entitled to tran s fer s uch Securitie s in accordance with th e term s o f the notice delivered by the Holder to the C ompany.

- 4 -


(b) Permitt e d Transfer s . N o twith s ta n d ing t he fo re go ing , the Secur i ti es m a y be t ra n sferre d wi t h out t h e Com p a n y ' s c onse n t i n a n y o f t h e fo ll o win g ci r cum s t a nc es: (i) a t r a n sfe r n o t inv o lvin g a c h a n ge in be ne fi cia l o w ners h i p , o r (ii) t ra n sa c tions invo l v in g t h e di st ribu tio n w ith out consi d era t io n of Se cur it i es b y any Ho l de r to (x) a pa re nt , s ub s id iary or ot h e r affiliate of a Ho l de r th at is a corporat i o n o r (y) any of t h e Ho l de r ' s p a rt ner s , me mb ers o r o th er e q uit y owne r s, or r e t ired pa rt ne r s or m e mbers, o r t o the e s t a t e of any of it s p artners , me m bers o r oth e r e q uity o wn e r s or retire d part n ers; (ii i ) a tr a n sf er fo r no o r nom in a l c o n siderat i on to Ho ld er ' s spouse , e x - spo u s e, domest i c p a rt n e r , li n ea l descen d a n t or an t ece d ent, s tep c h ild , brothe r , siste r , fat h er in -l a w , mother-in - law , b ro t he r- in -l aw, sister - in - l a w , co u s in , a u nt , u n c l e , n i ece, neph e w , t h e adopted c hild o r ad o p te d g r a ndchild , or th e s p ous e o r d o m est i c p artne r o f a ny c hild, ado p ted ch ild , g r an d c hild o r ado p te d grandc h ild of H o ld e r , or t o a tru s t o r t rus t s for the e xc l usive b e n efit of Ho l de r or t hose m em b e r s o f Ho l de r ' s fa mil y s pe cified a b o v e or t ra n sfers o f the W a rr a nt by d evis e or de s ce n t ; or (iv ) a ny b o n a fi de g ift e ffec t e d fo r t ax pl a nn i ng p urp oses; prov i ded , i n eac h case, th a t th e H o ld e r ther eof s h a ll gi v e wr i t te n not ice t o the C ompan y o f t h e H o lde r's intention to effect s u c h di s po s ition a nd shall ha ve furni s hed t he Co mp a ny with a d e t a il e d des c ription of th e mann e r and circum s t a nc es of the propo se d di s po s ition and th e transferee ther e of has agr e ed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take a n d hold s uch Securities subject to, and to be bound by , the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant, including the representations and warranties set forth in Section11 hereto.
(c) Investment Representation Statement . Unless the right s under this Warrant are e xe rci s ed p ur sua nt t o an eff ec ti ve r e g is t ra ti on st a t e m e nt und e r t h e Secu ri t ie s A ct th at i ncl u de s th e Shar es w it h r e spect to w hi c h t h e W a rr a nt w as ex erci s ed , it s hall b e a c ond it i on to a n y e x erc i s e of th e ri g h ts un d er this W a rrant th a t th e H o lde r s h a ll h a v e c onfirm e d to t he s ati s fa c ti o n o f the C omp a ny in w r itin g , s ub s tantiall y in t h e fo rm o f E xhibit A-1, th a t th e Sh a r es s o pur c h a s ed a re bein g acquir e d solely for the Hold er ' s own a cco un t a nd not as a no mi n ee fo r a n y o th e r p a rty , fo r in v e s tme n t a nd n ot wi t h a view tow a r d d is tri b ut ion or r esa l e a n d t h a t th e H ol der s hall h a v e co n fi rm ed s u c h ot h e r m a tt e r s r e l a t e d ther e to as ma y be r e a s onably req u e s t e d by th e Co m pa ny.
(d) S ec uriti e s Law L eg end . T h e Secu ri t i es sh all (u n l ess o therw ise perm i tted b y t h e pr o vi s i o n s o f t hi s W arran t) b e s t amped o r im p r i n t ed w ith a l ege n d subs tan t i a lly s imila r t o th e fo ll o win g ( in addi t i o n to any l eg end r e quired by s tate se curit ies la ws) :
THE S E CU RI TIES R E PR E SE NT E D H ERE B Y HA V E NOT BEE N R EGISTERED UN DER TH E S E CUR I TIES ACT OF 1 933, AS AM EN D E D ( THE "ACT" ), OR UNDE R THE SECUR I TIES L AW S OF CERT AIN S T A TES . THESE SECU RIT IE S MA Y N OT B E OF F E RED, SOLD OR OT H ER WIS E T RANSFERRE D , PLEDGE D O R H YPOTH E CATED E XCEPT AS PER M IT T ED U N DER THE A CT AN D AP PLICABLE ST A TE SECUR I TIES L AW S IN A CC O RD A NCE W ITH A PPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXE M PTION THEREFRO M. THE I SSU E R OF THES E S E CURITIES M AY REQUIRE AN OP I NION OF COUNSEL REASO N ABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSF E R , PL E D GE OR HYPOTHEC A TTON OT H ER W ISE CO M PLIES W ITH T H E A C T AND A NY AP PLI C A BLE S T A TE SECURI T IE S LAW S. T HIS CER T IFIC A T E M US T BE SU R R END E RED TO T H E C OMPA NY OR ITS TRANS FER AGE NT AS A CONDI T I ON PRECE DE N T T O THE SA L E, TRANSF ER , P L EDGE OR H YP O THECA TION OF AN Y INTERE S T I N A NY O F T H E S E C U R I TI ES REPRE S E N TE D H ERE B Y .

- 5 -


(e) Market Stand-off Legend . The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK~UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.
(f) Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions . The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.
(g) Removal of Legend . The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.
(h) No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status . The Holder agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors , executive officers , other officers that may s erve a s a direc t or or o ffi c e r o f any company in which it invests , general partners or mana g in g members nor an y person that would be deemed a b e neficial own e r of those se curitie s (i n accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securiti es Act ) i s s ubj ec t to a ny o f t he "bad actor" di s qualifications descr i bed in Rule 50 6( d)(1)(i) th ro u g h ( v ii i) und e r th e Secur i ti e s Act, except as s e t forth in Rule 506(d)( 2 )(ii ) or ( iii ) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed , r e a s onabl y in ad v anc e of th e tran sfe r , in wri t in g in r eason a ble detail to the C o mpan y . The Holder will promptly n o tify the Comp a ny in writing i f the Holder or, to the Holde r 's knowledg e, any person sp e cified in Rule 5 0 6(d)(1) un d e r th e Securiti e s Act b e c o m es subject to any of the "bad actor" disqualifications de s cribed in Rule 506(d)(1) (i ) through (viii ) und e r the Securiti e s Act.
(i) Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale . N o twithstanding anything to the contrary, the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warr a nt shall be subject t o the term s and c o n d ition s of t hat c e rtain Am e nded and Restated Ri g ht of Firs t R e fu s al and Co-Sale A g reement , dat e d as of August 29 , 201 4 (the " Right of First R efusal and Co-S a le Agr ee ment " ), by and a mong th e Compan y, the Inves t ors ( a s defined therein) and th e Major S e curity h o ld er s (as define d th e r e in) , as may be amende d from time to time. Subje c t to the terms and conditi o ns o f the Ri g ht of First Refusal and C o- S ale Agreement , the Shares issued upon exerci s e hereof shall b e st a mp e d or imp r in te d with a l eg end in su b st an t ially t h e fo ll ow in g fo rm:
T H E SHARES REPRESEN TE D B Y T H I S CERTIFI C A TE ARE SUBJE CT T O AND MAY ONLY BE SOLD , DISPOSED OF OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN COMPLIAN C E WITH C ER T AIN R IG HTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND RIGHTS O F CO-SALE AS SET FORTH IN A RIGH T O F F IRS T REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT EN TE R E D IN T O BY T HE HOLDER OF THESE SHAR E S, TH E COMPANY AND C E R T AIN S T O C KHOLD E RS OF T HE C OMPANY. A COPY OF SU C H AGREEM E NT IS ON FI L E AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SU C H RI G H T S OF F IRST REFUS A L AN D RIGHT S OF CO- SALE AR E BINDING ON T RANS F EREES OF THESE SHAR E S.

- 6 -


(j) Stop Transfer Instructions . In order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Holder agrees that the Company may issue appropriate "stop transfer" certificates or instructions in the event of a transfer in violation of any provision of this Warrant and related agreements and that it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its records.
6.     Adjustments . Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind o f s hare s purcha s able hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are s ubject to adju s tment from time to time, a s follows:
(a) Merger or Reorganization . If at a ny time there s h a ll be an y reor g aniz a ti o n, re ca pit a li za ti o n , m e r ge r or con s olid a tion ( a " Reorganization ") invol v ing t h e C omp a ny (other th a n as o therwi se provid e d for he r ei n or a s w o uld c a u se the e x pira ti on of thi s W a rr a nt und e r Section 8) in which sh a re s o f the Co mp any ' s s t o ck a r e con v erted i n t o o r e x ch a n ge d fo r se curiti es, c as h or ot h e r prop e rt y, then , as a p a rt o f s uch R e o rga ni za t io n , l awfu l provi s i o n s h a ll b e m a d e so t h a t th e H o ld er s h a ll ther eaft er b e e ntitl e d t o receiv e up o n exerc i se of th is W a rr ant , th e kind a nd a m o unt o f s ecu r itie s, cas h or o t he r propert y of t he s u cc e s sor c o rp ora t i on res ult ing fro m su ch R eo r ga ni zatio n , e q u iv a le nt i n value t o th at w hich a h o ld er of th e Sh ares d e liv era ble up o n e xerci s e of t hi s W a rr a n t wo uld h ave b ee n e n t itl ed in su ch Reo r gan i za ti o n i f th e rig h t to p u r c has e t he Sh ares h ere u n d er h a d bee n exer ci s e d i mm edi a t e l y p ri o r to s u c h R eo r ga ni za t io n . I n a n y suc h c as e, a ppro pri at e a dj ustmen t (as d eterm i n ed in goo d fa i t h b y t h e Board of Dire c tors of t h e s u c c esso r c orporat i on) s h a ll b e m ade i n t h e a ppli ca ti on of t h e p rov i s i o n s of this W arran t wi th r espect to t h e r igh t s a n d in t e r es t s of the Ho l der after s u c h Reorga ni z atio n to t h e e n d t h at the provis i ons of t h is W arran t s h a ll be app l icab l e afte r t h e e ven t , as near as reaso n ab l y may be, in re l at i o n t o a ny s h a r es or other se c u ri t i es d e l iverable afte r t h a t eve n t u p on t h e e x e r cise of t h is W arrant.
(b) R ec la ss ificati o n of Share s . If t h e sec u rit i es i ssua bl e u pon exerc i se of t h i s W arra n t a r e changed i nto t h e s a m e or a d i fferent n u mber of secur i t i es of any ot h er c l ass o r c l asses by re cl as s i fication , capita l r eorgani z at i on or otherwi s e (other than a s o t her w i s e prov i ded for h ere i n) (a " Re c la ss ifi c ation ") , t h en , i n a n y such event , in l ieu of the n u mber of S h ares which the Ho l der wou l d otherwis e h a v e b een e n t i tled to receive, the Ho l der s h a ll h ave the right thereafte r to exercise thi s Warrant fo r a number of shares of s uc h othe r c l a s s or c l ass e s of s toc k t h a t a h o l der of t he number of s ecur i t i e s d eliv e r ab l e upo n exerci s e of thi s Warrant immedi a t e l y b efore that change wou l d h a ve bee n en t i tl ed to rece i ve in s u ch Re cl as s ificat i on , a ll s ubject to furt h e r a dj u s tme n t a s provided h erei n w i t h r es pect to s uch other s hare s .
(c) Subd ivis ion s and Combinations . In t h e eve n t th at t h e out s t and in g s h a re s of t h e sec ur i ti e s iss u ab l e up o n exerc i se of t hi s W a rrant a r e s ubd i vided (by s t ock s pli t, b y p a yme n t o f a s t oc k di v i de n d or o t h erw i s e ) i n to a greater n u mbe r of shares o f s u c h sec ur i t ies, t h e n umb e r of Share s i ss u a bl e upon ex e r cise o f the r ight s un d er th is W a rr a nt imme d iat e l y prior t o su c h sub di v i sio n s h a ll , co n cu rr ent l y with t h e eff e ctiven e s s of s uc h s ubdivi s ion , be proportionat el y increa s ed, and the E x ercise Price s h a ll be proport i onat e l y decr eas ed , an d i n t h e e v e nt t h a t t h e out s tand ing s h a r e s of t h e s ecuritie s i ss u a bl e upon e x erci s e o f thi s Warran t a re comb i ned (by recl ass ifica t ion or ot h erwise) i n to a lesser n u m b e r of s h ares of s u c h s e cur i t i e s, t h e num b er of Sh ares is s u a bl e u pon ex ercise of t he ri g h ts u n d er th i s Wa rr ant immediat e ly p r i or to s u ch c o mb in ation s h a ll , co n c u rr e n tl y w i th t h e effec ti veness of s u c h combination, be proport i onate l y d ecre a se d, an d t h e Exe r c i se Pr i c e s h a ll b e p r o p ort i on a t e l y in creas e d.
(d) Not i c e o f A dju st m e n ts . Upo n any ad ju s t me n t i n ac c ord a n c e w i t h t h i s Sect i o n 6, t h e Comp a n y sha ll g i ve n o ti ce th e r eof t o the Ho ld er, w h ich no t ice s h a ll s t a te the even t gi v i n g rise to the a d ju s tment , t h e Exe r c i s e P ri ce as adjust e d a n d the number o f s ecuriti es or o t h er p ro p e rt y p ur c h asa bl e u pon th e e xe r cise of th e r ights und e r th i s Wa r ra n t, se ttin g fort h i n reaso n ab l e d et a il th e me th o d of c a lc ul a t io n of each. The Comp a n y s h a ll , u p o n t h e w ri tt e n r equ e st of any Ho l de r, furn i s h or c a u s e t o b e furn i s h e d t o s u c h Ho ld e r a certi fi ca t e s ett ing forth (i) s uc h adju s tm e n ts, ( i i) t h e Exerc i s e P rice a t t h e ti m e i n effec t a n d (i ii ) t he number o f secu ri ti es and t h e amo u nt, i f an y , o f ot h e r prope rt y th at a t th e t i me wou l d be r ece i ved u p o n e x e rcise o f t hi s W arrant.

- 7 -


7.     Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:
(a) the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees , officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights ; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of d i sputes with any sto c kholder) , whether in cash, property , stock or other securities;
(b) the voluntary liquidation , di sso lution or windin g up of the Compan y ; o r
(c) a ny tran s action resulting in the e x p i ration o f this Warrant pursu a nt to Secti o n 8(a) or 8 ( b ) ;
the Compan y sh a ll send t o th e Ho lder of t his Warrant at leas t te n (10 ) bu s iness d a y s prior written n o t ic e of th e d a t e on which a re co rd s h a ll be taken fo r a ny s uch di v idend or di s tribut i on s pecified in clau s e (a ) or th e e x pected e ffec tive dat e o f any such other event spe ci fied i n c lau s e (b) or (c) , a s applic a b l e. The notice provi s ion s set forth in thi s se c tion m ay b e s h o rt e ned o r w a i v ed pro s p e cti v ely or r e trosp e ct i vel y b y the co n s en t o f t he Ho ld e r o f this Warr a nt.
8 .     Exp i ration of the Warrant Th is W a rr an t sha ll e xpir e a n d s h a ll no l ong er b e ex e r cisa ble as o f the e ar li e r of:
(a) 5:00 p.m ., Pac ifi c tim e, on Feb r ua ry 5 , 201 9; or
(b) U pon the cl o sin g o f a n a cqui s it i on of the C o mp a n y b y a n o ther ent i ty by m e ans o f a n y t ransac ti o n or serie s o f re l a t e d tr an sactio n s to wh ic h t he Co mp a ny i s a p a rty (includ i ng , without limit a t io n , a n y s to ck ac qui s it io n, re or g a nization, mer g e r o r c on s ol i d ati on , but exc lud i ng an y s a le of stock for c a pital r a isin g purpo se s a nd a ny tran sa ct i on effected prim a rily for purpos es of c h a n g ing the C o mp a ny's j u ri sdict io n o f in c orpora t ion ) in which the h o lder s o f the vo t i ng s ecuritie s o f the C omp a ny o ut s t a nding immed i ately prior t o s u c h trans a ction o r series of related transaction s r e tain , immediately after such trans a ction or seri es of trans a ctions, as a r es ult of s h a re s in th e C o mpany held by such holders pr io r to s uch tra nsa ction or seri e s of t r ansacti o n s , le ss than a major i ty o f the total vo t in g power repres e nted by t he out s tanding vot i ng s ecu rit ies of the Company o r such other surviving or re s ultin g entity , in which the s ucces s or corporation refuses to a s sume or s ub s titute for the Warrant .
9 .     No Rights as a Stockholder . Nothing contained her e in shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a s tockhold e r of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be i s su a ble on the exerci s e of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained her e in be construed to confer upon the Hold e r, as such, any right to vote for the election of director s or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereo f, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

- 8 -


10.     Market Stand-off . The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of the Securities (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company's initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.
11. Representations and Warranties of the Holder . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
(a) No Registration . The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder's representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.
(b) Investment Intent . The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.
(c) Investment Experience . The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.
(d) Speculative Nature of Investment . The Holder understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.
(e) Access to Data . The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company's business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

- 9 -


(f) Accredited Investor . The Holder is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The Holder has furnished or made available any and all information requested by the Company or otherwise necessary to satisfy any applicable verification requirements as to "accredited investor" status. Any such information is true, correct, timely and complete.
(g) Residency . The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity's principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.
(h) Restrictions on Resales . The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act , which permit resale of shares purcha s ed in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things , the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the re s ale occurring not less th a n a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitation s; the s ale bein g effected through a "broker ' s transaction," a transaction directly with a " market maker" or a "ri s kles s principal transaction" (a s those term s are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities E xchange Act o f 1934, as a mended , and the rules and re g ulation s promul g ated thereunder) ; and the filin g of a Fo rm 144 notice , if applicable. The Holder acknowled ges a nd understand s t h a t t he Compan y may not be s atis f yin g t he current publi c information r e quirement of Rule 144 a t th e time the H olde r w i s he s to s ell the Securities and th a t , in such e vent , the Holde r ma y be precluded from s ellin g the Secur it i e s under Rul e 1 44 even if th e other a pplic a ble r e quirement s o f Rul e 144 have b een sa t is fied . T he Ho lder a ck n owled g e s th a t , i n th e event the applicabl e requi re ment s of Rul e 144 a re not met , regi s tr a tion under the Securi t ies Act or a n e xe mp t ion fr om reg is tr a tion w ill b e r e qui r ed for a ny disp os i t ion o f the Securitie s . T he Holder und e r s t a nd s th a t , a lth o u g h Rul e 144 i s not ex clu s iv e, th e Secur it i es a nd Ex chan g e Commi ss i o n h as ex p r e sse d it s o pinion th at per s on s propo s in g to s ell re s tricted se curitie s received in a private o ff e rin g oth e r th a n in a re gis te r ed offerin g or pu rs uant to Rul e 144 will h a v e a su bst a n t i a l b u rd e n o f pro o f in e s t a bli s hin g th a t a n exemp t i o n fro m re g i s tr at i o n i s av a il a bl e fo r s uch o ff e r s o r s al es a n d th a t s uch p ers on s a nd th e b ro k e r s wh o pa rtici pa te in the t r a ns a cti ons d o s o a t their o wn ri s k.
(i) No Public Market . The H o ld e r u nd e r s t a nd s a nd a c k n o wl e d ges th a t n o p u blic mark e t n o w e x i s t s fo r a ny o f th e se c urit i e s i ssu ed b y th e C ompan y a nd th a t the C omp a n y h a s mad e no a ssu ra nc es that a public ma r k e t will e v e r e xi s t fo r t h e Co m pa n y ' s sec uriti e s.
(j) L e gal Counsel . T he Ho ld e r h a s had th e opp o rtuni ty to r ev i e w thi s W a rr a nt , th e ex hibit s a nd sc hedule s a tt ac h e d h e r e t o a nd th e t r ans ac ti o n s c o nt e m p lat e d by thi s Wa rra nt with it s own l eg al co un s e l. T h e Ho ld er is not r e l y in g o n any s t ate m e n ts o r r ep r e s ent a tion s of t h e Com p a n y or its age nt s fo r le ga l advic e with r es p ec t to th i s inv e stm e nt or th e tran sac t i on s c o nt e mplated b y thi s W arra n t.
(k) Tax Advi s ors . T h e H o l de r h as r ev i e w ed with it s o wn t ax a dvi so r s th e U . S . fe d e ral , s tate and l o cal a nd n o n- U .S. t a x c on se q u e n ce s of th i s inve s tmen t a nd the t ra n s ac tion s co ntempl a t ed b y t hi s W a rrant. With r es p ec t to su c h m at t e rs, t h e Hol de r r e l ies s o l e ly o n a n y s u c h adv i s o r s a n d not on a n y s t a t e m e nts or r e pr ese n tat i o n s of t h e Co mpany or any of it s a ge nt s , w ritt e n or o r a l. Th e H o ld e r und ers t a nd s that it ( a nd n o t t he C ompan y ) s h a ll b e r es po ns ible fo r i ts o wn t ax li a bili ty t h at m ay a ri se as a re s ult o f thi s inv e stm e nt and th e t r a n sact i o n s co nt e m p lat e d by t his Warra n t.
(l) Brokers and Find e rs . T h e Hold er h a s not e n gage d a ny brok e r s , finder s o r agents in co nn ec tion w ith th e S e cu r iti es , a nd the C omp a ny h a s n ot incurr e d n o r will i n c u r, d i rec tly or indir e ctl y, as a r es ul t of a n y act i o n ta k e n b y th e Hold er , a n y lia b ilit y for b ro ke rag e or find ers ' f ee s o r age n ts ' co mmi ss ion s o r any s imilar c h a r ge s in conne c tion w ith the S ec uri tie s .

- 10 -


(m) No "Bad Actor" Disqualification . Neither (i) the Holder, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company's voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by the Holder is subject to any of the "bad actor" disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(l )(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the acceptance of this Warrant, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.
12 .      Miscellaneous .
(a) Amendments . Except as expressly provided herein , neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.
(b) Waivers . No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.
(c) Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:
(i) if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder's address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company's records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or
(ii) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the Company's address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Arthur F. Schneiderman, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.
Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five business days after the same has been deposited in a regularly• maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company's books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company's books and records will control absent fraud or error .
(d) Governing Law . This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state .
(e) Jurisdiction and Venue . Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within Santa Clara County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

- 11 -


(f) Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.
(g) Severability . If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
(h) Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BYLAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.
(i) California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL , UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 , OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.
(j) Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein s hall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.
(k) Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant . Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall s urvive exercise of this Warrant.
(l) Entire Agreement . Except as expressly set forth herein and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of August 29 , 2014 and the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of June 18, 2015 to which Holder is a party, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

(signature page follows)

- 12 -


The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.
 
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Phillipe Morali
 
 
 
 
 
 
Print Name:
Phillipe Morali
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
CFO
 
 
 
 
 
 
Address:
 
 
 
3450 West Warren Drive
 
 
Fremont, CA 94538
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:
 
 
 
 
/s/ Behrooz Rezvani
 
 
Behrooz Rezvani
 
 
 
 
 
 
Address:
5590 Satin Leaf Way
 
 
 
San Ramon, CA 94582
 
 
























(Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of Quantenna Communications, In c. )




EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:     QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (the "Company")

Attention:     Chief Executive Officer

(1)
Exercise . The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:
Number of shares:
 

(2)
Method of Exercise . The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

A cash payment or cancellation of indebtedness, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

(3)
Stock Certificate . Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:
The undersigned
 
Other - Name:
 
Address:
 
 
 

(4)
Unexerci s ed Portion of the Warrant . Pleas e i ss ue a n e w warr a nt for the un ex ercis e d portion of t he attached wa rr ant i n the name of :
The undersigned
 
Other - Name:
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
Not applicable
 

(5)
Investment Intent . T h e undersi g ned repr es en ts and warrant s t hat the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for it s own accoun t , not as a nomine e or ag e nt, and not w i t h a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution th e reof, a nd that the un d er si gne d has no present intent io n of se llin g, granting a ny particip a tion in , o r o therwise dis t ributing th e s har es, nor do e s it hav e a ny contract , undert a king, agreement or arran ge m e nt for th e s ame , and all r ep re s entation s a nd warranties of the und e r s ign e d se t forth i n Se c tion 11 of the a ttached warrant are true a nd co rrect a s o f the date hereof.

A- 1


(6)
Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement . T he undersi g ned h a s e xec uted , and deliver s herew i th , a n I n ve s tm en t R e p r e sen tation Statem e nt and Mark e t Stand-O ff A g r ee m e n t in a form su b s t a n tia ll y s imilar to th e fo rm a tta ch e d t o th e w a rra nt as Ex hibi t A-1 .

( 7)
C o n s ent to Rec e ipt of E lectronic N o tice . S u b jec t t o the limit at io ns se t fort h i n D e l a wa r e G e n er a l Corpo r ation La w § 2 3 2 ( e), the u nde r signe d co n se nts t o t h e d elivery of a n y n ot ic e to stock h olders giv e n b y the C o mp any un d e r t h e De l awa r e Genera l Cor p ora t i on L a w or t h e Company's c e rti ficate of incorporat i o n o r bylaws by (i) facsimile te l ecom m u n ication t o t he fac s i m il e num b e r provided below (o r t o an y other facsi mil e nu mb er for t h e un d ersigned in t he Compa n y ' s r ecords) , (ii) electronic mail to t he electronic mail address provid ed b elow (or t o a n y other e l ectron i c mai l a dd res s for t he un dersigned in the Com p a n y's recor d s), (iii) p osti n g on an e l ec t ronic net w o rk to g e th er wi th s e p arate not i ce to the un dersig n ed of s u c h sp e cific posting or (iv) a n y o th er form of electronic t ransm i ss i o n (as de fin ed i n t h e Delawar e Genera l Co r porat i on La w ) di r ecte d t o the un dersigned . Th is conse nt m a y b e re v oked by t h e u n der s ig n ed b y w ri tt e n notice to t he Company an d m ay b e de e m e d re v o k e d in th e cir cum s t a nc es spe ci fie d in D e l a w ar e G e n era l C o rpo r a ti o n Law §232 .



 
 
 
 
 
(Print name of the warrant holder)
 
 
 
 
 
(Signature)
 
 
 
 
 
(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
 
 
 
(Date)
 
 
 
 
 
(Fax num be r)
 
 
 
 
 
( Em a il a d dress)








(Signatur e Page to Notice of Exerci s e)

A- 2


EXHIBIT A-I

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
AND
MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

INVESTOR:
BEHROOZ REZVANI
COMPANY:
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC .
SECURITIES:
THE WARRANT ISSUED ON SEPTEMBER 10, 2015 (THE " WARRANT') AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF
DATE :
SEPTEMBER 10 , 2015
In connection with the purcha s e or a cqui s ition of the above-li s ted Securities , the undersi g ned Inve s tor r epresents and warrants to, and agrees with , the Company as follow s :
1. No Registration . T he Investor under s t a nd s that the Securities have not been , and will n o t be, r e g i s tered und e r the Secur i ties Act o f 193 3, a s a m ended (the " Securities Act " ) , b y rea s on o f a speci fi c e x e m ption fro m the r e g i s t r ation pr o vi s ion s o f th e Securiti es Act , the a vailability o f wh i ch depe n d s upon , a m o ng oth e r thin gs, the bo n a fide natu re of th e inv est ment i n ten t and th e a ccu r a c y of t h e In ves t or's r e pr e sen ta ti o n s as e x pre ss ed herein or oth e rwi se mad e pur s u a nt here t o .
2. Investment Intent . The Inve s t o r i s a cquirin g th e S e curi t ie s for inv es tm e nt for it s own a cco u nt , n o t as a n o minee or age nt , a nd not with a view to , o r for re sa le in connection with, a ny di s t r ibution th e reof . The Inve s to r h as n o p re s en t int e nti o n of se llin g , g r a nt i ng a ny p a rticip a ti o n in, o r oth e rwi s e di st ributin g the Securitie s , nor doe s it h ave any cont ra ct , undertakin g, agree ment o r a rr a n ge men t fo r t h e same .
3. Investment Experience . T h e Inve s t o r h as s ub s tanti a l e xpe rien c e in e valu at in g a nd i n v e st in g in p riv a t e p l a c eme n t tra n s act i on s o f s e c uritie s in comp a ni es simil a r to th e Com pan y , a nd h as s u c h kn o wled g e a nd exp er ienc e in fi n a n cia l o r bu s in ess m a tter s so th a t it i s c a pabl e o f e va lu a tin g th e m e rits a nd r isk s of its inv es tm e nt in t h e Comp a n y a nd protectin g it s o wn i nt e re sts .
4. Specu l ative Nature of Investment . T he I nve s t o r und e r s tand s and acknowl e d ges that i ts i n v e s tm e n t in t h e Co mp any i s hi g hl y s p ec ul at iv e an d in vo l ves s ub s tanti a l ri s k s . T h e Inv e s t o r ca n b ea r t h e eco nomic ri s k of it s i nv est m e n t a nd i s a bl e, w i t h out i m p a i r in g i t s fi n ancia l c o n di t i o n, t o hold t h e S e curiti es for a n i nd e fi ni te peri o d of ti me an d to s u ffe r a co m p l e t e lo ss o f i ts in ves tm e nt.
5. Access to Data . T h e Inv es to r h a s had an opportuni t y to ask qu est i o n s o f o ffic e r s o f t h e C omp a n y , w hi c h qu est ion s w e r e a n swe r ed to i ts sat i sfact ion. T h e I n ves t o r b e lieve s tha t i t h as re c eived all th e informat i on that it c onsid e r s n ece ssary or a pp ro p riat e for d e cidin g wh e ther to a cquir e the S ec uri t ie s . T h e In v estor und e r s tands that an y such dis c ussio ns, a s w e ll a s a ny in fo rmati o n issu e d b y th e Com p any, w e re int e nd e d to de sc rib e c e rtain as pe cts of th e Co mp an y' s bu s in es s and p rospe c t s , but w e r e not n e c es sa r il y a thor oug h or e x h a u s t i ve de s cripti o n . T h e Inve st or a ckn owle d ges th at a n y bu s in ess plan s pr e p a red b y th e Comp a ny ha ve b ee n , and c o ntinu e to b e , s ubj e ct to ch a nge and that any projection s i ncluded in s uch bu s ine ss pl a n s or otherwi s e are n ecessa ril y s p ec ul at i ve in n at ur e , a n d i t ca n b e ex p e ct e d that so m e or all of th e as sumpti o n s und e rl y in g t he proje ct i o n s will n o t m a t e ri a li ze or w i ll vary si g nificant l y from a ctua l re s ults .

A- 1-1


6. Accredited Investor. The Investor is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The Investor has furnished or made available any and all information requested by the Company or otherwise necessary to satisfy any applicable verification requirements as to "accredited investor" status. Any such information is true , correct , timely and complete.
7. Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity ' s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.
8. Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions , which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not le s s than a specifi e d period after a party ha s purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitation s ; the s ale being effected through a "broker 's transaction , " a transaction directly with a "market maker " or a "riskless principal tran s action " (a s those terms are defined in the Securitie s Act or t h e Securi t i e s Ex ch a nge Act of 19 3 4, a s amended , and the rules a nd regulation s promulg a ted thereunder) ; and th e filin g of a Form 144 notice, i f a pplic a ble . The Inve s tor a cknowl e d ges and u n d er stand s that the Co m pany may not be s ati s fyin g the current public informa t i o n requirem e nt o f Rule 144 a t the tim e the Inve s tor wi s he s to s ell th e S e cu r ities a nd that , in s u c h e v en t , the Inve s tor may be p r e cluded fr om s e llin g t he Securitie s und e r Rul e 144 e ven if the othe r a pplicabl e re quir e me n t s of Rul e 144 h a v e b ee n sat i s fi e d . Th e Inv esto r u nder s t a nd s a nd a c k n o wled g e s th a t , in the e vent the a pplicable requirements o f Rule 144 a re not met , r egi s tration under t he Securi t ies Act or an e x emption from r e g i s tr at ion w ill be required fo r any di s po s ition of the Securiti es . The Inv es to r under s t a n ds tha t, althou g h Rule 1 4 4 i s n o t ex clu s ive , the S e cu r itie s and Ex ch a n g e Co mmi ss ion h as expres se d it s o pini o n th a t per so n s pro posi n g t o s ell r es tri c t e d sec uriti es r e c e iv e d in a priv a te off erin g o th e r t h a n in a re g i s t e r e d o ff eri n g o r pu rsu ant to Ru l e 14 4 will ha v e a s ub sta ntial burd en of proof in e sta bli s hin g t h a t a n ex empti o n fr o m r e g i st ra t i o n i s a va il a bl e fo r t h os e offe r s o r sa l es a nd th at t h ose per so n s a nd th e broker s wh o p a rticip ate in th e t ran sa c t i o n s do s o a t t h e ir o w n ri s k .
9. No Public Market. T he H o l de r u nd ersta nd s a nd a ckn o wled ge s tha t no p ublic mark e t no w ex i sts for a n y of t h e sec ur i ti es iss u e d b y t h e Co m pa n y a nd that th e C om pa n y h a s m a d e no as sur a n ce s th a t a p ublic m a rk e t will ev e r e xi s t for th e C o mpan y ' s s e curiti es .
10. Broker s and Finders. T h e Inv es t o r has not e n gage d an y brok ers , fi nders or age nts in connect i on wi t h t h e Sec uri t ie s , a n d t h e C o m pa n y h as n o t in c u rre d n o r will in c u r, d ir ectl y or indi rec tl y , as a r es ul t of a n y ac ti o n ta k e n by the Inv es t o r , an y li a bilit y fo r brok e rag e or finde rs' fees or a ge nt s ' co mmi ss i o n s o r a n y similar ch arg e s in c on ne c t io n w it h t h e S ec uritie s.
11. Legal Counsel. T h e Investo r h as h a d the o p portuni ty to r e vi e w th e W arr a n t , t he e x h i b its and sche dul e s at t ac h e d t h e reto and the t ra n s action s cont empl ated b y the W a r ra n t with its own l eg al c oun s el. Th e Inv estor i s n o t re l y in g on a n y st a tem e nt s o r re p r ese nt at i o n s o f th e Co m p any o r it s age nts fo r le ga l ad vic e w it h re s pect to t h i s inves t me n t o r th e t ra nsa c tion s co ntempl a t e d b y t h e W arra n t.
12. Tax Advisors. Th e In ves to r h as r ev i e wed wi t h it s o wn t ax a dvi sors th e U . S . fe d e r a l, s t a te a nd l oca l a nd n on- U . S . t ax co ns e qu e nc es o f thi s in v e st m e n t and t h e tr a ns a ction s c ont e mpl a ted b y t he W a rr a n t. With r e s pe c t t o s u c h matt e r s, th e In vest o r r e lie s solely o n s uch a d v i s or s an d n ot o n a ny s ta tem e nt s or r epr e s e nt a tions of t h e Co mp a ny or an y o f it s agen t s, wri tte n o r ora l. T h e In ves tor und e r s tand s th at i t ( a n d not

A- 1-2


th e C om p an y ) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.
13. Market Stand-off. The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company's initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 271l(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)( 4 ) , or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S - 1 or Form S - 8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.
14. No "Bad Actor"Disqualification . Neither (i) the Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers , other o f ficers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members , nor (iii) any beneficial owner o f any o f t he Company 's vo t in g equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held b y the Inve s tor is s ubject to any of the " bad actor " disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(l )(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rul e 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed , reasonably in advance of the purcha s e or a cquisition of the Securities , in writing in rea s onable detail to the Company .
(s i gn a tur e pag e f o ll o w s )


A- 1-3


The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 
INVESTOR
 
 
 
 
 
(Print name of investor)
 
 
 
 
 
(Signature)
 
 
 
 
 
(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
 
 
 
(Street address)
 
 
 
 
 
(City, state, and ZIP)

A- 1-4


EXHIBIT B
ASSIGNMENT FORM
ASSIGNOR:
BEHROOZ REZVANI
 
 
COMPANY:
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
WARRANT:
THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON SEPTEMBER 10, 2015 (THE " WARRANT ")
 
 
DATE:
 
 
(1) Assignment. T he undersi g ned r e gistered holder o f the Warrant ( " Assigno r " ) a s s ign s and tr a nsfe r s to the a ssignee named below ("Assignee") a ll of the rights of A s s i gnor under the W a rrant , with respect to th e number o f share s s et forth below:
Name of Assignee:
 
 
 
Address of Assignee:
 
 
 
 
 
Num b e r o f Sh a r es A ss i g n ed:
 
and doe s irr e voc a bly c onst i tute a n d appo i nt as at t orney t o ma k e s u ch t ransfe r on th e books of QUANTENNA C OM M UN I CATIONS , I NC. , maintained fo r the purpose, with full power of s ubstit u tion i n the premi s e s .
(2) O b li g atio n s of As s ignee . A ss i g n e e agr ees t o tak e a nd h o ld t he Warrant and any s hare s o f stock to be i ss ued upon exerci s e of the ri g hts thereunder (the " Secu r ities ") s ubj e c t t o, and t o b e bound b y , the term s and conditi o n s s e t forth in th e Warr a nt to the same extent a s if Assi g nee we r e th e ori g inal hold e r th e reof .
(3) Investment Intent . As s ign e e represents and warrant s th a t the Securitie s a re bein g acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent , and not with a view to , o r for resa l e in conn e ct i on w i th, the distribution ther e of, and that Assignee has no pre s ent intention of s ellin g , gr a nting any participation in , or otherwi se distribut i n g th e shar e s, nor do e s it h a ve any c o ntract , undertakin g , a g re e ment or arrang e m e nt for th e s am e , and all repre s entations and w a rranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and c orrect as to A s si g nee a s of the date hereof .
(4) I n vestment Representation Statement a n d Market Stand-Off Agreement. A ss i g nee ha s e x ecuted , and de li ver s h e rewith , a n Inve s tment R e pre s ent a ti o n St a tement and M a rk e t Stand - Off A gree men t in a form s ub s tantially similar to the form a ttach e d to the Warrant as Ex hibit A-1.
(5) No "Bad Actor" Disqualification . N e i t her (i) A ss i g ne e , (ii) a n y of it s dir ec t o r s , ex e c uti ve office rs , o ther of fic e r s th at ma y s e rv e a s a dir ec t o r or o ffi ce r o f a n y c o mp a n y in wh ic h it i nve s t s , ge n e r a l partn e r s o r m a n ag in g m e mbers , nor ( ii i ) an y bene fi cial owner o f a ny of the C o mp a ny ' s s ecuri t ie s hel d o r t o be h e l d b y A ss i gn ee i s s ubj e ct to an y o f t h e "bad actor " di s q ualifications describ e d in R u le 506 ( d)(l) ( i ) through ( v iii) under t he Secur it ies A c t o f 1933 , as a m e nd e d ( th e " Se c u r iti e s Act " ), e xc ept as s et forth

B- 1


in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed , reasonably in advance of the transfer of the Securities, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.
ASSIGNOR
 
ASSIGNEE
 
 
 
(Print n a m e of A ss i gno r )
 
( Prin t nam e of Assignee)
 
 
 
(Signatu r e of Ass i gno r )
 
(S i gnatu r e of Assignee)
 
 
 
(Print name of signa t ory, if app li cab l e)
 
(P ri nt name of signa t ory , if applicab l e)
 
 
 
(Print tit l e of signatory, if applicable)
 
(Print tit l e of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
 
Ad d ress :
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 


B- 2
Exhibit 10.9


THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.


WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
OF
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Dated as of February 3, 2016
Void after the date specified in Section 8

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, Behrooz Rezvani, or its registered assigns (the "Holder"), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Shares (as defined below), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term "Warrant" as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein.

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

1.     Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period

(a)     Definition of Shares. "Shares" shall mean the Company's common stock, par value $0.0001 (the "Common Stock").

(b)     Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to 1,012,500 Shares, as may be adjusted pursuant hereto, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.

(c)     Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $0.08, subject to adjustment pursuant hereto (the "Exercise Price").

(d)     Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

2.     Exercise of the Warrant.

(a)     Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, but not for less than 10,000 of the Shares at a time (or such lesser number representing all remaining Shares for which the warrant is exercisable). Other than in connection with



the expiration of the Warrant, this Warrant may not be exercised more than four times in any twelve-month period. This Warrant may be exercised in accordance with the provisions of Section 1, by:

(i)    the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the "Notice of Exercise"), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

(ii)    the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by (a) wire transfer or certified, cashier's or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company; (b) surrender and cancellation of promissory notes or other instruments representing indebtedness of the Company to the Holder; or (c) a combination of (a) and (b).

(b)     Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

X =
Y(A- B)
A
 

Where:

X
= The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder

Y
= The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

A
= The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)

B
= The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that:

(i)    where a public market exists for the Company's common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal, as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value; and

(ii)    if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the product the per share offering price to the public of the Company's initial public offering.

(c)     Stock Certificates. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to


- 2 -


the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

(d)     No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

(e)     Reservation of Stock. The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its common stock to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

(f)     Tax Obligations. The Holder agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the exercise (including net exercise) of the Warrant and any sale or transfer of the underlying Shares. The Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

3.     Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

4.     Transfer of the Warrant.

(a)     Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the "Warrant Register") containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

(b)     Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

(c)     Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and limitations on


- 3 -


assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 below, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the "Assignment Form" ) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

(d)     Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

(e)     Minimum Transfer. This Warrant may not be transferred in part unless such transfer is to a transferee who, pursuant to such transfer, receives the right to purchase at least 100,000 Shares hereunder (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 6).

(f)     Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

5.     Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

(a)     Restrictions on Transfers. This Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company's prior written consent, and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares (the "Securities") must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

(i)    there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

(ii)    (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder's intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee's own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder's expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a "no action" letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect


- 4 -


that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(b)     Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Securities may be transferred without the Company's consent in any of the following circumstances: (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation or (y) any of the Holder's partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners or members, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners; (iii) a transfer for no or nominal consideration to Holder's spouse, ex-spouse, domestic partner, lineal descendant or antecedent, step child, brother, sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, cousin, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, the adopted child or adopted grandchild, or the spouse or domestic partner of any child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Holder, or to a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of Holder or those members of Holder's family specified above or transfers of the Warrant by devise or descent; or (iv) any bona fide gift effected for tax planning purposes; provided, in each case, that the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder's intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition and the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant, including the representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 hereto.

(c)     Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-l, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder's own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(d)     Securities Law Legend. The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws);

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.


- 5 -


(e)     Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

(f)     Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

(g)     Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

(h)     No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status. The Holder agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the "bad actor" disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. The Holder will promptly notify the Company in writing if the Holder or, to the Holder's knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the "bad actor" disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(l)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

(i)     Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of that certain Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2014 (the "Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement"), by and among the Company, the Investors (as defined therein) and the Major Securityholders (as defined therein), as may be amended from time to time. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, the Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AND MAY ONLY BE SOLD, DISPOSED OF OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND RIGHTS OF CO-SALE AS SET FORTH IN A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND RIGHTS OF CO-SALE ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.




- 6 -


(j)     Stop Transfer Instructions. In order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Holder agrees that the Company may issue appropriate "stop transfer" certificates or instructions in the event of a transfer in violation of any provision of this Warrant and related agreements and that it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its records.

6.     Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a)     Merger or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a "Reorganization") involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company's stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(b)     Reclassification of Shares. If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a "Reclassification"), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(c)     Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

(f)     Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.


- 7 -


7.     Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

(a)    the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

(b)    the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(c)    any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b);

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) business days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (c), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

8.     Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

(a)    5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on February 5, 2019; or

(b)    Upon the closing of an acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes and any transaction effected primarily for purposes of changing the Company's jurisdiction of incorporation) in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, less than a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity, in which the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Warrant.

9.     No Rights as a Stockholder. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.





- 8 -


10.     Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of the Securities (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company's initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

11.     Representations and Warranties of the Holder. The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a)     No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder's representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

(b)     Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

(c)     Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

(d)     Speculative Nature of Investment. The Holder understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

(e)     Access to Data. The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company's business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.



- 9 -


(f)     Accredited Investor. The Holder is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The Holder has furnished or made available any and all information requested by the Company or otherwise necessary to satisfy any applicable verification requirements as to "accredited investor" status. Any such information is true, correct, timely and complete.

(g)     Residency. The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity's principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

(h)     Restrictions on Resales. The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a "broker's transaction," a transaction directly with a "market maker" or a "riskless principal transaction" (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

(i)     No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company's securities.

(j)     Legal Counsel. The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

(k)     Tax Advisors. The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U. S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

(l)     Brokers and Finders. The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

- 10 -


(m)     No "Bad Actor" Disqualification. Neither (i) the Holder, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company's voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by the Holder is subject to any of the "bad actor" disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(l)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the acceptance of this Warrant, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

12.     Miscellaneous.

(a)     Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.

(b)     Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

(c)     Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(i)    if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder's address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company's records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(ii)    if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the Company's address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Arthur F. Schneiderman, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five business days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company's books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company's books and records will control absent fraud or error.

(d)     Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

(e)     Jurisdiction and Venue. Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within Santa Clara County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.



- 11 -


(f)     Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

(g)     Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(h)     Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

(i)     California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(j)     Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

(k)     Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

(l)     Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of August 29, 2014 and the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of June 18, 2015 to which Holder is a party, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

(signature page follows)



- 12 -


The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Phillipe Morali
 
 
 
 
 
 
Print Name:
Phillipe Morali
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
CFO
 
 
 
 
 
 
Address:
 
 
 
3450 West Warren Drive
 
 
Fremont, CA 94538
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:
 
 
 
 
/s/ Behrooz Rezvani
 
 
Behrooz Rezvani
 
 
 
 
 
 
Address:
5590 Satin Leaf Way
 
 
 
San Ramon, CA 94582
 
 




























(Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)



EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:      QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (the "Company")

Attention:      Chief Executive Officer

(1)
Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

Number of shares:___________________________________________________________________

(2)
Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

¨
A cash payment or cancellation of indebtedness, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

¨
The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

(3)
Stock Certificate. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

¨
The undersigned

¨
Other—Name: _______________________________________________________________

Address:_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

(4)
Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

¨
The undersigned

¨
Other—Name: _______________________________________________________________

Address:_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

¨
Not applicable

(5)
Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.






A-1


(6)
Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-l.

(7)
Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company's records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company's records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.





 
(Print name of the warrant holder)
 
 
(Signature)
 
 
(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
(Date)
 
 
(Fax number)
 
 
(Email address)













(Signature Page to Notice of Exercise)

A-2


EXHIBIT A-1

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
AND
MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT


INVESTOR:    BEHROOZ REZVANI

COMPANY:    QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

SECURITIES:
THE WARRANT ISSUED ON FEBRUARY 3, 2016 (THE "WARRANT") AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

DATE:    FEBRUARY 3, 2016

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

1.     No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act'), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor's representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

2.     Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

3.     Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

4.     Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

5.     Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company's business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.


A-1-1


6.     Accredited Investor. The Investor is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The Investor has furnished or made available any and all information requested by the Company or otherwise necessary to satisfy any applicable verification requirements as to "accredited investor" status. Any such information is true, correct, timely and complete.

7.     Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity's principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

8.     Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a "broker's transaction," a transaction directly with a "market maker" or a "riskless principal transaction" (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

9.     No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company's securities.

10.     Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

11.     Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

12.     Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company)



A-1-2


shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

13.     Market Stand-off. The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company's initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

14.     No "Bad Actor" Disqualification. Neither (i) the Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company's voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by the Investor is subject to any of the "bad actor" disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(l)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the purchase or acquisition of the Securities, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

(signature page follows)
























A-1-3


The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.



INVESTOR
 
 
 
(Print name of the investor)
 
 
(Signature)
 
 
(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
(Street address)
 
 
(City, state and ZIP)


A-1-4


EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

ASSIGNOR:    BEHROOZ REZVANI

COMPANY:    QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

WARRANT:    THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON
FEBRUARY 3, 2016 (THE "WARRANT")

DATE:

(1)
Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant ( "Assignor") assigns and transfers to the assignee named below ( "Assignee") all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

Name of Assignee: __________________________________________________________________

Address of Assignee: ________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

Number of Shares Assigned: __________________________________________________________

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint as attorney to make such transfer on the books of QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

(2)
Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the "Securities") subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

(3)
Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

(4)
Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-l.

(5)
No "Bad Actor" Disqualification. Neither (i) Assignee, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company's securities held or to be held by Assignee is subject to any of the "bad actor" disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(l)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), except as set forth




B-1


in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer of the Securities, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.



Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.




ASSIGNOR
 
ASSIGNEE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Print name of Assignor)
 
(Print name of Assignee)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Signature of Assignor)
 
(Signature of Assignee)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Print name of signatory, if applicable)
 
(Print name of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Print title of signatory, if applicable)
 
(Print title of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
 
Address:
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


B-2
Exhibit 10.10


THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.


WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

OF

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Dated as of February 3, 2016

Void after the date specified in Section 8

No. CSW-004

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, AIRFIDE NETWORKS, or its registered assigns (the "Holder" ), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company" ), Shares (as defined below), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term "Warrant" as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein.

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

1     Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period

(a)     Definition of Shares. "Shares" shall mean the Company's common stock, par value $0.0001 (the "Common Stock" ) .

(b)     Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to 450,000 Shares, as may be adjusted pursuant hereto, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.

(c)     Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $0.001, subject to adjustment pursuant hereto (the "Exercise Price" ) .

(d)     Exercise Period; Vesting. This Warrant, to the extent vested, shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at the election of the Holder from time to time after the date of issuance until its expiration, as described in Section 8. The Warrant shall become vested and exercisable as follows: one-twelfth (l/12th) of the total number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall vest and become exercisable on each of the monthly anniversaries from January 15, 2016, in each case, so long as Holder continues to be a service provider of the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain Consulting Agreement dated as of January 15, 2016 by and between Holder and the Company.




2. Exercise of the Warrant.

(a)     Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, but not for less than 50,000 of the Shares at a time (or such lesser number representing all remaining Shares for which the warrant is exercisable). Other than in connection with the expiration of the Warrant, this Warrant may not be exercised more than four times in any twelve-month period. This Warrant may be exercised in accordance with the provisions of Section 1, by:

(i)    the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the "Notice of Exercise" ), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

(ii)    the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by (a) wire transfer or certified, cashier's or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company; (b) surrender and cancellation of promissory notes or other instruments representing indebtedness of the Company to the Holder; or (c) a combination of (a) and (b).

(b)     Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

X
=
Y (A – B)
 
A
 
 
 
 

Where:

X =    The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder

Y =    The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

A =    The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)

B =    The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that:

(i)    where a public market exists for the Company's common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal, as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value; and

(ii)    if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the product the per share offering price to the public of the Company's initial public offering.

- 2 -


(c)     Stock Certificates. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

(d)     No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

(e)     Reservation of Stock. The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its common stock to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

(f)     Tax Obligations. The Holder agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the exercise (including net exercise) of the Warrant and any sale or transfer of the underlying Shares. The Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(g)     Early Exercise. The unvested portion of this Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, pursuant to Section 2, at the election of the Holder (the "Early Exercised Shares" ) from time to time until its expiration, as described in Section 8, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. Any Early Exercised Shares shall be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company (or its assignees) at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price (the "Repurchase Rights" ). The Repurchase Rights shall lapse with respect to Early Exercised Shares as such shares shall vest in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The Company, in its sole discretion, (or its assignees) may exercise the Repurchase Rights for all, or a portion, of the Early Exercised Shares that remain subject to the Repurchase Rights during the 90-day period following the date that vesting ceases under the Warrant. The stock certificates representing the Early Exercised Shares subject to the Repurchase Rights shall be subject to an appropriate legend regarding the Repurchase Rights.

3. Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

4. Transfer of the Warrant.

(a)     Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the "Warrant Register" ) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant

- 3 -


Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

(b)     Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

(c)     Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act" ) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 below, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the "Assignment Form")) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

(d)     Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

(e)     Minimum Transfer. This Warrant may not be transferred in part unless such transfer is to a transferee who, pursuant to such transfer, receives the right to purchase at least 100,000 Shares hereunder (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 6).

(f)     Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

(a)     Restrictions on Transfers. This Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company's prior written consent, and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares (the "Securities" ) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

(i)    there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

- 4 -


(ii)    (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder's intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-l, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee's own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder's expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a "no action" letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(b)     Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Securities may be transferred without the Company's consent in any of the following circumstances: (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation or (y) any of the Holder's partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners or members, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners; (iii) a transfer for no or nominal consideration to Holder's spouse, ex-spouse, domestic partner, lineal descendant or antecedent, step child, brother, sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, cousin, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, the adopted child or adopted grandchild, or the spouse or domestic partner of any child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Holder, or to a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of Holder or those members of Holder's family specified above or transfers of the Warrant by devise or descent; or (iv) any bona fide gift effected for tax planning purposes; provided, in each case, that the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder's intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition and the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant, including the representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 hereto.

(c)     Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-l, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder's own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(d)     Securities Law Legend. The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE

- 5 -


REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

(e)     Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

(f)     Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions . The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

(g)     Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

(h)     No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status. The Holder agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the "bad actor" disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(l)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. The Holder will promptly notify the Company in writing if the Holder or, to the Holder's knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the "bad actor" disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(l)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

(i) Stop Transfer Instructions. In order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Holder agrees that the Company may issue appropriate "stop transfer" certificates or


- 6 -


instructions in the event of a transfer in violation of any provision of this Warrant and related agreements and that it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its records.

6. Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a)     Merger or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a "Reorganization" ) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company's stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(b)     Reclassification of Shares. If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a "Reclassification" ), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(c)     Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

(f)     Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

7. Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

- 7 -


(a)    the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder;

(b) the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(c) any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b);

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) business days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (c), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

8. Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

(a) 5:00 p.m.. Pacific time, on January 15, 2018; or

(b) 5:00 p.m.. Pacific time, on the date three (3) months following release of the lock-up restrictions applicable to Holder in connection with the Company's initial public offering (see Section 10 of this Warrant); or

(c)    Upon the closing of an acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes and any transaction effected primarily for purposes of changing the Company's jurisdiction of incorporation) in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, less than a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity, in which the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Warrant.


9. No Rights as a Stockholder. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.


10. Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or

- 8 -


similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of the Securities (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company's initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

11.    Representations and Warranties of the Holder. The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a)     No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder's representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

(b)     Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

(c)     Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

(d)     Speculative Nature of Investment. The Holder understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

(e)     Access to Data. The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company's business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

(f)     Accredited Investor. The Holder is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The

- 9 -


Holder has furnished or made available any and all information requested by the Company or otherwise necessary to satisfy any applicable verification requirements as to "accredited investor" status. Any such information is true, correct, timely and complete.

(g)     Residency. The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity's principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

(h)     Restrictions on Resales. The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a "broker's transaction," a transaction directly with a "market maker" or a "riskless principal transaction" (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

(i)     No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company's securities.

(j)     Legal Counsel. The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

(k)     Tax Advisors. The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

(l)     Brokers and Finders. The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

(m)     No "Bad Actor" Disqualification. Neither (i) the Holder, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company's voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by the Holder is subject to any of the "bad

- 10 -


actor" disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the acceptance of this Warrant, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

12.     Miscellaneous.

(a)     Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.

(b)     Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

(c)     Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(i)    if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder's address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company's records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(ii)    if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the Company's address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Arthur F. Palo Alto, California 94304. Schneiderman, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five business days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company's books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company's books and records will control absent fraud or error.

(d)     Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

(e)     Jurisdiction and Venue. Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within Santa Clara County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

(f)     Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

- 11 -


(g)     Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(h)     Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

(i)     California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(j)     Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

(k)      Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

(l)      Entire Agreement. This Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto and as referenced in that certain Consulting Agreement dated as of January 15, 2016 by and between the Company and Holder) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.


(signature page follows)


- 12 -









The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
/s/ Phillipe Morali
Signature:
 
Phillipe Morali
Print Name:
 
CFO
Title:
 
 
Address:
 
 
3450 West Warren Drive
Fremont, CA 94538
 
 
 
 





AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:
 
AIRFIDE NETWORKS
 
/s/ Venkat Kalkunte
Signature:
 
Venkat Kalkunte
Print Name:
 
President & CEO
Title:
 
19630 Allendale Ave
Address:
 
Saratoga, CA 95070
 
 
 
 



(Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)




EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:      QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (the "Company" )

Attention:      Chief Executive Officer

(1)
Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant (NOTE: Specify if any shares to be exercised are unvested);

Number of shares:____________________________________________________________________

(2)
Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to;

¨
A cash payment or cancellation of indebtedness, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

¨
The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

(3)
Stock Certificate. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

¨      The undersigned    

¨      Other—Name:    __________________________________________________________

Address:    __________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

(4)
Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

¨      The undersigned    

¨      Other—Name:    __________________________________________________________

Address:    __________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

¨
Not applicable

(5)
Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

A-1


6
Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

7
Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company's records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company's records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.




 
 
 
(Print name of the warrant holder)
 
 
 
(Signature)
 
 
 
(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
 
(Date)
 
 
 
(Fax number)
 
 
 
(Email address)

















(Signature Page to Notice of Exercise)

A-2


EXHIBIT A-1

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT


INVESTOR:
AIRFIDE NETWORKS

COMPANY:
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

SECURITIES:
THE WARRANT ISSUED ON FEBRUARY 3, 2016 (THE 'WARRANT' ) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

DATE:
_________________________

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

1.     No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act" ) , by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor's representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

2.     Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

3.     Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

4.     Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

5.     Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company's business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

A-1-1


6.     Accredited Investor. The Investor is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The Investor has furnished or made available any and all information requested by the Company or otherwise necessary to satisfy any applicable verification requirements as to "accredited investor" status. Any such information is true, correct, timely and complete.

7.     Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity's principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

8.     Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a "broker's transaction," a transaction directly with a "market maker" or a "riskless principal transaction" (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

9.     No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company's securities.

10.     Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

11.     Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

12.     Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company)

A-1-2


shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

13.     Market Stand-off. The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company's initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

14.     No "Bad Actor" Disqualification. Neither (i) the Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company's voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by the Investor is subject to any of the "bad actor" disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(l)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the purchase or acquisition of the Securities, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

(signature page follows)

A-1-3


The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.



 
INVESTOR
 
 
 
(Print name of the investor)
 
 
 
(Signature)
 
 
 
(Name and title of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
 
(Street address)
 
 
 
(City, state and ZIP)

A-1-4


EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

ASSIGNOR:
AIRFIDE NETWORKS

COMPANY:
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

WARRANT:
THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON

FEBRUARY 3, 2016 (THE "WARRANT" )

DATE:
_________________________

(1)
Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant ( "Assignor" ) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below ( "Assignee" ) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

Name of Assignee: __________________________________________________________________

Address of Assignee:_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

Number of Shares Assigned:___________________________________________________________

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint____________________________as attorney to make such transfer on the books of QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

(2)
Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the "Securities" ) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

(3)
Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

(4)
Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

(5)
No "Bad Actor" Disqualification. Neither (i) Assignee, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company's securities held or to be held by Assignee is subject to any of the "bad actor" disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(l)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act'' ) , except as set forth

B-1


in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer of the Securities, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.



Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

ASSIGNOR
 
ASSIGNEE
 
 
 
(Print name of the Assignor)
 
(Print name of the Assignee)
 
 
 
(Signature of Assignor)
 
(Signature of Assignee)
 
 
 
(Print name of signatory, if applicable)
 
(Print name of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
 
(Print title of signatory, if applicable)
 
(Print title of signatory, if applicable)
 
 
 
Address:
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


B-2
Exhibit 10.11

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE " ACT "), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK
Warrant No. CSW-005

Company: Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below
Type/Series of Stock: Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share
Warrant Price: $0.08 per Share, subject to adjustment
Issue Date: May 17, 2016
Expiration Date: May 16, 2026     See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility: This Warrant to Purchase Stock (" Warrant ") is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the " Loan Agreement ").

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, " Holder ") is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the " Class ") of the above-named company (the " Company ") as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the above-stated Warrant Price, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

A.     Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, and as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, the " Shares ").

(1)     Initial Shares . As used herein, " Initial Shares " means 790,000 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant.

(2)     Additional Shares . Upon the making of each Mezzanine Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of additional shares of the Class as shall equal (a) the Additional Shares Pool, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the amount of such Mezzanine Term Loan Advance and the denominator of which shall equal $10,000,000, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. All shares, if any, for which this Warrant becomes exercisable pursuant to this Paragraph A(2) are referred to herein cumulatively as the " Additional Shares ".

1


(3)     Additional Shares Pool . As used herein, " Additional Shares Pool " means 2,370,000 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (as if the Additional Shares Pool constituted "Shares" at all times for such purpose).

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1     Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2     Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:
X =
the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y =
the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

A =
the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B =
the Warrant Price.

1.3     Fair Market Value . If shares of the Class are then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a "Trading Market"), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Class reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If shares of the Class are not then traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4     Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

2


1.5     Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6     Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a)     Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, " Acquisition " means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company's domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company's (or the surviving or successor entity's) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company's then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b)     Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company's stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a " Cash/Public Acquisition "), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c)    Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d)    As used in this Warrant, " Marketable Securities " means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section

3


13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the " Exchange Act "), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer's shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1     Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in additional shares of the Class or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2     Reclassification . Exchange. Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3     No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.4     Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company's expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

4


SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1     Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a)    The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of a share of the Class as determined by the most recently completed valuation, approved by the Company's Board of Directors, of the Company's stock for purposes of its compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(b)    All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(c)    The Company's capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2     Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a)    declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b)    offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company's stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c)    effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d)    effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e)    effect its initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the "IPO");

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1)    in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2)    in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the

5


occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3)    with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder's accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1     Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder's account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2     Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3     Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder's investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4     Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5     The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder's investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified

6


under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6     No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

4.7     Market Stand-off . The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-I or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section. Holder's agreements in this Section 4.7 shall be effective only if all directors and officer of the Company, and all holders of one percent (1%) or more of the Company's issued and outstanding common stock calculated on a fully-diluted, as-converted, as-exercised basis, are then bound by substantially similar written agreements with the Company.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1     Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a)     Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b)     Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2     Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE " ACT "), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT

7


AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED MAY 17, 2016 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

And, if then applicable, a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

5.3     Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank's parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an "accredited investor" as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4     Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company's prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5     Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the

8


third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group
Attn: Treasury Department
3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Telephone: (408) 654-7400
Facsimile: (408) 988-8317
Email address: derivatives@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
3450 West Warren Avenue
Fremont, CA 94538
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
Attn: Arthur F. Schneiderman
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Telephone: (650) 320-4602
Facsimile: (650) 493-6811
Email: ASchneiderman@wsgr.com


5.6     Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7     Attorneys' Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys' fees.

9


5.8     Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9     Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10     Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11     Business Days . " Business Day " is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.



[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]
[Signature page follows]


10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.


"COMPANY"

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:
/s/ Philippe Morali
 
 
Name:
Philippe Morali
 
 (Print)
Title:
CFO


"HOLDER"

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:
/s/ Patrick Q. Scheper
 
 
Name:
Patrick Q. Scheper
 
 (Print)
Title:
Director





APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.    The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase __________ shares of the Common/Series _______ Preferred [circle one] Stock of __________________ (the " Company ") in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

[ ]
 
check in the amount of $ _________ payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith
 
 
 
[ ]
 
Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company's account
 
 
 
[ ]
 
Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant
 
 
 
[ ]
 
Other [Describe] _________________________________________________

2.    Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:
A1020CLOSINGCOPYWARRA_IMAGE1.JPG
 
 
Holder's Name
 
 
 
 
(Address)

3.    By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

HOLDER:
 
 
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
(Date):
 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached




Schedule 1


As of 03.27.16
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Shares Fully

 
 
Investor
Common Stock

Options

Series A

Series B

Series C

Series D

Series E

Series F·'

Series G

Diluted

% Owned

 
Preferred
Sequoia
 
 
41,459,172

9,452,486

13,242,605

54,909,096

32,015,810

155,334,001

14,776,410

321,189,580

20.5
%
 
Preferred
Venrock
 
 
30,417,211

6,934,972

9,332,451

40,281,390

23,489,040

19,181,793

3,027,636

132,664,493

8.5
%
 
Preferred
Rusnano
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
129,161,690

5,778,097

134,939,787

8.6
%
 
Preferred
Sigma
 
 
 
35,506,162

8,721,596

37,560,222

21,979,877

14,791,434

3,694,101

122,253,393

7.8
%
 
Preferred
Southern Cross Venture Partners
 
 
 
 
39,576,600

36,991,820

21,742,723

17,058,211

 
115,369,354

7.4
%
 
Preferred
DAG Ventures
 
 
 
 
 
 
89,831,117

15,600,205

2,585,871

108,017,193

6.9
%
 
Preferred
Grazia
400,000

 
 
12,888,070

4,141,943

14,441,584

8,983,110

3,229,042

1,108,049

45,191,798

2.9
%
 
Preferred
Swlsscom
 
 
 
 
6,183,844

12,710,686

17,970,823

 
2,770,122

39,635,475

2.5
%
 
Preferred
Walden Venture
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29,475,702

29,475,702

1.9
%
 
Preferred
Telefonica
 
 
 
 
 
 
26,949,335

 
2,177,436

29,126,771

1.9
%
 
Preferred
Batios Holdings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25,913,728

 
25,913,728

1.7
%
 
Preferred
CSR
 
 
 
 
 
 
22,457,779

 
 
22,457,779

1.4
%
 
Preferred
Centerview
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19,159,206

19,159,206

1.2
%
 
Preferred
Others
 
 
2,075,146

6,104,222

247,354

6,950,057

 
141,441

3,684,463

19,202,683

1.2
%
 
Preferred
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,000,000

12,000,000

0.8
%
 
Preferred
NTT Finance 2007 LP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11,080,491

11,080,491

0.7
%
 
Preferred
Vivint Wireless, Inc
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11,082,308

11,082,308

0.7
%
 
Preferred
Marren, John
 
 
 
4,296,000

 
 
1,347,466

 
131,823

5,775,289

0.4
%
 
Preferred
Uniquest
 
 
 
 
5,147,125

4,152,468

 
 
217,189

9,516,782

0.6
%
 
Preferred
Wan Lim, Charles Chang
 
 
 
4,296,000

 
4,152,152

 
 
197,304

8,645,456

0.6
%
 
Preferred
Halteras
 
 
 
 
 
6,310,742

673,734

696,985

923,525

8,604,986

0.5
%
 
Preferred
Huitung Investments (BVI) Limited
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,368,926

7,368,926

0.5
%
 
Preferred
SAB Fund I Trust
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
257,912

257,912

0.0
%
 
Preferred
Eastward
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,009,542

1,009,542

0.1
%
 
Warrants
Warrants - Eastward
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,937,425

 
1,937,425

0.1
%
 
Warrants
Warrants - Centerview (Common Stock)
14,435,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14,435,000

0.9
%
 
Warrants
Warrants - Behrooz Rezvanl (Common Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15,162,826

15,162,826

1.0
%
 
Warrants
Warrants·Airfide (Common Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
450,000

450,000

0.0
%
 
Common
Common Stock
42,647,982

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42,647,982

2.7
%
 
Options
Outstanding - Granted
 
250,812,841

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
250,812,841

16.0
%
 
Options
Outstanding - Available
 
4,083,691

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,083,691

0.3
%
 
 
Total Shares
57,482,982

254,896,532

73,951,529

79,477,912

86,593,518

218,460,217

267,440,814

383,045,955

148,118,939

1,569,468,397

100.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common
42,647,982









42,647,982

2.7
%
 
 
Options
 
254,896,532








254,896,532

16.2
%
 
 
Warrants
14,435,000







1,937,425

15,612,826

31,985,251

2.0
%
 
 
Preferred
400,000


73,951,529

79,477,912

86,593,518

218,460,217

267,440,814

381,108,530

132,506,113

1,239,938,632

79.0
%
 
 
Total Diluted Shares
57,482,982

254,896,532

73,951,529

79,477,912

86,593,518

218,460,217

267,440,814

383,045,955

146,118,939

1,569,468,397

100.0
%
 
 
Check










 
 
 
**Shares outstanding as converted.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
**Shares outstanding as converted.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



Exhibit 10.12





THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK
Warrant No. CSW-006

Company : Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below
Type/Series of Stock : Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share
Warrant Price : $0.08 per Share, subject to adjustment
Issue Date : May 17, 2016
Expiration Date : May 16, 2026     See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility : This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) and the participation therein of WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC pursuant to an arrangement between Silicon Valley Bank and WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS, LLC (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the above-stated Warrant Price, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, and as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, the "Shares").

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, “ Initial Shares ” means 790,000 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . Upon the making of each Mezzanine Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of additional shares of the Class as shall equal (a) the Additional Shares Pool, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the amount of such Mezzanine Term Loan Advance and the denominator of which shall equal $10,000,000, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. All shares, if any, for which this Warrant becomes exercisable pursuant to this Paragraph A(2) are referred to herein cumulatively as the “ Additional Shares ."

1


(3) Additional Shares Pool . As used herein, “ Additional Shares Pool means 2,370,000 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (as if the Additional Shares Pool constituted “Shares” at all times for such purpose).


SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:
X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B = the Warrant Price.


1.3 Fair Market Value . If shares of the Class are then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market ”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Class reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If shares of the Class are not then traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

2


1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .


(a) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company's domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company's (or the surviving or successor entity's) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company's then-total outstanding combined voting power.


(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company's stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.


(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.


(d) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section

3


13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer's shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends. Splits. Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in additional shares of the Class or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.4 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company's expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

4


SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of a share of the Class as determined by the most recently completed valuation, approved by the Company's Board of Directors, of the Company's stock for purposes of its compliance with Section 409 A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(c) The Company's capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.1 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company's stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect its initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the "IPO");then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the

5


occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder's accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder's account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.


4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder's investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder's investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified

6


under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

4.7 Market Stand-off . The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section. Holder's agreements in this Section 4.7 shall be effective only if all directors and officer of the Company, and all holders of one percent (1%) or more of the Company's issued and outstanding common stock calculated on a fully-diluted, as-converted, as-exercised basis, are then bound by substantially similar written agreements with the Company.


SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT

7


AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS, LLC DATED MAY 17,2016 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

And, if then applicable, a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an "accredited investor" as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company's prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance

8


with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC c/o Chief Financial Officer
3720 Carillon Point
Kirkland, Washington 98033-7455 Attention: Trent Dawson Telephone: (425) 952-3951
Email: tdawson@westrivermgmt.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Perkins Coie LLP
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800
Seattle, Washington 98101-3099
Attention: David C. Clarke
Telephone: (206) 359-8612
Email: dclarke@perkinscoie.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Quantenna Communications, Inc.
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
3450 West Warren Avenue
Fremont, CA 94538
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Email:


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
Attn: Arthur F. Schneiderman
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Telephone: (650) 320-4602
Facsimile: (650) 493-6811
Email: ASchneiderman@wsgr.com


5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

9


5.7 Attorneys' Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys' fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days. "Business Day" is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in Washington are closed.



[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]
[Signature page follows]




10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.


"COMPANY"

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:
/s/ Philippe Morali
 
 
Name:
Philippe Morali
 
 (Print)
Title:
CFO


"HOLDER"

WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS, LLC

By:
Loan Manager, LLC, its
 
Managing Member
 
 
By:
/s/ Trent Dawson
 
Trent Dawson, Chief Financial Officer





APPENDIX 1


NOTICE OF EXERCISE


1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase ______________ shares of the Common/Series _______________ Preferred [circle one] Stock of _____________(the "Company") in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

[ ]    check in the amount of $ ____ payable to order of the Company enclosed
herewith

[ ]    Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company's account

[ ]    Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

[ ]    Other [Describe] ___________________

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 
 
Holder's Name
 
 
 
 
(Address)


3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

HOLDER:
___________________________________
 
By: _______________________________
 
Name: _____________________________
 
Title: ______________________________
 
(Date): _____________________________


Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached





















Schedule 1


As of 03.27.16
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type
Investor
Common Stock

Options

Series A

Series B

Series C

Series D

Series E

Series F-1

Series G

Total Shares Fully Diluted

% Owned

Preferred
Sequoia
 
 
41,459,172

9,452,486

13,242,605

54,909,096

32,015,810

155,334,001

14,776,410

321,189,580

20.5
%
Preferred
Venrock
 
 
30,417,211

6,934,972

9,332,451

40,281,390

23,489,040

19,181,793

3,027,636

132,664,493

8.5
%
Preferred
Rusnano
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
129,161,690

5,778,097

134,939,787

8.6
%
Preferred
Sigma
 
 
 
35,506,162

8,721,596

37,560,222

21,979,877

14,791,434

369,101

118,928,392

7.8
%
Preferred
Southern Cross Venture Partners
 
 
 
 
39,576,600

36,991,820

21,742,723

17,058,211

 
115,369,354

7.4
%
Preferred
DAG Ventures
 
 
 
 
 
 
89,831,117

15,600,205

2,585,871

108,017,193

6.9
%
Preferred
Grazla
400,000

 
 
12,888,070

4,141,943

14,441,584

8,983,110

3,229,042

1,108,049

45,191,798

2.9
%
Preferred
Swisscom
 
 
 
 
6,183,844

12,710,686

17,970,823

 
2,770,122

39,635,475

2.5
%
Preferred
Walden Venture
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29,475,702

29,475,702

1.9
%
Preferred
Telelonica
 
 
 
 
 
 
26,949,335

 
2,177,436

29,126,771

1.9
%
Preferred
Balios Holdings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25,913,728

 
25,913,728

1.7
%
Preferred
eSR
 
 
 
 
 
 
22,457,779

 
 
22,457,779

1.4
%
Preferred
Centervlew
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19,159,206

19,159,206

1.2
%
Preferred
Others
 
 
2,075,146

6,104,222

247,354

6,950,057

 
141,441

3,684,463

19,202,683

1.2
%
Preferred
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,000,000

12,000,000

0.8
%
Preferred
NTT FInance 2007 LP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11,080,491

11,080,491

0.7
%
Preferred
Vivint Wireless, Inc
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11,082,308

11,082,308

0.7
%
Preferred
Marren, John
 
 
 
4,296,000

 
 
1,347,466

 
131,823

5,775,289

0.4
%
Preferred
Uniquest
 
 
 
 
5,147,125

4,152,468

 
 
217,189

9,516,782

0.6
%
Preferred
Wan Lim, Charles Chang
 
 
 
4,296,000

 
4,152,152

 
 
197,304

8,645,456

0.6
%
Preferred
Hatteras
 
 
 
 
 
6,310,742

673,734

696,985

923,525

8,604,986

0.5
%
Preferred
Huitung Investments (BVl) Limited
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,368,926

7,368,926

0.5
%
Preferred
SAB Fund I Trust
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
257,912

257,912

0.0
%
Preferred
Eastward
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,009,542

1,009,542

0.1
%
Warrants
Warrants· Eastward
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,937,425

 
1,937,425

0.1
%
Warrants
Warrants - Centerview (Common Stock)
14,435,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14,435,000

0.9
%
Warrants
Warrants - Behrooz Rezvani {Common Stock}
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15,162,826

15,162,826

1.0
%
Warrants
Warrants - Airfide (Common Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
450,000

450,000

0.0
%
Common
Common Stock
42,647,982

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42,647,982

2.7
%
Options
Outstanding - Granted
 
250,812,841

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
250,812,841

16.0
%
Options
Outstanding - Available
 
4,083,691

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,083,691

0.3
%
 
Total Shares
57,482,982

254,896,532

73,951,529

79,477,912

86,593,518

218,460,217

267,440,814

383,045,955

144,793,939

1,566,143,398

100
%
 
Common
42,647,982









42,647,982

2.7
%
 
Options

264,896,532








254,896,532

16.2
%
 
Warrants
14,435,000







1,937,425

15,612,826

31,985,251

2.0
%
 
Preferred
400,000


73,951,529

79,477.912

86,593,518

218,460,217

267,440,814

361,108,530

132,506,113

1,239.938,632

79.0
%
 
Total Diluted Shares
57,482,982

264,896,532

73,951,529

79,477.912

86,593,518

218,460,217

267,440,814

363,045,955

148,118,939

329,529,765

100
%
 
Check










 
 
**Shares outstanding as converted.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
**Shares outstanding as converted.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




Exhibit 10.13

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this " Agreement ") dated as of May 17, 2016 (the " Effective Date ") by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (" Bank "), and QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (" Borrower "), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety, and replaces. the terms of (and obligations outstanding under) that certain Loan and Security Agreement among Borrower, Quantenna Wireless Systems, Inc., and Bank dated as of April 26, 2013, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement among Borrower, Quantenna Wireless Systems, Inc., and Bank dated as of October 31, 2013, and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement among Borrower, Quantenna Wireless Systems. Inc., and Bank dated as of January 30, 2015 (as amended, the "Prior Loan Agreement"). The parties agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is hereby superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties agree as follows:

1      ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP (except for non-compliance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and other non-cash items in the monthly reporting); provided that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Bank shall so request, Borrower and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) Borrower shall provide Bank financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13 of this Agreement. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2     LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1    Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.


2.1.1    Revolving Advances.

(a)     Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b)     Termination: Repayment. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.1.2    Existing Growth Capital Loan.

(a)     Availability. Borrower acknowledges that Bank has previously made a term loan to Borrower pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement which, as of the Effective Date, has an outstanding principal balance of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (the " Existing Growth Capital Loan "). Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to Bank the Existing Growth Capital Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. After repayment, the Existing Growth Capital Loan (or any portion thereof) may not be reborrowed. Borrower acknowledges that there is no further availability or borrowings permitted with respect to the Existing Growth Capital Loan.

1


(b)     Repayment. Commencing on the first Payment Date of the month following the month in which the Effective Date occurs, and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall repay the Existing Growth Capital Loan in (i) ten (10) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal in the amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(ii). All outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Existing Growth Capital Loan, and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to such Existing Growth Capital Loan, are due and payable in full on the Existing Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date.

(c)     Voluntary Prepayment. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Existing Growth Capital Loan, provided Borrower (A) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Existing Growth Capital Loan at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (B) pays, on the date of such prepayment, (1) all outstanding principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus (2) the Growth Capital Prepayment Fee, plus (3) the Growth Capital Final Payment, plus (4) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Existing Growth Capital Loan. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, Bank agrees to waive the Growth Capital Prepayment Fee, if Bank closes on the refinance or redocumentation of the Existing Growth Capital Loan under another division of Bank (in its sole and absolute discretion) prior to the Existing Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date.

(d)     Mandatory Prepayment. Upon an Acceleration. If the Existing Growth Capital Loan is a ccelerated following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus (B) the Growth Capital Prepayment Fee, plus (C) the Growth Capital Final Payment, plus (D) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Existing Growth Capital Loan.

2.1.3    Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan.

(a)     Availability. Borrower acknowledges that Bank has previously made a term loan to Borrower pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement which, as of the Effective Date, has an outstanding principal balance of Two Million One Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-Six Dollars and 70/100 ($2,166,666.70) (the " Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan "). Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to Bank the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. After repayment, the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan (or any portion thereof) may not be reborrowed. Borrower acknowledges that there is no further availability or borrowings permitted with respect to the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan.

(b)     Repayment. Commencing on the first Payment Date of the month following the month in which the Effective Date occurs, and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall repay the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan in (i) twenty-six (26) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal in the amount of Eighty-Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Three Dollars and 34/100 ($83,333.34) plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(iii). All outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan, and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to such Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan, are due and payable in full on the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date.

(c)     Voluntary Prepayment. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan, provided Borrower (A) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (B) pays, on the date of such prepayment, (1) all outstanding principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus (2) the Supplemental Growth Capital Prepayment Fee, plus (3) the Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment, plus (4) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, Bank agrees to waive the Supplemental Growth Capital Prepayment Fee, if Bank closes on the refinance or redocumentation of the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan under another division of Bank (in its sale and absolute discretion) prior to the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date.

2


(d)    Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan is accelerated following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus (B) the Supplemental Growth Capital Prepayment Fee, plus (C) the Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment, plus (D) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan.

2.1.4    2016 Term Loan Advances.

(a)     Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank shall make advances (each, a "2016 Term Loan Advance" and collectively, the "2016 Term Loan Advances") available to Borrower in an aggregate original principal amount not to exceed Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000.00). After repayment, no 2016 Term Loan Advance (or any portion thereof) may be reborrowed.

(b)     Interest Period. Commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date of the month following the month in which the Funding Date for the applicable 2016 Term Loan Advance occurs, and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest on the principal amount of each 2016 Term Loan Advance at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(iv).

(c)     Repayment. Commencing on June 1, 2017, Borrower shall repay the 2016 Term Loan Advances in (i) thirty (30) equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(iv). All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the 2016 Term Loan Advances, and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to the 2016 Term Loan Advances, are due and payable in full on the 2016 Term Loan Maturity Date.

(d)     Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If a 2016 Term Loan Advance is accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) the 2016 Prepayment Premium, (iii) the 2016 Final Payment, plus (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder, including interest at the 2016 Term Loan Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e)     Permitted Prepayment of 2016 Term Loan Advances. Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the 2016 Term Loan Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the 2016 Term Loan Advances at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, (B) the 2016 Prepayment Premium, (C) the 2016 Final Payment, plus (D) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the 2016 Term Loan Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, Bank agrees to waive the 2016 Prepayment Premium, if Bank closes on the refinance or redocumentation of the 2016 Term Loan Advances under another division of Bank (in its sole and absolute discretion) prior to the 2016 Term Loan Maturity Date.

2.2    Overadvances. If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the Borrowing Base, minus (b) the Term Loan Reserve Amount, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the " Overadvance "). Without limiting Borrower's obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.2    Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a)     Interest.

(i)     Advances. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (1) at all times when a Streamline Period is not in effect, one and one-half of one percent (1.50%) above the Prime Rate and (2) at all times when a Streamline Period is in effect, three-quarters of one percent (0.75%)

3


above the Prime Rate, provided, however, with respect to Purchase Order Advances, the rate shall be equal to two and one-half of one percent (2.50%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall, in each case, be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.

(ii)     Existing Growth Capital Loan. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Existing Growth Capital Loan shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to two and one-quarter of one percent (2.25%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.

(iii)     Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Supplemental Existing Growth Capital Loan shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one percent (1.0%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.

(iv)     2016 Term Loan Advances. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for each 2016 Term Loan Advance shall accrue interest a floating per annum rate equal to three-quarters of one percent (0.75%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.

(b)     Default Rate. Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations (which will exclude, for the avoidance of doubt, any Obligations under any Bank Services or Bank Services Agreement) shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the " Default Rate ") unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c)     Adjustment to Interest Rate. Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d)     Payment: Interest Computation. Interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.4    Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a)     Revolving Line Commitment Fee. A fully earned, non-refundable Revolving Line commitment fee of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00), on the Effective Date;

(b)     Revolving Line Termination Fee. Upon termination of this Agreement or the Revolving Line for any reason prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, in addition to the payment of any other amounts then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) (the " Revolving Line Termination Fee "), provided that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from Bank or any Affiliate of Bank;

(c)     Revolving Line Anniversary Fee. A non-refundable anniversary fee of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) (the " Revolving Line Anniversary Fee "), which shall be due and payable on the date that is one (1) year from the Effective Date;

4


(d)     Growth Capital Prepayment Fee. The Growth Capital Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder;

(e)     Growth Capital Final Payment. The Growth Capital Final Payment, when due hereunder;

(f)     Supplemental Growth Capital Prepayment Fee. The Supplemental Growth Capital Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder;

(g)    Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment. The Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment Fee, when due hereunder;

(h)     Exit Event Fee. A fully-earned fee (the " Exit Event Fee "), in addition to the Supplemental Exit Event Fee, the Second Supplemental Exit Event Fee and the Third Supplemental Exit Event Fee, due and payable upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event; provided, however, that no Exit Event Fee shall be due if no Liquidity Event occurs on or before April 26, 2023. The Exit Event Fee shall be in an amount equal to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00); provided, however, that if the aggregate proceeds from the Liquidity Event are less than Sixty Million Dollars ($60,000,000.00), there shall be no Exit Event Fee. Borrower's obligation to pay the Exit Event Fee shall survive the termination of this Agreement;

(i)    Supplemental Exit Event Fee. A fully-earned fee (the " Supplemental Exit Event Fee "), in addition to the Exit Event Fee, the Second Supplemental Exit Event Fee and the Third Supplemental Exit Event Fee, in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00), due and payable upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event; provided, however, that (a) no such Supplemental Exit Event Fee shall be due if the aggregate proceeds from the Liquidity Event are less than Sixty Million Dollars ($60,000,000.00) or if no Liquidity Event occurs on or before October 31, 2023, and (b) if the aggregate proceeds from the Liquidity Event are equal to or greater than Sixty Million Dollars ($60,000,000.00) but less than One Hundred Sixty Million Dollars ($160,000,000.00) then the Supplemental Exit Fee shall only be Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00). Borrower's obligation to pay the Supplemental Exit Event Fee shall survive the termination of this Agreement;

(j)     Second Supplemental Exit Event Fee. A fully-earned fee (the " Second Supplemental Exit Event Fee "), in addition to the Exit Event Fee, the Supplemental Exit Event Fee and the Third Supplemental Exit Event Fee, due and payable upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event; provided, however, that no Second Supplemental Exit Event Fee shall be due if no Liquidity Event occurs on or before January 30, 2025. The Second Supplemental Exit Event Fee shall be in an amount equal to Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000.00); provided, however, that if the aggregate proceeds from the Liquidity Event are less than Sixty Million Dollars ($60,000,000.00), there shall be no Second Supplemental Exit Event Fee. Borrower's obligation to pay the Second Supplemental Exit Event Fee shall survive the termination of this Agreement;

(k)     2016 Prepayment Premium. The 2016 Prepayment Premium, when due hereunder;

(l)     2016 Final Payment. The 2016 Final Payment, when due hereunder;

(m)     Third Supplemental Exit Event Fee. is a fully-earned fee (the " Third Supplemental Exit Event Fee "), in addition to the Exit Event Fee, the Supplemental Exit Event Fee and the Second Supplemental Exit Event Fee, due and payable upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event; provided, however, that no Third Supplemental Exit Event Fee shall be due if no Liquidity Event occurs on or before May 17, 2026. The Third Supplemental Exit Event Fee shall be in an amount equal to Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000.00); provided, however, that if the aggregate proceeds from the Liquidity Event are less than Sixty Million Dollars ($60,000,000.00), there shall be no Third Supplemental Exit Event Fee. Borrower's obligation to pay the Third Supplemental Exit Event Fee shall survive the termination of this Agreement; and

(n)    Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

5


(o)    Good Faith Deposit. Borrower has paid to Bank a deposit of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) (the "Good Faith Deposit") to initiate Bank's due diligence review process. Any portion of the Good Faith Deposit not utilized to pay Bank Expenses shall be applied to the commitment fee set forth in Section 2.4(a).

(p)    Fees Fully Earned. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank's obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.4 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.4.

2.5    Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a)    All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b)    Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, payments shall be applied as directed by Borrower. Upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied and Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c)    Bank may debit any of Borrower's deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.6    Withholding . Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3     CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1    Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank's obligation to make the initial Credit Extension, on or after the Effective Date, is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

6


(a)    the duly executed original signatures to the Mezzanine Loan Agreement and satisfaction of all conditions precedent thereto;

(b)    duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(c)    duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements;

(d)    the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower's jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(e)    duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(f)    duly executed original signature to a payoff letter from Eastward Fund Management, LLC ("Eastward");

(g)    evidence that (i) the Liens securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Eastward will be terminated and (ii) the documents and/or filings evidencing the perfection of such Liens, including without limitation any financing statements and/or control agreements, have or will, concurrently with the initial Credit Extension, be terminated;

(h) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with such initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(i)    the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature

thereto;

(j)    a legal opinion of Borrower's counsel dated as of the Effective Date together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(k)    evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by

Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

(l)    payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof,

3.2    Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank's obligations to make each Credit Extension, on or after the Effective Date, including the initial Credit Extension on or after the Effective Date, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a)    except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5, (i) with respect to requests for Advances, timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report and (ii) with respect to the 2016 Term Loan Advances, timely receipt of an executed Payment!Advance Form;

(b)    the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Transaction Report and/or on the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower's representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and

7


complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c)    Bank determines to its reasonable satisfaction that there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3    Intentionally Omitted.

3.2    Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower's obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank's sole discretion.

3.5    Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Credit Extension set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Credit Extension, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Credit Extension. In connection with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail a (i) with respect to the 2016 Term Loan Advances, a Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or an Authorized Signer and (ii) with respect to the Advances, completed Transaction Report executed by an Authorized Signer together with such other reports and information, including without limitation, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may request in its sole discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of a Credit Extension to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Credit Extension under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Credit Extensions are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

3.6    Post-Closing Conditions. Borrower use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Bank, within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, a landlord's consent in favor of Bank for Borrower's leased locations at 3400 and 3450 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California 94538, by the landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto.

4     CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1    Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein. The Collateral may also be subject to Permitted Liens.

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank's Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank's obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred percent (100.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign

8


Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2    Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral. The Collateral may also be subject to Permitted Liens. If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim with demand for recovery in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3    Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank's interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as "all assets of the Debtor" or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank's discretion.

5     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1    Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are duly existing and in good standing as Registered Organizations in their respective jurisdictions of formation and are qualified and licensed to do business and are in good standing in any other jurisdiction in which the conduct of their respective business or ownership of property requires that they be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled " Perfection Certificate " (the "Perfection Certificate"). Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that, except as may have been updated by a notification to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2, (a) Borrower's exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower's organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower's place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower's mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower's organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower's organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect), or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business.

9


5.2    Collateral. Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank's Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, to the extent required by the terms of Section 6.8(b). To Borrower's knowledge, the Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

All unreserved Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral are currently being maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. To Borrower's knowledge, each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower's business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower's business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower's knowledge, no claim has been made in writing that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, or with respect to which notice is provided pursuant to Section 6.9(c) hereof, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3    Accounts Receivable; Purchase Orders.

(a)    For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, and each Account included in the Borrowing Base, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b)    For each Purchase Order with respect to which Advances are requested, and each Purchase Order included in the Borrowing Base, such Purchase Order shall be an Eligible Purchase Order.

(c)    All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts and the Eligible Purchase Orders are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower's Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account and each Eligible Purchase Order shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts or Eligible Purchase Orders in any Transaction Report. To the best of Borrower's knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts and all Eligible Purchase Orders are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.4    Litigation. Except as disclosed pursuant to Section 6.2(k), there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower's Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary in which an adverse decision could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

5.5    Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower's consolidated financial condition and Borrower's consolidated results of operations, each as determined in accordance with GAAP, as of the dates and for the periods presented (except with respect to unaudited financial statements, subject to normal year-

10


end adjustments and for the absence of footnotes). There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower's consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6    Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower's consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower's liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts generally (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7    Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. None of Borrower's or any Subsidiary's properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to Borrower's knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of; made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted in all material respects.

5.8    Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9    Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower and each Subsidiary have timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower and each Subsidiary have timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each Subsidiary except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00). Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a "Permitted Lien". Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower's prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of; or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10    Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions on or after the Effective Date for general corporate purposes, including as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11    Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that any projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results),

5.12    Definition of "Knowledge." For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower's knowledge or awareness, to the "best of' Borrower's knowledge, or with a similar

11


qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

6     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1    Government Compliance.

(a)    Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries' legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business.

(b)    Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Pursuant to the terms of the prior sentence, Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2    Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following:

(a)    a Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto) (i) with each request for an Advance, (ii) no later than Friday of each week when a Streamline Period is not in effect and there are outstanding Obligations in connection with Advances, and (iii) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month (1) when a Streamline Period is in effect or (2) when a Streamline Period is not in effect and there are no outstanding Obligations in connection with Advances;

(b)    within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, on a consolidated and consolidating basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (i) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (ii) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, and (iii) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports, Deferred Revenue report (on a consolidated basis only), and general ledger;

(c)    as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower's and each of its Subsidiary's operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the " Monthly Financial Statements ");

(d)    within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and such other information as Bank may reasonably request, including, without limitation, if requested by Bank in writing, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

(e)    as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after approval by Borrower's Board, and at least annually, annual financial projections for the following fiscal year approved by Borrower's Board and commensurate in form and substance with those provided to Borrower's venture capital investors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial plans and projections;

(f)    as soon as available, but no later than two hundred seventy (270) days after the last day of Borrower's fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;

12


(g)    in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower's website on the Internet at Borrower's website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

(h)    provide Bank within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and with each request for an Advance, a Purchase Order report.

(i)    at least annually, and within thirty (30) days after Board approval, any 409A valuation report prepared by or at the direction of Borrower;

(j)    within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to all of Borrower's security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(k)    prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more; and

(l)    other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3    Accounts Receivable.

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts. Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank's standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower's failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank's Lien and other rights in all of Borrower's Accounts, nor shall Bank's failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank's Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or. at Bank's request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b)     Disputes. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts if such disputes or claims exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) individually or in the aggregate. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm's-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c)     Collection of Accounts. Borrower shall direct each Account Debtor to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a lockbox account or such other "blocked account" as specified by Bank (either such account, the " Cash Collateral Account "). Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account. All amounts received in the Cash Collateral Account will be (i) applied to immediately reduce the Obligations under the Revolving Line when a Streamline Period is not in effect, or (ii) if no Event of Default exists, transferred to Borrower's operating accounts with Bank when a Streamline Period is in effect.

13


(d)     Returns. Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory with a book value in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($ 100,000.00) to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(e)     Verification. With advance notice to Borrower (provided that no such advance notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose, and notify any Account Debtor of Bank's security interest in such Account.

(f)     No Liability. Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower's obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.4    Remittance of Proceeds. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all cash proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower. to be applied to the Obligations (a) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(b) hereof, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm's length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrower's other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

6.5    Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except as otherwise permitted by Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank. on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.6    Access to Collateral; Books and Records. At reasonable times, on three (3) Business Days' notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower's Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted at Borrower's expense and no more often than once every twelve (12) months (or more frequently as Bank determines in its sole discretion that conditions warrant) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The charge therefor shall be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank's then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to or reschedules the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank's rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

14


6.7    Insurance.

(a)    Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower's industry and location, and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender's loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee as its interest may appear, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing. Bank as an additional insured.

(b)    Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank's option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of casualty policies up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired property subject to the casualty loss and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest to the extent the destroyed or damaged property consists of Collateral, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c)    At Bank's request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.7 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank twenty (20) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8    Operating Accounts.

(a)    Maintain Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' primary depository, operating and securities accounts with Bank and Bank's Affiliates, provided that accounts in the name of Borrower at Bank and Bank's Affiliates shall represent at least sixty percent (60.0%) of the dollar value of Borrower's and such Subsidiaries' accounts at all financial institutions. Borrower shall conduct all letters of credit and foreign exchange transactions through Bank, provided Bank has the ability to offer such products on competitive terms, including price.

(b)    Provide Bank five (5) days prior-written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank's Affiliates. Except as permitted in clause (a) above, for each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank's Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower's employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such or (ii) accounts maintained by Borrower with other financial institutions so long the aggregate balance of all such accounts which are not subject to a Control Agreement at no time exceeds Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00).

6.9    Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a)    (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property material to Borrower's business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower's business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank's written consent.

15


(b)    Prior to the occurrence of the IP Release Event, to the extent not already disclosed in writing to Bank, if Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then Borrower shall provide written notice in connection with the delivery to Bank of the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.2 and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in such property. Prior to the occurrence of the IP Release Event, if Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of Borrower's intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Prior to the occurrence of the IP Release Event, in connection with the delivery to Bank of the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.2, Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement required for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property.

(c)    Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, provided that "over-the-counter software" shall include any software that is available to Borrower on commercially reasonable terms). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed "Collateral" and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank's rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.10    Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower's books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.11    Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank's Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7     NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank's prior written consent:

7.1    Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, " Transfer "), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) of property (i) between or among a Borrower and Guarantors that have granted a first priority Lien on their assets to Bank, (ii) between or among a Borrower to another Borrower, (iii) from a Subsidiary to a Borrower or to a Guarantor that has granted a first priority Lien on its assets to Bank, or (iv) from a Subsidiary that is not a party to this Agreement to another Subsidiary that is not a party

16


to this Agreement, and (e) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and/or for tax purposes.

7.2    Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) have a change in Borrower's Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer and a replacement satisfactory to Borrower's Board is not made within one hundred eighty (180) days after his departure from Borrower; or (d) permit or suffer any Change in Control.

Borrower shall not, without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank: (I) add any new offices or business locations not already disclosed on the Perfection Certificate, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in Borrower's assets or property), (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization, or (6) deliver any portion of the Collateral to a bailee (excluding Non-U.S. Contract Manufacturers), unless such bailee location contains less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in Borrower's assets or property.

Borrower hereby agrees upon Borrower adding any new office or business location, including any warehouse (but in all cases, excluding Non-U.S. Contract Manufacturers), Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its landlord to enter into a landlord consent in favor of Bank prior to such new office or business location containing Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) of Collateral.

Borrower hereby agrees that prior to Borrower delivering any Collateral to a bailee (but in all cases, excluding Non-U.S. Contract Manufacturers), Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such bailee to execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank unless such bailee location contains less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in Borrower's assets or property.

7.3    Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except (i) that a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower and (ii) for Permitted Acquisitions.

7.4    Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5    Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein except for Permitted Liens, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower's or any Subsidiary's Intellectual Property, except (i) as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 of this Agreement and the definition of "Permitted Liens" herein and (ii) pursuant to merger or acquisition agreements where Borrower will indefeasibly repay all Obligations of Borrower to Bank in full upon the consummation of the merger.

7.6    Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

7.7    Distributions; Investments. (a) Directly or indirectly acquire or own any Person, or make any Investment in any Person, other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; or (b) pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that Borrower may (i) convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) pay dividends solely in common stock, (iii) repurchase

17


the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of any such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) per fiscal year, and (iv) make payments in lieu of fractional shares.

7.8    Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower's business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm's length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) transactions permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 and 7.7, and (iii) equity and bridge financings with Borrower's existing investors, provided that such equity financings are not prohibited by Section 7.2 and such bridge financings shall constitute Subordinated Debt.

7.9    Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which Subordinated Debt is subject, amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount owed by Borrower thereof, shorten the maturity thereof, increase the rate of interest applicable thereto or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10    Compliance. Become an "investment company" or a company controlled by an "investment company", under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to (a) meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, (b) prevent a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, from occurring, or (c) comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the failure of any of the conditions described in clauses (a) through (c) which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business; or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

8     EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Anyone of the following shall constitute an event of default (an " Event of Default ") under this Agreement:

8.1    Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2    Covenant Default.

(a)    Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8, or 6.10, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b)    Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten

18


(10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period), Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3    Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4    Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a)    (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower's assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (0) day cure period; or

(b)    (i) any material portion of Borrower's assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5    Insolvency. (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6    Other Agreements. There is (a) a default under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties. whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or (b) any breach or default by Borrower or Guarantor under any agreement, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's or any Guarantor's business;

8.7    Judgments; Penalties. One or more final judgments. orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8    Misrepresentations. Borrower or any officer of Borrower acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9    Subordinated Debt. Any subordination agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or the subordination agreement, except, in each case, as may be permitted pursuant to the terms of such subordination agreement;

19


8.10    Governmental Approvals. Any material Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction; or

8.11    Mezzanine Loan Agreement. The occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Mezzanine Loan Agreement) under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement.

9     BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1    Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a)    declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b)    stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower's benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c)    for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100.0%) (one hundred ten percent (110.0%) for Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d)    terminate any FX Contracts;

(e)    verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank's security interest in such funds;

(f)    make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank's rights or remedies;

(g)    apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h)    ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower's labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production

20


of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank's exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower's rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank's benefit;

(i)    place a "hold" on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j)    demand and receive possession of Borrower's Books; and

(k)    exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2    Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower's name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower's name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower's insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower's name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank's security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank's foregoing appointment as Borrower's attorney in fact, and all of Bank's rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank's obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.2    Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank's waiver of any Event of Default.

9.3    Application of Payments and Proceeds. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5    Bank's Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices and Section 9-207 of the Code regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Except as set forth above, Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6    No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank's failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect,

21


or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank's rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank's exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank's waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank's delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7    Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

10     NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid: or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below.    Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.


If to Borrower:
 
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
 
 
3450 West Warren Avenue
 
 
Fremont, CA 94538
 
 
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
 
 
Fax: 510-743-2261
 
 
Email: pmorali@quantenna.com
 
 
 
with a copy to:
 
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
 
 
3450 West Warren Avenue
 
 
Fremont, CA 94538
 
 
Attn: General Counsel
 
 
Email: TMacMitchell@quantenna.com

22


If to Bank:
 
Silicon Valley Bank
 
 
2400 Hanover Street
 
 
Palo Alto, CA 94304
 
 
Attn: Bryce Gerber
 
 
Email: BGerber@svb.com
 
 
 
with a copy to:
 
Riemer & Braunstein LLP
 
 
Three Center Plaza
 
 
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
 
 
Attn: David A. Ephraim, Esquire
 
 
Fax: (617) 880-3455
 
 
Email: DEphraim@riemerlaw.com


11     CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND .JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided to Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower's actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES' AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure § 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may

23


enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12      GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1    Termination Prior to Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement's termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement's termination.

12.2    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank's prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank's discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank's obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

12.3    Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an " Indemnified Person ") harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, " Claims ") claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents except for Claims caused by Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4    Right of Setoff. Borrower hereby grants to Bank a Lien and a right of setoff as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a subsidiary of Bank) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may setoff the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or Obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.5    Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

24



12.6    Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection. such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.7    Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.8    Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.9    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.10    Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank's Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, each a " Bank Entity " and collectively, the " Bank Entities ") provided that such Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall be bound by the confidentiality provisions set forth in this Section 12.10; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee's or purchaser's agreement to the terms of this Section 12.10); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank's regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank's examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is: (i) in the public domain or in Bank's possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party on a non-confidential basis if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.11    Attorneys' Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.12    Electronic Execution of Documents. The words "execution," "signed," "signature" and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation. any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.13    Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

25


12.14    Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.15    Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm's-length contract.

12.16    Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.17    Release of Intellectual Property. Upon the occurrence of the IP Release Event, provided that no Event of Default exists, the Collateral set forth in Exhibit A hereto shall be deemed amended to simultaneously replace Exhibit A hereto in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof Exhibit F attached hereto. Borrower has granted to the Bank a continuing security interest in the assets described in Exhibit F at all times hereunder. At Borrower's sole cost and expense, upon the occurrence of the IP Release Event, provided that no Event of Default exists, Bank shall execute and deliver to Borrower all releases, amendments, terminations, and other instruments as may be necessary or proper to release its Liens in the Intellectual Property of Borrower, granted herein, including, without limitation, UCC financing statement amendments and appropriate filings with the U.S. Copyright Office and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

12.18    Future Loan Arrangements. In the event Borrower establishes an operating company in Singapore or Hong Kong (the "New Foreign Entity") and Accounts are billed from and payable to such New Foreign Entity, Bank shall use best efforts to enter into a loan arrangement with such New Foreign Entity, conditioned upon and subject to Bank's then current credit underwriting criteria and limitation on Bank's ability to lend in such jurisdiction, regulatory and tax issues affecting Bank, as well as, and including without limitation, the following: (i) completion of all due diligence reviewed by Bank in its sole discretion, (ii) a cap on the maximum principal amount of all revolving lines with Borrower, New Foreign Entity and Bank not exceeding Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) in the aggregate, (iii) New Foreign Entity entering into a loan agreement and security and debenture agreements which shall provide for, among other things, full dominion of funds and a first priority Lien on all of the assets of New Foreign Entity in favor of Bank, and (iv) Borrower providing Bank with a secured guaranty guaranteeing all obligations of New Foreign Entity to Bank. Any documentation of a future facility shall also be in form and substance and subject to documentation acceptable to Bank, and the payment of all of the Bank's fees and expenses in connection with such facility.

13     DEFINITIONS

13.1    Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word "shall" is mandatory, the word "may" is permissive, the word "or" is not exclusive, the words "includes" and "including" are not limiting, and the singular includes the plural. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

" 2016 Final Payment " is, for each 2016 Term Loan Advance, a payment (in addition to and not in substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) equal to the original principal amount of such 2016 Term Loan Advance extended by Bank to Borrower multiplied by the 2016 Final Payment Percentage, due on the earliest to occur of (a) the 2016 Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) the acceleration of the 2016 Term Loan Advances, (c) the prepayment of such 2016 Term Loan Advance pursuant to Section 2.1.4(d) or 2.1.4(e), (d) the repayment in full of all Obligations under the 2016 Term Loan Advance, or (e) the termination of this Agreement.

" 2016 Final Payment Percentage " is three percent (3.0%).

" 2016 Prepayment Premium " shall be an additional fee payable to Bank in amount equal to:

26


(a)    for a prepayment of a 2016 Term Loan Advance made on or prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Effective Date, three percent (3.0%) of the then outstanding principal amount of such 2016 Term Loan Advance as of the date immediately and prior to such prepayment; and

(b)    for a prepayment of a 2016 Term Loan Advance made after the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Effective Date, but on or prior to the second (2 nd )anniversary of the Effective Date, two percent (2.0%) of the then outstanding principal amount of such 2016 Term Loan Advance as of the date immediately and prior to such prepayment; and

(c)    for a prepayment of a 2016 Term Loan Advance made after the second (2 nd )anniversary of the Effective Date, but prior to the 2016 Term Loan Maturity Date, one percent (1.0%) of the then outstanding principal amount of such 2016 Term Loan Advance as of the date immediately and prior to such prepayment.

" 2016 Term Loan Advance " and " 2016 Term Loan Advances " are each defined in Section 2.1.4(a).

" 2016 Term Loan Maturity Date " is November 1,2019.

" Account " is any "account" as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

" Account Debtor " is any "account debtor" as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

" Acquisition " is (a) the purchase or other acquisition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person, or (b) the purchase or other acquisition (whether by means of merger, consolidation, or otherwise) by Borrower or any Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the stock or other equity interest of any other Person.

" Adjusted Quick Ratio " is the ratio of (a) Quick Assets to (b) Current Liabilities minus the current portion of Deferred Revenue.

" Advance " or " Advances " means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

" Affiliate " is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person's senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person's managers and members.

" Agreement " is defined in the preamble hereof.

"A mended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement " is that certain Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as of the Effective Date, as amended, modified, supplemented, and/or restated from time to time.

" Authorized Signer " is any individual listed in Borrower's Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Credit Extension request, on behalf of Borrower.

" Availability Amount " is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base, minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances and minus (c) the Term Loan Reserve Amount.

" Bank " is defined in the preamble hereof.

" Bank Entities " is defined in Section 12.10.

27


" Bank Expenses " are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

" Bank Services " are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank's various agreements related thereto (each, a "Bank Services Agreement").

" Bank Services Agreement " is defined in the definition of Bank Services.

" Board " means Borrower's board of directors.

" Borrower " is defined in the preamble hereof.

" Borrower's Books " are all Borrower's books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower's assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

" Borrowing Base " is (a) eighty percent (80.0%) of Eligible Accounts plus, (b) only when a Streamline Period is in effect, without duplication of (a), the lesser of (i) sixty percent (60.0%) of the value of Borrower's Eligible Purchase Orders or (ii) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00), as determined by Bank from Borrower's most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank has the right to decrease the foregoing percentages based on the results of inspections and/or audits of the Collateral performed pursuant to Section 6.6 hereof.

" Borrowing Resolutions " are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person's board of directors (and, if required under the terms of such Person's Operating Documents, stockholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that set forth as a part of or attached as an exhibit to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Credit Extension request, on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

" Business Day " is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

" Cash Collateral Account " is defined in Section 6.3( c).

" Cash Equivalents " means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or Moody's Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank's certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (I) year after issue; (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition; and (d) at any time after an Initial Public Offering resulting in Borrower's receipt of unrestricted and unencumbered net cash proceeds in an amount of at least Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000), any Investments permitted by Borrower's Board approved investment policy, as amended from time to time.

28


" Change in Control " means at any time, any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of forty-nine percent (49.0%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) other than by the sale of Borrower's equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction.

" Claims " is defined in Section 12.3.

" Code " is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided , that , to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further , that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank's Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term " Code " shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

" Collateral " is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on (a) prior to the occurrence of the IP Release Event, Exhibit A , and (b) on and after the occurrence of the IP Release Event, Exhibit E .

" Collateral Account " is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

" Commodity Account " is any "commodity account" as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

" Compliance Certificate " is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

" Contingent Obligation " is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but "Contingent Obligation" does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

" Control Agreement " is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

" Copyrights " are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

29


" Credit Extension " is any Advance, the Existing Growth Capital Loan, the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan, each 2016 Term Loan Advance, any Overadvance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower's benefit.

" Currency " is coined money and such other banknotes or other paper money as are authorized by law and circulate as a medium of exchange.

" Current Liabilities " are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank (provided that only the current portion of the obligations of Borrower to Bank under the Existing Growth Capital Loan, the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan, and the 2016 Term Loan Advances shall be included), plus , without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower's Total Liabilities that mature within one (I) year; provided, however, that in no event will Current Liabilities include any of Borrower's obligations to Bank under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements.

" Default " means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

" Default Rate " is defined in Section 2.3(b).

" Deferred Revenue " is all amounts received or invoiced, as appropriate in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

" Deposit Account " is any "deposit account" as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

" Designated Deposit Account " is Borrower's account number ending in [___] (last three digits) maintained with Bank.

" Dollars ," " dollars " or use of the sign " $ " means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency useS the "$" sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

" Dollar Equivalent " is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

" Domestic Subsidiary " means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any slate or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

" Draw Period " is the period of time commencing upon the Effective Date and continuing through May 17, 2017.

" Eastward " means Eastward Fund Management, LLC.

" Effective Date " is defined in the preamble hereof.

" Eligible Accounts " means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower's business that meet all Borrower's representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria based on the results of inspections and/or audits of the Collateral performed pursuant to Section 6.6 hereof. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a)    Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower's Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent, and Accounts that are intercompany Accounts;

30


(b)    Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c)    Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(d)    Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(e)    Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States unless such accounts (i) are Eligible Foreign Accounts, or (ii) are approved in writing by Bank in its sole discretion on a case-by-case basis;

(f)    Accounts billed from and/or payable to Borrower outside of the United States;

(g)    Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise -sometimes called "contra" accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(h)    Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(i)    Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a "sale guaranteed", "sale or return", "sale on approval", or other terms if Account Debtor's payment may be conditional;

(j)    Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(k)    Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(l)    Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor's satisfaction of Borrower's complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(m)    Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(n)    Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called "bill and hold" accounts);

(o)    Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(p)    Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower's business;

(q)    Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor's payment to extend beyond ninety (90) days (including Accounts with a due date that is more than ninety (90) days from invoice date);

31


(r)    Accounts subject to chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(s)    Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called "warranty" or "RMA" accounts);

(t)    Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(u)    Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);

(v)    Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed thirty-five percent (35.0%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

(w)    Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by "refreshed" or "recycled" invoices.

" Eligible Foreign Accounts " are Account Debtors listed on Exhibit E hereof, as such exhibit may be updated from time to time with Bank's prior written consent, which are billed from and/or payable to Borrower in the United States and which have their principal place of business outside of the United States, but which are otherwise Eligible Accounts.

" Eligible Purchase Orders " are non-cancellable Purchase Orders received in the ordinary course of Borrower's business that meet all Borrower's representations and warranties in Section 5.3 of this Agreement, and will result in the creation of an Account due and owing from Account Debtors deemed creditworthy by Bank in its sole discretion. Without limiting the fact that the determination of which Purchase Orders are eligible hereunder is a matter of Bank discretion in each instance, Eligible Purchase Orders shall not include the following Purchase Orders (which listing may be amended or changed in Bank's discretion with notice to Borrower):

(a)    Purchase Orders not due for shipment and customer acceptance within sixty (60) days;

(b)    Purchase Orders which, when shipped and invoiced, would not be an Eligible Account;

(c)    Purchase Orders for which Borrower owes the Account Debtor, but only up to the amount owed (sometimes called "contra" accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(d)    Purchase Orders owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed thirty-five percent (35.0%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

(e)    Purchase Orders which are unacceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment; and

(f)    Purchase Orders which are included as an Eligible Account in the Borrowing Base.

" Equipment " is all "equipment" as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

" ERISA " is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

" Event of Default " is defined in Section 8.

32


" Exchange Act " is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

" Existing Growth Capital Loan " is defined in Section 2.1.2.

" Existing Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date " is March 1, 2017.

" Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan " is defined in Section 2.1.3.

" Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date " is July 1, 2018.

" Exit Event Fee " is defined in Section 2.4(h).

" Foreign Currency " means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

" Foreign Subsidiary " means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

" Funding Date " is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

" FX Contract " is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

" GAAP " is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

" General Intangibles " is all "general intangibles" as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

" Good Faith Deposit " is defined in Section 2.4(o).

" Governmental Approval " is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

" Governmental Authority " is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

" Growth Capital Final Payment " is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due under the Existing Growth Capital Loan, equal to the original principal amount advanced to Borrower under the Existing Growth Capital Loan multiplied by four percent (4.0%), due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Existing Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date, (b) the acceleration of the Existing Growth Capital Loan, (c) the prepayment of such Existing Growth Capital Loan pursuant to Section 2.1.2(c) or 2.1.2(d), (d) the repayment in full of all Obligations under the Existing Growth Capital Loan, or (e) the termination of this Agreement.

33


" Growth Capital Prepayment Fee " shall be an amount equal to (i) two percent (2.0%) of the outstanding principal balance under the Existing Growth Capital Loan if the principal balance of the Existing Growth Capital Loan is prepaid after October I, 2015 but on or before October I, 2016, or (iii) one percent (1.0%) of the outstanding principal balance under the Existing Growth Capital Loan if the principal balance of the Existing Growth Capital Loan is prepaid after October 1, 2016 but on or before the Existing Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date.

" Guarantor " is any present or future guarantor of the Obligations under the Loan Documents.

" Indebtedness " is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations (as such term is understood under GAAP as in effect on the date hereof), and (d) Contingent Obligations.

" Indemnified Person " is defined in Section 12.3.

" Initial Public Offering " is the initial, underwritten offering and sale of Borrower's common stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

" Insolvency Proceeding " is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

" Intellectual Property " means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person's right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a)    its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b)    any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how and operating manuals;

(c)    any and all source code;

(d)    any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e)    any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f)    all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

" Inventory " is all "inventory" as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower's custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

" Investment " is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

" IP Agreement " is that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as of the Effective Date, as amended, modified, supplemented, and/or restated from time to time.

34


" IP Release Event " means, so long as no Event of Default exists, delivery by Borrower to Bank, after the Effective Date, of evidence satisfactory to Bank, in Bank's sole and absolute discretion, that Borrower has achieved net revenue for a period ending after the Effective Date, determined in accordance with GAAP, calculated on a trailing twelve (12) month basis, of at least Ninety-Five Million Dollars ($95,000,000.00).

" Letter of Credit " is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

" Lien " is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

" Liquidity Event " is any of the following: (a) a sale or other disposition by Borrower of all or substantially all of its assets; (b) a merger or consolidation of Borrower into or with another person or entity, where the holders of Borrower's outstanding voting equity securities as of immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold less than a majority of the issued and outstanding voting equity securities of the successor or surviving person or entity as of immediately following the consummation of such merger or consolidation; (c) any sale, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the holders of Borrower's outstanding voting equity securities, to one or more buyers, of such securities, where such holders do not, as of immediately following the consummation of such transaction(s), continue to hold at least a majority of Borrower's issued and outstanding voting equity securities; or (d) Borrower's initial public offering and sale of its common stock or other common voting equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

" Loan Documents " are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the IP Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, the Mezzanine Loan Agreement, the Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

" Material Adverse Change " is: (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank's Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business or operations of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations. In determining whether a "Material Adverse Change" has occurred under clause (b) or (c) above, Bank's primary, though not sale, consideration will be whether Borrower has or will have sufficient cash resources to repay the Obligations as and when due. Bank recognizes that, as a pre-profit company, Borrower's cash resources will decline over time, and Borrower will periodically require additional infusions of equity capital. The clear intention of Borrower's investors to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary, in Bank's judgment, to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable is the most significant criterion Bank shall consider in making any such determination.

" Maturity Date " means the Revolving Line Maturity Date, the Existing Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date, the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date, and the 2016 Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable.

" Mezzanine Loan Agreement " is that certain Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement dated as of even date herewith between Borrower and Bank, as may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

" Monthly Financial Statements " is defined in Section 6.2(c).

" New Foreign Entity " is defined in Section 12.18.

" Non-U.S. Contract Manufacturer " means any contract manufacturer located outside of the United States and engaged by Borrower to manufacture, assemble or package Borrower's products.

35


" Obligations " are Borrower's obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, the Revolving Line Termination Fee, the Revolving Line Anniversary Fee, the Growth Capital Prepayment Fee, the Growth Capital Final Payment, the Supplemental Growth Capital Prepayment Fee, the Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment, the 2016 Prepayment Premium, the 2016 Final Payment, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to any Bank Services Agreement, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower's duties under the Loan Documents.

" Operating Documents " are, for any Person, such Person's formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person's jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c)if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

" Overadvance " is defined in Section 2.2.

" Patents " means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

" Payment/Advance Form " is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

" Payment Date " is (i) with respect to the Advances, the last day of each calendar month, and (ii) with respect to the Existing Growth Capital Loan, the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan, and the 2016 Term Loan Advances, the first (1 st ) Business Day of each calendar month.

" Perfection Certificate " is defined in Section 5.1.

" Permitted Acquisition " is any Acquisition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower, disclosed to Bank, provided that each of the following shall be applicable to any such Acquisition:

(a)    no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition;

(b)    the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition are in the same or similar line of business as Borrower is in as of the date hereof or reasonably related thereto;

(c)    the target of such Acquisition, if such acquisition is a stock acquisition, shall be an entity organized under the laws of any State in the United States and shall have a principal place in the United States;

(d)    if the Acquisition includes a merger of Borrower, Borrower shall remain a surviving entity after giving effect to such Acquisition;

(e)    if, as a result of such Acquisition, a new Subsidiary of Borrower is formed or acquired, Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank and sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien in and to the assets of such Subsidiary;

(f)    Borrower shall provide Bank with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition; and not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and all other material documents relative to the proposed Acquisition (or if such acquisition agreement and other material documents are not in final form, drafts of such acquisition agreement and other material documents;

36


provided that Borrower shall deliver final forms of such acquisition agreement and other material documents promptly upon completion);

(g)    the total cash and non-cash consideration payable (including, without limitation, any earn-out payment obligations) plus the total Indebtedness assumed for all such Acquisitions may not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate per fiscal year;

(h)    such purchase or Acquisition shall not constitute an Unfriendly Acquisition; and

(i)    the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition shall not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens.

" Permitted Indebtedness " is:

(a)    Borrower's Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b)    Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date which is shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c)    Subordinated Debt;

(d)    unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e)    unsecured Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) in the aggregate incurred with business credit cards;

(f)      Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received In the ordinary course of business;

(g)    Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of "Permitted Liens" hereunder;

(h) Indebtedness with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i)    Indebtedness that constitutes a Permitted Investment under clause (t) of the definition of Permitted Investments;

(j) to the extent constituting unsecured Indebtedness, obligations under software lease arrangements that are required to be capitalized under GAAP;

(k)    other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00); and

(l)    extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (h) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

" Permitted Investments " are:

(a)    Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate (but specifically excluding any future Investments in any Subsidiaries unless otherwise permitted hereunder);

(b)    Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

37


(c)    Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d)    Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a first priority perfected security interest to the extent required under Section 6.8;

(e)    Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1 of this Agreement;

(f)    Investments (i) by Borrower or Guarantor in Subsidiaries that are neither a co-borrower nor a Guarantor, not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, (ii) by Subsidiaries who are not a co-borrower hereunder in other Subsidiaries; and (iii) by a Borrower or Guarantor in another Borrower or Guarantor that has granted a first priority Lien on its assets to Bank;

(g)    Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower's Board;

(h)    Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i)    Permitted Acquisitions;

(j)    other Investments in an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and

(k)    Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Borrower or in any Subsidiary.

" Permitted Liens " are:

(a)    Liens existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b)    Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on Borrower's Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c)    purchase money Liens or capital leases (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d)    Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

38


(e)    Liens to secure payment of workers' compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f)    Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g)    leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower's business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person's business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower's business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person's business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h)    non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(i)    Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7 of this Agreement;

(j)    subject to Section 6.8(b), Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower's deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts; and

(k)    Liens to secure payment of workers' compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA) or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than liens arising under ERISA or environmental liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business.

" Person " is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

" Prime Rate " is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the "prime rate" then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

" Purchase Order " shall mean a purchase order received by Borrower from a customer.

" Purchase Order Advance " is an Advance, as determined by Bank, to be attributable to Eligible Purchase Orders and included in the Borrowing Base.

" Quick Assets " is, on any date, (i) Borrower's unrestricted and unencumbered cash maintained with Bank or in any Collateral Account subject to a Control Agreement that is satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion, plus (ii) investments that mature within one (1) year maintained with Bank or in any Collateral Account subject to a Control Agreement that is satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion, and plus (iii) net billed accounts receivable determined according to GAAP.

39


" Registered Organization " is any "registered organization" as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

" Regulatory Change " means, with respect to Bank, any change on or after the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of lenders including Bank, of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

" Requirement of Law " is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its properly is subject.

" Reserves " means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank's reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

" Responsible Officer " is any of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Borrower.

" Restricted License " is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower's interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Bank's right to sell any Collateral.

" Revolving Line " is an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) outstanding at any time.

" Revolving Line Anniversary Fee " is defined in Section 2.4(c).

" Revolving Line Maturity Date " is two (2) years from the Effective Date.

" Revolving Line Termination Fee " is defined in Section 2.4(b).

" SEC " shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

" Second Supplemental Exit Event Fee " is defined in Section 2.4U).

" Securities Account " is any "securities account" as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

" Streamline Period " is any period of time, on and after the Effective Date, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the period (a) commencing on the first day of the month following the day that Borrower provides to Bank a written report that Borrower has at all times during the immediately preceding calendar month maintained an Adjusted Quick Ratio, as determined by Bank in its sole discretion, equal to or greater than 1.35 to 1.0 (the " Threshold Amount ") and (b) terminating on the earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence of an Event

40


of Default, or (ii) the first day thereafter in which Borrower fails to maintain the Threshold Amount on any day, as determined by Bank in its sole discretion. Upon the termination of a Streamline Period, Borrower must maintain the Threshold Amount each consecutive day for two (2) consecutive months as determined by Bank in its sole discretion, prior to entering into a subsequent Streamline Period. Borrower shall give Bank prior written notice of Borrower's election to enter into any such Streamline Period, and each such Streamline Period shall commence on the first day of the monthly period following the date the Bank determines, in its sole discretion, that the Threshold Amount has been achieved. Bank acknowledges and agrees that based on Borrower's representations. Borrower is in a Streamline Period on the Effective Date.

" Subordinated Debt " is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower's now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

" Subsidiary " is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

" Supplemental Exit Event Fee " is defined in Section 2.4(i).

" Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment " is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due under the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan, equal to the original principal amount advanced to Borrower under the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan multiplied by three percent (3.0%), due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date, (b) the acceleration of the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan, (c) the prepayment of such Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan pursuant to Section 2.1.3(c) or 2.1.3(d), (d) the repayment in full of all Obligations under the Existing Growth Capital Loan, or (e) the termination of this Agreement..

" Supplemental Growth Capital Prepayment Fee " shall be an amount equal to (i) two percent (2.0%) of the outstanding principal balance under the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan if the principal balance of the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan is prepaid after January 30, 2016 but on or before January 30, 2017, or (ii) one percent (1.0%) of the outstanding principal balance under the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan if the principal balance of the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan is prepaid after January 30, 2017 but on or before the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank agrees to waive the Supplemental Growth Capital Prepayment Fee if Bank closes on the refinance and re-documentation of the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan under this Agreement with another division of Bank prior to the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Maturity Date.

" Term Loan Reserve Amount " means one hundred percent (100.0%) of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Existing Growth Capital Loan, the Existing Supplemental Growth Capital Loan, and the 2016 Term Loan Advances for any period of time that Borrower's Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than 1.20 to 1.0, as determined by Bank in its sole discretion; provided that, commencing on the first (1 st ) day of the month following the day that Borrower has provided to Bank a written report that Borrower has, at all times during the immediately preceding two (2) consecutive calendar months maintained an Adjusted Quick Ratio equal to or greater than 1.20 to 1.0, as determined by Bank in its sole discretion, such amount shall be Zero Dollars ($0.00). Borrower and Bank agree that as of the Effective Date, the Term Loan Reserve Amount is Zero Dollars ($0.00).

" Third Supplemental Exit Event Fee " is defined in Section 2.4(m).

" Threshold Amount " is defined in the definition of Streamline Period.

41


" Total Liabilities " is on any day, obligations, including all Indebtedness, that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower's consolidated balance sheet.

" Trademarks " means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks,

" Transaction Report " is that certain report of transactions and schedule of collections in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

" Transfer " is defined in Section 7.1.

" Unfriendly Acquisition " is any Acquisition that has not, at the time of the first public announcement of an offer relating thereto, been approved by the board of directors (or other legally recognized governing body) of the Person to be acquired.

[Signature page follows.]

42


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:
/s/ Philippe Morali
Name:
Philippe Morali
Title:
CFO

BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:
/s/ Bryce Gerber
Name:
Bryce Gerber
Title:
Vice President




EXHIBIT A - COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower's right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower's Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) more than sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, (ii) rights held under a license that are not assignable by their terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such restriction on assignment is enforceable under applicable law), (iii) any interest of Borrower as a lessee under an Equipment lease if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease from granting a security interest in such lease or under which such an assignment or Lien would cause a default to occur under such lease; provided, however, that upon termination of such prohibition, such interest shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank, or (iv) any Equipment that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such Equipment pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such Equipment will be deemed Collateral hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien.




EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
TO:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
Date:
 
 
FROM:
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
 

The undersigned authorized officer of QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. ("Borrower") certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the "Senior Loan Agreement") and the Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the "Mezzanine Loan Agreement") (the Senior Loan Agreement and the Mezzanine Loan Agreement are, Collectively, the "Agreement"), (I) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending ________________ with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided , however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided , further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Senior Agreement or Section 5.8 of the Mezzanine Loan Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except (i) as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes, and (ii) with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes, subject to year-end audit adjustments, The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defIned herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under "Complies" column.
Reporting Covenant
Required
Complies
 
 
 
 
 
Monthly consolidated and consolidating financial
Monthly within 30 days
Yes
 
No
statements with Compliance Certificate
 
 
 
 
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)
FYE within 270 days
Yes
 
No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K
Within 5 days after filing a with SEC
Yes
 
No
Consolidated and consolidated A/R & A/P Agings
Monthly within 30 days
Yes
 
No
and Deferred Revenue Reports (consolidated only
 
 
 
 
for Deferred Revenue)
 
 
 
 
Annual Financial Projections
Within 30 days after Board approval
Yes
 
No
 
and at least annually
 
 
 
Purchase Order reports
Monthly within 30 days
Yes
 
No
Transaction Reports
Monthly within 30 days when a
Yes
 
No
 
Streamline Period is in effect or there
 
 
 
 
are no outstanding Advances; weekly
 
 
 
 
on Friday of each week when a
 
 
 
 
Streamline Period is not in effect and
 
 
 
 
there are outstanding Advances
 
 
 
409A Valuation Report
Annually or within 30 days of Board
Yes
 
No
 
approval
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following Intellectual Property was registered after the Effective Date (if no registrations, state "None")
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

1


Streamline Period
Required
Actual
Complies
Maintain:
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted Quick Ratio (all times, tested monthly)
≥ 1.35 : 1.0
_____ : 1.0
Yes
 
No


The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state "No exceptions to note.")
 
 
 

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
BANK USE ONLY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Received by:
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
 
Name:
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Verified:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compliance Status:
Yes
 
No
 


2


EXHIBIT C

Transaction Report

[EXCEL spreadsheet to be provided separately from lending officer.)


1


EXHIBIT D - LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM
DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TiME
Fax To: (650) 494-1377
 
Date: ________________________
LOAN PAYMENT:
OUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS. INC.
 
 
 
From Account#____________________________________
 
To Account #______________________________________________________
(Deposit Account #)
 
(Loan Account #)
Principal $ _______________________________________
 
and/or Interest $ ___________________________________________________
Authorized Signature: ______________________________
 
Phone Number: ___________________________________________
Print Name/Title: __________________________________
 
 
 
 
 
LOAN ADVANCE:
 
 
 
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
 
 
 
From Account # ___________________________________
 
To Account#______________________________________________________
(Loan Account #)
 
(Deposit Account #)
 
 
 
Amount of Advance $_______________________________
 
 
 
 
 
All Borrower's representations and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance~ provided, however. that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:
 
 
 
Authorized Signature:_______________________________
 
Phone Number: _______________________________
Print Name/Title: __________________________________
 
 
 
 
 
OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.
Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time
 
 
 
Beneficiary Name: _________________________________
 
Amount of Wire: $_________________________________________________
Beneficiary Bank: _________________________________
 
Account Number: _________________________________________________
City and State: ____________________________________
 
 
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #: ____________________
 
Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.): _________________________
 
 
(For International Wire Only)
 
 
 
Intermediary Bank: ________________________________
 
Transit (ABA) #: __________________________________________________
For Further Credit to: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________
 
 
 
Special Instruction: _______________________________________________________________________________________________________
 
 
 
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us),
 
 
 
Authorized Signature: ______________________________
 
2 nd  Signature (if required): __________________________________________
Print Name/Title: __________________________________
 
Print Name/Title: __________________________________________________
Telephone #: _____________________________________
 
Telephone #: _____________________________________________________



EXHIBIT E

APPROVED ACCOUNT DEBTORS

ADB Broadband
Alpha Networks, Inc. (aka Alpha Networks (Dongguan) Co., Ltd.)
Altima Corp
Amper Soluciones
Cal-Comp Electronics Thailand Public Company Limited
CyberTAN Technology, Inc.
Devolo AG
Gemtek Electronics Co. Ltd (aka Gemtek Electronics (Kun Shan) Co., Ltd. aka Gemtek Electronics (ChangShu) Co., Ltd.)
Jabil Industrials do Brasil Ltda
Kinpo Inter. LTD. (aka Kinpo International LTD aka Cal-Comp Electronics)
Microtek (aka Microtec aka MICROTEK Inc.)
Pace plc
Pilz (aka Pilz GmbH & Co. KG)
Prohubs International Corp.
Richpower Electronic Devices Co. Ltd
Sagemcom Tunisie
Sercomm Corp. Inc.
Sigma Designs Israel S.D.I. LTD
Soft At Home
ST Microelectronics International N.V. (aka ST Micro)
Technicolor Delivery Technologies SAS (aka Technicolor S.A.)
Unihan Corporation Uniquest Corporation
Wistron NeWeb Corp. (aka Wistron Neweb (Kunshan) Corp.)
Xavi
NEC Magnus Corporation (aka NEC Magnus Communications, Ltd.)
Verizon
ASUS (aka ASUSTeK Computer Inc. aka Huáshuò)
Arcadyan Tech Corp
British Sky Broadcasting Ltd. (aka Sky plc aka BSkyB)
BBC (aka British Broadcasting Corporation)
Comtrend
Delta Networks International Ltd (aka Delta Networks, Inc. aka Delta Electronics, Inc.)
Edimax Technology Co. Ltd
Fluidmesh Networks Srl
Freebox (aka Free aka Iliad)
Hirschmann Multimedia BV
Jupiter Technology (Wuxi) Co. LTD
Logitrade S.A.
Mitrastar
OKI Electric Industry Co. LTD
Pantek Global Corp (aka Pantek Technology Corp)
Pegatron Corporation
Pirelli Broadband Solutions S.P.A. (aka ADB Broadband S.P.A.)
SmarDTV
Ubee Interactive Co., LTD




EXHIBIT F - COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION


The Collateral consists of all of Borrower's right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower's Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) more than sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, (ii) rights held under a license that are not assignable by their terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such restriction on assignment is enforceable under applicable law), (iii) any interest of Borrower as a lessee under an Equipment lease if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease from granting a security interest in such lease or under which such an assignment or Lien would cause a default to occur under such lease; provided , however , that upon termination of such prohibition, such interest shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank, (iv) any Equipment that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such Equipment pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such Equipment will be deemed Collateral hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien, or (v) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank's security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank's prior written consent.

Exhibit 10.14

MEZZANINE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS MEZZANINE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement” ) dated as of May 17, 2016 (the “ Effective Date” ) by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP (except for non-compliance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and other non-cash items in the monthly reporting); provided that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Bank shall so request, Borrower and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) Borrower shall provide Bank financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13 of this Agreement. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Term Loan Advances .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during Draw Period A, Bank shall make advances (each, a “ Term A Loan Advance ” and collectively, the “ Term A Loan Advances ”) available to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000.00). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during Draw Period B, Bank shall make advances (each, a “Term B Loan Advance” and collectively, the “ Term B Loan Advances ”) available to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00). The Term A Loan Advances and the Term B Loan Advances are hereinafter referred to singly as the “ Term Loan Advance ” and collectively as the “ Term Loan Advances.” Each Term Loan Advance shall be in an amount equal to at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00). The aggregate amount of all Term Loan Advances shall not exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00). After repayment, no Term Loan Advance may be reborrowed.

(b) Interest Period . Commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date of the month following the month in which the Funding Date for the applicable Term Loan Advance occurs, and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest on the principal amount of each Term Loan Advance at the rate set forth in Section 2.2(a).

(c) Repayment . All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan Advances, and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to the Term Loan Advances, are due and payable in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

1


2.2 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding for each Term Loan Advance shall accrue interest a fixed per annum rate equal to ten and one-half of one percent (10.50%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(c) below.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.2(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.3 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), on the Effective Date; and

(b) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(c) Good Faith Deposit . Borrower has paid to Bank a deposit of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) (the “ Good Faith Deposit ”) to initiate Bank's due diligence review process. Any portion of the Good Faith Deposit not utilized to pay Bank Expenses shall be applied to the commitment fee set forth in Section 2.3(a).

(d) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank's obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.3 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.4( c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.3.

2.4 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, payments shall be applied as directed by Borrower. Upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied and Borrower shall have no

2


right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower's deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.5 Withholding . Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank's obligation to make the initial Credit Extension, on or after the Effective Date, is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) the duly executed original signatures to the Senior Loan Agreement and satisfaction of all conditions precedent thereto;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(c) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements;

(d) the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower's jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(e) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(f) duly executed original signature to a payoff letter from Eastward Fund Management, LLC (“ Eastward” );

(g) evidence that (i) the Liens securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Eastward will be terminated and (ii) the documents and/or filings evidencing the perfection of such Liens, including without limitation any financing statements and/or control agreements, have or will, concurrently with the initial Credit Extension, be terminated;

(h) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in

3


any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with such initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(i) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(j) a legal opinion of Borrower's counsel dated as of the Effective Date together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(k) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

(l) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.3 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank's obligations to make each Credit Extension, on or after the Effective Date, including the initial Credit Extension on or after the Effective Date, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5, timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date. and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower's representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines to its reasonable satisfaction that there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Intentionally Omitted.

3.4 Covenant to Deliver . Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower's obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank's sole discretion.

3.5 Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Credit Extension set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Credit Extension, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Credit Extension. In connection with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail a Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or an Authorized Signer. Bank shall credit proceeds of a Credit Extension to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Credit Extension under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Credit Extensions are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

4


3.6 Post-Closing Conditions . Borrower use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Bank, within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, a landlord's consent in favor of Bank for Borrower's leased locations at 3400 and 3450 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California 94538, by the landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto.

4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank's Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank's obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

Bank's security interest in the assets of Borrower securing the Obligations of Borrower to Bank under this Agreement shall be junior and subordinate to Bank's security interest in the assets of Borrower securing the Obligations of Borrower to Bank under the Senior Loan Agreement.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral. The Collateral may also be subject to Permitted Liens. If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim with demand for recovery in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank's interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank's discretion.

5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are duly existing and in good standing as Registered Organizations in their respective jurisdictions of formation and are qualified and licensed to do business and are in good standing in any other jurisdiction in which the conduct of their respective business or ownership of property requires that they be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “ Perfection Certificate” (the “Perfection Certificate”). Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that, except as may have been updated by a notification to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2, (a) Borrower's exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower's organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower's place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower's mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the

5


Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower's organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower's organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect), or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank's Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, to the extent required by the terms of Section 6.6(b). To Borrower's knowledge, the Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

All unreserved Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral are currently being maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. To Borrower's knowledge, each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower's business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower's business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower's knowledge, no claim has been made in writing that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, or with respect to which notice is provided pursuant to Section 6.7(c) hereof, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Litigation . Except as disclosed pursuant to Section 6.2(h), there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower's Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary in which an adverse decision could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

5.4 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower's consolidated financial condition and Borrower's consolidated results of operations, each as determined in accordance with GAAP, as of the dates and for the periods presented (except with respect to unaudited financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments and for the absence of footnotes). There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower's consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

6


5.5 Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower's consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower's liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts generally (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.6 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. None of Borrower's or any Subsidiary's properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to Borrower's knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of; made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted in all material respects.

5.7 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.8 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower and each Subsidiary have timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower and each Subsidiary have timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each Subsidiary except to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00). Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower's prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of; or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.9 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions on or after the Effective Date for general corporate purposes, including as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.10 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that any projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.11 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower's knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower's knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

7


6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries' legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Pursuant to the terms of the prior sentence, Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Provide Bank with the following:

(a) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower's and each of its Subsidiary's operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(b) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and such other information as Bank may reasonably request, including, without limitation, if requested by Bank in writing, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

(c) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after approval by Borrower's Board, and at least annually, annual financial projections for the following fiscal year approved by Borrower's Board and commensurate in form and substance with those provided to Borrower's venture capital investors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial plans and projections;

(d) as soon as available, but no later than two hundred seventy (270) days after the last day of Borrower's fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;

(e) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower's website on the Internet at Borrower's website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

(f) at least annually, and within thirty (30) days after Board approval, any 409A valuation report prepared by or at the direction of Borrower;

(g) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to all of Borrower's security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

8


(h) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more; and

(i) other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except as otherwise permitted by Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.4 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. At reasonable times, on three (3) Business Days' notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower's Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted at Borrower's expense and no more often than once every twelve (12) months (or more frequently as Bank determines in its sole discretion that conditions warrant) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The charge therefor shall be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank's then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to or reschedules the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank's rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.5 Insurance.

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower's industry and location, and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender's loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee as its interest may appear, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank's option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of casualty policies up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired property subject to the casualty loss and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest to the extent the destroyed or damaged property consists of Collateral, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank's request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.5 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank twenty (20) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

9


6.6 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' primary depository, operating and securities accounts with Bank and Bank's Affiliates, provided that accounts in the name of Borrower at Bank and Bank's Affiliates shall represent at least sixty percent (60.0%) of the dollar value of Borrower's and such Subsidiaries' accounts at all financial institutions. Borrower shall conduct all letters of credit and foreign exchange transactions through Bank, provided Bank has the ability to offer such products on competitive terms, including price.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior-written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank's Affiliates. Except as permitted in clause (a) above, for each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank's Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower's employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such or (ii) accounts maintained by Borrower with other financial institutions so long the aggregate balance of all such accounts which are not subject to a Control Agreement at no time exceeds Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00).

6.7 Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property material to Borrower's business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower's business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank's written consent.

(b) Prior to the occurrence of the IP Release Event, to the extent not already disclosed in writing to Bank, if Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then Borrower shall provide written notice in connection with the delivery to Bank of the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.2 and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in such property. Prior to the occurrence of the IP Release Event, if Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of Borrower's intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Prior to the occurrence of the IP Release Event, in connection with the delivery to Bank of the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.2, Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement required for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property.

(c) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, provided that “over-the-counter software” shall include any software that is available to Borrower on commercially reasonable terms). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event

10


of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank's rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.8 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower's books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.9 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank's Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank's prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) of property (i) between or among a Borrower and Guarantors that have granted a first priority Lien on their assets to Bank, (ii) between or among a Borrower to another Borrower, (iii) from a Subsidiary to a Borrower or to a Guarantor that has granted a first priority Lien on its assets to Bank, or (iv) from a Subsidiary that is not a party to this Agreement to another Subsidiary that is not a party to this Agreement, and (e) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and/or for tax purposes.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) have a change in Borrower's Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer and a replacement satisfactory to Borrower's Board is not made within one hundred eighty (180) days after his departure from Borrower; or (d) permit or suffer any Change in Control.

Borrower shall not, without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank: (I) add any new offices or business locations not already disclosed on the Perfection Certificate, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in Borrower's assets or property), (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization, or (6) deliver any portion of the Collateral to a bailee (excluding Non-U.S. Contract Manufacturers), unless such bailee location contains less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in Borrower's assets or property.

Borrower hereby agrees upon Borrower adding any new office or business location, including any warehouse (but in all cases, excluding Non-U.S. Contract Manufacturers), Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its landlord to enter into a landlord consent in favor of Bank prior to such new office or business location containing Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) of Collateral.

Borrower hereby agrees that prior to Borrower delivering any Collateral to a bailee (but in all cases, excluding Non-U.S. Contract Manufacturers), Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such bailee to execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank unless such bailee location contains less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in Borrower's assets or property.

11


7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except (i) that a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another
Subsidiary or into Borrower and (ii) for Permitted Acquisitions.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein except for Permitted Liens, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower's or any Subsidiary's Intellectual Property, except (i) as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 of this Agreement and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein and (ii) pursuant to merger or acquisition agreements where Borrower will indefeasibly repay all Obligations of Borrower to Bank in full upon the consummation of the merger.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Directly or indirectly acquire or own any Person, or make any Investment in any Person, other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; or (b) pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that Borrower may (i) convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) pay dividends solely in common stock, (iii) repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of any such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars $500,000.00) per fiscal year, and (iv) make payments in lieu of fractional shares.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower's business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm's length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) transactions permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 and 7.7, and (iii) equity and bridge financings with Borrower's existing investors, provided that such equity financings are not prohibited by Section 7.2 and such bridge financings shall constitute Subordinated Debt.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which Subordinated Debt is subject, amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount owed by Borrower thereof, shorten the maturity thereof, increase the rate of interest applicable thereto or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to (a) meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, (b) prevent a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, from occurring, or (c) comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the failure of any of the conditions described in clauses (a) through (c) which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business; or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any

12


Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ” under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6, or 6.7, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower's assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower's assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is (a) a default under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not

13


exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or (b) any breach or default by Borrower or Guarantor under any agreement, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's or any Guarantor's business;

8.7 Judgments; Penalties . One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any officer of Borrower acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any subordination agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or the subordination agreement, except, in each case, as may be permitted pursuant to the terms of such subordination agreement;

8.10 Governmental Approvals . Any material Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction; or

8.11 Senior Loan Agreement . The occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement) under the Senior Loan Agreement, other than an Event of Default (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement) pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Senior Loan Agreement solely as a result of Borrower's failure to comply with a financial covenant under the Senior Loan Agreement.

9
BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower's benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on

14


terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank's security interest in such funds;

(d) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank's rights or remedies;

(e) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(f) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower's labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank's exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower's rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank's benefit;

(g) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(h) demand and receive possession of Borrower's Books; and

(i) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).


9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower's name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower's name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower's insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (t) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower's name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank's security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank's foregoing appointment as Borrower's attorney in fact, and all of Bank's rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank's obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank's waiver of any Event of Default.

15


9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank's Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices and Section 9-207 of the Code regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Except as set forth above, Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank's failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank's rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank's exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank's waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank's delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

10
NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

If to Borrower:
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 West Warren Avenue Fremont, CA 94538
Attn: Chief Financial Officer Fax: 510-743-2261
Email: pmorali@quantenna.com

with a copy to:
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 West Warren Avenue Fremont, CA 94538
Attn: General Counsel
Email: TMacMitchell@quantenna.com

16


If to Bank:
Silicon Valley Bank
2400 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Attn: Bryce Gerber
Email: BGerber@svb.com

with a copy to:
Riemer & Braunstein LLP
Three Center Plaza
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
Attn: David A. Ephraim, Esquire
Fax: (617) 880-3455
Email: DEphraim@riemerlaw.com

11
CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided to Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower's actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES' AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure § 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may

17


enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12
GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Term Loan Maturity Date; Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement's termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement's termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank's prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank's discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank's obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

12.3 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person” ) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents except for Claims caused by Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Right of Setoff . Borrower hereby grants to Bank a Lien and a right of setoff as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a subsidiary of Bank) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may setoff the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or Obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.5 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations In this Agreement.

18


12.6 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.7 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.8 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.10 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank's Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, each a “ Bank Entity ” and collectively, the “ Bank Entities ”) provided that such Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall be bound by the confidentiality provisions set forth in this Section 12.10; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee's or purchaser's agreement to the terms of this Section 12.10); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank's regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank's examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (t) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is: (i) in the public domain or in Bank's possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party on a non-confidential basis if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.11 Attorneys' Fees , Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.12 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” ”signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.13 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

19


12.14 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.15 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm's-length contract.

12.16 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied. is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.17 Release of Intellectual Property . Upon the occurrence of the IP Release Event, provided that no Event of Default exists, the Collateral set forth in Exhibit A hereto shall be deemed amended to simultaneously replace Exhibit A hereto in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof Exhibit D attached hereto. Borrower has granted to the Bank a continuing security interest in the assets described in Exhibit D at all times hereunder. At Borrower's sale cost and expense, upon the occurrence of the IP Release Event, provided that no Event of Default exists, Bank shall execute and deliver to Borrower all releases, amendments, terminations, and other instruments as may be necessary or proper to release its Liens in the Intellectual Property of Borrower, granted herein, including, without limitation, UCC financing statement amendments and appropriate filings with the U.S. Copyright Office and the
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

12.18 Future Loan Arrangements . In the event Borrower establishes an operating company in Singapore or Hong Kong (the “New Foreign Entity”) and Accounts are billed from and payable to such New Foreign Entity, Bank shall use best efforts to enter into a loan arrangement with such New Foreign Entity, conditioned upon and subject to Bank's then current credit underwriting criteria and limitation on Bank's ability to lend in such jurisdiction, regulatory and tax issues affecting Bank, as well as, and including without limitation, the following: (i) completion of all due diligence reviewed by Bank in its sale discretion, (ii) a cap on the maximum principal amount of all revolving lines with Borrower, New Foreign Entity and Bank not exceeding Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) in the aggregate. (iii) New Foreign Entity entering into a loan agreement and security and debenture agreements which shall provide for, among other things, full dominion of funds and a first priority Lien on all of the assets of New Foreign Entity in favor of Bank, and (iv) Borrower providing Bank with a secured guaranty guaranteeing all obligations of New Foreign Entity to Bank. Any documentation of a future facility shall also be in form and substance and subject to documentation acceptable to Bank, and the payment of all of the Bank's fees and expenses in connection with such facility.

13
DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the singular includes the plural. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Acquisition ” is (a) the purchase or other acquisition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person, or (b) the purchase or other acquisition (whether by means of merger, consolidation. or otherwise) by Borrower or any Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the stock or other equity interest of any other Person.

20


Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person's senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person's managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement ” is that certain Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as of the Effective Date, as amended, modified, supplemented, and/or restated from time to time.

Authorized Signer ” is any individual listed in Borrower's Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Credit Extension request, on behalf of Borrower.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Entities ” is defined in Section 12.10.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Board ” means Borrower's board of directors.

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower's Books ” are all Borrower's books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower's assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person's board of directors (and, if required under the terms of such Person's Operating Documents, stockholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that set forth as a part of or attached as an exhibit to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Credit Extension request, on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or Moody's Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank's certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (I) year after issue; (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition; and (d) at any time after an Initial Public Offering resulting in Borrower's receipt of unrestricted and unencumbered net cash proceeds in an amount of at least Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000), any Investments permitted by Borrower's Board approved investment policy, as amended from time to time.

21


“Change in Control” means at any time, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of forty-nine percent (49.0%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) other than by the sale of Borrower's equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction.

“Claims” is defined in Section 12.3.

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided , that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further , that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank's Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “ Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on (a) prior to the occurrence of the IP Release Event, Exhibit A , and (b) on and after the occurrence of the IP Release Event, Exhibit D .

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Compliance Certificate” (a) until the termination of the Senior Loan Agreement, the “Compliance Certificate” as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement, and (b) upon termination of the Senior Loan Agreement and thereafter, that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

22


“Credit Extension” is any Term Loan Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower's benefit.

“Currency” is coined money and such other banknotes or other paper money as are authorized by law and circulate as a medium of exchange.

“Default” means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.2(b).

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Designated Deposit Account” is Borrower's account number ending in [ _____ ] (last three digits) maintained with Bank.

“Dollars ,” “ dollars” or use of the sign “ $” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “ $” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

“Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Draw Period A” is the period of time commencing upon the Effective Date and continuing through May
17,2017.

“Draw Period B” is the period of time commencing upon the occurrence of the IP Release Event and continuing through May 17, 2017.

“Eastward” means Eastward Fund Management, LLC.

“Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

“Event of Defaul t” is defined in Section 8.

“Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

23


GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Good Faith Deposit ” is defined in Section 2.3(c).

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Guarantor ” is any present or future guarantor of the Obligations under the Loan Documents.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations (as such term is understood under GAAP as in effect on the date hereof), and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Initial Public Offering ” is the initial, underwritten offering and sale of Borrower's common stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property “ means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person's right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how and operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing. with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

24


(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower's custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

IP Agreement ” is that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as of the Effective Date, as amended, modified, supplemented, and/or restated from time to time.

IP Release Event ” means, so long as no Event of Default exists, delivery by Borrower to Bank, after the Effective Date, of evidence satisfactory to Bank, in Bank's sole and absolute discretion, that Borrower has achieved net revenue for a period ending after the Effective Date, determined in accordance with GAAP, calculated on a trailing twelve (12) month basis, of at least Ninety-Five Million Dollars ($95,000,000.00).

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Warrant, the IP Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, the Senior Loan Agreement, the Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Material Adverse Change ” is: (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank's Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business or operations of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations. In determining whether a “Material Adverse Change” has occurred under clause (b) or (c) above, Bank's primary, though not sale, consideration will be whether Borrower has or will have sufficient cash resources to repay the Obligations as and when due. Bank recognizes that, as a pre-profit company, Borrower's cash resources will decline over time, and Borrower will periodically require additional infusions of equity capital. The clear intention of Borrower's investors to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary, in Bank's judgment, to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable is the most significant criterion Bank shall consider in making any such determination.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

New Foreign Entity ” is defined in Section 12.18.

Non-U.S. Contract Manufacturer ” means any contract manufacturer located outside of the United States and engaged by Borrower to manufacture, assemble or package Borrower's products.

Obligations ” are Borrower's obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts,

25


liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower's duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person's formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person's jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Payment Date ” is the first (1 st ) Business Day of each calendar month.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Acquisition ” is any Acquisition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower, disclosed to Bank, provided that each of the following shall be applicable to any such Acquisition:

(a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition;

(b) the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition are in the same or similar line of business as Borrower is in as of the date hereof or reasonably related thereto;

(c) the target of such Acquisition, if such acquisition is a stock acquisition, shall be an entity organized under the laws of any State in the United States and shall have a principal place in the United States;

(d) if the Acquisition includes a merger of Borrower, Borrower shall remain a surviving entity after giving effect to such Acquisition;

(e) if, as a result of such Acquisition, a new Subsidiary of Borrower is formed or acquired, Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank and sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien in and to the assets of such Subsidiary;

(f) Borrower shall provide Bank with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least ten Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition; and not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and all other material documents relative to the proposed Acquisition (or if such acquisition agreement and other material documents are not in final form, drafts of such acquisition agreement and other material documents; provided that Borrower shall deliver final forms of such acquisition agreement and other material documents promptly upon completion);

(g) the total cash and non-cash consideration payable (including, without limitation, any earn-out payment obligations) plus the total Indebtedness assumed for all such Acquisitions may not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate per fiscal year;

(h) such purchase or Acquisition shall not constitute an Unfriendly Acquisition; and

26


(i) the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition shall not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower's Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date which is shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) unsecured Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars($150,000.00) in the aggregate incurred with business credit cards;

(f) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received In the ordinary course of business;

(g) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(h) Indebtedness with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Indebtedness that constitutes a Permitted Investment under clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Investments;

(j) to the extent constituting unsecured Indebtedness, obligations under software lease arrangements that are required to be capitalized under GAAP;

(k) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00); and

(l) extensions, refinancings. modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (h) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate (but specifically excluding any future Investments in any Subsidiaries unless otherwise permitted hereunder);

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a first priority perfected security interest to the extent required under Section 6.6;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1 of this Agreement;

27


(f) Investments (i) by Borrower or Guarantor in Subsidiaries that are neither a co-borrower nor a Guarantor, not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, (ii) by Subsidiaries who are not a co-borrower hereunder in other Subsidiaries; and (iii) by a Borrower or Guarantor in another Borrower or Guarantor that has granted a first priority Lien on its assets to Bank;

(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower's Board;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Permitted Acquisitions;

(j) other Investments in an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and

(k) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph 0) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Borrower or in any Subsidiary.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on Borrower's Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens or capital leases (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers' compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower's business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person's business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary

28


course of Borrower's business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person's business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7 of this Agreement;

(j) subject to Section 6.6(b), Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower's deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts; and

(k) Liens to secure payment of workers' compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA) or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than liens arising under ERISA or environmental liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds in the ordinary course of business.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Regulatory Change ” means, with respect to Bank, any change on or after the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of lenders including Bank, of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower's interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Bank's right to sell any Collateral.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Senior Loan Agreement ” is that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of even date herewith between Borrower and Bank, as may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

29


“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower's now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Term A Loan Advance ” and “ Term A Loan Advances ” are each defined in Section 2.1.1 (a).

Term B Loan Advance ” and “ Term B Loan Advances ” are each defined in Section 2. 1.1 (a).

Term Loan Advance ” and “ Term Loan Advances ” are each defined in Section 2.1.1 (a).

Term Loan Maturity Date ” means May 1, 2019.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

Unfriendly Acquisition ” is any Acquisition that has not, at the time of the first public announcement of an offer relating thereto, been approved by the board of directors (or other legally recognized governing body) of the Person to be acquired.

Warrant ” means, collectively, (a) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock by and between Borrower and Bank dated as of the Effective Date, and (b) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock by and between Borrower and WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC dated as of the Effective Date (in each case, as may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time).

[Signature page follows.]



30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:
/s/ Philippe Morali
 
 
Name:
Philippe Morali
 
 
Title:
CFO


BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:
/s/ Patrick Q. Scheper
 
 
Name:
Patrick Q. Scheper
 
 
Title:
Director





EXHIBIT A - COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower's right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles. commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired. wherever located; and

all Borrower's Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) more than sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, (ii) rights held under a license that are not assignable by their terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such restriction on assignment is enforceable under applicable law), (iii) any interest of Borrower as a lessee under an Equipment lease if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease from granting a security interest in such lease or under which such an assignment or Lien would cause a default to occur under such lease; provided, however, that upon termination of such prohibition, such interest shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank, or (iv) any Equipment that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such Equipment pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such Equipment will be deemed Collateral hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien.




EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
Date: ______________________________
FROM:
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 

The undersigned authorized officer of QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. ("Borrower") certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the "Agreement"), (1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Mezzanine Loan Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except (i) as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes, and (ii) with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes, subject to year-end audit adjustments. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under "Complies" column.
Reporting Covenant
Required
Complies
 
 
 
 
Monthly consolidated and consolidating financial statements with Compliance Certificate
Monthly within 30 days
Yes
No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)
FYE within 270 days
Yes
No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K
Within 5 days after filing with SEC
Yes
No
Annual Financial Projections
Within 30 days after Board approval
Yes
No
409A Valuation Report
Annually or within 30 days of Board approval
Yes
No
 
 
 
 

The following Intellectual Property was registered after the Effective Date (if no registrations, state "None")
_______________________________________________



The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state "No exceptions to note.")
 
 
 

1


QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
BANK USE ONLY
 
 
Received by: _________________________
By: _____________________________
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Name: ___________________________
Date: _______________________________
Title: ____________________________
 
 
 
Verified: ____________________________
 
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
 
Date: _______________________________
 
Compliance Status:    Yes No
    

2


EXHIBIT C - LOAN PAYMENTIADVANCE REOUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME

Fax To: (650) 494-1377    Date: ______________________
LOAN PAYMENT:
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS. INC.
From Account # ___________________________
To Account # ___________________________________
(Deposit Account #)
(Loan Account #)
Principal $_______________________________
and/or Interest $ ________________________________
Authorized Signature: ______________________
Phone Number: _____________
Print Name/Title: __________________________
 
 
 
LOAN ADVANCE
 
 
 
Complete Outgoing Wire Request  section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
 
 
From Account # ________________________
To Account # ___________________________________
(Loan Account #)
(Deposit Account #)
Amount of Advance $, ___________________
 
 
 
All Borrower's representations and warranties in the Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:
Authorized Signature: ___________________
Phone Number: ___________________________
Print Name/Title: _______________________
 
 
 
OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:
 
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.
Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time
 
 
 
Beneficiary Name: ________________________
Amount of Wire: $______________________________
Beneficiary Bank: ________________________
Account Number: _______________________________
City and State: ___________________________
 
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #: ___________
Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort. Chip, etc.): _______
 
(For International Wire Only)
Intermediary Bank: ________________________
Transit (ABA) #: ________________________________
For Further Credit to: _____________________________________________
 
 
Special Instruction: _______________________________________________
 
 
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our)funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
 
 
Authorized Signature: ______________________
2nd Signature (if required): ______________________
Print Name/Title: __________________________
Print Name/Title: _______________________________
Telephone #: _____________________________
Telephone #: ___________________________________
 
 



EXHIBIT D - COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower's right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit. fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower's Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) more than sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, (ii) rights held under a license that are not assignable by their terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such restriction on assignment is enforceable under applicable law), (iii) any interest of Borrower as a lessee under an Equipment lease if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease from granting a security interest in such lease or under which such an assignment or Lien would cause a default to occur under such lease; provided, however, that upon termination of such prohibition, such interest shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank, (iv) any Equipment that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such Equipment pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such Equipment will be deemed Collateral hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien, or (v) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank's security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank's prior written consent.

Exhibit 10.15

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK PLEDGE AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement (this "Agreement") is entered into as of May 17, 2016 by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK ("Bank") and QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. ("Pledgor"). This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety, and replaces, the terms of that certain Stock Pledge Agreement between Pledgor and Bank dated as of April 26, 2013.

RECITAL

Pledgor wishes to borrow money from time to time from Bank pursuant to (a) that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated of even date herewith executed by and between Pledgor and Bank (as the same may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Senior Loan Agreement") and (b) that certain Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement dated of even date herewith executed by and between Pledgor and Bank (as the same may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Mezzanine Loan Agreement" and together with the Senior Loan Agreement, the "Loan Agreement"; capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement). Bank has agreed to extend credit and provide other financial accommodations to Pledgor upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Loan Agreement provided Pledgor secures the Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Pledgor and Bank agree as follows:

1.
CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

1.1.
Grant of Security Interest

(a) Pledgor hereby pledges, assigns and delivers to Bank and grants to Bank a security interest in the property described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Pledged Collateral") as security for the prompt payment and performance of all of the Obligations.

(b) The term "Pledged Collateral" shall also include any securities, investment properties, instruments or distributions of any kind issuable, issued or received by Pledgor upon conversion of, in respect of, or in exchange for any other Pledged Collateral, including, but not limited to, those arising from a stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other exchange of securities or any dividends or other distributions of any kind upon or with respect to the Pledged Collateral.

1.2. Delivery of Additional Documentation Required . Pledgor will from time to time execute and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all financing statements and other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and continue the perfection of Bank's security interests in the Pledged Collateral. Pledgor authorizes Bank to file financing statements without notice to Pledgor, in all appropriate jurisdictions, as Bank deems appropriate, to perfect or protect Bank's interest in the Pledged Collateral. The certificate or certificates for the securities included in the Pledged Collateral, accompanied by an instrument of



assignment duly executed in blank by Pledgor, have been, or will, within five (5) days after Bank's request, to the extent that such Pledged Collateral is certificated, be delivered by Pledgor to Bank. Pledgor shall cause the books of the issuers listed on Exhibit A to reflect the pledge of the Pledged Collateral.

1.3. Voting Prior to Demand. Unless an Event of Default (as defined below) shall have occurred and be continuing, Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any voting rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement or which would constitute or create any violation of any of such terms. All such rights of Pledgor to vote and give consents, waiver and ratifications shall upon notice to Pledgor cease in case such an Event of Default hereunder shall occur and be continuing.

2.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Pledgor represents and warrants that:

2.1. Due Organization and Qualification . Pledgor is duly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business in, and is in good standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Pledgor's business.

2.2. Due Authorization; No Conflict . The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement are within Pledgor's powers, have been duly authorized, and neither conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Pledgor's formation documents or bylaws, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement to which Pledgor is a party or by which Pledgor is bound.

2.3. No Prior Encumbrances . Pledgor has good title to the Pledged Collateral, free and clear of any liens, security interests, or other encumbrances other than the security interest in favor of Bank.

2.4. Litigation . There is no action, suit or proceeding affecting Pledgor pending or threatened before any court, arbitrator, or governmental authority, domestic or foreign, which may have a material adverse effect on the ability of Pledgor to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

2.5. Solvency . The incurrence of Pledgor's obligations under this Agreement will not cause Pledgor to (a) become insolvent; (b) be left with unreasonably small capital for any business or transaction in which Pledgor is presently engaged or plans to be engaged; or (c) be unable to pay its debts as such debts mature.

3.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Pledgor covenants and agrees that, until the payment in full of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and for so long as Bank may have any obligation to extend credit



to Pledgor or otherwise perform under the Loan Agreement, Pledgor shall not do any of the following:

3.1. Dispositions . Except as otherwise permitted in the Loan Agreement, convey, sell, lease, transfer, pledge, assign control over or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral.

3.2. Encumbrances . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any security interest, lien or encumbrance with respect to the Pledged Collateral, other than the security interest in favor of Bank. The Pledged Collateral may also be subject to Permitted Liens.

4.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an "Event of Default" under this
Agreement:

4.1. Loan Agreement . If an Event of Default occurs under the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

4.2. Covenant Default . If Pledgor fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any material term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement.

4.3. Attachment . If any portion of the Pledged Collateral is made the subject of a lien, security interest or other encumbrance (other than that in favor of Bank), or is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within five (5) days, or if Pledgor is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs.

4.4. Misrepresentations . If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein.

5.
BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

5.1. Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Pledgor:

(a)    Exercise all such rights as a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of California as it, in its sole judgment, shall deem necessary or appropriate, including the right to sell all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at one or more public or private sales upon five (5) days prior written notice to Pledgor, and any such sale or sales may be made for cash, upon credit, or for future delivery, and in connection therewith, Bank may grant options, provided that any such terms or options shall, in the best judgment of Bank, be extended only in order to obtain the best possible price.



(b)     Declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 of the Loan Agreement occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank).

5.2. Sale of Pledged Collateral . Pledgor recognizes that Bank may be unable to effect a public sale of all or a part of the Pledged Collateral by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), so that Bank may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire the Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment and without a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Pledgor understands that private sales so made may be at prices and on other terms less favorable to the seller than if the Pledged Collateral were sold at public sales, and agrees that Bank has no obligation to delay the sale of any of the Pledged Collateral for the period of time necessary (even if Bank would agree), to register such securities for sale under the Act. Pledgor agrees that private sales made under the foregoing circumstances shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner.

5.3. Remedies Cumulative . Bank's rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Agreement, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Pledgor's part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it.

5.4. Demand; Protest . Pledgor waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by Bank on which Pledgor may in any way be liable.

5.5. Hold on Pledged Collateral . Pledgor agrees that, until the later of the termination of the Loan Agreement and payment in full of all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), Bank may hold and refuse to release the Pledged Collateral to any party, including Pledgor.

5.6. Power of Attorney . When an Event of Default occurs and continues, Pledgor irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney to transfer the Pledged Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits and cause new certificates representing the Pledged Collateral, to the extent that such Pledged Collateral is certificated, to be issued in the name of Bank. Bank may exercise the power of attorney to sign Pledgor's name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of any security interest regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. Bank's appointment as Pledgor's attorney in fact, and all of Bank's rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until the later of the payment in full of all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) or so long as Bank may have any obligation to perform under the Loan Agreement.



5.7. Bank Expenses . If Pledgor fails to pay any amount due hereunder or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons in connection with the Pledged Collateral, Bank may make all or part of the payment and take any action Bank deems prudent. Any amounts paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then applicable rate and secured by the Pledged Collateral. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank's waiver of any Event of Default. After the sale of any of the Pledged Collateral, Bank may deduct all reasonable legal and other expenses and attorneys' fees for preserving, collecting, selling and delivering the Pledged Collateral and for enforcing its rights with respect to the Obligations, and shall apply the remainder of the proceeds to the Obligations in such manner as Bank in its reasonable discretion shall determine, and shall pay the balance, if any, to Pledgor.

5.8. Bank's Liability for Pledged Collateral . If Bank complies with reasonable banking practices and the Code, it is not liable or responsible for the safekeeping of the Pledged Collateral.

6.
NOTICES

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating
to this Agreement shall be made pursuant to Section 10 of the Loan Agreement.

7.    CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of Pledgor and Bank hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the State of California. PLEDGOR AND BANK EACH HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN AGREEMENT, AND ANY RELATED DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY RECOGNIZES AND AGREES THAT THE FOREGOING WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR IT TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES' AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference



proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

8.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

8.1. Pledgor Waivers . Pledgor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against any guarantor or any other person; or (b) pursue any other remedy in Bank's power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Pledgor hereunder. Pledgor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Pledgor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Pledge Agreement and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Pledgor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Pledgor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Pledgor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Pledgor waives the benefits, if any, of any statutory or common law rule that may permit a subordinating creditor to assert any defenses of a surety or guarantor, or that may give the subordinating creditor the right to require a senior creditor to marshal assets, and Pledgor agrees that it shall not assert any such defenses or rights.

8.2. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Pledgor may not assign this Agreement or any rights under it without Bank's prior written consent which may be granted or withheld in Bank's reasonable discretion. Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Pledgor, to sell,



transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank's obligations, rights and benefits under this Agreement.

8.3. Indemnification . Pledgor will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses incurred, or paid by Bank from, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Pledgor under this Agreement or otherwise (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8.4. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

8.5. Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

8.6. Amendments in Writing. Integration . All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and executed by the parties hereto. This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersedes prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement merge into this Agreement.

8.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, are an original, and all taken together, are one agreement.

8.8. Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force while any obligations remain outstanding. The obligations of Pledgor in Section 8.4 to indemnify Bank will survive until all statutes of limitations for actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

8.9. Attorneys' Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Pledgor and Bank arising out of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled, whether or not a lawsuit is filed.

[Signature page follows.]




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amended and Restated
Stock Pledge Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 
 
PLEDGOR:
 
 
 
 
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Philippe Morali
 
 
Name:
Philippe Morali
 
 
Title:
CFO
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BANK:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amended and Restated
Stock Pledge Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 
 
PLEDGOR:
 
 
 
 
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BANK:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Bryce Gerber
 
 
Name:
Bryce Gerber
 
 
Title:
Vice President





EXHIBIT A

The Pledged Collateral consists of all of Pledgor's right, title and interest in and to the following whether owned now or hereafter arising and whether the Pledgor has rights now or hereafter has rights therein and wherever located:

All Pledged Equity; and

all Pledgor's books relating to the foregoing and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof.

As used herein:

" Domestic Issuer " means an Issuer organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

" Equity Interest " means any security, share, unit, partnership interest, membership interest, ownership interest, equity interest, option, warrant, participation, equity security or analogous interest (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, business trust or other entity, of whatever nature, type, series or class, whether voting or nonvoting, certificated or uncertificated, common or preferred, and all rights and privileges incident thereto.

" Foreign Issuer " means any Issuer which is not a Domestic Issuer.

" Issuer " means Quantenna Wireless Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Quantenna Communications Australia Pty. Ltd., an Australian company, Quantenna Communications (Wuxi) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company, Quantenna Communications India Pvt. Ltd., an Indian company, Quantenna Communications, LLC, a Russian company, and any other issuer of any of the Pledged Equity.

" Pledged Equity " means (a) one hundred percent (100.0%) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests owned by Pledgor of each Domestic Issuer and (b) sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests owned by Pledgor of each Foreign Issuer, including the Equity Interests owned by Pledgor on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, in each case together with the certificates (or other agreements or instruments), if any, representing such shares, and all options and other rights, contractual or otherwise, with respect thereto, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) all Equity Interests representing a dividend thereon, or representing a distribution or return of capital upon or in respect thereof, or resulting from a stock split, revision, reclassification or other exchange therefor, and any subscriptions, warrants, rights or options issued to the holder thereof, or otherwise in respect thereof; and (ii) in the event of any consolidation or merger involving the Issuer thereof and in which such Issuer is not the surviving Person, all shares of each class of the Equity Interests of the successor Person formed by or resulting from such consolidation or merger.



SCHEDULE 1

PLEDGED EQUITY

Issuer; Type and Place of Organization
Number of Equity Interests
Type
Certificate Number
Percentage Ownership
Quantenna Wireless Systems, Inc. (USA)
 
 
 
100.0%
Quantenna Communications Australia Pty. Ltd. (Australia)
 
 
 
65.0%
Quantenna Communications Australia Pty. Ltd. (Taiwan Branch of Quantenna Communications Australia)
 
 
 
65.0%
Quantenna Communications (Wuxi) Co. Ltd. (China)
 
 
 
65.0%
Quantenna Communications LLC (Russia)
 
 
 
65.0%





STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (" Pledgor ") does hereby sell, assign, and transfer to __________________________ all of its Equity Interests (as hereinafter defined) represented by Certificate No(s). ___________ in _________________________ (" Issuer "), standing in the name of Pledgor on the books of said Issuer. Pledgor does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint , as attorney, to transfer the Equity Interest in said Issuer with full power of substitution in the premises. The term Equity Interest" means any security, share, unit, partnership interest, membership interest, ownership interest, equity interest, option, warrant, participation, "equity security" (as such term is defined in Rule 3(a)11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar statute then in effect, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto) or analogous interest (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, business trust or other entity, of whatever nature, type, series or class, whether voting or nonvoting, certificated or uncertificated, common or preferred, and all rights and privileges incident thereto.


Dated: ______________20_
PLEDGOR:
 
 
 
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
 
 
 
By: _________________________________
 
Name: _______________________________
 
Title: ________________________________


Exhibit 10.16

Q UANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement (this " Agreement ") is made as of August 29 , 2014, by and among Quantenna Communications, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the " Company ") , the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A hereto (each a " Lender ," and collectively the " Lenders "), the persons and entities listed on Exhibit B hereto (each an " Investor " and collectively, as the " Investors ") and the persons listed on Exhibit C hereto (each a " Founder ," and collectively the " Founders "). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1. The Founders are party to this Agreement for purposes of Sections 1, 2.2, 2.4 through 2.14 and 5 hereof only. The Lenders are party to this Agreement for purposes of Sections 1, 2.2 through 2.14 and 5 hereof only.
RECITALS
WHEREAS : Certain of the Investors hold shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F - 1 Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) (the " Existing Investors ") and possess certain registration rights, information rights, rights of first refusal, and other rights pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated as of April 16, 2012 a m ong the Company , the Founders, the Lenders and such Existing Inves t ors (the " Prior Agreement ") ;
WHEREAS : Pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Prior Agreement, the Prior Agreement or any term thereof may be amended , waived , discharged or term i nated by the written agreement of the Company and the Holders holding a majority of t he Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement);
WHEREAS : Certain of the Investors are parties to the Series G P r eferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith, among the Company and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors thereto (the "Purchase Agreement"), and it is a condition to the closing of the sale of the Series G Preferred Stock to the Investors listed on such Schedule of Investors that the Investors and the Company execute and deliver this Agreement; and
WHEREAS : In connection with and as a cond i tion to t he closing of the sale of the Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Existing Investors holding at least a majority of the Regi s trable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement) desire to execute and deliver this Agreement and agree that this Agreement will supersede and replace the Prior Agreement in its entirety.
NOW, THEREFORE : In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Existing Investors hereby agree that all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived and released and the Prior Agreement shall be superseded and rep l aced in its entirety by this Agreeme n t, and the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1
Definitions
1.1 Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement , the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:




(a)      "Change of Control" shall mean (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions t o which the Company is party (including, w i thout limitation, any stock acquisition, reorgan i zation, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock so l ely for capital ra i sing purposes or any merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting secur i t i es r emaining outstanding or by such vot i ng securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions or (ii) a sale, lease , exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company .
(b)      "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.
(c)     "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company.
(d)     "Conversion Stock" shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.
(e)      "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and r egulations thereunder, all as the same shall be i n effect from time to time.
(f)      " Holder" shall mean (i) any Investor who holds Registrable Securities, (ii) with respect to Sections 1, 2.2, 2.4 through2.14 and 5 hereof onl y, as applicable, any Founder holding Registrable Securities, (ii i ) with respect to Sections 2.2 through 2.14 and 5 hereof on l y, any Lender with respect to shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Lender Warrants held by such L ender and (iv) any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement.
(g)     "Indemnified Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto
(h)     " Indemnifying Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto .
(i)      " Initial Public Offering" shall mean the closing of the Company's first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company's Common Stock registered under the Securitie s Act.
(j)      " Initiating Holders" shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than thirty percent (30%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities .
(k)      " Investors" shall mean the persons and entities listed on Exhibit B hereto .
(l)      " Lender Warrants" mean those certain warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 694,605 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company issued to the Lenders .
(m)      " New Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) hereto.

 
- 2 -
 


(n)     " Other Selling Stockholders " shall mean persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their Other Shares in certain registrations hereunder.
(o)     " Other Shares " shall mean shares of Common Stock, other than Registrable Securities (as defined below), with respect to which registration rights have been granted .
(p)     " Preferred Stock " shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock , Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F-1 Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock .
( q)     " Purchase Agreement " shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.
(r)     " Registrable Securities " shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Preferred Stock, (ii) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) above, (iii) the Warrant Shares, (iv) with respect to Sections 1, 2.2, 2.4 to 2.14 and 5 hereof only, shares of Common Stock held by the Founders and (v) with respect to any Lender, shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Lender Warrants held by such Lender; provided, however, that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock that have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor's rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.
(s)     The terms " register ," " registered " and " registration " shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in comp l iance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.
(t)      " Registration Expenses " shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.
(u)      " Restricted Securities " shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.8(c) hereof.
(v)     " Rule 144 " shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.
(w)     " Rule 145 " shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission .
(x)      " Rule 415 " shall mean Rule 415 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time , or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 
- 3 -
 


(y)     " Securities Act " shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended , or any similar suc c essor federal statute and the rules and r egulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
(z)     " Selling Expenses " shall mean all underwrit i ng discounts , selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and d i sbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).
(aa)      " Series A Directors " shall mean the two directors then servi n g on the Board of Directors of the Company elected by the holders of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock.
(bb)     " Series B Director " shall mean the one director then serving on the Board of Directors of the Company elected by the holders of the Company ' s Series B Preferred Stock.
(cc)     " Series C Director " shall mean the one director then serving on the Board of Directors of the Company elected by the holders of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock .
(dd)     " Series E Director " shall mean the one director then serving on the Board of Directors of the Company elected by the holders of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock.
(ee)     " Series F Director " shall mean the one director t h en serving on the Board of Directors of the Company elected by the holders of the Company's Series F - 1 Preferred Stock.
(ff)      " Series G Director " shall mean after such time as the Company's Board of Directors designates a " Series G Director", the one director then serving on the Board of D i rectors of the Company elected by the holders of the Company's Series G Preferred Stock .
(gg)      " Significant Holders " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4 . 1 hereof .
(hh)     " Warrant Shares " shall mean any Common Stock issued upon exercise of a Warrant exercisable for Common Stock held by an Investor.
(ii)     " Withdrawn Registration " shall mean a forfeited demand registration under Section 2.1 in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.4 .
Section 2
Registration Rights
2 . 1 Requested Registration
(a)      Request for Registration . Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive from I n itiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state t he number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the i ntended methods of disposition of such shares by such Initiating Holders), the Company will:
(i)     promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

 
- 4 -
 


(ii)     as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such reg i stration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilita t e the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Reg i strable Securities as are specified in such request , together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as a r e specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.
(b)      Limitations on Requested Registration . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 :
(i)     Prior to the earl i er of (A) the three (3) year anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty ( 1 80) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company covering an underwritten offer i ng of any of i ts securit i es to the general public (or the subsequent date on which all market stand-off agreements applicable to the offering have terminated);
(ii)     If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate offering pr i ce, net of underwriters' discounts and expenses, the aggregate proceeds of which (after deduction for underwriter's discounts and expenses related to the issuance) are less than $10,000 , 000;
(iii)     In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification , or compliance, unless the Company is a l ready subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
(iv)     After the Company has initiated two such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 (count i ng for these purposes only (x) registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold, and (y) Withdrawn Registrations;
(v)     During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company ' s good fa i th estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company - initiated registration (or ending on the subsequent date on which all market stand-off agreements applicable to the offering have terminated); provided that the Company is act i vely employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause s u ch registration statement to become effective; or
(vi)     If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities which may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 2.3 hereof.
(c)      Deferral . If (i) in the good fait h judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, the filing of a registration statement covering t he Registrable Securities would be detrimental to the Company and the Board of Directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b)(v) above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders , and, provided, further, that the Company shall n ot defer its ob li gat i on in this manner more than twice in any twelve-month period.

 
- 5 -
 


(d)      Other Shares . The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the I nitiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(e) , include Other Shares, and may include securit i es of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.
(e)      Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.1 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i). In such event , the right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder's Reg i strable Securities to the extent provided herein. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or i f other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwr i ting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Company's and such person's other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2 (including Section 2.10 ). The Company shall (together w i t h all Holders and other persons proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to the Company .
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1 , if the underwr i ters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten , the number of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; (ii) second, to the Other Selling Stockholders; and (iii) third, to the Company, which the Company may allocate, at its discretion, for its own account, or for the account of other holders or employees of the Company; provided, however, in no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all Other Shares are first excluded.
If a person who has requested inclusion in s u ch registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting , such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be w i thdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 2.1(e), then the Company shall then offer to all Holders and Other Selling Stockholders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities or Other Shares in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn , with such shares to be allocated among such Holders and Other Selling Stockholders requesting additional inclusion , as set forth above.
2.2 Company Registration
(a)      Company Registration. If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders , other than a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3 , a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities , a registrat i on relating to a corporate r eorganization or other Ru l e 145 transaction, or a registration on any registratio n form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

 
- 6 -
 


(i)    promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and
(ii)    use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or req u ests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder's Registrable Securities.
(b)     Underwriting. If t he registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offer i ng involving an underwriting , t h e Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to th i s Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing t o distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the Other Selling Stockholders distributing their securities through such underwri t ing) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten , the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) exclude all Registrable Securities from, or limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwrit i ng. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account ; (ii) second, to the Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in s u ch registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Reg i strable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; and (iii) third, to the Other Selling Stockholders request i ng to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Other Shares held by such Other Selling Stockho l ders, assuming conversion; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the value of the Registrable Securities of the Holders included in such registration below thirty - five percent (35%) of the total value of securities included in such registration unless such offering i s the Company's Initial Public Offering; and provided, further, in no even t shall any Reg i strable Securities be excluded from such offering un l ess all Other Shares (not including any securities being sold by the Company for its own account) are first excluded.
If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration .
(c)     Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration init i ated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securit i es in such registration .

 
- 7 -
 


2.3 Registration on Form S - 3
(a)     Request for Form S-3 Registration. After its Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S - 3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3 , if the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the in t ended methods of dispos i tion of suc h shares by such Ho l der or Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1(a)(i) and (ii) .
(b)     Limitations on Form S - 3 Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect , any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 :
(i)     In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1(b)(i) , 2.1(b)(iii) or 2.1(b)(v) ;
(ii)     If the Holders , together wit h the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S - 3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000;or
(iii)    If, in a given twelve-month period, the Company has effected one (1) such registration in such period.
(c)     Deferral. The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 .
(d)      Underwriting. If the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this Section 2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request b y means of an underwriting, the provisions of Sections 2.1(e) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pu r suant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1 .
2.4 Expenses of Registration.      All Registrat i on Expenses incurred in connection with regist r ations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 hereof shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in wh i ch case all part i cipating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Secur i ties agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1 ; provided , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a mater i al adverse change in the condition or business of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 of th i s Agreement. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by

 
- 8 -
 


the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.
2.5 Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2 , the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:
(a)     Keep such registration effective for a period of ending on the earlier of the date which is sixty (60) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto;
(b)     Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comp l y with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above;
(c)     Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;
(d)     Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;
(e)     Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus i ncluded in such registration statement , as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;
(f)     Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;
(g)     Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and
(h)     In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 hereof, enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided further, that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

 
- 9 -
 


2.6 Indemnification
(a)     To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder , each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification, or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2 , and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Sectio n 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims , losses, damages, and liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offer i ng circular, or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, (ii) any omiss i on (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection w i th any offering covered by such registration , qualification, or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter, and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss , damage, liability , or action ; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim , loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder's officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person w h o controls any such underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided, further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not app l y to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss , claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement i s effected without the consent of the Company (which consen t shall not be unreasonably withheld).
(b)     To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securit i es as to which such registration , qualification, or compliance is being effected, i ndemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of i ts directors , officers, partners, legal counsel , and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company's securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwrite r within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors, and partners, and each person controlling such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) ar i sing out of or based on: ( i ) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue state m ent) of a material fact con t ained or incorporated by reference in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors , officers , partners , legal counsel, and accountants , persons, underwriters , or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connect i on with investigating or defending any such claim, loss , damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however, that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in sett l ement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably wi t hheld); and provided that i n no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6 exceed the net proceeds from the offer i ng received by such Holder .

 
- 10 -
 


(c)     Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the " Indemnified Party ") shall give notice to the party requ i red to provide indemnification (the " Indemnifying Party ") promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom , shall be approved. by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party's expense; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6 , to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party , in the defense of any such claim or litigation , shall , except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an uncond i tional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to s u ch Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.
(d)     If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemn i fying Party , in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss , liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that in no event shall any contribution under this Section 2.6 (when combined with any amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.6(b) , with respect to the Holders) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Indemnifying Party.
(e)     Notwithstanding the foregoing , to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.
(f)     The respective indemnification obligations of the Company and the Holders under this Section 2.6 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement under this Section 2 .
2 . 7 Information by Holder. Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regard i ng such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as t he Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration , qualification , or compliance referred to in this Section 2 .
2 . 8 Restrictions on Transfer
(a)     The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8 . Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities,

 
- 11 -
 


or any beneficial interest therein , unless and until (x) the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securit i es subject to , and to be bound by, the terms and condi t ions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.8 and Section 2.10 , except for transfers permitted under Section 2.8(b) , and (y) :
(i)     There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or
(ii)     Such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder's intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at its expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act, or (ii) a "no act i on" letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without' registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.
(b)     Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or ( i i) in transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subs i diary or other affiliate of Holder that is a Corporation, or (y) any of its partners , members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners , or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or (iii) transfers in compliance with Rule 144(k), as long as the Company is furnished with satisfactory evidence of compliance with such Rule; provided , in each case, that the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder's intention to effec t such disposition and shall have furnished t he Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.
(c)     Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SEC U RITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SO L D OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 
- 12 -
 


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUB J ECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT O F A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.
The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to i mplement the restrictions o n transfer establ i shed in this Section 2.8.
(d)     The first legend referring to federal and state securi t ies laws identified in Section 2.8(c) hereof stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities a n d the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such Restricted Secur i ties shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such Restricted Securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of cou n sel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a pub l ic sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration under the Securities Act , or (iii) such holder provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which may, at the option of the Company , include an opin i on of counsel satisfactory to the Company, that such securities can be sold pursuant to Section (k) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
2.9 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to :
(a)     Make and keep public informat i on regarding the Company available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;
(b)     File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and
(c)     So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recen t annual or quarterly report of the Company , and suc h other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any ru l e or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.
2 .1 0 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transactio n with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securit i es) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included i n the registration) during t h e one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement for the Company's Initial Public Offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period not to exceed the period restrictions contained in NASD Rule 271(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto as may

 
- 13 -
 


be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports a n d (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions conta i ned in NASD Rule 2711 ( f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any s u ccessor provisions or amendments thereto) , provided that all executive officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company's voting securities have entered into and are currently bound by similar agreements; provided further , that the foregoing provisions shall only be applicable to the Holders if all stockholders, officers and directors are treated similarly with respect to any release prior to the termination of the lock-up period (including any extension thereof) such that if any s u ch persons are released all stockholders shall also be released to the same extent on a pro rata basis. The obligations described in this Section 2.10 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S - 8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registrat i on relating so l ely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.8(c) hereof with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters i n customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.10 .
2.11 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any righ t to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that mig h t arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of t his Section 2 .
2.12 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to a transferee or assignee of not less than 1 ,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like); provided that (i) such t ransfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 hereof and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10 .
2 . 13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a majority in interest of the Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are pari passu with or senior to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.
2. 1 4 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the earlier of : (i) such date, on or after the closing of the Company's first registered public offering of Common Stock, on which all shares of Registrab l e Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Ho l der may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90)-day period, (ii) a Change of Control of the Company, or (iii) five (5) years after the closing of the Company's Initial Public Offering.
Section 3
Covenants of the Company
The Company hereby covenants and agrees , as follows:

 
- 14 -
 


3.1 Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights
(a)      Basic Financial Information . Unless otherwise waived by the Board of Directors of the Company (including one of the Series A Directors, the Series B Director, the Series C Director, the Series E Director, the Series F , Director and, if then designated, the Series G Director), the Company will furnish the following reports to each Holder who owns at least 12,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, Conversion Stock, and/or Warrant Shares (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like) (each, a " Major Investor "):
(i)     As soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days, after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a balance sheet and statement of stockholders' equity of the Company as of the end of such fiscal year, and statements of income and cash flows of the Company for such fiscal year, such year-end financial statements to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (" GAAP "), and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Board of Directors of the Company.
(ii)     As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited statements of income and cash flows of the Company for such period, prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments.
(iii)     Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, an unaudited balance sheet of the Company for and as of the end of such month, and unaudited statements of income and cash flows of the Company for such period, in reasonable detail.
(iv)     As soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year of the Company, prepared on a monthly basis.
(v)     With respect to the financial statements called for in subsections (ii) and (iii) of this Section 3.1(a) , an instrument executed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer or of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustments.
(vi)     Subject to Section 3.3, such other information relating to the financial condition of the Company as such Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request.
(b)      Inspection Rights . The Company will afford to each Holder and to such Holder's accountants and counsel, reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Company's respective properties, books and records. Each such Holder shall have such other access to management and information as is necessary for it to comply with applicable laws and regulations and reporting obligations. The Company shall not be required to disclose details of contracts with or work performed for specific customers and other business partners where to do so would violate confidentiality obligations to those parties. The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting consistently applied (except as noted therein) and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves. At and from such time as it is requested in writing by the Board of D i rectors (including one of the Series A Directors, the Series B Director, the Series C D i rector, the

 
- 15 -
 


Series E Director, the Ser i es F Director and, if then designated , the Series G Director) , such books and records of account will be made according to a s y stem of accounting established and administered in accorda n ce with GAAP consistently applied (except as noted therein) and the Company will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under GAAP.
3.2 Qualified Small Business Stock. The Company agrees that for so long as any of the Shares are held by an Investor (or a transferee in whose hands such Shares are eligible to qual i fy as " qualified small business stock" within the meani n g of Section 1202(c) of the Code), it will use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with any applicable filing and reporting requirements of Section 1 202 of the Code and any regulations promulgated the r eunder; provided , however , that "reasonable efforts " as used i n this Section 3.2 shall not be construed to require the Company to operate its business in a manner which would adversely affect its business, limit its future prospects or alter the timing or resource allocation related to its planned operations or financing activities.
3.3 Confidentiality. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding , no Holder by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or classified information of the Company. Each Holder acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except (i) in connection with the exerc i se of rights under this Agreement, (ii) as may be required by applicable l aw or (iii) to its limited partners, general partners or management company or to the attorneys thereof in order to protect and monitor their investment in the Company. Confidential information received by each Holder pursuant to this Agreement does not include information that is developed by such Holder or its agents independently of and without reference to any co n fidential information of the Company or where the Company has made such information available to the publ i c generally. The Company shall not use the name Open Joint Stock Company "RUSNANO" in any public manner , context or format, including on any website, in any online material or in any press release, without the prior approval of RUSNANO, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
3.4 Stock Vesting. Except as otherwise approved by the Board of Directors (including one of the Series A Directors and the Series B Director, the Ser i es C Director, the Series E Director, the Series F Director and, if then designated, the Series G Director), all stock option grants and grants of restricted stock issued by the Company after the date hereof to employees, officers, directors, and consultants shall have the following vesting schedule: 25% of the s h ares will vest upon the one year anniversary of the applicable vesting commenceme n t date , with the remaining 75% of the shares to vest in equal monthly installments over the subsequent 36 months of continuous service by such service provider such that the entire stock opt i on or restricted stock grant vests in its entirety over a period of four years from the applicable vesting commencement date, wi t h none of such shares being subject to any acceleration of vesting upon any event and such stock option grants and grants of restricted stock shall give the Company a repurchase option on unvested shares at the original issue price upon termination of service to the Company.
3.5 Insurance. The Company covenants to use reasonable efforts to maintain: (i) a directors and officers insurance policy covering the directors and executive officers of the Company in the amount of at least $2,000,000; and (ii) two quotes for key man insurance policy on Sam Heidari in the amount of
$1 , 000 , 000, with the Company as the beneficiary, and if such quote is acceptable to a majority of the Board of Directors the Company will be obligated to purchase and maintain such policy. The Company's obligation to obtain and maintain such policies is contingent upon the availability of such policies at commercially reasonable rates as determined by a majority of the Board of Directors.

 
- 16 -
 


3.6 Employee Agreements. The Company will cause each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement, substantially in the form approved by the Board of Directors, which such agreement shall include (a) a one (I) year non-solicitation provision, (b) confidentiality obligations regarding the Company's confidential information and trade secrets and (c) an assignment of inventions to the Company.
3.7 Corporate Opportunity. The Company acknowledges that the Major Investors and their affiliates, members, equity holders, director representatives, partners, employees, agents and other related persons are engaged in the business of investing in private and public companies in a wide range of industries, including the industry segment in which the Company operates (the " Company Industry Segment "). Accordingly, the Company and the Major Investors acknowledge and agree that a Covered Person shall:
(a)     have no duty to the Company to refrain from participating as a director, investor or otherwise with respect to any company or other person or entity that is engaged in the Company Industry Segment or is otherwise competitive with the Company; and
(b)     in connection with making investment decisions, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no obligation of confidentiality or other duty to the Company to refrain from using any information, including, but not limited to, market trend and market data, which comes into such Covered Person's possession, whether as a director, investor or otherwise (the " Information Waiver "), provided that the Information Waiver shall not apply, and therefore such Covered Person shall be subject to such obligations and duties as would otherwise apply to such Covered Person under applicable law, if the information at issue (i) constitutes material non-public information concerning the Company, or (ii) is covered by a contractual obligation of confidentiality to which the Company is subject. For the purposes of this Section 3.7, " Covered Persons " shall have the meaning set forth in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time .
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.7 to the contrary, nothing herein shall be construed as a waiver of any Covered Person's duty of loyalty or obligation of confidentiality with respect to the disclosure of confidential information of the Company.
3.8 Green Dot Corporation. The Company shall not enter into any banking or nonbanking transaction with Green Dot Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (Next Estate Communications and Bonneville Bancorp) without the prior written consent of Sequoia Capital XI.
3 . 9 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The Company shall not, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries not to, promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contr i bute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official, in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other material applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Further, the Company shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to, cease all of its or their respective activities (if any), as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company or its subsidiaries (if any), in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other material applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company and its subsidiaries will put in place and maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other material applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law.
3.10 Redeemable Preferred Stock. The Company shall not issue any class or series of capital stock that is redeemable on demand by its holder or the Company without the prior consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock of t h e Company, including the holders of n ot less than eighty five percent (85%) of the then outstanding Series G Preferred Stock.

 
- 17 -
 


3.11 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 3, other than those set forth in Section 3.3, shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the earlier to occur of the closing of the Company's Initial Public Offering or a Change of Contro l of the Company.
Section 4
Right of First Refusal
4.1 Right of First Refusal to Significant Holders. The Company hereby grants to each Holder who owns at least I2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, Conversion Stock and/or Warrant Shares (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and t he like) (the " Significant Holders "), the right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4.1(a) ) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement. A Significant Holder ' s " Pro Rata Share ," for purposes of this right of first refusal , is equal to the ratio of: (a) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Significant Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants held by said S i gnificant Holder) to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately pr i or to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants).
(a)     " New Securities " shall mean any capital stock ( i ncluding Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now author i zed or not, and rights , convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term " New Securities " does not include :
(i)     the issuance of the Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the Convers i on Stock;
(ii)     securities issued or issuable to officers, directors, employees, consultants, placement agents, and other service providers of the Company (or any subsidiary) pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans, agreements or other employee stock incentive programs approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;
(iii)     securities issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of any convertible or exerc i sable securities outstanding as of this date of this Agreement;
(iv)     securities issued or issuable as a divide n d or distri b ut i on on Preferred Stock of the Company or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of I ncorporation of the Company;
(v)     securities offered pursuant to a bona fide, firmly underwritten public offer i ng pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Secur i ties Act;
(vi)     securities issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by me r ger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement , provided , that such issuances are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;

 
- 18 -
 


(vii)     securities issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a commercial leasing or debt financing transaction approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;
(viii)     securities issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development , OEM , sales , marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;
(ix)     securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;
(x)     securities of the Company which are otherwise excluded by the affirmative vo t e or consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock of the Company then outstanding or the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company; and
(xi)     securities issued upon exercise of any right, option or warrant to acquire any security excluded from the definition of Additional Shares of Common pursuant to subsections (i) through (x) above.
(b)     In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities , it shall give each Significant Holder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Significant Holder shall have ten (10) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Significant Holder's Pro Rata Share of such New Securities. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Significant Holder that elects to purchase its Pro Rata Share of suc h New Securities (a " Fully Exercising Holder ") of any other Significant Holder's failure to do likewise (" Over-Allotment Notice "). During the ten (10) day period after the Over-Allotment Notice is mailed or delivered by the Company to the Significant Holders , each Fully Exercising Holder may elect to purchase that portion of the New Securities for which Significant Holders were entitled to subscribe, but which were not subscribed for by the Significant Holders, that is equal to the ratio of: (i) the number of shares of Registrable Securities owned, directly o r indirectly, by such Fully Exercising Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities to (ii) the total number of shares of Registrable Securities outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities held, directly or indirectly, by all Fully Exercising Holders (in each case, assuming full exercise of all outstanding rights and warrants exercisable for Preferred Stock held by all Fully Exercising Holders).
(c)     In the event the Holders fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal and over-allotment rights, if any, within the applicable ten (10) day notice periods (the " Election Period "), the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into a n agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed , if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Secur i ties with respect to which the Sign i ficant Holders' right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 4.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company's notice to Significant Holders delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b) . In the even t the Company has not sold within such ninety (90) day period following the Election Period, or such ninety (90) day period following the date of sa i d agreement , the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities , without first again offering such securities to the Significant Holders in the manner provided in this Section 4.1 .

 
- 19 -
 


(d)     The right of first refusal granted under this Agreement shall expire upon (and shall not be applicable to) the ear l ier to occur of (x) the Company ' s Initial Public Offering , or (y) a Change of Control of the Company.
(e)     The rights provided to the Significant Holders under this Section 4.1 may not be assigned or transferred by any such Significant Holder unless such transferee will hold, following such transfer, at least 6,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, Conversion Stock and/or Warrant Shares (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like); prov i ded , however , that a Significa n t Holder that is a venture capital fund may assign or transfer such rights to an affiliated venture capital fund of such Significant Holder .
Section 5
Miscellaneous
5 . 1 Amendment. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any shares held by the Founders and excluding any shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144); provided , however , that any such amendment, waiver, discharge or terminat i on applies by its terms and to the extent applicable in the same manner to the Founders; and provided , further , that Holders purchasing shares of Series G Preferred Stock in a Closing after the Initial Closing (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) may become parties to t h is Agreement by executing a counterpart of this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval o f any other Holder. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any sha r es held by the Founders and excluding any shares that have been sold to the publ i c or pursuant to Rule 1 44) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holde r under this Agreement.
5 . 2 Notices. All notices a n d other commun i cations required or permitted hereunder shall be in writi n g and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:
(a)     if to an Investor, at the Investor's address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company's records, as may be updated i n accordance with the provisions hereof ;
(b)     if to any Holder, at such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company's records , or, until any such holde r so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address of the last holder of such shares for which the Company has contact informa t ion in its records; or
(c)     if to the Company, one copy should be sent to Quantenna Communications, Inc., 3450 W. Warren Drive , Fremont, California 94538, Attn : Chief Executive Officer , or at such ot h er address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy to Arthur F. Schneiderman , Esq. , Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Roast, PC, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.
Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when de l ivered if delivered personally, or, i f sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt o r 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail (if such recipient is located in the United States), addressed and mailed as aforesa i d or, if sent by

 
- 20 -
 


facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimi l e transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the electronic mail address of such person.
5.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, w i thout regard to principles of conflicts of law.
5.4 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement, and any and all rights , duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated o r sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any r i ghts, duties or obligations that arise under this Agree m ent shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.
5.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in a n y manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.
5.6 Delays or Omissions. Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such righ t , power or remedy of such non - defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default , or an acquiescence there i n , or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor s h all any wa i ver of any s i ngle breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, m u st be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
5.7 Severability. If any provision of th i s Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision , or such provision in its entirety , to the extent necessary, shall be severed from th i s Agreement , and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Ag r eement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
5.8 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreti n g this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless ot h erwise provided, refer to sect i ons and paragraphs hereo f and exhibits attached hereto .
5.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one i nstrument.

 
- 21 -
 


5.10 Telecopy Execution and Delivery. A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto , a ll parties hereto ag r ee to execute and deliver an or i g i nal of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.
5.11 Jurisdiction; Venue. With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement , the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa C l ara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction , the courts of the Northern District of California).
5.12 Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, lim i ted liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.
5 . 13 Conflict. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or its Bylaws , the terms of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or its Bylaws, as amended, as the case may be , will control.
5.14 Aggregation of Stock. All securit i es held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.
5.15 Limitation of Liability
(a)     Southern Cross Venture Partners Management Pty Limited ( " SXVPM") enters into this Agreement only on behalf of Southern Cross Fund No. 1 Trust and in no other capacity. Any liability arising under or in connection with this Agreement is limited to and can be enforced against SXVPM only to the extent to which the claimant can be satisfied out of the property of Southern Cross Fund No. 1 Trust. This limitation of SXVPM's liability applies despite any other provision of this Agreement and extends to all liabilities and obligations of SXVPM in any way connected with any representation, warranty, conduct, omission, agreement or transaction related to this Agreement.
(b)     The parties may not sue SXVPM in any capacity other than on behalf of Southern Cross Fund No. 1 Trust , including seeking to appoint a receiver (except in relation to the property of Southern Cross Fund No. 1 Trust), a liquidator , an administrator or any similar persons to SXVPM or to approve any liquidation , administration or arrangement of affecting SXVPM (except in relation to the property of Southern Cross Fund No. 1 Trust) .
(c)      T he provisions of clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to any obligation or liability of SXVPM to the extent that the obligation or liabi li ty is not satisfied because under the partnership deed or other document establishing the Southern Cross Fund No. 1 Trust or by operation of law there is a reduction in the extent of SXVPM's indemnification from the assets of Southern Cross Fund No. 1 Trust, as a result of SXVPM's fraud, negligence or breach of trust.
(d)     No attorney, agent, receiver or receiver and manager of SXVPM has authority to act on behalf of SXVPM in a way that exposes SXVPM to any personal liability , and no act or omission of any such person shall be considered fraud, negligence or breach of trust of SXVPM for the purpose of clause (c) .

 
- 22 -
 


(e)     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that one or more of ( 1) SXVPM and (2) any replacement general partner of Southern Cross Fund No. I Trust and any trust, limited partnership, fund or other entity managed by SXVPM or any of its related bodies corporate (each an "Associated Entity"):
(i)     may be or become the trustee, responsible entity or manager of a number of managed funds and trusts and has or will have obligations and duties in relation to each of those managed funds and trusts that are similar to its obligations and duties in relation to Southern Cross Fund No. 1 Trust;
(ii)     may invest funds in companies or other entities that may compete with the Company; and
(iii)     cannot foster and promote the business of the Company where such conduct would breach its obligations to, or adversely impact on their shareholdings in any such competing company or entity in which funds managed by SXVPM or any Associated Entity have been invested; provided, that, nothing in this Section 5.15 shall limit any such person's obligations to the Company or its stockholders under applicable Delaware law.
(f)     This Section 5.15 shall only limit the extent of money damages and shall not in any way limit the right of the parties hereto to seek specific performance of SXVPM's obligations hereunder.
(Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank)


 
- 23 -
 







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
 
 
a Delaware corporation
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
 
Name:
Sam Heidari
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
FOUNDERS:
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Behooz Rezvani
 
 
Behooz Rezvani
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Andrea Goldsmith
 
 
Andrea Goldsmith
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Farrokh R. Farrokhi
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Raminder Bajwa
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Safiali Rouhi
 
 
Safiali Rouhi
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Saied Ansari
 
 
Saied Ansari




(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FOUNDERS:
 
 
Behrooz Rezvani as Custodian for Rastin Rezvani
under the California Uniform Transfers to Minor Act
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Behrooz Rezvani
 
 
 
Behrooz Rezvani, Custodian
 
 
 
 
 
 
Behrooz Rezvani & Habibeh Assna-Ashary,
Trustees of Jheran Ahmad Rezvani Trust 2000 U/I
DTD January 14, 2000
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Behrooz Rezvani
 
 
 
Behrooz Rezvani, Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
Habibeh Assna-Ashary, Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
Behrooz Rezvani & Habibeh Assna-Ashary,
Trustees of Jheran Ahmad Rezvani Trust 2007
dated February 27, 2007
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Behrooz Rezvani
 
 
 
Behrooz Rezvani, Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
Habibeh Assna-Ashary, Trustee

(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.
 
 
By: DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC, its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Nicholas, K. Pianim
 
 
 
Nicholas, K. Pianim, Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DAG VENTURES, L.P.
 
 
By: DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC, its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Nicholas, K. Pianim
 
 
 
Nicholas, K. Pianim, Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DAG VENTURES IV-A, LLC
 
 
By: DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC, its Managing Member
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Nicholas, K. Pianim
 
 
 
Nicholas, K. Pianim, Managing Director







(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
GRAZIA BETEILINGUNGEN GMBH & Co. KG
 
 
By: its Managing Limited Parner: Grazia Equity GmbH
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Torsten Kreindz
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Dr. Torsten Kreindz
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Partner






(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
HATTERAS LATE STAGE VC FUND I, LP
 
 
 
 
 
HATTERAS VC CO-INVESTMENT FUND II, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Lane Baker
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Lane Baker
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Treasurer






(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
CHARLES CHANG WAN LIM
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Charles Chang Wan Lim





(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
JOHN MARREN
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John Marren




(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
NTT-FINANCE 2007 L.P.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Masayuki Utada
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Masayuki Utada
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Director

(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY "RUSANO"
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Yuri Udaltsov
 
 
 
 
 
By:
Yuri Udaltsov
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
acting on the basis of the power of attorney
 
 
#3-559 date February 19, 2014






(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
SEQUOIA CAPITAL XI
 
 
SEQUOIA TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS XI
 
 
SEQUOIA CAPITAL XI PRINCIPALS FUND
 
 
By: SC XI Management, LLC
 
 
A Delaware Limited Liability Company
 
 
General Partner of Each
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Michael Goguen
 
 
Name:
Michael Goguen
 
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. GROWTH FUND V, L.P.
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Michael Goguen
 
 
Name:
Michael Goguen
 
 
Title:
Managing Member
 
 
 
 
 
 
SC US GF V HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
 
a Cayman Islands exempted company
 
 
By: SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. GROWTH FUND V, L.P.
 
 
SEQUOIA CAPITAL USGF PRINCIPALS FUND V, L.P.
 
 
both Cayman Islands exempted limited partnerships, its Members
 
 
By: SCGF V MANAGEMENT, L.P.,
 
 
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, its General Partner
 
 
By: SC GF V TT, LTD.,
 
 
a Cayman Islands exempted company, its General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Michael Goguen
 
 
Name:
Michael Goguen
 
 
Title:
Managing Member

(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
SIGMA PARTNERS 7, L.P.
 
 
By:
Sigma Management 7, L.L.C.
 
 
 
Its: General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
SIGMA ASSOCIATES 7, L.P.
 
 
By:
Sigma Management 7, L.L.C.
 
 
 
Its: General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGMA INVESTORS 7, L.P.
 
 
By:
Sigma Management 7, L.L.C.
 
 
 
Its: General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Fahri Diner
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Fahri Diner
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Managing Director

(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by
SOUTHERN CROSS VENTURE PARTNERS
MANAGEMENT PTY LIMITED ACN 091 561
045 as Trustee for the Southern Cross Fund No.1
Trust by:
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Dr Larry R Marshall
 
 
Signature of Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dr Larry R Marshall
 
 
Name of Director (print)


(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
SWISSCOM AG
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Dominique Mēgret
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Dominique Mēgret
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Head of Venturing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Pār Lange
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Pār Lange
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Investment Officer



(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFONICA DIGITAL VENTURE
 
 
CAPTIAL, S.L.U.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ David Gina Garcia
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
David Gina Garcia
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Director & Attorney at Law

(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
UNIQUEST CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Andrew Kim
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Andrew Kim
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
CEO

(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
VENROCK ASSOCIATES IV, L.P.
 
 
By:
Venrock Management IV, LLC
 
 
Its:
General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
VENROCK PARTNERS, L.P.
 
 
By:
Venrock Management IV, LLC
 
 
Its:
General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
VENROCK ENTERPRENEURS FUND IV, L.P.
 
 
By:
Venrock Management IV, LLC
 
 
Its:
General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ David L. Stepp
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
David L. Stepp
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Authorized Signatory

(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
VIVINT WIRELESS, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Luke Langford
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Luke Langford
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
COO


(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
SAB FUND 1 TRUST
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Barmak Sani
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Barmak Sani
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Trustee




(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
CENTERVIEW CAP
 
 
FUND (DELAWARE), L.P.
 
 
By: Centerview Capital Technology Fund GP
 
 
(Delaware), L.P.
 
 
Its: General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: Centerview Capital Technology Ltd.
 
 
Its: General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Edwin B. Hooper III
 
 
Name:
Edwin B. Hooper III
 
 
Title:
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CENTERVIEW CAPITAL TECHNOLOGY
 
 
FUND-A (DELAWARE), L.P.
 
 
By: Centerview Capital Technology Fund GP
 
 
(Delaware), L.P.
 
 
Its: General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: Centerview Capital Technology Ltd.
 
 
Its: General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Edwin B. Hooper III
 
 
Name:
Edwin B. Hooper III
 
 
Title:
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CENTERVIEW CAPITAL TECHNOLOGY
 
 
EMPLOYEE FUND, L.P.
 
 
By: Centerview Capital Technology Fund GP
 
 
(Delaware), L.P.
 
 
Its: General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: Centerview Capital Technology Ltd.
 
 
Its: General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Edwin B. Hooper III
 
 
Name:
Edwin B. Hooper III
 
 
Title:
Director


(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
EASTWARD INVESTORS, LLC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Dennis P. Cameron
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Dennis P. Cameron
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Manager




(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
CHINA WALDEN VENTURE INVESTMENTS II, L.P.
 
 
By:
China Walden Venture Investments II GP, Ltd.
 
 
 
Its: General Parnter
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Lip-Bu Tan
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Lip-Bu Tan
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Managing Director




(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
WRV II, L.P.
 
 
By:
WRV GP II, LLC
 
 
 
Its: General Partner
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Lip-Bu Tan
 
 
Name:
Lip-Bu Tan
 
 
Title:
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
Address: One California Street, 28th Floor
               San Francisco, CA 94111


(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
Huitung Investments (BVI) Limited
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Tsui-Hui Huang
 
 
Print Name:
Tsui-Hui Huang
 
 
Title:
Chairman




(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
Entity Name:
Freescale Semiconductor Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Tom Deitrich
 
 
 
 
 
 
Print Name:
Tom Deitrich
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Senior Vice President Digital Networking




(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
"INVESTORS"
 
 
 
 
 
Entity Name:
Vantage Opportunities Master Fund Ltd.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Brian Yeh
 
 
 
 
 
 
Print Name:
Brian Yeh
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Director






(Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement of Quantenna Communications, Inc.)



EXHIBIT A
LENDERS


Gold Hill Venture Lending Partners 03 , L.P .
Silicon Valley Bank - SVB Financial Group



EXHIBIT B
INVESTORS


Sequoia Capital XI
Sequoia Capital XI Principals Fund
Sequoia Technology Partners XI
Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund V, L.P.
Venrock Associates IV, L.P . Venrock Partners, L.P.
Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P.
Sigma Partners 7, L.P.
Sigma Associates 7, L.P.
Sigma Investors 7, L.P.
Southern Cross Venture Partners
Southern Cross Ventures Management Pty Ltd. As trustee for Southern Cross Fund No. I Trust
DAG Ventures IV -QP, L.P.
DAG Ventures IV, L.P.
DAG Ventures IV-A , LLC
Grazia Beteiligungen GmbH & Co. KG
WS Investment Company, LLC (2006A)
WS Investment Company, LLC (2006C)
WS Investment Company, LLC (2007A)
WS Investment Company, LLC (2010A)
WS Investment Company, LLC (201lA)
Behrooz Rezvani
Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, L.P.
Arthur F. Schneiderman, Trustee of the Arthur F . Schneiderman Trust UDT October 31, 2000
John Marren
Charles Chang Wan Lim
Kurt Baty
Shinya Chikagami
Anxon International , Inc. (A BVI company)
Yasushi Chikagami
TWB Investment Partnership II , L.P.
Uniquest Corporation
Swisscom AG
Hatteras Late Stage VC Fund I, LP
Hatteras VC Co-Investment Fund II, LLC




Curtis Abbott
Amizdad Partners, LLC
Anoop & Ritu Khurana Living Trust
DoCoMo Capital, Inc.
Kambiz Hooshmand
Lotier Sociedad Anonima
Babak & Lisa Marie Yazdani Family Trust DTD 4/27/2000
Uniquest Corporation
Telefonica Digital Venture Capital, S.L.U.
CSR plc
John M. Cioffi
Batios Holdings Limited
Open Joint Stock Company "RUSNANO"
NTT Finance 2007 L.P.
Vivint Wireless, Inc.
Centerview Capital Technology Fund (Delaware), L.P.
Centerview Capital Technology Fund-A (Delaware), L.P.
Centerview Capital Technology Employee Fund, L.P.
SAB Fund l Trust
Eastward Investors, LLC
China Walden Venture Investments II, L.P.
WRV II, L.P.
Huitung Investments (BVI) Limited
University Growth Fund I, L.P.
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
Vantage Opportunities Master Fund Ltd.






EXHIBIT C
FOUNDERS

Behrooz Rezvani
Behrooz Rezvani As Custodian for Rastin Rezvani under the California Uniform Transfers to Minor Act
Behnavaz Rezvani
Behrooz Rezvani & Habibeh Assna-Ashary, Trustees of Jheeran Ahmad Rezvani Trust - 2000 u/i dtd January 14, 2000
Behrooz Rezvani and Habibeh Assna-Ashary, Trustees of Jheeran Ahmad Rezvani Trust - 2007 dated February 27, 2007
Behnaz Rezwani
Habibeh Assna-Ashary
Andrea Goldsmith
Farrokh R. Farrokhi
Raminder Bajwa
Safiali Rouhi
Saied Ansari


Exhibit 10.17


April 16, 2012

Open Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO”
10A prospect 60-letiya Octyabrya
Moscow 117036 Russia
Attn: Georgy Kolpachev

Re:      Agreement Regarding Investment in Series F Preferred Stock Financing

Mr. Kolpachev:

This letter agreement (this “ Letter Agreement ”) will confirm our agreement that in connection with its investment in Quantenna Communications, Inc.’s (the “ Company ”) Series F Preferred Stock financing (the “ Financing ”), and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency are hereby acknowledged, Open Joint Stock Company “RUSNANO” will be entitled to certain additional rights with respect to its shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock (and Series F-2 Preferred Stock, as applicable), as described below.

Section 1 Board Observer

1.1      Board Observer Right

(a)      A representative or agent of RUSNANO (the “ Board Observer ”) shall be entitled to attend and participate in all meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). The Board Observer shall be entitled to ask questions of and have discussions with the Company’s management and members of the Board for a reasonable period of time. The Company shall give the Board Observer copies of all notices, agendas, actions and other materials that the Company provides to the Board for the open session, at the same time such materials are provided to the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude the Board Observer from any meeting or portion thereof if: (1) access to such information or attendance at such meeting would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel (other than the presence of attorneys for minute taking and general purposes); or (2) access to such information or attendance at such meeting would result in a conflict of interest between RUSNANO or the Board Observer and the Company. Any decision to exclude the Board Observer from any Board meeting, or portion thereof, shall be made in good faith, and limited to the highest extent practicable, with a view towards providing RUSNANO with the maximum appropriate presence affordable at such meetings.

(b)      Upon reasonable written notice to the Company, the Board Observer shall be entitled to visit the Company’s properties, examine its books and records, and discuss the Company’s business and prospects with its officers and key employees; provided, however, that access to highly confidential proprietary information and facilities may be withheld at the Company’s reasonable discretion.

(c)      RUSNANO shall have the right to select its Board Observer, and such Board Observer may change from time to time upon prior written notice provided by RUSNANO to the Company.

1.2      Confidentiality . RUSNANO agrees, and any representative of RUSNANO that serves as the Board Observer will agree, to hold in confidence and trust and not to disclose any and all information provided to it or learned by it in connection with its rights under Section 1.1 of this letter, except to the extent otherwise required by law, any court of competent jurisdiction, any governmental official or regulatory body and any other regulatory process to which RUSNANO is subject or the rules or regulations of any applicable stock exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of confidentiality shall not apply to Company confidential


 
- 1  -
 


information that: (i) is publicly available at the time of its disclosure under Section 1.1; (ii) becomes publicly available following disclosure under Section 1.1 (other than as a result of disclosure by RUSNANO or the Board Observer); (iii) was lawfully in the possession of RUSNANO or the Board Observer prior to disclosure under Section 1.1 (as can be demonstrated by such person’s written records or other reasonable evidence) from a source free of any restriction as to its use or disclosure prior to its being so disclosed; or (iv) following disclosure under Section 1.1, becomes available to RUSNANO or the Board Observer from a different source (as can be demonstrated by such person’s written records or other reasonable evidence), which source is not bound by any obligation of confidentiality in relation to such information. Additionally, RUSNANO may disclose Company confidential information: (x) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; or (y) to those personnel within RUSNANO who are engaged in RUSNANO’s venture capital activities, provided in each case that RUSNANO informs such personnel that such information is confidential, and remains responsible to the Company for such personnel maintaining the confidentiality of such information. If the Board Observer is required to execute any written confidentiality agreement in connection with the exercise of the rights of the Board Observer described in this Section 1, the confidentiality terms of such agreement shall in no event be more restrictive than the terms of this Section 1.2.

1.3      Termination of Board Observer Right . The rights described in this Section 1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of the date of: (a) the closing of the sale of the Company securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s Common Stock, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $35,000,000 (an “ IPO ”); (b) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirement of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; (c) a decrease in RUSNANO’s equity ownership of the Company’s securities by seventy-five percent (75%) or more; or (d) a Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time), which ever event shall occur first. The confidentiality provision hereof will survive any such termination.

Section 2 Company Obligations Regarding the Russian Subsidiary

2.1      Creation and Funding of Russian Subsidiary. The Company shall form a Russian Subsidiary (“ RusCo ”) as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company to be incorporated in the Russian Federation. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the formation of RusCo within four (4) months of the Series F-1 Initial Closing (as such term is defined in the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith, as may be amended from time to time), in compliance with the provisions and requirements of RusCo’s corporate structure as described on Exhibit A attached hereto. “ Russian Funding for purposes of this Letter Agreement shall include cash transfers from the Company to RusCo, plus unreimbursed expenses allocated to RusCo by the Company as described in Section 2.2(a). The Company agrees to allocate a budget to RusCo in an aggregate amount of $20 million over a period of three (3) years following the Series F-1 Initial Closing, with the Russian Funding to be provided to RusCo as follows: (i) $10 million during the two (2) year period following the Series F-1 Initial Closing (“ Period 1 ”) and (ii) $10 million during the one (1) year period following the expiration of Period 1 (“ Period 2 ”). The Russian Funding shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).
 


 
- 2  -
 


2.2      Provision of Russian Funding

(a)      All Company cash transfers for equity investments in RusCo and for funding RusCo operations in Russia, as well as all Company expenditures related to RusCo, will be included in the Russian Funding. Company expenditures related to RusCo shall include but are not limited to, expenditures related to the operation, oversight, and support of RusCo. Such expenditures incurred at the Company for RusCo shall include employee compensation including benefits, taxes, other employee related matters, capital expenses, deposits, prepaids, other assets, software, hardware equipment, tapeouts, rent, office supplies, utilities, taxes, legal, accounting, and any and all other necessary related operational expenses, as determined by the Board. With respect to project expenses, such as tapeout costs, involving the collaboration of RusCo and the Company, a fraction of the expenditure in such projects shall count towards the Russian Funding equivalent to the fraction of all engineers involved in the project that are RusCo engineers. All other expenditures by RusCo and all expenses charged to RusCo accounts not otherwise described above shall be included in the Russian Funding. The RusCo Expenses shall be pre-approved by the Board.
 
(b)      The Company and RUSNANO further agree that the Russian Funding shall be provided to RusCo according to the following schedule: (i) $3.5 million during the first (1 st ) year of Period 1 (the “ First Stage ”); (ii) $6.5 million during the second (2 nd ) year of Period 1 (the “ Second Stage ”); and (iii) $10 million during Period 2 (the “ Third Stage ”).

2.3      Termination of Funding Obligation. In the event that (a) RUSNANO does not purchase shares of the Company’s Series F-2 Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms described in that certain Investment and Voting Agreement of even date herewith (the “ I/V Agreement ”), or (b) RUSNANO decreases its holdings of shares of Series F-2 Preferred Stock by one or more shares until the commencement of Period 2, then in either case the Company’s obligation to provide the Russian Funding to RusCo during Period 2 shall terminate and cease in its entirety and, accordingly, the Period 2 Penalty (as defined below) shall not apply.

2.4      Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights. The Company shall record the allocation of the Russian Funding to RusCo separately on the Company’s books and records (the “ RusCo Financial Information ”). RUSNANO shall be entitled to (a) review the RusCo Financial Information, as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days, after the end of each fiscal year of the Company and (b) initiate an independent financial audit of the RusCo Financial Information for Period 1 and/or for Period 2, with such independent financial audit to be conducted by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing, to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and RUSNANO. Any costs incurred in connection with such independent financial audit shall be borne fifty percent (50%) by RUSNANO and fifty percent (50%) by the Company.

2.5      Liability in Connection with the Russian Funding
  
(a)      Period 1 Penalty . In the event that the Company fails to meet its funding obligations to Rusco for Period 1 (as set forth in Section 2.2 above), after the expiration of any applicable Cure Period (as defined below), the Company shall pay a one-time penalty fee to RUSNANO (the “ Period 1 Penalty ”), calculated as follows:

X=($8,000,000-Y)×(1.10 2 -1)

where



 
- 3  -
 


X penalty amount

Y the actual amount allocated by the Company to RusCo during Period 1.

Notwithstanding anything in this Letter Agreement to the contrary, the Period 1 Penalty shall be RUSNANO’s only recourse against the Company in the event the Company fails to meet its funding obligations to Rusco for Period 1 and such failure shall not constitute a breach of this Letter Agreement.

(b)      Period 2 Penalty . Subject to Section 2.3 above, in the event that the Company fails to meet its funding obligations to Rusco for Period 2 (as set forth in Section 2.2 above) after the expiration of any applicable Cure Period (as defined below), the Company shall pay a one-time penalty fee to RUSNANO (the “ Period 2 Penalty ”), calculated as follows:

X=($8,000,000-Y)×0.10

where

X penalty amount

Y the actual amount of financing provided by the Company to RusCo during Period 2.

Notwithstanding anything in this Letter Agreement to the contrary, the Period 2 Penalty shall be RUSNANO’s only recourse against the Company in the event the Company fails to meet its funding obligations to Rusco for Period 2 and such failure shall not constitute a breach of this Letter Agreement.

(c)      Cure Period . Neither the Period 1 Penalty nor the Period 2 Penalty will apply if the applicable Russian Funding shortfall is cured within one (1) calendar quarter after the relevant measure date (the end of Period 1 and Period 2, respectively) (the “ Cure Period ”). If the Company and RUSNANO disagree as to whether there has been shortfall for Period 1 and/or Period 2, after the respective Cure Period, either party may initiate an independent financial audit of the RusCo Financial Information, with such independent financial audit to be conducted by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing, to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and RUSNANO. Any costs incurred in connection with such independent financial audit shall be borne equally by RUSNANO and the Company. Following the Cure Period and the audit, if applicable, the Company shall pay the Period 1 Penalty or the Period 2 Penalty (if either is owed) to RUSNANO within one calendar quarter thereafter. Funding shall include all expenses in accordance with U.S. GAAP, in addition to capital expenditures (versus depreciation/amortization), deposits, prepaids and other assets, certified by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Irrespective of anything to the contrary under the U.S. GAAP, for purposes of calculating the Russian Funding, all expenses will be deemed to be incurred at the time of payment and no expense shall be depreciated or amortized over a period of time.

(d)      Notice . The Company shall provide written notice to RUSNANO of the amount of funding that it provided to RusCo within 60 days of the First Stage, the Second Stage and the Third Stage, as applicable.

2.6      RusCo Intellectual Property Rights. At the time the formation of RusCo is complete, the Company shall grant RusCo the right to use intellectual property of the Company, as may be necessary to conduct RusCo’s business. The Company may require any intellectual property created by RusCo to be assigned to the Company or a designee of the Company.

2.7      Negative Covenants of the Company Regarding RusCo


 
- 4  -
 


(a)      The Company agrees that it will not, without first obtaining the approval of RUSNANO, take any of the actions described on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

(b)      The Company agrees that it will not, without first obtaining the approval of at least one (1) of the RUSNANO appointees to the RusCo Board of Directors, take any of the actions described on Schedule 2 attached hereto.

(c)      The covenants described in Section 2.7 shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) a decrease in RUSNANO’s equity ownership of the Company’s securities by fifty-one percent (51%) or more; (ii) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s Common Stock, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $35,000,000; (iii) a Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time); or (iv) the completion or termination of Quantenna’s funding obligations in RusCo under this Letter Agreement, provided however that RUSNANO shall retain the right to nominate one member to the RusCo Board.

Section 3 Miscellaneous

3.1      Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Letter Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given without the prior written approval of each of the Company and RUSNANO.

3.2      Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:

(a)      if to the Company, one copy should be sent to Quantenna Communications, Inc., 3450 W. Warren Drive, Fremont, California 94538, Attn: Chief Executive Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to RUSNANO, with a copy to Arthur F. Schneiderman, Esq., Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304; and

(b)      if to RUSNANO, at RUSNANO’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Letter Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 5 business days after the same has been deposited with Federal Express with delivery specified within 5 business days of deposit with Federal Express, addressed and mailed as aforesaid or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the electronic mail address of RUSNANO or the Company.

3.3      Entire Agreement . This Letter Agreement, and the documents entered into in connection with the Financing and dated as of the date hereof (including, without limitation, the I/V Agreement) constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.



 
- 5  -
 


3.4      Successors and Assigns. This Letter Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment.

3.5      Counterparts. This Letter Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

3.6      Headings. The headings in this Letter Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

3.7      Governing Law.  This Letter Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

3.8      Jurisdiction; Venue.   With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Letter Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).

3.9      Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

3.10      Specific Performance for Section 2.7 . It is agreed and understood that monetary damages would not adequately compensate RUSNANO for the breach of the negative covenants of the Company referenced in Section 2.7(a) and (b) and set forth in Schedule I and Schedule II , respectively, of this Letter Agreement, that the negative covenants referenced in Section 2.7(a) and (b) and set forth in Schedule I and Schedule II , respectively, shall be specifically enforceable, and that any breach of the negative covenants referenced in Section 2.7(a) and (b) and set forth in Schedule I and Schedule II , respectively, shall be the proper subject of a temporary or permanent injunction or restraining order. Further, each party hereto waives any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach.

**********



 
- 6  -
 




Very truly yours,

Quantenna Communications, Inc.

/s/ Sam Heidari            
                            Sam Heidari
                            Chief Executive Officer


ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY “RUSNANO”

By: /s/ illegible                

Name:                     

Title:                     




RUSCO ISSUES

In furtherance to the Term Sheet for Series F Preferred Stock Financing of Quantenna Communications, Inc. signed by RUSNANO and Quantenna on January 19, 2012, below are the corporate governance outline with respect to proposed Russian subsidiary of Quantenna (the “RusCo”). Final approval of this document is subject to legal review.

1.
    
RusCo Governance
General Shareholders Meeting
Board of Directors
General Director (Sole Executive Body).
2.
    
Board of Directors
Five (5) members of the Board of Directors shall be elected by the General Shareholders Meeting for 1 (one) year; and
Rusnano shall be entitled to nominate two (2) of such members of the Board of Directors.
The Board Meetings shall be convened by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Rusnano director shall be the Chairman. The Chairman shall not have a casting vote at Board Meetings.
The Board Meetings are eligible (have quorum) if four (4) Board Members are present at the meeting for the issues requiring qualified majority, if three (3) Board Members are present at the meeting for the issues requiring simple majority vote.
During the voting, each Board Member has one vote. All decisions at the Board meetings shall be made by at least three (3) votes.
3.
    
General Director
The General Director of RusCo shall be appointed by the RusCo Board of Directors for 1 (one) year. General Director shall perform operating management of RusCo business activity within operating activities in compliance with Business Plan and budget agreed by RusCo Board of Directors. In doing so, he/she shall perform any actions required for the execution of the above duty, except for addressing the issues within the responsibilities of other RusCo governance bodies.
4.
    
Independent Auditors
RusCo shall engage independent auditors from a “Big Four” accounting firm or such other internationally recognized independent auditor firm to be proposed by Rusnano and subject to the reasonable approval of the Company.
5.
    
Distribution of Profits
RusCo profits shall be reinvested in the business or distributed to the Company annually as per the decision of the RusCo Shareholder and recommendations of the RusCo Board of Directors.
6.
    
RusCo Investment
In order to ensure Rusnano's right to control the targeted use of the Rusnano's funds being invested in RusCo for the purposes of the Project, RusCo will undertake to be governed by the provisions of Monitoring Regulations which are



 
Funds Control Terms
to be adopted by RusCo’s Board and pursuant to the terms of the RusCo Account Control Agreement to be entered by RusCo, and which shall be reasonably acceptable to Rusnano. The mechanism for controlling expenditures must provide that:
Bank account agreements may only be entered into, amended or terminated with the prior consent of the RusCo Board and with Rusnano’s consent; and
Funds may only be debited from the account in accordance with the quarterly budget approved by the RusCo Board.

SCHEDULE 1

COVENANTS IN FAVOR OF RUSNANO
WITH RESPECT TO THE OPERATION OF RUSCO

Without the consent of Rusnano, RusCo shall not undertake any:
1.
    
Amendment of the RusCo charter, including additions thereto, and approval of new revisions of the Charter, including adjustments of the authorized capital of the RusCo;
2.
    
Election and anticipatory termination of powers of the Board of Directors Members to be appointed by Rusnano
3.
    
Any increase or decrease in the authorized capital of the RusCo in any manner
4.
    
Decisions on placement by the RusCo of bonds and other issued securities
5.
    
Decisions on payment of remuneration and/or reimbursement of expenses related to performance of obligations by members of the Board of Directors of RusCo during the period of performance of obligations, as well as determination of the size of such remuneration and reimbursement
6.
    
Determination to change the main line of business of RusCo



7.
    
Decisions on approval by RusCo of interested party transactions in accordance with Article 45 of the Federal Law "On Limited Liability Companies", if the paid amount of the transaction exceeds 2% of the equity value, determined in the accounting report for the last accounting period
8.
    
Decisions on approval by RusCo of major transactions, related to acquisition, alienation or possibility of alienation of the property by RusCo, directly or indirectly, if its value exceeds the aggregate of 50% of the book value of net assets of RusCo as determined basing on financial statements as of the last reporting date at the date of approval of such transaction
9.
    
Decisions on delegation, termination or limitation of auxiliary rights and obligations to participant(s) of the RusCo, including of a particular participant of RusCo
10.
    
Decisions on RusCo's approval of pledge of a share or a part of a share of a participant in the authorized capital of RusCo to a third party (third parties)
11.
    
Decisions on RusCo's of the real value of the share or a part of the share by the remaining participants of the RusCo to the creditors of the participant, the share whereof is levied execution upon
12.
    
Decisions on RusCo's payment of the real value of the share or a part of the share, which is levied execution upon, against debt of the participant of the RusCo
13.
    
Decision on allocation of a share of the RusCo or a part thereof among all participants of the RusCo in proportion to their shares in the authorized capital of the RusCo
14.
    
Decision on the offer to sell a share of the RusCo or a part thereof to all or certain participants of the RusCo (with no subsequent changes in the shares of the RusCo's participants or with subsequent changes in the shares of the RusCo's participants) or to the third parties. Determination of the price of the share of the RusCo or a part of the share to be sold different from the price, at which the RusCo has acquired such a share
15.
    
Decisions on making contributions to RusCo's property

The following matters shall be reserved to the decision of the RusCo Board of Directors to be taken by 4 votes of 5, and, without the consent of such Board, there shall be no undertaking by or on behalf of RusCo of any:




1.
    
Decisions on passing a proposal of voluntary liquidation of RusCo and appointment of liquidation commission
2.
    
Recommendations for the general meeting of shareholders as to allocation of net profit of RusCo between the shareholders
3.
    
Recommendations for the general meeting of shareholders as to allocation of profits and losses of RusCo as per results of the financial year
4.
    
Recommendations for the general meeting of shareholders as to the list and size of funds formed out of RusCo's net profit
5.
    
Approval of and amendments to the quarterly budgets of RusCo
6.
    
Approval of and amendments to RusCo's business plans and quarterly budgets, or other similar documents, based whereon RusCo business is finances, and reporting documents on cash spending
7.
    
Identification of inappropriate use of the funds of RusCo, determination of the amount of such inappropriate use of the funds
8.
    
Use of reserved and other funds of RusCo.
9.
    
Forming and liquidation of branches and representative offices of RusCo, approval of regulations on branches and representative offices, and making amendments and additions thereto
10.
    
Preliminary approval of annual reports and annual accounting balance sheets of RusCo
11.
    
Decisions on selection of the independent auditor of RusCo's financial and economic activity and assignment of the audit
12.
    
Approval of the maximum authorized staff, maximum average wage of main RusCo's divisions, determined within the budget of RusCo
13.
    
Approval of the annual payroll fund of RusCo and its bonus system



14.
    
Approval and amendment of RusCo's Accounting policy, timely provision of the annual report and other accounting reports to the respective bodies and information on RusCo's activity to other interested parties
15.
    
Approval of an independent appraiser (appraisers) to determine value of the share and assets of RusCo in cases stipulated by law and RusCo’s charter and by some certain decision of the Board of Directors of RusCo
16.
    
Approval of internal control procedures for financial and economic activity of RusCo
17.
    
Approval of the regulation on internal economic control, in-house audit, and inspections
18.
    
Initiating/settlement of any judicial disputes if the price exceeds the largest of: 500,000.00 Roubles (or an equivalent in other currency) or other judicial disputes material for RusCo's business, as well as decisions on referring such disputes to arbitration courts, execution of settlement agreement, acceptance of claims, denial of claims, as well as any other legal proceedings
19.
    
Decisions on approval by RusCo of interested party transactions in accordance with Article 45 of the Federal Law "On Limited Liability Companies", if the payment thereunder does not exceed 2% of the property of RusCo based on the book value of net assets of RusCo as determined basing on financial statements as of the last reporting date
20.
    
Decision on approval by RusCo of major transactions, save as major transactions, approval whereof remains within the competence of the General Meeting of Shareholders of RusCo
21.
    
Approval of transactions related to acquisition, alienation and possibility to alienate by RusCo of immovable property the aggregate of 5,000,000 Roubles or an equivalent amount in any other currency at the date of execution, amendment or termination of the transaction
22.
    
Approval of transactions related to acquisition, alienation and possibility to alienate, encumbrance and possibility to encumber by RusCo of exclusive and/or individualization means (save as acquisition of rights to use applications), except the transactions with the Company’s Shareholder
23.
    
Approval of transactions related to monetary disbursements and/or acquisition, alienation and possibility to alienate by RusCo of property, if its value exceeds within one transaction or a series of interrelated transactions the aggregate of 7,000,000 Roubles or an equivalent amount in any other currency at the date of execution, amendment or termination of the transaction



24.
    
Approval of transactions related to extension or receipt by RusCo of loans, credits and sureties securing obligations of third parties if the paid amount exceeds 15,000,000 Roubles
25.
    
Approval of a bill transaction, including issuance by RusCo of the bills, endorsements, bill sureties, and payments irrespective of amounts
26.
    
Approval of transactions of rent or other term or indefinite use of RusCo's property of over 7,000,000 Roubles.
27.
    
Decisions on transactions related to:
(i) acquisition, alienation and possibility to alienate stock (shares, and instruments in the authorized or share capital) in other commercial organizations;
(ii) termination of participation or decrease of shares in an authorized or share capital of the other company, alienation of shares and instruments in the authorized or share capital of other organizations; and also on disposition by any other means, including encumbrance, of stocks and shares of other organizations
28.
    
Decisions on conclusion by RusCo of simple partnership agreements
29.
    
Approval of the conclusion, amendment and termination of the bank account agreement, bank deposit agreement, settlement and cash services agreement and other agreements with credit organizations (banks), including approval of the terms of such agreements
30.
    
Decision on issuing a power of attorney on behalf of RusCo, if such power of attorney authorizes a person to close transactions, which should be approved by the General Meeting of the Shareholders or by the Board of Directors
31.
    
Early termination of powers of the sole executive body of RusCo in case of inappropriate use of investments funds in the amount of 1,000,000.00 Roubles or non-performance of the quarterly budget, approved by the Board of Directors of RusCo, in the amount exceeding 10,000,000.00 Roubles during 2 quarters subsequently
32.
    
Forming of the sole executive body of RusCo and early termination of the powers of the sole executive body
33.
    
Decision on suspension of the powers of the management organization (manager) of RusCo



34.
    
Approval of employment contract with the person acting as the sole executive body of RusCo, including terms of remuneration and other payments and compensations, amendments and additions to the contract, as well as termination thereof including early termination



35.
    
Decisions on monetary incentive for the general director, holding the director liable
36.
    
Imposing employment functions of temporarily absent general director to one of the board members
37.
    
Approval of the financial director, chief accountant; approval of the agreements with the above mentioned persons, including remuneration and other payments and compensations, making amendments and additions thereto
38.
    
Preliminary approval of labor agreements of personnel of RusCo, providing annual income of an employee, exceeding 2,000,000 Roubles, including remuneration and other payments and compensations, making amendments and additions thereto
39.
    
Decisions on forming of commercial organizations
40.
    
Decisions on participation and termination of participation in non-commercial organizations
41.
    
Decision on use of rights, attached to stocks and shares in the authorized or share capital of other legal entities, held by RusCo, including:
     decisions on the agenda of general meetings of such commercial organizations;
     appointment of persons, representing RusCo's interests at the general meetings of such commercial organizations, including voting instructions;
     proposing candidates to the executive bodies and to managing other bodies of the commercial organizations where RusCo is a participant
42.
    
Decisions on encumbrance of stock and shares in the authorized or share capital of other legal entities held by RusCo
43.
    
Election of the board's chairman and early termination of the powers thereof
44.
    
Approval of the corporate secretary of RusCo and/or secretary of the board of directors
45.
    
Approval of employment contract with the corporate secretary and/or secretary of the board of directors of RusCo, and passing amendments and additions thereto



46.
    
Preliminary consent with RusCo's using its priority right to purchase a share or a part of the
 
share in RusCo's authorized capital, or RusCo's refusal to exercise this right
47.
    
Other questions of competence of the Board of Directors, according to the Charter and the Russian legislation


On behalf of Rusnano:
On behalf of the Company:
_______________________________
_______________________________
By: Georgy Kolpachev

By: Sam Heidari
Date:
Date:








July 09, 2014

Open Joint Stock Company "RUSNANO"
10A prospect 60-letiya Octyabrya
Moscow 117036 Russia
Attn: Dmitry Akhanov

Re:     Agreement Regarding Investment in Convertible Promissory Notes

Mr. Akhanov:

This amended and restated letter agreement (this " Letter Agreement ") will confirm our agreement that in connection with its investment in Quantenna Communications, Inc.'s (the " Company ") Convertible Promissory Notes (the " Notes "), and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency are hereby acknowledged, Open Joint Stock Company "RUSNANO" will be entitled to certain additional rights with respect to its shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock (and Series F-2 Preferred Stock, as applicable) and the Notes, as described below.

WHEREAS , the Company and Rusnano are parties to that certain letter agreement dated as of April 16 , 2012 (the " Prior Agreement ") and each of the Company and Rusnano wish to amend and restate the Prior Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein, the parties hereto agree to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as follows:

Section 1 Board Observer

1.1     Board Observer Right

(a)    A representative or agent of RUSNANO (the " Board Observer ") shall be entitled to attend and participate in all meetings of the Company' s Board of Directors (the " Board "). The Board Observer shall be entitled to ask questions of and have discussions with the Company's management and members of the Board for a reasonable period of time. The Company shall give the Board Observer copies of all notices, agendas, actions and other materials that the Company provides to the Board for the open session, at the same time such materials are provided to the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude the Board Observer from any meeting or portion thereof if: (1) access to such information or attendance at such meeting would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel (other than the presence of attorneys for minute taking and general purposes); or (2) access to such information or attendance at such meeting would result in a conflict of interest between RUSNANO or the Board Observer and the Company. Any decision to exclude the Board Observer from any Board meeting, or portion thereof, shall be made in good faith, and limited to the highest extent practicable, with a view towards providing RUSNANO with the maximum appropriate presence affordable at such meetings.

(b)    Upon reasonable written notice to the Company, the Board Observer shall be entitled to visit the Company' s properties, examine its books and records, and discuss the Company's business and prospects with its officers and key employees; provided, however, that access to highly confidential proprietary information and facilities may be withheld at the Company's reasonable discretion.

(c)    RUSNANO shall have the right to select its Board Observer, and such Board

 
- 1  -
 


Observer may change from time to time upon prior written notice provided by RUSNANO to the Company.

1.2      Confidentiality. RUSNANO agrees, and any representative of RUSNANO that serves as the Board Observer will agree, to hold in confidence and trust and not to disclose any and all information provided to it or learned by it in connection with its rights under Section 1.1 of this letter, except to the extent otherwise required by law, any court of competent jurisdiction, any governmental official or regulatory body and any other regulatory process to which RUSNANO is subject or the rules or regulations of any applicable stock exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of confidentiality shall not apply to Company confidential information that: (i) is publicly available at the time of its disclosure under Section 1.1; (ii) becomes publicly available following disclosure under Section 1.1 (other than as a result of disclosure by RUSNANO or the Board Observer); (iii) was lawfully in the possession of RUSNANO or the Board Observer prior to disclosure under Section 1.1 (as can be demonstrated by such person's written records or other reasonable evidence) from a source free of any restriction as to its use or disclosure prior to its being so disclosed; or (iv) following disclosure under Section 1.1, becomes available to RUSNANO or the Board Observer from a different source (as can be demonstrated by such person's written records or other reasonable evidence), which source is not bound by any obligation of confidentiality in relation to such information. Additionally, RUSNANO may disclose Company confidential information: (x) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; or (y) to those personnel within RUSNANO who are engaged in RUSNANO's venture capital activities, provided in each case that RUSNANO informs such personnel that such information is confidential, and remains responsible to the Company for such personnel maintaining the confidentiality of such information. If the Board Observer is required to execute any written confidentiality agreement in connection with the exercise of the rights of the Board Observer described in this Section 1, the confidentiality terms of such agreement shall in no event be more restrictive than the terms of this Section 1.2.

1.3     Termination of Board Observer Right. The rights described in this Section 1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of the date of: (a) the closing of the sale of the Company securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public, covering the offer and sale of the Company's Common Stock, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $35,000,000 (an " IPO "); (b) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirement of Sections 12(g) or 15( d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; (c) a decrease in RUSNANO's equity ownership of the Company's securities by seventy-five percent (75%) or more as determined as of the effective date of the Prior Agreement; or (d) a Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time), which ever event shall occur first. The confidentiality provision hereof will survive any such termination.

Section 2 Company Obligations Regarding the Russian Subsidiary

2.1     Creation and Funding of Russian Subsidiary. On August 29, 2012, the Company formed a Russian Subsidiary under the name Limited Liability Company "Quantenna Communications" (" RusCo ") as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated in the Russian Federation. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to operate RusCo in compliance with the provisions and requirements of RusCo's corporate structure as described on Exhibit A attached hereto. " Russian Funding " for purposes of this Letter Agreement shall include cash transfers from the Company to RusCo, plus unreimbursed expenses allocated to RusCo by the Company as described in Section 2.2. The Company agrees to allocate a budget to RusCo in an aggregate amount of $13 million, with the Russian

 
- 2  -
 


Funding to be provided to RusCo and/or to be spent by the Company according to Section 2.2 as follows:

Fund Date:
Investment Amount
 
 
December 31, 2014 ("Period 1")
$2,200,000.00
 
 
December 31, 2015 ("Period 2")
$1,700,000.00
 
 
December 31, 2016 ("Period 3")
$2,000,000.00
 
 
December 31, 2017 ("Period 4")
$2,200,000.00
 
 
December 31, 2018 ("Period 5")
$2,400,000.00
 
 
December 31, 2019 ("Period 6")
$2,500,000.00
 
 
Total
$13,000,000.00

The Russian Funding shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board" ). The Company agrees to provide Russian Funding in the applicable Investment Amount on or before the applicable Fund Date for each Period as set forth above.

2.2     Provision of Russian Funding. All Company cash transfers for equity investments in RusCo and for funding RusCo operations in Russia, as well as certain Company expenditures related to RusCo (as provided by this clause), will be included in the Russian Funding. Company expenditures related to RusCo shall include expenditures related to the operation, oversight, and support of RusCo. Such expenditures incurred at the Company for RusCo shall not exceed 20% of the applicable Investment Amount, unless otherwise agreed to by vote of the RusCo Board, and may include employee compensation including benefits, taxes, other employee related matters, capital expenses, deposits, prepaids, other assets, software, hardware equipment, tapeouts, rent, office supplies, utilities, taxes, legal, accounting, and any and all other necessary related operational expenses, as determined by the Board. With respect to project expenses, such as tapeout costs, involving the collaboration of RusCo and the Company, a fraction of the expenditure in such projects shall count towards the Russian Funding equivalent to the fraction of all engineers involved in the project that are RusCo engineers (subject to total 20% limit provided above). All other expenditures by RusCo not otherwise described above shall be included in the Russian Funding. The RusCo Expenses shall be pre-approved by the Board.

2.3 Reserved.

2.4 Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights. The Company shall record the allocation of the Russian Funding to RusCo separately on the Company's books and records (the "RusCo Financial Information" ). RUSNANO shall be entitled to (a) review the RusCo Financial Information, as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days, after the end of each fiscal year of the Company and (b) initiate an independent financial audit of the RusCo Financial Information for each fiscal year, with such independent financial audit to be conducted by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing, to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and RUSNANO. Any costs incurred in connection with such independent financial audit shall be borne fifty percent (50%) by RUSNANO and fifty percent (50%) by the Company.

 
- 3  -
 


2.5 Liability in Connection with the Russian Funding

(a)     Penalty for Failure to Fund . By March 31 st of each year, the Company and Rusnano will calculate the amount of Russian Funding actually transferred by the Company to RusCo for such applicable Period (the "Actual Funding Amount" ). In the event that the Company fails to meet its funding obligations to RusCo for such Period (as set forth in Section 2.1 above), the Company shall pay a one-time penalty fee to RUSNANO (the "Penalty" ), calculated as follows :

Penalty = 10% x (0.8 x A - B)

Where:

A = The Investment Amount

B = The Actual Funding Amount

For the avoidance of doubt, a separate penalty shall be assessed for each fiscal year during which the Company fails to meet its funding obligations to RusCo as set forth in Section 2.1.

(b)     Cure Period . No Penalty for any Period shall apply if the applicable Russian Funding shortfall is cured within one (1) calendar quarter after the applicable fiscal year (the "Cure Period" ). If the Company and RUSNANO disagree as to whether there has been shortfall for the applicable fiscal year, after the respective Cure Period, either party may initiate an independent financial audit of the RusCo Financial Information, with such independent financial audit to be conducted by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing, to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and RUSNANO. Any costs incurred in connection with such independent financial audit shall be borne equally by RUSNANO and the Company. Following the Cure Period and the audit, if applicable, the Company shall pay the applicable Penalty to RUSNANO within one calendar quarter thereafter. Funding shall include all expenses in accordance with U.S. GAAP, in addition to capital expenditures (versus depreciation/amortization), deposits, prepaids and other assets, certified by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

(c)     Notice. The Company shall provide written notice to RUSNANO of the amount of funding that it provided to RusCo within 60 days of each applicable Period as set forth in Section 2.1.

(d)     The penalties described in Section 2.5(a) shall be RUSNANO's only recourse against Company, its affiliates, or assigns in the event Company does not meet its obligations under Section 2 " Company Obligations Regarding the Russian Subsidiary" of this Letter Agreement.

2.6 RusCo Intellectual Property Rights. The Company shall grant RusCo the right to use intellectual property of the Company, as may be necessary to conduct RusCo's business. The Company may require any intellectual property created by RusCo to be assigned to the Company or a designee of the Company.

2.7 Negative Covenants of the Company Regarding RusCo

(a)    The Company agrees that it will not, without first obtaining the approval of RUSNANO, take any of the actions described on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

(b)    The Company agrees that it will not, without first obtaining the approval of at least one (1) of the RUSNANO appointees to the RusCo Board of Directors, take any of the actions described

 
- 4  -
 


on Schedule 2 attached hereto .

(c) The covenants described in Section 2.7 shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) a decrease in RUSNANO's equity ownership of the Company's securities by fifty-one percent (51%) or more; (ii) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company' s Common Stock, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $35,000,000; (iii) a Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time); or (iv) the completion or termination of the Company's funding obligations in RusCo under this Letter Agreement, provided however that RUSNANO shall retain the right to nominate one member to the RusCo Board.

2.8. Affirmative Covenants of the Company Regarding RusCo

(a) The Company and RUSNANO agree the Russian Funding for Period 1 shall include up to $2,200,000 for services rendered prior to December 31, 2014 pursuant to that certain Services of Development, Adaptation, Modification of Computer Software Agreement entered into by and between the Company and Luxoft Professional LLC ( "Luxoft" ) dated as of July 10, 2013 and that certain Dedicated Center Services of Development, Adaptation, Modification of Computer Software Agreement entered into by and between the Company and Luxoft dated as of July 10, 2013; provided, however, that the Company and RUSNANO hereby further agree that if the Company fails to comply with the covenant set forth in Subsection 2.8(b) below, then the Russian Funding for Period 1 shall not include any amounts paid to Luxoft for services, as contemplated by the initial clause of this Subsection 2.8(a).

(b) The Company agrees to transfer at least thirteen employees from Luxoft to RusCo on or before January 31, 2015 .

(c) The Company and RUSNANO agree that the expenses listed in Appendix B attached hereto shall be considered Russian Funding for Period 1.

2.9. Termination for Political Factors

If, due to political factors between the United States and the Russian Federation, such as sanctions, regulations , laws, or other political actions (the "Sanctions" ) taken by one country directly against the other, either:

(i) the Company will become prohibited to provide the Russian Funding, and performance of such obligation will be deemed as direct violation of mandatory provisions of the Sanctions;

(ii) the Company becomes prohibited from transferring assets, funds, or intellectual property to RusCo or RusCo becomes prohibited from accepting assets, funds, or intellectual property from the Company;

(iii) RusCo becomes prohibited from providing services for the Company or the Company becomes prohibited from accepting services from RusCo; or

(iv) Company employees become unable to obtain a visa or are otherwise prohibited from visiting the Russian Federation or RusCo employees become unable to obtain a visa or are otherwise prohibited from visiting the United Stated;

then the Company shall be free, upon prior reasonable (but in any case not less than 30 days,



 
- 5  -
 


unless the Sanctions require earlier action) notice to RUSNANO, from the obligations according to Section 2 of this Letter Agreement with no further liability.

Given the provisions of applicable Sanctions, the Company and RUSNANO shall take all reasonable actions necessary to renegotiate certain provisions of this Letter Agreement affected by the Sanctions. The Company's obligations according to Section 2 of this Letter Agreement will be suspended for the period of the Sanctions and shall resume within a reasonable amount of time after the Sanctions have been cancelled, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, provided that if the sanctions last longer than 9 months then the obligations under Section 2 shall terminate permenantly.


Section 3 Miscellaneous

3.1. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Letter Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given without the prior written approval of each of the Company and RUSNANO.

3.2. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:

(a) if to the Company, one copy should be sent to Quantenna Communications, Inc., 3450 W. Warren Drive, Fremont, California 94538, Attn: Chief Executive Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to RUSNANO, with a copy to Arthur F. Schneiderman, Esq., Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304; and

(b) if to RUSNANO, at RUSNANO's address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company's records.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Letter Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 5 business days after the same has been deposited with Federal Express with delivery specified within 5 business days of deposit with Federal Express, addressed and mailed as aforesaid or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the electronic mail address of RUSNANO or the Company.

3.3. Entire Agreement. This Letter Agreement, and the documents entered into in connection with the Note and dated as of the date hereof (including, without limitation, the I/V Agreement) constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.

3.4. Successors and Assigns. This Letter Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment.

3.5. Counterparts. This Letter Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 
- 6  -
 


3.6. Headings. The headings in this Letter Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

3.7. Governing Law. This Letter Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

3.8. Jurisdiction; Venue. With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Letter Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).

3.9. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

3.10. Specific Performance for Section 2. 7. It is agreed and understood that monetary damages would not adequately compensate RUSNANO for the breach of the negative covenants of the Company referenced in Section 2.7(a) and (b) and set forth in Schedule I and Schedule II , respectively, of this Letter Agreement, that the negative covenants referenced in Section 2. 7( a) and (b) and set forth in Schedule I and Schedule II , respectively, shall be specifically enforceable, and that any breach of the negative covenants referenced in Section 2.7(a) and (b) and set forth in Schedule I and Schedule II , respectively, shall be the proper subject of a temporary or permanent injunction or restraining order. Further, each party hereto waives any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach.

**********



 
- 7  -
 



Very truly yours,

Quantenna Communications, Inc.

/s/ Sam Heidari_________________
Sam Heidari
Chief Executive Officer





ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY "RUSNANO"



By: ____________________________________

Name: __________________________________

Title: ___________________________________











Very truly yours,

Quantenna Communications, Inc.

_______________________________
Sam Heidari
Chief Executive Officer



ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY "RUSNANO"
/s/ Yuri Udaltsov
 
 
 
By:
Yuri Udaltsov
SIGNATURE1027YURI.JPG
Acting on the basis of the power of attorney #3-559
dated February 12, 2014/
SIGNATURE1027YURI2A01.JPG
SIGNATURE1027YURI4.JPG
No3-559 or 12
SIGNATURE1027YURI3.JPG
 





RUSCO ISSUES


Below are the corporate governance guidelines with respect to Limited Liability Company "Quantenna Communications", a wholly owned subsidiary of Quantenna incorporated in the Russian Federation ("RusCo").

1.
 
 
General Shareholders Meeting

Board of Directors

General Director (Sole Executive Body).

 
RusCo
Governance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.
 
 
Five (5) members of the Board of Directors shall be elected by the General Shareholders Meeting for 1 (one) year; and

Rusnano shall be entitled to nominate two (2) of such members of the Board of Directors.

The Board Meetings shall be convened by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Rusnano director shall be the Chairman. The Chairman shall not have a casting vote at Board Meetings.

The Board Meetings are eligible (have quorum) if four (4) Board Members are present at the meeting for the issues requiring qualified majority, if three (3) Board Members are present at the meeting for the issues requiring simple majority vote.

During the voting, each Board Member has one vote. All decisions at the Board meetings shall be made by at least three (3) votes.

 
Board of
Directors
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.
 
 
The General Director of RusCo shall be appointed by the RusCo Board of Directors for 1 (one) year. General Director shall perform operating management of RusCo business activity within operating activities in compliance with Business Plan and budget agreed by RusCo Board of Directors. In doing so, he/she shall perform any actions required for the execution of the above duty, except for addressing the issues within the responsibilities of other RusCo governance bodies.

 
General
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.
 
 
RusCo shall engage independent auditors from a "Big Four" accounting firm or such other internationally recognized independent auditor firm to be proposed by Rusnano and subject to the reasonable approval of the Company.
 
Independent
Auditors
 
 
 
 
 
5.
 
 
RusCo profits shall be reinvested in the business or distributed to the Company annually as per the decision of the RusCo Shareholder and recommendations of the RusCo Board of Directors.
 
Distribution of
Profits
 
 
 
 
 
6.
 
 
In order to ensure Rusnano's right to control the targeted use of the Rusnano's funds being invested in RusCo for the purposes of the Project, RusCo will undertake to be governed by the provisions of Monitoring Regulations which are to be adopted by RusCo' s Board and pursuant to the terms of the RusCo Account Control Agreement to be entered by RusCo, and which shall be reasonably
 
RusCo
Investment
Funds Control
 



 
Terms
 
acceptable to Rusnano. The mechanism for controlling expenditures must provide that:

Bank account agreements may only be entered into, amended or terminated with the prior consent of the RusCo Board and with Rusnano's consent; and

Funds may only be debited from the account in accordance with the quarterly budget approved by the RusCo Board.
 
 
 




SCHEDULE 1

COVENANTS IN FAVOR OF RUSNANO

WITH RESPECT TO THE OPERATION OF RUSCO



Without the consent of Rusnano, RusCo shall not undertake any:

1.

Amendment of the RusCo charter, including additions thereto, and approval of new revisions of the Charter, including adjustments of the authorized capital of the RusCo;
2.

Election and anticipatory termination of powers of the Board of Directors Members to be appointed by Rusnano
3.

Any increase or decrease in the authorized capital of the RusCo in any manner
4.

Decisions on placement by the RusCo of bonds and other issued securities
5.

Decisions on payment of remuneration and/or reimbursement of expenses related to performance of obligations by members of the Board of Directors of RusCo during the period of performance of obligations, as well as determination of the size of such remuneration and reimbursement
6.

Determination to change the main line of business of RusCo
7.

Decisions on approval by RusCo of interested party transactions in accordance with Article 45 of the Federal Law "On Limited Liability Companies", if the paid amount of the transaction exceeds 2% of the equity value, determined in the accounting report for the








 
last accounting period
8.

Decisions on approval by RusCo of major transactions, related to acquisition, alienation or possibility of alienation of the property by RusCo, directly or indirectly, if its value exceeds the aggregate of 50% of the book value of net assets of RusCo as determined basing on financial statements as of the last reporting date at the date of approval of such transaction
9.

Decisions on delegation, termination or limitation of auxiliary rights and obligations to participant(s) of the RusCo, including of a particular participant of RusCo
10.

Decisions on RusCo's approval of pledge of a share or a part of a share of a participant in the authorized capital of RusCo to a third party (third parties)
11.

Decisions on RusCo's of the real value of the share or a part of the share by the remaining participants of the RusCo to the creditors of the participant, the share whereof is levied execution upon
12.

Decisions on RusCo's payment of the real value of the share or a part of the share, which is levied execution upon, against debt of the participant of the RusCo
13.

Decision on allocation of a share of the RusCo or a part thereof among all participants of the RusCo in proportion to their shares in the authorized capital of the RusCo
14.

Decision on the offer to sell a share of the RusCo or a part thereof to all or certain participants of the RusCo (with no subsequent changes in the shares of the RusCo's participants or with subsequent changes in the shares of the RusCo 's participants) or to the third parties. Determination of the price of the share of the RusCo or a part of the share to be sold different from the price, at which the RusCo has acquired such a share
15.

Decisions on making contributions to RusCo 's property



[Schedule II]

The following matters shall be reserved to the decision of the RusCo Board of Directors to be taken by 4 votes of 5, and, without the consent of such Board, there shall be no undertaking by or on behalf of RusCo of any:

1.

Decisions on passing a proposal of voluntary liquidation of RusCo and appointment of




 
liquidation commission
2.

Approval of and amendments to the quarterly budgets of RusCo
3.

Approval of and amendments to RusCo's business plans and quarterly budgets, or other similar documents, based whereon RusCo business is finances, and reporting documents on cash spending
4.

Identification of inappropriate use of the funds of RusCo, determination of the amount of such inappropriate use of the funds
5.

Use of reserved and other funds of RusCo.
6.

Forming and liquidation of branches and representative offices of RusCo, approval of regulations on branches and representative offices, and making amendments and additions thereto
7.

Preliminary approval of annual reports and annual accounting balance sheets of RusCo
8.

Decisions on selection of the independent auditor of RusCo's financial and economic activity and assignment of the audit
9.

Approval of the maximum authorized staff, maximum average wage of main RusCo's divisions, determined within the budget of RusCo
10.

Approval of the annual payroll fund of RusCo and its bonus system
11.

Approval and amendment of RusCo's Accounting policy, timely provision of the annual report and other accounting reports to the respective bodies and information on RusCo's activity to other interested parties
12.

Approval of an independent appraiser (appraisers) to determine value of the share and assets of RusCo in cases stipulated by law and RusCo's charter and by some certain decision of the Board of Directors of RusCo
13.

Approval of internal control procedures for financial and economic activity of RusCo
14.

Approval of the regulation on internal economic control, in-house audit, and inspections



15.

Initiating/settlement of any judicial disputes if the price exceeds the largest of: 500,000.00 Roubles (or an equivalent in other currency) or other judicial disputes material for RusCo's business, as well as decisions on referring such disputes to arbitration courts, execution of settlement agreement, acceptance of claims, denial of claims, as well as any other legal proceedings
16.

Decisions on approval by RusCo of interested party transactions in accordance with Article 45 of the Federal Law "On Limited Liability Companies", if the payment thereunder does not exceed 2% of the property of RusCo based on the book value of net assets of RusCo as determined basing on financial statements as of the last reporting date
17.

Decision on approval by RusCo of major transactions, save as major transactions, approval whereof remains within the competence of the General Meeting of Shareholders of RusCo
18.

Approval of transactions related to acquisition, alienation and possibility to alienate by RusCo of immovable property the aggregate of 5,000,000 Roubles or an equivalent amount in any other currency at the date of execution, amendment or termination of the transaction
19.

Approval of transactions related to acquisition, alienation and possibility to alienate, encumbrance and possibility to encumber by RusCo of exclusive and/or individualization means (save as acquisition of rights to use applications), except the transactions with the Company's Shareholder
20.

Approval of transactions related to monetary disbursements and/or acquisition, alienation and possibility to alienate by RusCo of property, if its value exceeds within one transaction or a series of interrelated transactions the aggregate of 7,000,000 Roubles or an equivalent amount in any other currency at the date of execution, amendment or termination of the transaction
21.

Approval of transactions related to extension or receipt by RusCo of loans, credits and sureties securing obligations of third parties if the paid amount exceeds 15,000,000 Roubles
22.

Approval of a bill transaction, including issuance by RusCo of the bills, endorsements, bill sureties, and payments irrespective of amounts
23.

Approval of transactions of rent or other term or indefinite use of RusCo's property of over 7,000,000 Roubles.



24.

Decisions on transactions related to:

(i) acquisition, alienation and possibility to alienate stock (shares, and instruments in the authorized or share capital) in other commercial organizations;

(ii) termination of participation or decrease of shares in an authorized or share capital of the other company, alienation of shares and instruments in the authorized or share capital of other organizations; and also on disposition by any other means, including encumbrance, of stocks and shares of other organizations
25.

Decisions on conclusion by RusCo of simple partnership agreements
26.

Approval of the conclusion, amendment and termination of the bank account agreement, bank deposit agreement, settlement and cash services agreement and other agreements with credit organizations (banks), including approval of the terms of such agreements
27.

Decision on issuing a power of attorney on behalf of RusCo, if such power of attorney authorizes a person to close transactions, which should be approved by the General Meeting of the Shareholders or by the Board of Directors
28.

Early termination of powers of the sole executive body of RusCo in case of inappropriate use of investments funds in the amount of 1,000,000.00 Roubles or non-performance of the quarterly budget, approved by the Board of Directors of RusCo, in the amount exceeding 10,000,000.00 Roubles during 2 quarters subsequently
29.

Forming of the sole executive body of RusCo and early termination of the powers of the sole executive body
30.

Decision on suspension of the powers of the management organization (manager) of RusCo
31.

Approval of employment contract with the person acting as the sole executive body of RusCo, including terms of remuneration and other payments and compensations, amendments and additions to the contract, as well as termination thereof including early termination
32.

Decisions on monetary incentive for the general director, holding the director liable
33.

Imposing employment functions of temporarily absent general director to one of the board members




34.

Approval of the financial director, chief accountant; approval of the agreements with the above mentioned persons, including remuneration and other payments and compensations, making amendments and additions thereto
35.

Preliminary approval of labor agreements of personnel of RusCo, providing annual income of an employee, exceeding 2,000,000 Roubles, including remuneration and other payments and compensations, making amendments and additions thereto
36.

Decisions on forming of commercial organizations
37.

Decisions on participation and termination of participation in non-commercial organizations
38.

Decision on use of rights, attached to stocks and shares in the authorized or share capital of other legal entities, held by RusCo, including:

• decisions on the agenda of general meetings of such commercial organizations;

• appointment of persons, representing RusCo's interests at the general meetings of such commercial organizations, including voting instructions;

• proposing candidates to the executive bodies and to managing other bodies of the commercial organizations where RusCo is a participant
39.

Decisions on encumbrance of stock and shares in the authorized or share capital of other legal entities held by RusCo
40.

Election of the board's chairman and early termination of the powers thereof
41.

Approval of the corporate secretary of RusCo and/or secretary of the board of directors
42.

Approval of employment contract with the corporate secretary and/or secretary of the board of directors of RusCo, and passing amendments and additions thereto
43.

Preliminary consent with RusCo's using its priority right to purchase a share or a part of the share in RusCo's authorized capital, or RusCo's refusal to exercise this right
44.

Other questions of competence of the Board of Directors, according to the Charter and the Russian legislation





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On behalf of Rusnano
 
 
On behalf of the Company
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Yuri Udaltsov
 
 
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
 
By: Yuri Udaltsov
 
 
By: Sam Heidari
 
 
 
 
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
Date: July 09, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On behalf of Rusnano
 
 
On behalf of the Company
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Yuri Udaltsov
 
 
 
 
 
By: Yuri Udaltsov
 
 
By: Sam Heidari
 
 
 
 
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
Date: July 09, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




Approved by the Board of Directors

Minutes No. dated __________ 2012









Funds Expenditure Regulations
of Limited Liability Company









Terms and Definitions:

Project
A project involving the development and manufacture of Products, including (i) construction and commissioning of a scientific research and production center in the Russian Federation for the purpose of Product manufacture; and (ii) maintenance of the scientific research center carried out along with the Unified Institute of High Temperatures of the Russian Academy of Sciences or by appointed person of this organization.
Company
Limited Liability Company, address: Russian Federation, , Moscow, street, house , building building
Company Member  
Quantenna Communications, Inc., a company founded and pursuing its activities according to the laws of the Delawer state (USA), registered at the address: 3450 U. Warren Avenu, Fremont, California 94538.
Company Bank
A credit organization servicing the Company's needs based on a bank account contract stipulating overseeing by such organization of the intended use of funds in payment transactions performed by the Company.
Bank account contract
A bank account contract concluded between the Company and the Company’s Bank, which provides for overseeing of the intended use of the investment funds in payment transactions performed by the Company.
ROSNANO
Open Joint Stock Company “ROSNANO” created after restructuring the state corporation “Russian Corporation of Nanotechnologies” in the form of transformation and pursuing its activities according to the laws of the Russian Federation, registered at the address: Russian Federation, 117036, Moscow, 60-letiya Oktyabrya Av. 10A, OGRN 1117799004333.
Investment funds
Funds (including borrowed and/or credit funds) which a Company Member and/or another third party hands over to the Company in order to support the Project, and funds which the Company received as a result of business activities.



Current costs
Semi-fixed costs which are incurred by the Company’s activities, including administrative and general business costs, expenses associated with payments required by the law, which are intended to support the Company's operations.
Project budget
An estimate of the Company's expenses and income approved by the Board of Directors and covering the entire investment cycle of the Project.
Quarterly budget of the Company (Quarterly budget)

A document with an estimate of the Company's expenses and income for a 3-month period and other information, approved by the Board of Directors and drawn up in compliance with the present Regulations and other legally binding Project documents.
Business plan
A document approved by the Board of Directors and comprising the following basic sections: income budget, expenses budget and Project activities plan.
Special account
The company's settlement account with the Company's Bank the servicing of which includes overseeing by such credit organization of the intended use of funds in payment transactions performed by the Company.
ROSNANO representative
A representative, a member of the Board of Directors, who is elected from a group of candidates put forward by ROSNANO.

1 General Provisions
1.1
The present Regulations (further referred to as “the Regulations”) provide guidelines for investment funds expenditure performed by the Company.
1.2
The key principles of Investment funds expenditure are:
Observing the rights and legal interests of Member and ROSNANO;
Enabling Company Member and ROSNANO to oversee the Investment funds expenditure control system specified in the present Regulations;
Timely, reasonable and highly transparent nature of control procedures.



1.3
The Board of Directors may agree other planning periods and Company’s budget approval, and reporting periods to the effect that they differ from those specified by the present Regulations. For the purposes of the present Regulations the term Quarterly budget shall also refer to a budget approved for such other period according to this paragraph.
2 Transfer of Investment Funds by Member
2.1
Investment funds shall be transferred by the Member to the Company within the time-frame specified by the charter documents and other legally binding Project documents. However, the Company shall perform the following activities and meet the following requirements prior to transfer of Investment funds:
2.1.1
The Company Charter shall provide for:
2.1.1.1. Making the Board of Directors entitled to handle the following issues: (a) approval of conclusion, modification and termination of the Bank account contract, as well as approval of contract conditions; (b) approval of the Company budget/Quarterly budget (or other similar document which the Company's financial operations are based on);
2.1.1.2. ROSNANO representatives' right and legal opportunities to block the resolutions of the Board of Directors concerning issues specified in paragraph 2.1.1.1 of the present Regulations;
2.1.1.3. Informing the members of the Board of Directors about the budget execution progress by distributing reports drawn up in appropriate formats.
2.1.2
Should any companies emerge which are subsidiary to the Company (low-level companies): Such companies' charters shall contain provisions which (a) shall give the top level Company the right and legal opportunities (directly or via its representatives in the Board of Directors): to approve resolutions concerning conclusion, modification and termination of a contract and contract conditions between the Bank and the low level project company, approve the Budget of the low level project company, (b) shall give ROSNANO representatives the right and legal opportunities to block resolutions concerning these issues and the issues of providing financial support from the top level project company, (c) shall limit the authority of the low level company's individual executive body to perform transactions by the amounts set forth in the approved Budget;
2.1.3
The bank account contract containing the conditions specified in p. 4.2 of the present Regulations shall be concluded between the Company and the Company Bank.



3
General Director or his/her authorized representative shall inform (via electronic communication channels/telephone/fax) the ROSNANO representative about the arrival of the initial payment no later than the day following the day of crediting the Special account of the Company with the funds. Provision of Borrowed Funds by ROSNANO
3.1
If the Project is based on Borrowed funds provided by ROSNANO to the Company, the loan or credit contract, or any other legally binding document shall include, without limitation, the following material conditions:
meeting the requirements specified in p. 2.1 of the present Regulations;
intended character of the loan – provision of Borrowed funds in order to support the Project;
step-by-step provision of Borrowed funds (in tranches) according to the Business plan and(or) the Quarterly budget of the Company and (or) the key points of the Project schedule approved by the Board of Directors of the Company. Each subsequent tranche shall be transferred subject to approval by the Managing Director of the report detailing the intended use of the previous tranche;
Company's obligation to meet the requirements of the present Regulations regarding Investment funds expenditure control, including the preparation of monthly funds expenditure reports as required by the present Regulations;
ROSNANO's right of access to the Company's documents associated with funds expenditure (including those concerning the Budget, Quarterly budget).
The loan contract shall be first approved by a Company's management body which is entitled to deal with this issue.
3.2
Provisions of this section shall also be applicable in case ROSNANO acquires debt securities, including convertibles, of the Company and in case the Company enters loan contracts guaranteed by ROSNANO during the Project life, taking account of any particular details of such circumstances.
4 Approval of Company's Quarterly Budget
________________________
1 Hereinafter, any reference to General Director shall be interpreted as " General Director or his/her authorized representative".




4.1
General Director of the Company shall prepare a Quarterly budget draft and submit it for approval of the Board of Directors of the Company at least 15 (fifteen) days before the beginning of the next quarter. The first Quarterly budget shall be submitted for approval of the Board of Directors of the Company and approved within the shortest possible reasonable time. The first Quarterly budget may also be approved before transfer of funds by the Member and/or arrival of Borrowed funds.
4.2
The approved Quarterly budget shall be submitted for approval of the Board of Directors of the Company. The chairman shall ensure that budget review by the Board of Directors is finished at least 10 (ten) days before the beginning of the next period for which the budget is adopted.
4.3
The Quarterly budget may provide for reserved amounts of unforeseen payments to cover unplanned and urgent expenses of the Company during the period. The size of such reserved amounts shall be fixed based on the suggestion put forward by General Director of the Company, but shall not exceed 10 (ten) percent of the amount of unplanned expenses of name-indexed budget items.
4.4
The Quarterly budget approved by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be sent by General Director to all members of the Board of Directors of the Company, and to the Bank no later than 3 (three) working days after its approval.
4.5
In case the Board of Directors of the Company fails to approve the Quarterly budget before the beginning of the corresponding period, the Company shall have the right to use its account to cover the current expenses.
4.5.1
The current expenses specified in Annex No.1 to the present Regulations shall not exceed the actual amount of similar expenses of the previous period;
4.5.2
Labor costs, as wells as payments required by the law shall be covered and made unconditionally;
________________________
2 Payments required by the law - taxes, fees and other mandatory payments made in favor of a budget of a corresponding level of the budget system of the Russian Federation and (or) state non-budget funds according to the law of the Russian Federation, including fines, penalties and other sanctions imposed for non-fulfillment or improper fulfillment of the obligations to pay tax    taxes, fees and other mandatory payments made in favor of a budget of a corresponding level of the budget system of the Russian Federation and (or) state non-budget funds, as well as administrative fines. 




4.5.3
Funds expenditure limits shall not apply to expenses specified in para. 3.5.2 of the present Regulations. Labor costs shall refer to wages of the Company employees, including additional payments and other payments as required by the law of the Russian Federation (these expenses shall not include Company employees' premiums, annual and intermediate bonuses);
4.5.4
The specified financing scheme, in case the Board of Directors of the Company fails to approve the Quarterly budget before the beginning of the corresponding period, shall be valid for a period not exceeding 3 months from the expiration date of the last Quarterly budget.
5 Procedure for Company Investment Funds Expenditure. Interaction with Company Bank
5.1
General Director of the Company shall ensure availability of a Special account for the Company, which is used to oversee the intended use (expenditure) of funds according to the budget.
5.2
Overseeing of the intended use of Investment funds shall be implemented by including, without limitation, the following conditions in the contract with Company Bank:
Company Bank's obligation to debit the Special account only upon presentation of the Quarterly budget by the Company and an excerpt from the minutes of the Board of Directors related with approval of the Quarterly budget;
Company Bank's obligation to debit the Special account according to payment details (payment details shall refer to, without limitation, contractor's name, contractor's INN, contract date and number) and within the amount limits specified in the approved Quarterly budget;
Company Bank's obligation to submit completed transactions reports to the Company;
Possibility to debit the Special account in case the Company's Quarterly budget does not receive approval (Quarterly budget modifications) in order to cover the current expenses of the Company based on the provisions of para. 3.5 of the present document;
Other limitations associated with funds expenditure if such limitations are set forth in the Company's Charter.



5.3
The Company's Bank shall be elected at ROSNANO suggestion and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company. Appointing organizations affiliated with project participants making up one group of people and/or coordinating their actions in any other manner shall only be possible in case the Company's Charter contains provisions canceling such participants' right to block resolutions of Company management bodies regarding the issues of conclusion and modification of the Bank account contract, or allocation of temporarily free investment funds.
This paragraph shall not apply in case the Bank acts as a guarantor towards Russian banks which are creditors to the Company and/or a guarantor towards foreign banks which are creditors to the Company for export and import operations.
5.4
Conclusion, modification and termination of the Bank account contract with the Company Bank shall be based on the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company.
5.5
The Company may place temporarily free Investment funds in deposits of various terms with banks that approved by the Board of Directors of the Company on conditions of return of the allocated funds to the Special account.
5.6
Provisions guaranteeing return of funds and specifying deposit requirements shall appear in the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company.
6 Expenses Exceeding Quarterly Budget of the Company
6.1
In case any additional expenses are required (in excess of amounts specified in corresponding items of the Company's Quarterly budget, or representing amounts not covered by the Quarterly budget) General Director of the Company shall be entitled to finance such additional expenses using and within the limits of line “Unplanned payments reserved amount” provided for in the Quarterly Budget.
6.2
In case the Company makes payment using line “Unplanned payments reserved amount”, General Director shall inform the members of the Board of Directors of the Company about this fact no later than the next working day and report the details (including, without limitation, payment function, payment amount, payment) and payment basis.
6.3
In case funds of the corresponding Quarterly budget lines are not sufficient General Director may call a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company to review the offered changes (corrections) to the Quarterly budget, with attachment of documents providing the basis for additional expenses and the corresponding amounts.



6.4
In case the Board of Directors of the Company agrees to approve the changes (corrections) to the Quarterly Budget, General Director of the Company submits this resolution to the Bank in order to make payments.
7 Quarterly budget execution reports
7.1
Preparation of Quarterly budget execution reports shall be the responsibility of General Director of the Company.
7.2
General Director of the Company shall draw up a Quarterly budget execution report based on documented information about Investment funds transferred to the Company's contractors, attaching Company Bank's reports detailing funds expenditure using the Special account.
7.3
Monthly reports about Quarterly budget execution shall be submitted by General Director to the members of the Board of Directors of the Company no later that the 5th working day of the month following the report month.
7.4
Quarterly reports about Quarterly budget execution shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

8 Final Provisions
8.1
The Regulations come into force from the moment of approval thereof by the Board of Directors of the Company and shall be valid until cancellation.
8.2
Any changes and additions to the Regulations shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.




Annex No.1

List of Current Expenses
Expense Code
Expense Description
20104
Electricity
20201
Equipment maintenance services provided by contractors
20202
Transportation services
20501
Communication and data transfer services
20502
Public services
20504
IT services
20505
Auditing services
20506
Legal services
20508
Fire safety and private security services
20600
Travel and representation expenses
20700
Rent (leasers)
20800
Leasing
20900
Insurance expenses
21200
Environment protection expenses (excluding any duties and payments(lines [21300] and 21400))
21300
Health and safety protection expenses
21400
Social expenditures
21700
Credit organization services (excluding expenses specified in lines [______])
22100
Voluntary medical insurance
22400
Expenses associated with annual general meeting of company members



Exhibit 10.21

INDUSTRIAL LEASE


THIS INDUSTRIAL LEASE ("Lease"), dated January 12, 2009, for reference purposes only, is made by and between JER BAYSIDE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Landlord"), and QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant"), to be effective and binding upon the parties as of the date the last of the designated signatories to this Lease shall have executed this Lease (the "Effective Date").

ARTICLE 1
REFERENCES

1.1 REFERENCES: All references in this Lease (subject to any further clarifications contained in this Lease) to the following terms shall have the following meaning or refer to the respective address, person, date, time period, amount, percentage, calendar year or fiscal year as below set forth:

A.
Tenant's Address for Notices:
 
Before the Commencement Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
219 Moffett Park Drive
Sunnyvale, California 94089
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
After the Commencement Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3450 West Warren Avenue
Fremont, California 94538
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
B.
Tenant's Representative:
 
Behrooz Rezvani
 
 
 
 
 
 
Phone Number:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.
Landlord's Address for Notices:
 
c/o TMG Partners
100 Bush Street, 26th Floor
San Francisco, California 94104
 
 
 
 
 
D.
Landlord's Representative:
 
Lynn Tolin
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Phone Number:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E.
Intended Commencement Date:
 
February 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 
F.
Intended Term:
 
Thirty-six (36) months, subject to extension pursuant to Section 2.8.
 
 
 
 
 

 
1
 


G.
Expiration Date:
 
The date that is thirty-six (36) months after the Commencement Date
 
 
 
 
 
H.
First Month's Prepaid Rent:
 
Six Thousand Three Hundred Seventy Three Dollars and 04/100 ($6,373.04)
 
 
 
 
 
I.
Rent Commencement Date:
 
The date that is four (4) months after the actual Commencement Date.
 
 
 
 
 
J.
Intentionally Deleted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
K.
Security Deposit:
 
Fifty Nine Thousand Three Hundred Thirty Five Dollars and 20/100 ($59,335.20)
 
 
 
 
 
L.
Required Liability Coverage:
 
Two Million Dollar ($2,000,000) Single Limit
 
 
 
 
 
M.
Number of Parking Spaces:
 
Eighty-one (81) spaces
 
 
 
 
 
N.
Brokers:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tenant's Broker:
 
Cornish & Carey Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Landlord's Broker:
 
Cornish & Carey Commercial

O . Project : T h a t certa in rea l p roperty situated i n th e City of Fremo nt , County of A l a m eda, State of Ca li fornia , a s presently improv e d w i t h on e (1) b ui ld i n g de s cribed b e low as the " B u il ding", which r ea l property i s de s cribed on Exh i bi t A att a ch e d h er e to.

P . Building : Tha t c e rt a i n Bu il din g within th e Proj e c t i n which t he Premi s es are located, w h ic h Bui l ding is s h o w n on Ex h i b it A a nd is commonly known a s 3400 and 3 450 W e st Wa rr e n A v e nue, F remont, California . The Bui l ding contains appro x im a te l y 7 6, 9 78 s q u are fee t o f gro s s le a sab l e area.

Q . Common Areas: T h e "Common A r eas" shall mean tho s e area s within t h e Proj e ct w hi c h ar e l oc ated outside th e Bui l d i ng and which ar e pro v i d e d and des i gnate d b y Landlord from t i me to time fo r g e nera l use by te n ant s of the Proj e ct in clud i n g drivew a ys, p edestrian walkways, pa r king s pace s , l and s cap e d areas and e n cl os ed trash disposal areas.

R . Premises : A pproximately 21,976 squa r e feet o f gros s leasabl e area l ocated in the Bu il di n g ( a n d, for purposes of this L e ase , a gr eed to con t ain said number of squar e feet), wh i c h space is shown on the Floor P l an attac h e d here t o a s Exh i bit B and commo nl y known as 3 4 50 Wes t W arr e n Avenue, F r e mo n t , C a lifornia.


 
2
 


S. Base Monthly Rent: The term "Base Monthly Rent" shall mean the following:

Period
Base Monthly Rent
 
 
Commencement Date to the Rent Commencement Date
$0.00
 
 
Rent Commencement Date to the first anniversary of the Commencement Date
$6,373.04
 
 
First anniversary of the Commencement Date to the second anniversary of the Commencement Date
$17,580.80
 
 
Second anniversary of the Commencement Date to the third anniversary of the Commencement Date
$19,778.40
 
 
Extension Option
Fair Market Rent as determined pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Lease

T. Permitted U se : Th e t e rm " P e rmitt e d Us e " sh a ll mean t he following : G e n e ra l o f fice and a d m i n is tra t i v e , r ese arch and de v e lo pm e n t , engin e ering , light manufac t urin g, a s s e mb l y a n d te s ti n g o f e quipm e nt , a ll to th e ex tent p e rmitt e d und e r and in a cc ord a n c e wi t h th e " IR Restricted I n du s tria l " z oning cla s sification app li cab l e to t h e Proj ec t.

U. Exhibits : T h e t e rm " E xhi b i t s " s ha ll mean t h e Exhib i t s to th i s L e a s e whi c h ar e d e scribed as fo ll ows :

Exhibit A  -
Description of the Project and showing the Building in which the Premises are located.
 
 
Exh i bit B  -
Floor Plan outlining the Premises.
 
 
Exhibit B-1 :
L ocat io n of Two Offices (wi t h G l ass)
 
 
Exhib it   B - 2 :
Comp u ter Room Work and Exchange H V AC U ni t
 
 
Exhib it   C   -
Form of T enant Esto pp el Certificate
 
 
Exh i b it   D   -
Letter of C r edi t Provisions
 
 
E xhi bi t   E   -
Form of A cce p tance Agreement


 
3
 


ARTICLE 2
PREMISES, TERM AND POSSESSION

2.1 DEMISE OF PREMISES: Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord that certain interior space described in Article 1 as the Premises. Landlord reserves the right to install, maintain, use and replace ducts, wires, conduits and pipes leading through the Premises in locations which will not materially interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises.

2.2 RIGHT TO USE COMMON AREAS: As an appurtenant right to Tenant's right to the use of the Premises, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use the Common Areas in conjunction with other tenants of the Project and their invitees, subject to the limitations on such use as set forth in Article 4, and solely for the purposes for which they were designed and intended.

2.3 COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM: The term of this Lease shall begin, and the Commencement Date shall be deemed to have occurred, on the Intended Commencement Date unless Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Intended Commencement Date in the required condition, in which case the Commencement Date shall be as determined pursuant to Section 2.4 below (the "Commencement Date"). The term of this Lease shall end on the Expiration Date. The Term s h a ll be th at pe ri od o f time c o mmen ci n g o n t he Co mmenc e ment D a te and e n d in g on the Expi ra tion Date (the "Te rm " ).

2.4 D E LIVE R Y O F POSSES SION : Landlord sh all deliver t o T e nant posse ss i o n of the Pr e m i s es on or b e fore t he In tend e d Comm e ncem e n t Date in t h e i r " a s i s " , p r e s e ntl y e x i s t i ng cond i t io n, bro o m clean, e x cept t h at Landlord sh a ll a l so, p ri o r to th e I n t end e d C o m m encement Date, (a) install bu il di n g - s tandard carpetin g in the re a r portion o f t h e Pr e m i se s that is no t currentl y carp e t e d , whic h carp e t s h a ll matc h , as clo s ely as rea s o n ab l y pos s ib l e , th e e x i s tin g carpeting in t h e Pr e m i se s , (b) appl y o ne coat of b ui l d i ng - stand a rd pa in t in the int e ri o r of the P re m i s e s , (c) i n s t a ll two (2) office s in the Pre m i s e s as shown on E x h ibi t B -1 attac h e d h e r e to, (d) e x pand th e e x isti n g computer room and exch a n g e t h e H V AC un i t as s hown on Exhibit B - 1 a tt ach e d he r e t o and a s fu rt her d e scribe d on E x h ibit B - 2 attached here t o (th e " C ompute r Ro o m and HV A C Work"), (e) fix th e door that c onnects th e l o b by a n d th e e ntryway in t he P r e m ise s , (f) provide Te n an t wi th ea r ly ac c e s s t o th e P remises up o n m utua l exec ut ion o f this Le as e pursuant to and as des c rib e d in Sect i o n 2. 7 b e l ow (such work and/or ob li gation s describ ed in cl a u s e s ( a) through (f) ar e r e ferred t o here i n a s " L a n dlo r d' s Work" ) , and ( g ) b e re s po n s i b l e to ensur e th a t the bathrooms ( i nclud i ng th e s inks t h e rei n ) are ADA c omplian t as o f the Commencemen t Date . The term "Co mm e n c ement D ate" as use d herein s hal l m e an the l at e r of F ebru a ry 1 6, 2009 and the da t e b y w hi c h a ll o f the cond i t i ons in clau s e s (a) t hr ough (f) o f the i mm edi a t el y preced in g s e nt e n c e have been s atisfied b y Landlo r d . C oncurrentl y with T e nant's e xec ut ion an d del i very o f th is L e ase t o Land l ord , T ena n t sha ll d e li v er to Landlo r d t he amount o f T e n Tho u sand Doll ars ($10 ,0 00.00), which amount c onstitu t e s T e n ant's contribution t o th e cost of th e C o mp ut e r Room and HV A C Work.

If the Co mmence m e n t D ate has not oc c u rred on or be fo r e the I ntended C ommen c ement Da t e, fo r what e v e r reaso n , L a ndlord s h a ll n ot b e in default und e r thi s Le a s e , nor s hall this L e a se b e v oid,

 
4
 


voidable or cancelable by Tenant until the lapse of sixty (60) days after the Intended Commencement Date (the "Delivery Grace Period"); however, the Commencement Date shall not be deemed to have occurred until such date as Landlord notifies Tenant that the Premises are Ready for Occupancy and delivers possession of the Premises in the required condition. Additionally, the Delivery Grace Period above set forth shall be extended for such number of days as Landlord may be delayed in delivering possession of the Premises to Tenant by reason of (i) the wrongful actions of Tenant (including interference by Tenant with Landlord's completion of Landlord's Work) that actually delay the Commencement Date beyond the Intended Commencement Date ("Tenant Delay"), and (ii) Force Majeure; provided, however, the Delivery Grace Period shall not be extended by more than fifteen (15) days as a result of Force Majeure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Tenant Delay shall be deemed to have occurred unless such delay continues for more than 24 hours after Landlord has provided Tenant with written notice of such delay. If the Commencement Date has not occurred within the described Delivery Grace Period (including any extensions thereof by reason of Tenant Delay or Force Majeure to the extent specified in the preceding sentence), then Tenant may cancel and terminate this Lease, whereupon any monies previously paid by Tenant to Landlord shall be reimbursed to Tenant. If Tenant elects not to terminate the Lease, then the actual Commencement Date shall be determined as provided in this Section and the Rent Commencement Date shall be the same as specified in Section 1.1.I (i.e., the date that is four (4) months after the actual Commencement Date), and in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for such delay; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Commencement Date has not occurred within thirty (30) days after t he In t e nded Comme n ce m ent D ate (as s u c h 30 day period ma y be exte n ded b y r e aso n o f T enant D e l ay or Fo r ce Maj e ur e ) and provid e d t h a t th i s L e as e has been e xecute d a n d de li ve r e d by T en a nt n o l a te r t ha n January 1 4, 2009, t he Re n t Co m mencem e nt Date s hall b e de l ay e d b y on e addi t ion a l d ay fo r eac h da y t hat th e C ommenc e m e n t D a t e i s de l a ye d bey o nd s uch date .

2.5 ACCEPTANCE OF POSSESSION: Te n a nt a c kno w l edges that it ha s in s pe c t ed the Pr e mises and is will in g to a cc e pt th e m in t h ei r "a s is", pres e n tly ex i s t ing condi t ion, b ro o m clean, provided t h at Land l o rd's W o rk i s compl e t ed the re in . A t such t i me a s Land l o r d ha s co m p l ete d Land l o r d's W ork a nd deli v ered p os ses s i on of the P r emi s es to Te n ant, T e nant s h all su bm it to L and l o r d a s i gned cop y o f th e A c cep ta nc e Agr ee ment a tt ached h ereto as E x h ib i t E . Add i t i o n a ll y, L a nd l o r d s hall deliver t he Prem i se s to Tenant wi t h the Bu i l di n g' s mechanical, e l ectrica l , li fe s a fe ty, p l umbing , s prinkle r and he a ting, ventilating and a i r co n diti o ning s yst e ms (collect i ve l y , t h e "Bu il ding Systems " ) , an d the roo f o f th e B u ilding in go od work in g condi t ion . If it i s de t e rmin ed t h a t any of the for eg oing w e re n o t i n t h e requ i re d cond it ion a s of the C ommencem e nt Date, then Land l o rd shall no t be liab l e to T e nant for any dama g e s , b ut a s Tenan t 's sole remedy , L and l o r d, at no co s t to T e n an t (i n clud i n g a s Pro j e ct Mai nt enan c e Co sts ) , shall perform such work o r t ake s uch othe r action as ma y be n e ces sar y t o p l ace th e applicab l e Bu il ding Sy ste m s and o t her it em s i n the good w o rkin g condi t io n ; p ro v i ded, how e v e r , tha t if Tenant doe s n ot g i v e Landl o rd written no ti ce of a n y deficien c y o f any of t h e Bui l ding Syst e ms within s ix (6) m o nt h s aft e r th e Comm e nceme nt Da t e, L and l ord shall n ot b e re s po n s ib l e fo r correct i n g su c h condi t i o n pur s uant t o th i s S e ction 2 .4 bu t rat h e r s u c h con d i t ion s h all be c o rr ected a s oth e rw i s e provid e d in t he L e as e , i ncludin g , Articl e 5.

2.6 SURRENDER OF POSSESSION: Im m ed i at e l y prior to the e xpiration o r upon th e s oone r t e rm i nat i on of t h i s L eas e, Te n a n t shall remove a ll o f T e n a n t ' s sign s fr o m th e ex terior o f t h e Building a n d sha ll remov e all of Te nant ' s equipment, trade fixture s , furniture,

 
5
 


supplies, wall decorations and other personal property from the Premises, and shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord in substantially the same condition, broom clean, as existed at the Commencement Date, subject to ordinary wear and tear, casualty, condemnation, Hazardous Materials (other than those for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease), the Landlord's Work, and alterations that are not required to be removed at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease pursuant to this Lease. Tenant shall repair all damage to the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas caused by Tenant or by Tenant's removal of Tenant's property and all damage to the exterior of the Building caused by Tenant's removal of Tenant's signs. Tenant shall patch and refinish, to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction, all penetrations made by Tenant or its employees to the floor, walls or ceiling of the Premises, whether such penetrations were made with Landlord's approval or not. Tenant shall replace all stained or damaged ceiling tiles and shall repair or replace, as necessary, all wall coverings and floor coverings that do not meet the surrender condition above to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Tenant shall replace all burned out light bulbs and damaged light lenses. Tenant shall repair all damage caused by Tenant to the exterior surface of the Building and the paved surfaces of the outside areas adjoining the Premises and, where necessary, replace or resurface same. Additionally, Tenant shall, prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, remove any improvements constructed or installed by Tenant which Landlord requests be so removed by Tenant at the time it approves such improvements or in response to Tenant's Alteration Notice, as defined below (or, if Landlord's approval of such improvements was not required pursuant to the terms of this Lease and Tenant did not submit an Alteration Notice, then if Landlord has r e ques t ed such re m ova l at l e a st th irty (30) da ys p ri o r to t h e exp i ratio n or so one r term in at i o n of th i s Le a se) and r e pair a ll damage caus e d by s uc h r emoval. If th e P r e mises are not surrendered to L andl o rd in the c ondit i on requ i r e d by th i s Sectio n 2 .6 a t t h e expiration or so oner termina t ion of th i s Le a se , Land l ord may, at T enan t ' s e xp e n s e, s o r e m ove Te n ant' s signs, property and/or i mp rovements not so r e moved and mak e such rep a i r s and r epla c e m e n t s n ot s o made or hir e , at Tenan t 's expense, i nd e p e nden t contractors t o pe r fo rm s u c h work. Tenant s h a ll be liab l e to Land l ord for a ll costs incurred by Land l ord i n returni n g t h e Pre m ise s to the required condit i on, p lu s i nteres t on all cos ts incu rr ed from t he d ate paid b y La n d l o r d a t th e then m ax imum rate of i n t ere s t not pro h ib i ted by Law until pa i d, payab l e by Te n an t t o L and l ord within ten ( 10 ) days a ft er r e c eip t o f a s tatem e nt the r efore from Land l ord, and Tenan t sh a ll be d e emed to hav e i mp e rmissibl y h e l d ov e r unti l s uc h t i me as s uch required wo r k is c omple t ed . Tenant s ha ll pay Bas e Mont hl y R e n t and Add i t i o n a l R ent in a c co r dan c e with the term s o f Se c tion 13 . 2 (H ol ding O ver ) unt il suc h work i s comp l eted . Tenant shall i ndemnify Landlord against l oss or liab ili ty res u lting from d e l ay b y T e n a n t i n so s urrendering th e Pre m ises, including, without li mitati o n , any cl a i ms m ade b y an y s ucceedin g t e nan t or any loss e s to Landlord d u e to lo s t o p portun i tie s to l e a s e to s uc c eeding te n a nts .

2.7 EARLY OCCUPANCY: T e nant sha ll have the ri gh t to enter t h e Prem i ses fr o m a nd a fter th e mutua l ex ecution of this Leas e to i n sta ll fu rn itu r e, fixtu r es a n d equipm e n t a nd otherwise prepare th e P r em i se s for o c cupa n c y (co ll ective l y , th e " Ea rly E ntry Activit ie s " ) prov i ded that s u c h entr y and i ns t all a t ion wo r k does int e rfere with Land l ord's comple t i on of La n d l o r d' s W o rk. If Te n an t en t ers into possession of t he Premise s prio r to t h e Intended Co m men c emen t Date ( or p e rm i ts i t s contract ors to e n t e r the Pre mi s es p ri or to th e I ntende d Comm e ncem e nt Dat e ) fo r th e s o l e purposes of performi n g the Ear ly E n try A c t ivi t ies, s uch early occupa n c y s h a ll n ot affect the C ommencement D a te except as otherwi s e e xpr es s l y

 
6
 


provided in Section 2.4 above , but Tenant shall be obligated to perform all its obligations under this Lease, excluding the obligation to pay Rent, from that sooner date.

2.8 OPTION TO EXTEND : If Tenant is not in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods on the date that Tenant exercises its Extension Option (as defined below), Tenant shall have one (1) option (the "Extension Option") to extend the initial Term for an additional period of one (1) year (the "Extended Term"). To exercise Tenant's option with respect to the Extended Term, Tenant shall give notice to Landlord not more than eighteen (18) months and not less than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term ("Election Notice").

A. If Tenant properly and timely exercises Tenant's Extension Option pursuant to this Section 2.8, the Extended Term shall be upon all of the same terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease; provided that the Base Monthly Rent applicable to the Premises for the Extended Term shall be the greater of: (i) the Base Monthly Rent as of the last month of the initial Term, or (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the "Fair Market Rent" for space comparable to the Premises as of the commencement of the Extended Term. "Fair Market Rent" shall mean the annual rental being charged for space comparable to the Premises in buildings comparable to the Building located in the City of Fremont, County of Alameda, California, taking into account location, condition, existing improvements to the space, and any improvements to be made by Landlord to the Premises in connection with the Extended Term and that there will be no free r e n t, tenant imp rove m e n t a ll owa n ce o r o t her c o n cess i ons u n der t hi s L ea s e during th e E xte n sion T e nn a n d no brokera g e com m i s sio n s p a id by Land l o r d fo r th e Extension T e rm .

B. W i th in forty five (45) da ys after th e date o f th e Election N ot i ce, Land l o r d a n d T e nant shall neg o tia t e in good faith in a n a tt emp t to de t erm i ne F air Market Rent fo r th e Ext e nd e d Term . If with i n said forty five (45) day period , La n d l o r d and Tena n t are u n ab l e t o agre e o n t h e Fair Marke t Rent for the Extend e d T e rm, t h e n the F a ir Market Rent s h a ll b e determined as prov id ed i n S ectio n 2 . 8 C below .

C. If it b e comes nece ss a r y to determin e th e Fair Ma r k e t Rent for th e P r e mis e s by app r ai sal, t he real e s t a t e apprai s er( s ) i ndic a ted i n thi s Section 2 . 8C, sha ll be m e mbers o f t h e Ameri c an In s t itute of Re a l Estate Appraisers , s hal l have at l e ast five (5 ) years exp e ri e n c e apprai s i n g o ffi c e s p ace located in t he vi c ini t y of the Pre m i s e s a n d sh a ll b e a ppointed and s ha ll ac t in a c c ordan c e with the following procedures :

(1) If t he part i es are unabl e to a gr e e on th e F air Market Rent within t he a ll o wed ti me, e it h er p arty m a y deman d an a pprai s a l b y g i vi n g writt e n no t ice to the oth e r party , which demand to be e ff e ct ive m u s t sta t e th e n a me, addre s s and qua l ifica ti o n s of an apprai se r se l e c t e d by th e party demanding the appraisa l ("No t i f ying Party"). W it h in te n ( 1 0) days fo ll owi n g t h e Not i fyi n g Party's a p pra i sa l d e mand, t h e o t h e r party ("Non No t ifying P a rty " ) s h a ll e i ther a ppro v e the a ppra i ser se l ected by t h e Not i fy i ng Pa rt y o r select a second prop e rly qua lifie d appra i ser by giving writte n n o t ice o f t he name, address a n d qua li fication o f s aid apprai s er t o the No ti fying Party . If the Non Notifying Party fai l s to selec t an appra i s e r w i t h i n t h e t e n (10) day period, t h e ap p rai se r s e l e cted by t he Notify i n g Party shall be deemed se l e c t e d by both p a rties a nd no other apprai se r s h a ll be s e l e c t ed . If two (2) a p praisers ar e s e l e cted , th e y shall s e l e c t a third appropriately qualified appraiser within ten ( 1 0) day s of s e l ection of t h e s econd

 
7
 


appraiser. If the two (2) appraisers fail to select a third qualified appraiser, the third appraiser shall be appointed by the then presiding judge of the county where the Premises are located upon application by either party.

(2) If only one appraiser is selected, that appraiser shall notify the parties in simple letter form of its determination of. the Fair Market Rent for the Premises within fifteen (15) days following his or her selection , which appraisal shall be conclusively determinative and binding on the parties as the appraised Fair Market Rent.

(3) If multiple appraisers are selected, the appraisers shall meet not later than ten ( 10) days following the selection of the last appraiser. At such meeting, the appraisers shall attempt to determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises as of the commencement date of the Extended Term by the agreement of at least two (2) of the appraisers.

(4) If two (2) or more of the appraisers agree on the Fair Market Rent for the Premises at the initial meeting, such agreement shall be determinative and binding upon the parties hereto and the agreeing appraisers shall forthwith notify both Landlord and Tenant of the amount set by such agreement. If multiple appraisers are selected and two (2) appraisers are unable to agree on the Fair Market Rent for the Premises, each appraiser shall submit to Landlord and Tenant his or her respective independent appraisal of the Fair Market Rent for the Premises, in simple letter form, within fifteen (15) days following appointment of the final a p p ra iser. The p a rt i es sh a ll then d et ermine t he Fa i r Marke t Rent fo r the Pr e mi s e s by a veragin g t h e appraisa l s; prov i ded tha t any high or l ow appraisal, diffe ri ng from the middle appraisal b y m ore t h an ten p e r ce n t ( 10%) o f the middl e apprai s al, shall be dis r ega r ded in calcu l a ti ng t h e average.

(5) If on l y on e (1 ) appra i s e r is se l ected, t hen ea c h party sha ll pay on ha l f (1/2) o f the fe e s and expen s es of t h at ap p raiser. If three ( 3) appraisers a r e se l e cted, each party sha ll bear the fees and e x pe n s es of t h e appra i ser it s e l ects and one ha l f ( 1 /2) of t he fee s and exp e ns e s of t he third apprai s er .

D . T h e Ext e nsion Opt i on shall be perso n al to Quantenna Communications, In c . , a Delaware corporation, and its Permitted Transferees ( a s define d be lo w) an d sha ll t erm i na t e upon any ot h er a s s i gnment of th i s L e ase or any sublease of a ll of the P r e mises .

E . I mm e d i a t e l y aft e r t he Fa i r Market Rent h as b e en determined, the parties s h all enter i nto a n amendmen t t o thi s Lease setting forth t he Base Mon t h l y R e n t for t he Extende d Term and the n e w e x pira t ion date of the T e rm. All other term s and co n d i t i ons of t h e Lea s e sha ll rem a in in full for c e and effect a nd s h a ll appl y during the Ex t en d ed Term, except that: ( i ) ther e sha ll b e n o further op ti on to ex t end t h e Te rm b e y ond a date t h at is o n e (1 ) y ear after t h e exp i ration of the in iti al Term , ( i i ) th e r e shall be no re n t concessions , and (iii) the r e s ha ll be no co n structi o n a ll owance, t e nant i mprovement a ll owance o r si m ila r provisions .

ART IC L E 3
RENT , LATE CHARGE S AND SECURITY DEPOSIT S

3. 1 BASE M ON TH L Y RENT : C omm e ncing on the Re n t Comm e n c ement D ate ( a s determ i n e d pursuant S e cti o n 2.3 a bo v e) a n d continu i n g throughout th e Term, T e n ant

 
8
 


shall pay to Landlord, without prior demand, in advance on the first day of each calendar month, as base monthly rent, the Base Monthly Rent.

3.2 ADDITIONAL RENT: Commencing on the Commencement Date (as determined pursuant to Section 2.3 above ) and continuing throughout the Term, in addition to the Base Monthly Rent due and payable on and after the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent ("Additional Rent") the following amounts:

A. Tenant's Proportionate Share of all Operating Expenses (as defined in Article 13). Payment shall be made by whichever of the following methods (or combination of methods) is (are) from time to time designated by Landlord:

(1) Landlord may bill to Tenant, on a periodic basis not more frequently than monthly, Tenant's Proportionate Share of such expenses (or group of expenses) as paid or incurred by Landlord, and Tenant shall pay such share of such expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of a written bill therefore from Landlord; and/or

(2) Landlord may deliver to Tenant Landlord's reasonable estimate of any given expense (or group of expenses , such as Landlord's Insurance Costs or Real Property Taxes) which it anticipates will be paid or incurred for the ensuing calendar or fiscal year, as Landlord may determine, and Tenant shall pay Tenant's Proportionate Share of such expenses for such year in equal monthly installments during such year with the installments of Base Mo n thl y R e n t. Lan d lo rd reserv e s th e r i g ht to c h a n ge fro m tim e to tim e th e m et h od o f b illi ng T en a nt Te n a nt' s P ro port i o na te S ha re o f s u c h e x pe n s es o r t h e p e ri o dic basis on w h i ch s u ch expe n ses ar e billed.

B. Landl o r d ' s s h a r e of th e c o n s id e ration r e ce i ved by Te n a nt upon ce rt a in a s s i gnme nt s a nd s ubl e tt i n g s a s required by A rt icl e 7 ;

C . Any le ga l fees a nd c o s t s th a t T e n a n t i s o bli gate d t o p ay o r r e imbur se to L a ndlord pur s u an t to Arti cle 13; and

D . An y ot h e r charges o r r e im b ur se m e nts du e L an dlor d fr om Ten a nt p ur s u an t t o t he t e rm s of thi s L eas e .

3.3 YEAR-END ADJUSTMENTS: If L a ndlord sh a ll hav e el ec t e d to c h arge Ten a nt Tenant' s Pro port i o n ate Sh a r e o f t h e Ope ratin g E x pense s (o r an y gro u p o f suc h exp e n s e s ) on a n es tim a ted bas i s in ac c ordan c e w i t h th e provisions of Sect io n 3.2 A( 2) abo ve , L a n d l o r d s h a ll furnish to Te nant within thr ee (3 ) m o n t h s fo llo w ing th e e nd o f th e applica b l e c a l end ar o r fis ca l yea r , as th e c as e may be , a s t a t e m e nt se ttin g forth ( i) the am o unt of s u c h e xp en s es p a id o r in c urr e d d uri n g th e just end e d cal e ndar o r fi s cal ye a r, a s a pp ro pri a t e, an d ( ii) Ten a nt' s Pro po rti o na t e S h are o f suc h ex p e n se s fo r such pe ri od . If T en an t s h a ll ha ve pai d m o r e than T en a nt' s Proporti o n a te S h ar e o f s uch expen s e s for th e s tat e d p e ri o d, Landl o rd s h a ll, at it s e lection , e ith e r (i) c r e dit the a m o unt o f suc h ov erpa ym en t towar d t h e n ex t e n s u i ng p aym e nt or p a ym e n ts o f R e n t t hat wo uld oth erw is e b e du e or (i i ) r e fun d in c a s h t o T e nan t th e amount of su c h ov erp ayme nt. If su c h y e a r- e nd s t a te m e nt s hall s ho w th a t T e n ant did n ot p ay Tena nt' s Pro p o rt i onate Sh a re o f any s u c h e xp enses i n full , then Ten a n t s hall p ay to L an dlor d th e amo u n t

 
9
 


of such underpayment within thirty (30) days from Landlord's billing of same to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 3.3 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

3.4 LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST ON RENT IN DEFAULT: Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant of any monthly installment of Base Monthly Rent or any Additional Rent will cause Landlord to incur certain costs and expenses not contemplated under this Lease, the exact amounts of which are extremely difficult or impractical to fix. Such costs and expenses will include, without limitation, administration and collection costs and processing and accounting expenses. Therefore, if any installment of Base Monthly Rent or Additional Rent is not received by Landlord from Tenant within five (5) calendar days after Landlord has given Tenant written notice that the same is past-due, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a late charge in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Base Monthly Rent or Additional Rent not so paid. Landlord and Tenant agree that this late charge represents a reasonable estimate of such costs and expenses and is fair compensation to Landlord for its loss suffered by reason of Tenant's failure to make timely payment. In no event shall this provision for a late charge be deemed to grant to Tenant a grace period or extension of time within which to pay Rent or prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy available to Landlord upon Tenant's failure to pay Rent due under this Lease when due, including the right to terminate this Lease. If any Rent remains delinquent for a period in excess of five (5) calendar days, then, in addition to such late charge, Tenant shall pay to Landlord interest on any Rent that is not so paid from said fifth (5th) day at the then maximum rate of interest not prohibited by Law until paid.

3.5 PAYMENT OF RENT: All R en t shall b e p a id in l aw ful m o n ey of t he U nit e d S t a t e s , w ith o ut a n y a batement, d ed u c tion o r off se t fo r an y r e ason w ha tsoeve r ( e x c ept a s oth e rwi se ex pre ss l y pro v i d ed in thi s Le ase ) , t o L a ndlo r d at s u c h addr e ss as Landlord ma y d e sign ate fr om tim e t o t im e. T e n a nt ' s obli g ation to p ay B a s e M on thl y R e nt and all Additio n al R e nt s hall be prora te d a t the co mm en ce ment and expiration of th e T e rm. Th e failur e by Ten ant to p a y an y Addi t i o nal Rent as r equired pur s uant to th i s L e as e w h e n du e s hall b e t r ea t e d the sa m e a s a fail u re b y Tenant to p a y Base Monthl y R e nt w h e n du e, and Landlor d s hall ha ve th e sa m e ri g h ts a nd remedi es a g a ins t Te n a nt as Landlo r d w ould ha ve i f T e n a n t fail e d to pay t h e Ba se Mon t hl y Rent w h e n d u e .

3.6 PREPAID RENT: U p on sign ing this L ea s e , Te n a nt shall imm ed i a t e ly pa y to Landl o r d, t he Fir st Month' s P r e p a id Rent as p r e pa ym e nt of r e nt for c re dit a g ai n st th e first in st allmen t of B ase Monthly Rent d u e h e r e under.

3.7 SECURITY DEPOSIT: Up o n s i gn in g thi s Le as e, T en a nt sh a ll imm e d i a t el y d e posit wi t h Landl or d , in c a sh, the S e c urity De po s it as s ecurit y fo r th e p e rforman c e by T e n a n t o f t he t e rm s o f thi s Lea s e to be p e rform ed by Tenant , an d not as pr e pa yme nt of Re nt. A t Tenant' s op ti o n, a t a n y time followin g exe cution o f this L e ase by Landlord a nd Ten a nt a nd Te n a nt's initial d e po s it w i th Landl o rd of th e ca s h Se cu ri ty Depo s i t as r e quired in th e pr ec edin g se n tenc e, the c a s h Se curit y D e po s it m ay be re p la ce d w it h a n unco nd i ti o n a l, cl e a n, i rrevocabl e , st andby l e tt e r o f c redi t co m p l yi n g wi th th e t e rms of this Sec tion 3 . 7 and th e t e rm s and c on d itions s e t fo rth in E x hibi t D a tt a ched h e r e to and incorporat e d h e r e i n b y re fe ren ce (th e "L ette r of Cre dit") . Landlo r d ma y apply such p o rtion o r p o rti o n s of the Se c uri ty Dep os it a s ar e r eas o nab l y n ece ssar y fo r th e fo ll ow in g purp o s e s : (i) to re me d y a ny d e fault ( a ft e r a pplicable noti ce and cur e p e ri o d s ) b y T e n an t in th e pa ym ent of B a s e Monthly R e nt or Ad d i t i on al Re nt or a l a t e char ge or

 
10
 


interest on defaulted Rent; (ii) to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant; (iii) to clean and repair the Premises following their surrender to Landlord if not surrendered in the condition required pursuant to the provisions of Article 2; and (iv) to remedy any other default (after applicable notice and cure periods) of Tenant to the extent permitted by Law including, without limitation, paying in full on Tenant's behalf any sums claimed by material men or contractors of Tenant to be owing to them by Tenant for work done or improvements made at Tenant's request to the Premises. In this regard, Tenant hereby waives any restriction on the uses to which the Security Deposit may be applied as contained in Section 1950.7(c) of the California Civil Code and/or any successor statute. In the event the Security Deposit or any portion thereof is so used, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, promptly upon demand, an amount in cash sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full original sum. Landlord shall not be deemed a trustee of the Security Deposit. Landlord may use the Security Deposit in Landlord's ordinary business and shall not be required to segregate it from its general accounts. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. If Landlord transfers the Building during the Term, Landlord may transfer the Security Deposit to any subsequent owner in conformity with the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and/or any successor statute, in which event Landlord shall be released from all liability for the return of the Security Deposit. Tenant specifically grants to Landlord (and hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 to the contrary) a period of thirty (30) days following a surrender of the Premises by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease within which to return the Security Deposit (less permitted deductions) to Tenant, it being agreed between Landlord and Tenant that thirty (30) days i s a reas on ab l e p e rio d of t im e w i t h i n w hi ch to i nspect th e Pre m ises, m ake r equ ir ed repairs, rece i ve and ve ri fy wo r km e n 's b illin gs therefore, and p r epa r e a fi n al accounting wi th respect to such deposit. In no event s h a ll the Security Depo s i t , or any portion t h e r e o f, be considered prepa i d R ent.

ART I C L E 4
USE O F P R E M IS ES AND CO MMON A R E A S

4.1 PERMITTED USE: Te n ant s ha ll be en ti t l ed t o use t he P r emises so l el y for the Permit t ed Use and fo r n o ot h er purpose what s oever. Sub j ect to the limitations con t ained in this Arti cl e 4 , Tenant shall h ave the rig ht t o u s e the Common Areas, in conj u nct i on with oth e r tenants, so l e l y for t h e p u rp oses for which they were intended and for no o t h e r purpose w h atsoever. Te n ant s ha ll n ot h ave t h e ri g h t to use the exterior surfaces of ex t erio r wa ll s , the area ben e at h t h e floor o r the area above th e ceiling of th e Premises (o t her than for cabling which may b e in sta ll ed s ubjec t t o Land l ord's approval w h i ch s h a ll no t be unreasonab l y w i thh e l d, delay e d or c o ndi tioned).

4.2 GENERAL LIMITATIONS ON USE: T e nant sha ll not do or perm i t anyt h in g t o be done in or about the P r e mis e s , the Building, t h e Common Areas or the Project which does or c o u l d ( i ) unr e a s onab l y in terfere w i t h the rights of other t enant s o r occupan t s of the Bui l ding or the P roj ect, ( i i) jeopa r d i ze the structura l in t egrity of t he Building or ( i ii) c a use damag e to any part of the Building or t h e Proje ct. Tena nt shall not opera t e any eq u ipment within t h e P r emises whi c h does o r c ou ld ( i ) injure or mate ri a ll y vibrate o r shake th e P r em i ses or th e Building, ( ii ) damage , overload, co rr ode, or m ateria ll y i m pa i r t h e efficie nt operation of any e l ectrica l , p l umb in g, sewer, h ea t in g , ven t ilating or air conditioning systems wit h in or servicing the Premi s es or the Bui l ding, or (iii ) damage or materially impair the e fficient operation of the

 
11
 


sprinkler system (if any) within or servicing the Premises or the Building. Without Landlord's prior written consent, Tenant shall not install any equipment or antennas on or make any penetrations of the exterior walls or roof of the Building, and Tenant shall not affix any equipment to or make any penetrations or cuts in the floor, ceiling or walls of the Premises. Tenant shall not place any loads upon the floors, walls, ceiling or roof systems which could endanger the structural integrity of the Building or damage its floors, foundations or supporting structural components. Tenant shall not place any explosive, flammable or harmful fluids, including Hazardous Materials, or other waste materials in the drainage systems of the Building, the Common Areas or the Project. Tenant shall not drain or discharge any fluids in the landscaped areas or across the paved areas of the Project. Tenant shall not use any area located outside the Premises for the storage of its materials, supplies, inventory or equipment, and all such materials, supplies, inventory and equipment shall at all times be stored within the Premises. Tenant shall not commit nor permit to be committed any waste in or about the Premises, the Common Areas or the Project.

4.3 NOISE AND EMISSIONS: All noise generated by Tenant in its use of the Premises shall be confined or muffled so that it does not unreasonably interfere with the businesses of or annoy other tenants of the Building or the Project. All dust, fumes, odors and other emissions generated by Tenant's use of the Premises shall be sufficiently dissipated in accordance with sound environmental practices and exhausted from the Premises in such a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with the businesses of or annoy other tenants of the B u i ld in g or th e P ro j ec t , o r ca u se any d a m a g e t o t h e P r e mi se s o r th e Bu i l d in g o r a n y c omp o n e n t part t her eof o r t h e p rop e rt y o f ot h e r t e n a n t s o f t h e B ui l din g o r t h e Pro j ect.

4.4 TRASH DISPOSAL: T e na n t s h a ll p rov id e t ra s h a nd g ar b a g e d i s p o s a l fa c ili t i es i n s ide th e Pr e m i ses for a ll of it s tras h , g a r b ag e a n d was t e r e q u i rem e nt s a n d s h a ll c au s e s u ch tr as h , gar b a g e and wast e to be re gu l ar l y r e mo v ed fro m t h e P rem i ses at T e na n t's s o l e co st. T e nant s hall ke e p a ll ar e a s ou tsi d e t h e Pr e m is es and a ll fire c orrido r s and mecha ni ca l e quipm e nt ro o m s in o r a b o u t the P r e mi s e s free a nd cl e ar of a ll t ra s h , g a rb ag e, wa s t e a nd b ox es c o nt a i nin g sam e at all t i m es .

4.5 PARKING: Te n an t i s allo c at e d , and T e n ant a n d i t s em plo ye es a n d inv it e e s s h a ll h a ve the ri g h t t o u se o n an u nre s erve d b asi s n ot m ore than T e na n t' s Num b e r o f Pa r k in g Space s in the parking l ot se rving t h e B ui lding . T e na n t s ha ll not , a t any t ime, u s e o r p e rmit it s emp l oy e es o r i n vi t e es to u s e mor e pa r k i n g s p a c e s than t h e numb e r s o a ll o cate d t o T e n a n t Te nan t s h a ll no t h a v e t h e e xcl u s i ve righ t to u s e an y sp e c ifi c par k i ng spa c e . In t he e vent L a n d l o r d e l e cts o r is r e qu ir ed by a ny L a w to limi t o r c o n trol p a rkin g wi thin t h e P r oje c t , wheth e r b y va lidati o n o f p a r k in g t ic k e t s or an y oth e r m et h o d , T ena nt agre es t o p a rt i cip a t e in s uch va lid a tion o r o t h e r pro gra m as r e a s on a b l y e s t abl i s h ed b y Landlo r d ; pro v i ded , h o w e ver, tha t T e n ant sha ll n o t i n an y e ve nt be r e quired to pay for T e nan t ' s p a rk in g . T en an t shall not , at a n y tim e, pa r k o r perm i t t o b e park e d any t ru c k s or vehicl e s a djac ent to en t ryway s o r l oad in g areas w i t hin th e Proj e c t s o a s to i n t e rfe r e in a n y w a y w i t h th e us e o f s u c h are a s , nor s h a ll Ten a nt, at a n y tim e , park o r p erm i t t h e p a rki n g of T e na n t's trucks o r o t h e r ve h i cl es , o r the tru c ks and vehicl e s of T enant' s s uppli e r s or o t h e r s , i n a ny porti o n of t h e Co mm on A r e a s not d es i gn a te d b y Land l o rd for s u c h us e b y T e n an t. Te n an t shall not , a t an y t im e , pa rk or p e rmit t o b e p ar ked a ny r ecr ea t i o n a l v e hi cl es , in oper a t ive veh i c l es o r e quipm e n t o n any p o rt i on o f t h e Comm on Ar e a s . Te n an t a gr ees t o assu m e re s po n sibili ty fo r c omplianc e by i ts e mp l oy ee s a nd inv i t ees w i th t h e

 
12
 


parking provisions contained herein. If Tenant or its employees park any vehicle within the Common Areas in violation of these provisions, then Landlord may charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, and Tenant agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, Fifty Dollars ($50) per day for each day or partial day that each such vehicle is illegally parked, or parked in any area other than that designated. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord, at Tenant's sole expense, to tow away from the Common Areas and store until redeemed by its owner any vehicle belonging to Tenant or Tenant's employees parked in violation of these provisions.

4.6 SIGNS: Tenant shall not place or install on or within any portion of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project any sign (other than a business identification sign on the Building first reasonably approved by Landlord in accordance with this Section 4.6), advertisements , banners, placards or pictures which are visible from the exterior of the Premises. Tenant shall not place or install on or within any portion of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project any business identification sign which is visible from the exterior of the Premises until Landlord shall have first reasonably approved in writing (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) the location, size, content, design, method of attachment and material to be used in the making of such sign and provided that such sign complies with all applicable Laws. Any signs, once approved by Landlord, shall be installed only in strict compliance with Landlord's approval and applicable Laws, at Tenant's expense, using a person first reasonably approved by Landlord to install same. Landlord may remove any signs (not first approved in writing by Landlord), advertisements, banners, placards or pictures so pl aced by T enant o n or wi th in th e P rem is es, t h e B ui l d i n g , th e Co m mon Ar eas o r t he Pro j ect an d charge to T e nan t t he cost of such r e mova l , together wi t h an y co s t s in curred by Land l ord t o r e pa ir any dama ge ca u s e d th er eby, including any cost in c urr e d t o re s tore th e su r face upon which s u c h sign was so affix e d to its o ri g i nal conditio n. Ten a n t s ha ll remove a n y suc h s i gns, r e pa i r any dama ge caused thereby , and restor e t he s u rface up o n whic h the sign wa s affix e d t o i t s origina l c ondition, a ll to Land l ord' s reasonab l e s a t isfaction , upon the t erm in atio n of t hi s L e ase .

4.7 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND PRIVATE RESTRICTIONS: Ten a n t s h all no t u s e or pe rm it an y pe r son to u s e the Premises in any manner that violates any L a w s or P riv a t e Re s t rict i o n s . Te n ant s h a ll ab i d e by and sha ll promptly observe and comply wit h , a t i t s sole cost a n d e x pen s e, a ll Law s and P ri v at e Rest ri c tions r e spect i n g th e us e and o ccupancy o f the Premises, t he B uilding, t he Commo n Ar e as o r the P ro j e c t and s ha ll d e fe n d with c ounsel a c c e ptabl e t o Landlo r d , inde m nify a nd h ol d L and l o r d h a rml es s from a ny cl a i ms, damages or liabili t y resultin g from Tenant' s fail u re to do so . Notwit h s tandi n g the for e g o in g o r Section 4. 8 bel o w, Tenant shall not be r equ ir ed to c omply wi t h or cause the P r e mises to comp l y wi th any Law s , Priva t e Res t rict i on s o r insuran c e re q u i remen t s requirin g a lterat i on s to t h e Premis e s exc e p t a s r e q uir e d under S e c t ion 6 . 3 b e low.

4.8 COMPLIANCE WITH INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: W i t h re s pect to a n y i n s u r anc e po li c i e s ca rri ed by Land l ord i n accordan c e wit h t he provi s i o n s of thi s L ea s e, Ten a nt s h a ll not co n du c t ( n or perm i t an y othe r pe r son to c o nduct) any act i vities within t h e Premise s , or sto r e, keep or use anythin g wi t hin th e P r emi s e s which ( i) i s pro hi b it ed under the t e rms of any of s uch policies, (ii ) cou l d r e sult in the termination o f the c overa g e afforded u n de r a n y of s u c h po li c i e s , (ii i ) cou l d give to t h e insuran c e carrier the righ t t o cancel any of s uch poli c ie s , o r (iv) cou l d cause a n increa s e in the rate s (over s tanda r d ra t e s ) char ge d fo r th e coverag e afforded un der an y of such po l icies ( u n l e s s Te n a nt a gree s to pay s uc h inc r eases) .

 
13
 


Tenant shall comply with all requirements of any insurance company, insurance underwriter, or Board of Fire Underwriters which are necessary to maintain the insurance coverages carried by either Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

4.9 LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO ENTER: Landlord and its officers, agents, servants, employees and independent contractors (collectively, "Landlord Parties") shall have the right to enter the Premises upon not less than one business day's prior notice (except in the event of emergency or at Tenant's request) during normal business hours and subject to Tenant's reasonable security measures for the purpose of (i) inspecting the same; (ii) supplying any services to be provided by Landlord to Tenant; (iii) showing the Premises to prospective purchasers , mortgagees or, during the last six months of the Term only, tenants; (iv) making necessary alterations, additions or repairs; (v) performing any of Tenant's obligations when Tenant has failed to do so after giving Tenant reasonable written notice of its intent to do so; and (vi) posting notices of non-responsibility or "For Lease" or "For Sale" signs. Additionally, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises at times of emergency. Any entry into the Premises or portions thereof obtained by Landlord in accordance with this Section 4.9 shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. In exercising Landlord's rights hereunder, except in the event of emergency, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid any unreasonable interference with Tenant's use of the Premises and shall comply with Tenant's reasonable security m easures .

4.10 CONTROL OF COMMON AREAS: Lan dl ord sha ll a t a ll t i m es h ave e xcl u siv e contro l of th e Common A r e as . Land l ord sha ll ha v e th e right, w ith o u t the s am e constitut in g an a ct u a l or c on s tructi ve e v i ction and with o ut enti tl ing T e nant to any r educt i on i n or ab a t e m e nt o f Ren t , t o : (i) t e m p ora ril y cl o s e any part o f th e Co mm o n Areas to wha t eve r e x t e nt required in t h e o p ini o n o f La n d l o r d' s c oun se l to p rev e n t a ded i c a t i o n the r e o f or the accrua l o f an y prescrip t i ve ri gh t s t h e r e in ; ( i i) t e m pora ril y clo s e a ll o r any part o f t he Common A re as t o p e rform ma i ntenance o r fo r a n y ot h er r easo n dee m e d s u f ficient or n e c e ssary b y Landlord; (ii i) chang e th e s h a p e , s i ze , loc a tio n , n umber and e x tent o f im prov e m e n t s within th e Comm o n Ar e a s i nclud in g , w i t h out li m i ta t i on, c h angin g t h e l ocat i o n o f d ri v e w a y s , e ntra n c e s, e xits, pa r king s pac e s, park in g a rea s , s idewa l k s, d ir ec ti onal o r l o cato r s i gns, o r the d ir ectio n o f t h e flow o f traffic; and ( i v) to m ake a d di t ion s t o t he Common Ar e as i ncludi n g, w i t h out limi ta ti o n , the con s truction of p a rki n g s tructure s . Landlord s ha ll have t he right to c h a n g e th e n ame o r a ddre s s of t he B u i l d in g . T en a nt , i n its u s e of th e Common A r eas , shall keep the C ommon Area s free and clear o f a ll ob s t ruc t i o ns c re ated or p e rm i tted by T e nant. If , in t he opinion o f Land l ord, unau t horized p e r s o ns ar e using any of th e Common A r eas by r e ason of, o r und e r claim o f , th e e x p re s s or i mpl i e d au thori t y or c o n s e n t of T e n ant , t h e n T e nan t , upon d e man d o f Land l o rd, s h a ll r e s t rai n , to the fu ll est ex t e n t th en a ll owed b y L a w , s uc h un a ut h ori ze d use, a n d s h a ll in i t i at e su c h a ppropri a te pro c e e di n g s as may be r e qui r ed t o s o res tr ain su c h u s e . In e x er c is in g L andlord' s right s h e r e u n der , Landlo r d shall use comm e rcially reasonab l e e f forts t o a void a n y unreasonable in t erferenc e w i th T e nant ' s us e of, ac c e ss to, or p a r k ing at the Pr e mi ses .

4.11 RULES AND REGULATIONS: Land l o rd s hall have th e ri ght from ti m e t o t im e t o e s tab li s h rea s onable ru l es a nd r egu l ati o n s an d/ o r a m e nd m e n t s or a dd i tions th e reto r e specting t he u s e of space within th e Proj e ct and t h e u s e o f t h e Common Ar e as . Upon deliv e ry

 
14
 


to Tenant of a copy of such rules and regulations or any amendments or additions thereto, Tenant shall comply with such rules and regulations . A violation by Tenant of any of such rules and regulations (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. If there is a conflict between the rules and regulations- and any of the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall prevail. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to Tenant for the violation of such rules and regulations by any other tenant of the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall not be required to comply with any amendments or additions to the existing rules or regulations unless the same applies non-discriminatorily to all occupants of the Project, does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use of, access to, or parking at the Premises, the Building, and the Project, and does not materially increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Tenant under this Lease.

4.12 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION: Landlord may voluntarily cooperate in a reasonable manner with the efforts of all governmental agencies in reducing actual or potential environmental damage. So long as such voluntary cooperation does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use of or operations in the Premises, Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease or to any reduction in or abatement of Rent by reason of such compliance or cooperation and Tenant agrees at all times to cooperate fully with Landlord and to abide by all rules and regulations and requirements which Landlord may reasonably prescribe in order to comply with the requirements and recommendations of governmental agencies r egu la t in g , or ot he rw i se i nvo l ved i n, the protection of the environme n t.

4.13 OUTSIDE AREAS: No ma t eria l s, p a llet s , s u ppl i es, tanks o r containers wheth e r above or b e l ow gr o und level , equip m e nt , finished products or s e m i - fi n i s hed prod u cts, raw ma t erials, i n operab l e vehicles or article s of a n y n a ture sha ll be s tored u p o n or permit t ed to remain out s i de o f t h e Prem i s es.

4.14 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: L and l o rd an d Tenant agre e a s fo ll ow s wit h respect to t he exis t e n ce or use of Hazard o us Mate ri a l s on t he Proj e ct:

A. Any ha n d l ing, tran s port a t ion, stora ge , treat m e n t, d i sposa l or us e of Hazardous M a t erials b y Tenant, Tenant's emp l oyees , contractor s , age nt s, p e rmi tt ees or in v itee s ( the " T ena n t Part i es") afte r th e Effective Date in or about the Proje c t shall s trictly comply wit h all app li cable Hazardous Mat e ri a l s Laws . T e n ant s ha ll inde mni fy, defend u pon demand w i t h c oun s e l accep t abl e to La n d l ord, and hold harm l ess Land l ord from a nd aga i ns t any and a ll li ab ili ties , losses , cl a i m s , dama g e s , l os t profit s , cons e quential damages , i nt e rest, pe n alt i es, fi ne s, court cos t s, remed i atio n co s t s, i n ve st i gat i on co s ts , a nd o the r exp e nse s which resu l t from or arise in any manne r w h a tsoever ou t of t he us e , storage, treatmen t , t ransport a tio n , re l ea s e , or disposa l of Hazardous Ma t erials on o r about t h e Proje c t by Tenant or th e Te n ant P a rtie s after t he Eff e ct i ve D a t e .

B. If the pr ese n c e o f H azardo u s Ma t eri a l s o n the Proje c t caused by Te n ant or the Tenant Part i es afte r the Effectiv e Date r e sults in contamination or det e rioration of wa t er or s oil or any othe r part of the Proj e c t , th e n Te n ant s h al l promptly take any a n d a ll action necessar y to inve s t i g ate and r emediate s uch contamination in accordanc e w i t h app li c a b l e Hazard o us M aterial s Laws . Tenant s h a ll further b e s o lel y r e sponsib l e fo r , and s h a ll defend, indemnify and

 
15
 


hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against all claims, costs and liabilities, including attorneys' fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any investigation and remediation (including investigative analysis, removal, cleanup, and/or restoration work) required hereunder as a result of any such contamination by Tenant or Tenant Parties.

C. Landlord and Tenant shall each give written notice to the other as soon as reasonably practicable of (i) any communication received from any governmental authority concerning Hazardous Materials which relates to the Project, and (ii) its knowledge of any contamination of the Project by Hazardous Materials which constitutes a violation of any Hazardous Materials Law. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, as the owner of the Project, at Landlord's election, shall have the sole right at Tenant's expense (if Tenant or Tenant's Agents are responsible for such Hazardous Materials under this Lease) to negotiate, defend, approve, and/or appeal any action taken or order issued with regard to Hazardous Materials by any applicable governmental authority. Tenant may use small quantities of household chemicals such as adhesive, lubricants, and deaning fluids in order to conduct its business at the Premises and such other Hazardous Materials as are necessary to the operation of Tenant's business of which Landlord receives notice prior to such Hazardous Materials being brought onto the Project (or any portion thereof) and which Landlord consents in writing may be brought onto the Project. In granting Landlord's consent, Landlord may specify the location and manner or use, storage, or handling of any Hazardous Material. Landlord's consent shall in no way relieve Tenant from any of i ts o bli gat i o ns as c o n t a in ed he re i n . T e n a n t s h a ll n ot if y L an dlord i n writ i ng at l east t e n ( 10) days p rior t o t he first appearance o f any H azardous Materia l o n t h e Prem i ses, the Bui l ding, t he Common Ar e as and/or the Projec t. Te n ant sha ll prov i de Land l ord wi t h a list o f all Hazardo u s Materials an d the quanti ti e s of each H azardous Mate ri a l to be stored , o r used, on any portion of th e Proj e c t , a n d upon Landlord ' s request Te n ant sha ll prov i de Land l ord with copies of any and all Hazardous M aterials Manageme nt P l a n s, Mat e rial Safety Data S h ee t s, Hazardous Waste Man i fests, and other d ocume nt a t ion ma i ntained o r r eceived by T enant pertaining t o th e Hazardo u s Materials used , stored, or trans p o rt ed or to be used, s t o r ed, or transporte d on any portion of the Pro j ect. At any time during th e Term, Te n a n t shall, w it h i n fi ve (5) days a ft er w rit te n r equest from Land l ord , d i sclose in wri t ing a ll H aza r dous Mate ri a l s t hat are being used by Tenant on the Project (or have been used by Te n ant on the Project), the nature of such use, and t h e manne r of storage and disposal.

D. Landlord may cause test in g we ll s to be i nsta ll e d on the Projec t an d may c a use the ground water t o be t ested to de t ec t t he prese n ce of H azardo u s M ateria l by t he use of such tests as are then c us tomarily used for s uch purposes . If Te n a n t s o r eq u ests, Land l ord shall supp l y Tenant w i t h copies o f s uch tes t results. The cost of s u ch tests a nd of the ins t a ll at i on , mai n tenance, repa i r a n d r ep l acement of such we ll s shall be paid by Tena n t i f such tests disclo s e t h e e x i s t enc e o f facts which give ri se to li ab ili ty of T enan t purs u an t to its inde m n i ty give n in Section 4.1 4A and/ o r B a bove. Landlord may reta in consu l tan t s to inspect t h e Project, conduct periodic environmen t a l audi ts , and review any informat i o n provided by Tenan t , a n d such costs to t h e exte n t r easo n ab l y r e l ated to Tenant's use and opera t ion of th e Prem i ses s h a ll be trea t e d as Projec t Mai n tenance Co s t s , to t h e exte n t prope rl y incl u ded there i n.

E. Upon th e expirat i on o r ea rl ie r t erminat i on o f the Lease, Tenant, at its so l e cost, s hall remove a ll Hazardous Ma t eria l s introduced b y Tenant from t he Projec t and s h a ll

 
16
 


provide a certificate to Landlord from a registered consultant satisfactory to Landlord, certifying that Tenant has caused no contamination of the Building or the soil or groundwater in or about the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project. If Tenant fails to so surrender the Project, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all damages resulting from Tenant's failure to surrender the Project as required by this Section 14.14E, including, without limitation, any claims or damages in connection with the condition of the Project including, without limitation, damages occasioned by the inability to lease the Project (or any portion thereof) or a reduction in the fair market and/or rental value of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas and/or the Project by reason of the existence of any such Hazardous Materials in or around the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas and/or the Project. In addition, Landlord shall be entitled to all damages directly or indirectly incurred in connection with such holding over, including without limitation, damages occasioned by the inability to lease the Project or a reduction of the fair market and/or rental value of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas and/or the Project.

F. As used herein , the term "Hazardous Materials" means any product, substance, chemical, material or waste which by itself or in combination with other materials is (i) potentially harmful to public health, safety, welfare or the environment and (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority. Hazardous Materials include, without limitation, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any fraction, product or by-product thereof. "Hazardous Material Laws" means all federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, codes rul es, regu l at ions , s t an d ards, o r d er s a n d re q u i reme n ts pe rt a i n i ng t o Hazar d o u s M a te ria l s and / o r en v ironmental conditions i n, o n , und e r or about the Pre m i ses , the Bui l ding t h e Comm o n A rea s and/o r the Proj e c t , i n clud in g so il and groundwater c o n dition s , whethe r n ow in effect o r whic h may h e r e a fte r co m e i n t o effec t.

G. Tenant's failure to comp l y w i t h any of t h e r e quirem e nts of t h i s Section
4 .1 4 regarding th e storag e , u s e , d i s posa l , or transportation of Hazardous Mate ri als (aft e r a pplicab l e notic e and cure periods) shall b e a materia l defau lt un d e r th e t erms of th i s Leas e . T he obli ga tion s of Landlord and Tenant und e r th i s Section 4 . 14 sha ll survi ve t he e xp i rat i on or e a rli e r term i natio n of the Term. Th e r i gh t s and o bliga ti o n s o f Land l o r d an d T e nant with resp e ct t o i s sue s r e l a t in g to Hazardou s M a te ri a l s ar e e x cl u s i v e l y e stab li s h e d by this S e cti o n 4 . 14. In th e even t of any i ncon s i s t e ncy b e t we en any othe r p a rt of this Lea s e and th i s S e ction 4 . 14 , t h e terms of this S e ction 4. 1 4 sha ll control.

H. Tenant acknowledges t h at Lan d lo r d ha s made available to Tenant a co p y o f th e P h ase I E nvironm e nta l Site A s s e s s ment, da t e d N o vemb e r 27 , 2007 ( th e "Pha s e I Report") , r e garding th e Bu il ding an d t h e Pro j e ct.
ART I C L E 5
REPA I RS , MA IN TENANCE, SERV I CES A N D UT I LIT I ES

5.1 REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE: E x cept in th e ca s e o f dama ge to or d e s truct i o n of t h e Premi s e s, t h e Bui l di n g or the Pro j ec t cau s ed by an a c t o f God o r other peril , in w h ich c a s e th e provisions o f Article 10 shall contro l, t he parti e s shall have the following obliga t ions and r e spon s i bilit i es with r e spe c t to th e repair and ma i n t enance o f th e P r em i s e s, the Bui ldi n g a n d the Common Are a s .


 
17
 


A. Tenant's Obligation: Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and at its sole cost and expense, regularly clean and continuously keep and maintain in good order, condition and repair the Premises and every part thereof and all appurtenances thereto, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) all interior walls, floors and ceilings, (ii) all windows, doors and skylights, (iii) all electrical wiring, conduits, connectors and fixtures, (iv) all plumbing, pipes, sinks, toilets, faucets and drains, (v) all lighting fixtures, bulbs and lamps and (vi) all entranceways to the Premises. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair all damage to the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project caused by the activities of Tenant or the Tenant Parties promptly following written notice from Landlord to so repair such damage. If Tenant shall fail to perform the required maintenance or fail to make repairs required of it pursuant to this Article within a reasonable period of time following notice from Landlord to do so, then Landlord may, at its election and without waiving any other remedy it may otherwise have under this Lease or at Law, perform such maintenance or make such repairs and charge to Tenant, as Additional Rent, the costs so incurred by Landlord for same. All glass within or a part of the Premises, both interior and exterior, is at the sole risk of Tenant and any broken glass shall promptly be replaced by Tenant at Tenant's expense with glass of the same kind, size and quality.

B. Landlord's Obligation : Landlord shall, at all times during the Term, maintain in good condition and repair: (i) the exterior and structural parts of the Building (including the foundation, subflooring, load-bearing and exterior walls, and roof); (ii) the Com m on Ar ea s ; a n d ( i i i ) t h e elect ri ca l a n d p l u m b in g sys t e m s l ocated outs i de th e P r e m i s e s w hi c h s ervic e th e Bu i l d i n g . La n d l ord s h a ll hir e a li ce n s ed h e ating, ven t i l ating a nd air c onditionin g co n tractor to regularly, and periodica ll y inspec t (no t l e ss fr e quently than e very thr e e (3) m on t h s ) a nd pe r fo rm required m ain t e n a n ce o n t he h ea t in g, v e n t il at i ng and air c o n d i t i oning equ i pment a n d s ystem s serv in g t h e Premi s e s (i n clud i ng the H VAC unit s in the computer room) and the cos t t h ereof s ha ll be tr ea t ed a s a Project Mai n te n a nce Cost ( ex c e pt to the e x tent the c o s t thereo f i s not in cluded in t he c alcu l a ti on of Proje c t Ma i nte n ance Costs as described in claus e s (a) through ( g ) of Sec t ion 13.1 2 below). Additiona ll y, to t h e extent that the Bu il ding c ontains cen t ral h ea t ing , ve nti l a tin g and/or air condit i o n i n g sy s tems l o c ated outside th e Pr emis e s that are designed to s ervice, and a re then serv i cin g , m o r e t h a n a s in g l e t e n ant w i th i n t he B ui l ding ( " Common HVA C "), Landlord sha ll m a in t ain in go od o perat i ng conditi o n a n d r e pair such Co m mon HVA C equipment and s ys t ems . The provi s i o n s of thi s Sect i o n 5 . 2B sha ll in no way l imi t the right of Land l ord t o charge t o tenants of the Proje c t , as Add i tiona l Re n t pursuant t o Arti cl e 3 , t he costs incurr e d by Landlo r d in maki n g suc h r e pairs a nd/or per fo rm in g s uch maint e nanc e to th e ex t e nt such co s ts are prope rl y i ncluded as Proj e ct Mai n tenan c e Cost s under t hi s L ea s e . No t with st and i ng anyth i ng in this L ease to th e c o ntrary , L a ndlord s h all perfo rm a n d co n s truct, a n d Te n ant s h al l h ave n o re s pon s ibil ity to perform or construct, any repair, mai n te n a n c e or impro v ements ( a ) nece s s i tated b y t h e acts or omissions of Land lo rd or any o t h e r oc c up a n t o f t he Proje c t, or t heir respectiv e agen t s , emp l oyee s , co n tract o rs or in v itees, ( b) o c cas i oned b y fire, acts of G o d or oth e r c asualty o r by the ex e rcise o f th e power of e m i n e n t domain, (c) r e q uir e d as a consequ e nc e of a n y viol a tion of any Laws or construc t ion defe c t s i n the Pre m i s es, t h e Bui l d in g o r the P rojec t as of t h e L e as e Co mm e n c e ment D at e ( e xcept as may b e a tt ribut a bl e t o Ten an t du ri ng its early o c c upancy p eriod) , (d) for which Land l o r d h as a righ t of reimburse m ent fr om oth e r s, ( e ) t o any p o rti o n of the Bui l ding that is ou t s i de of the de m i s i n g wa ll s of th e Pr e mis e s and i n s ide anot h er te n ant' s l e as e d premis e s , ( f) to the h e a t ing, ve n ti l ating, a ir condi t io ni n g , e l ectric a l , wat e r, sew e r, a nd plumbin g s y s tem s s erving the Premi s e s ; an d (g) that res ul t in cost s t hat should

 
18
 


be properly capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles (it being understood that such costs shall be amortized over the useful life of the capital item in question and such amortized costs included in Project Maintenance Costs as described in Section 13.12 below). In performing all repair and maintenance, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid any unreasonable interference with Tenant's business operations at the Premises.

C. Americans With Disabilities Act ("ADA") and Similar Acts : During the Term, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for compliance with the ADA, Title 24 of the California Administrative Code, and other similar federal, state, and local laws and regulations, with respect to the structural walls, foundations, electrical and structural systems, concrete sub-flooring, structural elements of the roof, major building systems, and underground utilities, including the Building shell. During the Term, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall cause all alterations, additions, improvements and repairs made by Tenant to the Premises to comply with the provisions of the ADA, Title 24 of the California Administrative Code, and other similar federal, state, and local laws and regulations, including, without limitation, any alterations required under the ADA for the purposes of "public accommodations" (as that term is used in the ADA).

5.2 SERVICES AND UTILITIES: The parties shall have the following responsibilities and obligations with respect to obtaining and paying the cost of providing the following utilities and other services to the Premises.

A. Gas and E l e ctricity : L a n d l ord s h a ll a rran g e, a t its s o l e cost and expense a nd in T e nant's name, for the s upp l y of ga s and e l ectricit y to t h e Premise s . Tena nt s h a ll be re s ponsibl e for d e t e rm ini ng i f th e l ocal s u pp li er of gas a nd/o r e l e c tri c i ty c an s upp l y t h e n ee ds of T enant and wh e t h e r or n o t t h e e x i s t in g gas a n d/or e l e ctric a l di s tribut i on s y s tem s w i t hin th e B uilding and t he Prem i ses are ad e q u ate for T e n a n t's n eed s . Tenant s h a ll pa y a ll c h ar g e s for ga s and el e ctricity as s o s upp li ed t o the Premi s e s .

B. W a ter : L andlord sha ll pro v i de t h e Pr e m i s es w i th wa t er fo r l avatory and drink in g purpo s e s o n l y. Tenan t shall pay , as Additiona l R e n t , t h e cost to L and l o r d o f providing w a ter t o the Premi s es. In t he event L and l ord b e li e ves that T e nan t i s u s ing more wa t e r than w h at n o rm ally would be r equir e d for la v ato r y and drink i ng purpose s , Land l o r d at i ts electio n may ( i ) periodica ll y c h arg e Tenant, a s A d d i ti o nal Re n t, a sum equa l to La n d l ord' s e s t i mate of t h e cos t of Tenant's excess water usage or ( i i) insta ll (or require T e n ant to install at T e nant ' s s o l e cost) a separate m e t e r fo r purpo s e s o f mea s uring T ena n t's wate r usa g e and, based upo n s uch m e t er reading s , pe ri odicall y c h a r ge Tena n t, as A dd i tiona l Rent, a s um equal t o L andlord' s estimate o f t he co s t of T e na n t's excess water u s a g e. I n the even t t ha t La n dl or d sh a ll s o install such a s eparate m eter, Te n a nt s h all pay t o Land lo rd , upon demand, t h e c osts incurred by L a ndlord in purcha s ing a n d in s talling s u c h meter and t hereafter all costs i nc urr ed by La nd lord i n maintai n ing s aid me t er. The cost of T e nant's water u s age s ha ll i n clude a n y cos t s to L a n d l o r d i n keep in g account o f s uch u s ag e and a ll gove rnm e n ta l fee s, pub li c c h ar g e s o r the l ike attributable to or bas e d upo n ( s uch a s s ewer usa g e fee s ) t he u s e of water t o the extent o f s uch usage .

C . Se c uri t y Servi c e : Tenan t a cknowled g es t hat Landlo r d is not r e spon s ibl e fo r t h e securi t y of the Premi s es or t he protection of Tenant's propert y o r th e Tenant P art i es , and

 
19
 


that to the extent Tenant determines that such security or protection services are advisable or necessary, Tenant shall arrange for and pay the costs of providing same.

D. Trash Disposal : Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not responsible for the disposal of Tenant's waste, garbage or trash and that Tenant shall arrange , in its own name and at its sole cost, for the regular and periodic removal of such waste, garbage or trash from the Premises. In no event shall Landlord be required to provide trash bins for the disposal of Tenant's waste, garbage or trash.

5.3 ENERGY AND RESOURCE CONSUMPTION: Landlord may voluntarily cooperate in a reasonable manner with the efforts of governmental agencies and/or utility suppliers in reducing energy or other resource consumption within the Project. Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease or to any reduction in or abatement of Rent by reason of such compliance or cooperation. Tenant agrees at all times to cooperate reasonably with Landlord and to abide by all reasonable rules established by Landlord (i) in order to maximize the efficient operation of the electrical, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and all other energy or other resource consumption systems within the Project and/or (ii) in order to comply with the requirements of utility suppliers and governmental agencies regulating the consumption of energy and/or other resources; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to comply with any rules that Landlord adopts as a voluntary measure (rather than in compliance with applicable laws, ordinances, regulations or tariffs of a governmental or quasi- g o vernme n ta l a u t h o ri ty o r pub li c u tilit y ) un l ess th e s a m e ap pli e s n o n-di sc rimin ato ril y to a ll occupants of the Buildin g , d o es n o t unre a sonabl y interfere with T e nant' s us e of and opera tio n s at the Pr emi s es , a n d does n ot m ate ri a ll y increa s e the ob li g ations or costs or decr e as e t h e r igh t s of Tenant under this L ea s e .

5.4 LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY: L a n d l ord sh a ll no t be liable t o T e nant for i njury to T e nant or t he T ena n t P a rt i es , damage to T e n a nt 's property or l o ss of Ten a nt's busin e ss o r profi t s , no r s h a ll Tenant be e nt i t l ed to te rmin ate t hi s L ea s e o r to a ny reduction i n or aba te m e nt of R e nt by r e aso n o f (i) L a n d l ord's fa il ure to p erform a n y maintenance or rep a irs t o th e Pro j e c t unt i l T e nant s h a ll h av e fir s t n ot i fied L a n dlor d , i n w r it i ng, of t he need for s uc h maintenanc e or r epair s , and t h en on l y after Lan dl ord s ha ll have h a d a rea so n a ble period o f tim e fo ll o w in g its r e c e i pt o f s uch n ot i ce w i t h i n whic h t o perfo rm s uch m a intenance or repair s , or ( ii) any failure , in terrupt i o n , rat i o nin g or o t her cu rt ailm e n t i n the supply o f wa t er , ele c tric current , gas o r o the r uti lit y se rv i c e to t h e P r e mis e s , t he Building o r the Proj e ct from wha t ev e r ca u s e (other t h a n L a ndl o rd' s a c tive gross ne g li ge nce o r willful m iscond u ct), o r (iii) t h e unauthorized in t ru s ion or entry in to th e Prem i s e s by t h ir d parties (other t h an Land l o r d) .

5.5 RENT ABATEMENT: If t here is a fai l ure, interru p t i on , rat i on i n g o r ot h er curtailmen t ( a ny such e v e nt being referred to herein a s an "Int e rrup ti on of Service") i n t h e s upply o f wa t e r , electric current, ga s o r other uti li ty s ervice to t h e P r em i s e s fo r a n y cause and s uch Int e rrupt i on of S e rvice c ont in u es fo r t en ( 1 0) o r more con se cut i ve bu s i n ess day s aft e r T e nant' s w ri tte n n ot i c e t h ereof to Landlord, a n d Tenan t is unable t o co n du c t a n y business in a mat e ria l po rt ion of the Premises as a resu l t t hereof during such ten (10) busin e ss day p e rio d, t h e n T enant sha ll be e ntitled to an aba t e ment o f M onth l y B a s e R e nt and T e n ant's ob li g at i o n to pa y T enant' s Proport i o n ate Share of Bu il di n g Operatin g Ex p en s e s , w hi ch a ba t e m e nt s h a ll comm e nce a s of t h e e l ev e nth ( 11 th) busine s s day d e s cribed above and terminate upon t he c e ssation of su c h

 
20
 


Interruption of Service, and which abatement shall be based on the portion of the Premises rendered inaccessible or unusable for Tenant's business by such Interruption of Service. In addition, if any Interruption of Service continues for more than sixty (60) days, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease. The termination and abatement provisions set forth above shall be inapplicable to any Interruption of Service that is attributable to (x) damage from fire or other casualty (it being acknowledged that such situation shall be governed by Article 10) or condemnation (it being acknowledged that such situation shall be governed by Article 11), (y) Tenant's failure to pay for any services that are.the subject of the Interruption of Service, or (z) the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its officers, directors, employees, agents or contractors.

ARTICLE 6
ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

6.1 BY TENANT: Tenant shall not make any alterations to or modifications of the Premises or construct any improvements to or within the Premises without Landlord's prior written approval, and then not until Landlord shall have first approved, in writing, the plans and specifications therefore, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. All such modifications, alterations or improvements , once so approved, shall be made, constructed or installed by Tenant at Tenant's expense, using a licensed contractor first approved by Landlord, in substantial compliance with the Landlord-approved plans and specifications therefore. All work und e rt a k e n by T e n a nt s h a ll be d o ne in acco rd a nce w ith a ll La ws and in a g o o d and w orkm a nlik e mann e r us in g ne w materi a l s o f go o d qu a lit y that m a tch or c om pl e m e n t th e o ri g in a l i mprov e m e nts e x i s t in g a s of t he C omm en c em e n t Da te . Te n an t s h a ll n o t c o m me nc e th e m ak ing o f a n y suc h modi fi c at ion s or altera ti o n s or th e c o n s tru c tion of an y su c h im pro ve men t s un ti l (i) a ll require d go v e rnm e n tal a ppro v a l s an d p e rmit s sha ll ha ve bee n obta in e d , (ii) a ll r e qui re m e nts r e gar di n g in s ur ance impo se d b y t hi s Le as e h a ve b e e n s ati s fi e d , an d ( i ii) T e n a nt sh a ll hav e g iv e n La ndlord at l ea s t fi v e ( 5 ) bu s ine s s d ays p ri or wri tt e n n oti c e of it s in te ntio n to c o mm e n ce s u c h wo r k s o t h a t Land l ord m a y p os t a nd fil e noti ces o f n on -r es po nsi bili ty . In n o e ve nt s h a ll T e nan t m a k e an y modifi ca ti o n s , a lteration s o r i m p ro v e m e nt s to t he Com m o n Ar e as or a ny areas outs ide of th e Pr emises. As u s ed in t hi s Art icle, the t e rm "m o d ifi c ati o n s , alt e rati o ns a nd/ or impro ve m e n ts " s h a ll in cl ude, w ith o ut li mi tatio n , th e in s tall a tion of addi t ion a l e l ec tri ca l out le ts ; ov e rh ea d li ghti n g fix tur es , d ra i ns, s ink s , p artiti o n s , do orwa y s , o r th e lik e . T e nan t s h a ll p ay L a ndl o rd ' s re a s on a bl e c o sts to ins p e ct th e c onstru ct ion of T e na n t 's alt e rati o n s o r m o dific a ti o n s a nd to h ave L an dlord' s a r c hit e ct r e vis e Landlord' s dra w in gs t o sh ow the w o r k per form e d b y Ten a n t . N o twith s tan d in g th e foregoin g, T e n a n t ma y co n s truct non- s tructural a lt era tion s with ou t Landl o rd's p rio r a pprov a l, i f th e co s t of a n y suc h proje c t doe s not e x cee d T w e nty- F iv e Thou s and Dolla rs ($25 ,0 00) ; pr ov id e d, how eve r , th a t as t o a n y s u c h n o n- s tructural alteration s , Landlord r ese rve s th e ri g ht to r e q u ir e Tenant t o remove su c h a lt era ti o ns prio r to th e e x pi ra tion or ea rli e r terminati o n o f t hi s Lea s e by gi vin g written noti ce of s uch r e quir e d re m o v al to T e n a n t a t le as t thirt y (30) d ays pri o r t o th e e x p ira tion or e arli e r t e rmina t i o n of t hi s Lea s e; pro vi ded , h o w e v er, if Ten a nt su bm its to La n dlord a wri tte n n ot i c e of s u c h a lt eratio n th a t cl ea rl y re qu e st s Landlo r d's determination a s to w h e th e r a n y s u c h a lte ra t io n mu s t be r emo ve d an d sta t e s i n th e t ex t that s u c h notic e constitute s a s " A lte rn a tion N o tice" pur s uant to Sec ti o n 6 .1 of t hi s L e a se (an "Alte ratio n Not ice" ), the n L a ndlord s hall not b e e n t itl e d t o r e quir e r e mo va l o f s u c h alte rat i o n unle s s it no tifi es Te n a n t in writin g o f s uch r equ ir e m e nt wi thin fift ee n (1 5 ) d a ys foll o w i n g de li ve r y of s u ch Alt era tion N o ti ce.


 
21
 


6.2 OWNERSHIP OF IMPROVEMENTS: All modifications, alterations or improvements made or added to the Premises by Tenant (other than Tenant's inventory, equipment, movable furniture, wall decorations and trade fixtures) shall be deemed real property and a part of the Premises, but shall remain the property of Tenant during the Term. Any such modifications, alterations or improvements, once completed, shall not be altered or removed from the Premises during the Term without Landlord's written approval first obtained in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 above. At the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, all such modifications, alterations and improvements (other than Tenant's inventory, equipment, movable furniture, wall decorations and trade fixtures) shall automatically become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered to Landlord as a part of the Premises as required pursuant to Article 2, unless Landlord shall require Tenant to remove any of such modifications, alterations or improvements in accordance with the provisions of Article 2, in which case Tenant shall so remove same. Landlord shall have no obligation to reimburse to Tenant all or any portion of the cost or value of any such modifications, alterations or improvements so surrendered to Landlord. All modifications, alterations or improvements which are installed or constructed on or attached to the Premises by Landlord at Landlord's expense shall be deemed real property, and a part of the Premises and shall be the property of Landlord. All lighting, plumbing, electrical, heating, ventilating and air conditioning fixtures, partitioning, window coverings, wall coverings and floor coverings installed by Tenant shall be deemed improvements to the Premises and not trade fixtures of Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Tenant shall have the right to remove at any time and from time to time any alterations to the P r e mi ses m ade or added by T e n ant, except fo r alt e rat i on s wh i c h ca nnot be r emov e d without s t ru ctura l inj ur y to t h e P r e mi ses, prov i ded t h at Te n a n t repa i rs a ll dama g e c a used by suc h re m ova l, ( ii ) Landlord s h a ll n ot rig ht to requ ir e Te n a n t to remo v e any a l t e rat i ons or im prove m ent s u n less L a ndl ord n ot i fies Tenant at th e time L a n d l ord c o nsents to su c h a lt eration s t h at La n d l ord sh a ll r equire suc h alteratio n s to be removed (prov i ded , howe ve r,that as to any such non - structural a l teratio n s t h at do n ot requ ir e L a n d l or d 's approva l pursuant to Se c tion 6 .1 abo v e and for whi c h Tenant did n o t subm i t an A l tera ti o n Not i ce, Landlord reserves th e right t o requ i re T e n ant t o re m ove such altera t io n s prio r to the expiration o r e ar li e r t erm i na t ion of this L ease by g ivi n g wri tt en not i ce o f suc h r equ i red re m ova l to Tenant at l e ast thirty ( 30 ) d ays prior to the expi ra tion or earlie r term i nati o n of th i s L ea s e), and ( iii ) T enan t s h a ll no t in any event be requ i red t o remove a ny of the L a ndl o rd' s W o rk.

6.3 ALTERATIONS: A t i t s s ol e cos t , Tenant shall make a ll modifi c ations , a l teratio n s and i mpro v e m e n ts to t h e P r emise s that a r e required by any Law beca u s e of (i) Tena n t' s part i cu l ar u s e o r oc c u p anc y of the Prem i s es , th e B uild i ng or th e P roj e ct, (ii ) Te n ant's a ppli c ation for any permi t o r g overnme n tal approva l , o r ( iii ) Tenant' s mak i ng of any modifica t ions, al t erati o ns or improveme n ts to or w i thin t he P r e m i s es. If Landlo r d s ha ll , at a n y time during the T erm, (i) be requ i red by any g overnmental a uthority t o m ake a n y m odifica t io n s , alt e ration s or improv e ment s to the Bu ild ing or the Projec t, (i i) modi f y th e exi s t ing (or c onstruct add i t i o n a l ) ca p ita l i mprove m e n ts o r prov i de b u il ding serv ic e e quipment for t he purpose of r edu c ing t he co n sumpt i on of utili t y s erv i ces or Project Mai n te n ance Costs fo r th e Project, th e cost in c urred by Land lo rd in making such modification s , al t erat i o n s or im provement s sha ll b e c o nsidered a Proj e c t Mai n t e nance Co s t t o the e xt e nt prope r ly in cl uded within the definit i on t h ereof.


 
22
 


6.4 LIENS: Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens caused by Tenant's work at the Premises and shall pay when due all bills arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Tenant or the Tenant Parties relating to the Premises. If any such claim of lien is recorded against Tenant's interest in this Lease, the Premises, the Building or the Project, Tenant shall bond against, discharge or otherwise cause such lien to be entirely released within ten (10) days after the same has been so recorded and Tenant's failure to do so (after applicable notice and cure periods) shall be conclusively deemed a material default under the terms of this Lease.

ARTICLE 7
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING BY TENANT

7.1 BY TENANT: Tenant shall not sublet the Premises (or any portion thereof) or assign or encumber its interest in this Lease, whether voluntarily or by operation of Law, without Landlord's prior written consent first obtained in accordance with the provisions of this Article 7, but which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any attempted subletting, assignment or encumbrance without Landlord's prior written consent, at Landlord's election, shall constitute a default by Tenant under the terms of this Lease. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any person or entity other than Tenant, or the acceptance of Rent by Landlord from Tenant with knowledge of a violation of the provisions of this Article, shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Article or this Lease or to be a c o ns e nt to a ny sub l e tti ng by T e n a n t o r a n y ass i gnmen t or e n cu m bra n ce of T e n a n t 's i nt e r e st i n this L e a se . In th e e ve nt th at T e n a nt sub l ea s es a ll of t h e Pre m i se s o r a s s i gn s i ts i n terest under t he Leas e ot h e r th a n to a P e rmitt e d T ra n s feree, Te n a n t s h a ll l o s e any rights o r opt i o n s to r e new or ext e nd th e term of this L e a s e o r t o e xp a nd t he s i z e o f t h e P r e m i s e s .

7.2 MERGER OR REORGANIZATION: If Tenant is a c orporat i on , an y dis s o l ution , m e r ger, c onsolida t ion or oth e r reor g an i zation of T e nant, or th e sal e or o t h e r transfe r in t h e aggre ga t e over t h e Term o f a controlling percentage of t h e capit a l s t ock o f Tenant, sha ll be dee m ed a n ass ignmen t o f Tenan t' s intere s t in t his L e ase and shall r e quir e L a ndlord's con s ent ex c ept to the ex t en t provid e d o th erwis e in Section 7 . 9 b e l o w . Notw i ths t and i ng anything t o th e contrary he r e i n, t he sale or i s suanc e of T e nant ' s stock for the purp o s e of rai si ng e q ui t y financ i ng and/or the grant in g o f sto c k options sha ll n o t b e deeme d a n a s s i gnmen t or o t he r tran s fe r o f thi s L ea s e and sha ll not r e q uir e any con se nt o f, or payment o f cons i d e ration t o , Landl o rd .

7.3 LANDLORD'S ELECTION: If Tenant or T e nant's s u ccessors shall de s i re to ass ign i t s in t erest under t his L e ase or to s u blet the Premises , Tenant and Tenant' s s uccess or s mus t firs t no ti fy Land lo rd, in writ i ng, of its i nt e n t to s o assign or s ub l et, at l e a s t fift e e n (15) day s in ad v an c e o f the dat e i t in te n ds to so a ss ign i ts intere st in t h is L ea s e or su bl et the Premis e s b u t not soone r t h a n s i x ty (60 ) days in advanc e of such da t e, s pec i fying in detail the te rm s of s u c h propo s ed a s s ignment or s uble tt i n g , incl u ding the name of t h e proposed assignee o r s u bl e s see , th e pro p o s ed as s ignee's o r s u bless ee' s in te n d e d u s e of t h e Premise s, a current finan c ia l s t a t e men t of s u ch propo se d as s igne e o r su b l es see and t h e form of docume n ts to be u s ed i n eff e ctuati n g suc h a s s i gnme n t or su bl ettin g . L a nd l ord s ha ll h ave a pe ri od of ten ( 1 0) day s fo ll ow in g re c eipt of such noti c e and recei p t o f a ll i nforma t ion re q u e s t ed by Landlord regard i ng t he p ropo s ed assign e e or sub l e ssee w i thin which to d o o n e of the fo ll ow i ng : consent to s uc h requ e s t e d as s i gnm e nt o r sub l e t t i ng sub j ect to T enant 's and Te n ant' s s u c ce s sors ' co mp li ance with

 
23
 


the conditions set forth in Section 7.4 below or (ii) refuse to so consent to such requested assignment or subletting, provided that such consent shall not be unreasonably refused. Tenant and Tenant's successors covenant and agree to supply to Landlord, upon request, with all necessary or relevant information which Landlord may reasonably request respecting such proposed assignment or subletting and/or the proposed assignee or sublessee. Landlord's review period shall not commence until Landlord has received all information requested by Landlord. The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall not apply to transactions with Permitted Transferees.

7.4 CONDITIONS TO LANDLORD'S CONSENT: If Landlord elects to consent, or shall have been ordered to so consent by a court of competent jurisdiction, to such requested assignment, subletting or encumbrance, such consent shall be expressly conditioned upon the occurrence of each of the conditions below set forth, and any purported assignment, subletting or encumbrance made or ordered prior to the full and complete satisfaction of each of the following conditions shall be void and, at the election of Landlord, which election may be exercised at any time following such a purported assignment, subletting or encumbrance shall, after expiration of applicable notice and cure period, constitute a material default by Tenant under this Lease giving Landlord the absolute right to terminate this Lease. The conditions are as follows:

A. Landlord having approved in form and substance the assignment or sublease agreement (or the encumbrance agreement), which approval shall not be unreasonably wit hh e l d b y L andlo r d i f th e r equ i re m ent s o f thi s Art i cle 7 are ot h erw i se c omp li e d w ith.

B. E a c h s u ch sub l e ss ee or assign ee hav i ng agr e ed , in w riti ng sa t is fa c t ory to La n d l ord and i t s couns e l and for th e b e n e fit o f Land l or d , to assum e ( i n t h e ca s e o f a n y a ss igne e ) or to be bound by (in t h e case o f any sub le s see ) the ob l igat i o n s of th i s L eas e t o b e perfo rm ed b y Te n ant ( o r, in t h e c ase of an e ncumbrance, e ach s u c h e ncumbranc e r ha v in g agreed to b e bou n d b y Tena nt ' s obligations upon a foreclosur e o r transfer i n li e u the r eof) .

C. T ena n t h a v in g fully a nd c ompletely performed a ll o f i t s obli g ations u nder the t e rm s of t hi s L ease so that no n o n - mo n e t ary defaul t (after app l icabl e notic e and cure p e riods) and n o mo n e tary default by Tenant e x i s ts as o f the da t e of the requested cons e n t or th e da te such a ss ignme n t or s ub l ett in g is t o become e ff ective.

D . T e na n t havi n g rei mb ur s ed to L a nd l ord a ll rea s onable cos t s a nd attorneys' fees i ncu rr e d by L a ndl o r d ( not to ex c eed $ 1 ,000) in c onjunc t ion with the processing and docum e n tat i o n of a n y suc h r e q ue s te d s ub l e tting, a s s i gnme nt or en c umbran c e .

E. Te n an t h a v i n g d e livered t o L and l ord a c omplete and fully - execute d dup l icate o ri g in a l of s uch s ublea s e a greement , assignment agr e em e n t or e n cumbrance ( as app li cab l e) and a ll re l a t e d a gr e ements.

F. T e n a nt having p aid, or havi n g agr e ed in writ i ng to pay as to futur e payments, to Landlord fift y p e rcent ( 5 0%) of all As s ignm e n t C o nsid e rat i o n or E x ces s Re n tal s for such assignment or s ub l e tting as r e qu ir ed b y Section 7 . 5 b e l o w , excludin g transaction s with Permitted Tra n sferee s (defi n ed be l ow) .


 
24
 


7.5 ASSIGNMENT CONSIDERATION AND EXCESS RENTALS
DEFINED: For purposes of this Article 7, the term " Assignment Consideration " shall mean all consideration paid by the assignee as consideration for such assignment, and the term " Excess Rentals " shall mean all consideration to be paid by the sub lessee in excess of the Rent to be paid by said sublessee/sublessor for the premises subleased for the same period. Assignment Considerations and/or Excess Rentals shall include all payments made or to be made by any assignee or sub lessee relating in any way to any transfer of an interest in the Lease or the Premises including, but not limited to, any payment made with respect to property which would or shall become Landlord's property upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, whether such property was installed or paid for by Landlord or by Tenant or Tenant's successors. In the event Tenant or Tenant's successors sublease a portion of the Premises, Excess Rentals shall be calcula t ed by subtracting the rent payable by the sub lessor for the portion of the Premises so sublet from all consideration to be paid by such sub lessee. Rent payable by the sub lessor for the portion of the Premises so sublet shall be calculated by multiplying the Base Monthly Rent payable by the sublessor for the Premises leased by such sub lessor by a fraction, the numerator of which is the area in square feet subleased and the denominator of which is the total floor area of the Premises leased by such sub lessor also in square feet. Notwithstanding anything in the Article 7, any Assignment Consideration and Excess Rentals shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord only as and when actually received by Tenant and only after deducting all costs of Tenant in connection with such assignment or sublease, including, without limitation, brokers' commissions, the cost of any improvements to the Premises made for such assignee or s ub t e n an t , a nd t h e u n amort i z e d cost s o f a ll a l t e ra t ions, m o dificatio n s a n d o th er im prov e m e n ts p r eviou s ly made to th e P r e mis e s and pa i d for by Te n ant. T he pro v i s io n s o f thi s S e ction 7 . 5 s hall no t apply t o tra n sa ct i ons with P e rm it t e d T ransfer e e s .

7.6 PAYMENTS: A ll paym e nt s r e q ui r e d by this A rticl e to b e made t o Land l o rd s ha ll b e made in c a s h in full a s and w h en the y b e come du e . At t he t ime Tena n t , Tenant's as s i gnee or s u b l e sse e m a k es e ac h suc h paym e nt to L and l ord , Tenan t o r Te n a n t' s a s signe e o r su bl e sse e , as the case may be, s ha ll de li v e r to Land lor d an itemized s t a t ement i n r ea sonab l e d e t a il show i ng th e m e t h od by which the amount du e Land l ord w a s c a lcula t ed a n d c e rt i fied b y th e party making such paym e n t a s true a n d correct. L a n d l ord may require that a ll p a yme n ts o f Exce s s R e nta l s and / or A s si g nment Cons i dera ti on to b e m a d e hereunde r be made di r ectl y to L and l o r d by suc h transfer e e.

7.7 GOOD FAITH: T h e rights granted to T e nant by t hi s A rt i cle 7 are grant e d i n con s ideration of Tenan t 's ex p res s coven a n t that a ll p e rt i ne n t allocation s whic h are m ade b y T e n a n t between the ren t al value of t h e Pre m ise s and th e v a l ue of any of Ten a n t 's per so nal propert y w hi ch may be conv e yed or l eas ed co n curre n tly w i th and whic h may re a so n a bly b e con s id e red a p art of t he same transacti o n a s t he perm i tted a s s ignm e n t or sublettin g s h all be made fai rl y , hone s t l y and i n go o d faith . If T e nan t shall br ea c h t hi s covenant aft e r ex pi rat i on of app l icab l e noti c e and cure p e ri od s , L a nd lor d m ay immediate l y declare T e n a n t t o b e in defau l t u n d e r the terms of thi s L e as e a nd t e rm i nate t h i s Lease and/ o r e x er c ise a n y other ri gh t s an d remed i es Land l o r d w ould ha ve und e r t h e t e rm s of th i s Lease i n th e ca s e of a mat e rial default by T e nant under t his Lea s e .

7.8 EFFECT OF LANDLORD'S CONSENT: N o s ub l etti n g , as s i gnmen t or e n cumbrance , e v e n w i t h th e conse n t of L and l o rd, s h a ll relieve T e nant o f its person a l a nd p ri m ary

 
25
 


obligation to pay Rent and to perform all of the obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. Consent by Landlord to one or more assignments or encumbrances of Tenant's interest in this Lease or to one or more sublettings of the Premises shall not be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment, encumbrance or subletting. If Landlord shall have been ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction to consent to a requested assignment or subletting, or such an assignment or subletting shall have been ordered over the objection of Landlord, such assignment or subletting shall not be binding between the assignee (or sublessee) and Landlord until such time as all conditions set forth in Section 7.4 above have been fully satisfied (to the extent not then satisfied) by the assignee or sub lessee, including, without limitation, the payment to Landlord of all agreed Assignment Considerations and/or Excess Rentals then due Landlord,

7.9 PERMITTED TRANSFEREES: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, as long as (a) Quantenna Communications, Inc. or a Permitted Transferee of Quantenna Communications, Inc. is the then-current Tenant under this Lease, (b) no non- monetary default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) and no monetary default under this Lease then exists, Tenant shall have the right, without the consent of Landlord, but without in any way releasing Quantenna Communications, Inc. from any of its obligations under this Lease, to (a) assign its interest in this Lease to (i) any corporation or other entity which is a successor to Tenant either by merger or consolidation, or (ii) a purchaser of all or substantially all of Tenant's assets, or (iii) to a corporation or other entity which shall control, be under the control of, or be under common control with Tenant (the term "control" as used herein shall be deemed to mean owner s hip of m o r e than fift y p e rc e nt (5 0 %) of th e o ut s t a ndin g v otin g s to c k of a co rp o rati o n, o r other ma jo ri ty e quit y a nd co n t ro l int e r es t i f T ena n t i s n o t a co rp o rat i on) (a n y su c h en tity b ein g a " Pe rmitt e d T ran s fer e e ") , o r (b) sub l ease a ll or any porti o n of th e P remi se s t o a Perm itt ed Tra n sferee . Any assi gnme n t or s u b l e a se to a P e rmitt e d Tra n s fe r e e p ur s ua n t t o thi s S e c ti o n 7.9 s h a ll be s ubj ec t to th e t erms of thi s L ease. T e nant s ha ll , wi thin th i rt y ( 3 0) da y s a fte r ex ec ution thereof , de liv er to Lan d lor d ( A ) a c opy of th e as s i gnme nt i n form and subst a nc e re ason a b l y s a t is fa c t o ry t o Landlord , dul y e x ec ut ed b y T en a n t , (B) a n in s trument , dul y e xe c ut e d a n d auth ori z e d b y t h e as si gnee , in w hi c h s u c h a ss ign ee ass um e s obs e rvan ce and pe rforma n c e o f , a n d a g r ee s to be b o u n d by , a ll o f t h e t e rms, c o ve na n ts an d coriditions o f thi s L e a se on Te n a nt 's pa rt to b e o b s erve d a nd p e r fo rm e d , o r ( C) a duplic a te o rigi na l s ubl e a se in fo rm and s ub s tan ce r e as on a bl y sati s fac tory t o Landlord , d u l y exe cu t e d b y Tenant and s ubt e n an t.

ARTICLE 8
LIMITATION ON LANDLORD'S LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

8.1 LIMITATION ON LANDLORD'S LIABILITY AND RELEASE: La nd l ord s h a ll n ot b e liabl e to Te nant for, and Ten a nt hereby re le ases Lan dlo r d a nd the Landlord P a rti e s from an y an d a ll li a b i l i t y, w h e th e r in cont rac t, tort o r o n any oth er b as is , for a n y in jur y to o r an y d a ma ge s u st ain e d by T e n an t or the T en a n t Parti e s ; an y dam age to Ten ant' s prop e rt y ; o r a ny lo ss to Ten a n t's bu s ine ss, lo s s o f Ten a nt' s profi ts o r ot h e r fi nan c ia l lo s s of T e nant r esu ltin g fr o m or a ttribut a bl e t o th e condit i on o f , th e manage ment of, th e m ai n t en a nc e o f , o r th e p ro t ecti o n of the Pre mis e s , th e Buil d in g , th e Co mm o n Ar ea s o r the Project , in cl udin g , wi t ho ut li m it a tion,· an y s uch injur y, d a ma ge or lo s s r e sultin g fr om (i) th e fa ilur e, int e rrup t i o n, rationin g or o th e r c urt a ilment or c essa ti o n in the s uppl y o f ele c tri c i t y, wat er, g as or o th e r u tilit y se rvic e t o t h e Pr e mis es , the B uildin g , th e C ommon Are as or the P roj ec t; (i i ) th e v an d a li s m o r fo r c ible e n t r y i nto th e Buil d in g or t he Pr em i ses; (ii i ) th e pe n et ratio n o f wa t e r into or onto an y po rt io n of th e

 
26
 


Premises through roof leaks or otherwise; (iv) the failure to provide security and/or adequate lighting in or about the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project; (v) the existence of any design or construction defects within the Project, the Building or the Premises; (vi) the failure of any mechanical systems to function properly (such as the HVAC systems); or (vii) the blockage of access to any portion of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project, except to the extent any of the foregoing was caused by Landlord's negligence or willful misconduct, or Landlord's failure to perform an obligation expressly undertaken pursuant to this Lease but only if Tenant shall have given Landlord prior written notice of Landlord's failure to perform such obligation and Landlord shall have failed to perform such obligation within the time period set forth in Section 12.3 of this Lease.

8.2 TENANT'S INDEMNIFICATION OF LANDLORD: Tenant shall defend Landlord, with counsel acceptable to Landlord, against any claims made or legal actions filed or threatened by third parties against Landlord which result from the death, bodily injury, personal injury, damage to property or interference with contractual or other rights suffered by any third party, (including other tenants within the Project) which (i) occurred within the Premises, or (ii) resulted from Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises or the Common Areas in violation of this Lease, or (iii) resulted from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant's agents or contractors in or about the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project or Tenant's default under this Lease, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from any loss (including loss of rents by reason of vacant space w h ic h ot he rw i se wou ld h ave been leased b ut for s u ch ac ti v iti es) , li ab iliti e s, p ena l t i es, or expense w h a t so e ver (includi n g a ll legal fees i n c urred by Land l o r d w it h r e sp e ct t o d efe nd i n g s u ch cla i ms) r e su l ti n g t h erefro m , except to the e x t e n t pro xi mate l y caused by the n e g li ge nc e o r wi ll ful misconduct of L a n d l o rd or Landlo r d ' s default un d er t h i s L e as e . T h i s ind e m n i t y agreement sha ll s u rvi ve t h e exp i ra t io n or soon e r termination o f this L e ase, p ro vi d e d that Tenant shall n ot b e requ i red t o i n de mn ify L a n dlo r d under this Section 8 . 2 w i th r es pect to e vents t hat first occur aft e r the later of (a) the date of t h e expiration, or s oo n e r te rm i nation, of th i s Lease, or (b ) th e date T ena n t a ctua ll y vacates t h e Prem i s e s, provided t h at Land l ord h a s actual not i c e of such vacation . Notwit h s tandi n g anyt hi ng to t he co n trary h e r ein, b ut s ub j e c t to S e ct i on 1 2 .4 be l ow , L and l o rd s h a ll n ot be released or i n de m n i fied fro m , and s h a ll i n d e mnify, d efe nd, prote c t and ho l d harmle s s T e na n t from, all l o s s e s , da m ages , li ab ili t ie s , cla i ms, a ttorne ys ' fee s , costs and exp e n s e s t o t h e e xte nt pro x ima t e l y cau s ed by the n e g l i gence or wi ll fu l mi s conduct of L and l o r d or La n dlord's age nt s or con tr a ctor s or Landlord' s defau lt u n der thi s Lea s e .

ART I CLE 9
INSURANCE

9 .1 TE NANT 'S I NS URA N CE : Tenant shall mainta i n i n s uranc e comp l y i ng w ith a ll of t he followin g :

A. Te n ant s hall procure, p ay fo r and k e e p i n fu ll fo r c e and e ffect, at a ll ti mes during t he Term, t he fo llowi n g :

(1) Comm e r c i al g e neral l iabili t y i nsurance in s uring Te n a n t aga i nst liabi l ity fo r bodi l y i n j ury , d e ath, prop e rty damage and per s onal i n jury o c curring a t th e Premises , o r re s ult in g fr o m T ena n t ' s use o r occupancy of the Pr e m i s e s , Bu i lding, Common Ar e a s or

 
27
 


Project resulting from Tenant's activities in or about the Premises. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis with a combined single limit of liability of not less than the amount of Tenant's Required Liability Coverage. The policy or policies shall be endorsed to name Landlord and such others as are designated by Landlord as additional insureds. The limits of said insurance required by this Lease as carried by Tenant shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be carried by the Tenant shall be primary to any similar insurance carried by Landlord, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(2) Fire and casualty insurance with "all risk" coverage insuring Tenant against loss from physical damage to Tenant's personal property, inventory, stock, trade fixtures and alterations within the Premises with coverage for the full actual replacement cost thereof;

(3) Workers' compensation insurance and any other employee benefit insurance sufficient to comply with all Laws;

(4) With respect to making of alterations or the construction of improvements or the like undertaken by Tenant, "Builder's All Risk" insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the alterations or improvements and Contractor's Protective Liability, and Products and Completed Operations Coverage in an amount not less than $500,000 per in c ident, $ 1,000,000 in the a g gregate ;

(5) B u s in ess In co me in s ura nce and e xtra exp e n s e c ov e rag e wi th c ove ra ge amounts th a t s h a ll reimburse T en a nt fo r a ll r e nt a l, e xp e n s e a nd o th er p ayme nt obli g a t ions of T e n an t un d er thi s Le a se fo r a p e riod of not l es s th a n on e ye ar; and

( 6 ) Compr e h e n s i ve a ut om obil e li a bili ty in s uran ce w ith a polic y lim i t of not l e s s th a n $ 1 , 000,000 e ac h acc id e nt for bo d ily injur y an d property d a ma ge, and in s urin g aga inst all lo s s i n co n ne c ti o n with th e own er ship , m a int enan c e a nd op e rati o n o f automotive e qu i pm e nt th a t is ow ned , hi r ed or n o n- o wn e d ;

B. Ea c h polic y o f liability i n s u ra n c e requir e d to b e ca rri ed by T en an t p ur sua nt t o thi s Article 9 o r a c tuall y c arried b y T enant with r es p e ct to th e P re mi ses o r the Proje c t (i) s h all b e i n a fo rm sat i sfa c t or y to L a ndlo r d , (ii) sh a ll be pro v id e d b y carri er s lic ensed t o d o busine s s in th e s t a t e o f Ca li fo rnia , wi th a B es t's Insu ra n c e Gu id e ra t in g o f "AN I" or b ett er and / or a c c ept ab le to Lan dlor d a nd (iii) s hall b e e n d orsed t o pro v ide thi rty (30 ) da ys wri tt e n notic e of ca n ce ll a tio n to L a n d l o rd. Propert y in s u ra n ce sh all cont ai n a w a i v er a nd / or a p e rmi ss i on to w ai ve b y the insur er any right o f su b roga tion ag ain st Landl ord an d th e L a ndl o rd Part i e s whi c h might ari se b y r easo n of an y paym e nt un der s uch poli cy or b y r e a s on o f a ny act o r o mi ss i o n of Landl o rd a nd th e L a ndl o rd P artie s .

C. Prior t o th e tim e T e nant o r an y of it s c on tra ct o r s e nt e rs t h e Pre mi s e s, Te n a nt s h a ll deli ve r t o th e L a ndlord wit h r e sp e ct t o ea ch poli cy o f in s u ra n c e r e quir e d t o be ca rri e d b y T en ant pur s uant to t h is Arti cle 9 , a ce rtifica te of th e insu r er ce rti fyi n g, in a fo rm sat i sfacto r y t o t h e La ndlord , t h at the polic y h as been i ss u e d and pr em ium p a id p rov idin g t he c o v erage r e quir e d b y t hi s Arti cle 9 and c on taini ng th e prov i s ion s h e r e in . A tt ac hed t o s u c h a

 
28
 


certificate shall be endorsements naming Landlord as additional insured as to liability insurance policies, and including the wording under primary insurance above. With respect to each renewal or replacement of any such insurance, the requirements of this Article must be complied with not less than 30 days prior to the expiration or cancellation of the policy being renewed or replaced. Landlord may at any time and from time-to-time inspect and/or copy any and all insurance policies required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 9.

D. The commercial general liability insurance carried by Tenant shall specifically insure the performance by Tenant of the indemnification provisions set forth in Section 8.2 of this Lease provided, however, nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be construed to limit the liability of Tenant under the indemnification provisions set forth in said Section 8.2.

9.2 LANDLORD'S INSURANCE: With respect to insurance maintained by Landlord:
A. Landlord shall maintain , as the minimum coverage required of it by this Lease, "all risk" property insurance insuring Landlord (and such others as Landlord may designate) against loss from physical damage to the Building with coverage of not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full actual replacement cost thereof. Such property damage insurance, at Landlord's election but without any requirement on Landlord's behalf to do so, (i) ma y ex clud e o nl y t h ose p eril s comm on l y excl ud e d fr o m su ch c o v era g e b y L a ndlo r d' s then property damage insurer ; (ii) may be endor s ed to i nclud e (or separate po li c i e s w h ich may b e carri e d to cover ) l oss or dama g e c aused b y a ny add iti o n a l peri l s a ga inst w hi c h Lan dl o r d may elect t o insure, i ncluding e a rt h quake and/or fl ood; a n d/or ( i v ) may conta in "deducti bl e s " p e r occurrenc e in an amoun t rea s o n ab l y ac c eptab l e to Landlord . L andl o rd s h a ll not b e requ ir ed t o cause such insurance to co v er an y of Tenant's pe r so n al property, i nv e ntory and trade fix t ur es, or any mod ifi cations, alteration s or im provem e n ts mad e or constructed by Te n a n t to or w i t hi n th e Prem i s es. Land l or d 's "all r i sk" p ro perty i n s urance sha ll c o ver th e La nd l ord ' s Wo r k and any s u bsequ e n t a lt eratio n s performed by L andlo r d at Land l ord's cost.

B. L a ndlo r d shall maintain Commercial Genera l L i abi l i t y ins u ranc e i nsuring Landl o rd (and s uc h ot h ers as ar e designa t ed by Landlo r d) a g ai n s t li a b ili t y fo r personal in ju ry , bodi l y injury, dea t h, and damage to prop e rty occurrin g in, on o r about, o r r e sult i ng from t h e us e or occupan c y o f t he Pro j e c t, o r any p ortion th e reof, with combined s i n g l e li mit c o v erage o f at l east T wo Milli o n Do ll ar s ( $2,0 00 ,00 0 ). La n d l ord may carry s uch greater coverag e as Land l ord or Lan d lo r d's L e nder , in s urance broker or a d v i s or or couns e l may from t ime to t im e determ i n e i s r ea s onab l y nec e ssary for the adequ a te prote c t i on of L andlo r d and t h e Project.

C. Landlord may maintain a n y othe r in s urance wh i ch in the op ini on of i ts l e n de r , in su r ance brok e r or adviso r , or le g al coun s e l i s prudent t o carr y under th e given c i rcums t a nce s .

9 .3 M U T U A L W AI VER OF SUBROG AT I O N: Notw i ths t an d ing anythin g in this Lease to t he c ontrary, L and l o r d h e reby r e leases Tenant a n d t h e T e nan t Partie s , and Te n ant h e r eby releas e s Land l ord an d t h e Land l ord Part i e s fr o m a n y and all liab il it y for l o s s , damage o r i n j ury to t h e property o f t he o ther i n or about t he P remi s es w h i c h i s caused by or result s from a

 
29
 


peril or event or happening which would be covered by insurance required to be carried under the terms of this Lease, or is covered by insurance actually carried and in force at the time of the loss, by the party sustaining such loss. Each party shall cause each property damage insurance policy it obtains to provide that the insurer thereunder waives all recovery by way of subrogation as required herein in connection with any injury or damage covered by such policy. All of Landlord's and Tenant's repair and indemnity obligations under this Lease shall be subject to the releases contained in this paragraph.

ARTICLE 10
DAMAGE TO PREMISES

10.1 LANDLORD'S DUTY TO RESTORE: If the Premises are damaged by any peril after the Effective Date, Landlord shall restore the Premises, as and when required by this Article 10, unless this Lease is terminated by Landlord pursuant to Section 10.2 or by Tenant pursuant to Section 10.3. All insurance proceeds available from the fire and property damage insurance carried by Landlord shall be paid to and become the property of Landlord. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to either Section 10.2 or 10.3, all insurance proceeds available from insurance carried by Tenant which cover loss to property that is Landlord's property or would become Landlord's property on termination of this Lease shall be paid to and become the property of Landlord, and the remainder of such proceeds shall be paid to and become the property of Tenant. If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to either Section 10.2 or 10.3, all i ns u ra n ce p ro ce e ds ava il a ble fr om in sura n ce carried b y T e n a n t w hi c h cover l oss to property t h at is Land l o r d' s property s h a ll b e pa i d to a nd beco m e t h e property of L a n d l ord, a n d a ll proceed s ava il ab l e w h ic h co v er l oss to property wh i c h wou l d become the property of L a n d l ord upon t h e termination of thi s Lease s h a ll be paid to and r e main the property of Tenan t. If t h i s Lease i s n ot so t e rm in ated, then upo n r ec e i p t of t h e in surance proceeds ( i f the l oss is covered b y in s ura n ce) and th e issuance of a ll neces s a r y gove rnm e n tal pe rm its, L andlo r d s h a ll com m ence and d il igent l y pros e cute to comp l e tio n t h e restorat i o n of t h e P r emises, to t h e extent t h en a ll owed by L aw, to substant i ally t h e sa m e co n di ti o n i n w hi c h the P r e m ises existed a s of t h e Comme n ce m ent Date (however, to t h e exte n t that any i mprovements or alteratio n s to the Premi s es a re constructed by L a ndlo r d afte r t h e Co mm enceme n t Date a t Land l o r d' s expense, then La n dlord s hall be re s p onsible for t he r estoratio n of such improveme nt s and altera t ions a l so) . Landlor d shall have no ob li gat i on to restore any of Tenan t 's persona l property, inventory or trade fixture s . Upon comp l et i o n of t h e res t oration by L andlord, Tenan t may forthwith rep l ace o r fu lly repair a ll o f T enant's pe rs onal property, inventory and trad e fixture s to like or simi l ar c o ndit i on as e x i sted at t h e time o f such damage o r des t ruc t ion and Tenant ma y , if it so elects , restore any i mprovemen t s or altera t ions performe d a ft er the Commencement D at e at Tenant's expense .

10 .2 L AN DL ORD'S RIGHTTO TERMI NA TE: Landlord shall h ave the option to t erminate t h i s Lease i n th e event any of the following oc c urs, wh i ch option may b e exercised only by de li very to Tenant of a writte n n otice of e l ectio n t o termi n ate wit hin sixty ( 60) days after t h e date of suc h da m age or d estruc t ion:

A. T h e Pre m ises or the Building are damaged by any peri l cove r ed by in sur a n ce required to be carried by Land l ord under this L ease (an "insured peril" ) t o such an ex t ent t ha t the es ti mated cost to rest o re the Premise s or the Bui l ding, as the ca s e may be ,

 
30
 


exce ed s the l e s ser of (i) the insurance proceed s pa ya ble to Landlo rd a s a re s ult of suc h c as u a lt y, or (ii) s event y -five percent (75 % ) of th e then actu a l repla ce men t cost thereo f;

B. The Building is damaged by a n uninsured peril ; or

C. The Premises or the Buildin g are damaged by a n y peri l and , b ecau se of the La ws then in forc e , the Premi ses or th e Build i ng , a s the c as e m ay be, (i) cannot be r e store d at reasonable co st or (ii) if r es tor e d , cann o t be use d for the sa me u se bein g ma de ther e of b e fore s uch d a ma g e .

Notwithstanding th e fore g oing , Landlord sh a ll not have th e right to terminat e this L e ase fo llo w ing a cas u a lt y und e r the conditions s e t fo rth in pa ragr aph s (A) , ( B) or ( C) (i) abo v e if , as o f the date of Landlor d 's wr i tten notice o f its election t o terminate t his L ea se to T enant, Lan d lord intend s t o r e p a ir and re s t o re su c h ca s u a l t y d a m a ge .

10.3 TENANT'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE: If the Prem is es ar e dam a ged by an y peril a nd L a ndlord doe s n ot el ec t to t e rmin a t e t hi s L e a s e o r i s n o t enti t l e d to terminate thi s Leas e pursu a nt to this Article 10 , then a s so o n as r ea sonably pra c ticabl e, Landlord s hall furnish Tena n t with th e written opinion of Landlord 's ar c hit ect or c onstruction co nsultant a s to when th e r estoration work required of Landlord may b e complete. T enant s hall have the opti o n to t e rminat e thi s Lea se in th e e vent an y of t he fo llowin g o cc ur s , w hi c h op t io n m a y b e ex er c i se d in the c as e of A or B b e low only b y d e li ve ry t o Landl o rd o f a writt e n n o ti ce of e l e ction to t e rmina te w ithin t hirt y ( 3 0) days a f t er T e n an t r e c e i ves fro m L an dl or d th e es tim a t e o f t he t i m e ne ed e d t o comp le t e su c h r es t orat io n:

A . Th e Premises are dama ge d b y a n y p e ril a nd , in th e r ea s on a bl e o pin io n o f La ndl o rd' s a r c hit ect o r c on s t ruc t io n co ns ult an t, th e resto ra tion o f th e P re mi ses ca nn o t b e s u b stan ti a ll y co m p l e t e d w i t hin nine (9) mon t h s afte r the d a te of s u c h c a s u a lt y; o r

B. Th e Premises are dam age d b y an y p e ril w ithin t we l v e ( 12) m o nth s o f th e las t day o f th e T e rm a nd , in t h e rea so na bl e o pin i on of L a ndlord ' s a r c hit e ct o r co n s tru ct io n co n su lt a nt , th e r es tor a tio n of th e Pr e mi ses c a nnot be s ub sta nti a ll y c om p l e t e d w ithi n nin e t y (90) da y s afte r th e da t e suc h r es t ora tion i s co m men c e d .

10.4 TENANT'S WAIVER: Landlord an d Te n a nt agree th a t the pro v i s ion s o f Section 10.3 a bo ve , caption ed " Tenan t' s Righ t to Te rmin a t e " , a r e int ende d t o s up e r se de and r e pla ce th e pr o v i s i o n s cont a in ed in Ca liforn ia Ci vi l Code, Se ction 193 2 , Subdi v i s i on 2, and C al i fornia C iv il Code, S ect ion 1 93 4 , a nd acco rdi ng l y, T e n a nt h e r e b y w aiv e s th e p rov i s ion s o f s aid C i v il Co d e S ec tion s and t h e pro v i s ion s o f a n y s u c c esso r C o de S ec ti o n s o r s imil a r La ws he rein a fter e n ac ted .

10 . 5 AB A TEM E NT OF RENT: In t h e ev ent of d a m a ge t o th e Pr e mi s es whi c h doe s not r es ult in the t erm ination of t h is Lea s e , the B a s e Monthly Rent ( an d a n y Addi tio nal R ent ) s h a ll be t em porarily a bat e d durin g t he p e riod o f r es t ora tion in prop o rti o n t o th e degr ee to which T e nant ' s u se o f t h e Pr e mi ses i s impair e d by su c h da mage .


 
31
 


ARTICLE 11
CONDEMNATION

11.1 LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE: Subject to Section 11.3, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease if, as a result of a taking by means of the exercise of the power of eminent domain (including inverse condemnation and/or a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord under threat of condemnation to an entity having the power of eminent domain), (i) all or substantially all of the Premises is so taken, (ii) more than thirty-three and one-third percent (33.3%) of the Building's leasable area is so taken, (iii) more than thirty-three and one-third (33.3%) percent of the Common Area is so taken, or (iv) because of the Laws then in force, the Premises may not be used for the same use being made thereof before such taking, whether or not restored as required by Section 11.4 below. Any such option to terminate by Landlord must be exercisable within a reasonable period of time, to be effective as of the date possession is taken by the condemner.

11.2 TENANT'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE: Subject to Section 11.3, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease if, as a result of any taking by means of the exercise of the power of eminent domain (including inverse condemnation and/or a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to an entity having the power of eminent domain under threat of condemnation) (i) all or any part of the Premises is so taken, (ii) more than thirty-three and one- third percent (33.3%) of the Common Area is so taken, or (iii) the part of the Premises that remains cannot, within a r e a so n a bl e peri o d of tim e, b e made re aso nably suitable for the c o ntinu e d op e ration of the Te n a nt' s b us in ess . T e n an t m u s t ex er cis e su ch opti o n wi thin a r easo n a bl e p e r io d o f tim e , to be e ff ec ti ve o n t h e l ater to o c c ur of (i) th e dat e that p o ss e s s i o n o f t h a t port i on o f th e Pr e mi ses t ha t i s co ndemn e d is t aken b y th e co nd e mn e r or (i i ) the da te T en a nt v a ca t es th e Pr e mis es .

11.3 TEMPORARY TAKING: If an y portion of the P r e mi s e s i s t e mporaril y t a ken for si x (6) m o nth s o r l e s s, thi s L eas e s h a ll r e m a in in effec t. If an y ma teri a l po rti o n o f th e P r em i s e s i s t e mpo rari l y taken fo r a p e ri o d which e ith e r e x c ee d s s i x ( 6 ) month s o r w hi c h e xt end s bey on d th e n atu ra l expira t i o n o f the T erm , th e n L a ndl o rd and T e nant shall e ach ind epe nd e ntly h ave th e opt i o n t o t e rm i n at e t hi s L ease, e ff e cti ve o n the d ate p os s e s si on is ta ke n b y t h e c ond e mn o r.

11.4 RESTORATION AND ABATEMENT O F R E N T : If a n y p a rt o f th e Pre mis e s i s tak en b y co nd em n at i o n a nd thi s L ease i s not te rminat e d , then Land l o rd s h a ll r e pair any dam ag e occa si o n ed t hereb y to the r em aind e r of the P remi ses to a c o nditi on re as onabl y su itabl e for T en ant ' s c ontinued o p e ra t ion s an d otherwi se, to the e xt e nt p rac tic a bl e , i n the m a nn e r an d t o th e exte nt p rov i d ed in Se ction 10.1 , as of th e d ate po ss e s si o n i s tak e n by the co nd e mnin g a uthori ty , (i ) t h e Ba s e M o nthly R ent s h a ll be redu ce d i n th e s a m e p ro p ort i o n th at th e are a of th a t p a rt o f t he P r e mi s e s s o tak e n (l ess an y add i ti o n t o t he ar ea o f th e Premi s e s b y r ea son of any r econstruction) be a r s t o th e ar e a of the P r e mise s i mm ediat e l y prior to s uch t a kin g , and (ii) T e nant' s Pro po rtion a t e Sh a re s h a ll b e appropri a t e l y a dju st ed.

11.5 DIVISION OF CONDEMNA T ION AWARD : A n y aw ard made fo r a n y condemnat i o n of t he P re mi ses, th e B u il ding, t h e C o mmo n Ar eas o r the P roj e ct, or any portion th ereo f, shall b e l o n g to and b e pa i d to Landlord, an d Ten a nt h e reby ass i gns to Landlord a ll o f its

 
32
 


right, title and interest in any such award; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to receive any condemnation award that is made directly to Tenant (i) for the taking of personal property, inventory or trade fixtures belonging to Tenant, (ii) for the interruption of Tenant's business or its moving costs, (iii) for loss of Tenant's goodwill, (iv) for any temporary taking where this Lease is not terminated as a result of such taking or (v) the unamortized value of any alterations constructed at Tenant's cost. The rights of Landlord and Tenant regarding any condemnation shall be determined as provided in this Article 11, and each party hereby waives the provisions of Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, and the provisions of any similar law hereinafter enacted, allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease and/or allocating condemnation awards between Landlord and Tenant in the event of a taking of the Premises.

ARTICLE 12
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

12.1 EVENTS OF TENANT'S DEFAULT: Tenant shall be in default of its obligations under this Lease if any of the following events occur:

A. Tenant shall have failed (i) to pay Base Monthly Rent or any Additional Rent within three (3) days after written notice from Landlord of a delinquency except that Tenant shall not be entitled to written notice on more than two (2) occasions in any twelve (12) month p e riod ;

B . T en a n t s h a ll have done o r permitted to h a ve be e n done an y ac t, u s e or t h i n g i n it s use , o c cupancy o r po s se s sio n o f t he Pr e mi s e s o r i n i t s u s e o f t he B u i ld i n g, th e Co mm o n Areas o r t he Projec t which i s prohibited by the terms of t hi s L ea s e which con t inues more t h an fi v e (5 ) d a ys after w r i t t e n no ti c e from L a nd lo rd s pecifying th e na t ure of t he violation; o r

C. Tenant s h a ll h ave s ubl et the Premi s es or as s i gn e d or encumbered i ts in t er es t in t hi s L e a se in v io l at i o n of t h e pro v i s i on s co n ta in ed i n Art i cl e 7 , w h e ther vo l u n tari l y o r by op e ration o f L a w; o r

D . T enant shall have permitted o r s uffer e d the sequestrat io n or attachment of , or execution on, or t h e appointm e nt o f a custodian or r e c e i v e r with re s pect to, a ll or any su b stan ti a l part of t he property or assets o f T e nant o r a n y prope rt y or ass e t e s se n t ial to t h e conduc t of T e nant ' s bu s in e s s, a n d T e na n t s h a ll h ave fa il e d to o b tain a r etu rn o r r e l ease of the sam e wit h i n th irt y (3 0 ) day s the r ea ft er , or p ri or t o s a l e pursuant to s uc h seque s tr a tio n, attachment or l e v y, whichever i s ea rlier; or

E . Te n an t shall h ave made a g eneral as s ignment of a ll o r a s ubstan t ial part o f i t s as s e t s for t he bene fi t o f its c r e d it ors; or

F. T e nant shall have allowed (or sough t ) t o have entered agains t i t a dec re e or order wh i ch: ( i ) gran t s o r con s t i tu t e s an orde r for re li e f, appointm e nt of a tru s te e, or confirmatio n of a r eo r g a ni zat i o n p l an u n de r t h e b ankruptc y l aws of t h e Un i t e d S t at e s; (i i) approve s a s properly fi l ed a petit i on s e e kin g liquidation o r r e or ga niz a t ion under said bankruptc y laws or any o t her d e btor's r e li ef law o r s i m i lar statute of th e United S tates or any

 
33
 


state thereof; or (iii) otherwise directs the winding up or liquidation of Tenant; provided, however, if any decree or order was entered without Tenant's consent or over Tenant's objection, Landlord may not terminate this Lease pursuant to this Article 12 if such decree or order is rescinded or reversed within thirty (30) days after its original entry; or

G. Tenant shall have availed itself of the protection of any debtor's relief law, moratorium law or other similar Law which does not require the prior entry of a decree of order; or

H. Tenant shall have failed to perform any other term, covenant, obligation or condition of this Lease (other than those described in Sections 12.1A through 12.1H), and (i) such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant identifying Tenant's failure to perform any of the obligations in Section 13.3 or Section 13.6 of the Lease, or (ii) such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying the nature of such failure and requesting Tenant to perform same or such longer period as may reasonably be required by Tenant to perform such-term, covenant or condition, provided that Tenant commences and thereafter diligently attempts to perform same.

12.2. LANDLORD'S REMEDIES: In the event of any default by Tenant, and without limiting Landlord's right to indemnification as provided in Section 8.2, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by Law or ot h erw is e prov i de d in this Lea s e, to w hic h L a n d l o r d m ay reso rt cumul a ti ve l y , or in the a l t ern a t i v e:

A. Landl o rd may, at La ndl o rd' s election , k ee p thi s L e a s e i n e ff e ct and e nforc e, by an act i on a t l aw or in equit y all of i t s r i ght s a n d r emed i es und e r t h is L e ase in cl ud i ng , without limitatio n , (i) the ri g ht to re c over the re n t and oth e r s ums as t h ey bec o m e du e by approp r i at e l e gal a c tion , (ii) the right to m ake payme n t s req u i r e d o f T e nant, or p e rform T e nant' s ob li g ati o n s and b e reimburs e d by T e nan t for t he c os t t h ereo f wi t h in t e r e s t a t the th e n m a xi m um rate of i nt e rest not pro h ibi t e d b y Law from the d a t e t he su m i s p a i d by Land l ord un t il L a ndlord i s reimbur se d by T e nant, and ( ii i ) th e r emed i es of inj un ctive re li e f a n d s pec i fi c p e rforman c e to p r ev e nt Tenant from v i o lating th e t e rms o f t his Lea s e and/or to co mpe l T e nant t o p e rform i t s ob l iga t i o n s und e r th i s L e a s e, as the c as e may be .

B. Land l or d may, a t Landlord's e l ec t i o n , terminat e th is L e ase by givin g T e nant w ritten no t ice of termina t ion, in which e v e n t th i s L ease s h a ll terminat e on the d at e se t forth for t e rm i natio n in such n o tice. A ny terminati o n under thi s Sect i o n 1 2 . 2B s ha ll not r e lieve T e n an t from it s o bli gat i on t o pa y t o Landlord all Base M o nt h l y Re n t a n d Add i t i onal R e nt th e n or t h ereafter due, o r any o t h e r sum s du e o r th e r e after accruing to Landl o r d, or fro m a n y cla i m ag a inst Te nant for damages p r e v i o us l y accru e d or t h en or ther e a ft er accruing. In no eve n t s h all any one or m o re o f the fo ll owing ac ti on s by L and l o rd, i n th e absenc e of a wri t ten el e c t ion by Land l o rd to t erm i nate thi s Lease , cons t itute a termi n a tio n of t hi s Lea s e :

( 1 ) Ap poin t m e nt o f a receiver or keeper i n o r d e r t o pro t e c t Landlord's in tere s t h ereu n de r ;


 
34
 


(2) Consent to any subletting of the Premises or assignment of this Lease by Tenant, whether pursuant to the provisions hereof or otherwise; or

(3) Any other action by Landlord or the Landlord Parties intended to mitigate the adverse effects of any breach of this Lease by Tenant, including, without limitation, any action taken to maintain and preserve the Premises or relet the Premises or any portion thereof.

C. In the event Tenant breaches this Lease and abandons the Premises , Landlord may terminate this Lease, but this Lease shall not terminate unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of termination. No act by or on behalf of Landlord intended to mitigate the adverse effect of such breach, including those described by Sections 12B(l), (2) and (3) immediately preceding, shall constitute a termination of Tenant's right to possession unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of termination. If Landlord does not terminate this Lease by giving written notice of termination, Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover rent as it becomes due under this Lease as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.4, as in effect on the Effective Date.

D. In the event Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled, at Landlord's election, to damages in an amount as set forth in California Civil Code Section 1951.2, as in effect on the Effective Date. For purposes of computing damages pursuant to said Sec ti on 19 5 1. 2, an int erest ra t e eq ua l to t h e m a xim u m ra t e o f int e re s t th e n not pro hi b i t ed b y L aw s hall b e u se d w h e r e p e rmitted . Such d am ag e s s h a ll in clud e, w i thout li mit a tion :

( 1 ) Th e worth at th e time of award of the a m ount by w h i ch t he u npa i d rent for t h e bal a n c e of the te rm after t h e t i m e of award e x ceed s t h e a m ount of s uch r e nta l los s that T e n a nt prov es c ou l d be r e a s onab l y avo id e d , comput e d by di s cou n t i n g s uc h amoun t at the dis c ount rate of t he F e d eral Re se rv e Bank of San Fran c i sc o a t t h e t im e of a w ard plus o n e p e r c ent (1 % ) ; and

( 2 ) A n y o th er a mount nece ss ar y t o compensate Landlord for a ll det ri me n t prox i m ate l y c au s e d b y Te nant' s failure t o p e rfo rm Tenan t' s o bl i gatio n s u nde r t h i s Le as e, or w hi c h in t h e o rd inary cours e o f t h in gs wo ul d be li ke l y t o r es u lt t h e r e from , i ncluding , wi t h o ut lim i t a ti o n, th e fo llow i n g : ( i ) exp e n se s for cl ea nin g, rep a iri n g o r r e storin g t he Premi ses ; ( ii ) brok e r's fee s of re l e tt i ng th e P r e m is e s t o th e ex tent re a s o n ab l y a ll ocabl e t o t h e r e m aining T erm of t h i s Le as e ; (i i i) w i t h out dup l ication, c o sts of c a rr yi n g the Prem i s e s, which cos t s w ou l d have be e n bill e d t o T e n a n t as A dd i ti o n a l R e n t had T e nant no t d efau l te d and w hi ch i n cl ud e, bu t a r e not limi te d to; taxes, in s u ranc e p r emium s , l an d s c ape mainte n a n c e , HV A C m a in te n anc e , u t il it y c har g e s and se curity pr e c a ut i o n s ; (iv) expe n se s incu rr e d in r e movi n g , d is po s i n g of a n d / o r s to ri ng a n y o f Ten a nt' s p e r s o nal propert y , inv e ntory o r trade fi x t u r e s r e maini n g t he r e in; and (v) attorn e ys' fee s , e x p e rt w i tn e s s fe es , court c ost s a nd o th er reasona bl e e xp e ns e s incurr e d by Land l ord (b ut no t li mited to t a x a b l e co s ts ) i n retakin g pos sess io n o f t h e Pr e mis e s and e st a b li shing dama ge s h ereund e r.

12. 3 LA ND LORD ' S D EFA ULT A ND TE N ANT' S RE M E DI E S : In t h e e v e n t Landlord fa il s to perform an y o f i ts o bli ga t io n s unde r t h i s L e a se, Lan d l ord s h a ll n ev erthele ss no t be in defa ul t u n d e r the t e rms of t h i s L e a se un ti l s uc h t i m e a s T e nant s hall ha v e

 
35
 


first given Landlord written notice specifying the nature of such failure to perform its obligations, and then only after Landlord shall have had thirty (30) days following its receipt of such notice within which to perform such obligations, or if such failure cannot be performed within thirty (30) days, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder if Landlord commences performance within a reasonable period of time after its receipt of such notice (but in no event more than thirty (30) days) and continues thereafter to diligently pursue completion of performance of such obligation. In the event of Landlord's default as above set forth, then, and only then, Tenant, in addition to its other rights and remedies, may then proceed in equity or at law to compel Landlord to perform its obligations and/or to recover damages proximately caused by such failure to perform (except as and to the extent Tenant has waived its right to damages as provided in this Lease).

12.4 LIMITATION ON TENANT'S RECOURSE: If Landlord is a corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated association, or other form of business entity, Tenant agrees that (i) the obligations of Landlord under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of the officers, directors, trustees, partners, joint venturers, members, owners, stockholders, or other principals of such business entity and (ii) Tenant shall have recourse only to Landlord's then equity interest, if any, in the Project and the proceeds thereof for the satisfaction of such obligations and not against the assets of such officers, directors, trustees, partners, joint venturers, members, owners, stockholders or principals (other than to the extent of their interest in the Project). Tenant shall look exclusively to such equity i n t erest o f L a n d l ord , i f a n y , i n t h e P ro j ect a nd s u c h p roce ed s for pa ym e nt an d d i sc har ge o f an y ob li g at i ons imp o sed up o n L and l ord h e reu n d e r , and L a ndlord i s h e reby r e lea s ed and r e l i e v e d of any other obli g a t i on s h er e u n d e r. Addi t i o n a ll y, if Landlord is a partn e r ship, t h e n T e nant co ve nan t s and a gre es :

A. No partner of L and l ord sh a ll be su e d or n amed a s a party in an y suit or actio n broug h t by T e nant with resp e ct t o a n y a lle g ed br e ach o f t h i s L eas e ( e xc e p t to the extent ne c es sa ry to se cur e jurisdic t ion ove r th e partner s h i p and t hen on l y fo r t h a t so l e purpo s e ) ;

B. No service of proces s s h a ll b e made agai n s t a n y partner of L and l o rd except for the so l e purp o se of s e curing juris d ict i on o ver the part n er s hi p ; a n d

C. No writ o f execut i o n s ha ll be levied a g a i n s t the a s s ets o f any partner o f Land l ord othe r t h a n to th e e x te nt o f his i n te r e st i n Pro j ec t.

T e na n t further agrees that ea c h of the fore g oing co ve nan ts and a gr eem e nts s hall be e n forc e able by La n d l o r d and by a ny partner of L a ndlord a n d sha ll be app l icab l e t o any actua l or a ll eged misrepresen t at i o n o r non - disclo s ure ma d e respec t i n g t h is L e ase or t he Prem i s e s or any actua l or a ll e ged fa i lure , default or brea c h o f a n y c o venant or agre e m e nt e i t her ex pr es s l y or impl i c i tly contain e d in t hi s Lea s e or i mpos e d by s tatute o r a t co mm on l aw.


1 2.5 TEN AN T'S W AI VER: Landlord and T enant agree t h at t he provisions of S e ction 1 2.3 abov e are intended to supers e de and rep l ac e the provisi o ns of Californi a Ci v il Code 1932(1), 1 9 41 a nd 1 9 4 2, and acco r din g ly, T e nant hereby waiv e s th e provi s i o n s o f Secti o n 1 9 32(1) , 1 9 41 an d 1 9 4 2 of the California Ci v il C o d e and / or a ny s i mi lar or su cc e s s or La w

 
36
 


regarding Tenant's right to terminate this Lease or to make repairs and deduct the expenses of such repairs from the Rent due under this Lease.

ARTICLE 13
GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1 TAXES ON TENANT'S PROPERTY: Tenant shall pay before delinquency any and all taxes, assessments, license fees, use fees, permit fees and public charges of whatever nature or description levied, assessed or imposed against Tenant or Landlord by a governmental agency arising out of, caused by reason of or based upon Tenant's estate in this Lease, Tenant's ownership of property, improvements made by Tenant to the Premises, improvements made by Landlord for Tenant's use within the Premises, Tenant's use (or estimated use) of public facilities or services or Tenant's consumption (or estimated consumption) of public utilities, energy, water or other resources. On demand by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence of these payments. If any such taxes, assessments, fees or public charges are levied against Landlord, Landlord's property, the Building or the Project, or if the assessed value of the Building or the Project is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon same, then Landlord, after giving written notice to Tenant, shall have the right, regardless of the validity thereof, to pay such taxes, assessment, fee or public charge and bill Tenant, as Additional Rent, the amount of such taxes, assessment, fee or public charge so paid on Tenant's behalf Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days from the date it rece i ve s an in v o i ce fr om La n d l or d setti n g forth t he amoun t of suc h taxe s , ass e s sme nt , fee o r pub li c ch a rge so l evie d , pay to Land l ord, as Addi ti o n a l R e nt, th e a m ou n t set forth in sa i d invoi c e. F ai l ur e by T e na n t to pay th e a mount so i nvoiced w i th i n said thirty ( 3 0) d a y period shall be conclu s iv e ly deemed a defaul t by T e nant un d e r this Lea s e . T e n a nt s h all h a v e the ri g ht , and with Land l o r d's fu ll c oope ra ti on i f T enant is not t h e n in default un d e r the te rms of th i s L ea s e , t o bring s ui t in an y court of competen t ju ri s dic tio n to rec o ve r from t h e taxing aut h o ri ty t h e am o u nt of a ny s u ch tax e s , a sses smen t , fee o r public char g e s o pa i d .

1 3 .2 H O L D ING O VER: This Leas e sha ll t e rm i na t e w i tho ut furth e r not i c e o n t he E xpirat io n Date. Any ho l d i ng over by Tenant aft e r e xpiration o f the T e rm s ha ll neit h e r constitut e a renewal nor e xten s i on of th i s L e a s e nor g i v e Tenant a n y righ t s in or to t h e Pre mi ses ex c ept as e x pr es s l y provide d i n thi s Se c t ion 1 3 . 2 . Any such h o ld i ng o v e r s hall be dee m ed an un l aw ful d e tain e r of the Premi s es unles s Landl o rd has c o nsented to sam e i n w ri t in g . A n y su c h ho lding ov e r t o w h ich Land l ord h a s consented i n w rit i ng s ha ll be constru e d to be a te n ancy a t s u fferanc e , o n the s ame t erms and c onditions h e r e in sp e cifi e d i nsofa r as applicable, ex c ep t t ha t t he B ase Mo n th l y Rent sha ll b e incr e ased to an amou n t equa l to one h u n dred fifty pe r cen t ( 1 5 0 % ) of the B ase Month l y R e nt payable during t h e l a s t fu ll m onth immedia t e ly pr e ceding s u ch pe ri od o f holdi n g over.

1 3 . 3 SU B ORD INA T ION TO MO RTGAGES: This L e a s e is s u b j ect and s ubordinate t o a ll u nde rl y i ng grou n d lease s a n d t o all mortgages and de e ds of trust whic h affect t h e Bui l d i ng a n d are of public record as of the Eff e ct i v e Date, and t o a ll r e new a l s , modific a tions, conso li datio n s, and ex t ens i ons th e r e of Howev e r, i f t h e l e s sor u n der any s uc h ground l ea s e or an y Le nder ho l ding any such mortgage o r deed of tru s t s hall ad v ise Land l ord that it d e s i r es o r requires th is L e a s e to be m ade prior a nd superior t h ereto, then , upon wri t t e n reque s t of L and l o rd to T e na n t, Te n an t sh a ll promp t ly exec ut e, acknow l e d g e a n d de li ver a n y and a ll commerci a lly

 
37
 


reasonable documents or instruments which Landlord and such lessor or Lender deem necessary or desirable to make this Lease prior thereto. Tenant hereby consents to Landlord's ground leasing the land underlying the Building and/or encumbering the Building as security for future loans on such terms as Landlord shall desire, all of which future ground leases , mortgages or deeds of trust shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease. However, if any lessor under any such future ground lease or any Lender holding such future mortgage or deed of trust shall desire or require that this Lease be made subject and subordinate to such future ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust, then Tenant agrees, within ten (10) days after Landlord's written request therefor, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord any and all commercially reasonable documents or instruments requested by Landlord or such lessor or Lender as may be necessary or proper to assure the subordination of this Lease to such future ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust; but only if such lessor or Lender agrees to recognize Tenant's rights under this Lease and not to disturb Tenant's quiet possession of the Premises so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Tenant's failure to execute and deliver such subordination agreement within ten (10) days after Landlord's request therefor shall be a material default by Tenant under this Lease, and Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies available to Landlord as Landlord would otherwise have in the case of any other material default by Tenant, including the right to terminate this Lease and sue for damages proximately caused thereby, it being agreed and understood by Tenant that Tenant's failure to so deliver such subordination agreement in a timely manner could result in Landlord being unable to perform committed obligations to other third parties which were made by Landlord in reliance upon this covenant of Tenant. Landlord s h a ll use c o mm erc i a ll y rea s on ab l e e ffo rts t o ob tain fr o m i ts curren t l ender a subo rdi na ti o n, no n di s tu r b a n ce and at t o rnmen t agr ee m e nt w i t hin th i rty ( 3 0) da y s afte r exe c u ti o n of t h i s L ease b y L a n d l ord a n d Tena n t.

1 3.4 T ENANT 'S ATTORNMENT UPO N F O RE CL OSU RE : T e nant shall, upon r e q u est, a ttorn (i ) to any purchaser of t h e Building at a n y fo r eclosur e sa l e o r privat e sal e condu c ted pursuant to any se c urity instrument encumbe rin g t h e Bui l ding, (ii) to any grant e e o r transfer ee d e signated in any d e ed given in lieu of foreclosure of a n y s e c urit y in t e r e st encumbe ri ng the B u il ding , or (iii ) t o t he lesso r unde r an y underl yi n g groun d leas e of t h e l a n d underlying th e Bu i l d i ng, should s u ch ground lease be termina t ed; pro v i d e d that s uch purchas e r , gran t e e or l es so r r e cogn i z e s Tenant' s rights under t his L e as e .

13 .5 M O R TGAGEE P RO TE C T I O N : In t h e e vent of any defa u lt on the part of Landlord, Tenant w ill giv e no t i c e by r e g istered mail to an y L e nd e r or l e ss or und e r any underlyi n g ground l e ase w ho shall have reques t ed, i n writi n g , t o Te n ant that it be prov i d e d with s u ch n o tic e , and Tena n t sha ll o ffer s u ch Le n der or l e s s or a r ea so nable opportu nit y to cu r e the defau l t , in clud in g tim e to o bta i n poss e ss i on o f the Premis e s by a ppoin t ment of a r ece i v e r if rea s o na b l y nece ss ar y to effec t a cur e .

13. 6 ES TOPPEL CE RTI FIC A TES : Tenant w ill , followi n g a n y req u e s t by Land l ord , promptl y e xe c ute and de li ver to L a n d l o rd an estoppel cert i ficat e (i ) cert if yin g th a t this L ease is unmod i fi e d and in full for c e a n d effe c t, o r , if m od i fied, stating the natur e of s u ch modificatio n and c e rtify i ng that th i s Lease, as so modi fi ed, i s i n fu ll fo r ce and e ff e c t , ( ii ) sta t in g t h e dat e t o w h i c h t h e Re n t a n d ot h er cha r ges are pa i d in ad v ance, i f any , (iii) a ckno w l e d gi n g t h at t here are not any u n c ur e d default s on t h e part of L and l o r d h er e und e r , or specifying such defaults if any are cla i med, and ( iv ) c erti f ying s uch o t her informa t io n a bo u t t h is Leas e as may be

 
38
 


reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant's failure to execute and deliver such estoppel certificate within ten (10) business days after Landlord's request therefore shall be a material default by Tenant under this Lease after expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, and Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies available to Landlord as Landlord would otherwise have in the case of any other material default by Tenant, including the right to terminate this Lease and sue for damages proximately caused thereby, it being agreed and understood by Tenant that Tenant's failure to so deliver such estoppel certificate in a timely manner could result in Landlord being unable to perform committed obligations to other third parties which were made by Landlord in reliance upon this covenant of Tenant. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section 13.6 may be relied upon by any Lender or purchaser or prospective Lender or purchaser of the Building, the Project, or any interest therein.

13.7 TENANT'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION: Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Landlord's request therefore, deliver to Landlord a copy of a current financial statement, including an income statement and balance sheet. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has and will rely on the truth and accuracy of the information provided by Tenant to Landlord both prior to and during the term of the Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to disclose such financial statements or other information to its Lender, to any present or prospective principal of or investor in Landlord, or to any prospective Lender or purchaser of the Building, the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein. Any such financial statement or other information shall b e confid e n t ial a nd shall not b e di s cl o s e d by Landlord to a ny third part y e x c ept a s sp e cifically provid e d in t hi s Se cti on 1 3 .7, unl ess t h e s a me be com es a p a rt o f the p u bli c do m a in w ith out t h e fa ult of L an dlord.

13.8 TRANS FE R BY LANDLORD: L an dl o r d an d its suc c ess or s i n i n tere s t sha ll h a v e the ri g ht t o t ra n s fer th e ir int e re st in t h e B u il d in g , t h e Proj e c t , or an y p ortion the re of a t a n y time and t o any p e r s on o r e ntit y . In t he e v en t of a n y s uch tran sfe r, t he Lan d lor d ori g in a lly n a m e d h e r e in (a n d in the case o f a n y s u b s e q uent tra n sfe r , th e t rans fe ror) , fr o m th e d a t e of s u c h t ra n sfe r , sh a ll b e aut o m a ti c a ll y r e lie v ed, w i th ou t any fu rth e r act b y an y p e rs o n or e ntity , o f all lia bi lit y for th e p er forman ce o f th e obli ga ti o n s o f t he L a ndl o rd h e r eu nd e r w hi c h m a y a c cru e aft e r th e d a te o f s uch t ransfe r if it s t ra n sfe r e e agrees t o a s su me a nd p e r fo rm a ll obligati o n s o f th e Landl o r d h e r e und e r. T ena nt sh a ll attorn to a ny su c h t ra n sfer e e . A fte r th e d a te of any su c h t rans fe r , th e t e rm "Landl ord " a s us e d h e r e in sh a ll m ea n the tran sfe ree o f s uch inter e s t in th e Buildin g o r th e Pro j e ct.

13. 9 FOR CE MAJE U RE: T he o bli g ati o n s o f e ach of th e pa rti e s und er t his L e a se (o t her than the o bli ga tion to p ay mone y ) s h a ll b e temporarily ex cu se d i f s uch part y i s pr eve nt e d or de l ayed in p e r fo rm ing s uch o bli g at i on by r eas on o f a n y s trike s , lock o ut s or l a bor di s pute s ; inabi li ty to o b ta in lab o r , m ate ri a l s, fue l s or r e a so nable s u bs titut es th e r efo re; g o vernment a l re s tricti o ns, re gu l at i o n s , co ntr o l s , act i o n or inacti o n ; ci vil c o mmotion ; in cl e m en t we ath e r , fi re or othe r a c t s of G o d ; o r oth e r c aus e s ( ex ce pt fi n a nci a l inab i lit y ) b ey ond th e r e a s on a bl e control o f the party oblig a t e d to p er form (in cl u ding a c t s or omi ss i o n s o f t h e o th e r party for a p erio d e q u a l to th e p e rio d of an y s u ch pr e ve nt i o n , d e lay o r s t o pp a ge ) ("F o r c e Majeure") .


 
39
 


13.10 NOTICES: Any notice required or desired to be given by a party regarding this Lease shall be in writing and shall be personally served, or in lieu of personal service may be given by: (i) delivery by Federal Express or similar overnight commercial service, or (ii) by depositing such notice in the United States mail postage prepaid, certified and return receipt requested, and shall be addressed to the other party as follows:

A. If addressed to Landlord, to Landlord at its Address for Notices.

B. If addressed to Tenant, to Tenant at its Address for Notices.

Any notice given by Federal Express or similar overnight commercial service shall be deemed given on the date delivery was confirmed by the delivery service. Any notice given by certified mail shall be deemed given on the date receipt was acknowledged to the postal authorities. Any correctly addressed notice that is refused, unclaimed, or undeliverable because of an act or omission of the party to be notified shall be considered to be effective as of the first date that the notice was refused, unclaimed, or considered undeliverable. Each party may, by written notice to the other in the manner aforesaid, change the address to which notices addressed to it shall thereafter be mailed.

13.11 ATTORNEYS' FEES: In the event any party shall bring any action, arbitration proceeding or legal proceeding alleging a breach of any provision of this Lease to reco v er Rent, t o t er min at e thi s L ea s e, or t o e n for c e, pro t ect, determine o r es t ab li s h a n y t erm o r c o ve n a n t o f thi s L ea se or ri g hts o r d uti es h e r e under o f eit h er party, t he pr eva il i n g part y s h all be e ntitl e d to recover from the n on - preva ili n g party as a p a rt o f such act i on or p ro ce e ding, or in a s e p a ra t e ac t ion fo r t ha t purpo s e brought with i n on e y e a r fr o m th e dete rmi nati o n of s uc h p roc e edi n g , re as onable attorneys' fe e s, ex p e rt witn e s s fee s , court cost s and other rea s onab l e e xpe n s e s i n curred by t he p r evailin g party. In t he e v e n t that Land l ord s ha ll be required to r etain c ou n se l to enfo r ce a ny provision of thi s Lea s e, and i f Te n ant s h a ll the r eafter cu r e ( o r de s i r e t o c ure) s u c h defau l t, Land l or d s hall b e conclu s i v ely d ee m ed t h e preva ili ng p a rt y , and T e n an t s hall p ay t o Landlord all a t torneys' fees , ex p e rt witn es s fe es , court cost s and other r e a sonable e x pen s e s s o incurred by Landlord prom p tly upo n demand. L and l o r d may enforce t h i s provision b y ei t her (i) r equiring Tenant to pay s uch fe e s and co s ts a s a co n di tion t o curing i t s defaul t or (i i) brin g ing a separa t e a c tion t o enfo r ce such pay m e n t, i t b e i ng agr eed by and between L and l ord and Ten a nt t ha t Tenant's fa i lure t o pay s uch fees an d co s t s upon demand shall cons t itu t e a b r each of this Lease aft e r ex p iration o f a p p l i c a bl e n ot i c e an d cure p eriod s i n t he same manner as a fa il ur e b y Tenant t o pay th e Ba s e M onthl y Ren t , gi v ing Landlord t h e same rights and r e m e d i e s a s i f Tenant fai l ed to pa y t h e Ba s e M o n thly Rent.

13.12 D EF INITION S: Any term tha t is g i v e n a s peci a l mean i ng by any provis i on i n thi s L ea s e s h all , u nl e s s ot h erw i se specificall y s t at e d , hav e such meaning whe n e v e r u s ed i n t hi s Lea s e or amendmen t here t o . In addition to the te rm s d e fi n e d i n Article 1 , the followin g t erms s ha ll have the fo ll o w i ng m e a n in gs:

A. REAL PRO PE R T Y TA X E S: T h e term "Rea l Property Ta x es" s h all me a n (i ) a ll tax e s, a s se s sm e n ts , l e v i e s a n d ot h e r charges o f any kind or natur e whatso e v e r, gen e ral a nd s pecia l , fo r eseen and unforese e n (including all ins t allments of principal and i nte r es t required t o p a y any g enera l o r s p e cial a s s es sment s fo r pu bli c i m proveme n ts and an y i n cre a se s

 
40
 


resulting from reassessments caused by any change in ownership or new construction), now or hereafter imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or special district having the direct or indirect power to tax or levy assessments, which are levied or assessed for whatever reason against the Project or any portion thereof, or Landlord's interest therein, or the fixtures, equipment and other property of Landlord that is an integral part of the Project and located thereon, or Landlord's business of owning, leasing or managing the Project, or the gross receipts, income or rentals from the Project; (ii) all charges, levies or fees imposed by any governmental authority against Landlord by reason of or based upon the use of or number of parking spaces within the Project, the amount of public services or public utilities used or consumed (e.g. water, gas, electricity, sewage or surface water disposal) at the Project, the number of persons employed by tenants of the Project, the size (whether measured in area, volume, number of tenants or whatever) or the value of the Project, or the type of use or uses conducted within the Project; and (iii) all costs and fees (including attorneys' fees) incurred by Landlord in contesting any Real Property Taxes and in negotiating with public authorities as to any Real Property Taxes. If,at any time during the Term, the taxation or assessment of the Project prevailing as of the Effec t ive Date shall be altered so that in lieu of or in addition to any Real Property Taxes described above there shall be levied, assessed or imposed (whether by reason of a change in the method of taxation or assessment, creation of a new tax or charge, or any other cause) an alternate, substitute, or additional tax or charge (i) on the value, size, use or occupancy of the Project or Landlord's interest therein or (ii) on or measured by the gross receipts, income or rentals from the Project or Landlord's business of owning, leasing or managing th e Project, o r (i ii) c omput e d in any manner w i t h r es pect to t h e opera t ion o f the P roject , then any such tax or char ge , how e ver de s i gnated , sha ll b e in clud e d wit hi n the m eaning o f t he term " Real Prop e rty T a x e s " fo r purp os e s of this L e a se . If an y R e a l Pro p erty Taxe s a re pa rt l y based up o n proper t y or rents unr e l a t e d to t h e Pro j e ct , the n o n l y that p a rt o f su c h Rea l Property Taxes t hat are fa i rly a ll ocab l e to th e Proj ec t s ha ll b e included w i t hin t h e m ea nin g of t h e t erm "Rea l Property Ta xes " . N o tw i thstanding t he foregoing, the term "Real P ropert y Taxe s " sh a ll not include estate , i nhe ri tan ce , transfe r , g i ft or fr a nc h is e t a x e s of L a n d l o r d or th e federa l o r state incom e tax i m p o s e d o n Land l o r d's i n come fro m a ll s ource s o r ass e s s m e n t e xp en s e o r a n y i ncrease there i n i n exc e s s of th e amo u nt w hi c h w ou l d b e payab l e i f s u c h ta x or a s ses s m e n t expense (togeth e r with inter e st th e r e o n ) we r e pa i d in i n sta ll ment s over the l o n ge s t pos s ib l e term wi t hou t addit i onal fee o r co s t to La n d l ord .

B. L ANDLO RD' S INSU RAN CE COS T S: The term "Land l ord's In su r an c e C osts " s hall mean the cos t s to Land l ord to ca rr y and maintain t h e po li c i es o f fire a n d propert y damage insuran c e , in cludi n g earthquake and flood, fo r t h e Project an d ge n era l l iabi li ty in s urance req u ired o r perm i tt e d to b e ca rri ed b y L and l ord pur s uan t to A rticle 9, to g ether wi t h a ny deductible amou n ts pa i d by Land l o rd upon the occurrence of a ny in s ured casualty or l o s s, p rov id e d t h at ( i ) Tenant' s share o f any su c h deduc t ib l e shall no t e xc e ed $25,000 and (ii) T enant s h a ll n o t be requi r e d to r e imbu r se L and l ord for any portion o f Land l ord's earthquake or flood in s uran c e pr e m iu ms t ha t e x c e ed t w i ce th e amou n t of s uc h prem i ums as of the date of t h i s L ea s e .

C. PROJ E C T M AIN TEN AN CE C O S T S : The term "Project Ma in te n ance Co s t s " sha ll mean a ll reaso n ab l e cost s a n d expen s e s (e x cept Landlord' s I n surance C o s t s and Rea l Propert y Taxes ) actually paid or incurred b y Land l ord in pro t ecting, o p era t ing, mai n tain i ng, · r epairing and pres e rving the Project an d a ll pa rt s t h e reof, includin g wi t hou t l imita ti on: ( i) professional manageme n t fe es (equa l to thr ee perce n t ( 3 %) of the annualized Base Month l y

 
41
 


Rent), (ii) the costs incurred by Landlord in the making of any modifications, alterations or improvements as set forth in Article 5 to comply with any applicable Laws such as costs associated with complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), (iii) all costs, fees, expenses, assessments, and the like charged by any public or private maintenance association or district whether such costs are incurred on or off the Project, for the benefit of the Project, also including any costs required to be paid by Landlord pursuant to any covenants, conditions, and/or restrictions effecting the Project for the benefit of any common property owners association, (iv) fees or other costs and expenses incurred with respect to any Private Restrictions affecting the Project, to the extent such fees, costs and expenses are not charged directly to Tenant, and (v) such other costs as may be paid or incurred with respect to operating, maintaining and preserving the Project, such as repairing replacing and resurfacing the exterior surfaces of the Building (including its roof), repairing, replacing, and resurfacing paved areas, cleaning, maintaining, repairing, or replacing the interior of the Premises both during the Term and upon the termination of the Lease, and maintaining, repairing or replacing, when necessary electrical, plumbing, sewer, drainage, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems serving the Building, providing utilities to the common areas, maintenance, repair, replacement or installation of lighting fixtures, directional or other signs and signals, irrigation or drainage systems, trees, shrubs, materials, maintenance of all landscaped areas, and depreciation and financing costs on maintenance and operating machinery and equipment (if owned) and rental paid for such machinery and equipment (if leased). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Project Maintenance Costs shall not include and Tenant shall in no event have any o bli ga ti o n to r e i m bu rse Land l or d for, a ll o r any p ort ion of t h e fo ll ow in g r epa ir s, main te n a n ce, im provements, repla c ements, prem i ums , claims, l osses, fees, c h arges, costs a n d expe n ses (co ll ec t ively, "Costs") : (a ) Costs occasioned b y casualt i e s (except for in sura n ce deductibles to the exten t permitted in clause (B) ab o ve) o r costs i n curred as a result of t h e exe r c i se of t h e power of em i ne nt domain; (b) Costs t o correc t any construction defect in the Project or to co m p l y wi th any L aw or Priva t e Res t ric ti on app l ica bl e to the Project on the Lease Co mm e n cement Date; (c) Costs of any renovation, improvement, painting o r redecorat i ng of a n y ot h er te n ant's premises; (d) Costs inc u rred in connection w i th marketing or advertis i ng t h e P roject, or the v i o l ation by Landlo r d o r any occupant of the P ro j ect (othe r tha n Te n a n t ) of t h e terms a n d co n ditio n s of any l ease or ot h er agreemen t ; (e) Cos t s incurred i n con n ectio n w i t h t h e pr esence of any Hazardous Ma t eria l, except to the extent t h at s ame i s T enant's r espo n s ib i li ty un der thi s L ea s e; (f) expense reserves; an d (g) Cos t s t hat shou l d be prope rl y cap it a li zed by La n d l ord unde r gen e rally accep t ed ac c ou n ting princ i p l es except to t h e extent such costs a re amortized over t he usefu l life of t h e capi t al i tem i n q uest i o n. .

D. RE AD Y F OR O CC U PANCY: T h e Premise s shall be "Ready for O c cu p ancy" upon substa n t i a l comp l etion of L andlord's Work in the Premises and sa ti sfaction of t he conditio n s p r ecedent to the Commencemen t Da te specified in Section 2.4 ab o ve.

E . TE NAN T' S PROPORT I ONATE SHARE : Th e t erm " Tenant's Propo rti o n ate S h a r e," shall mean 2 8 .5 %, which is tha t perce n tage ob t ained by div i ding the leasab l e squar e footage conta in e d i n the Prem i ses ( a s set fort h i n Art i cle 1 ) b y t h e tota l l easa bl e square footage conta in ed in the Build i ng as the sa m e from t i me t o time exists, unless, as to any given item, suc h a perce n tage allo c ation unfairly burdens or bene fi ts a give n tenan t( s), in which case L andlord sha ll have t he exclusive right t o equ it ab l y a ll ocat e such i tem so a s to n ot unfai rl y

 
42
 


burden or benefit any given tenant(s). Landlord's determination of any such special allocation shall be final and binding upon Tenant.

F. OPERATING EXPENSES: The term "Operating Expenses" shall mean and include all Real Property Taxes, all Landlord's Insurance Costs, and all Project Maintenance Costs.

G. LAW: The term "Law" shall mean any judicial decision and any statute, constitution, ordinance, resolution, regulation, rule, administrative order, or other requirement of any municipal, county , state, federal, or other governmental agency or authority having jurisdiction over the parties to this Lease, the Premises, the Building or the Project, or any of them in effect either at the Effective Date or at any time during the Term, including, without limitation, any regulation, order, or policy of any quasi-official entity or body (e.g. a board of fire examiners or a public utility or special district).

H. LENDER: The term "Lender" shall mean the holder of any Note or other evidence of indebtedness secured by the Project or any portion thereof.

I. PRIVATE RESTRICTIONS: The term "Private Restrictions" shall mean all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions, private agreements, easements, and any other recorded instruments affecting the use of the Project, as they may exist from time to time.

J. RE NT: The term " Rent" sh a ll mea n co ll ecti v el y Ba se Monthly R e nt and a ll Add i tiona l Rent.

13 .13 GENERA L WAIVERS : O ne party's consent to or a pproval of a n y a ct b y the oth e r party , requir i n g t h e fir st p a rt y' s c on se n t o r ap p roval s ha ll n ot be deemed t o wa i ve o r r e nd e r unn ec es s a ry the first party's co n se nt to or appro v a l o f any s ub s equen t simi l ar a c t by th e oth e r party . No waiv er of a n y provi s i o n hereo f s h a ll b e e ffec ti ve u nles s in wr it in g and s i gn e d by t h e waiving party. Th e receip t b y L a nd l ord o f a ny r e nt or paym e nt wi t h or wi th o u t know l edge o f th e br e ach of a n y provision h ere o f sha ll n ot b e deeme d a wa i v e r of an y s uch bre a ch . No waive r of any prov i s ion of t his L ea se s ha ll be deemed a co n ti n ui n g wa i ver u n l es s su c h waiver sp ec i fi c a ll y states so i n wri t ing and i s s igned by bot h L and l or d and Tenant. No de l ay or om i s sion in th e e x e rcise o f any right or r emed y accru i ng to eithe r party u pon any b r each by th e ot h e r party u n der th i s L e as e s hall impair su c h ri g ht o r re m edy or be const ru ed as a wai ve r o f an y s uc h b r ea c h t h e r e tofore o r t h er e after o ccurring . T h e w aiver by e i t h er part y of any breach o f any prov i s ion of thi s L ease s h a ll n o t be d ee med to be a waiver of a ny s u b s equent b r e ach of the same or any other provi s i o n s h e r e i n conta i n e d .

13 . 14 M ISC EL L A NEOUS : Should an y provision o f t hi s L e as e prove t o be i n valid o r illegal, suc h i n va li dity or ill eg a li t y s ha ll i n no way a ff e ct, impa ir o r in v a l idate a ny oth e r provis i on h er e of, and suc h re m a in in g prov i s i ons s hall rem a in in full force and effect. T i m e i s of th e e s s e nc e w i th res pect to th e p e rformance of e v er y p ro v i s ion o f t his L e as e in wh i ch tim e of perfo rm ance i s a factor. Any copy o f this Lease w h ich is e x e c uted b y th e part i e s shall b e d e emed a n origina l for a ll purposes . Thi s Lea s e s hall, subject t o th e provi s io n s r e g a r di n g as s ignm e n t , app l y to and bind th e re s pect i ve h ei r s , succe s sor s, e x e cuto rs , admi n i s t ra t ors and a s s i gns of L a n dlo r d and T e nant. The t e rm "party " shall m ean L andlo r d or T e nant as the cont e xt

 
43
 


implies. If Tenant consists of more than one person or entity, then all members of Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of California. The language in all parts of this Lease shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant. The captions used in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof. When the context of this Lease requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine, the feminine, a partnership or corporation or joint venture, and the singular includes the plural. The terms "must", "shall", "will" and "agree" are mandatory. The term "may" is permissive. When a party is required to do something by this Lease, it shall do so at its sole cost and expense without right of reimbursement from the other party unless specific provision is made therefore. Where Tenant is obligated not to perform any act or is not permitted to perform any act, Tenant is also obligated to restrain any others reasonably within its control, including the Tenant Parties, from performing said act. Landlord shall not become or be deemed a partner or a joint venturer with Tenant by reason of any of the provisions of this Lease.

ARTICLE 14
CORPORATE AUTHORITY BROKERS AND ENTIRE AGREEMENT

14.1 CORPORATE AUTHORITY: If Tenant is a corporation, Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant is validly formed and duly authorized and existing, that Tenant is qu a lified to do b u siness in t he S t a te o f C aliforni a , tha t Ten a n t has the full ri gh t and lega l a ut hori t y to enter i n to t h is Lease, that e a c h ind i vidua l ex e cut in g thi s Leas e on behalf of Tena n t i s duly aut h o ri z e d to e x ecu t e and deliv e r th i s L ea s e o n be h a l f of Ten a nt in a c c ordance w i t h t h e by l aws a n d/o r a boa r d of direc t or s ' r esolu t ion of T e nant, and that t hi s Lease is bind i ng upon Tenant in accordance w i t h i ts t erms . If r e q uested by La n dlord, Tenant shall, with i n t hi rty (30) days after e x ec uti o n o f t hi s Lea s e, deliver to Land l ord a cert i fied copy of t h e resolut i o n of i t s b o ar d of d i r e cto r s aut h oriz i ng o r ratify i ng t he ex e cution of t h is Lease .

1 4.2 BROKERAGE COMMI SSIO N S: Tenant rep r e s ents and warran t s that it ha s n o t h ad any dealings with any r ea l es tate broker( s ) , leasing agent(s), finder (s) or s a l e s m e n , o ther t h an th o se persons or e nt i ti e s named in Article 1 as the "Broke r s" with res p ect t o t he l ea s e by it o f the Pr e mises pursuant to t h i s L ea se , a nd t ha t i t w ill i ndem n ify , defe nd w it h counsel acceptab l e to Land l ord, a n d h o l d L and l o r d harm l ess from a ny l iab il it i es for t h e paymen t of any r e a l esta t e brok e rage comm i ss i o n s , l ea s ing commiss i ons o r fi n de r' s fee s cla i med by any other r e a l estate brok e r ( s ) , l eas in g a g en t ( s ), fi nder ( s) o r s a l e smen t o be earned o r du e and payab l e b y rea s on of Tenant's agreement or promise (imp li e d o r ot h erw i s e) to pay (or hav e Land l ord pa y ) s u c h a commi s s i on o r finder ' s fee by r e ason o f i t s l easing the Premis e s pursuant to thi s L ease .

14. 3 E N T I RE AGREE M ENT: Th is Lea s e and the Ex h ibits ( as de s c rib e d i n Art i cle 1), w hi ch Ex h ibits are by this refe r e nce i n corpora t ed h e rein , const i tut e the e n t i r e agreeme n t between t he parties, and there a r e n o ot h e r agr e em e nts, und e r standi n gs or r ep r e s enta t ions b e tw e en the part i es re l at i n g t o the lease by Land l o r d o f t h e Premi s es to Tenan t , excep t as e x pr e ssed h e r e i n. N o s ubse q u e n t chang e s, modific a ti o n s o r additions to th i s L eas e sha ll b e bi ndin g upon t h e p arti e s unl e s s in w ri ting a nd s i gned by both Land l ord and Te n ant.


 
44
 


14.4 LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIONS: Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any of the Landlord Parties made any representations or warranties respecting the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or the Project, upon which Tenant relied in entering into this Lease, which are not expressly set forth in this Lease. Except with respect to Landlord's obligations under the Tenant Improvement Agreement, Tenant further acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any of its agents made any express or implied representations or warranties as to (i) whether the Premises may be used for Tenant's intended use under existing Law or (ii) the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant's business or (iii) the exact square footage of the Premises, or (iv) the amount, quality, location or adequacy of the current utilities servicing the Premises for Tenant's intended use or t he condition of any apparatus or device providing such utilities, and that Tenant relied solely upon its own investigations respecting said matters. Tenant expressly waives any and all claims for damage by reason of any statement, representation, warranty, promise or other agreement of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, if any, not contained in this Lease.

14.5 REASONABLE EXPENDITURES. : Any expenditure by a party hereto permitted or required under this Lease for which such party is entitled to demand and does demand reimbursement from the other party hereto shall be reasonably incurred given all of the facts and circumstances and shall be substantiated by documentary evidence either delivered or made available for inspection and review by the o t her party hereto or its representatives during normal business hours.

[ S I G N ATURES FOLLOW ON N EX T PA GE]

 
45
 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the respective dates below set forth with the intent to be legally bound thereby as of the Effective Date.

LANDLORD:

JER BAYSIDE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:
JER Bayside Member, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
Its: Sole Member
 
By:
TMG Bayside, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
Its: Administrative Member
 
 
By:
TMG Partners,
a California corporation
Its: Managing Member
 
 
By:
/s/Cathy Greenwold
 
 
Its:
Cathy Greenwold
 
 
Date:
Executive Vice President

TENANT:
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
By:
/s/ Behrooz Rezvani
Name:
Behrooz Rezvani
Title:
President
Date:
1/13/09
 
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
Date:
 


If T en a nt i s a CORPORATION, t h e a u t hori ze d o ffi c e r s mu s t s i gn o n b e half o f the c orporation and indi ca t e the c ap ac ity in w hi c h t he y a re s igning . This L eas e mu s t b e exe cut e d by th e ch a i rm an o f th e board, pr e sid e nt or vi c e p resi dent , an d t h e s e c re ta ry, a s s i s tant s e c retary, t h e c hi ef fin a n c i a l of fi cer o r ass istan t tr e a s u r e r; u n l ess th e by laws or a reso luti o n of th e b o ard o f d i re c to rs sha ll o th erw i se pro vid e, in w hich eve nt a ce rtifi e d co p y of the b y l a w s or a c ertifi ed copy of th e res olutio n , a s the cas e m a y b e , m us t be atta che d t o t his Lease .

 
46
 


EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Lot 6, Tract 4876, filed May 6, 1983, in Book 139 of Maps, Pages 1 through 8, inclusive, and as amended July 29, 1986, in Book 162 of Maps, Pages 78 through 81, inclusive, Alameda County Records.

[See attached page showing the Building in which the Premises are located]



 
A-1
 


EXHIBIT A





EXA.JPG











3400 WEST WARREN AVE.• 3450 WEST WARREN AVE.
FREMONT, CALIFORNIA



EXHIBIT B

FLOOR PLAN

[see attached]






















































 
B-1
 


EXHIBIT B


EXB.JPG






3450 WEST WARREN AVE.
FREMONT, CALIFORNIA



EXHIBIT B-1

LOCATION OF TWO OFFICES (WITH GLASS)

[see attached]

 
B-2
 


EXB1.JPG




EXHIBIT B-2

COMPUTER ROOM WORK AND EXCHANGE HVAC UNIT

[see attached]

 
B-3
 



EXB2A01.JPG

January 8, 2009

Proposal and Contract

JER Bayside, LLC
c/o TMG Partners
Attn Brian Fleming
100 Bush Street 26 th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94104

Project: Expand computer room, and exchange HVAC unit.


Computer room expansion
Scope of work:

Remove 8' wide x 8'6" high section of wall from computer room to adjacent existing office leaving approximately a 6" soffit from existing t-bar ceilng. Doors and section of wall that holds the light switches to remain in place.
Relocate one outlet
Wrap opening with sheetrock, texture and paint to match existing.
Remove carpet in office section and install VCT and cove base to match existing as close as possible.

Total for Computer room expansion    $ 1,700

Exchange HVAC unit
Scope of Work:

Remove existing Carrier 2 ton package unit leaving curb and plenums in place.
Supply and install sleepers for new unit
Supply and install new Carrier 7 ton package unit on to new sleepers.
Provide for side discharge to couple with existing plenum.
Install new duct sizes as needed for new air flow.

Total for HVAC exchange    $ 10,400










Cont.

Rycon, Inc. 1330 Orchard Drive Ste 100. Santa Cruz. CA 95060 Phone 831.426.2449 Fax 831.426.2422 Lic# 863336



Total cost of Project $ 12,100.00    (Twelve Thousand Two Hundred Forty Dollars)

Terms: $ 6,000 to be paid at the beginning of job Balance to be paid within 10 days from the completion of work.

This proposal does not include plans and/or permits.

Our performance under this contract is contingent on nonoccurrence of strikes, fire, accidents, or any other causes beyond our control


CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED BY LAW TO BE LICENSED AND REGULATED BYTHE CONTRACTORS' STATE LICENSE BOARD, WHICH HAS JURISDICTION TO INVESTIGATE COMPLAINTS AGAINST CONTRACTORS IF A COMPLAINT REGARDING A PATENT ACE OR OMISSION IS FILED WITHIN FOUR YEARS OF THE DATE OF THE ALLEGED VIOLATION. A COMPLAINT REGARDING A LATENT ACT OR OMISSION MUST BE FILED WITHIN 10 YEARS OF THE DATE OF THE ALLEGED VIOLATION. ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING A CONTRACTOR MAYBE REFERRED TO THE REGISTRAR, CONTRACTORS' STATE LICENSE BOARD, PO BOX 26000, SACRAMENTO CALIFORNIA 95826.

 
 
ACCEPTANCE:
Date: January 8, 2009
 
I/We accept this proposal on__________.
 
 
 
Contractor: RYCON, INC
 
Owner: __________________________________.
 
 
 
/s/ Carl C Gosline
 
By ______________________________________.
Carl C Gosline President
 
 


Rycon, Inc. 1330 Orchard Drive Ste 100. Santa Cruz. CA 95060 Phone 831.426.2449 Fax 831.426.2422 Lic# 863336



EXHIBIT C

FORM OF TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

_____________, 20__


To:

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, ("Tenant"), as tenant under a lease (the "Lease") of certain premises dated , executed by Tenant and ("Landlord") does hereby state, declare, represent and warrant as follows:

1. The copy of the Lease attached hereto as Exhibit "A" is a true and correct copy of the Lease and the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been amended, supplemented or changed, except as follows [if none, so state]: _____________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________

2. Tenant has accepted possession of the premises demised under the Lease, and, to Tenant's current, actual knowledge, construction of the demised premises (and all other improvements required under the Lease) has been completed in accordance with applicable plans a nd s pecifi ca tion s a nd oth e rwis e in a ccordan ce w ith the L e ase , and Landl o rd ha s p a id payment o f a n y im p ro v emen t a ll owa nc e o wing b y Landlo r d t o T en a nt. Te n a nt fu rth e r ac kn ow l e d ges t h at th e t e rm co mm e n c ed o n
and s h a ll e x pire on , u n l e s s s oo n e r t e rmin a t e d o r e x te nded in acco rdan ce w ith t h e te rms o f the Le as e .

3. T o T en ant' s c u rre nt , ac tu a l kn o wl e d ge, n o de fa ult or eve nt t h a t w i th the p as s in g of t i me o r t h e givin g of noti c e, or both, w o ul d co n s ti t u te a d e fault (r eferre d t o he re in c o ll ec tiv e l y as a " d efa ult") o n th e p art o f th e un dersigne d ex i s ts un d e r t h e L e a se in th e p e r fo rmance of the te rm s, c o ve nan t s and c onditi o n s of th e L e as e req ui re d to be p e r fo rm e d o n th e p art o f the und e r s i gned .

4. T o Te n a nt' s c urren t , a ctua l knowl e d g e, no d e fault on th e pa rt o f Landlord e xi s t s und e r th e L e a s e in th e perfo rm an c e o f th e te rm s , c ove n a nt s, and con d ition s o f th e Le ase require d to b e p e r fo rm ed on th e part of Land l ord .

5. T enant h as no o pt ion t o r e ne w th e L e as e or to ex pa nd an d no ri g ht t o pur c h as e th e p r op e rty o f w h ic h th e prem is e s are a p a rt, o r a n y p art th e r e of , ex cep t a s e xp r e s s l y p ro vide d in th e L e a se.

6. No re nt a l s ar e a cc ru e d an d unpai d und e r th e L e a se .

7. No pr e payment s of r ent a l s d u e und e r th e L e as e h ave b een m a d e an d n o sec urit y o r d e p os i ts as s e c uri ty h ave b een m a d e th er eund e r , e x c e pt a s s e t fo rth in the Le as e .

8. T o Ten a n t' s c urr ent , ac tual knowled g e, th e under s i gne d has n o d efe ns e as to it s obl iga ti o n s und e r th e L e as e and ha s n o t a sse rted any se t o ff or count ercl a i m a g a in st Landl o rd .

 
C-1
 


9. The undersigned has not received actual notice of any assignment, hypothecation, mortgage, or pledge of Landlord's interest in the Lease or the rents or other amounts payable thereunder.

10. The undersigned agrees to notify you of any default on the part of Landlord under the Lease which would entitle the undersigned to cancel the Lease or abate the rent payable thereunder.

[11. The undersigned understands and acknowledges that you are about to make a loan to Landlord and receive as part of the security for such loan (i) a Deed of Trust and Security Agreement with Assignment of Rents and Fixture Filing encumbering Landlord's fee interest in the property of which the leased premises are a portion and the rents, issues and profits of the Lease and (ii) an Assignment of Lease which affects the Lease, and that you are relying upon the representations and warranties contained herein in making such loan.]

TENANT:
 
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Its:
 


 
C-2
 


EXHIBIT D

LETTER OF CREDIT PROVISIONS

If T enan t el ec t s t o d e po si t a L e tt er o f C re d i t as the Sec uri ty D ep os i t i n a c co rd a nc e wi th S e ctio n 3 . 7 o f t h e L e as e, th e Let t e r of Cred it sh a ll b e fo r a t e rm of a t l ea s t t w el v e (1 2 ) month s . Te n ant s ha ll e ithe r r e p l ac e a n e x p i ri n g Lett er o f Cr ed i t wit h a L ette r of Cr edit i n an am oun t eq ual to th e o ri gin al Lett e r o f C r e d i t or ren ew the e xp irin g L etter o f C r e di t , i n an y e v e nt n o la t e r t h an th i rty (3 0) d ays pri or to th e exp ira tio n o f th e te rm of the Le tter of Cre d it then i n e ffe ct. If T enan t fails to d e p os i t a r ep l aceme nt Le tte r of C r ed i t o r r e new t he expi rin g L e tt er of C r edi t, L and l o r d s h a ll ha ve th e righ t to d raw up o n the ex pirin g Lett er of C r e dit fo r th e fu ll a mo unt t h ereof a nd h o ld th e s a me as th e Sec u ri t y De po s i t ; p ro v id e d , ho we v er, t ha t if Ten ant provi d e s a rep l a cem e nt L et t e r o f C redit th at m e e ts t h e requ i r e me n t s of t h i s L eas e, th e n L andl ord s h a ll r et urn t o T en ant p ro mp tly in c as h t he amo unt o f th e Le tt er o f Cr edi t t h a t h a d b e e n d raw n u p o n b y L a ndl ord. If a Le tt e r o f . C redit i s h e l d b y L a ndlo r d i n li eu o f a cas h S e cu rit y Dep o s it du ri n g t he fi nal l ea s e yea r of t he Te rm , t he expiry d a te o f s uc h L e tte r o f C redit s hall be n o e arl ie r tha n t h e da te t h a t i s thirt y ( 3 0) d a y s afte r t h e ex pi ra ti o n da te of t h e T e rm. If t h e th e n- ex is ti ng L e t t e r o f C r e d it d oe s no t comp l y w ith t he for e g o in g, T en ant s hall p rovi de a re pla ce me nt L et t e r o f C red it that d oe s so c ompl y no l ater th a n th irty d ay s p rio r t o th e e x p iratio n d a te o f t h e T e n n . If Te n a n t fa il s to pro v i de s u c h r e pla c e m ent Le tter o f Cr ed it, L an dlor d s hall h a ve t he righ t to d raw up on the e x pirin g Let ter of Cred i t as p rovi d e d above wit h r es pect to a n y ot h e r expi rin g Le tt e r o f Cr e d it. The L ette r of Cre d it sha ll b e i s s u e d b y a m on ey - ce n t e r b ank ( a bank w h ic h ac c ep t s deposit s , w h ich maint a i n s a c c o u n ts, w h i c h h a s a loc a l B a y A r e a o ffice w hic h w i ll ne g ot i a t e a l e t t er of cr e di t a nd w h o se d epo s it s a r e i ns ur ed by t h e F D IC), w h o se fi n a nc i a l s tr e ngth s h a ll b e s u f fici e nt to m e e t l iq ui d it y d e ma n d s w i th res p ec t t o i ss u e d l e tt e r s of cr e dit s an d w hi c h is o th e rwis e r e as o nab l y ac c e p ta b l e b y to L andlord (the " B a nk"). If L and lor d n ot i fie s Te n a n t in w rit i ng that t h e B ank w h i c h i s sued t h e Letter of Cr e di t ha s becom e fin a nc i a ll y unacc e p t able ( e . g ., t h e b a nk i s un d e r invest ig at io n by g o v ernmen t a l a ut h o ri ti e s , th e b a nk n o l onge r h as th e fi n anci a l str e ngt h s u f fici e n t to m ee t l i q ui dity d ema n ds wit h re s p e ct to issued l ett e rs of cred it or h as fil e d bank rup tcy o r re organi za ti on proce e dings), the n T e nant s ha ll h a v e t hi rt y ( 3 0) d a y s t o pro v i d e L a n dl ord w i t h a s ub s ti t u te L e tter of Cr e di t c om p lying w it h a ll of the r e quirem e nt s h e reof . T h e L e tte r o f C re di t s ha ll b e i n a fo rm c o n t a i ni n g t h e r e qu ir e d prov i s ion s set fo rt h b e l ow . T h e p re m i um o r p ur c h a se p ri ce of , o r a n y othe r Bank fees (in cludin g t ra n sfe r o r ass ignm e nt fe es ) a ss oc i a te d w it h , s u c h Let te r o f Cr e d i t s ha ll be paid by T e n a n t . The L e tter of C r e d it s h a ll , wi th o u t limi tin g t h e fo r e g oi n g , pro v id e th at:

A. S u c h Lette r of C redit s ha ll b e tra n s fera bl e , i rr evoca bl e an d un c ond it i o nal , s o t h at L a n d lord , or i ts s u cc e ssor( s ) in i n te r e s t , m a y a t a n y ti m e d raw on t h e L e tte r of C r ed i t aga i nst s i gh t drafts prese n ted b y La n d l ord, acco m pa n ied by L a n dlor d' s s tat em ent t h at s a id draw in g i s in ac cordance w i t h th e term s and co n dit i o n s of thi s Le as e ; n o ot h e r d o c u men t or cert ifi ca t ion from La ndl o r d s h all be requ i red to n egotiate th e L etter o f Credi t and th e Land l ord ma y draw o n any p o rtio n o f t h e th e n unca ll ed up on amo u nt t h ereo f wit h o u t r eg ar d to an d wit ho ut t h e Bank inqui rin g as to the ri ght or l a c k of right o f t h e h old e r o f said L ett e r o f C r e di t t o effect su c h draws o r the exi s te n ce o r l ack of ex i s tence of any d e fe n s e s by T e n ant with r e s pec t there t o ;

B . If Lan dl ord doe s e ff ec t a dra w o n t h e Lett e r o f Credit a s p e rmitt e d h e re in , s u c h draw amoun t may, at Landlor d' s opt i o n , be in the full amount of t he L e tte r of C red it or a



partial draw, but in any event only as shall be necessary to compensate Landlord for Tenant's default.

C. Any failure or del a y of Landlord to draw any portion of the Letter of Credit shall not act as a waiver of Landlord's right to do so at any time thereafter or constitute a waiver of any default with respect to the Lease.

D. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a draw by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord's right to draw from the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional upon this Lease or to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a draw upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. In the event Landlord is determined through any dispute resolution procedure agreed upon by the parties or by a court of competent jurisdiction to have improperly drawn on the Letter of Credit, then Tenant shall be entitled to receive a prompt refund of such amount from Landlord, together with interest on any amounts drawn by Landlord at the Interest Rate, as well as any and all bank fees and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred as a result of such draw; provided, however, that if such determination is in favor of Landlord, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord any and all costs incurred by Landlord, including reasonable attorneys fees, as a result of such dispute resolution. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landl o rd from ex erci s ing any other right or remedy pro v ided by this Lea s e or by l aw , it b e in g int e nd e d t h at L an d lo rd s h all not fir s t be requ i re d to proc ee d aga in s t th e Le tt er of C r e di t, a n d suc h use, a p pli ca t io n o r re t e nti o n s h a ll n o t o pe rate as a limi t ation on a n y re cove r y t o w hi c h L a ndl o rd m ay o th e r w i se b e en titl ed .

Tena nt ac kn o wled g e s an d ag r e e s th a t th e L ette r of C r e dit cons tit u t es a sep arat e and ind e p e nd en t c ontract be twe e n Lan d l o r d a n d . t h e i ss uing b ank, t hat T enan t i s n ot a t hird p a rt y b e n e fici a ry of su c h c ont ra ct , and t hat L a ndl o rd' s cl a im u nder the Lett er o f C r e di t fo r t h e fu ll amount due a n d owin g th e reund e r s h a ll n ot b e , in a n y way, res trict e d , limit e d a lter e d o r imp a ir e d b y v irtu e of an y provis i on of the B a nkru pt c y C o d e, includin g, b ut not limit e d to , S e ct i o n 502 ( b ) (6) of th e B ankru p t c y Co d e .

T he L e tter of C redit s h a ll be t ran sfe rabl e to an y of th e foll ow ing p a rti e s: (i) any se cur e d or uns e cur e d l e nd e r o f Landlord , or ( ii) a n y as s i gnee , suc ce s s or , t rans feree o r othe r p ur c ha se r of all or any port i on of th e B u i l d in g , p ro vid e d th a t s u c h trans feree a gree s t o b e b o und b y th e p rovi s io n s o f this L ea s e a p p li cab le to the Letter of Credit. Furth e r, in the ev e n t o f a n y sa le, ass i gnme nt o r t ra nsfe r b y th e Landl o r d of it s in t er e s t in t h e Pr e mis e s or th e L e a se , L andlo r d s hall h av e the right to a ss i gn o r t ran sfe r th e L e tter o f C redit t o i ts gr a n tee, assi gne e o r transfer ee; a nd in the ev e n t o f any sa le , a ss i gnmen t or transfe r , the landlo rd s o a s s i gn ing or tr an sfe rrin g the L e tt e r of Cre di t s hall h a ve n o li a bilit y to t h e T e n a n t fo r th e return of the Le tt er o f Credit , and Tenan t s hall l o o k sol e l y t o s u c h gra nt ee , a ss i gn ee or t ra n sfe r ee for s u c h r e t u rn. T e nan t s hall u se c ommer c i al ly re as on a bl e ef fo rt s to coop e rate w ith L a ndl o rd and t h e B a nk to e ff e ct t h e tra nsfe r of th e L e tter of C re d it a nd Ten a n t s hall b e res pon s ibl e fo r a ll c o s t s of t h e Bank as s o ciat e d th erew ith.



EXHIBIT E

FORM OF ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT

_____________, 200_



RE: Lease dated January 12, 2009


LANDLORD: JER BAYSIDE, INC.


TENANT:
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation


PREMISES: 3450 West Warren Avenue, Fremont California


Pursuant to Section 2.3 of the above-referenced Lease, the Commencement Date is hereby agreed to be , 2009 . T h e Exp i rat i o n Dat e o f the L ea s e i s
, 200 _ .

LANDL OR D :

J E R BAYS I DE , LLC,
a Delaw a re li m ited li abi lit y compan y

By: JER B ayside Member, LLC,
a Delawar e limi t ed liab i lity co mpany
It s: Sol e Memb e r

By: TMG Baysid e , LLC
a De l aw a re li m ited l iability c o mpa n y
Its : Adminis t rative Me m b e r

By: TMG Partn e r s ,
a Ca l iforn i a c orpora t ion
Its: Man a gi n g Mem b e r

By: ____________________

Its : ____________________

[ s i gna tur es co n t i nue on next page]





TENANT:

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

By: ______________________________
Name: _____________________________
Title: ______________________________
Date: ______________________________

By: ______________________________
Name: _____________________________
Title: ______________________________
Date: ______________________________





FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the "First Amendment") is made and entered into on and as of May 1, 2011 (the "Effective Date"), by and between JER BAYSIDE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Landlord"), and QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

RECITALS

This First Amendment is entered into upon the basis of, and with reference to the following facts, understandings and intentions of the parties:

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Industrial Lease dated January 12, 2009 (the "Lease"), covering those certain premises (the "Premises") containing approximately 21,976 square feet of gross leasable area described in Exhibit B to the Lease, which Premises is commonly known as
3450 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California.

B. The term of th e Lease (the "Term") currently expires on February 15, 2012. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease as further described in this First Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, including the mutual covenants contained in the Lease and in this First Amendment, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. D efined T e rm s . Ex c ep t as expres sl y p rovided in t h i s Fi rs t Am en d me nt t o t he co ntr ary , capitalized te rms that are d efined i n the L ease s h a ll h ave t h e same meaning w h en u s e d i n t h i s Firs t Am e ndmen t.

2 . References .

(a) Article I of the Le as e e n t i tled "Reference s " (th e "O ri gi n al R efe r e n c e s" ) conta in s th e p r i nc ip al te rm s appli c ab l e to the Le as e th rou gh Apr il 30, 2011 . All r e fe r e nc es i n the L e as e to the R e fe r ences or to Art i cl e I of the L ease with re s pec t to t h e p e r i od u p to and i ncluding Ap r il 30, 20 11 s h a ll refer t o the Or i g inal References.

(b) The A men d ed and R e sta t ed Refe r enc e s att a c h ed hereto as Exhib i t A and i n corpo r a t e d h e r ein by reference ( th e "Res t a t e d References") c on ta ins t he princi p a l t erms a p pli ca bl e to th e Leas e, as amended by t h is Fi r st A m e nd m en t , for t h e period s t art i ng o n May 1 , 2011 (the "Re n ew a l D a te" ) an d con t inui n g thr o u g h A pr il 30, 20 1 4 (whic h per i od of t im e i s referred to he r ein as the "Renewal T erm " ) . All refe r enc e s in th e Lease , as am en ded h ereb y , t o the R e fe r e n ces (o r to a n y of t h e in form at i on i n Art i c l e I o f the Lease) wit h re s pect to t h e Renewa l Term s hall be d ee m e d t o r e fe r to t h e Rest a ted Re fe r ence s .

3 . Term . Th e T e rm of th e Lea se i s h e r e by extend e d fo r the R e n ew a l Term s o that, un l e ss ear li e r t e rmi n ated as prov i d e d i n th e L ease , t he n ew E x pi rat i o n Date of t h e L ease s h all be A pril 30, 201 4 , w h ich i s th e l ast da y of t he R e newal T e rm. A n y r e fer e nces i n th e L ease to the Term s ha ll includ e the Renewal T erm . Section 2.8 of the L ease, which is ent i tled " Opti o n t o Extend ", i s h ereby d e l e te d.

4 . Rent. Base M o n thly Rent fo r the Renew al Term s ha ll be as set fort h in the Re s tated References . In a d dition to Bas e Month l y Rent , T enant shall c ont i nue t o pay Add itiona l R e nt t o Lan dlo rd a s describ e d in S e ction 3 . 2 of the L e ase . If T e nant has paid Base Monthly Re n t for May 201 1 in an

- 1 -



amount in excess of the amount due under the Lease, as amended hereby, then such excess shall be credited to Tenant ' s next due obligations for Base Monthly Rent under the Lease, as amended hereby.

5. Tenant Improvements. Tenant currently occupies the Premises and acknowledges that it shall continue to lease the Premises in its " as is" condition. In connection with this First Amendment, Landlord has no obligation to make or pay for any improvements or alteration work in the Premises, the Building or the Project.

6. No Further Amendment. Except as amended by this First Amendment, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and in accordance with its terms and is hereby ratified and confirmed.

7. Governing Law. This First Amendment shall for all purposes be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California .

8. Partial Invalidity. If any one or more of the provisions contained in this First Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect , the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

9. Effective Date of Amendment. The effective date of this First Amendment and each and every provision hereof shall be the date first hereinabove set forth unless otherwise stated herein;
provided, however, this agreement is not binding on any party hereto until executed and delivered by both of the parties hereto.

1 0 . Rep r esen t atio n s and War r an t ies of Tenant. As a m a t er i a l in duceme n t to La n dlord to en t er int o thi s Fi r st A m en dmen t , Te n an t rep r e s ents and warra n ts to L and l ord that , a s o f the dat e of th i s Fir s t A m endmen t:

10. 1. No Defau l ts . The L e ase i s i n fu ll fo r c e and e ff e ct . To T e nant' s current, actual knowled g e, w i th ou t i nqu i ry or i nv e st i g ation, th e re are no d efa ul ts by Te n a nt un d er t he Leas e , an d no cir c umstance has occu rr ed which, but for t h e e x piration of an app li cab l e gr a c e peri o d , wo ul d c o ns t itu t e an e v en t o f d e fault by T e nant un d er the Lease. To T e nan t 's c u rre n t ac tu a l k n ow l edge, wi th o ut inv e s t iga ti on or i nquiry , (a) t h er e are no d efaults by La ndlo r d under the Le ase , and ( b) no ci rc ums t ance h as occurre d whic h, but fo r t he expirati o n of an a ppli c a bl e grace pe r iod, wo uld co n s tit ute an e vent of defau lt b y Lan dl ord un d er th e L e ase.

1 0 . 2 . Aut h o ri ty . Te n ant has fu ll r ig h t, power and au t h o ri ty to ent e r i n t o thi s Fir s t
Ame n dme n t. T h is F ir s t Ame n d m e n t a n d t he L eas e ar e bi n din g a n d e n forc e ab l e o b li gat i on s of T e nant.

1 0.3. N o A ss i gnm e nts . Tena n t i s t he s o l e lawful tenan t und e r the L e ase, and Tenan t h as n o t s u bl e t, as s i g n e d, conveyed , en c umbered or oth e rw i se t ransfe rr ed any of th e r igh t , titl e or int e r est of T e nant und e r the Lea se o r ar i s i n g from i t s u se or occupanc y of the Premi s es, and n o oth er person, part n ers h ip, c o rporat i on or other en t ity has any righ t, t i tl e or interest i n the L eas e o r t he Prem i se s as a r esult of Tenant's a c t i ons or thro u gh any agree m ent s e nt e r e d i n to with T e nant , o r t he ri g ht t o oc c upy o r u se a ll o r any part of the Premise s as a resu lt of Te n a n t ' s action s or through any agree m en t s enter ed i n t o wi t h Tenant.


- 2 -



11. Representations and Warranties of Landlord. As a material inducement to Tenant to enter into this First Amendment, Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date of this First Amendment:

11.1. No Defaults. The Lease is in full force and effect. To Landlord's current, actual knowledge, without inquiry or investigation, there are no defaults by Landlord under the Lease, and no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Landlord under the Lease. To Landlord's current actual knowledge, without investigation or inquiry, (a) there are no defaults by Tenant under the Lease, and (b) no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Tenant under the Lease.

11.2 Authority. Landlord has full right, power and authority to enter into this First
Amendment. This First Amendment and the Lease are binding and enforceable obligations of Landlord.

12. Brokers. Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that neither party has had dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder in connection with the execution of this First Amendment. Landlord agrees to indemnify and defend Tenant against and hold Tenant harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder occurring by, through or under Landlord. Tenant agrees to indemnify and defend Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs an d e x pen ses (in clud in g, w ith ou t limit a tion , re a s o n a ble att o rne y s' fee s) w ith r e spect to an y l ea sin g com mi ss i o n o r e q u i v ale n t co mp e n sa ti o n a lle g ed t o be o w i n g o n a c coun t of any dea lin g s w ith an y r e a l es t at e brok e r , age n t or fi n d e r o cc u rri n g b y , t hr o u gh o r u n de r Te n a n t.

13 . Com pli anc e w i t h An ti -T e rr o r i s m L aw . Te n a n t r e pr ese n ts t o L a n d lo rd th a t , to t h e be s t o f Tenant' s kn o wl e dg e w i th n o in v es t i g a t i o n or i nqui ry , Tenan t i s n o t in v i o l a t i o n of a ny An t i - Te rr o r i s m L a w, an d th a t Te n ant is n ot, a s o f th e d a te h ereo f : ( a ) co n d u c ti ng any b u s ines s w i t h an y P ro hi b i te d P er son, i ncludi ng t he making o r r e c e iving of a ny c ont ributio n o f fu nd s, g o ods or se rv i c e s t o or for t h e be n e fit of any P r o h i bit e d Pe r so n; (b) dealing i n , or o th erwis e eng a ging in a n y t r ans ac t io n r e l ati n g t o , a n y property or i nt e r es t s in p ro pe rty b lo cked p u r s u ant t o Ex e cu ti ve O r de r No . 1322 4; or (c ) e ngaging in or c on s p i r i n g t o en gag e i n any t ran s a c ti o n t ha t e vad es or avo i ds, o r ha s th e pu r p os e of evad i ng o r avoi d i n g, or a tte mpt s t o v i o l a te any o f th e pro hi b it io n s se t fort h in , any A n t i -T e rr or i s m L aw . In a dd it i o n, T e n an t r e p r ese nt s t h at , t o t h e b es t of T e n an t' s kn o w le dg e w i t h n o in v e s t i g a ti o n or inq u i ry , nei ther T e n an t n o r an y o f i t s o f fi c e r s , d i r ec t o r s , m e mb e r s o r l ease g u a r ant o r , as appli ca b le , i s a Prohibit e d Pe rso n . F o r purp oses h e r eof, "A n t i - Te rro r i sm L aw" m e an s a ny l a w s , ord i n ances, rul es, r eg ul at i o n s , o r d e r s , d e c r ees , p e rmit s , and r e qu ir eme n ts of c ourt s and g o v ernmenta l a u t hori t i es n o w i n e ff ect, r e l at in g t o t e rro ri s m , an t i-terro ris m, m o n e y - laun d e rin g or anti - m o n e y l au n d e rin g a c tiviti es, i ncl u d i n g w i thout lim it a ti o n t h e U n i t e d St ate s Ban k S e c rec y A c t , t he U n it e d State s Money L aunde r in g C ontrol Act of 1 98 6 , E x ec utiv e O r de r No. 1 3 224 , an d Tit l e 3 o f t h e US A P atri ot Ac t , a nd any r e gula ti ons p rom ul g at e d und e r any of t hem. "Proh ibit e d Per so n" mean s ( i ) a pe r son or e nti ty tha t is li s t e d i n t h e Ann ex t o E xe c u tive O rd er No . 1322 4 , or a per s on or e n tity o w n ed o r c o n t ro ll e d b y an e ntity th a t i s li s t e d in t h e A n nex t o Execut i ve O r d e r N o . 1 3 2 24 ; (ii) a p er s o n o r en ti ty w ith wh o m L and l or d i s pro h ibited from deal i n g o r o t herw i se e ng ag i ng in any tran s ac ti o n b y any A n ti- Te r ro ri s m L aw ; o r ( iii ) a per s on or en t ity t h a t i s n am e d as a " s p e ciall y des i gnated n a ti o n al and b lo cke d per s o n" o n the mos t cu rre nt li s t pu b li s hed b y t he U .S. Tr eas u ry Depart m e nt O f fi c e o f Fo r eign A s s e t s Con t r ol a t i t s offi c i a l web s it e , htt p :// www . tr e as . g o v / ofac / t11sdn . p d f o r a t an y r ep l ac e ment web s it e o r o th e r offi ci a l publi cat ion o f s uch li s t.


- 3 -



14. Lender Approval. To the extent that Landlord is required to obtain the prior written approval of any lender to this First Amendment, Landlord shall obtain such prior written approval before executing and delivering this First Amendment to Tenant.

15. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if the parties had executed one instrument, and each such counterpart shall constitute an original of this First Amendment.

[text and signatures continue on following page]


- 4 -





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment as of the date first hereinabove set forth.

LANDLORD:

JER BAYSIDE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:
JER Bayside Member, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
Its: Sole Member
 
By:
TMG Bayside, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
Its: Administrative Member
 
 
By:
TMG Partners,
a California corporation
Its: Managing Member
 
 
By:
/s/JZ
 
 
Its:
S.V.P.
 
 
Date:
6/3/2011
 



TENANT:
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
By:
/s/ Sam Heidari Ph.D.
Name:
SAM HEIDARI Ph.D.
Title:
INTERIM CEO
Date:
6-2-11
 
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
Date:
 

If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. This Lease must be executed by the chairman of the board, president or vice-president, and the secretary, assistant secretary, the chief financial officer or assistant treasurer, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall o th e rw ise pro v i d e , i n w h i c h e v e nt a c e r t ifi e d co p y, o f the b yl aw s o r a c e r ti fie d copy of t h e r e sol u t io n , as th e c as e may be, mu s t be a tta c h ed t o th i s Lease .


- 5 -





EXHIBIT A

RESTATED REFERENCES

ARTICLE 1: REFERENCES

1.1 All references in this Lease (subject to any further clarifications contained in this Lease) to the following terms shall have the following meaning or refer to the respective address, person, date, time period, amount, percentage, calendar year or fiscal year as below set forth:

A.
Tenant's Address for Notices:
Before the Commencement Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
219 Moffett Park Drive
Sunnyvale, California 94089
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
After the Commencement Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3450 West Warren Avenue
Fremont, California 94538
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
B.
Tenant's Representative:
 
Sam Heidari
 
 
 
 
 
 
Phone Number:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.
Landlord's Address for Notices:
 
c/o TMG Partners
100 Bush Street, 26th Floor
San Francisco, California 94104
 
 
 
 
 
D.
Landlord's Representative:
 
Lynn Tolin
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Phone Number:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E.
Intended Commencement Date:
 
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
F.
Intended Term:
 
Starting on the actual Commencement
Date (i.e., February 16, 2009) and continuing until the Expiration Date
 
 
 
 
 
G.
Expiration Date:
 
April 30, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
H.
First Month's Prepaid Rent:
 
Six Thousand Three Hundred Seventy Three Dollars and 04/100 ($6,373.04)
 
 
 
 
 
I.
Rent Commencement Date:
 
The date that is four (4) months after the actual Commencement Date.
 
 
 
 
 
J.
Intentionally Deleted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

- 6 -



K.
Security Deposit:
 
Fifty Nine Thousand Three Hundred Thirty Five Dollars and 20/100 ($59,335.20)
 
 
 
 
 
L.
Required Liability Coverage:
 
Two Million Dollar ($2,000,000) Single Limit
 
 
 
 
 
M.
Number of Parking Spaces:
 
Eighty-one (81) spaces
 
 
 
 
 
N.
Brokers:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tenant's Broker:
 
Cornish & Carey Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Landlord's Broker:
 
Cornish & Carey Commercial

O. Project: That certain real property situated in the City of Fremont, County of Alameda, State of California, as presently improved with one (1) building described below as the "Building", which real property is described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

P. Building: That certain Building within the Project in which the Premises are located, which Building is shown on Exhibit A and is commonly known as 3400 and 3450 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California. The Building contains approximately 76,978 square feet of gross leasable area.

Q . Com m o n Ar ea s : T h e " C o m mon Ar e as" sha ll m ea n tho se a r eas withi n the Pro j ect w h i ch are l ocat e d out s i d e t h e Building and w h i c h are p ro v i ded and de s i gn a t e d by La n dlord from t im e t o t i me for ge n e ral u s e b y t e n a nt s of th e P ro j e ct includ i ng dr i vew a ys, pe d e s tri a n w a l k w a y s , par k i n g spaces , l a n dsc a p e d areas and e n closed tr as h d i s posal a r eas .

R . Premi ses : A pproximate ly 2 1 ,976 s q uare fee t of g r o s s l easa bl e area l o c ated in t h e B uilding (an d , for purpos e s of t his Lease , a greed t o contain s ai d n umber of s qu are fee t ), w hi c h s pace i s shown on t h e Floor P l an a tt a che d hereto as Exh i bi t B a nd com mo n l y kn own as 3 4 50 We st Warre n Avenue , Fr e m on t , Ca li fornia .

- 7 -





S. Base Monthly Rent: The term "Base Monthly Rent" shall mean the following:

Period
Base Monthly Rent
 
 
Commencement Date to the Rent Commencement Date
$0.00
 
 
Rent Commencement Date to the first anniversary of the Commencement Date
$6,373.04
 
 
First anniversary of the Commencement Date to the second anniversary of the Commencement Date
$17,580.80
 
 
February 17, 2009 through April 30, 2011
$19,778.40
 
 
May 1, 2011 through April 30, 2012
$17,141.28
 
 
May l, 2012 through April 30, 2013
$17,800.56
 
 
May 1, 2013 through April 30, 2014
$19,338.88

T. P erm itt e d Use : The t erm "Perm i tte d Us e " sha ll mean th e fo ll ow in g: Genera l office and a d ministrative, r esea rch and developme n t, engi n ee ri ng, li g ht manufac t uring, ass e mb l y a n d tes ti ng of e qui pment, a ll t o th e ex te n t pe rmi tt ed unde r an d in acco rd anc e with t h e "IR Rest r icted I n du str i a l " z on i ng cla s s ifi ca t ion app lic ab l e t o t he Project.

U . Exhibits : T h e t e rm "Exh i bits" s h a ll m ean t h e Exhib i ts to th i s Lease wh i ch are desc r ibed a s fo ll ow s :

Exhibit A  -
Description of the Project and showing the Building in which the Premises are located.
 
 
Exh i bit B  -
Floor Plan outlining the Premises.
 
 
Exhibit B-1 :
L ocat io n of Two Offices (wi t h G l ass)
 
 
Exhib it   B - 2 :
Comp u ter Room Work and Exchange H V AC U ni t
 
 
Exhib it   C   -
Form of T enant Esto pp el Certificate
 
 
Exh i b it   D   -
Letter of C r edi t Provisions
 
 
E xhi bi t   E   -
Form of A cce p tance Agreement


- 8 -





SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the "Second Amendment") is made and entered into on and as of March 1, 2014 (the "Effective Date"), by and between JER BAYSIDE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Landlord"), and QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").
RECITALS
This Second Amendment is entered into upon the basis of, and with reference to the following facts, understandings and intentions of the parties:
A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Industrial Lease dated January 12, 2009 (the "Original Lease"), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated May 1, 2011 (the "First Amendment") (the Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, is referred to herein as the "Lease"), covering those certain premises (the "Premises") containing approximately 21,976 square feet of gross leasable area described in Exhibit B to the Original Lease, which Premises is commonly known as 3450 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California.
B. The term of the Lease (the "Term") currently expires on April 30, 2014. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to extend the Term until September 30, 2015 and to amend certain other related terms and conditions of the Lease, all as further described in this Second Amendment.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, including the mutual covenants contained in the Lease and in this Second Amendment, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
Defined Terms . Except as expressly provided in this Second Amendment to the contrary, capitalized terms that are defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning when used in this Second Amendment.
1. References.
(a) Article I of the Original Lease contains the principal terms of the Original Lease through April 3 0, 2011. All references in the Original Lease to the References (or to any of the information in Article I of the Lease) with respect to the period prior to April 30, 2011 shall be deemed to refer to the References in Article I of the Original Lease.
(b) The Amended and Restated References attached as Exhibit A to the First Amendment (the "Restated References") contain the principal terms applicable to the Lease for the period between May 1, 2011 and April 30, 2014. All references in the Lease (or to any of the information in Article I of the Lease) with respect to the period between May 1, 2011 and April 30, 2014 shall be deemed to refer to the Restated References.





 
- 1  -
 


(c) The Second Amended and Restated References attached as Exhibit A to this Second Amendment (the "Second Restated References") contain the principal terms applicable to the Lease for the period between May 1, 2014 and September 30, 2015. All references in the Lease (or to any of the information in Article I of the Lease) with respect to the period between May 1 , 2014 and September 30, 2015 shall be deemed to refer to the Second Restated References.
3. Term . The Term of the Lease is hereby extended until September 30, 2015 so that, unless earlier terminated as provided in the Lease, the new Expiration Date of the Lease shall be September 30, 2015. The period between May 1, 2014 and September 30, 2015 is sometimes referred to herein as the "Second Renewal Term". Any references in the Lease to the Term shall include the Second Renewal Term.
4. Rent . Base Monthly Rent for the Premises for the Second Renewal Term shall be as set forth in the Second Restated References. In addition to Base Monthly Rent, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant's Proportionate Share of all Operating Expenses as Additional Rent for the Premises for the Second Renewal Term pursuant to the terms and conditions in Section 3.2 of the Lease. As described in Section 5 below, Tenant shall also pay Additional Rent for the Subleased Premises (as defined below) for the Sublease Term (as defined below)
5. Sublease . Concurrently herewith, Tenant is entering into a sublease agreement (the "Sublease"), by which DCG Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("DCG"), as Sublessor, is subleasing to Tenant, as Subtenant, a portion of the premises at 3400 West Warren Avenue, which portion (the "Subleased Premises") contains approximately 5,000 rentable square feet of area, as shown on Exhibit B attached hereto. The term of the Sublease commences on May 1, 2014 (or earlier as provided in Section 3.1 of the Sublease) and continues until September 30, 2015 (such period is referred to herein as the "Sublease Term"). For each month during the Sublease Term, Tenant shall pay directly to Landlord, as Additional Rent under the Lease, Tenant's Proportionate Share of all Operating Expenses for the Subleased Premises
6. Tenant Improvements.
(a) Tenant currently occupies the Premises and acknowledges that it shall continue to lease the Premises in its "as is" condition. In connection with this Second Amendment, Landlord has no obligation to make or pay for any improvements or alteration work in the Premises, the Building or the Project; provided, however, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a tenant improvement allowance in an amount equal to Twenty One Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy Six Dollars ($21,976.00) (the "Improvement Allowance") to be used by Tenant toward the cost of design and construction of certain improvements to the Premises (the "Improvements"). Tenant shall be responsible for all additional costs associated with the design and construction of the Improvements.
(b) Upon completion of the Improvements, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a request for disbursement of the Improvement Allowance, which disbursement request shall be accompanied by (i) a description of the costs of the Improvements for which such disbursement is






 
- 2  -
 



requested, together with invoices evidencing such costs; and (ii) to the extent that any costs are to be paid to contractors or subcontractors for labor and materials, executed mechanic's lien releases from such contractors or subcontractors, which shall comply with the appropriate provisions of California Civil Code Section 3262(d).
(c) Provided that the Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment, is then in full force and effect and Tenant is not then in default, Landlord shall disburse the Improvement Allowance to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord's review and approval of the items described in Section 6(b) above.
7. No Further Amendment . Except as amended by this Second Amendment, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and in accordance with its terms and is hereby ratified and confirmed.
8. Governing Law . This Second Amendment shall for all purposes be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.
9. Partial Invalidity . If anyone or more of the provisions contained in this Second Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
10. Effective Date of Amendment . The effective date of this Second Amendment and each and every provision hereof shall be the date first hereinabove set forth unless otherwise stated herein; provided, however, this agreement is not binding on any party hereto until executed and delivered by both of the parties hereto.
11. Representations and Warranties of Tenant. As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Second Amendment, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date of this Second Amendment:
11.1. No Defaults . The Lease is in full force and effect. To Tenant's current, actual knowledge, without inquiry or investigation, there are no defaults by Tenant under the Lease, and no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Tenant under the Lease. To Tenant's current actual knowledge, without investigation or inquiry, (a) there are no defaults by Landlord under the Lease, and (b) no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Landlord under the Lease.
11 .2. Authority . Tenant has full right, power and authority to enter into this Second Amendment. This Second Amendment and the Lease are binding and enforceable obligations of Tenant.
11.3. No Assignments . Tenant is the sole lawful tenant under the Lease, and Tenant has not sublet, assigned, conveyed, encumbered or otherwise transferred any of the right,



 
- 3  -
 


title or interest of Tenant under the Lease or arising from its use or occupancy of the Premises, and no other person, partnership, corporation or other entity has any right, title or interest in the Lease or the Premises as a result of Tenant's actions or through any agreements entered into with Tenant, or the right to occupy or use all or any part ofthe Premises as a result of Tenant's actions or through any agreements entered into with Tenant.
12. Representations and Warranties of Landlord . As a material inducement to Tenant to enter into this Second Amendment, Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date of this Second Amendment:
12.1. No Defaults. The Lease is in full force and effect. To Landlord's current, actual knowledge, without inquiry or investigation, there are no defaults by Landlord under the Lease, and no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Landlord under the Lease. To Landlord's current actual knowledge, without investigation or inquiry, (a) there are no defaults by Tenant under the Lease, and (b) no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Tenant under the Lease.
12.2 Authority. Landlord has full right, power and authority to enter into this Second Amendment. This Second Amendment and the Lease are binding and enforceable obligations of Landlord.
13. Brokers. Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that neither party has had dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder in connection with the execution of this Second Amendment, except that Landlord has been represented by Cornish & Carey ("Landlord's Broker") and Tenant has been represented by CBRE ("Tenant's Broker"). Landlord agrees to indemnify and defend Tenant against and hold Tenant harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account Of any dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder occurring by, through or under Landlord. Tenant agrees to indemnify and defend Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder occurring by, through or under Tenant, except that Landlord, not Tenant, shall pay a commission to Tenant's Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement.
14. Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Law. Tenant represents to Landlord that, to the best of Tenant's knowledge with no investigation or inquiry, Tenant is not in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, and that Tenant is not, as of the date hereof: (a) conducting any business with any Prohibited Person, including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Prohibited Person; (b) dealing in, or otherwise engaging in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (c) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that




 
- 4  -
 


evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate any of the prohibitions set forth in, any Anti-Terrorism Law. In addition, Tenant represents that, to the best of Tenant's knowledge with no investigation or inquiry, neither Tenant nor any of its officers, directors, members or lease guarantor, as applicable, is a Prohibited Person. For purposes hereof, "Anti-Terrorism Law" means any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, permits, and requirements of courts and governmental authorities now in effect, relating to terrorism, anti-terrorism, money-laundering or anti-money laundering activities, including without limitation the United States Bank Secrecy Act, the United States Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Executive Order No. 13224, and Title 3 of the USA Patriot Act, and any regulations promulgated under any of them. "Prohibited Person" means (i) a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224, or a person or entity owned or controlled by an entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224; (ii) a person or entity with whom Landlord is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (iii) a person or entity that is named as a "specially designated national and blocked person" on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/t11sdn.pd for at any replacement website or other official publication of such list.

15. Lender Approval. To the extent that Landlord is required to obtain the prior written approval of any lender to this Second Amendment, Landlord shall obtain such prior written approval before executing and delivering this Second Amendment to Tenant.

16. Counterparts. This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if the parties had executed one instrument, and each such counterpart shall constitute an original of this Second Amendment.

[text and signatures continue on following page]

















 
- 5  -
 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amendment as of the date first hereinabove set forth.

LANDLORD:
JER BAYSIDE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:      JER Bayside Member, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
Its: Sole Member

By:      TMG Bayside, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
Its: Administrative Member

By:      TMG Partners,
a California corporation
Its: Managing Member
By:
 /s/JZ
Its:
 SVP
Date:
 3-31-14


TENANT:
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
By:
/s/ Sam Heidari
Name:
SAM HEIDARI
Title:
CEO
Date:
3/27/14
 
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
Date:
 
If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. This Lease must be executed by the chairman of the board, president or vice-president, and the secretary, assistant secretary, the chief finanCial officer or assistant treasurer, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise prOVide, in which event a certified copy, of the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.



 
- 6  -
 


EXHIBIT A

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED REFERENCES

ARTICLE 1: REFERENCES

1.1 All references in this Lease (subj ect to any further clarifications contained in this Lease) to the following terms shall have the following meaning or refer to the respective address, person, date, time period, amount, percentage, calendar year or fiscal year as below set forth:

A.
Tenant's Address for Notices:
Before the Commencement Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
219 Moffett Park Drive
Sunnyvale, California 94089
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
After the Commencement Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3450 West Warren Avenue
Fremont, California 94538
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
B.
Tenant's Representative:
 
Diane Krzysik

 
 
 
 
 
 
Phone Number:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.
Landlord's Address for Notices:
 
c/o TMG Partners
100 Bush Street, 26th Floor
San Francisco, California 94104
 
 
 
 
 
D.
Landlord's Representative:
 
Lynn Tolin
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Phone Number:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E.
Intended Commencement Date:
 
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
F.
Intended Term:
 
Starting on the actual Commencement
Date (i.e., February 16, 2009) and continuing until the Expiration Date
 
 
 
 
 
G.
Expiration Date:
 
September 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
H.
First Month's Prepaid Rent:
 
N/A
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 


I.
Rent Commencement Date:
 
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
J.
Intentionally Deleted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
K.
Security Deposit:
 
Fifty Nine Thousand Three Hundred Thirty Five Dollars and 20/100 ($59,335.20)
 
 
 
 
 
L.
Required Liability Coverage:
 
Two Million Dollar ($2,000,000) Single Limit
 
 
 
 
 
M.
Number of Parking Spaces:
 
Eighty-one (81) spaces
 
 
 
 
 
N.
Brokers:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tenant's Broker:
 
CBRE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Landlord's Broker:
 
Cornish & Carey Commercial
O. Project: That certain real property situated in the City of Fremont, County of Alameda, State of California, as presently improved with one (1) building described below as the "Building", which real property is described on Exhibit A to the Original Lease.
P. Building: That certain Building within the Project in which the Premises are located, which Building is shown on Exhibit A to the Original Lease and is commonly known as 3400 and 3450 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California. The Building contains approximately 76,978 square feet of gross leasable area.
Q. Common Areas: The "Common Areas" shall mean those areas within the Project which are located outside the Building and which are provided and designated by Landlord from time to time for general use by tenants of the Project including driveways, pedestrian walkways, parking spaces, landscaped areas and enclosed trash disposal areas.
R. Premises: Approximately 21,976 square feet of gross leasable area located in the Building (and, for purposes of this Lease, agreed to contain said number of square feet), which space is shown on the Floor Plan attached hereto as Exhibit B to the Original Lease and commonly known as 3450 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California.

 
 
 


S. Base Monthly Rent: The term "Base Monthly Rent" for the period commencing on May 1, 2014 and continuing through September 30, 2015 shall be the monthly amount of Eighteen Thousand Six Hundred Seventy Nine and 60/100 Dollars ($18,679.60). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Lease, as amended by the Second Amendment, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Monthly Rent for the months of May 2014 and June 2014.
T. Permitted Use: The term "Permitted Use" shall mean the following: General office and administrative, research and development, engineering, light manufacturing, assembly and testing of equipment, all to the extent permitted under and in accordance with the "IR Restricted
U. Exhibits: The term "Exhibits" shall mean the Exhibits to this Lease which are described as follows:
Exhibit to Original Lease:
Exhibit A:
Description of the Project and showing the Building in which the Premises are located.
Exhibit B:     Floor Plan outlining the Premises.
Exhibit B-1:    Location of Two Offices (with Glass)
Exhibit B-2:     Computer Room Work and Exchange HVAC Unit
Exhibit C -     Form of Tenant Estoppel Certificate
Exhibit D -     Letter of Credit Provisions
Exhibit E -     Form of Acceptance Agreement

Exhibits to First Amendment:
Exhibit A:      Amended and Restated References
Exhibits to Second Amendment:
Exhibit A:      Second Amended and Restated References
Exhibit B:      Subleased Premises




















 
 
 


EXHIBIT B

SUBLEASED PREMISES

[see attached]



 
 
 


FLOORPLAN1024.JPG

 
 
 


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the "Third Amendment") is made and entered into on and as of April 20, 2015 (the "Effective Date"), by and between BTP INVESTORS, LLC, a California limited liability company ("Landlord"), and QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

RECITALS

This Third Amendment is entered into upon the basis of, and with reference to the following facts, understandings and intentions of the parties:
A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Industrial Lease dated January 12, 2009 (the "Original Lease"), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated May 1, 2011 (the "First Amendment"), as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated March 1, 2014 (the Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment and Second Amendment, is referred to herein as the "Lease"), covering those certain premises (the "Premises") containing approximately 21,976 square feet of gross leasable area described in Exhibit B to the Original Lease, which Premises is commonly known as 3450 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California.
B. The term of the Lease (the "Term") currently expires on September 30, 2015. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to extend the Term for three years until September 30, 2018 and to amend certain other related terms and conditions of the Lease, all as further described in this Third Amendment.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, including the mutual covenants contained in the Lease and in this Third Amendment, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
1. Defined Terms. Except as expressly provided in this Third Amendment to the contrary, capitalized terms that are defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning when used in this Third Amendment.
2. References.
(a) Article I of the Original Lease contains the principal terms of the Original Lease through April 30, 2011 . All references in the Original Lease to the References (or to any of the information in Article I of the Lease) with respect to the period prior to April 30, 2011 shall be deemed to refer to the References in Article I of the Original Lease.
(b) The Amended and Restated References attached as Exhibit A to the First Amendment (the "Restated References") contain the principal terms applicable to the Lease for the period between May 1, 2011 and April 30, 2014. All references in the Lease (or to any of the

 
- 1  -
 


information in Article I of the Lease) with respect to the period between May 1, 2011 and April 30, 2014 shall be deemed to refer to the Restated References.
(c) The Amended and Restated References attached as Exhibit A to the Second Amendment (the "Restated References") contain the principal terms applicable to the Lease for the period between May 1, 2014 and September 30, 2015. All references in the Lease (or to any of the information in Article I of the Lease) with respect to the period between May 1, 2014 and September 30, 2015 shall be deemed to refer to the Restated References.
(c) The Third Amended and Restated References attached as Exhibit A to this Third Amendment (the "Third Restated References") contain the principal terms applicable to the Lease for the period between October 1, 2015 and September 30, 2018. All references in the Lease (or to any of the information in Article I of the Lease) with respect to the period between October 1 , 2015 and September 30, 2018 shall be deemed to refer to the Third Restated References.

3. Term. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended until September 30, 2018 so that, unless earlier terminated as provided in the Lease, the new Expiration Date of the Lease shall be September 30, 2018. The period between October 1, 2015 and September 30, 2018 is sometimes referred to herein as the "Third Renewal Term". Any references in the Lease to the Term shall include the Third Renewal Term.
4. Rent. Base Monthly Rent for the Premises for the Third Renewal Term shall be as set forth in the Third Restated References. In addition to Base Monthly Rent, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant's Proportionate Share of all Operating Expenses as Additional Rent for the Premises for the Third Renewal Term pursuant to the terms and conditions in Section 3.2 of the Lease.

5. No Further Amendment. Except as amended by this Third Amendment, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and in accordance with its terms and is hereby ratified and confirmed.

6. Governing Law. This Third Amendment shall for all purposes be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.

7. Partial Invalidity. If anyone or more of the provisions contained in this Third Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

8. Effective Date of Amendment. The effective date of this Third Amendment and each and every provision hereof shall be the date first hereinabove set forth unless otherwise stated herein; provided, however, this agreement is not binding on any party hereto until executed and delivered by both of the parties hereto.

 
- 2  -
 



9. Representations and Warranties of Tenant. As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Third Amendment, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date of this Third Amendment:
9.1.     No Defaults. The Lease is in full force and effect. To Tenant's current, actual knowledge, without inquiry or investigation, there are no defaults by Tenant under the Lease, and no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Tenant under the Lease. To Tenant's current actual knowledge, without investigation or inquiry, (a) there are no defaults by Landlord under the Lease, and (b) no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Landlord under the Lease.
9.2.     Authority. Tenant has full right, power and authority to enter into this Third Amendment. This Third Amendment and the Lease are binding and enforceable obligations of Ten ant.
9.3.     No Assignments. Tenant is the sole lawful tenant under the Lease, and Tenant has not sublet, assigned, conveyed, encumbered or otherwise transferred any of the right, title or interest of Tenant under the Lease or arising from its use or occupancy of the Premises, and no other person, partnership, corporation or other entity has any right, title or interest in the Lease or the Premises as a result of Tenant's actions or through any agreements entered into with Tenant, or the right to occupy or use all or any part of the Premises as a result of Tenant's actions or through any agreements entered into with Tenant.
10. Representations and Warranties of Landlord. As a material inducement to Tenant to enter into this Third Amendment, Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date of this Third Amendment:

10.1.     No Defaults. The Lease is in full force and effect. To Landlord's current, actual knowledge, without inquiry or investigation, there are no defaults by Landlord under the Lease, and no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Landlord under the Lease. To Landlord's current actual knowledge, without investigation or inquiry, (a) there are no defaults by Tenant under the Lease, and (b) no circumstance has occurred which, but for the expiration of an applicable grace period, would constitute an event of default by Tenant under the Lease.

10.2.      Authority. Landlord has full right, power and authority to enter into this Third Amendment. This Third Amendment and the Lease are binding and enforceable obligations of Landlord.

11. Brokers. Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that neither party has had dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder in connection with the execution of this Third Amendment. Landlord agrees to indemnify and defend Tenant against and hold Tenant harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) with

 
- 3  -
 



respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder occurring by, through or under Landlord. Tenant agrees to indemnify and defend Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder occurring by, through or under Tenant.
12. Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Law. Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant is not in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, and that Tenant is not, as of the date hereof: (a) conducting any business with any Prohibited Person, including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Prohibited Person; (b) dealing in, or otherwise engaging in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (c) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate any of the prohibitions set forth in, any Anti-Terrorism Law. In addition, Tenant represents that neither Tenant nor any of its officers, directors, members or lease guarantor, as applicable, is a Prohibited Person. For purposes hereof, "Anti-Terrorism Law" means any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, permits, and requirements of courts and governmental authorities now in effect, relating to terrorism, anti-terrorism, money-laundering or anti-money laundering activities, including without limitation the United States Bank Secrecy Act, the United States Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Executive Order No. 13224, and Title 3 of the USA Patriot Act, and any regulations promulgated under any of them. "Prohibited Person" means (i) a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224, or a person or entity owned or controlled by an entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224; (ii) a person or entity with whom Landlord is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (iii) a person or entity that is named as a "specially designated national and blocked person" on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/t1lsdn.pdf or at any replacement website or other official publication of such list.
13. Lender Approval. To the extent that Landlord is required to obtain the prior written approval of any lender to this Third Amendment, Landlord shall obtain such prior written approval before executing and delivering this Third Amendment to Tenant.
14. Counterparts. This Third Amendment may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if the parties had executed one instrument, and each such counterpart shall constitute an original of this Third Amendment.
15. Termination Option. Subject to the provisions of this Section 15, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this lease provided that:

(a) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice ("Termination Notice") of its election to terminate this Lease on a date specific ("Accelerated Termination Date") that shall be

 
- 4  -
 




(i) not less than 6 months after the date of the Termination Notice; (ii) on the last day of the month; and (iii) on or after March 31, 2016.

(b) Tenant may not exercise this option to terminate if Tenant is in default under this Lease after notice and beyond applicable cure periods as of the date of the Termination Notice or the Accelerated Termination Date.
(c) If the Accelerated Termination date is on or before September 30, 2017, then together with delivery of the Termination Notice, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a termination fee of $13,185.60.
(d) If Tenant exercises its option to terminate this Lease, then this Lease shall end and expire upon the Accelerated Termination Date and the Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent shall be paid and apportioned to such date.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amendment as of the date first hereinabove set forth.

LANDLORD:

BTP INVESTORS, LLC,
a California limited liability company

By:
Vectra Management Group, Inc.
 
a New York corporation
 
Its:
Agent
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/Raju Shah
 
 
Name:
Raju Shah
 
 
Its:
Managing Director
 
 
Date:
4/20/2015
TENANT:
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
By:
/s/ Sam Heidari
Name:
Same Heidari
Title:
CEO
Date:
4-17-2015





 
- 5  -
 


EXHIBIT A

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED REFERENCES

ARTICLE 1: REFERENCES

1.1 All references in this Lease (subject to any further clarifications contained in this Lease) to the following terms shall have the following meaning or refer to the respective address, person, date, time period, amount, percentage, calendar year or fiscal year as below set forth:

 
Tenant's Address for Notices:
Before the Commencement Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
219 Moffett Park Drive
Sunnyvale, California 94089
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
After the Commencement Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3450 West Warren Avenue
Fremont, California 94538
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
B.
Tenant's Representative:
 
Diane Krzysik

 
 
 
 
 
 
Phone Number:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.
Landlord's Address for Notices:
 
BTP Investors, LLC
c/o Vectra Management Group
424 West 33 rd   Street, Suite 540
New York, NY 10001
 
 
 
 
with a mandatory copies to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BTP Investors, LLC
c/o Orchard Commercial
2055 Laurelwood Road, Suite 130
Santa Clara, CA 95054
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clark & Gentry, P.L.L.C
570 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2401
New York, NY 10022-6894
Attn: Edgar Gentry, Esq.
D.
Landlord's Representative:
 
Bryan Barnes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Phone Number:
 
(310) 400-6579
 
 
 
 
 



E.
Intended Commencement Date:
 
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
F.
Intended Term:
 
Starting on the actual Commencement
Date (i.e., February 16, 2009) and continuing until the Expiration Date
 
 
 
 
 
G.
Expiration Date:
 
September 30, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
H.
First Month's Prepaid Rent:
 
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
I.
Rent Commencement Date:
 
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
J.
Intentionally Deleted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
K.
Security Deposit:
 
Fifty Nine Thousand Three Hundred Thirty Five Dollars and 20/100 ($59,335.20)
 
 
 
 
 
L.
Required Liability Coverage:
 
Two Million Dollar ($2,000,000) Single Limit
 
 
 
 
 
M.
Number of Parking Spaces:
 
Eighty-one (81) spaces
 
 
 
 
 
N.
Brokers (as to the Third Amendment only
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tenant's Broker:
 
None
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Landlord's Broker:
 
None

O. Project: That certain real property situated in the City of Fremont, County of Alameda, State of California, as presently improved with one (1) building described below as the "Building", which real property is described on Exhibit A to the Original Lease.
P. Building: That certain Building within the Project in which the Premises are located, which Building is shown on Exhibit A to the Original Lease and is commonly known as 3400 and 3450 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California. The Building contains approximately 76,978 square feet of gross leasable area.
Q. Common Areas: The "Common Areas" shall mean those areas within the Project which are located outside the Building and which are provided and designated by Landlord from time to time for general use by tenants of the Project including driveways, pedestrian walkways, parking spaces, landscaped areas and enclosed trash disposal areas.




R. Premises: Approximately 21,976 square feet of gross leasable area located in the Building (and, for purposes of this Lease, agreed to contain said number of square feet), which space is shown on the Floor Plan attached as Exhibit B to the Original Lease and commonly known as 3450 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California.
S. Base Monthly Rent: The term "Base Monthly Rent" for the period commencing on October 1, 2015 and continuing through September 30, 2018 shall mean the following:

Period
Base Monthly  Rate
October 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016
$23,074.80
October 1, 2016 through September 30, 2017
$24,228.54
October 1, 2017 through September 30, 2018
$25,439.97

T. Permitted Use: The term "Permitted Use" shall mean the following: General office and administrative, research and development, engineering, light manufacturing, assembly and testing of equipment, all to the extent permitted under and in accordance with the "IR Restricted Industrial" zoning classification applicable to the Project.

U. Exhibits: The term "Exhibits" shall mean the Exhibits to this Lease which is described as follows:

Exhibit to Original Lease:
Exhibit A:
Description of the Project and showing the Building in which the Premises are located.
Exhibit B:      Floor Plan outlining the Premises.
Exhibits B-1: Location of Two Offices (with Glass)
Exhibits B-2: Computer Room Work and Exchange HVAC Unit
Exhibit C:      Form of Tenant Estoppel Certificate
Exhibit D:      Letter of Credit Provisions
Exhibit E:      Form of Acceptance Agreement

Exhibits to First Amendment:
Exhibit A:      Amended and Restated References

Exhibits to Second Amendment:
Exhibit A:      Second Amended and Restated References
Exhibit B:      Subleased Premises

Exhibits to Third Amendment:
Exhibit A:      Third Amended and Restated References


Exhibit 10.22

LANDLORDS CONSENT AND AGREEMENT
(Sublease)

This Landlord's Consent and Agreement (the "Consent") is attached to that certain Sublease Agreement (the "Sublease"), dated March 18, 2014 for reference purposes, by and between DCG SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Sublessor") and QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS , INC., a Delaware corporation ( " Sublessee"), by which Sublessor subleases approximately 5,000 square feet of space (the "Subleased Premises") at 3400 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, California (the "Building"), to Sublessee. The Subleased Premises is more specifically described in the Sublease. Capitalized terms used in this Consent and not otherwise defined herein shall have meaning set forth in the Sublease.

The undersigned, JER BAYSIDE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Landlord") is the "Landlord" under that certain Industrial Lease dated April 22, 2013, between Landlord and Sublessor , as "Tenant" (the " Lease" or the "Master Lease"). The Lease is referred to in the Sublease as the "Master Lease". Landlord hereby consents to the subletting described in the Sublease upon the following express terms and conditions. Terms used in this Consent shall have the meanings set forth in the Sublease and the Lease.

Landlord acknowledges that the Basic Lease Information in the Master Lease refers to the first two years of the Term of the Master Lease as "Phase I", during which time occupancy of approximately 45,000 square feet of the Premises covered by the Lease is permitted , and the Lease refers to the remainder of the Term of the Master Lease as "Phase II", during which time the remaining 10,000 square feet of the Premises covered by the Lease may also be occupied. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of the Master Lease, Landlord agrees that occupancy of the Subleased Premises as further described herein is permitted during Phase I.

1.     The Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Lease and to all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements set forth in the Lease. The Sublease shall automatically terminate on the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease unless an earlier date is stated in the Sublease as the expiration date for the Sublease, in which case the Sublease shall terminate on such earlier date.

2.     Sublessee shall perform faithfully and be bound by all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of the Lease to the extent of the Subleased Premises, for the period of such subletting.

3.     Neither such subletting nor this Consent shall:

(a) release or discharge Sublessor from any liability , whether past, present or future, under the Lease;

 
1
 



(b) operate as a consent or approval by Landlord to or of any of the terms, covenants conditions, provisions or agreements of the Sublease and Landlord shall not be bound thereby;

(c) be construed to modify, waive or affect any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of the Lease or to waive any breach thereof, or any of Landlord's rights as Landlord thereunder; or to enlarge or increase Landlord's obligations as Landlord thereunder, or

(d) be construed as a consent by Landlord to any further subletting either by Sublessor or by Sublessee or to any assignment by Sublessor of the Lease or assignment by Sublessee of the Sublease, whether or not the Sublease purports to permit the same and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, both Sublessor and Sublessee agree that Sublessee has no right whatsoever to assign, mortgage or encumber the Sublease or permit any portion of the Subleased Premises to be used or occupied by any other party.

4.     In the event of Sublessor's default under the provisions of the Lease, the rent due from the Sublessee under the Sublease shall be deemed assigned to Landlord and Landlord shall have the right upon such default at any time, at Landlord's option, to give notice of such assignment to Sublessee, and Sublessee shall thereafter pay all rent under the Sublease directly to Landlord. Landlord shall credit Sublessor with any rent received by Landlord under such assignment but the acceptance of any payment on account of rent from Sublessee as the result of any such default shall in no manner whatsoever be deemed an attornment by Sublessee to Landlord, or serve to release Sublessor from liability under the terms, covenants, condition, provisions or agreements under the Lease.

5.     Sublessee is currently a tenant of certain premises located adjacent to the Subleased Premises pursuant to that certain Industrial Lease, dated January 12, 2009, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated May 1, 2011 (the "Quantenna Direct Lease"). Concurrently herewith, Sublessee and Landlord are entering into a Second Amendment to Lease to the Quantenna Direct Lease (the "Second Amendment to Quantenna Direct Lease"). The parties hereto acknowledge that the Second Amendment to Quantenna Direct Lease provides that, for each month during the term of the Sublease, Sublessee, as "Tenant" under the Quantenna Direct Lease, shall pay directly to Landlord, Tenant's Proportionate Share of all Operating Expenses for the Subleased Premises, which amounts shall constitute Additional Rent under the Quantenna Direct Lease, which is estimated to be approximately $1,400.00 per month ($0.28 per rentable square foot) as outlined in Section 1.6.a.ii of the Sublease. The parties hereto acknowledge that this amount shall be paid directly to Landlord by Sublessee. In addition, at the end of the term of the Sublease, Landlord shall provide a statement of the actual amount of Tenant's Proportionate Share of all Operating Expenses for the Subleased Premises so that a reconciliation of the estimated amounts and actual amounts can be performed by Landlord and Sublessee.

 
2
 



6.     This Consent is not assignable, nor shall this Consent be consent to any amendment, modification, extension or renewal of the Sublease, without Landlord's prior written consent.

7.     Sublessor and Sublessee covenant and agree that, under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable for any brokerage commission or other charge or expense in connection with the Sublease , and Sublessor and Sublessee agree to indemnify Landlord against same and against any cost or expense (including but not limited to counsel fees) incurred by Landlord in resisting any claim or any such brokerage commission.

8.     Except as otherwise set forth in Section 16 below, Sublessor and Sublessee understand and acknowledge that Landlord's consent hereto is not a consent to any improvement or alteration work being performed in the Subleased Premises, and that Landlord's consent must be separately sought for such work.

9.     Notwithstanding any provision of the Sublease or this Consent to the contrary, Sublessee agrees that Landlord shall not be (i) liable for any act or omission of Sublessor under the Sublease, (ii) liable for any act or omission by any party which occurred prior to the termination date, (iii) subject to any offsets or defenses which Sublessee may have against Sublessor (iv) bound by any payment of rent or other sums made by Sublessee for any advance period under the Sublease, (v) bound by any security deposits which Sublessee might have paid to Sublessor or any other party, or (vi) bound by any amendment or modification of the Sublease made without Landlord's prior written consent, which may be withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord.

10.     Both Sublessor and Sublessee shall be and continue to be liable for the payment of all bills rendered by Landlord for charges incurred by Landlord for services and materials supplied to the Subleased Premises.

11.     This Consent shall for all purposes be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.

12.     This Consent shall not be effective until executed by all the parties hereto.

13.     If any one of more of the provisions contained in this Consent shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provision contained in this Consent shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

14.     Without limiting any other provision of this Consent, Sublessee hereby assumes, with respect to Landlord, all of the indemnity and insurance obligations of the Sublessor under the Lease for the sublease term and to the extent of the Subleased Premises, including, without limitation, all insurance required by the Lease, provided that nothing set forth herein shall be construed as relieving or releasing Sublessor from any such obligations . Landlord and its property manager, TMG Partners, or any other person or entity identified by Landlord as holding an interest in the Building shall be named as

 
3
 



additional insureds under all insurance required to be carried by Sublessee pursuant to this Section 14, and Sublessor shall furnish Landlord with a certificate of insurance before commencing occupancy of the Subleased Premises.

15.     Pursuant to Section 7.4F of the Master Lease, Sublessor as Tenant under the Master Lease, shall be obligated to pay to Landlord, on a monthly basis, $2,125.00 each month through the term of the Sublease, which expires on September 30, 2015; this amount is equal to fifty percent (50%) of the total monthly Base Rent in the amount of $4,250.00 payable by Sublessee as Base Rent under the Sublease throughout the term of the Sublease. [The parties hereto agree that instead of having Sublessee pay such amount to Sublessor and then having Sublessor pay such amount to Landlord, Sublessee shall pay such amount directly to Landlord each month, and such direct payment by Sublessee shall be deemed to satisfy Sublessor's obligation to Landlord pursuant to Section 7.4F of the Master Lease.]

16. Demising .

(a) Sublessee shall construct a demising wall between the Subleased Premises and the portion of the Premises covered by the Master Lease that Sublessor shall continue to occupy during the term of the Sublease. The plan for such work and the contractor's bid is attached hereto as Exhibit A , and, by its execution hereof, Landlord approves such plan and such bid. Upon completion of construction of the demising wall in accordance with such plan, Sublessee shall deliver to Landlord invoices evidencing the costs incurred for the construction of the demising wall ("Demising Costs") and evidence of Sublessee's payment of such amounts and, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provided that no default exists under the Quantenna Direct Lease, Landlord shall reimburse Sublessee for a portion of the Demising Costs, but in no event shall Landlord's reimbursement obligation hereunder exceed Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Twenty Three Dollars ($7,723.00).

(b) At the end of the term of the Sublease, Sublessor shall have the right to require that the demising wall be removed and the Subleased Premises be restored to its condition as of the date of this Consent (collectively, such work being referred to herein as the "Restoration"). The parties agree that Sublessee shall deposit Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000.00) with Landlord concurrently with Sublessee's execution of this Consent. If Sublessor requires Restoration at the end of the term of the Sublease, Sublessor shall notify Landlord and Sublessee of such election within thirty (30) days after the end of the term of the Sublease and Landlord shall contribute such funds to the cost of the Restoration. If Sublessor does not notify Landlord and Sublessee within thirty (30) days after the end of the term of the Sublease that it requires Restoration, then Landlord shall return such funds to Sublessee.

The execution of a copy of this Consent by Sublessor and by Sublessee shall indicate your joint and several confirmation of the foregoing conditions and of your agreement to be bound thereby and shall constitute Sublessee's acknowledgment that it has received a copy of the Lease.

 
4
 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Consent as of the day and year of Sublease.

LANDLORD:

JER BAYSIDE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:
JER Bayside Member, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
Its: Sole Member
 
 
 
 
By:
TMG Bayside, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
Its: Administrative Member
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
TMG Partners,
a California corporation
Its: Managing Member
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/Lynn Tolin
 
 
Its:
Lynn Tolin
 
 
Date:
SVP

SUBLESSOR:
 
DCG SYSTEMS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
By:
/s/ ISRAEL NIV
Name:
ISRAEL NIV
Title:
CEO
 
 
 
 
SUBLESSEE:
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
By:
/s/ Sam Heidari
Name:
Sam Heidari
Title:
CEO

 
5
 



EXHIBIT A

PLAN FOR DEMISING WALL AND CONTRACTOR'S BID

[see attached]

 
6
 



IMAGE0A05.JPG




DCG Sublease Work
CSI CODE
 
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
 
ESTIMATE

01
 
 
 
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
 
 
 
 
1040
 
PROJECT SUPERVISION
 
1,800

 
 
1041
 
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
 
880

 
 
1520
 
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
 
600

 
 
1742
 
FINAL CLEANING
 
375

02
 
 
 
SITE WORK & DEMOLITION
 
 
 
 
2050
 
DEMOLITION
 
750

08
 
 
 
DOORS, WINDOWS, & OPENINGS
 
 
 
 
8800
 
GLASS DOORS
 
4,223

09
 
 
 
FINISHES
 
 
 
 
9250
 
DRYWALL & METAL FRAMING
 
6,450

 
 
9650
 
FLOOR COVERINGS
 
304

 
 
9900
 
PAINTING
 
650

15
 
 
 
MECHANICAL
 
 
 
 
15500
 
FIRE SPRINKLERS
 
800

16
 
 
 
ELECTRICAL
 
 
 
 
16400
 
ELECTRICAL SERVICE, DISTRIBUTION, & LIGHTING
 
1,825

 
 
 
 
CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
 
$
18,657

 
 
25100
 
LIABILITY INSURANCE
 
243

 
 
25200
 
OVERHEAD & PROFIT
 
1,890

 
 
 
 
PTOJECT TOTAL
 
$
20,789




















TECHNICAL BUILDERS INC.
3/19/2014
PAGE 1




STANDARD SUBLEASE

1.    Basic Provisions (" Basic Provisions ").
1.1.
Parties : This Sublease (" Sublease "), dated for reference purposes only March 18, 2014, is made by and between DCG Systems, Inc. (" Sublessor ") and Quantenna Communications, Inc. (" Sublessee "),(collectively the " Parties ", or individually a " Party ").
1.2.
Premises : A portion of that certain real property, including all improvements therein, and commonly known by the street address of 3400 W Warren Ave, Fremont located in the County of Alameda, State of California and generally described as ±5,000 square feet in the Northwest area, designated on the attached floorplan (" Premises ").
1.3.
Term : One (1) year and Five (5) months commencing May 1, 2014 (" Commencement Date ") and ending September 30, 2015 (" Expiration Date ").
1.4.
Base Rent : $4,250 (.85 NNN PSF) per month (" Base Rent "), payable on the first day of each month commencing May 1, 2014.
1.5.
[intentionally deleted]
1.6.
Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:
a.
Monthly Expenses:
i.
Base rent : $4,250.00 monthly.
ii.
Net operating expenses of $1,400, calculated at the rate of $0.28 per square foot; and
iii.
Utilities expenses of $1,500, calculated at the rate of $0.30 per square foot,
iv.
Net operating expenses and utilities may be trued up to actual rates at the end of the lease if requested by either Sublessor or Sublessee
b.
Gross monthly rent : $7,150 (the sum of the base rent and the other monthly expenses).
c.
Security Deposit : $4,250.00 (" Security Deposit ").
d.
Total due upon execution of this lease : $14,400, an amount which includes: the first month's rent, the Security Deposit, net expenses, electrical and HVAC expenses, and $3,000 deposit for wall removal.
1.7.
Agreed Use : The Premises shall be used and occupied only for general office use and for related legally permissible use, and for no other purposes.
1.8.
Real Estate Brokers :
a.
Representation : CBRE (" Broker ") represents both Sublessor and Sublessee (" Dual Agency ").
b.
Payment to Brokers : No payment is due to Broker at any time for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers.
1.9.
Attachments . Attached hereto are the following, which shall be considered part of this Sublease:
a.
Floorplan;
b.
Contractor's bid;
c.
A copy of the master lease and any and all amendments to such lease (collectively the " Master Lease "); and
d.
An estimate of the net expenses and electrical usage to be paid monthly.
1.10.
Additional Provisions .
a.
Construction : Certain modifications will be made to the Premises (hereinafter referred to as the " Project "), including construction of a new wall(s) and cutting of a new door.
i.
Each party will contribute the following amounts towards the Project:
A.
Sublessee: $9,066.
B.
Sublessor: $4,000.
C.
Master Lessor: $7, 723.
Total amount: $20,789.

Overage : Any amount in excess of $20,789 will be payable by Sublessee.

 
Page 1
 



ii.
Sublessor will submit $3,000 to the Master Lessor to be held in trust as a deposit towards removal of the wall(s) and sealing the door put in place by the Project, should removal be required by Maser Lessor at the end of the Term or upon termination of the Master Lease. 1
iii.
Paint on the Sublessor's side of the new wall will match Sublessor's existing wall color.
iv.
The Project will not establish any doors that allow Sublessee to access Sublessor's own premises.
v.
If required by Sublessor, Sublessee will remove the door and reseal the Northwest wall at its own expense upon termination of this Sublease.
vi.
If required by Sublessor, Sublessee will remove the wall or walls established during the Project at its own expense at the end of the Term. If Sublessor does not require wall removal, the $3,000 deposit will be returned to Sublessee.
vii.
The Project will not be considered an Improvement under the Master Lease.
viii.
Sublessee will be responsible for overseeing the Project and construction.
A
Sublessee will ensure that all work is performed in a good and professional manner and so as not to interfere with the occupancy of the Sublessor.
B.
At all times during the construction of the Project, Sublessee shall require all of Sublessee' s contractors, subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers to maintain adequate worker's compensation and general liability insurance.
C.
Sublessee will keep the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed.
b.
Security Access . Sublessee will establish its own, independent security system on the existing southwest door.
c.
Lighting . Sublessee is responsible for the light bulbs in the Premises.
d.
Mail and visitors . Sublessee will not receive mail or visitors at the address 3400 West Warren Avenue, Fremont, CA 94538.
2.      Premises .
2.1.
Letting . Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby subleases from Sublessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Sublease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different.
2.2.
Condition . Sublessor shall deliver the Premises to Sublessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs ("Start Date"). Existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ("HV AC") are provided "as-is", and Sublessor makes no warranty as to their condition. Any repairs to HVAC shall be made at Sublessee's sole expense.
2.3.
Acknowledgements . Sublessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Sublessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Sublessee's intended use, (c) Sublessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Sublessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Sublessee's decision to sublease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Sublessor, Sublessor's agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Sublease. In addition, Sublessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Sublessee's ability to
____________
1 Note that removal is still Sublessee's responsibility and expense (see Section l.l0vi) .

 
Page 2
 



honor the Sublease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Sublessor's sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.
2.4.
Americans with Disabilities Act . In the event that as a result of Sublessee's use, or intended use, of the Premises the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar law requires modifications or the construction or installation of improvements in or to the Premises, Building, Project and/or Common Areas, the Parties agree that such modifications, construction or improvements shall be made at Sublessee's expense.
3.     Possession .
3.1.
Early Possession . Any provision herein granting Sublessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Sublessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Sublease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Sublessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall, however, be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.
3.2.
Delay in Commencement . Sublessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Sublessor is unable to deliver possession as agreed, the rights and obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee shall be as set forth in Paragraph 3.3 of the Master Lease (as modified by Paragraph 6.3 of this Sublease).
3.3.
Sublessee Compliance . Sublessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Sublessee until Sublessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance. Pending delivery of such evidence, Sublessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Sublease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Sublessor's election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Sublessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Sublessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.
4.      Payment of Rent and Other Charges .
4.1.
Base Rent . Base Rent shall be payable in lawful money of the United States. One half of the Base Rent shall be payable to Master Lessor at the address stated herein and the other half shall be payable to Sublessor. Base Rent may be paybable to such other persons or at such other places as Sublessor or Master Lessor may designate in writing. 2  
4.2.
Net Operating Expenses . Net Operating expenses shall be payable to the Master Lessor in the same way as defined in 4.1 above.
4.3.
Utilities . Utilities expenses shall be payble to the Sublessor. Sublessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon.
5.
Security Deposit . The rights and obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee as to said Security Deposit shall be as set forth in Paragraph 5 of the Master Lease (as modified by Paragraph 6.3 of this Sublease).
6.
Master Lease .
6.1.
Sublessor is the lessee of the Premises by virtue of the " Master Lease ", wherein JER Bayside, LLC, a Delaware Limited liability Company, is the lessor, hereinafter the " Master Lessor ".
6.2.
This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease.
6.3.
The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of the Master Lease except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are directly contradicted by this Sublease in which event the terms of this Sublease document shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease, wherever in the Master
____________
2 The Base Rent shall be shared equally between Master Lessor and Sublessor. Over the Term of 17 months each party will receive a gross amount prior to electrical/NNN's of $36,125.

 
Page 3
 



Lease the word "Landlord" is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessor herein and wherever in the Master Lease the word "Tenant" is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessee herein.
6.4 .
During the term of this Sublease and for all periods subsequent for obligations which have arisen prior to the termination of this Sublease, Sublessee does hereby expressly assume and agree to perform and comply with, for the benefit of Sublessor and Master Lessor, each and every obligation of Sublessor under the Master Lease except for the following paragraphs which are excluded therefrom: Article 2 in its entirety ; 3 . 3; 4 . 6 ; 5 . l(B); 5.l(C); 5.2(B); 5 . 2(D) ; 6.3; Article 7 in its entirety; Article 10 in its entirety; 13.12(C)(2); 12.12(C)(3); and Exhibit E.
6.5 .
The obligations that Sublessee has assumed under paragraph 6.4 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the "Sublessee's Assumed Obligations" . The obligations that Sublessee has not assumed under paragraph 6.4 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the "Sublessor's Remaining Obligations".
6.6 .
Sublessee shall hold Sublessor free and harmless from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands , including reasonable attorneys fees, arising out of Sublessee's failure to comply with or perform Sublessee's Assumed Obligations.
6.7.
Sublessor agrees to maintain the Master Lease during the entire term of this Sublease, subject, however, to any earlier termination of the Master Lease without the fault of the Sublessor, and to comply with or perform Sublessor's Remaining Obligations and to hold Sublessee free and harmless from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands arising out of Sublessor's failure to comply with or perform Sublessor's Remaining Obligations.
6.8 .
Sublessor represents to Sublessee that the Master Lease is in full force and effect and that no default exists on the part of any Party to the Master Lease.
7.
Assignment of Sublease and Default.
7.1 .
Sublessor hereby assigns and transfers to Master Lessor Sublessor's interest in this Sublease, subject however to the provisions of Paragraph 8.2 hereof .
7 . 2 .
Master Lessor, by executing this document, agrees that until a Default shall occur in the performance of Sublessor's Obligations under the Master Lease, that Sublessor may receive, collect and enjoy the Rent accruing under this Sublease. However, if Sublessor shall Default in the performance of its obligations to Master Lessor then Master Lessor may, at its option, receive and collect , directly from Sublessee, all Rent owing and to be owed under this Sublease. In the event, however, that the amount collected by Master Lessor exceeds Sublessor's obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Sublessor. Master Lessor shall not , by reason of this assignment of the Sublease nor by reason of the collection of the Rent from the Sublessee, be deemed liable to Sublessee for any failure of the Sublessor to perform and comply with Sublessor's Remaining Obligations.
7.3 .
Sublessor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Sublessee upon receipt of any written notice from the Master Lessor stating that a Default exists in the performance of Sublessor's obligations under the Master Lease, to pay to Master Lessor the Rent due and to become due under the Sublease. Sublessor agrees that Sublessee shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from Master Lessor, and that Sublessee shall pay such Rent to Master Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Default exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Sublessor to the contrary and Sublessor shall have no right or claim against Sublessee for any such Rent so paid by Sublessee.
7.4 .
No changes or modifications shall be made to this Sublease without the consent of Master Lessor.
8.
Consent of Master Lessor.
8.1.
In the event that the Master Lease requires that Sublessor obtain the consent of Master Lessor to any subletting by Sublessor then, this Sublease shall not be effective unless , within 10 days of the date hereof , Master Lessor signs this Sublease thereby giving its consent to this Subletting.
8.2 .
In the event that the obligations of the Sublessor under the Master Lease have been guaranteed by third parties then neither this Sublease, nor the Master Lessor's consent, shall be effective unless , within 10 days of the date hereof, said guarantors sign this Sublease thereby giving their consent to this Sublease.
8 . 3 .
In the event that Master Lessor does give such consent then:

 
Page 4
 



a.
Such consent shall not release Sublessor of its obligations or alter the primary liability of Sublessor to pay the Rent and perform and comply with all of the obligations of Sublessor to be performed under the Master Lease.
b.
The acceptance of Rent by Master Lessor from Sublessee or anyone else liable under the Master Lease shall not be deemed a waiver by Master Lessor of any provisions of the Master Lease.
c.
The consent to this Sublease shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent subletting or assignment.
d.
In the event of any Default of Sublessor under the Master Lease, Master Lessor may proceed directly against Sublessor, any guarantors or anyone else liable under the Master Lease or this Sublease without first exhausting Master Lessor's remedies against any other person or entity liable thereon to Master Lessor.
e.
Master Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the Master Lease or this Sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Sublessor or anyone else liable under the Master Lease and without obtaining their consent and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability.
f.
In the event that Sublessor shall Default in its obligations under the Master Lease, then Master Lessor, at its option and without being obligated to do so, may require Sublessee to attorn to Master Lessor in which event Master Lessor shall undertake the obligations of Sublessor under this Sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to termination of this Sublease but Master Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid Rent nor any Security Deposit paid by Sublessee, nor shall Master Lessor be liable for any other Defaults of the Sublessor under the Sublease.
g.
Unless directly contradicted by other provisions of this Sublease, the consent of Master Lessor to this Sublease shall not constitute an agreement to allow Sublessee to exercise any options which may have been granted to Sublessor in the Master Lease.
8.4.
The signatures of the Master Lessor and any Guarantors of Sublessor at the end of this document shall constitute their consent to the terms of this Sublease and Sublessor's authority to sublet the Premises defined herein.
8.5.
Master Lessor acknowledges that, to the best of Master Lessor's knowledge, no Default presently exists under the Master Lease of obligations to be performed by Sublessor and that the Master Lease is in full force and effect. Master Lessor hereby waives any modification necessary under the Master Lease regarding Sublessor's title to such Premises during the terms of this Sublease.
8.6.
In the event that Sublessor Defaults under its obligations to be performed under the Master Lease by Sublessor, Master Lessor agrees to deliver to Sublessee a copy of any such notice of default. Sublessee shall have the right to cure any Default of Sublessor described in any notice of default within ten days after service of such notice of default on Sublessee. If such Default is cured by Sublessee then Sublessee shall have the right of reimbursement and offset from and against Sublessor.
9.
[Intentionally Deleted]
10.
Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. The Parties each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Sublease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection herewith. Sublessee and Sublessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.
11.
Attorney's fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, "Prevailing Party" shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys' fees award shall not be

 
Page 5
 



computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Sublessor shall be entitled to attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).
12.
No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer . This Sublease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Sublessor and Sublessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Sublease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises . Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The liability (including court costs and attorneys' fees), of any Broker with respect to negotiation, execution , delivery or performance by either Sublessor or Sublessee under this Sublease or any amendment or modification hereto shall be limited to an amount up to the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Sublease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker's liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

[Signatures appear on the following page]

 
Page 6
 



IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease as of the respective dates set forth below with the intent to be legally bound thereby as of the effective date.


By Sublessor:
By Sublessee:
 
 
DCG Systems, Inc.,
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3400 West Warren Ave.
3450 West Warren Ave.
Fremont, CA 94538
Fremont, CA 94538
 
 
Date:
3/26/2014
Date:
3/24/14
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Israel Niv
Signature:
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
 
 
 
Name & Title:
Israel Niv, CEO
Name & Title:
Sam Heidari, CEO
 
 
 
 
Telephone:
(510) 897-6800
Telephone:
(510) 743-2264
 
 
 
 
Representative Name & Email:
Representative Name & Email:
Bob Connors, bob_connors@dcgsystems.com
Diane Krzysik, diane@quantenna.com
By Broker :
 
 
CBRE, Inc.
 
 
225 W. Santa Clara St, San Jose, CA
 
 
Telephone:
(408) 453-7417
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
3/27/14
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Christopher Shepherd
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name & Title: Thomas Taylor/Christopher
 
 
Shepherd/Matthew Taylor Executive Vice
President/First Vice President/ Associate
 
 
 
 
 
 
Email: thomas.taylor@cbre.com/
 
 
christopher.shepherd@cbre.com/
 
 
matthew.taylor@cbre.com
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal ID No. Broker/Agent DRE License#:
 
 
00944083/ 17007888/Broker/Agent DRE License#:
00944083/ 17007888/01897355 01897355
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent to the above Sublease is hereby given:
SEE LANDLORDS CONSENT AND AGREEMENT DATED MARCH 18, 2014
 
 
 
 
By Master Lessor:
 
 
JER Bayside Member, LLC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
Name & Title:
 
 
 
Telephone:
 
 
 
Representative Name & Email:
 
 
 

 
Page 7
 



IMAGE1A01.JPG



IMAGE2A01.JPG



DCG Sublease Work
CSI CODE
 
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
 
ESTIMATE

01
 
 
 
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
 
 
 
 
1040
 
PROJECT SUPERVISION
 
1,800

 
 
1041
 
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
 
880

 
 
1520
 
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
 
600

 
 
1742
 
FINAL CLEANING
 
375

02
 
 
 
SITE WORK & DEMOLITION
 
 
 
 
2050
 
DEMOLITION
 
750

08
 
 
 
DOORS, WINDOWS, & OPENINGS
 
 
 
 
8800
 
GLASS DOORS
 
4,223

09
 
 
 
FINISHES
 
 
 
 
9250
 
DRYWALL & METAL FRAMING
 
6,450

 
 
9650
 
FLOOR COVERINGS
 
304

 
 
9900
 
PAINTING
 
650

15
 
 
 
MECHANICAL
 
 
 
 
15500
 
FIRE SPRINKLERS
 
800

16
 
 
 
ELECTRICAL
 
 
 
 
16400
 
ELECTRICAL SERVICE, DISTRIBUTION, & LIGHTING
 
1,825

 
 
 
 
CONSTRUCTION SUBTOTAL
 
$
18,657

 
 
25100
 
LIABILITY INSURANCE
 
243

 
 
25200
 
OVERHEAD & PROFIT
 
1,890

 
 
 
 
PTOJECT TOTAL
 
$
20,789





















TECHNICAL BUILDERS INC.
3/19/2014
PAGE 1



SECOND SUBLEAS E

1 .
Ba s ic Provisions ( " Basic Provisions").
1 . 1 .
Parties : Thi s Se cond Su bl e a se ( " S econd Sublease " ) , dat ed for r e fe r ence purp oses onl y Ju n e 8 , 2 0 1 5, i s m a d e b y an d bet we en DCG Systems, Inc . ( " Sublessor ") a n d Quantenna Communication s , In c. ( " Sublessee " ), ( coll ec t iv el y t he " Partie s " , o r i ndi v id u a ll y a " Party ").
1.2.
P revious S ublea s e . Wh er e a s , t h e Part i e s e x e c uted a s uble ase da te d Ma rc h 1 8 , 2014, fo r su bt enanc y of the Premise s fr om Ma y 1 , 2 0 14 an d endin g Septe mb er 30 , 20 1 5 ( " F i r s t S u b le as e " ).
1.3 .
Premi s e s : A po rti o n of th a t certai n real p roperty, including all im pro vemen ts th e rein , and c om m o n l y known by th e street addr ess of 3400 W W arr en A v e , F rem on t lo ca t e d in th e County of Alam e d a, S ta te of Cal i fo rni a a nd ge n e ra lly de sc ri b ed as ± 5 , 0 0 0 s quar e feet i n the Northw es t are a, de s i gna ted on th e attached floorp lan (" Premises ").
1 .4 .
Term : Thirty-s i x ( 36) mo n t h s comm enci n g O c t ob er 1 , 2015 ( " Commenc e ment Date ") a nd e n din g S e p t e mbe r 3 0 , 2018 (" E x piration Date "), s u bje c t to early term in ation a t any t i m e (w i t h o u t pen al ty , ot h er t h an apport ionm ent of a ppli ca ble m o n thl y expense s thr ou gh t h e termi na tion d at e ) u po n at l east six (6 ) m o n t h s prio r notice .
1 .5.
Base Rent : $ 4 ,675 . 00 ( 0.935 NNN p sf ) per m o nth ( " Base Rent " ), pay a bl e on th e fir s t d ay o f each month co mme nci n g O c t ober 1, 2 0 1 5, s ubje c t to adjustm e nt as note d below . Rent and Other Monie s P a id Upon Execution :
a. Monthly Ex p e nses :
i.
B a se rent: $4 , 67 5.00 mon thl y. Th e b a se rent s h a ll be a dj u s te d t o $ 4 ,9 0 8 . 75 per mo n th co mm e nc i n g Octo b e r 1, 2016 thr o ugh September 3 0 , 2017 . The b ase r ent s h a ll b e furth e r ad j u s t e d t o $ 5, 154 . 1 9 p e r mon t h c omm e n c i ng O c tob er I , 20 17 thr o ugh Sept em b e r 30, 2 0 18 .
i i.
Ne t opera t ing ex pen s e s of $1 , 4 0 0 , calcul a ted at th e rate of $0 . 2 8 p e r sq u ar e foot; an d
iii.
Utilitie s expen se s of $1 , 5 00 , c al c ula te d at t he ra te of $ 0 . 30 per sq uar e foo t ,
i v .
Net op er ati ng ex p e n s e s and u t iliti es m ay be tru e d up to a ctual rates a t t he e nd of the l ease if requested b y eithe r Suble s sor or S u bl ess e e .
b .
Gro ss monthl y ren t : $7 , 5 7 5 . 00 (the s um o f the base r e n t and the othe r mo n t hl y ex pen ses).
c.
S e curity Deposit : Suble s see s ubmitted a s ecurity d eposi t of $4 , 2 50.00 ( " S ecurity Deposit " ) fo r the Fir s t Su b lea se , w hi c h am ount wi ll b e a pp lie d to war d s t he Se c on d Subl e ase . No additional sec uri ty de p os it i s requ i red for the S e cond Suble as e.
1 . 6 .
Agreed Us e : Th e Pre m i s e s s h a ll be u s e d and occup i ed o n l y fo r ge neral offic e us e and fo r r e l at ed le g all y p e rmi ssi ble u s e , and for no o ther p urpose s.
1.7 .
Real Estat e Brok e r s :
a .
No r e a l e sta t e b roke r w as u se d for this S econd Suble ase .
1.8.
Attachments . Attac he d he r e to ar e t he fo ll owing , w hi ch s h a ll be c on s id e r e d part o f this Se co nd Suble ase :
a
F l o o rpl an ;
b.
A cop y of th e maste r l eas e and an y an d all am e n dment s t o s u ch le a s e ( c olle ct i v el y th e " Master Lea se " ) ; an d
c .
An es t i m a t e o f th e n et ex pens es a nd e l ectri c a l u sage to b e p a i d m o nthl y .
1.9 .
Additional Provi si on s .
a.
Construction : Subles s ee was p e rmitted to m ak e cert a in m od ific a ti o ns t o t h e Pr e m ises under th e Fir st Subl e as e , in cl udin g c ons tru ct i on o f a n ew wa ll and cutt in g o f a n ew do o r ( her e in aft er r efe rr ed t o as t h e " Project " ) .
i.
U nd er t h e Firs t Su b l e ase, S u bl es s o r s u bmitt ed $ 3 ,0 00 to th e M aster Le sso r t o b e h el d in trus t as a de po s i t to war ds r e mov a l of th e w all( s) an d sea lin g th e d oo r p u t in p l ace b y the P roj e ct, s houl d re mo va l b e r e q u ir ed b y M as t e r L e s so r a t th e en d o f t h e Te rm or u p o n te rmin a ti o n of th e M as t er Lease .
ii .
If r equ ired b y Suble ssor , S ubl e s s e e w ill remov e the do or an d resea l the No rthwes t w all a t it s o wn e x p e n s e u po n t e rmi n atio n of th is Seco n d S uble as e .

 
Page 1
 



iii.
If r e qui r ed by S ub l esso r , Su bl e sse e will r emo ve t h e wal l o r walls e s t a blished during t he Proj e c t a t its o wn ex pe n s e at th e end of th e T e r m , sub j e c t to contr ib ution o f $3,000 by Mas t er Lesso r i n accor d ance w i th Sect i on 16(b) of L andlor d ' s Co n sen t a nd Agre e men t (Subl e ase) date d Marc h 18 , 201 4 . If Sub l esso r d o e s not r equire wall remova l , the $3 , 0 0 0 dep o si t w i ll be r e turn ed t o Subl e s se e .
iv.
T h e Proj ec t will no t be co n s i d ered an Im prov e m en t un d er the Mast er Lease.
b .
Se curi ty A cce ss . S u b l essee w i ll e stab li s h it s o wn , indep endent sec u rity sys t em on the e x i st i ng s ou t h west d o or.
c.
Light i n g . Sub l essee is r e s pons i bl e fo r the l i g h t bulbs i n the Pr em i ses .
d .
Ma il and v isi tor s . Sublesse e w ill n o t receive m a il or visitors a t th e a d dr e ss 3400 We st War r en Avenue, F r e m o n t , C A 9 4 538.
2.
Premi s es.
2 . 1 .
L ettin g . Sub l e s sor h ereb y s u blease s to S u b l ess e e, and S u ble ssee he re b y s u b l ease s from Suble s sor , the Premi s es , for the t erm , at t h e re nta l, an d upo n all of t h e terms , co v e n ant s and cond i t i ons set fort h i n t h is S eco nd S u b l eas e . W hile the approx i mate s quare fo ot age of the P remi s es m ay h ave b een u se d in the ma r ket i ng of the P r em i se s fo r p urp oses o f comparison , the Ba se Rent stat ed h e r e i n is NO T tied to square foot a ge an d is not su b ject t o adju s tm ent s h ould the actua l size be determined t o be different
2 .2 .
Condition . Ex istin g elec t rical , p l umb i ng , fire s prin k l er , light i ng , h e a t ing, v e n t i l a ti ng a n d air cond i ti oni ng s ys t ems (" H VAC " ) are prov id ed " as - i s " , and Sub l ess o r makes n o warranty as to the i r co n d i t i on . An y r e p a i rs t o HVAC s h al l be m ad e a t Su ble ssee 's s ol e e xpe n s e .
2.3.
Acknowledgments . S ub le ssee acknow l edges that: (a) it h as be en g iven an opp o rt uni ty t o i ns pe c t and measu r e the P r emise s, (b) it ha s bee n ad v i sed by S u bl e ss o r a nd / o r bro ker s to s atisfy i tself w i th r e s pe c t to t he s i ze and co n di t ion o f t h e P rem ises ( i n clud i n g b ut n ot l im it ed to the e l ectrical , HVAC and fire s p ri nk l er syste ms , s ec uri ty, e n viro nme ntal aspec t s , and comp li a n ce w i th App l icab l e Req u ire m en t s an d th e Ameri c ans with Di s ab i li t ie s Act) , and th eir sui t ability fo r Subless e e ' s i n t ended use , (c) Su b less e e h as ma d e s u c h i nvest i gatio n as it deems ne c e ssary wi t h refe renc e t o s u c h matters and assumes al l respo n s ib i l ity therefo r as t he s ame r el ate to i ts occupancy of t h e Premi s es , (d) it is not re l y in g on any r e presen t at ion as to t he size o f t he P r em i s es ma d e by broke r s or Sublessor, ( e) th e square footag e of t h e Prem ises was not materia l to S u bl e sse e' s d ecisio n to sub l eas e th e Premis es and pay the R en t stat e d he r e in , and (f) n e i th e r Su bl essor, S u bles sor 's age nt s , n or broke rs have ma d e an y ora l o r wr i tte n r e pr ese n tat i o n s o r wa rr an ti e s wit h r espect to said matters o t her than as set forth in t h i s Seco n d Su b lease . I n a d dit i on , Su b l es s or acknow l edg e s that: ( i ) brokers h a ve made no representa t io n s , pro mi ses or warranties c o nc e rning Sub l essee' s abil i ty to h o n or t h e Seco n d S uble ase or sui tab ili ty to o c c u py the Premise s , an d (ii ) i t i s S uble ssor's so l e r e s p ons i b il ity to inv e st i gate the financ i al c apabi li ty and/o r s u itabi li ty of al l p ro posed t e nan t s.
2 . 4 .
A m e ri ca n s with Di sa bilitie s Act . In t he e v e n t t h at as a r esu lt of Su b l essee's use , or int e nded use, o f the P r e m i s e s th e Americans w i th Disabilit i es A c t or any s i mi l ar law re q uir e s modifications o r th e co n structio n o r ins t a llati o n o f i m proveme n ts i n or to the P r em i s es , B uild i ng , Project an d/o r Co mm o n A r eas , the P art i es agree t hat s uc h m od ifi cati o n s , construct i on o r im prove m e n ts sh all b e ma d e at Sub l essee' s ex p en s e .
3 .
Po sse s si on . Sub l ess e e is al r ea d y in po ssession o f the pre m ises und er the Fir s t Sub l ease and suc h p o sse s s i o n sha ll con ti n u e under th e Second S u b l ease .
3 . 1.
S u b l e s see s ha ll be r equir ed to perform al l o f its o bligat i o n s u nde r thi s Second S u b l ease fr om an d afte r the S tart Da t e, i n cluding t he pay m e nt o f Re n t.
4.
Payment o f Rent an d Othe r Ch a r ges .
4. 1.
B a s e R e n t . B a s e Ren t s ha ll be pa y a b l e i n l awfu l m o n ey o f the U nit e d S tates. Base Re n t may be pa y ab l e to s uch other p er s ons or at such o t he r pl aces as Sub l esso r may de s ignate i n writing .
4 . 2 .
N et Ope rat ing E x pens es . N e t Oper a t in g expen s es shal l be pa y a bl e t o S ub les s or in t he s ame wa y as d e fi ned in 4 . 1 above .
4.3 .
U tilitie s . U t ilitie s expe n ses s h a ll be p a yab l e to t he Su bl es s o r . Suble ss ee shall pa y for all w ater , g as , he a t , li g h t, p ower , te le phone , tr ash dispos a l and ot h e r utili t ie s and servic es sup pl i e d to the P r em i se s , to g ether wi th an y taxes t h e reon .

 
Page 2
 



5.
Security Deposit . The rights an d o bligat ion s of Suble ss or and Su b lessee a s to s aid Security Deposit shall b e a s s et forth in Paragr a ph 3 . 7 o f the M as t er Le a se (as modified by Paragraph 6 . 3 of this Se c ond Su b l eas e ).
6.
Master Lease .
6 . 1 .
Suble ss or is th e le ss ee of t he Premi s e s b y vi rtue o f t he " Master Lease ", wherein BTP Inves to rs , LLC , h e rein a fter the " Master Lessor ", is the l e ssor by way of a ssignm e nt by JER Ba ys id e, LL C .
6.2 .
This Second Sublease is and s hall be a t all t i m e s s ubj ect an d s ubordin a t e to t he M ast er Le as e.
6.3 .
The term s, cond i ti o ns and res pe c ti v e ob l i g a t ions of Su b lessor a nd Sublessee to each ot h e r under this S e con d Sub l e as e shall b e the terms and condition s of the Master L eas e ex cep t fo r t h os e pro v i s i o n s of the Master Leas e which a re dire c tl y con tra d ict ed b y th i s S ec ond Su b lea s e i n w hic h e v ent the t e rms of thi s Seco n d S ub lease do c ument s hall con t rol o ve r the Ma s ter Leas e . Therefore , for the purpo s es of thi s S e c on d Sublea s e , wher ev er in th e Master Lease the word "Landlord " is used i t s h all b e deeme d t o m e a n the Subl e ssor herein and w herev e r i n the M ast er Le ase the w ord " Tenant " i s u s e d it shall be deemed to mean the Suble ss ee here i n.
6 . 4.
Dur i ng the term o f this S e cond Sublease and for all p eriod s s ubseq uen t for o bligation s w h i ch ha v e ar i se n prior to the termination o f thi s S ec ond S ublea s e , Suble sse e d o es h e reb y exp re ss l y a ssu me a n d agree to pe r fo rm and comp ly wi th , for the benefit of S ublessor and M a s te r Les s or , ea c h and e very ob lig a t i on o f Sublessor under the Master Lease except fo r the foll o w i n g par agr a p h s w h ic h ar e e x cl ude d th e re fr om: Article 2 in it s e n tirety ; 3 . 3 ; 4 . 6 ; 5. l(B) ; 5 .l( C) ; 5. 2(B) ; 5 . 2 ( D) ; 6 . 3; Article 7 in its enti r e ty; A rt i cle 10 i n it s enti re ty ; l3 . 12( C)( 2 ) ; 13 . 12(C)(3); and Exhibit E.
6 .5 .
The oblig a tions that Suble ss ee has as s umed under p aragra ph 6 .4 hereof are he re in a fter r e ferred t o a s the " Sublessee ' s Assumed Obligations ". Th e obligat i ons that Sublessee has not a s sumed under par a graph 6 .4 here of are hereinaft e r referred t o as the " Sublessor's Remaining Obligations " .
6 . 6 .
Sublessee shall hold Subles so r free an d harml e s s from all li ab i li ty , judgmen t s , co st s, da m a ges , claim s or demand s , incl u din g r eas on a ble attorne ys fee s , ari s ing o ut of Sublessee's failure to comply wi t h or p e rf o rm S uble ss e e's A s sume d Obl i gation s.
6 . 7.
Sublessor agr ees to maintain the Master Lea s e during th e e ntire term of thi s Second Suble as e , sub j ect , h owe v e r , to an y earli e r te r min a tion o f t h e Mast e r Le ase withou t the fault o f the Subless o r , an d t o co m ply wit h o r p e rf orm Sublessor's Remaining Obligation s and to hold Su b l esse e fre e and harml ess fro m all liability, judgments , co s t s, dama ges, cl a im s or dem an d s ar i s ing out of Suble s sor's failure to comply w i th or per fo rm S u b le ss o r's Remainin g Obligation s.
6.8 .
Subless or represen t s to Sublessee that the M a ster Le ase i s in full force a nd effect and that no default ex i s ts on the part of an y Party to the Ma s t e r Lea se .
7.
Assignment of Second Sublease and Default.
7. 1.
Ma s te r Les s or, b y e x ecuting this document , a gr ees t h at unt il a De fa ult s hall occur in the performance o f Subles so r's Oblig a tion s und e r the M ast er Le ase , th a t Subles s or m ay r e c e ive , collect and e njo y the Rent accruing under this Second Subl e a s e. However , i f Sublessor shall De fa ult i n t he p e rf orm ance o f it s obligations t o Mast e r Lessor then Ma st er L ess or ma y , at i ts o p tion, r e c e i v e and c oll ect, dir ectly from Suble s se e , all Rent ow in g and to be ow ed und er this S ec ond Sub l eas e. In the e v ent , however , t h at th e a mount c ollect e d b y M as t e r Les s or e xceed s Suble ss or's obli ga tion s an y s u ch ex c ess s hall be re fu nded t o Subl es sor. M a st e r L es sor s hall no t, b y r e a so n of thi s a ss i g nmen t of th e S eco nd Subl ease nor by r eason of th e c ollecti on of th e R e n t from t he Sublesse e , be de e med liabl e to Subl e s s e e for any fai lur e o f th e Subles s or to p erfo rm and compl y w i th Sublessor's Remainin g Obli gat ions .
7 .2.
Suble ss or her e b y i r re v oc a bly a utho r i z e s and direct s S u b le ssee up o n re c ei p t of an y written not ic e fro m the M as t e r Le s s or s tatin g that a D e fault e x i sts in the performance o f S uble ssor ' s obli g a t i on s un de r th e Ma s ter Le as e , to p ay to Master Le ss or the Rent due and to b ec ome due unde r th e Se c on d Su b le ase. S uble ssor agre es th a t Subl es see s h a ll hav e t he r i g h t t o re ly up o n an y such s ta t ement and r equ es t from M as t e r Le ssor , and tha t S ubl ess e e s h a ll pay su ch Ren t to Mas t er Lessor w it hou t a ny obli gat ion o r rig ht t o inquir e as t o whether su c h D efa ult e xists a nd n otwi t h s tanding a n y n ot i ce fr o m o r cl a im fro m S uble s s o r t o t he contra ry and Suble s sor shall h ave n o r ight o r cl a im again st S uble s see fo r an y s uch Rent so pai d b y Su b le sse e .
7.3.
N o c h ang e s or mod ifi cation s sha ll be m a de to th i s Second Suble ase with o u t t he co n sent of M as te r Lesso r .

 
Page 3
 



8.
Con s ent of M a ster Lessor .
8. 1 .
In the ev e nt that th e Master Le as e re qu i r e s t hat S u ble ssor obt ai n t he co n s ent of M aste r L e ss o r t o an y s ubletting b y Subl ess o r t h e n , th is S e c on d Sub leas e s h a ll n ot be effective u nless , within 10 d ays of the d ate her eof , Mas t er Le s so r signs t h is Se cond Sublease t hereby giving its con se n t to thi s Su b le tting .
8.2 .
I n the event that the ob li gation s of the S u blessor under th e Mast er L ease h ave b ee n g u ar antee d b y t hird partie s t hen neith e r th i s S ec ond Sublea se, no r th e Ma s te r Le s sor 's c on s en t, s h a ll be eff e ctive unl e ss , w i thi n 10 d ays of the da te here of, sa i d gua r antors sign thi s Second Sublease ther e b y giv i n g thei r co n s en t to th i s S eco nd Sublease.
8 . 3 .
In the ev e nt that Ma s ter Le ss o r doe s g ive s uc h c ons en t then :
a .
S uch c o n s ent s h a ll no t re l e ase Sub l esso r of its obligat i ons or a l ter th e primary l i a bili ty of S u b le sso r to p ay t he Rent and perform and compl y w ith all of the o b li ga t i on s of Suble ss o r t o be perf o rmed u n de r the Ma s te r Le ase .
b .
T he acc ept anc e of Ren t b y M as te r Le ssor fr om S ub l essee or an y one el s e lia b le under t he M as ter Leas e s h a ll not b e deemed a wa i ver by Mast e r Les s or of an y pro v i s ion s of th e Ma s t er Lea se .
c .
The con s ent to thi s Sec o nd Sub l e as e sh a ll no t c on s titute a con s ent to a ny s ubsequent sub l ettin g o r a ss i gnmen t.
d .
I n t he e ve nt of an y Defau l t of Sublessor under th e Ma s ter L eas e , M aste r Les s o r m a y proce e d d i rec t l y agai n st Sublesso r, any gu arant ors o r an y o n e e l se l i ab l e un d er the Ma ste r Le a se or t his Second Sublease w i t h out firs t e xha ust i n g M a st e r L e sso r 's r e medi e s aga in s t any other p er s on or entity liable t h er eon t o M as te r Le sso r.
e .
Maste r Le s sor may consent t o subse q ue n t suble tti n g s an d ass i g nm ents o f th e M a ste r L e ase o r this Second Su b le ase or an y ame n dmen t s or modi fi cati o n s thereto without notify i n g Suble s sor or a n y one e l se li a b le under t he M a ster Lea s e and without obt a ining their c on s e nt a nd suc h act i o n shall not re li e v e s uch p e r s ons from liability .
f.
In the e v ent th at Sublesso r s hall D e fault in i ts ob l i ga t ion s under the Ma s ter Le a se , th e n M ast er L ess or , at i ts opt i on and without being obligated to do so , m a y requi re Subless ee to att o rn t o Mast e r Le ss o r in which even t Master Lessor s hall undert ake the obli g at i on s of S ubl e s so r under t hi s S e cond Sub l e as e fr om th e t i me of the e xe rci s e of s aid option t o t ermi n ation of this Se c ond S ub l ease but Master Lessor s h a ll n ot be l iab l e for any prepaid Rent nor any Security Dep os it paid b y Subl ess ee , nor s h al l Ma ste r Les s or be liable fo r any ot h er Defau l ts of th e S ub le sso r u nde r the Sec o n d S uble as e.
g .
Un l ess dir e ctly c o ntrad i c t ed b y other p rov i s ion s o f this Se c ond S u b l e a se, the cons e nt o f Maste r L e ssor t o thi s Seco n d Sub l e ase s h a ll no t c o ns t itute an agreem e nt to allo w Su b le ss e e to exerc ise a n y o ption s w hich may h av e been granted to Sublessor in the M as ter L ease.
8.4 .
Th e signatur es of the M as ter Le sso r and an y G u ar anto rs of Su bl esso r a t the e n d of this document shall co n s titute t he i r c on s ent to th e t e rms o f this Second Suble as e and Subles s or' s a uthor i ty t o s u b let t he Pr e mi s e s defined herein .
8.5.
Ma s te r Lesso r acknowled g es that , to the be s t of M as ter Le s so r's kno w ledge , no D efa u l t p r e se ntly exi s t s under the Ma s ter Le ase of obli g atio n s to be perform e d b y Sublessor and that the M a ster L e as e i s i n f ull force an d effect. M as ter L e ss or hereby waive s a ny mod i fic at io n n ecess a ry under the M as ter Le ase r egarding Subles s o r ' s titl e t o s uch Prem is e s d ur ing t h e te rm s of thi s Second Subl e a se.
8.6 .
In th e e v ent tha t Suble s sor Defau l t s under its o bli gations t o be performed under t he Master Le a s e b y S u blesso r , M a ster Le s so r agrees to deliver to Sublesse e a cop y of a n y su c h n o ti c e of d efa ult . S ubles s ee shall h ave t h e righ t to cure an y D e fa u lt o f Su ble s s o r de sc r ib e d in an y n o t i c e of defaul t wi t h i n t en days after se rvice o f s u c h n ot i ce of d efa u l t o n S u b l ess ee . If such D e fault i s cured by Subless ee then Sub lesse e s hall h av e t he r igh t of r e imbur se ment and o ff s e t from and again st Subl esso r.
9 .
Represe nt at i ons a nd I nde mniti es of B r ok e r R elations h ips . Th e Part i e s each r ep re se n t a n d wa rrant to th e ot her that it has had n o de a l in gs wi th an y p e r so n , firm , bro k er o r fi nd e r in c onnec t i o n w ith thi s S eco nd Subl ease , and t h at n o b ro ke rs i s entitl e d to any commi s sion or find e r's fe e in c o nne ct ion h ere wi t h . S u bl e s s ee and Sublessor do eac h hereby agre e to indemnify , pro t ect , d efe n d a nd h o ld t he o th e r h a rm l e ss fr om and ag a i n s t l i abili ty fo r compens at ion o r c h arg e s w hich ma y be cl a imed b y a n y s u c h unnamed b ro ker, finde r or othe r

 
Page 4
 



similar party by re aso n of a n y d eal in gs o r a c tions of th e in de mnifying Party, in c ludin g an y c ost s, ex pen se s , a tt orne ys ' fees re aso nabl y incurr e d with r e spect theret o .
10 .
Attorney's fees . If an y Party bring s an ac t ion o r procee ding in v ol ving t h e Pr e mi s e s w hether fou n d e d in to rt , co n tr a c t o r e qu i t y, or t o d ecl ar e ri gh t s h e r e unde r, th e Pre v ailing Party ( as h e re afte r d e fi ne d ) in any s u ch proc ee ding, act io n, or a ppeal th ere on , s h a ll be ent itled t o re aso n a bl e att o rn eys' fe e s. S u c h fees may be awar de d in the sa me s ui t o r recove r e d in a se par at e s ui t , wh e ther or n o t such action o r pro cee din g i s pur s u e d to d ecisio n o r j udgm en t. Th e t e rm , "Pr e vailing Part y " s hall include , wi th o ut limi tat i on, a P arty w h o s u bsta n tia ll y o b t ain s o r defeats the relief s ou g ht , a s t h e cas e ma y be , w h e ther b y compr o mi se , s ettl e m e nt, judgment , or th e a b an d o nm e n t b y th e o th e r Party o f i ts claim or defense. Th e attorn e ys ' fe e s award s hall no t be co mpu ted in acco rdan c e with any court fee s c h e dule , b ut s hall b e s u c h as t o full y r e imbur se a ll att o rne y s' fees r e aso n ab ly in c urred. In a dd it i on , S u bl essor s h a ll b e e ntitl e d t o attorney s' fees , c o s t s and e xpe n s es incurr e d in th e p r ep ar ati on and servi ce of n o tices o f Defaul t and c o nsul ta ti o n s i n co nn e cti on th erew ith , w h e ther o r n o t a l eg a l a c tion i s s ubsequ e ntly co mm e n ce d in co nn ec ti o n wi th s u c h D e fault or r es ulti n g Brea ch ($200 i s a re aso nabl e minimum p er o c curr e n ce for s u c h se rvices and consultation).
11.
No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer . Thi s Secon d S ubl ease co n ta in s all ag re eme n t s be t ween th e Parti es wi th r espec t t o any ma tter menti one d h e re in , and n o othe r p rior o r c ontem po ran eo u s agree m e nt or und ersta ndin g s hall be eff e cti v e. Sublesso r a nd Suble ssee each r ep r esents an d w arrant s t o th e b ro k ers th a t i t h as mad e , and i s relyi ng so lel y u p on , it s o wn in vest ig a ti o n a s t o th e n a ture, qualit y, c h ar acter an d fin an cial res p o n si bilit y of th e othe r Party t o thi s S e cond S u blea se and a s t o th e u s e , n a tur e, q u a lit y an d c har ac t e r o f th e Premi s es. T he bro ke r s hav e no re spo ns i bilit y wi th r esp e c t th ere t o o r wi th r es pe c t to an y d efa ult o r brea c h h e r eof b y eit h e r P arty. The l ia bili ty ( in c luding c o urt cos ts and attorne ys ' fe es ) , of an y B ro k e r with re spec t t o ne g otia tion, ex ec ution, d e livery or perf o rman ce b y e ith er Su b l ess or o r S uble ssee und er thi s Sec ond Suble a s e o r any a mendm e nt or mo difi ca ti on he re t o sh a ll b e limit ed to a n amount up t o the fe e re ceiv e d by s u c h Br oke r p urs uant to thi s Seco nd Sublea se; provid e d, how ev er, th at the fo r e go ing limitation o n eac h Brok er ' s li a bili ty s hall n o t be applicable to an y gro s s ne g li ge n ce o r wi llful mi sco ndu ct of su ch Broker.

IN WI TNE S S HEREO F, the parties ha ve execut e d thi s S ec ond Suble as e as o f the r espective d a t es se t fo rth b e l ow with the intent t o be le g all y b o und th ere b y as of th e e ffe c t i v e d a te .
By Sublessor:
By Sublessee:
 
 
DCG Systems, Inc.,
Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3400 West Warren Ave.
3450 West Warren Ave.
Fremont, CA 94538
Fremont, CA 94538
 
 
Date:
7/15/2015
Date:
7/15/2015
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Israel Niv
Signature:
/s/ Tom MacMitchell
 
 
 
 
Name & Title:
Israel Niv, CEO
Name & Title:
Tom MacMitchell, General Counsel
 
 
 
 
Telephone:
(510) 897-6800
Telephone:
(510) 743-2260
 
 
 
 
Representative Name & Email:
Representative Name & Email:
Bob Connors, bob_connors@dcgsystems.com
Tom MacMitchell, tmacmitchell@quantenna.com
 
 
 
 
Consent to the above Sublease is hereby given:
 
 
 
 
 
By Master Lessor:
 
 
BTP Investors, LLC
 
 
By: Vectra Management Group, Inc., its agent
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Raju L. Shah
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name & Title:
Raju L. Shah, Managing Director
 
Representative Name & Email:
Date:
7/22/2015
 
Bryan Barnes, bbarnes@vectra.com

 
Page 5
 

Exhibit 10.23

IMAGE0A04.JPG

May 1 9, 2009


SAM HEIDARI




Dear Sam,

I am pleased to offer you a position with Quantenna Communications, Inc ., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), as Vice President of Systems and Software. If you decide to join us, you will receive a monthly salary of $18,750.00 which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. You will receive a $10,000.00 sign on bonus to be paid within 60 days of your start date. You will also be eligible to receive a $30,000.00 bonus to be paid within one year; the details will be formalized with the CEO within 60 days after joining the company. As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits as approved by the Company. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, salaries and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company's Board of Directors following your start date that the Company grant you 1,500,000 common shares of the Company's Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors. It will be recommended to the Board of Directors that 25% of the shares subject to the grant shall vest 12 months after the date your vesting begins subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. If approved, the remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. This restricted share grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including vesting requirements and restrictions on transfer. The proposed grant shall not confer any right to continued vesting or employment.

If your employment with the Company is terminated without 'cause' you will receive three months severance. Such severance payments will be paid in a lump-sum pursuant to the provisions of Section 409 A of the Internal Revenue Code and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder ("Section 409A").

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result,

Quantenna Communications, Inc. | 3450 W. Warren Avenue | Fremont, California 94538 USA
+1 510.743.2260 P | +1 510.743.2261 F | www.quantenna.com


you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks notice.

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company's understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company's rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company's rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook which the Company plans to complete and distribute.

As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all but the first $125 of the arbitration fees. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.



To accept the Company's offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be June 22, 2009. This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by May 19, 2009.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Quantenna Communications, Inc.


 
 
Sincerely,
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Behrooz Rezvani
 
Behrooz Rezvani
 
President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Dave French
 
Dave French
 
CEO
 
 
 
 
Agreed to and accepted:
 
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
 
 
 
 
 
Printed Name:
Sam Heidari
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
5/19/09
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Enclosures
 
 
 



QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
AMENDMENT TO SAM HEIDARI OFFER LETTER

This amendment (the " Amendment ") is made by and between Sam Heidari (" Executive ") and Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company " and together with the Executive hereinafter collectively referred to as the " Parties ") on June 2, 2010.

RECITALS

A.     The Parties previously entered into an offer letter, dated May 19, 2009 (the "Offer Letter").

B.     The Company and Executive desire to amend the Offer Letter to include provisions for severance in the event Executive's employment with the Company is terminated.

AMENDMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, Executive and the Company agree that the Offer Letter is amended as follows:

1 .     The third paragraph of page 1 of the Offer Letter is hereby revised as follows:

"If your employment with the Company is terminated without 'Cause' (as defined in Appendix A), you will receive a lump-sum severance payment equal to six months' salary, subject to the conditions set forth in Appendix A."

2.     The Offer Letter is hereby amended by adding the following new Appendix A to the end thereof to provide as follows:

Appendix A

I.      RELEASE OF CLAIMS AND SEVERANCE

The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to this Offer Letter will be subject to your signing and not revoking a release of any and all claims, in a form prescribed by the Company (the " Release ") and provided that such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the " Release Deadline ''). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, you will forfeit any rights to severance benefits under this letter. No severance benefits will be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable. Upon the Release becoming effective, any payments delayed from the date you terminate employment through the effective date of the Release will be payable in a lump sum without interest as soon as administratively practicable after the Release becomes effective and irrevocable and all other amounts will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year where the Release Deadline is in the calendar year following the calendar year in which your termination occurs, then any severance payments under this letter that would be considered Deferred Compensation (as defined below) will be paid on, or in the case of installments, will not commence until, the 61 th day after your termination date, or, if later, the Deferred Compensation Delayed Payment Date (as defined below).

It is the intent of this Offer Letter that all payment and benefits hereunder comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder and any applicable state law requirements (" Section







409A '') so that none of the payments and benefits to be provided under this Offer Letter will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this Offer Letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section l .409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. You and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Offer Letter and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Offer Letter, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to you, if any, pursuant to this Offer Letter that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, '' Deferred Compensation '') or otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-l(b)(9) will be paid or otherwise provided until you have a "separation from service" within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if at the time of your termination of employment, you are a "specified employee" within the meaning of Section 409A, payment of such Deferred Compensation will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that you will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day following your termination of employment, or your death, if earlier (the " Deferred Compensation Delayed Payment Date ").

II.     CAUSE

For purposes of this Offer Letter, " Cause " means: (i) your failure to perform your assigned duties or responsibilities as an employee (other than a failure resulting from your "Disability") after notice thereof from the Company describing your failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) your engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation; (iii) your violation of any federal, state or securities law or regulation applicable or detrimental to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) your breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between you and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) your being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime or committing any act of moral turpitude.

For purposes of this Offer Letter, " Disability '' means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the " Code ").

3.      Full Force and Effect . To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Offer Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

4.      Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Offer Letter constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. This Amendment may be amended at any time only by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

5.      Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument, and each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties to this Amendment.

6.      Governing Law . This Amendment will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).



[Signature Page Follows]

 
- 2  -
 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties has executed this Amendment, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the date set forth above.



COMPANY
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Dave French
 
 
By:
Dave French
 
 
Title:
CEO
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE
Sam Heidari
 
 
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
- 3  -
 



Execution Version

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE SAM HEIDARI OFFER LETTER

This Second Amendment to the Sam Heidari Offer Letter (the " Amendment ') is made by and between Sam Heidari (" Executive ") and Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company " and together with the Executive hereinafter collectively referred to as the " Parties ") on June 1, 2012.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS , the Parties previously entered into an employment offer letter, dated May 19, 2009 (the " Original Offer Letter ") and subsequently amended the Original Offer Letter pursuant to that certain . Amendment to Sam Heidari Offer Letter, dated June 2, 2010 (collectively, the " Amended Offer Letter " ); and

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to further amend the Amended Offer Letter in order to provide executive with modified severance terms, as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, Executive and the Company agree that the Amended Offer Letter is am.ended as follows:

1.     The Amended Offer Letter is hereby amended by adding the following to the end of the third paragraph of Page 1 of the Amended Offer Letter:

"If your employment with the Company is terminated without Cause, you also will be able, subject to the conditions set forth in Appendix A, to exercise each outstanding and vested stock option you hold as of your termination date until the earlier of (a) 3 years from your termination date, (b) the original Term/Expiration Date of the stock option (or, if earlier, the 10-year anniversary of the grant date of the stock option), or (c) the date required by the terms of the equity plan under which the stock option was granted (for example, under the plan's change in control provisions). In addition, if your termination without Cause by the Company is in connection with your removal by the Company from its Chief Executive Officer position, then, subject to the conditions set forth in Appendix A, you will receive vesting acceleration as to 25% of your then-unvested and outstanding Company stock options and other unvested and outstanding equity awards."

2. The Amended Offer Letter is hereby amended by adding the following three paragraphs immediately following the third paragraph of Page 1 of the Amended Offer Letter:

"If your employment with the Company terminates due to your resignation for Good Reason (as defined below), you will, subject to the conditions set forth in Appendix A: (1) receive a






lump sum severance benefit equal to six months' salary; (2) receive vesting acceleration as to 25% of your then-unvested and outstanding Company stock options and other unvested and outstanding equity awards; and (3) be able to exercise each outstanding and vested stock option you hold as of your termination date until the earlier of (a) 3 years from your termination date, (b) the original Term/Expiration Date of the stock option (or, if earlier, the 10-year anniversary of the grant date of the stock option), or (c) the date required by the terms of the equity plan under which the stock option was granted (for example, under the plan's change in control provisions).

Except to the extent amended hereby, the terms of your stock option and equity award agreements, as well as the stock plan(s) under which your stock options and equity awards were granted, will continue to govern the terms and conditions of your stock options and equity awards, and such documents are incorporated herein by reference.

For purposes of this Offer Letter, "Good Reason" means your resignation of employment within 6 months following your removal by the Company from its Chief Executive Officer position (which, for the avoidance of doubt, must constitute a material negative change in your employment relationship with the Company; the parties expect that any such removal will constitute a material negative change). You must notify the Company in writing of your intent to resign for Good Reason and the Company will have 30 days after receipt of such notice to cure such condition."

· 3.      Potential Loss of ISO Status . Executive understands and acknowledges that the extension of the exercise period for outstanding stock options pursuant to Sections 1 and 2 of this Amendment will be deemed a "modification" of your currently outstanding Company stock options that qualified as incentive stock options immediately prior to the execution of this Amendment, resulting in the deemed re-grant of the those awards and either (i) immediate loss of incentive stock option status for those awards, or (ii) a re-start of the relevant holding periods applicable to incentive stock options (the "Modified Awards" ) , and the Company has advised Executive to consult with his own tax advisor regarding the tax status of such Modified Awards, the tax consequences to the Executive of his exercise of the Modified Awards and the tax effects of disposition of any resulting shares following exercise of the Modified Awards.

4.      Acknowledgement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that the stock option to purchase 1,500,000 shares granted to Executive on July 28, 2009, was in replacement of, and fully satisfies any Company obligations with respect to, the restricted stock purchase right referenced in the Original Offer Letter.

5.      Full Force and Effect . To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Amended Offer Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

6.      Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Amended Offer Letter, along with the documents incorporated by references herein, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. This Amendment may be amended at any time only by mutual written agreement of the Parties. With respect to Company stock options and equity awards granted on or after the date of this Amendment, the acceleration of vesting and the extension of post-termination exercise period provisions provided herein will apply to


 
- 2  -
 



such awards except to the extent specifically provided in the applicable stock option or equity award agreement.

7.      Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument, and each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties to this Amendment.

8.      Governing Law . This Amendment will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 
- 3  -
 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties has executed this Amendment, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the date set forth above.




COMPANY
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ illegible
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE
SAM HEIDARI
 
 
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
 
 
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ Arthur F. Schneiderman
 
 
 
Arthur F. Schneiderman
 
 
 
Assistant Secretary
 
 


 
- 4  -
 

Exhibit 10.24

IMAGE0A03.JPG

Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 West Warren Avenue
Fremont, CA 94538

August 25, 2014

Philippe Morali


Dear Philippe,

I am pleased to offer you a position with Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), as Chief Financial Officer, reporting directly to me. If you decide to join us, you will receive a monthly salary of $19,166.67, which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. You will also be eligible to receive a quarterly discretionary bonus of up to $16,250.00 per quarter (or $65,000.00 per year) based on job performance, as determined in the sole discretion of the Company ("Quarterly Bonus"). The Quarterly Bonus is not earned until paid. The Quarterly Bonus is typically paid within two (2) months after the end of each fiscal quarter and no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year upon which the bonus is based. A goal plan for the discretionary bonus will be defined within the first 30 days of your employment. As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits as approved by the Company. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, salaries and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company's Board of Directors following your start date that the Company grant you an option to purchase 11,618,050 shares of the Company's Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors ("the Original Option"). It will be recommended to the Board of Directors that 25% of the shares subject to the option shall vest 12 months after the date your vesting begins subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. If approved, the remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including vesting requirements and restrictions on transfer. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continued vesting or employment.

In addition, subject to the terms, conditions, and definitions attached hereto as Exhibit A, if the Company terminates your employment for a reason other than for Cause

Quantenna Communications, Inc. | 3450 W. Warren Avenue | Fremont, California 94538 USA
+1 510.743.2260 P | +1 510.743.2261 F | www.quantenna.com


or if you will resign for Good Reason (as defined below) you will receive the following severance (the "Severance") from the Company: (i) a lump sum equivalent to four months of your then base salary plus one-third (1/3 rd ) of your then annual discretionary bonus, less applicable withholding; (ii) option vesting based on your then length of service with the Company, as provided in the next paragraph below, and (iii) no other severance or benefits of any kind, unless required by law. For avoidance of doubt, you are not eligible for any payments under any other Company plans or policies if you receive payments under this offer letter.

Pursuant to subsection (ii) above, if the termination for a reason other than for Cause occurs within one (1) year after the Start Date (as defined below) then (a) the total number of your vested shares subject to the Original Option calculated as follows: 242,042.7 x (the number of whole months you were employed by the Company as of the date the Company terminates your employment plus four (4)), and no more. If the termination for a reason other than for Cause occurs more than one (1) year after the Start Date then the total number of your vested shares subject to the Original Option shall equal: (a) the number of shares in which you are vested as of the date the Company terminates your employment, plus (b) 968,170.8, and no more.

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks notice.

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company's understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company's rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company's rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook.




As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all but the first $125 of the arbitration fees. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.

To accept the Company's offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be August 25, 2014 (the "Start Date"). This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the CEO of the Company and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by August 25, 2014.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Quantenna Communications, Inc . Sincerely,

/s/ Sam Heidari
Sam Heidari
CEO

Agreed to and accepted:
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Philippe Morali
Printed Name:
Philippe Morali
Date:
8/25/14




EXHIBIT A

As severance pay, benefits, acceleration, or other consideration authorized by the offer letter shall be subject to your execution and nonrevocation of a release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (a "Release") that becomes effective and irrevocable by the 60th day following your termination of employment (the "Release Deadline Date"). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date, you will forfeit any right to severance payments or vesting acceleration benefits under this letter. In no event will severance payments or vesting acceleration benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.

With respect to severance payments, references to when the Company "terminates your employment" will be deemed to refer to your "separation from service" within the meaning of Section 409A (as defined below). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this letter, if you are a "specified employee" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (as it has been and may be amended from time to time) and any regulations and guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated from time to time thereunder at the time of your termination ("Section 409A"), then the severance and any other separation benefits payable to you upon your separation from service, to the extent that the same constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A (the "Deferred Payments"), otherwise due to you on or within the 6 month period following your separation from service will accrue during such 6 month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment on the date 6 months and 1 day following the date of your termination (such rule, the "Six Month Delay Rule"). All subsequent Deferred Payments following the application of the Six Month Delay Rule, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. It is the intent of this letter to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to so comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

For purposes of this letter, "Cause" means: (i) your failure to perform your assigned duties or responsibilities as an employee after a thirty (30) days cure period following written notice thereof from the Company describing your failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) your engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation; (iii) your violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) your breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between you and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) your being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime or committing any act of moral turpitude.

For purposes of this letter, "Good Reason" means: (A) the Company materially reduces your authority, functions, duties, position or responsibilities related to your job, which would cause your position with the Company to become of less responsibilities, importance or scope or (B) the Company re-locates your position to a location more than 50 miles.




For purposes of this letter, "Change in Control" shall have the same meaning as in the Company's 2006 Stock Plan, as amended, provided that a transaction shall not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.


Exhibit 10.25








QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
219 Moffett Park Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94089



Oct 30, 2007



Mr. Lionel Bonnot


Dear Lionel,

I am pleased to offer you a position with Quantenna Communications, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), as Vice President of Sales. If you decide to join us, you will receive a compensation package that consists of three components: l) monthly salary of $15,000.00, which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures, 2) quarterly commissions payable for achievement of goals for the relevant quarter (as determined by the Company in a performance agreement to be executed by you and the Company within 30 days of your joining the company), up to a maximum of $140,000.00 In commissions per year if you achieve 100% of the goals for each quarter, and 3) a $10,000.00 sign-on bonus to be paid within thirty (30) days of your start date with the Company. In order to earn commissions for a given quarter, in addition to achieving the performance objectives for that quarter, you must remain an employee of the Company through the end of the relevant quarter. Any commission earned for a quarter will be paid out within thirty (30) days of the end of such quarter, but in all cases within two and one-half (2½) months following the end of the calendar year in which the commission is earned. As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits as approved by the Company. You should note that the Company may modify job titles and salaries and may modify or terminate benefits from time to time as it deems necessary. All amounts payable under this letter will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company's Board of Directors following your start date that the Company grant you a stock option to purchase 1,224,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock (the "Option") at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Company' s Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors. It will be recommended to the Board of Directors that, subject to the acceleration provisions in this letter, 25% of the shares subject to the Option vest 12 months after your start date as Vice President of Sales (the date these shares first vest is the "First Vest Date"), and thereafter, the remaining shares vest in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months (i.e., as to 1/48 th of






Mr. Lionel Bonnot
Page 2

the shares subject to the entire Option), in each case subject to your continuing employment with the Company through each relevant vesting date. The Option will have a maximum term of ten (10) years and will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company's 2006 Stock Plan (the "Option Plan") and a stock option agreement by and between you and the Company (the "Option Agreement"), both of which documents are incorporated herein by reference. The proposed Option shall not confer any right to continued vesting or employment.

If your employment with the Company is terminated without "Cause" (as defined in Exhibit A ) prior to the First Vest Date, then your Option will immediately vest and become exercisable as to the number of shares equal to (x) 25,500 times (y) the number of full months you served as Vice President of Sales since your start date (by way of clarity, if your start date were January 2, 2008 and employment terminated without Cause on February 28, 2008 then this number would be 1, but if the termination were March 2, 2008, then this number would be 2).

In addition, if (i) you terminate your employment with the Company or a successor corporation for "Good Reason" (as defined in Exhibit A ), or (ii) the Company or the successor corporation terminates your employment without Cause (but excluding any termination by reason of your death or "Disability" (as defined in Exhibit A )), and in each case, if you execute and do not revoke a release of claims (within such timeframe as required under such release, but in no event more than two and one-half (2½) months following the end of the calendar year in which your employment terminates) in a form acceptable to the Company, you will be entitled to:

(i)    a lump sum severance payment equal to six months' of your base salary as in effect immediately prior to your termination, plus

(ii)    a lump sum severance payment of $25,000 , plus

(iii)    your Option, if then outstanding, will immediately become vested and exercisable as to an additional 153,000 shares subject to the Option (or such lesser number that would provide for 100% of the outstanding portion of the Option becoming vested and exercisable), plus ·

(iv)    one-eighth (1/8 th ) of shares subject to each additional then-outstanding stock option grant to purchase Company Common Stock, if any, will immediately become vested and exercisable (or such lesser number that would provide for 100% of the outstanding portion of the relevant stock option becoming vested and exercisable).

Any lump sum severance payment payable in accordance with this letter will be paid as soon as practicable following your termination of employment, provided, however, that no cash severance amounts will be considered payable until and unless you have a "separation from service" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and any final regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder, as they may each








Mr. Lionel Bonnot
Page 3

be amended from time to time ("Section 409A"). Further, if you are a "specified employee" within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of your termination other than due to death, then any cash severance payments payable pursuant to this letter and any . other severance payments or separation benefits which may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409 A (together, the "Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits") otherwise due to you on or within the six (6) month period following your termination will accrue during such six (6) month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of your termination of employment (or, if later, the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of your "separation from service" within the meaning of Section 409A). All subsequent payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if you die following your termination but prior to the six month anniversary of your . date of termination (or, if later, the six month anniversary of your "separation from service" within the meaning of Section 409A), then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of your death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. It is the intent of this letter to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply.

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks notice.

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company's understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position. and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of






Mr. Lionel Bonnot
Page 4

your employment with the Company , you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company's rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company's rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook. which the Company plans to complete and distribute .

As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement (the ''Confidentiality Agreement") which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and al1 rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all but the first $125 of the arbitration fees. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.

To accept the Company's offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be January 2, 2008. This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, the Confidentiality Agreement, the Option Plan and the Option Agreement, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter will be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this letter shall continue in full force and effect without such provision. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by November 9 th 2007.











EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS


For purposes of this letter, "Cause" means: (i) your failure to perform your assigned duties or responsibilities as an employee (other than a failure resulting from your Disability) after notice thereof from the Company describing your failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) your engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation; (iii) your violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) your breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between you and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) your being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime or committing any act of moral turpitude.

For purposes of this letter, "Good Reason" means, any of the following without your consent: (i) a reporting structure change so that you no longer report directly to the CEO or President of the Company, (ii) a reduction in your base compensation (unless the entire management of the Company is subject to a similar reduction in base compensation) or maximum commission targets for the year, as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, (iii) a reduction in your title, or (iv) a material change in the geographic location at which you must perform your services of not less than fifty (50) miles from your primary work location immediately prior to such relocation; provided, however, that a change in reporting structure or a reduction in title solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity following the acquisition or merger (or similar event) of the Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" so long as you are provided a comparable position (i.e., a position of equal duties) authority, compensation and status). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order for any termination to be for "Good Reason" you must assert any such termination for Good Reason by written notice to the Company no later than forty-five (45) days following the date on which arises the event or events that would otherwise constitute Good Reason, and the Company must have an opportunity within thirty (30) days following delivery of such notice to cure the Good Reason condition and have failed to do so.

For purposes of this letter, "Disability" means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.









Mr . Lionel Bonnot
Page 5

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Quantenna Communications, Inc.

Sincerely,
 
/s/ Behrooz Rezvani
Behrooz Rezvani
CEO and President








Agreed to and accepted:
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Lionel Bennot
Printed Name:
Lionel Bennot
Date:
11/3/2007

Enclosures
Duplicate Original Letter
At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement







QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

AMENDMENT TO LIONEL BONNOT OFFER LETTER

This amendment (the "Amendment" ) is made by and between Lionel Bonnot ( "Executive" ) and Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company'' and together with the Executive hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Parties" ) on December 23 , 2008.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Parties previously entered into an offer letter, dated October 30, 2007 (the "Offer Letter" ) ; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to amend certain provisions of the Offer Letter in order to come into documentary compliance with Section 409 A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code" ) , and any final regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder (together, "Section 409A" ) so as to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, Executive and the Company agree that the Offer Letter is amended as follows:

1.    The Offer Letter is hereby amended by adding the following new Appendix A to the end thereof to provide as follows:

Appendix A

I.     SEVERANCE .

To the extent any severance payments will be made under this letter agreement, such severance payments will be delayed as necessary pursuant to the Release Requirement as outlined below.

Release Requirement

The receipt of any severance pursuant to this letter agreement is subject to you signing and not revoking a general release of claims agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the "Release"); provided that such Release is effective and irrevocable within sixty (60) days following your termination of employment or such shorter period specified in the Release (the ''Release Deadline"). No severance will be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable. If the Release is not effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, you will forfeit your right to any severance or similar payment under the Offer Letter that is subject to your executing and not revoking a Release. In the event your termination of employment occurs at a time during the calendar year where it would be possible for the Release to become effective and irrevocable in the calendar year following the calendar year in which your termination of employment occurs, then any severance that would be considered Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits (as defined in the letter agreement) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the





calendar year in which such termination of employment occurs, or, if later, the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, or such later time as required by (i) the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit, or (ii) the Section 409A paragraph of this letter agreement.

II.     GOOD REASON .

The definition of "Good Reason" as defined in Exhibit A is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety as follows:

For purposes of this letter, ''Good Reason" means your resignation within thirty (30) days after the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without your consent: (i) a material change in the reporting structure so that you no longer report directly to the CEO or President of the Company, (ii) a material reduction in your base compensation (unless the entire management of the Company is subject to a similar reduction in base compensation), (iii) a reduction in your title resulting in a material diminution of your duties, authority or responsibilities, or (iv) a material change in the geographic location at which you must perform your services of not less than fifty (50) miles from your primary work location immediately prior to such relocation; provided, however, that a change in reporting structure or a reduction in title solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity following the acquisition or merger (or similar event) of the Company shall not constitute ''Good Reason" so long as you are provided a comparable position (i.e., a position of equal duties, authority compensation and status). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order for any termination to be for ''Good Reason", you must assert any such termination for Good Reason by written notice to the Company no later than forty-five (45) days following the date on which arises the event or events that would otherwise constitute Good Reason, and the Company must have an opportunity within thirty (30) days following delivery of such notice to cure the Good Reason condition and have failed to do so.

2 .     Full Force and Effect . To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Offer Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

3.     Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Offer Letter constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. This Amendment may be amended at any time only by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

4.     Counterparts . This Amendment maybe executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument, and each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties to this Amendment.

5.     Governing Law . This Amendment will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).




[Signature Page Follows]




- 2 -



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Amendment, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the date set forth above.




COMPANY
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
/s/ Behrooz Rezvani
 
By:
Behrooz Rezvani
 
Title:
CEO
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE
LIONEL BONNOT
 
/s/ Lionel Bonnot




- 3 -




QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LIONEL BONNOT OFFER LETTER

This Second Amendment (the "Amendment" ) is made by and between Lionel Bonnot ( "Executive" ) and Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company " and together with the Executive hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Parties" ) on June 14 , 2010.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Parties previously entered into an offer letter, dated October 30. 2007 (the ''Offer Letter" ), as amended on December 23, 2008 by that certain Amendment (the "First Amendment," and together with the Offer Letter, the "Revised Letter" ); .and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to further amend certain provisions of the Revised Letter in order to modify aspects of Executive's compensation package as set forth below,

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, Executive and the Company agree that the Revised Letter is amended as follows:

1.    The Revised Letter is hereby amended by adding the following new Appendix B to the end thereof to provide as follows:

Appendix B


2010 COMMISSION PAYMENTS.

As part of your compensation package for calendar year 2010 you will be eligible for quarterly commission payments, payable for achievement of goals (as determined by the Company) for the relevant quarter, up to a maximum of $80,000 for the year. In addition, in the event that the Company consummates a sale of no less than $10 million worth of shares of its preferred stock in a private placement equity financing (not including any shares of Series D Preferred Stock sold as of the date hereof pursuant to that certain Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement), you will be paid a lump sum of $60,000 within 30 days of the closing of such financing.

2.    Page 2, subparagraph (ii) of the Offer Letter is hereby revised to increase the lump sum severance payment to $75,000, payable in accordance with terms of the Offer Letter and subject to the terms and conditions of Appendix A as described in the First Amendment.

3.    Page 2, subparagraph (iii) of the Offer Letter is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

"The unvested portion of your Options (consisting of (a) the Option (as defined above) granted on January 29, 2008 and (b) the option for 300,000 shares granted on July 28, 2009 (together, the "Options" )) that would normally vest over the following twenty-four (24) months (or the lesser remaining vesting period, as applicable) from the date of your termination will immediately vest prior to your termination and become exercisable."

4 .     Page 2, subparagraph (iv) o f the Offer Letter is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:


- 1 -


"one half (1/2) of shares subject to each additional then-outstanding stock option grant to purchase Company Common Stock, if any , will immediately become vested and exercisable (or such lesser number that would provide for 100% of the outstanding. portion of the relevant stock option becoming vested and exercisable)."

5.     Full Force and Effect. To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Revised Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

6.     Entire Agreement. This Amendment, the Offer Letter and the First Amendment constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. This Amendment may be amended at any time only by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

7.     Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts all of which together shall constitute one instrument and each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties to this Amendment.

8.     Governing Law. This Amendment will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).



[Signature Page Follows]


- 2 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Amendment, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the date set forth above.





COMPANY
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
/s/ David French
 
By:
David French
 
Title:
CEO
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE
LIONEL BONNOT
 
/s/ Lionel Bonnot
 
 
6/14/2010



- 3 -




QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LIONEL BONNOT OFFER LETTER

This Third Amendment (the "Third Amendment" ) is made by and between Lionel Bonnot ( "Executive" ) and Quantenna Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company" and together with the Executive hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Parties" ) on August 31 , 2012.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Parties previously entered into an offer letter, dated October 30, 2007 (the "Offer Letter" ), as amended on December 23, 2008 by that certain Amendment (the "First Amendment" ), and as further amended on June 14, 2010, by that certain Second Amendment (the "Second Amendment," and together with the Offer Letter and the First Amendment, the "Revised Letter" ); and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to further amend certain provisions of the Revised Letter in order to modify aspects of Executive's job title and duties, as well as Executive's compensation package as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, Executive and the Company mutually agree that the Revised Letter is amended as follows:

1.    Page 1, the first paragraph of the offer letter is revised and replaced in its entirety with the following:

"I am pleased to offer you the positions with Quantenna Communications, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), of Interim Vice President of Sales and Senior Vice President of Business Development. As Interim Vice President of Sales, you will be responsible for the Company's sales functions until the Company hires a new Vice President of Sales. As Senior Vice President of Business Development, you will be responsible for the Company's intellectual property licensing and third-party ecosystem functions. The position of Senior Vice President of Business Development is new and defined by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and will be built out by you, including with regard to how many individuals will support your licensing and third-party ecosystem functions, as well as with regard to the Company's budget for the functions we expect you and your team to cover. After the Company hires a new Vice President of Sales, your position will be solely as Senior Vice President of Business Development going forward. Nevertheless, as needed the company's Chief Executive Officer may request your assistance to certain sales tasks even after Vice President of Sales joins the company.

You will receive a compensation package that consists of two components: 1) monthly salary of $20,833.33, which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures, and 2) quarterly performance bonuses payable for achievement of goals for the relevant quarter (as determined by the Company in a performance agreement to be executed by you and the Company within 30 days of the signature date of this amendment), up to a maximum of $70,000.00 in performance bonuses per year if you achieve 100% of the goals for each quarter. In order to earn any performance bonus for a given quarter, in addition to achieving the performance objectives for that quarter, you must remain an employee of the Company through the end of the relevant quarter. Any performance bonus that is earned for a quarter will be paid out within thirty (30) days of the end of such quarter, but in all cases within two and one-half (2½) months following the end of the calendar year in which the performance bonus is earned. As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits as approved by the Company. You should note that the Company may


- 1 -


modify job titles and salaries and may modify or terminate benefits from time to time as it deems necessary. All amounts payable under this letter will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings."

2.    Page 2 of the Offer Letter is hereby amended and subparagraph (v) shall be added:

"(v) any of your vested stock options (including options vesting as a result of clauses (iii) and (iv) above) to purchase Company common stock shall remain exercisable through the date that is 24 months following the date of such termination or, if earlier, through the original scheduled expiration date of such vested options.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if you resign for any reason (which does not constitute Good Reason) at any time after the 6 month anniversary of the effective date of the Third Amendment to the Lionel Bonnot Offer Letter, then any of your vested stock options to purchase Company common stock shall remain exercisable through the date that is 12 months following the date of such termination or, if earlier, through the original scheduled expiration date of such vested options."

3.     Executive Acknowledgements .

a.
Good Reason : Executive acknowledges that the transition that is contemplated under this Third Amendment (from Executive's previous position of Vice President of Sales to Senior Vice President of Business Development) is consensual between Executive and the Company, and none of the events contemplated under Section I hereof shall constitute "Good Reason" under the Revised Letter.

b .
Tax Matters : Executive understands and acknowledges that the extension of the exercise period for outstanding stock options pursuant to Section 2 of this Third Amendment may be deemed a "modification" of Executive's currently outstanding Company stock options that qualified as incentive stock options immediately prior to the execution of this Third Amendment, resulting in the deemed re-grant of the those awards and either (i) immediate loss of incentive stock option status for those awards, or (ii) a re-start of the relevant holding periods applicable to incentive stock options (the " Modified Awards ''), and the Company has advised Executive to consult with his own tax advisor regarding the tax status of such Modified Awards, the tax consequences to the Executive of his exercise of the Modified Awards and the tax effects of disposition of any resulting shares following exercise of the Modified Awards.

4.     Full Force and Effect . To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Revised Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

5.     Entire Agreement . This Third Amendment, the Offer Letter, the First Amendment and the Second Amendment constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. This Amendment may be amended at any time only by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

6.     Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument, and each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties to this Amendment.

7.     Governing Law . This Amendment will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).


- 2 -


[Signature Page Follows]


- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Amendment, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the date set forth above.



COMPANY
QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
By:
Sam Heidari
 
Title:
CEO
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE
LIONEL BONNOT
 
/s/ Lionel Bonnot



- 4 -
Exhibit 10.26

QUANTENNALOGOBLUEANDGREEN.JPG

QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
3450 West Warren
Fremont, CA 94538

December 20, 2012

DAVID CARROLL



Dear David,

I am pleased to offer you a position with Quantenna Communications, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), as Vice President of Worldwide Sales. If you decide to join us, you will receive a monthly salary of $18,333.34 which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. You will also be eligible to receive $105,000.00 per year, for a performance based bonus, to be paid quarterly. All bonus amounts paid no later than the later of March 15 th following the calendar year in which the compensation is earned or the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the fiscal year in which the compensation is earned. Goal Plan for bonus defined within the first 30 days of your employment. In order to earn performance bonus for a given quarter, in addition to achieving the performance objectives for that quarter, you must remain an employee of the Company through the end of the relevant quarter. As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits as approved by the Company. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, salaries and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company's Board of Directors following your start date that the Company grant you an option to purchase 10,711,029 shares of the Company's Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors. It will be recommended to the Board of Directors that 25% of the shares subject to the option shall vest 12 months after the date your vesting begins subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. If approved, the remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. Vesting will be accelerated only in case of change of control and if your position is eliminated in that process. The corresponding accelerated vesting is 18 months before the first year anniversary of your employment with the company or 12 months additional vesting after the first year anniversary. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's Stock Option

Quantenna Communications, Inc. | 3450 W. Warren Avenue | Fremont, California 94538 USA
+1 510.743.2260 P | +1 510.743.2261 F | www.quantenna.com



Plan and Stock Option Agreement as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including vesting requirements and restrictions on transfer. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continued vesting or employment

There will severance payment in case of termination without a cause only. The severance payment is three months if the termination happens in the first six months of employment, four months in six months to 12 months of employment and six months after first year anniversary of employment with Quantenna.

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks notice.

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company's understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company's rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company's rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook which the Company plans to complete and distribute.



As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all but the first $125 of the arbitration fees. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.

To accept the Company's offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be January 7, 2013. This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the CEO of the Company and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by December 21, 2012.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Quantenna Communications, Inc .

 
 
Sincerely,
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
Sam Heidari
 
CEO
 
 
 
 
Agreed to and accepted:
 
 
 
 
Signature:
/s/ David Carroll
 
Printed Name:
David Carroll
 
Date:
12/20/2012


Exhibit 10.27


October 17, 2014



Harold Hughes


Re: Quantenna Communications, Inc. Board of Directors

Dear Harold:

Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the "Company") is delighted to offer you a position as a director on the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board"). What follows is information on some of the benefits available to you as a director of the Company (a "Director").

As compensation for your services to the Company, it has been recommended that the Board grant you an option to purchase 3,200,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the dale of grant, which has been determined by the Board to be $0.04 per share. The shares shall vest monthly over 48 months following October 16, 2014 in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing service as a Director of the Company on each applicable vesting date. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company, as such term is defined in the 2006 Stock Plan, one hundred percent of the then unvested shares subject to the option shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the closing of such Change in Control transaction. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's 2006 Stock Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements.

The Company will also reimburse you for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in connection with your services to the Company. All reimbursements are in accordance with established Company policies.

As a Director, you will be entitled to indemnification and will be asked to enter into the Company's standard form directors and officers indemnification agreement.

Nothing in this offer or the Stock Option Agreement should be construed to interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and the Company's stockholders to remove any individual from the Board at any time in accordance with the provisions of applicable law.

This letter sets forth the terms of your service as a Director with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by an officer of the Company and by you.

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both copies and returning one original letter to me. Your effective date as a Director will be the date that you are elected to the position of Director by the stockholders of the Company.

We look forward to you joining the Board. I believe you will make significant contributions to the Company as a director.






Sincerely,
 
/s/ Sam Heidari
Sam Heidari
Chief Executive Officer





Agreed:

Harold Hughes
Signature:
/s/ Harold Hughes
Date:
Nov. 1, 2014


- 2 -
Exhibit 10.28

QUANTENNALOGOBLUEANDGREEN.JPG

June 9, 2016
Jack Lazar

Re:    Offer for Board of Directors
On behalf of Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to invite you to join the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), subject to your formal appointment by the Board (and continued election by the Company’s stockholders thereafter). You will serve as a director from your date of appointment until the date upon which you are not re-elected or your earlier resignation or removal.
In consideration for your service on the Board and subject to approval by the Board, you will be granted an option under the Company’s Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase 3,600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date the Board approves the option grant. Your options shall vest in a series of equal monthly installments over the 36 month period measured from the date of your appointment, subject to your continued service on the Board. In addition, 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to the option shall immediately vest upon the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan). Your options shall also be subject to a right to early exercise at your discretion, subject to a repurchase right at the exercise price by the Company with respect to the unvested portion.
The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable travel expenses that you incur in connection with your attendance at meetings of the Board, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time. In addition, you will receive indemnification as a director of the Company to the maximum extent extended to directors of the Company generally, as set forth in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, an indemnification agreement between the Company and you (a copy of which will be provided to you) and any director and officer insurance the Company may have and maintain from time to time.
In addition, after the Company completes its initial public offering, it is expected that you would be entitled to an annual cash retainer for your continued service on the Board as well as any committees on which you serve. It is also expected that you would be entitled to supplemental equity awards on an annual basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amounts and timing of any cash and equity compensation for Board or committee service following the Company’s initial public offering are yet to be finalized by the Board and the Company’s Compensation Committee and therefore remain subject to final approval.

Quantenna Communications, Inc. | 3450 W. Warren Avenue | Fremont, California 94538 USA
+1 510.743.2260 P | +1 510.743.2261 F | www.quantenna.com




As a member of the Board, you will be expected to abide by the Company's rules and standards, including the Company’s rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook, a copy of which will be made available to you. The Company also reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks.
In accepting this offer, you are representing to us that (i) you do not know of any conflict which would restrict your service on the Board and any committees thereof (including the Company’s Audit Committee) and (ii) you will not provide the Company with any documents, records, or other confidential information belonging to other parties.
If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing the letter in the space provided below and returning this letter to the Company. We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you closely in the future.
 
 
Sincerely,
 
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
 
 
 
Sam Heidari
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
ACKNOWLEDGED:
 
/s/ Jack Lazar
 
 
 
 
Jack Lazar

Quantenna Communications, Inc. | 3450 W. Warren Avenue | Fremont, California 94538 USA
+1 510.743.2260 P | +1 510.743.2261 F | www.quantenna.com

Exhibit 10.29

IMAGE0A01.JPG

June 13, 2016


Edward Frank


Re:    Offer for Board of Directors

Dear Ed:

On behalf of Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the "Company" ) , I am pleased to invite you to join the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board" ) , subject to your formal appointment by the Board (and continued election by the Company's stockholders thereafter). You will serve as a director from your date of appointment until the date upon which you are not re-elected or your earlier resignation or removal.

In consideration for your service on the Board and subject to approval by the Board, you will be granted an option under the Company's Equity Plan (the "Plan" ) to purchase 3,600,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date the Board approves the option grant. Your options shall vest in a series of equal monthly installments over the 36 month period measured from the date of your appointment, subject to your continued service on the Board. In addition, 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to the option shall immediately vest upon the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan). Your options shall also be subject to a right to early exercise at your discretion, subject to a repurchase right at the exercise price by the Company with respect to the unvested portion.

The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable travel expenses that you incur in connection with your attendance at meetings of the Board, in accordance with the Company's expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time. In addition, you will receive indemnification as a director of the Company to the maximum extent extended to directors of the Company generally, as set forth in the Company's certificate of incorporation, bylaws, an indemnification agreement between the Company and you (a copy of which will be provided to you) and any director and officer insurance the Company may have and maintain from time to time.

In addition, after the Company completes its initial public offering, it is expected that you would be entitled to an annual cash retainer for your continued service on the Board as well as any committees on which you serve. It is also expected that you would be entitled to supplemental equity awards on an annual basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amounts and timing of any cash and equity compensation for Board or committee service following the Company's initial public offering are yet to be finalized by the Board and the Company's Compensation Committee and therefore remain subject to final approval.

As a member of the Board, you will be expected to abide by the Company's rules and standards , including the Company's rules of conduct which are included in the

Quantenna Communications, Inc. | 3450 W. Warren Avenue | Fremont, California 94538 USA
+1 510.743.2260 P | +1 510.743.2261 F | www.quantenna.com


Company Handbook, a copy of which will be made available to you. The Company also reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks.

In accepting this offer, you are representing to us that (i) you do not know of any conflict which would restrict your service on the Board and any committees thereof (including the Company's Audit Committee) and (ii) you will not provide the Company with any documents, records, or other confidential information belonging to other parties.

If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing the letter in the space provided below and returning this letter to the Company. We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you closely in the future.



 
 
Sincerely,
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
Sam Heidari
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
 
 
 
/s/ Edward Frank
 
Edward Frank

Exhibit 10.30

IMAGE0.JPG


June 24, 2016


Mark Stevens


Re: Offer for Board of Directors

Dear Mark:

On behalf of Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the "Company" ) , I am pleased to invite you to join the Company's Board of Directors (the " Board " ) , subject to your formal appointment by the Board (and continued election by the Company's stockholders thereafter). You will serve as a director from your date of appointment until the date upon which you are not re-elected or your earlier resignation or removal.

In consideration for your service on the Board and subject to approval by the Board, you will be granted an option under the Company's Equity Plan (the "Plan" ) to purchase 3,600,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date the Board approves the option grant. Your options shall vest in a series of equal monthly installments over the 36 month period measured from the date of your appointment, subject to your continued service on the Board. In addition, 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to the option shall immediately vest upon the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan). Your options shall also be subject to a right to early exercise at your discretion, subject to a repurchase right at the exercise price by the Company with respect to the unvested portion.

The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable travel expenses that you incur in connection with your attendance at meetings of the Board, in accordance with the Company's expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time. In addition, you will receive indemnification as a director of the Company to the maximum extent extended to directors of the Company generally, as set forth in the Company's certificate of incorporation, bylaws, an indemnification agreement between the Company and you (a copy of which will be provided to you) and any director and officer insurance the Company may have and maintain from time to time.

In addition, after the Company completes its initial public offering, it is expected that you would be entitled to an annual cash retainer for your continued service on the Board as well as any committees on which you serve. It is also expected that you would be entitled to supplemental equity awards on an annual basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amounts and timing of any cash and equity compensation for Board or committee service following the Company's initial public offering are yet to be finalized by the Board and the Company's Compensation Committee and therefore remain subject to final approval.

Quantenna Communications, Inc. | 3450 W. Warren Avenue | Fremont, California 94538 USA
+1 510.743.2260 P | +1 510.743.2261 F | www.quantenna.com



As a member of the Board, you will be expected to abide by the Company's rules and standards, including the Company's rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook, a copy of which will be made available to you. The Company also reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks.

In accepting this offer, you are representing to us that (i) you do not know of any conflict which would restrict your service on the Board and any committees thereof (including the Company's Audit Committee) and (ii) you will not provide the Company with any documents, records, or other confidential information belonging to other parties.

If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing the letter in the space provided below and returning this letter to the Company. We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you closely in the future.



 
 
Sincerely,
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Sam Heidari
 
Sam Heidari
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
 
 
 
/s/ Mark Stevens
 
Mark Stevens



Exhibit 10.31
QUANTENNALETTERHEAD.JPG

July 8, 2016 (Revised)
Sean Sobers

Re:    Employment Offer Letter
Dear Sean:
I am pleased to offer you a position with Quantenna Communications, Inc. (the "Company") as Chief Financial Officer, reporting directly to me. If you decide to join us, you will receive a monthly salary of $20,833.33 (annualized salary of $250,000), which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. You will also be eligible to receive a quarterly discretionary bonus of up to $17,500 per quarter (up to $70,000 per year) based on job performance, as determined in the sole discretion of the Company (the "Quarterly Bonus"). The Quarterly Bonus is not earned until paid. The Quarterly Bonus is typically paid within two (2) months after the end of each fiscal quarter and no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year upon which the bonus is based. A goal plan for the discretionary bonus will be defined within the first 30 days of your employment. As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits as approved by the Company, including eligibility for the Company's 401(k) matching program.
In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company's Board of Directors following your start date that the Company grant you an option to purchase 14,894,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors. Subject to Board approval, 25% of the shares subject to the option shall vest 12 months after the date your vesting begins and the remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next 36 months, subject to your continuing employment with the Company. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's 2016 Equity Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including restrictions on transfer. In addition, your options shall be subject to acceleration of vesting in certain conditions as set forth below.
Subject to the terms, conditions, and definitions attached hereto as Exhibit A, you should be entitled to the following additional benefits.
-
For termination without "Cause" or resignation for "Good Reason," in each case not in connection with a "Change in Control," you shall be entitled to receive: (i) if such termination without "Cause" or resignation for "Good Reason" occurs within the first 12 months following your employment start date, then you shall be entitled to have commenced vesting as to 1/48 of the shares subject to the stock option grant contemplated in this Offer Letter each month from your employment start date (i.e. , without any cliff vesting), (ii) four (4) months acceleration of all remaining unvested and outstanding options to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock, (iii) a

Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Avenue Fremont, CA 94538, USA
Main +1 (510) 743-2260 ž Fax +1 (510) 743-2261 ž www.quantenna.com

QUANTENNALETTERHEAD.JPG

lump sum equivalent to four (4) months of your then base salary (prior to any reduction of base salary constituting "Good Reason") plus one-third (1/3rd) of your then annual discretionary bonus, less applicable withholding, and (iv) no other severance or benefits of any kind, unless required by law.
-
For termination without "Cause" or resignation for "Good Reason," in each case in connection with a "Change in Control" (covering the period three months prior to and 12 months following a "Change in Control"), you shall be entitled to receive: (i) full acceleration of all unvested and outstanding options to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock, (ii) a lump-sum payment equal to 100% of your base salary (prior to any reduction of base salary constituting "Good Reason"), (iii) reimbursement by the Company of COBRA premiums necessary to continue group health insurance benefits for you and your eligible dependents for up to 12 months (subject to earlier termination under certain circumstances), and (iv) no other severance or benefits of any kind, unless required by law. The benefits set forth herein in connection with a "Change in Control" shall have an initial term of 5 years, subject to renewal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, within 30 days of the date hereof, it is anticipated that you and the Company shall enter into a separate Change of Control and Severance Agreement with respect to benefits in connection with a Change in Control on substantially similar terms as set forth above and consistent with the terms recently approved by the Board of Directors applicable to the role of the Chief Financial Officer, which Change of Control and Severance Agreement is intended to supersede and replace the terms set forth herein with respect to a Change in Control.
The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. The Company also reserves the right to modify your job, title, compensation and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary. In addition, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks' notice.
The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.
For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.
We also ask that you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company's understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you

Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Avenue Fremont, CA 94538, USA
Main +1 (510) 743-2260 ž Fax +1 (510) 743-2261 ž www.quantenna.com

QUANTENNALETTERHEAD.JPG

represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.
As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company's rules and standards. Specifically, you will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company's rules of conduct which are included in the Company's Employee Handbook which will be made available to you.
As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, and (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.
To accept the Company's offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be July 25, 2016 or other mutually agreed upon date. This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by me (or the Company's General Counsel) and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by July 14, 2015.

Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Avenue Fremont, CA 94538, USA
Main +1 (510) 743-2260 ž Fax +1 (510) 743-2261 ž www.quantenna.com

QUANTENNALETTERHEAD.JPG

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Quantenna Communications, Inc.

 
Sincerely,
 
 
 
/s/ Sam Heidari

 
 
 
Sam Heidari
 
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
Agreed to and accepted:
 
 
 
/s/ Sean Sobers
 
Sean Sobers
 



Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Avenue Fremont, CA 94538, USA
Main +1 (510) 743-2260 ž Fax +1 (510) 743-2261 ž www.quantenna.com

QUANTENNALETTERHEAD.JPG

EXHIBIT A
As severance pay, benefits, acceleration, or other consideration authorized by the offer letter shall be subject to your execution and nonrevocation of a release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (a "Release") that becomes effective and irrevocable by the 60th day following your termination of employment (the "Release Deadline Date"). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date, you will forfeit any right to severance payments or vesting acceleration benefits under this letter. In no event will severance payments or vesting acceleration benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.
With respect to severance payments, references to when the Company "terminates your employment" will be deemed to refer to your "separation from service" within the meaning of Section 409A (as defined below). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this letter, if you are a "specified employee" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (as it has been and may be amended from time to time) and any regulations and guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated from time to time thereunder at the time of your termination ("Section 409A"), then the severance and any other separation benefits payable to you upon your separation from service, to the extent that the same constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A (the "Deferred Payments"), otherwise due to you on or within the 6 month period following your separation from service will accrue during such 6 month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment on the date 6 months and 1 day following the date of your termination (such rule, the "Six Month Delay Rule,). All subsequent Deferred Payments following the application of the Six Month Delay Rule, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. It is the intent of this letter to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to so comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.
For purposes of this letter, "Cause" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) an act of fraud, willful and gross misconduct, or dishonesty made by you in connection with your responsibilities as an employee, (ii) your conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude, (iii) your violation of any federal, state, or securities law or regulation in a manner detrimental to the business of the Company or of any federal, state, or securities law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company, (iv) a material breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between you and the Company, or (v) your continued failure to substantially perform your employment duties (other than a failure resulting from a disability) after you have received a written demand of non-performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company's belief that you have not substantially performed your duties and you have failed to cure such non-performance to the Company's reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after receiving such notice.
 

Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Avenue Fremont, CA 94538, USA
Main +1 (510) 743-2260 ž Fax +1 (510) 743-2261 ž www.quantenna.com

QUANTENNALETTERHEAD.JPG

For purposes of this letter, "Good Reason" means your resignation within 30 days following the expiration of any Cure Period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without your express written consent: (i) a material reduction of your authority, duties, position or responsibilities, unless you are provided with a comparable position (i.e., a position of equal or greater organizational level, duties, authority, compensation and status); (ii) a material reduction in your base salary or target bonus amount (except where there is a reduction applicable to the management team generally); (iii) a material change in the geographic location of your primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of less than 50 miles from your then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for "Good Reason" within 30 days of the initial existence of the grounds for "Good Reason" and a cure period of seven days following the date the Company receives such notice (the "Cure Period") during which such condition must not have been cured.
For purposes of this letter, "Change in Control" shall have the same meaning as in the Company's 2016 Equity Plan, as may be amended from time to time, provided that a transaction shall not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.


Quantenna Communications, Inc.
3450 W. Warren Avenue Fremont, CA 94538, USA
Main +1 (510) 743-2260 ž Fax +1 (510) 743-2261 ž www.quantenna.com
Exhibit 21.1


SUBSIDIARIES OF QUANTENNA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Name of Subsidiary
 
Jurisdiction of Organization
Quantenna Communications Australia Pty Ltd
 
Australia
Quantenna Communications (Wuxi) Co., Ltd.
 
People’s Republic of China
Quantenna Communications, L.L.C.
 
Russia




Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S‑1 of Quantenna Communications Inc. of our report dated July 8, 2016 relating to the financial statements, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
September 29, 2016